IRS
Se becearretet

a Spe aiaps bes oe sus peepye eee ate nese aearaenat ame Seago
Sere

Sa nasaspaaaDsesnses oa tena ease aaa SOS NOC NC noe nea

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Academy of Natural Sciences

OF

Pn biyA DEEP ET A

VOLUME LIX

1907

PHILADELPHIA :
THEMAMGADEMY OF NAMURAL) S'CIENCES
LOGAN SQUARE
1907-1908 \

THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,
FEBRUARY 25, 1908.

I hereby certify that printed copies of the Procerprines for 1907 have been
mailed as follows :—

Pajres, 1119.00.01 .200tacnnsesacntagaesecmeteteeetonucseee eeeen mailed April 2, 1907.
fee 18-108: :-,...v-seseec eee eee ee andecceheaeasece Ape 5, 1907.
CeO =T4B) oo ie cv esen comes teas Spape Enon No onbo Reet TON se April 21, 1907.
£0 YAD=180) c:<c8sk. \cassccesecseeseeeeeeeee eee SSeaoon eee Mary 28, 1907.
88 481-244, ccstesteccan cero ae EE ee << ) Jone 21, 1907.
“© 245-308 ‘* August — 16, 1907.
«309-388 * October 2, 1907.
«© 389-416 ‘November 8, 1907.
8) PALTHAS Di. cst 0sses “December 4, 1907.
“433-448 “January 17, 1908.
“* 449-480 “January 27, 1908.
“481-512. February 5, 1908.

“© 513-576

EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D.,
Recording Secretary.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE:

Henry SKINNER, M.D., Putte P. Catvert, Ph.D.
Henry A. Pinspry, Se.D., Witmer STONE,

Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D.
The President, Samuru G. Drxon, M.D., ex-officio.
EDITOR: Evwarp J. Nouan, M.D.

“February 25, 1908.

—— 2. =, oo |? Sey ee

CONTENTS.

For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index,

Conkiin, Epwin G., Ph.D. The Embryology of Fulgur: A Study
of the Influence of Yolk Development (Plates X XITI-
XXVIII), Ne ae eh PAP ota of Riana

CrawLEy, Howarp. The Polycystid Gregarines of the United
States (Third Contribution) (Plate X VIIT), :

Dati, Wiu1AM Hratny. On the Synonymic History of the
Genera Clava Martyn, and Cerithium Bruguiére,

Fowirer, Henry W. NotesonSerranide, .

A Collection of Fishes from Victoria, Australia,
Notes on Lancelets and Lampreys,

Garrison, F. Lynwoop. Notes on Minerals,

GILL, THroporr. Note onthe Genus Kuhlia,

GriutertreE, C.P. Chermes of Colorado Conifers (Plates I- XI),

Heatu, Haroup. A New Turbellarian from Hawaii (Plate XIV),

Tune, Heren Dean. Bertramia bufonis, a new Sporozoan Para-
site of Bufo lentiginosus (Plate X XIT),

Monrcomery, THomas H., Jr. The Distribution of the North

| American Gordiacea, with description of a New Species,

Moorn, J. Percy, Ph.D. Description of new Species of Spioni-
form Annelids (Plates XV, XVI), .

Description of a New Species of Annelid from Wood's Elle!

Newson, JAMes A., Ph.D. The Morphology of {Dinophilus con-
klinin. sp. (Plates XII, XII), .

Patmer, Crayton I’, The Anatomy of the alironman alates
(Plate XXX), :

Pinspry, H. A. Origin of the Tr opel Tosa of me fend Mol-
luscan Fauna of Southern Florida, . :

New and Little-known Whelks from Northern Japan andl ihe
Kuril Islands (Plates XIX, XX),
‘Notes on some Pacific Cirripedes (Plate NXTX),

ili

PAGE

iv CONTENTS.

Notes on the Cirripede Genus Megalasma (Plate XX X1),
New Clausiliidee of the Japanese Empire—XI (Plate XN XI,
XXXII, XXXIV),
Ren, James A.G. Notes on Gritonters % om Souther n ore
with Descriptions of New Species, .
Non-Saltatorial and Acridoid Orthoptera fr om Gopi
Paraguay, :
Orthoptera of the Reales Rentieoninise pal Gas on
Sapucay, Paraguay, Satter et da
Resn, James A. G., and MorGan Hes ARD. "Onhopters from
Northern Florida, ;
Smitu, Burner. Note on the Value of ihe G: cna nee asa
Means of Classification,
A Contribution to the Morphology BE Pyr wie (Plate XV Il),
A New Species of Athleta, and a Note on the Morphology of
Athleta petrosa, . :
Stone, Wirmer. The Tes Anese of Souter n New. Taney,
Surrace, Frank M. The Early Development of a Polyclad,
Planocera inquilina Wh. (Plates XX XV—-XL),
Vanatra, E.G. Notes on the Leaf-hairs of Lesquerella (Plate
XE), Fa pt STIS eee
Van Duzer, E.P. Studies of North American Fulgoride,
Vaux, GrorGe, Jr., and WittiamMS. Observations made in 1907
on Glaciers in Alberta and British Columbia,

PAGE

408

499

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.
1907.

JANUARY 15.
Mr. Artuur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-six persons present.
The death of Edward Coles, a member, August, 1906, was announced.

The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had
been appointed to serve during the ensuing year:

Finance.—John Cadwalader, Edwin §. Dixon, Effingham B. Morris,
Horatio C. Wood, M.D., and the Treasurer.

PusiicatTions.—Henry Skinner, M.D., Witmer Stone, Henry A.
Pilsbry, Se.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Lisrary.—Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Thomas Biddle, M.D., Benjamin
Sharp, M.D., George Vaux, Jr., and Henry Tucker, M.D.

INsTRucTION AND LecrurEs.—Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry A.
Pilsbry, Se.D., Charles Morris, Philip P. Calvert and Dr. C. Newlin
Peirce.

CoMMITTEE OF Counciy on By-Laws.—Arthur Erwin Brown,
Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., John Cadwalader ‘and Charles B. Pen-
rose, M.D.

1

4

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,.

bo

The President is, ex-officio, a member of all Standing Committees.

Dr. Henry LEFFMAN made a communication on diamonds and
diamond mining in southetn Africa. (No abstract.)

Edwin T. Simpson and Mary W. James were elected members.

The following was ordered to be printed :

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3

CHERMES OF COLORADO CONIFERS.

BY C. P. GILLETTE.

Genus Chermes comprises a small number of species that have not
received the attention which is their due in this country. As an
economic group they are of little importance so far as their injuries
to forest trees are concerned, but some of the species become decidedly
injurious to pines and spruces when used as shade trees in parks or
private grounds.

The apterous females belonging to the genus are characterized by
having broad oval bodies, very short three-jointed antenne, short
stout legs, short stout beaks with very long sete, and a large number
of glandular patches upon head, thorax and abdomen for the secretion
of long waxen threads for protection. The winged females have
short stout five-jointed antenne, very broad heads, suckers at the
distal ends of the tibie and strong anterior wings with two unbranched
discoidal veins. Cornicles in both forms wanting.

The males, at least in the United States, are unknown. Reproduc-
tion is always by means of eggs which are attached in clusters to
leaves or bark by means of silken threads.

Chermes cooleyi n. sp. (Plates I, II, II, IV-)

Chermes abietis L., Cooley, 34th Report Massachusetts Agricultural College,
1897; Author’s separata, p. 4.

Chermes abietes L., Fletcher, Report of Entomologist and Botanist, Canada
Central Experimental Farm, p. 190.

Chermes abietis L., Fletcher, ibid., 1903, p. 167.

Chermes sibericus Chldky., Fletcher, ibid., 1903, p. 167.

While I cannot be certain that the records by Dr. Fletcher given
above refer to Chermes cooley, it is strongly probable that such is the
case, as I have examined immature but fully formed galls that were
kindly sent me from the Northwest by Dr. Fletcher, and also by Dr.
Hopkins of the U. 8. Bureau of Entomology, and they were in both
instances large strong galls, exactly like the typical galls of Chermes
cooleyi.

My studies of this species have been wholly in the West, and I have
not seen either winged or wingless examples of the closely allied species
abietis and sibericus. Dr. C. H. Fernald kindly sent me galls of abietzs,
however, from Massachusetts which seem quite unlike the galls of

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

cooleyi. The galls of abietis involve a comparatively small number of
needles causing very large cells, in one of which thirty to fifty or more
lice may develop, and the beginning of the gall formation is said to be
caused by the punctures of the stem-mother at or close toa bud. The
galls, it seems, seldom kill the terminal growth of the twig, and the
number of eggs deposited by the winged female is given as “‘never
much exceeding fifty,’’ and the females are spoken of as though their
eggs are freely deposited upon leaves of the same species of spruce that
bears their galls. All these conditions are quite different in case of
Chermes cooley, as may be seen by the account given below.

Chermes abietis is also described by Buckton and Cooley as having
but one joint to the tarsus; but this is doubtless an error, as all the
species I have studied have two joints, though the first is short and
easily overlooked.

I sent specimens of both the galls and the lice of Chermes cooleyi to
Dr. N. Cholodkowsky, of St. Petersburg, Russia, asking him if it were
possible that this Western Chermes could be abietis or sibericus, and in his
reply, written October 23, 1904, he said, ‘*This is decidedly not Chermes
abietis, nor is it Chermes sibericus, but a new species.’’

Lije Habits —The small hibernating form of this louse spends the
fall and winter months upon the twigs of its host-plant, with its long
sete thrust into the crevices in the bark between the needles. The
heavy winter skin is cast at Fort Collins about the middle of April,
and in a day or two the white secretion again shows the location of the
louse, which is always upon the under side of the twig.

The first eggs are deposited at Fort Collins about April 25, before
the female has attained her maximum size. On May 3, 1906, three of
the fifteen females examined were laying eggs, and the largest number
found at one female was twelve. The white waxy threads completely
hide both the eggs and the female at first, and serve doubtless as a
protection to them (Plate I, figs, A, B. C). These white patches from
a single female may measure four or five millimeters across and cover
several hundred eggs. Counts of a few patches gave the following
numbers: One female, 344 unhatched, 75 hatched; another, 561
unhatched, 0 hatched; two females together, 751 unhatched, 200
hatched, an average of 483. I have frequently counted four or five of
these egg-masses within two inches of the end of a twig, and I have
counted as many as fifteen females ovipositing on this length of stem.
About May 20, before the hibernating females had finished laying their
eggs, those that were first deposited began to hatch, and by May 25
the lice were hatching rapidly and locating at the bases of the tender

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

new leaves that were just beginning to show at the terminal buds. I
have been unable to see that the punctures of the stem-mothers have
any effect to produce the galls, which seems to be caused entirely
by the irritation produced by the young lice inserting their beaks and
sucking the sap at the bases of the young growing needles. In fact,
only those needles enter into the formation of the gall that actually
have lice located at their bases. It sometimes happens that only
a few needles are attacked and these needles become swollen at their
bases, while all the others on the new growth of the twig are normal;
and it is not infrequent that a few of the needles of the new growth fail
to have any lice locate in their axils, and these needles remain normal
in form on a gall where all others are greatly swollen. It seems pos-
sible, however, that the puncture of the stem-mother may have some
influence upon the formation of the gall, as I transferred hatching egg-
masses in several instances to twigs where there was no egg-mass and
in no ease did a gall form or any of the lice live. I also transferred the
eggs to tender new growths of red fir (Pseudotsuga mucronata), but none
of the young hatching from the eggs became established upon the
changed food plant.

The galls (Pls. I and II) develop with surprising rapidity, and are due
to the thickening and lateral enlargement of the bases of the needles
together with the enlarging of the stem. In color, the growing galls
vary from light green to a dark purple. They are always terminal in
position and kill the end of the twig, except when the lice attack the
bases of a few needles only on one side of the new growth, leaving the
others, including those at the end, to develop normally, and such galls
are quite uncommon.

The size of the gall depends upon the vigor of the tree and the num-
ber of lice that are at hand to attack the new leaves. A weak growing
twig cannot develop a large gall. Vigorous growing young silver
spruces (Picea parryana) on the campus of the Colorado Agricultural
College often develop galls that are 1} to 2 inches in length and 4 to 7}
of an inch in thickness inside of the needles. Average galls have from
75 to 150 chambers and consequently a like number of needles, with
from 1 to 10 or 12 lice to a chamber. Mr. Charles Jones counted
the needles upon three large galls for me which ran as follows: 125, 170
and 215, an average of 170 needles toa gall. At the base there was an
average of about 12, at the middle about 8 and near the tip about 5
young lice to a chamber. The largest number found in one cavity
was 32.

Mr. George Weldon reared and counted the lice from five large-sized
galls for me and they ran as follows: 463, 602, 750, 894, and 996.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

The lice within the galls are light red in color, and their bodies are
more or less covered with the white waxy secretion which occurs both
in the form of a powder and as threads. It might seem that there
would be no need of this secretion as a protection in the galls, but it is
of the greatest importance here as the lice give off a large amount of
liquid excretion, which would drown them if it was not prevented from
touching their bodies by their covering which is not wet by the excre-
tion. The cast skins also come into service here. Prof. Cooley has
called attention to the fact that the lice within the galls of Chermes
abietis retain their cast skins for a time, fastened to the posterior end of
the body. If one of the galls is broken open when nearly mature, the
cast skins may be seen filled as full as they can hold with the liquid
excretions. They may be shaken out in the hand and examined, but
are easily broken. They appear like plump white models (ghosts) of
the lice that shed them.

About the Ist of July at Fort Collins the lice begin to transform to
pup, and a few days later the most advanced galls begin to open.
The earliest gall found with lice escaping in 1906 was taken by Mr. L. C.
Bragg, July 3, on a tree exposed to the open sun on the south side of a
building. On July 16, trees most exposed to the sun and not very
thrifty had matured nearly all their galls and most of the lice had
escaped. Large, more thrifty trees, and especially those that were
shaded much of the time, still had most of their galls closed, and par-
ticularly upon branches near the ground. Galls broken open at this
time expose the pup, which seem to pack every chamber full, and all
their heads point outward from the centre toward the place of exit,
ready to escape once more into the light of day as soon as the opening
is made large enough. The pupe cling to nearby leaves, usually those
of the gall, and shed their skins. During the few hours that the lice
stay upon the leaves the little white patches of cottony secretion begin
to show like masses of mycelial threads of a fungus.

After a few hours of resting upon the galls the winged lice all leave
and go, so far as I have been able to trace them, to the red fir (Pseudo-
tsuga mucronata), where they settle upon the leaves, insert their beaks,
and begin almost immediately to lay eggs, which accumulate in large
piles beneath their wings. Each egg is anchored by a short silken
thread attached to one end. The threads vary in length from those
that are shorter than an egg to those that are more than twice that
length. The threads also cling to the eggs and to one another after
they are loosened from the leaf, so it is very difficult to separate them
out from the general cluster (see Pl. IV, figs. B and D). The white

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7

wax threads from the head, thorax and sides of the abdomen also
grow very rapidly, so that, with the aid of the wings, both louse and
eggs are almost completely hidden in two or three days. Egg laying
proceeds very rapidly. From numerous counts made by the writer,
and others made for me by Mr. G. P. Weldon, I extract the following:
Seven large egg clusters, selected July 16 and 18, 1904, ran as follows
in numbers of eggs: 96, 111, 127, 133, 136, 151, 155, an average of
approximately 150. Seven medium egg clusters from leaves of red
fir, where the lice had been located but 48 hours, gave counts as follows:
63, 66, 70, 74, 75,88, and 104. Seven selected large egg clusters, where
lice had been located only 48 hours, ran as follows: 90, 111, 126, 151,
133 and 150. When we consider the large size of these eggs as com-
pared with the females that lay them, it seems to me this is a develop-
ment of reproductive tissue that is simply marvelous. These winged
lice seem never to change their location after they have once inserted
their beaks and begun to lay eggs.

Occasionally one of these lice can be found feeding and laying eggs
upon leaves of the blue (silver) spruce, but it is quite rare. By enclos-
ing thousands of the lice in paper sacks upon twigs of this tree, I got
enough to locate and lay eggs so as to get a few counts. The lice did
not seem to be thrifty, however, and the number of eggs laid was
smaller. Four lice located 48 hours on blue spruce deposited 16, 17,
19, and 36 eggs respectively. Seven of the largest patches where the
lice had been settled 72 hours ran in numbers as follows: 33, 50, 53,
55, 74, 84, and 96; an average of about 64, or less than half the average
number in large egg clusters upon red fir. On July 20, 1906, it required
careful search to find one of these lice located upon blue spruce, while
the red firs near them had one or more of the lice on nearly every leaf,
and many leaves were loaded with five or six of them (PI. II, fig. C1
and D).

Lice continue to emerge from the galls till about July 25, and all
apparently are females.

The eggs laid by these winged females hatch in from six to seven
days. Eggs laid July 12 began hatching July 18, and were all hatched
on the 19th. The lice from these eggs are yellow at first, but soon
become nearly black in color fringed with short wax threads similar
to variety coweni (Pl. VI, figs. A, At). Many of the lice hatching at
this time remain beneath the dead bodies of the winged females, which
die soon after the eggs are laid, but most of them scatter about over
the leaves and come to rest chiefly upon the older leaves near the bases
of the small twigs. Here they insert their, setze and remain till spring

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

without growing perceptibly in size. These develop into stem-mothers
upon the red fir the following spring and are probably the chief, but
not the only, cause of the form described below as cowenz occurring upon
the red fir. It is also strongly probable that the stem-mothers for the
two summer broods of Chermes cooleyi come in a similar manner from
the winged females of variety coweni of the red fir that swarm upon the
blue spruce in May, as described in my mention of the life history of
that form below, though it is possible that the few females of cooley:
settling upon the blue spruce also give rise to stem-mothers the follow-
ing spring, though in my attempts to follow these lice through the fall
they have always perished. This brood of eggs laid by the winged
females are practically all hatched by the end of July at Fort Collins.

Host Plants and Habitat—I have found this species occurring in
Colorado at Fort Collins, Greeley, Loveland, Boulder, Denver, Colo-
rado Springs, Palmer Lake, Estes Park, and up Long’s Peak and Pike’s
Peak to timber line. In the lower altitudes (from 4,000 to 8,000 feet)
I have observed this gall chiefly upon blue spruce, but from 8,000 feet
to timber line I have noticed it chiefly upon Engelmann spruce (Picea
engelmanni). On August 15, 1903, I noted this gall as being very
abundant on Engelmann spruce along the trail from Mill’s Ranch to
timber line on Long’s Peak, and I have received the galls from the same
locality sent by Mr. Enos Mills. The galls occur in small numbers to
the limit of timber, but they become specially abundant three or four
hundred feet lower down. The galls at timber line on August 15 were
still closed, but a few hundred feet lower the lice were emerging. I
have also received galls from the Sitcha spruce from the mountains of
western Canada, sent me by Dr. James Fletcher, that seem undoubtedly
to be of this species. This Chermes is surely a native of the Rocky
Mountain region and, so far as I know, occurs only upon the trees
mentioned. I find the galls most numerous in parks or lawns where
the blue spruce and red fir are clustered together.

Stem-mother.—The stem-mother, in winter or early spring, is a
grayish appearing object, about .6 mm. long by .3 mm. wide. The
body of the louse is almost black, and the dark color shows through the
white secretion which radiates in short stout threads about the margin’
of the body and rises in a crest down the median line of the back (PI.
III, fig. A). These hibernating lice are removed with some difficulty
on account of the long sete which are inserted deeply into the bark.
After shedding the heavy winter coat the louse appears dark green in
color, being lighter beneath and towards the posterior end of the
abdomen, and becomes rusty brown later.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9

Adult Apterous Female (PI). 111, figs. B, C).—Fully grown examples
measure 1 to 1.5 mm. in length by .8 to 1.2 mm. in width. The color
is a dark rusty brown, and the entire dorsal surface is mottled with dark
spots, representing the wax glands which occur upon all segments but
the last. The arrangement of these glands is about as follows: On the
head, nearly a continuous line of the gland pores on anterior margin,
and two patches on a side near the hind margin; on the segments of the
thorax and abdomen there are three glands on a side, but segments 5
to 8 of the abdomen have the patches more or less united, especially
in the dorsal rows. The other glands of the dorsum have pores quite
uniform in size and rather small (compare with var. cowent, Pl. WAL
fig. B). On the ventral surface there is a pair of small patches upon
the head caudad to the bases of the antenne, and another pair of about
the same size just in front of the middle coxe. The antenne @i
III, fig. F) are very small, about as long as the femora of the front
pair of legs, or .14 mm., first and second joints short and stout and of
about equal lengths, third nearly cylindrical and nearly twice as long
as joints one and two combined, and with two tactile hairs at the tip.
Legs (PI. III, fig. G) short, rather weak, tarsi two-jointed, the basal
one very short and appearing as a short piece on the under side.

Eggs.—The eggs are light amber yellow at first covered with a white
powder. They are attached each by a silken thread and the whole
mass clings together, so that it is difficult to separate a few from the
general mass (PI. I, fig. C). Before hatching, the eggs darken some
and the eyes of the embryo show plainly through the shell as two dark
spots. Length, .38 mm., width .17 mm.; good average size of egg-cluster,
2mm.

Pupa.—The pup, when they first leave the galls, are of a uniform
rusty brown color throughout, lightly dusted with a white powder. On
leaving the gall, they walk out upon the leaves, come to rest, and in a
short time the pupal skin splits over the head and thorax, and in a few
minutes more the adult emerges. At first it is shining rufous in appear-
ance with the wings deep green, which color is quite marked for some
time after the wings are fully unfolded. This process takes about ten
minutes. The costal nerve is light yellow from the first.

Winged Female (Pls. II, 1V and X1).—The winged female is bright
shining rufous at first, but by the time the wings are spread the eyes
are black, and a few hours later the head and mesothorax are black
also. The other portions gradually become darker, the abdomen
retaining the rusty color longest. In about an hour after the pupal
skin is shed the white secretion begins to show over the wax glands

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

and the louse soon flies away. The size varies much, the usual range
being between 1.5 and 2 mm. in length. The wings are a little smoky
with a large stigma that is slightly green and the costal nerve is yellow.
The fore wing in a medium large louse is about 2.5 mm. long, or about
1.6 times the length of the body, with two simple discoidal veins, and
one stigmal. Hind wing with one discoidal vein, length of the hind
wing about equalling the length of the body. Antenne dusky, five-
jointed, about three-fourths as long as the greatest transverse diameter
of the head. Joints 1 and 2 short, stout, cylindrical and about
equal in length; joint 1 rather smooth, but the remaining ones with
impressed transverse lines or wrinkles. Joints 3 to 5 subequal
in length, with joint 3 usually a little stouter and more conical;
joints 4 and 5 rather slender, not especially enlarged at distal end,
nor swollen for the transverse sensoria, of which there is one to each
of the three terminal joints; fifth joint with two short hairs at distal
end. The arrangement of glands is shown in Pl. IV, fig. A, and is
about as follows: On the head two large transverse patches on anterior
margin nearly coalescing, and a long narrow patch extending across
the hind margin which may be divided at the median line; on the
prothorax a long narrow patch occupying the entire lateral margin
upon either side, and two long narrow patches along the hind margin
nearly meeting at the middle line, and nearly or quite meeting the
posterior ends of the lateral patches that are usually reflected mesad a
short distance along the hind margin of the segment; mesothorax with
two small patches mesally located near the hind margin, in line with
the two middle rows of glands upon the metathorax and abdomen;
metathorax with the middle pair of glands only; abdomen with three
rows of glands on either side over the first seven segments, except that
the middle row is lacking on segments one and two. The lateral rows
have the larger patches, and these rows are continued upon the eighth
segment; the glands of the middle rows are smallest, and all the four
dorsal rows become smaller as they recede from the thorax. The
number of gland patches is not constant and the weaker ones are often
wanting, and the larger ones sometimes coalesce.
Chermes cooleyi var- coweni n. v. ;
This louse has been injuriously abundant on small trees of red fir
in lawns and parks of northeastern Colorado for a number of years. I
first observed it on trees standing upon the campus of the Colorado
State Agricultural College, where it has been abundant for ten years
past at least. A brief description of the winged female was given in
Bulletin 31, p. 115, of the Colorado Experiment Station, by Mr. J. H.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ik

Cowen. I have also mentioned this louse on p. 17 of the 1901 report
of the same station. This form varies enough from cooleyi to be con-
sidered a distinct species ; but as these two seem to owe their differences
to an alternation of food plants, I have thought best to consider the
form upon red fir a variety of cooley?.

Life History.—The winter is spent as minute black lice, each being
surrounded with a halo of white waxy threads and resting upon the
upper surface of a leaf. They often occur in a line along the median
groove. A few warm days about the last week in March or the first
week in April cause the lice to grow, excrete drops of nectar, and burst
the old larval skin. This first spring moult takes place at Fort Collins
about April Ist. The hibernating form is shown on Pls. V and VI,
figs. A and At. As soon as the old skin has been east, little patches of
white secretion begin to appear along the dorsal surface, and in a few
days more the entire body will be hidden by long curled threads of this
material. About the 20th of April egg-laying begins, though not all of
the lice develop together, and the time of the first egg-laying varies
with the earliness of the season. From twenty-five to forty light yellow
eggs are laid by each louse, and these hatch freely just as the new leaves
begin to open at the ends of the twigs, and nearly all are hatched by the
last of May. The lice migrate on to the new growths, insert their sete
into the tender leaves and begin to feed and grow, and apparently
they never change their location afterwards. This first brood from
eggs for the year is dimorphic, in that about one-half remain wingless
like the preceding generation, while the other half develop wings. The
adults of the alate form appear about June 10; the wingless ones lay
eggs like their predecessors, and the young hatching from them, for the
most part, insert their sete in the leaves, take on a dark color, secrete a
little of the white waxy material about themselves and upon their backs,
and so remain until the following spring before growing perceptibly in
size, and then become stem-mothers; but those that acquire wings all
leave the red fir and, so far as I have been able to trace them, settle
upon the leaves of the blue spruce (Picea parryana), though it is prob-
able that they do settle on Engelmann spruce as well. Some of the
apterous females continue to develop and lay eggs, especially in shady
places and upon tender new leaves, until late in July or even longer;
but for the most part development closes with the young hatching
from the second brood of eggs for the year, making two full broods
annually besides the partial broods.

The winged examples that migrate to the blue spruce settle upon
the needles, secrete a large mass of cottony threads, deposit a patch

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Jan.,

of 30 to 40 eggs beneath their wings and die. The eggs hatch in about
a week and the young remain on the leaves without developing until
spring, as in case of most of the young from the second brood of eggs
by the apterous individuals.

When abundant, early in the summer, the little snowy white patches
concealing the apterous females and their young are so numerous as.
to attract attention to the foliage (Pl. V, figs. B,C and D). When the
first brood from eggs for the year hatch and settle upon the new leaves,
the latter often become crooked and disorted in shape and yellow in
color (Pl. V, fig. C). Ido not think I have ever seen a tree killed by
this louse, but they are often made to look very unthrifty and sickly in
color of foliage.

Hibernating Female.—The hibernating female, or stem-mother,
grows very little if at all, after hatching from the egg the previous June
or July, until the warm days of spring. The color, which seems black,
is really a very dark green and the body is fringed all round with short
white threads of waxy secretion, and down the middle of the back there
is often a crest of the same threads, though these are not always present,
and the entire dorsal surface is finely dusted with wax particles that
glisten with a silvery white light. The sete are considerably longer
than the body and are inserted in the leaves, through the fall and
winter (Pl. VI, figs. A and A‘). The length before spring develop-
ment varies little from .4 of a millimeter. The antenna is three-
jointed and little exceeds a front tibie in length, first and second joints
short and stout and about equal in length, and the third joint fully
one-half longer than joints 1 and 2 together, and quite scabrous in
appearance due to transverse impressed lines, and with about four
hairs at the tip. About the middle of April the liquid excretion is being
given off freely, and the waxy secretions now begin to show plainly as
transverse rows of white spots across the dorsal surface (Pl. V, figs.
A. A.). When the winter skin is shed, the louse changes to a rusty
brown color, darker towards the head. Adult specimens measure from
.8 to 1.2 millimeters in length and from .6 to .9 mm. in greatest
breadth. The antenna is still short, three-jointed, the third joint
rather longer than joints 1 and 2 combined, and the whole length
about .09 mm. (PI. VI, fig. E).

The waz glands are arranged about as in cooleyi, but the pores are
larger and fewer in number, at least for the glands anterior to the
fourth abdominal segment (Pl. VI, figs. B and C). On the head there
are three gland patches on either side, and then there are three rows on
a side over the succeeding body segments to the sixth abdominal; on

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

the seventh the median glands unite, reducing the number to five, and
upon the eighth segment but three occur. A pair of rather large
glands occur between the antenne below, and there is a small one on
either side in front of the middle cox. The rostrum is short and stout,
with joints 1 and 2 subequal in length.

Pupa (PI. VI, fig. F).—Length, .7 to 1 mm. Color light to a dull
reddish brown, becoming darker as the time for moulting approaches.
From the front of the head are two short, broad, outwardly curved
pencils of white secretion, one on either side of the median line. The
body is also more or less whitened by a covering of fine white powder,
but there are no long waxy filaments; head, thorax and wing pads a
little darker than the remainder of the body. Dark spots marking the
presence of developing wax glands may be seen as follows: Upon the
front of the head two large ones, and back of these two others of smaller
size close to the hind margin; on the prothorax a very large lateral
gland upon either side, and mesad of each of these four small ones;
mesothorax with one lateral and one submedian spot on either side,
both small; metathorax with three spots on each side in a line near the
hind margin. On the abdomen there are six longitudinal rows extend-
ing over the first five segments, and the lateral rows over two or three
segments more.

Winged Female (Pl. VII, fig. A).—Length, commonly .7 to 1.2 mm.
Color reddish brown with head and thorax black or blackish, legs and
antenne a little dusky. Anterior wings 1.4 to 1.8 mm. in length,
slightly smoky, venation normal; posterior wings without transverse
nervure. After locating upon the blue spruces the body soon
becomes nearly buried in a mass of white waxy threads, as in the case
of cooleyi. Antenna nearly as long as the greatest width of the head
(about .25 mm.), joints 1 and 2 short and subequal, joints 3 and 4
also subequal with the fourth a trifle the longer, fifth joint slightly
longer than the fourth, joints 8, 4 and 5 deeply transversely
marked with impressed lines and much enlarged toward the distal
ends, and each with a transverse sensorium of moderate size, all the
joints robust (Pl. VII, fig. B). Legs dusky brown and rather stout.
Glands arranged about as follows: a large one on the front of the head
on either side at the base of the antenna, and on the posterior margin
of the head, close to the median line, another pair of smaller glands;
on the prothorax, a large gland patch on the posterior lateral margin
that extends a short distance along the hind margin, and a smaller
patch on the hind margin near the median line upon either side. Upon
the mesathorax, one pair of large submeédian glands, and upon the

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

abdomen there are three longitudinal rows upon either side, the middle
row being quite small and occurring only upon segments 2 to 6.
The inner rows occur upon segments 1 to 6, and the lateral rows
upon segments 1 to 8. In a large series considerable variation
will be found in the number of these glands, as some of the smaller
patches often are wanting. I have found this form developing on the
red fir only.

The distinguishing characters are the short stout beak, the small
size and large pores of the dorsal glands, and the large size of the gland
patches between the antenne in the apterous form and the robust
antenna and small sensoria of the winged form.

Chermes montanus n. sp.

On July 20, 1906, Mr. Harley F. Wilson collected galls of what seems
undoubtedly to be a new species of Chermes at Victor, Colorado, at an
altitude of about 9,000 feet. The inmates had already left some of the
galls and from others they were just emerging. The writer visited the
locality August 5 following, to determine what spruces these galls
occur upon, and found them upon blue spruce only. On the same trees
with them were old and new galls of Chermes cooleyi.

The galls (Pl. VII, fig. C) are cone-shaped, from three-fourths to
more than one inch in length, and are a modified development of the
new growth at the tip of a twig. Each needle, instead of thickening
as in ease of the galls of cooleyi, broadens in the middle and becomes
concave on the inner or axillary surface. The broadened portion may
include nearly the entire needle at the base of the gall, but towards
the tip the broadened part extends a less distance from the base. The
stem from which the needles arise is little if any swollen. The lice
cause the death of the end of the twig, and as the tissue dies and begins
to dry the modified leaves open so that the lice readily escape. Because
of the loose structure of these galls Syrphus larvee prey freely upon the
lice.

Pupa.—The pup seem darker in color than those of cooleyi, but
otherwise I cannot see that they are specially different.

Winged Adult-—When the pupal_skin is first cast, the wing pads
are yellow in color instead of green as in cooley?, and the costal and sub-
costal nerves retain the same color after the wings unfold. The length
of the body varies between 1.5 and 2.2 millimeters. The color
is a reddish brown, abdomen rust brown, antenne and legs dusky,
wings normal, hind wings with one cross vein, and_ slightly
smoky. Antenne (Pl. XI, fig. A) five-jointed, joints rather stout and
somewhat more enlarged at distal ends than in cooleyi, the striations

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

upon joints 3 to 5 quite strongly curved, especially on joints 4 and 5,
the convexity being towards the distal ends of the joints. Joints 1 and
2 short, stout, cylindrical; joint 3 a little longer than 4, and joint 5
a little longer than 3; joints 3 to 5 each with a very large sensorium ; on
joint 3 it extends fully one-third the length of the joint along the ventral
side, in joints 4 and 5 the sensoria extend fully one-half the length of
the joints; there are almost no hairs except for a cluster of four or five
at the tip of the last segment. The antennal characters alone easily
separate this species from all others mentioned in this paper. The legs
are as distinctive as the antenne, being much stouter than those of any
other species I have studied (Pl. XI, fig. B).

The wax glands that are so conspicuous in cleared specimens of other
species of Chermes are absent or faintly distinguished in the winged
females of this species. The galls of this species are very distinct from
those of any other Chermes known to me.

Eggs, young, and wingless females of this species have not been
studied.

Chermes similis n. sp. (Plate VII, figs. D, D', E, E'.)

On the visit to Victor, Colorado, August 5, I collected from trees
bearing galls of Chermes cooleyi another gall very similar in appear-
ance. Winged lice were issuing from them, as they were also from
galls of cooleyt.

Galls.—The galls I collected were rather short and thick for those of
cooleyi; they were in every case terminal upon the twigs, and they are
produced by the broadening and thickening of the basal portion of the
needles, but not at the extreme base as in cooleyi, see Pl. VII, figs. D and
E. At the point of attachment the needle is about normal in size, but
an abrupt thickening and broadening takes place about three or four
millimeters from the twig. Each needle is separate from its neighbors,
however, and may be removed without the tearing of any tissue except
a small spot about one millimeter across at the point of attachment,
so that in place of a number of separate chambers, as in the galls of
cooley?, the lice live in open spaces which pass into one another about
the bases of the needles. The casual observer would not be likely to
notice any difference between this gall and that of Chermes cooleyt.

The pups, as in cooleyi, are quite heavily covered with white powder
when ready to emerge.

Apterous females and their egg-clusters were also found in some of the
galls, but there was no way to make certain that they were of the
_ same species.

The looseness of structure in the galls allowed the attacks of Syrphus
larvee which were very common.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - {Jan.,

Winged Female.—Color as in cooleyi; length from 1.3 to 2 millimeters ;
wings a little smoky, especially along the veins; venation normal, one
transverse vein in hind wing very distinet. Wax glands of abdomen
are arranged as follows: The lateral rows with well-developed glands on
the first six segments; the two dorsal rows well developed on segments
1 to 6; the middle row on either side begins on segment 3 and
ends upon segment 6. The antenna in this species is very similar to
that of montanus. Segments 1 and 2 are short and cylindrical, seg-
ments 3, 4 and 5 are in the proportion of 22, 26, and 25 respectively,
segments 3, 4 and 5 are provided each with a very large sensorium
similar to those found upon the antenna of montanus. The transverse
striations upon the segments run in nearly straight transverse lines
instead of curved lines, as in the case of montanus. ‘This species is
easily separated from montanus by the presence of well-developed wax
glands upon the abdomen, and the more slender legs.

I supplied the breeding cage where this louse was emerging with fresh
twigs of red fir and blue spruce. The lice began at once to locate
upon the needles of the blue spruce and to lay eggs rapidly, but none
located upon the needles of the red fir.

The galls were all taken from blue spruce trees and were considerably
less numerous than those of Chermes cooleyi. Altitude 9,000 feet.

Chermes coloradensis n. sp. (Plates VIII, IX and X.)

This species was first noticed by the writer upon the needles of Bull
or yellow pine (Pinus scopulorum) growing upon the campus of the
Colorado State Agricultural College in the spring of 1897. Its presence
has been noticed in some numbers every year since. Some years the
needles and the new growths have been fairly whitened with its cottony
secretions during late spring and summer (see Pl. VIII), while in other
years the lice have barely been able to survive in small numbers, as
their insect enemies are many and active. The writer figured this
louse upon pine needles in Plate I of Fourteenth Annual Report of the
Colo. Agr. Exp. Station, 1901.

Habitat and Host Plants.—I have found this louse common upon Buil
pines occurring upon the foothills of northeastern Coloradd and in the
city parks of Colorado Springs and Denver. In 1905 I found it com-
mon upon this pine in the vicinity of Palmer Lake. During the last
week of June, 1906, Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell sent me infested pine
needles from Florissant, Colorado, that were taken at an altitude of 8,000
feet, and I have on several occasions taken what seems to be the
same species upon Lodge Pole pine (Pinus murrayana) growing upon

1907.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7

the campus of the Colorado Agricultural College at Fort Collins.
During June of 1905 and of 1906 I also took apterous females with
their egg-masses from leaves and young cones of Pinon pine (Pinus
edulis) at Salida, Colorado, at an elevation of 9,000 feet, which seem
to be of this species.

In some instances the lice have been abundant enough to stunt and
weaken small trees, but I can hardly consider this insect a serious pest
upon the pines at the present time, except as it freqeuntly mars the
appearance of the foliage of small trees in parks and about private
residences.

Lije History—There seems to be no small hibernating form of this
louse, as of the spruce-infesting species mentioned in this paper. Wing-
less lice in various stages of development pass the winter down among
the flower buds, between the needles near their bases, or in other
protected places. Examples taken February 27 ranged between .4
and .§ mm. in length. I have found the hibernating lice in consider-
able numbers spending the winter beneath the scales of Chionaspis
pinifolic. This habit of spending the winter in varying stages of
development and in more protected places probably accounts for this
species getting the start of others in its development in the spring. At
Fort Collins, the little white patches of secretion begin to show about
the first week of April among the buds and between the needles (see
Pl. VIII, fig. A), and by about the 10th of the month the first spring
eggs are being laid. By the 5th of May it is common to find from 20
to 40 eggs to a female and the first young hatching. About one-half
of the lice from this brood of eggs become winged, and the other half
remain wingless and go on producing other generations of wingless
lice and eggs until fall, a habit similar to var. cowent on red fir. The
winged individuals all seem to be females and all leave the pines, but I
have not been able to trace them to their alternate food plant, which I
presume to be one of the spruces. The winged form begins leaving the
trees about May 20, at which time the first brood of wingless females
from eggs for the year are beginning to deposit eggs for another genera-
tion of apterous individuals, which begin to deposit their eggs about
June 10. The winged form continues to appear for about ten days.
I have seen the apterous females and their eggs in all stages of develop-
ment from April 9 to October 22, but the number of generations that the
lice pass through in a year I have not determined.

The number of eggs laid by a single individual is not large, about 30
or 40, but the precise number is difficult to obtain as the first eggs

Jaid hatch before the last from the same females are deposited. All are
9

=

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - {Jan.,

attached by threads to the surface upon which the female rests. Ihave
had a female lay 9 eggs in 24 hours.

The individuals of the first brood that are to become winged secrete
a conspicuous fringe of white wax threads about the borders of the
head and prothorax in the pupa stage (Pl. IX, fig. D), which, with the
longer antenns, readily separate them from the apterous form.

Apterous Female (Pls. IX and X).—The length of laying individuals
varies between .5 and 1.2 mm.; the color is a rusty brown, rather light
over the abdomen and darker upon thorax and head where the color
may beaslaty brown. The antenne are minute, about .06 mm. long,
three-jointed, joints | and 2 short and cylindrical and about equal
in length, joint 3 distinctly longer than joints 1 or 2. Legs
small and weak, femora about twice as long as thick, tibie equaling
femora in length, tarsus two-jointed, the first joint appearing as a
wedge-shaped piece with the broad end below; three clear spots upon
either side of the head in the position for compound eyes which may
function as ocelli. The wax glands (Pl. IX, figs. A. B, C) upon the
dorsum of the adult seem quite constant and are arranged about as
follows: Upon the head and prothorax, which are so united as to appear
as one piece, there are, upon either side of the median line, a longi-
tudinal row of four glands and outside of these another row of three,
and still outside of these, and located near the posterior lateral angles of
the prothorax, are three more small gland areas. The mesothorax has
one transverse row of from eight to ten of these glands; the metathorax
and first abdominal segment each have a transverse row of eight, but
those upon the abdominal segments are small over the middle dorsal
portion and may be largely missing; the second abdominal segment
lacks two or four of the middle glands, leaving a row of four or six, and
segments 3 and 4 usually have but four glands each, one upon
the lateral margin and one near it a little mesad, and the glands upon
the lateral margins are continued upon two or three succeeding seg-
ments. Upon the ventral surface there is a small gland near the base
of each antenna and one (which may be separated into two parts) in
front of each coxa. The marginal gland patches show upon the
ventral as well as upon the dorsal surface, and in some specimens small
glands may be detected upon the abdominal segments just inside the
spiracles (Pl. IX, fig. B).

The eggs are light yellow in color and are entirely hidden from view
by the long wax threads secreted chiefly from the head and thorax of
the female; they vary little from .382 mm. long by .17 mm. in width,
and each egg is anchored from one end by a short thread. As the eggs

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

advance in age they become darker in color and exhibit two dark eye-
spots of the developing embryo.

Pupa (PI. IX, fig. D).—Length varying but little from 1mm. Color
of abdomen a light rusty brown, head and thorax blackish, wing pads
and legs dusky brown. As the time for moulting approaches a heavy
fringe of short stout wax threads or scales develop about the margins of
the head and prothorax and along the median dorsal line of the cephalo-
thoracic plate, and about six small glands on either side of the cephalo-
thoracic region push out long slender dividing threads of the same
material. Near the time for moulting the body becomes covered with
a white powder and the wax glands posterior to the prothorax are
indicated by little white spots of secretion, but no threads are devel-
oped. The lateral rows of glands may be traced upon the abdomen
to about the sixth segment, while the middle rows upon the dorsum
usually end upon the second or third segment.

Winged Female (P1. X, figs. A and B).—Color a rusty brown through-
out just after shedding the pupal skin, but the head and thorax soon
become nearly black in color. A measurement of thirteen examples
gave lengths varying between .85 and 1.15 mm., the variation being
due chiefly to the different lengths of the abdomen, as in some it was
fully extended and in others the terminal segments were contracted.
The wings are a little smoky in appearance, due to a great number of
curved black dashes that are rather closely set over the entire surface.
The wings vary little in length, the anterior pair measuring but little
either side of 1.5 mm.; venation normal for this genus, the subcostal
nerve strong and, with its large lanceolate stigma, smoky brown in
color. There are two simple transverse nervures and the stigmal
nerve is long and nearly straight, ending in the center of the apex of
the wing.

The posterior wings are lanceolate in form, a little more than one-
half the length of the front wings (ratio 1 to 1.7), and have two or three
chitinous hooks on the costal margin. The transverse nerve is wanting
(see Pl. X, fig. A).

Antenna dusky brown, five-jointed and .26 mm. in length; the
terminal joint is slightly the longest (.067 mm.), joints 3 and 4
subequal (.06 mm.), the first and second joints short and cylindrical
and of about the same diameter as the others; joints 3, 4 and
5 fusiform and imbricated; the distal ends of 3 and 4 trun-
cated, but the fifth joint tapering gradually to the apex. Joints 3,
4 and 5 have each a large oval sensorium on the ventral side.
There are about five hairs at the apex of the terminal segment and a

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

very few scattering ones on the other joints. cell three in number,
one just above each compound eye, and one median in position upon
the front above the insertion of the antenne.

Legs dusky brown, tarsi two-jointed, the basal joint very short,
tibie with prominent sucker at distal end, the use of which is readily
seen by allowing one of the winged lice to walk over a glass slip under
a microscope.

The wax glands are fewer in number over the head and thorax than
in the apterous form; on the anterior margin are two that occupy
nearly the whole distance from eye to eye, and there are two similar
patches on the hind margin; there is also a long narrow patch upon
either side along the hind margin, and in front of either of these is
another very small patch. On the mesothorax occur the usual two
patches near the median line next to the scutum, and upon the meta-
thorax two large patches in line with the two inner rows upon the
abdomen. Over the abdomen there are three longitudinal rows upon
either side extending over about six segments. The patches are largest
in the marginal and the middle rows, and the latter sometimes coalesce
on the proximal segments. For arrangement of the glands see Plate X,
fig. A.

Young Louse.—When first hatched the young are pale yellow in
color and about one-third millimeter in length. The eyes are dark,
the antenna three-jointed and about two-sevenths the length of the
body, the third joint about one-third longer than joints 1 and 2
together, and the first two joints are subequal in length. Each tarsus
has two glandular hairs. The young of this species can hardly be
distinguished from the young of cooley shown at Plate III, fig. E.
Chermes pinicorticis Fitch.

I have found this species abundant upon a few trees of Pinus syl-
vestris in City Park, Denver, but have seen it nowhere else in Colorado.
The cottony covered apterous females were numerous enough upon the
smaller limbs of the trees to give them a distinctly whitened mouldy
appearance. An excellent paper upon this species, containing a
bibliography by Mr. E. L. Storment, was published in the Appendix
to the Twentieth Report of the State Entomologist of Illinois.

Natural Enemies.—Most of the common plant louse enemies attack
genus Chermes, but I have never found one of these lice attacked by
internal parasites. Chrysopa species seem to attack them very little,
but Syrphus and Coccinellid larve are great destroyers of these lice
when exposed upon the surface of plants, the cottony secretion being
apparently no hindrance. I have never found Chermes cooleyi dis-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

turbed within the gall chambers, but Syrphus larvee at least attack
Chermes similis and Chermes montanus before they escape from their
galls. The most destructive enemies of the Chermes that infest red
fir and pine in the neighborhood of Fort Collins is the yellow and
black lady-beetle, Harmonia picta, shown in Plate XI, figs. D, E. F.

I wish especially to express my obligations to Miss Miriam A. Palmer
for her accurate and painstaking work in the preparation of the pen
drawings illustrating this paper.

Tf in any case the measurements as given in the plates do not fully
correspond with measurements as given in the text, the latter is to be
taken as correct.

EXPLANATION OF PLatTes J-XI.

PiatTE I.—Chermes cooleyi, new species.—A, twig of blue spruce showing three
egg masses, natural size; B and C, egg masses with waxy secretion removed,
<_ 8 times; D, two galls on a twig cut to show interior cavities, X 3}.
(Photos by author.)

Puate II.—Chermes cooleyi, new species.—A, two full-grown galls, natural size;
B, needles from full-grown galls showing enlarged bases; C’, winged
female, beneath and at right of D winged female, ovipositing upon leaves
of red fir; D, an egg mass with female removed; E, gall cut to show that
each gall chamber has a complete wall shutting it off from all other
chambers. Figures of lice much enlarged. (Photos by author.)

Puate III.—Chermes cooleyi, new species.—A, hibernating stem-mother in winter,
> 85 times; B and C, adult stem-mothers, dorsal and ventral views show-
ing wax glands, etc., X 65 diameters; D, eggs attached by threads, x 20
diameters; E, young from first brood of eggs, X 125 diameters; F, antenna
of adult, 240 diameters; G, leg of adult, x 120 diameters; H, normal
leaf, and I, leaves from gall, all enlarged three times. (Miriam A. Palmer,
artist.)

PuatEe IV.—Chermes cooleyi, new species.—A, winged female, X 26 diameters,
showing wax glands of dorsal surface; B, the same with wings closed
laying eggs, X 20 diameters; C, antenna of same, X 200 diameters; D,
egg mass of same, X 30 diameters. (Miriam A. Palmer, artist.)

PLaTE V.—Chermes cooleyi var. coweni, new variety.—A and A, hibernating
stem-mothers beginning to grow in spring, X 20 diameters; B, sprig
of red fir showing white egg masses, slightly reduced; C, sprig of red fir
showing curled leaves of new growth where young lice are locating,
eee ; D, egg clusters of preceding, X 15 diameters. (Photos by
author.

PuLaTE VI.—Chermes cooleyi var. coweni, new variety.—A, apterous cottony
covered female and her hibernating young, the last of June, x 8 diam-
eters; A’, hibernating young lacking dorsal wax threads, X 50 diam-
eters; B and C, dorsal and ventral views of adult hibernating female
showing wax glands, etc., X 45 diameters; D, leg x 60 diameters; E,
antenna, < 240 diameters; F, pupa, x 40 diameters. (Miriam A.
Palmer, artist.) 7

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

PiatEe VII.—Chermes cooleyi var. coweni, new variety.—A, winged female, x 40
diameters; B, antenna of same, X 240 diameters; C, gall of Chermes
montanus, D. sp., X 2 diameters.

Chermes similis, new species.—D and D', E and E', two views of two leaves
from a gall of this species, the former from near the base and the latter

from near the tip, showing the difference in their development; X 2 times.
(Miriam A. Palmer, artist.)

Prats VIII.—Chermes coloradensis, new species.—A, lice between the needles
during winter and early spring; B, attacking the new growth a little later;
C and D, cottony masses covering the wingless females and their eggs,

taken during June. A,B and C enlarged 3/2, D 4 times. (Photos by
author.)

PuatE 1X.—Chermes coloradensis, new species.—A and B, apterous females taken
during May, showing dorsal and ventral surfaces with arrangement of
glands; C, dorsal surface of wingless female taken October 22; D, pupa
taken June 22; e, anterior leg of A, X 120;f, antenna of the same, X 200.

A and B are enlarged 50 times, C 90 times, and D 49 times. (Miriam A.
Palmer, artist.)

PLaTE X.—Chermes coloradensis, new species.—A, winged female showing wax
glands, etc., enlarged 50 times; B, antenna of preceding, X 200 times;
C, half-grown apterous female taken October 22, showing long curved
pencils of secretion and drop of excretion, X 40 times. (Miriam A.
Palmer, artist.)

PLATE XI,—A, antenna of Chermes montanus, new species, X 200 diameters; B,
fore leg of C. montanus, X 50 diameters; C, leg of C. cooleyi, X 50
diameters; D, E, and F, larva, pupa and adult of Harmonia picta,
much enlarged. (Miriam A. Palmer, artist.)

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

FEBRUARY 5.
Mr. Gzuorce Vaux, JR., in the Chair.
Thirty-two persons present.

The death of Alexander J. Cassatt, a member, December 28, 1906,
was announced.

The Publication Committee reported that a paper entitled
‘*Chermes of Colorado Conifers,’’ by C. P. Gillette, had been pre-
sented for publication (January 28).

Mr. Howarp W. DuBois made a communication on hydraulic
mining in British Columbia. (No abstract.)

FEBRUARY 19.
The President, SamuEL G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.
Twenty-two persons present.

The Publication Committee reported that papers under the follow-
ing titles had been presented for publication :-—

“*Notes on Orthoptera from Southern Arizona, with Descriptions of
New Species,’’ by James A. G. Rehn (February 11).

‘‘The Morphology of Dinophilus Conklini n. sp.,’’? by James A.
Nelson, Ph.D. (February 15).

Epwrn G. Conxuin, Ph.D., made a communication on the embry-
ology of Fulgur, embodying a study of the influence of yolk on the
development of the egg. The paper will be published later.

The following were ordered to be printed:

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Feb.,

NOTES ON ORTHOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN ARIZONA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS
OF NEW SPECIES.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

To better present the results of the study of a considerable amount
of material from southern Arizona, it has appeared advisable to divide
this paper into three parts, each of which treats of a different locality
or set of localities.

These three are: first, Cochise County localities; second, Pima
County localities; third, Phoenix, Maricopa County.

The total number of specimens treated in the three sections is 842,
the species numbering 116, of which 11 are new, 7 are new records for
the United States and 19 are here credited to Arizona for the first time.

I. Cocuise County.

The specimens on which the following study is based are chiefly con-
tained in four collections made during the year 1905 by as many field
collectors. The two largest and in many respects the most important
ones were made in Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, one in August by
Dr. Henry Skinner and now forming part of the Academy collection,
the other made in September and October by Mr. C. R. Biederman
and now being the property of Mr. Morgan Hebard, of Chestnut Hill,
Philadelphia. The third collection was made in the same range of
mountains as the two mentioned above, but at Palmerlee, and was due
to the work of Mr. Charles Schaeffer, of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences, to whose collection this series belongs. The fourth lot
was in some respects the most interesting as far as range extension
of species is concerned, and was made at San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750
feet elevation, by Prof. F. H. Snow, of the University of Kansas, to
the collection of which institution the specimens belong.

A number of specimens from Douglas have been examined, and a
few labelled simply ‘‘ Huachuca Mts.’’ are also mentioned herein.

The number of species here treated is 90, of which S are new, 5 pre-
viously known forms are here recorded from the United States for the
first, and 16 are recorded the first time from Arizona. The number of
specimens examined was 526, of which 407 belonged to the Acridide.

The author wishes to thank Mr. Hebard, Mr. Schaeffer and Prof.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

Snow for the opportunity to examine the material from the collections
mentioned above.

FORFICULIDA.

SPONGIPHORA Serville.

Spongiphora apicidentata Caudell.

Huachuca Mountains, August 22 (Schaeffer), 192.

This is the species recorded from Florence, Pinal Co., Arizona, as
Labia melancholica,’ and two Go’ and one 2 from Riverside, Riverside
Co., California, have also been seen. Of the ten specimens here
examined but two, the Huachuca specimen and one from Florence,
have the yellowish spot on the exposed portion of the wings strongly
marked.

APTERYGIDA Westwood.

Apterygida linearis (Esch.).
Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 2.

BLATTIDA.
ISCHNOPTERA Burmeister.

Ischnoptera uhleriana Saussure.

Palmerlee (Schaeffer), 1 2.

This specimen agrees very well with Saussure and Zehntner’s descrip-
tion of the female of this species, but it is clearly separable from Tem-
nopteryx virginica Brunner, which has been considered the female of
this species. The tegmina are longer and rounded as in the female of
Ischnoptera pennsylvanica, the latter being Phyllodromia borealis of
authors, and not truncate as in ‘‘ Temnopteryx virginica.’’ In general
the specimen in hand resembles what I have considered the female of
couloniana, but is smaller, with a comparatively greater space between
the eyes, and with the supra-anal plate of a different shape, being more
transverse and less produced. This specimen is clearly what Saussure
and Zehntner called the female of whleriana, and this seems to raise a
question as to whether /schnoptera uhleriana and unicolor might not be
separable in the female sex, with very similar males. Male individuals
of uhleriana have been recorded by Caudell from the Huachuca
Mountains and the Patagonia and Santa Rita Mountains, south-
eastern Arizona.

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 562.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

BLATTELLA Caudell.

Blattella dilatata Saussure.

Palmerlee (Schaeffer), 1 2. Huachuca Mountains (Schaeffer),
July 8,1.

The female specimen agrees very well with the description of this
species, which has been recorded only from Orizaba, Mexico. The

male, which has never been described, resembles Blattella adspersicol-
~ lis, having the slight maculations of the pronotum very similar, but is
slenderer with the pronotum more trigonal, the margins of the same
more deflected and the tegmina shorter and broader.: The measure-
ments of the pair are as follows:

ol 2
Ihengthoftbody; 292 9S) 2 2 1a) Sees ele Smal Sep
Length of pronotum, SI ot > as. Gai), See eto aes Oe
Greatest width of pronotum, . Oe Cr, Ae Omi Gea
Icenpthvol tepmen ysl x. ar) a eee ie) eet) Sio=e5
Greatest width of tegmen, . ..... 4 * 380

In the female specimen the tegmina do not reach to the apex of the
abdomen, which they exceeded in the type, but the form of supra-
anal plate and other characters are very similar to those mentioned by
Saussure.

MANTIDA.
YERSINIA Saussure.
Yersinia solitaria Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 2 ch’. Sep-
tember and October (Beiderman), 3 °.

All of these specimens are larger than a female from Gallinas Canyon,
New Mexico, and no traces of organs of flight are present. A very
curious feature about this species is the distinct proximal inflation of
the caudal femora, probably a sign of considerable saltatorial ability.

LITANEUTRIA Saussure.

Litaneutria skinneri n. sp.

Types: @ and 9 ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co.,
Arizona. August, 1905 (H. Skinner). [A. N. 8. Phila.]

Differing from the known members of the genus in having the teg-
mina and wings of the male short as in the known females of the genus.

Size about the average for the genus. Head distinctly trigonal when
viewed cephalad, dorsal outline straight in the male, slightly arcuate in
the female ; facial scutellum transverse, slightly arched in the male, oblong

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

in the female; eyes moderately prominent, slightly elevated above the
dorsal outline of the head in the
male, in a general way continu-
ing the dorsal arcuation in the
female; antenne short, hardly
exceeding the head and prono-
tum in the female. Pronotum
with the greatest width con-
tained about two and a fourth
times in the length, the dilation
considerable, the cephalic section
of the pronotum hardly con-
stricted and evenly rounded, the
caudal section considerably but
not greatly constricted, caudal
margin arcuate; median carina
distinct on the shaft of the pro-
notum, represented by a slight
longitudinal sulcus on the ceph-
alice section; lateral margins
practically unarmed in the male,
crenulato-dentate in the female.
Tegmina very slightly longer
than the pronotum in both sexes,
elongate-ovate in shape, stigma
present at about a third the dis-
tance from the apical margin,
the apex rotundato-truncate,
veins distinct. Wings slightly
projecting beyond the apices of
the tegmina. Abdomen with a
distinct longitudinal carina ex-
tending the whole length and
more distinct in the female than
in the male; supra-anal plate of
the male with the apex subtrun- =

cate and the width of the same Fig. 1.—Litaneutria skinneri n. sp. Dorsal

view of male type. (xX 4.)

about equal to the length, sub-

genital plate with two very short apical styles, cerci exceeding the
supra-anal plate and reaching the tip of the subgenital; supra-anal
plate of the female similar to that of the male in shape but more pro-

!

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

duced, the subgenital plate with the apical cleft not quite reaching to
the middle of the plate, cerci as long as the supra-anal plate. Cephalic
coxe slightly shorter than the pronotum in both sexes; femora about
equal to the pronotum in length, particularly robust in the female,
caudal margin with five, cephalic with ten to eleven spines in both
sexes, largest discoidal spine rather heavy; cephalic tibisee not quite
two-thirds the length of the femora, margins with nine to ten spines;
tarsi with the proximal joint about equal to the tibia in length.
Median and caudal limbs rather slender.

General color of the male buff with a wash of clay color on the
abdomen and the head with russet; of the female clove brown, the
median carina of the pronotum and maculations and imperfect annula-
tions on the limbs pale ecru drab. Tegmina in both sexes with their
ventral surface near the distal margin with a transverse blackish
maculation. Face with an obscure transverse blackish median bar
in the female.

Measurements.
Ss 2
Ienethof body, = 2.92. 2° = 2s 2. 22am e26F2 ome
Length of pronotum, .. Rn SP Sat ee POR Ec syn
Greatest width of pronotum,. . . . . . 2.2 © 32) ie
Length of tegmen,. . aR edu aD es ia
Length of cephalic femur, a rae Wee BAO ees Cie

In addition to the types a paratypic series of one male, three females
and one immature individual have also been examined. The second
male agrees fully with the type in the shape and structure of the
tegmina, and the females differ only in the depth of the general colora-
tion.

I take pleasure in dedicating this species to its collector, whose
kindly advice and sympathetic interest has been of the greatest assist-
ance to the author.

STAGMOMANTIS Saussure.
Stagmomantis limbata (Hahn).

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 2 0,1 2.
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 0°, 9 2,
3 immature individuals. September and October, 1905 (Biederman),
jet, hth

These specimens are typical with the exception of the female from
San Bernardino Ranch, which has the general appearance, size and
form of pronotum of limbata, but has the costal area of the tegmen

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

very narrow, comparatively narrower even than in carolina. This
individual is so clearly typical of limbata in every respect, except the
width and form of the costal area, the only thing to consider it is an
abnormality of this species. The width of the costal area is less than
a fifth that of the tegmen. Four of the male specimens are in the
green phase and five in the brown, one, however, not as completely
brown as the others; seven of the females are green and four brown, one
of the latter being rather pinkish.

BACTROMANTIS Scudder.
Bactromantis virga Scudder.
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 2.
Huachuca Mountains (Schaeffer), 1 <’.
These two specimens measure as follows:

of 2
Leman @r leh, 5 6 9 8 6 6 6) oo er iatinl, ee) soaveote
LER Or joORONO NN, 6 Gs g@ 5) a 5 q lM) ube
enathvomtermeny ames oa) Ge seer ote
Menethvafecephalicstemunta) 0) sen se Stor 8 Gea

Whether these specimens are identical with the typical Florida virga
can only be determined by comparison with authentic or topotypic
material, as the original description is very brief and unsatisfactory.

Caudell has recorded this species from the Huachucas, Nogales and
Phoenix, Arizona, as well as Brownsville, Texas.

PHASMIDA.
PSEUDOSERMYLE Caudell.
Pseudosermyle truncata Caudell.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 <.
Huachuca Mountains, July (Schaeffer), 1 &, 1 2. San Bernardino
Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 &.

The Huachuca female agrees very well in size with the measurements
of the type, and has the basal abdominal segments with prominent
tubercles as in the Bright Angel female mentioned by the describer.
The San Bernardino Ranch female is slightly smaller than the other,
smoother, and has the carine and lobes similar in disposition but
lower and weaker. The male specimens are larger than those men-
tioned in the original description, being approximately 47 and more
millimeters in the length of the body.

When compared with the Mexican P. tridens (Burmeister), the apex
of the male abdomen is seen to be distinctly less inflated with a trigonal

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

disposition of the cercal teeth instead of a digitiform arrangement as in
tridens, in addition to which the size is slightly less. The females of
the two species are very similar, but trwncata has the limbs longer and
the carine of the abdomen more distinct.

This species has previously been recorded from Dos Cabezos, Cochise
Co. (type locality), and Bright Angel, Coconino Co., Arizona, as well as
Los Angeles Co., California.

DIAPHEROMERA Gray.
Diapheromera arizonensis Caudell.

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, Nite (F. H. Snow), 1 ot.

This specimen has fully retained its natural coloration, which appears
worthy of description.

General color cadmium yellow, a broad dorsal line covering practic-
ally all of the metanotum and all of the mesonotum except the caudal
seventh parrot green, the abdomen with the proximal half of all seg-
ments except the distal one green, ranging from parrot green on the
proximal four to oil green on the others; terminal segment and cerci
tawny ochraceous. Pronotum with a slight median touch of greenish.
Head with a slight clay-colored bar caudad of the eyes; antenne
vinaceous-rufous. Venter of the mesothorax and metathorax marked
with green as on the dorsum, and bearing a fine median longitudinal
line of blackish coextensive longitudinally with the green. Limbs
with each joint greenish (apple green) proximad, chrome yellow distad,
tarsi raw sienna, femoral spines blackish-brown.

The Mexican D. calcarata is closely related to this form, but differs
in the much more swollen median and caudal femora of the male.

This species has previously been recorded only from the type locality,
Hot Springs, Yavapai Co., Arizona.

PARABACILLUS Caudell.
Parabacillus coloradus (Scudder).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 2.
September and October, 1905 (Biederman), 1c, 1 2. Huachuca
Mountains (Schaeffer), 1c.

The male has a distinct dorsal longitudinal stripe of brownish qn a
light yellow ground.

The Mexican P. palmeri (Caudell) is extremely close to this species.

ACRIDIDZAS.
PARATETTIX Bolivar.

Paratettix tolteous (Saussure).
1 1 E : - (QL: 90
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 °.

Huachuea Mountains (Schaeffer), 2 co’, 2

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

These specimens fully agree with New Mexican and Mexican in-
dividuals of this species. One female belongs to the long-winged form
P. toltecus extensus Morse.

Paratettix mexicanus (Saussure).
Huachuca Mountains (Schaeffer), 1 o.

ACHURUM Saussure.
Achurum aoridodes (Stal).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 .
Palmerlee, August (Schaeffer), 1 2.

After comparison of these specimens with two females of true A.
sumichrasti from Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico, the conclusion is reached
that two species are represented. The Arizona specimens differ from
the Jalisco individuals in the head being somewhat less elongate, with
the eye somewhat shorter and the antenne distinctly shorter and
slenderer. The pronotum also is not so elongate and the lateral lobes
are distinctly shorter than in sumichrasti, while the lobes of the genic-
ular region of the caudal femora are distinctly less elongate and
stouter, the length of the principal genicular lobes in swmichrasti being
equal to that of the genicular arch, while in the Arizona specimens it is
distinctly less. The dorsum of the pronotum is obscurely punctate
on the cephalic portion of the prozona and all of the metazona in
acridodes and lineato-rugose on the same areas in swmichrasti. On the
basis of this character of the pronotum the name acridodes has been
applied to this form, as Stl states in his description in the Recensio
Orthopterorum, in comparing with sumichrasti, ‘*pronotoque dorso
haud alutaceo-rugoso, sed antice et in lobo postico obsolete punctu-
lato.’’

Burr in his key to the species of the genus’ appears to have misin-
terpreted Stal’s remarks on the length of the tegmina, as the former
says: ‘‘Elytra abdomen haud superantia, ’’ while Stal’s words are:
‘‘Elytra corpore paullo breviora, femoribus posticis plus ‘duplo lon-
giora.’’? It seems evident that Stal intended to mean the entire length
of the body rather than the apex of the abdomen, as in the latter case
the tegmina would have been very little longer than the caudal
femora, considering of course the slender femora present in this genus.

MERMIRIA Stal.

Mermiria bivittata (Serville).

Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1c", 1 °.

71, p. 101.
3 Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1902, p. 178.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Rather larger than Nebraska, Colorado, Utah and New Mexico.
individuals, but otherwise inseparable. The male has the base color
greenish, the female reddish ash.

Mermiria texana Bruner.
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3 @.
These specimens are quite typical of this richly colored species which
has previously been recorded from Fort Grant, Arizona.

SYRBULA Stal.

Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler).

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1c’, 1 @.

The female specimen has the pronotum slenderer than is the ease in
Seventeen female specimens from east of the Rocky Mountains. It
is possible that the specimens from Arizona represent Stal’s S. leucocerca,
which is clearly either admirabilis or a closely allied form, but this
matter involves the examination of Stal’s type.

Syrbula fuscovittata Thomas.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 10 o’,
10 , 1 immature individual. September and October, 1905 (Bieder-
man), 5 @, 1 2. Huachuca Mountains, July 13 (Schaeffer), 1 @.
Palmerlee, August (Schaeffer),12. Douglas, August (F.H.Snow), 10,
1 2. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow),12.

This very interesting series shows that both sexes exhibit consider-
able color variation, in the male being chiefly due to either the greenish
or grayish tone of the lighter areas, the general clove brown or blackish
color remaining much the same, while in the female variation is due to
the presence of two phases with different base colors. The greenish
phase has light green by far the predominating color, while the brown
phase ranges from warm browns to a decided umber, the dorsum of the
tegmina being ashy gray in several individuals. One female specimen
has the tegmina and limbs colored as in the green phase, while the
pronotum and head show practically no greenish, being nearly as in the
brown phase. The single male labelled Huachuca Mountains is ex-
tremely interesting as it appears te represent the freshly emerged
condition, as the date (July) would also testify. This specimen is
somewhat shrivelled, as would be expected in the drying of soft chitin,
and in color is quite striking, the insect being generally pea green, the
dorsum of the pronotum buff, the eyes and distal portion of the anten-
ne walnut brown the tegmina whitish hyaline and the wings distinctly
infuscate.

1907.| NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

This species has been recorded from several localities in southern
Arizona.

ACROCARA Scudder.
Acrocara maculipenne Scudder.

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 o.

This specimen is perfectly typical of this scarce species except that
the pale colors are bone white, the darker colors more sombre brown
and the proximal portion of the wings, the metanotum and dorsal
section of the proximal abdominal segments sevres blue instead of
bronze green. Such differences as exist are merely in color shades,
the maculation and pattern of lines and bars being the same as described
by Scudder. This species has only been recorded from Montelovez,
Coahuila, and Villa Lerdo, Durango, Mexico, the above record con-
stituting the first from within the limits of the United States.

ERITETTIX Brunner.
Eritettix variabilis Bruner.

Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 2.

This specimen has little or no trace of the supplementary carine on
the dorsum of the pronotum, but the antenne are typical of the species.
There appears to be no doubt that Hupedetes carinatus Scudder is no
other than this species, as a study of the description will show. The
character of the antenne does not appear sufficient to form the basis
of a new genus, especially in view of the appreciable reduction of the
clavation in species like tricarinatus and navicula. Another point
apparently overlooked by Scudder in describing Hwpedetes is that
Eritettixt was based on but two definitely stated species, variabilis and
abortivus, although carinatus, tricarinatus and virgatus were mentioned
through the generic description in explanation of variable characters.
Of these two definitely placed species variabilis stands first, and is the
type also by elimination as abortivus was removed by Scudder to
Mesochloa in 1898. It is thus evident that the type of Eritettiz is a
species with non-clavate antenne.

This species has previously been recorded only from Silver City,
Grant Co., New Mexico, and, as Hupedetes carinatus, from La Tremen-
tina, San Miguel Co., New Mexico.

AMPHITORNUS MeNeill.
Amphitornus ornatus McNeill.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 5,500 feet, September, 1905

(Biederman), 2 2.

4 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, p. 56.
3

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

One of the specimens examined has the brown shades much darker
than the other, and the femoral maculations more distinct in conse-
quence.

The greater angle of the face appears to be the most satisfactory
structural character to separate this species from the allied A. coloradus.

OPEIA McNeill.
Opeia testacea Scudder.
San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1,1 2
This species has previously been recorded from a number of nee
in southern California, but not from Arizona.

ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos.
Crphulella compta Scudder.
San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 2c, 3 @.
The two males are dull brown in color, one female ochraceous,
another very dark brown and the third in the green phase. In measure-
ments they agree closely with the types.

BOOPEDON Thomas.
Boopedon fuscum Bruner.

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1.

This specimen is typical of this form, which appears to be dottbtfully
separable from nubilum (Say). The only differential character which
appears constant when compared with three males of nubilum from
Nebraska and Colorado is the absence of a pale pregenicular annulus
on the caudal femora, as the color of the caudal tibize is uniform
blackish in a Pueblo, Colorado male, and the number of spines on the
outer tibial margin is twelve in the San Bernardino specimen and
ranges from eleven to thirteen in the males of nubilum. This species
was described from Nogales and Phcenix, Arizona, and specimens
from Casas Grandes, Chihuahua, Mexico, recorded by the author as
B. nubilum, should be referred to this form, although one possesses
very faint traces of pregenicular annuli,

SCYLLINA Stal.
Soyllina calida (Bruner).
San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 @.
This specimen clearly represents the form of the genus found in
Morelos, Guerrero, Michoacan and Jalisco, Mexico. It is not closely
related to S. egies (Scudder), supposed to be from California, which

5 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 519.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

has among other differential characters luteous caudal tibize instead of
the parti-colored type found in most of the Mexican and Central
American members of the genus. ‘This is the first record of the species
from north of Guadalajara, and in consequence the first record from
within the United States.
PSOLOESSA Scudder.

Psoloessa maculipennis Scudder.

Palmerlee, August 7 (Schaeffer), 2 92.

These specimens are inseparable from New Mexican individuals.
Psoloessa buddiana Bruner.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 o',
i 2.

This species has been recorded from southern Arizona, Dimmit Co.,
Texas, and Montelovez, Coahuila, Mexico.

AGENEOTETTIX MeNeill.
Ageneotettix australis Bruner.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 2.
September, 1905 (Biederman), 12. Palmerlee, August (Schaeffer), 12.

The only previous record of this species is that of the types—Pheenix,
Arizona.

AULOCARA Scudder.
Aulocara femoratum Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 o,
4 2. September, 1905 (Biederman), 4 o’.

The lateral lobes of the pronotum are usually less strongly marked
in these individuals than in Colorado, Nebraska and Wyoming speci-
mens.

This species has been recorded from Pheenix, Arizona, by Bruner.
Aulocara rufum Scudder.

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 o,1 @.

These individuals are inseparable from Colorado and Nebraska speci-
mens. The caudal margin of the pronotum is strongly marked with
dark maroon and the general color is vinaceous pink.

This species has been recorded by Scudder and Cockerell from
La Cueva, Organ Mountains, southern New Mexico.

ARPHIA Stal.

Arphia crassa Bruner.
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 ot’, 4
nymphs. September 23 and 27, October 16 and 20, 1905 (Biederman),

Gh Wy /

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 &.

Aside from the larger general size and broader fuscous are of the
wing this species is very closely allied to A. pseudonietana. A number
of specimens have the dorsum of the pronotum clay color, while others
are strongly marked with a ‘‘ pepper and salt’’ color pattern.

Arphia aberrans Bruner.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 o, 2 9.
Palmerlee, July 27, 1905 (Schaeffer), 2 2.

These specimens agree very well with the description and measure-
ments of this species, the dorsal (caudal) edge of the tegmen, however,
being decidedly pale and unicolorous in all but one specimen. The
individuals possessing the pale edging show such variation in the
shade of the same that it is, no doubt, subject to considerable variation.
The contrast between the bluish distal two-thirds of the tibiz and the
pale ferruginous tarsi is quite striking. -

ENCOPTOLOPHUS Scudder.
Encoptolophus texensis Bruner.
San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 o.
Individuals from Florence, Arizona, previously recorded by the
author as EZ. subgracilis Caudell,® are referable to this species.

HIPPISCUS Saussure.
Hippisous corallipes (Haldeman).

Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 2. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750
feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1°. Palmerlee, July 23 (Schaeffer), 1 9.
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 2.

Several of these specimens are what is usually called zapotecus, as
they possess red internal faces to the caudal femora. However, there
appears no reason why this type is not true corallipes as Haldeman’s
original description says: ‘‘Inside of the posterior femora, tibie and
tarsi bright vermilion, a paler tint extending to the outside of the tarsi
and half of the tibiw.’’ This is exactly what we find in specimens
now referred to zapotecus, and such a description cannot well be con-
sidered that of a form with the proximal two-thirds of the internal
faces of the caudal femora dark blue. Caudell? has called attention
to this fact and the author wishes to add that representatives of the
two forms have been taken at the same locality on the same day, as
demonstrated by material in the collection of the Academy.

u ° Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 566.
7 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 468.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

The female representative from Douglas has the pronotum rather
slenderer than the other specimens, and in this respect superficially
resembles H. pardalinus, from which, however, it is quite distinct.

LEPRUS Saussure.
Leprus elephas Saussure.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 26 and October 20,
1905 (Biederman), 2 <',1 2.

These specimens are unquestionably elephas, but in none are the
wings clear yellow on the disk as usual in this species. All have that
area bluish or green, in one decidedly blue proximad, in another
with all except the proximal section strongly inclined toward yellow.
The subequal lateral lobes of the pronotum will readily separate this
form from the species with pronounced blue wings, all of the latter type
having the ventral width of the lobes greater than the dorsal, owing to
the rounded extension of the ventro-caudal margin.

Leprus glaucipennis Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 &,
22. September 27 and October 16, 1905 (Biederman), 2 2.

This series is inseparable from Californian specimens of this species
and also exhibits some variation in the definition of the tegminal bars.
The color of the disk of the wings varies slightly, the blue being quite
rich and deep in some (two) specimens. This species has been recorded
from Hermosillo, Sonora, and is here noted from Arizona for the first
time.

SPHARAGEMON Scudder.
Spharagemon collare (Scudder).

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 9.

This specimen appears to be perfectly typical of race angustipenne
Morse when compared with Salt Lake (topotypic) material.

TOMONOTUS Saussure.
Tomonotus ferruginosus Bruner.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner),6 2. Palm-
erlee, July (Schaeffer), 1 2.

These specimens show that glaucous caudal tibie are also present
in the female, the majority of the specimens examined approaching
the above color closer than ‘‘pale greenish yellow,’’ given for the
female in the original description. Several of the individuals examined
also exceed the measurements given by Bruner, the maximum in the
series being: length of body 38 mm.; length of pronotum 11; antenne
12; tezmina 31; caudal femora 20.

/

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Tomonotus azteous (Saussure).

Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1.

This specimen is typical of aztecus, as ascertained by comparison
with Mexican material, except for the parallel margins of the frontal
costa, which is not constricted ventrad of the ocellus as in the majority
of the other individuals examined. As several undoubted aztecus have
the constriction very slight, I would consider the absence of it as an
individual peculiarity.

MESTOBREGMA Scudder.
Mestobregma rubripeune (Bruner).

Palmerlee, August 7, 1905 (Schaeffer),1 2. Carr Canyon, Huachuca
Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 7 2,4. September 22 and 27,
1905 (Biederman), 2 9.

The coloration of the disk of the wing in this species is yellow as well
as red, but three of the above series being colored with the latter.

CONOZOA Saussure.
Conozoa carinata n. sp.

Types: o and 9 ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co.,
Arizona. August (c') and October 20 (2), 1905. Male collected by
Skinner in Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., female collected by Biederman
in Hebard collection.

Fig. 2.—Conozoa carinata n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (x 4.)

Allied to C. behrensi, sulcijrons and acuminata, differing from the
first two in the more elevated median carina of the pronotum, the more

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

compressed pronotum and the color of the caudal tibie. Of these two
forms it is closely related to sulcijrons on account of the slender build
of that species. From acuminata it differs in the more elevated pro-
notal carina and the color of the caudal tibie.

Size small (<’) or medium (2); distinetly compressed, moderately
slender. Head deep, greatest width ventrad; occiput well rounded
and distinctly elevated above the general level of the disk of the pro-
notum, interocular space in the male narrower than the width of the
eye, in the female very slightly exceeding the width of the eye; fasti-
gium deeply excavate in the male, considerably excavate in the female,
median carina subobsolete in both sexes, lateral carinse well elevated,
the narrowed cephalic section of the fastigium deeply depressed ;
lateral foveole trigonal, moderately impressed ; frontal costa slightly
constricted dorsad and immediately ventrad of the ocellus, regularly
expanding toward the clypeus, deeply suleate throughout the length
except for a small dorsal section which is shallowly so; eyes ovoid,
flattened cephalad, moderately prominent in the male, little so in the
female, in length slightly exceeding (female) or about equalling (male)
the infraocular suleus; antenne distinctly exceeding the head and
pronotum in length in both sexes. Pronotum distinctly flattened, disk
with the median carina distinct, moderately high, well divided by the
principal transverse suleus, the division of the prozonal section being
merely an indention and not a complete deep incision as is the pro-
metazonal separation ;* prozona contained about one and one-half
times in the length of the metazona,
cephalic margin obtuse-angulate, concave
laterad, caudal margin slightly acute-
angulate in the male, rectangulate in the
female; lateral angles distinctly marked,
not continuous, carinate in the immediate
vicinity of the principal sulcus; lateral Fig. 3-—Conozoa carinata n. sp.
lobes distinctly deeper than long, ventral Wing of male type. (6O2))
margin oblique, the yentro-caudal angle
produced into an acute process; surface of the dorsum with a
number of low but distinct asperities in the male and with
weak longitudinal strige in the female. Interspace between the
mesosternal lobes very strongly transverse in both sexes. Tegmina
very considerably exceeding the tips of the abdomen and caudal

® In the male type the carina of the prozona is without the cephalic (prozonal)
jndention, a condition found to be approached in three of the series examined
and which appears to be without taxonomic value.
4

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

femora; costal margin with a distinct areuation in the distal third,
apex narrowly and very obliquely truncate, sutural margin nearly
straight; intercalary vein strong, median in position for the greater part
of its length but approaching the median vein distad. Wings ample
but rather narrow, the greatest width contained nearly twice in the
length; apex rather narrowly rounded. Caudal femora very slightly
exceeding the apex of the abdomen in the male, in the female falling
very little short of the same,* in form moderately robust; caudal tibise
with nine spines on the external margins.

General color wood brown in the male, mars brown in the female, in
both sexes blotched and marked with clove brown or blackish. Head
dull in the female, the markings obscure and chiefly consisting of
postocular and arcuate occipital bars, the facial carine being regularly
beaded and the plain surfaces punctate with the darker colors, eyes
russet, antennze wood brown with alternating segments generally
marked with bistre; head of the male nearly completely washed with
ecru drab, the dorsum more sprinkled with darker than the other sur-
faces, three occipital bars as well as the postocular bars being developed,
while the pattern of the facial carine approaches that of the female, eyes
as in the female and with a distinct dark continuation of the post-
ocular bar passing through them, antennz similar to those parts in
the female but the paler parts are inclined toward ecru drab.
Pronotum with the dorsum of the general color, the median carina,
asperities and beading of the caudal margin of the darker color;
lateral lobes dark dorsad, pale ventrad, the two shades marbled
mesad and the margins beaded. Tegmina with a solid median and
proximal blotch on the costal area, while a third distal spot is faintly
indicated, intervals between the spots very light, sutural margin
with the venation infuscate, distal third of the discoidal field hyaline
except for the finely lined veins. Wings with the fuscous band
placed very slightly distad of the middle and considerably narrowed
cephalad, of greatest width at the point where it touches the periphery
of the wing, here about one-fifth the length of the wing, and continued
very little toward the internal margin of the wing, spur distinct, thick,
extending slightly more than half way to the base of the wing; color of
the disk pale sulphur yellow in the male, yery weak primrose yellow in
the female, apical portion hyaline except for the infuscation of a few
veins near the immediate apex. Abdomen and ventral surface sulphur

*In this sex the abdomen is slightly distended from the normal and deduction
has been made for this extension.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

yellow. Cephalic and median limbs of the general colors, imperfectly
annulate and sprinkled the darker on the lighter, the cephalic limbs in
the male clouded with ecru drab. Caudal femora with the genicular
region blackish, a distinct pregenicular annulus of pale wood brown
present, the lateral face with three oblique fascie of the darker color,
the distal of which is the only one which clouds the ventral face to any
great extent, in the male the lighter areas are almost bluish white;
caudal tibize naples yellow with the proximal portion clouded and the
genicular section and the tips of the spines blackish.

Measurements.
of 2
Iban @F lack, =. 8k eg) We Saratoy SO Gjronvony
Length of pronotum, Sa ean ee ei 6.4 “
enpthnontermente sels lee sees te, Seb) ho 5.7 ss
Greatest width of tezgmen, ere Cea 4.5 *
Wensthvoteaudalifemunysss 4 6) oe see a 1022) igh 28

A series of four males and three females have been examined in addi-
tion to the types, one from Palmerlee (Schaeffer; September 5), the
others from Carr Canyon (Biederman; September 22, 24, October 8 and
28, 1905). The Palmerlee male is lighter in color than the four Carr
Canyon male specimens available; this not only being true of the
brown shades but of the disk of the wings as well, those parts being of
the same shade as in the female. One of the female paratypes is very
similar to the type, another is slightly paler and the third decidedly
paler with the color contrasts much reduced and in some cases absent.
The size appears to vary little, and in structure the chief variation
worthy of note is the degree of “‘blocking’’ of the dorsal portion of the
frontal costa. The fuscous band of the wing is carried nearer to the
internal margin of the wing in some specimens than in others.

Trimerotropis fascioula McNeill.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 4 o’.
Palmerlee (Schaeffer), August 7, 1905, 1 co’.

These specimens agree very well with McNeill’s description, except
that they are slightly larger with distinctly longer tegmina, a feature
of variation well exhibited by series of the closely related 7. bruneri.
This form is extremely close to bruneri, appearing somewhat slenderer
and with a narrower fastigium and wider tegminal bars.

Trimerotropis alliciens Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 o’, 1
2. September 24 and 28, October 8, 1905 (Biederman), 1 &, 3 2.
Palmerlee, August 7, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 2.¢

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

In several of these specimens the elytral bands are more distinct than
in others. This species is clearly a member of the citrina group.
Trimerotropis laticincta Saussure.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 o;
October 8 and 20, 1905 (Biederman), 3.c',2 2. Palmerlee, September
(Schaeffer), 1 o’. Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 ot.

These specimens are true laticincta, although the validity of this as
distinct from latijasciata appears rather doubtful.

Trimerotropis magnifica n. sp.

Type: o; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona.
August, 1905 (Henry Skinner). [A. N.S. Phila.]

This very large and striking new species is allied to 7’. tolteca and
pistrinaria Saussure, but differs from both in the very much greater
size, and from tolteca in the presence of a hyaline distal section on the
wings, as well as from pistrinaria in the practical absence of the usual
ulnar spur on the wing.

Size very large (for the genus); form moderately robust. Head
with the occiput rounded and slightly elevated above the level of the
disk of the pronotum, interspace between the eyes as broad as the
greatest width of the disk of the fastigium; fastigium considerably

Fig. 4.—Trimerotropis magnifica n. sp. Lateral view of type. (x 14.)

declivent, the slope of the same being a regular continuation of the arch
of the occiput, lateral carine of the fastigium parallel caudad, regularly
approaching one another cephalad, median carina faintly indicated
caudad; lateral foveole undefined, no ventral bounding ridge in the
usual position; frontal costa considerably constricted dorsad, broader
and subequal for a distance dorsad and ventrad of the ocellus, on the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

ventral portion of the face the costal carine expand in an undulating
fashion, sulcation distinct but not very deep, in fact shallow in the con-
stricted dorsal portion; eyes not prominent, somewhat shorter than the
infraocular sulcus; antennze heavy, in length exceeding that of the
head and pronotum combined by that of the head alone. Pronotum
with the disk but very slightly tectate, prozona contained about one
and three-fourths times in the metazona; cephalic margin very slightly
arcuate, caudal margin rectangulate with the margins slightly undulate;
median carina very faintly indicated on the prozona, distinct but very
fine on the metazona; lateral angles faintly tuberculate on the prozona,
rounded shoulders on the metazona; lateral lobes of the pronotum with
the depth slightly exceeding the dorsal length, caudal margin descend-
ing with a slight cephalad trend, ventral margin irregularly rounded.
Interspace between the mesosternal lobes distinctly but not strongly
transverse; interspace between the metasternal lobes slightly trans-
verse. Tegmina four and a half times the length of the pronotum,
exceeding the apices of the caudal femora and the abdomen by the
pronotal length, the greatest width contained about four and a half
times in the length; costal margin with the distal third regularly arcuate,
apex obliquely truncate; intercalary vein closer to the median than to
the ulnar vein throughout its length. Wings ample, rather broad, the
greatest width contained about one and three-fourths times in the
length; apex obliquely truncate, axillary field with the margin dis-
tinct arcuate. Abdomen with the subgenital plate rather broad; cerci
simple, straight, substyliform, blunt. Cephalic and median limbs
rather slender; caudal femora robust, not strongly but regularly in-
flated, the ventral carina distinctly elevated, length about two and
one-half times that of the pronotum; caudal tibie with nine spines on
the lateral margins.

General color pale ochraceous-buff overlaid with bistre. Head pale
ventrad and on the face, dark dorsad, gene lightly mottled ; eyes burnt
umber; antenne, except for the paler two proximal joints, clove brown.
Pronotum nearly uniform bistre. Tegmina with solid median and
proximal dark transverse bars,’’ the latter confluent with the base of
the tegmen and both extending solidly across the same," a premedian
bar is present but not as regular as the others, the pale interspaces
between the three bands being sharply defined and distinctly but not
greatly narrower than the average of the darker bars; apical fourth

10 These bars are darker and nearly blackish on the costal field.
The median is a little broken on the anal field. |

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

changing from subhyaline to hyaline with about a half dozen sub-
quadrate blotches of the darker color. Wings with the band clove
brown in color, crossing the wing immediately distad of the middle,
extending in a complete arc from the costal to very near to the internal
margin, regularly narrowing in width from the axillary field caudad,
the width on the axillary field
being about two-sevenths
the length of the tegmen,
spurs hardly indicated ; disk
pale sulphur yellow; apical
area hyaline except for
several blotches of dark
color, no suffusion however
being present. Abdomen
Fig. 5.—Trimerotropis magnifica n. sp. dull naples yellow. Caudal
Wing of type. (X 14.) femora of the lighter general
color inclined to vinaceous-
pink on the ventral portion of the lateral face, dorsal and bounding
caring of the paginse sparsely beaded, face of the pagine suffused with
the dark color, broad pregenicular annulus of the pale color laterad ;
genicular regions mingled drab and bistre, internal and ventral face of
the femora blackish except for the pregenicular annulus and a proximal
portion, both of which are Chinese orange ;caudal tibis orange vermilion
the genicular section and tips of the spines black; caudal tarsi buffy
ventrad washed with orange vermilion dorsad.

Measurements.
hength'of body, . 2S) Leyes CE Crs
Length‘of antenna.” cymes ee
bength of pronoium) ys) ae ene Se Ae
Length of tegmen, ~ 3... <> 5°, 32 ee eee Ok

Length of caudal femur,

The type is the only specimen of this handsome species seen by the
author.

Trimerotropis melanoptera McNeill.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 2.

This specimen is quite peculiar in that the proximal light area of
the wings is not yellow but creamy white. The width of the fuscous
wing band is about half the total length of the wing, and the internal
faces of the caudal femora have a single pregenicular orange red band.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

Trimerotropis vinoulata Scudder.

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1 o', 1 OF
Benson, July (Schaeffer), 1 2. Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1eGh.
2 2. Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 Che
September 23 and 27, October 8 and 20 (Biederman), 15<, 21 eB

Several specimens of this common and widely distributed species
from Grand Canyon of the Colorado (Skinner, July 11) are also in
hand.

Trimerotropis cyaneipennis Bruner.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 6 G 69r
September 24, 1905 (Biederman), 6 do, 4 2. Palmerlee, September
(Schaeffer), 1 °.

Scudder’s 7. cyanea” appears to be a synonym of this species.

HADROTETTIX Scudder.
Hadrotettix trifasciatus (Say).
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 2 3 SB.
September 23 (Biederman), 1 3,22. Palmerlee, July 31 (Schaeffer),
il te

TREPIDULUS MeNeill.
Trepidulus melleclus (Scudder).

1902. Conozoa melleola Scudder, Proc. Davenp. Acad. Sci., IX, p. 34, pl.
Il, fig. 2. [La Cueva, Organ Mountains, New Mexico.]

1905. Mestobregma gracilipes Caudell, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p.
471, fig. 5. [Nogales and Huachuca Mountains, Arizona.]

1906. Trepidulus gracilipes Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 185.

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1.

There is no doubt in the author’s mind that Conozoa melleola is the
species later described by Caudell as Mestobregma gracilipes. A com-
parison of the descriptions shows the identity of the two species.

HELIASTUS Saussure.
Heliastus benjamini Caudell.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 4 o', 2 @.
September 22 and 23, October 20 and 24 (Biederman), 3 <, 8 @.
Palmerlee, August 7 (Schaeffer), 1 2.

This series shows that in general color some specimens are decidedly
grayish, while others are warm brown, the tegminal bars varying little
in intensity. In some female individuals the metanotum is slightly
more tumid than in others.

12 Proc. Davenp. Acad, Sci., IX, p. 36. ‘

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,.

Heliastus aridus (Bruner).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 9. Palm-
erlee, August (Schaeffer), 1 @, 1 2. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750
feet, August (F. H. Snow), 1.

The Carr Canyon specimen is grayish, the Palmerlee individuals
reddish.

BRACHYSTOLA Scudder,
Brachystola intermedia Bruner.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3
nymphs. September 23 and 24, 1905 (Biederman), 5%, 3 2. San
Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 nymph.

This species, recently described from Sonora(?) and Mazatlan,
Mexico, was considered by the deseriber to possibly reach ‘‘south-
western Arizona in the vicinity of the Huachuca Mountains,’’ an
opinion which the present material well sustains. In size the adults
in this series are fairly uniform, only one male being slightly smaller than
the others, while the coloration is distinctly more uniform than usual
in series of this genus. As the male sex was not in the possession of the
describer, the measurements of an average male may be of interest:

Length oftbodyi sry is; .is 0 eee Pnn nce
Length of pronotums cy: . ay cae eran ene
Caudal width ofdorsumofpronotum, . . . . . . ate
Lengthvof teomensrge ge oo epee ee meee eo Sys
Length of caudalifemun. 0.) ...ie- sen gene atete oe me

PHRYNOTETTIX Glover.
Phrynotettix magnus (Thomas).'%

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 7 &, 5 @.
September 24 and 27 and October 8 (Biederman), 9 @,2 2. Palmer-
lee, August (Schaeffer), 1 co, 1 2. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet
(F. H. Snow), 1c, 1 @.

This series exhibits considerable variation in size in both sexes, and
also some difference in the length of the metanotum and the character
of the caudal angle of the same. In color numerous variations are
observed, hardly two specimens appearing exactly the same; variation
in base color, washes, pronotal margining and maculations, as well as

8 By the acquisition of new material and the re-examination of old the author
has been compelled to modify his opinion expressed in 1902 (Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1902, pp. 595-597) regarding the synonymy of species of this genus.
Thomas’s magnus is distinct from tshivavensis, as is also Bruner’s robustus.
The specimens recorded from El Paso, Texas, Alamogordo, Otero Co., and Lake
Valley, Sierra Co., New Mexico, are of the latter species.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

femoral bars and fine abdominal maculations, all combining to give
numerous color schemes of browns and grays. A few specimens are
reddish and others rather blackish.

Schistocerca vaga (Scudder).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 o, 4 2,1
nymph. October (Biederman), 4 o, 7 2. Palmerlee, August
(Schaeffer), 1 &.

As is usual in this species a great amount of individual color varia-
tion is present in the above series. In some specimens the pale dorsal
line is almost obsolete, in one completely lacking, in others, particularly
males, strongly marked. The tegminal maculations are of variable
intensity, in two specimens being extremely weak, while the dark
femoral bars and pale ventral section of the lateral lobes of the pro-
notum are subject to equal variations, but as a rule the femoral bars
are distinct in the individuals with a well contrasted color pattern.

Schistocerca venusta Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 6 2, 1
nymph. September and October (Biederman), 4 o,7 2. Huachuca
Mountains, July (Schaeffer), 1 &.

The above series contains specimens extremely close to S. shoshone,
and the author inclines strongly toward the belief expressed by Mr.
Caudell that venusta is probably a form of shoshone.44 Both sexes of
this form vary considerably in size, and in some individuals the meta-
zona is distinctly bullate dorsad instead of nearly plane as in the
majority. The color of the caudal tibie varies from glaucous and
purplish pink to very dull purple.

CONALCZA Scudder.
1897. Conalcea Scudder, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XX, pp. 9, 23.

Type.—C. miguelitana Scudder.
Conalowa neomexicana Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 22-24 (Biederman),
ZC Se

This series is fairly uniform in coloration, such variation as is present
being in the shade of browns and yellows which make up the base colors.
The postocular bar is more distinctly marked in some specimens than
in others, while in some individuals the black lateral bars of the prozona
are slightly broken caudad of the yellowish oblique bar. The caudal
tibie vary from pinkish red to deep chrome yellow.

M4 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 476. y

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Conalowa huachuocana n. sp.

Types: o\ and 9 ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co.,
Arizona. September 24, 1905. (Biederman.) [Hebard Collection.]

Allied to C. miguelitana and C. neomexicana, differing from the former
in the form of the cerci and some features of the coloration, and from
C. neomexicana in the characters which separate miguelitana from the
same, the form of the cerci, however, being very similar to neomexicana.

Size slightly smaller than C. neomexicana; form subfusiform, robust;
surface rather more glabrous in the male than in the female. Head
with the occiput very slightly arched, not elevated above the level of
the disk of the pronotum; interspace between the eyes rather narrow,
in the male no wider, and in the female but little wider than the
proximal antennal joint; fastigium roundly deflected, the greatest
width very considerably greater than that of the interspace between
the eyes, width of the scutellum of the fastigium very slightly broader
than the same, moderately but not greatly excavated; frontal costa
rather broad, slightly constricted dorsad, parallel ventrad and fading
before reaching the clypeus, dorsal section not suleate (slightly im-
pressed in the male) but deeply punctate, area around the ocellus and
for a short distance ventrad broadly and shallowly suleate; eyes oval
with the cephalic border flattened, in length half again as long as the
infraocular sulcus in the male, about a quarter again as long in the
female; antennze moderately depressed proximad, in the male very

Fig. 6.—Conalcwa huachucana n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (X 3.)

slightly shorter than the head, pronotum, mesonotum and metanotum
together, in the female equal to the head, pronotum and mesonotum.
Pronotum with the disk moderately tectate; cephalie margin sub-
truncate, and the caudal margin with a broad triangular emargination

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

in both sexes; median carina distinct but hardly elevated, lateral angles
distinct, obtuse, slightly more rounded on the metazona than on the
prozona, the angles regularly expanding caudad throughout their
length, the expansion being much more marked in the female than in
the male; metazona about half the length of the prozona, the metazona
also more closely punctate than the prozona; lateral lobes with the
length distinctly one and one-half times the depth in the male, less
than one and one-half times the depth in the female,
cephalic margin very slightly arcuate, caudal margin
with a concave-arcuate cephalic trend, the ventro-
caudal angle thick and very slightly recurved, ven-
tral margin arcuate with the cephalic half sinuate,
sulei well marked on the lateral lobes. Mesonotum Fig. 7.—Conal-

and metanotum together slightly shorter than the cwa huachuca-
= ) nan.sp. Dor-

pronotum in the male, distinctly shorter than the sal view of
pronotum in the female, both tectate and carinate as aay
is the pronotum. Prosternal spines erect, thick, apex 3.)

slightly blunted; interspace between the mesosternal
lobes slightly longer than broad in the male, subquadrate in the
female; interspace between the metasternal lobes very narrow
in the female, lobes contiguous in the male. Tegmina reaching
to the caudal margin of the metanotum, lanceolate, about two
and a half times as long as broad in each sex, slightly narrower
in the male than in the female; apex rather broadly rounded.
Abdomen slightly compressed and with a low median carina; furcula
developed as very broad, short, trigonal plates, no longer than the
segment from which they arise; supra-anal plate produced trigonal,
apex bluntly rounded, median sulcus narrow and deep in the
proximal half; cerci moderately compressed with the proximal half
thick and subequal, the distal half falciform, the cephalic margin
slightly elevated and arcuate around to the acute apex, the sub-
lamellate portion of the distal half curved in toward the median
line of the body; subgenital plate subpyramidical, the apex well ele-
vated above the margin, the two being connected by a blunt ridge.
Cephalic and median limbs robust in the male, rather weak (for a
Melanoplid) in the female; caudal femora regularly tapering, not
greatly inflated, the greatest width in the male contained about three
and a half times in the length; caudal tibize with nine spines on the
external margin.

General colors russet and seal brown. Head with the postocular
bar not strongly marked ; eyes varying from burnt umber to raw umber ;

4

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

antenne pale proximad, dark distad. Pronotum with the continua-
tion of the postocular bar solid, deep seal brown in the male, slightly
weaker in the female, extending across the whole of the lateral lobes
and in depth being nearly half that of the same, the ventral line being
more definite mesad than cephalad and caudad; ventral portion of the
lateral lobes pale russet. Dorsum of the mesonotum and metanotum
similar to the dorsum of the pronotum, metathoracic epimera dorsad
to the line of the dorsal margin of the tegmina and the mesothoracic
epimera shining seal brown, episterna russet. Tegmina with a dorsal
section russet (paler in the male); ventral section shining seal brown.
Abdomen of the lighter general color with longitudinal series of con-
tiguous seal brown blotches on the dorsal section laterad of the median
line, which is a very striking pale bar, these blotches varying in inten-
sity in the sexes (stronger in the male) and in individuals; apex of the
male abdomen and the ventral surface of the same touched with orange
rufous. Cephalic and median limbs brownish touched with olive green;
caudal femora vandyke brown dorsad, the dorsal half of the paginal
area blackish brown, ventral half and ventral sulcus cream color
washed slightly with greenish, genicular lobes pinkish buff touched with
scarlet vermilion; caudal tibize and tarsi scarlet vermilion, the spines
tipped with black.

Measurements.
o 2
Length of body, . i to Eee See oe eel fms y28 mms
Length of pronotum, ape? Cees
Cephalic width of disk of pr onotum, oe he SON
Caudal width of disk of pronotum, . . . . 42 “ Gree:
Length ‘of teemen,.” t= (ee eee By ay
Length of caudal femurs) >). eens 1a

In addition to the types a series of six males and seven females of
this species have been examined, all of which except one pair from
Palmerlee (in coitu; August 7, 1905; Schaeffer) are paratypic (Septem-
ber.23 and 24). In size but little veriation is presented, and in color
such as exists is chiefly in the depth of the coloration, the two extremes,
both females, one with russet predominating and the other with seal
brown the prevailing color, can readily be given their proper associa-
tion, as the distinctive color pattern is essentially the same. In some
specimens there is a tendency to breaking in the pronotal continuation
of the postocular bar, but in no case is this as complete and strongly
defined as in C. neomexicana.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

MELANOPLUS Stal.
Melanoplus lakinus Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 22-27, October 8-20
(Biederman), 15 o', 13 9.

These individuals would probably be Seudder’s I. sonorae, as the
pronotum is less expanded caudad than in average Colorado specimens
of lakinus, and the lateral faces of the caudal femora are either not at
all or but slightly marked with the usual bars of lakinus. In the
author’s opinion sonorae is no more than a geographic race of lakinus,
and may hardly be of such rank, as Colorado specimens of lakinus vary
greatly in size, somewhat in the expansion of the pronotum and
occasionally have the lateral face of the caudal femora without dis-
tinct markings. The reddish color of the caudal tibixe of sonorae, as
mentioned in the original description, is possibly due to the type
specimens having been immersed in a liquid preservative, as the
individuals in hand all have the tibie glaucous.

Melanoplus aridus (Scudder).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 23 and 24, October
8 (Biederman), 2 o&', 1 2. Palmerlee, August 7 (Schaeffer), 1 @.
Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 2.

From these specimens it is evident that this species varies consider-
ably in size, in parts of its range at least, the Cochise County individuals
being much larger than representatives from Florence, Arizona. These
latter are distinctly smaller than the measurements given by Scudder,
while a pair from Carr Canyon measure as follows:

oh 2
mm. 29.5%mm.

“ oe

Menothiotibody.! a .. ul” ay) een
Length of pronotum, MS ees KT
Length of tegmen, .

1

3) 7
oe 4.8 “ Sy
lkengthiof caudal femur, - =. . 2 2) 5 12

oe Je:
Melanoplus desultorius n. sp.

Types: co’ and 2 ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co.,
Arizona. September 24, 1905 (Biederman). [Hebard Collection.]

Allied to W. aridus and closely resembling it superficially, but differ-
ing in the more sulcate frontal costa, the flattened and moderately
expanded cerci and in the interspace between the mesosternal lobes,
which is strongly longitudinal in the male, slightly longitudinal in the
female. In the shape of the cerci this species approaches M. hum-
phreysii, but the caudal margin of the pronotum is as in MW. aridus.

18 Abdomen distended beyond normal size.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Size medium; form of medium build. Head with the occiput
rounded but hardly elevated above the dorsum of the pronotum, inter-
space between the eyes slightly narrower (c’) or slightly broader ( 2)
than the proximal antennal joint, fastigium distinctly broader than
the interocular space, rather deeply (c") or shallowly (2 ) suleate, the
suleation extending caudad between the eyes; frontal costa distinctly
(%) or slightly (2) wider than the interspace between the eyes,
impresso-punctate dorsad of the ocellus in the male, punctate in the
female, in the male strongly suleate around and ventrad of the ocellus,
in the female moderately suleate at and for half the distance ventrad
of the ocellus, the costal margins slightly constricted dorsad and very
slightly approximate ventrad; eye subovate in the male, ovate with
the cephalic margin flattened in the female, when viewed from the
dorsum the eyes are moderately prominent in the male, very slightly
prominent in the female; in length considerably (M) or not greatly (2 )
longer than the infraocular portion of the genze; antennz in the male
slightly shorter than the head, pronotum and tegmina together, in
the female very slightly longer than the head and pronotum together.
Pronotum with the disk very gently arched transversely, the lateral
angles rounded, the median carina distinct on the cephalic half of the

Fig. 8.—Melanoplus desultorius n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (X 3.)

prozona and on the metazona, more elevated on the metazgna and
obsolete on the caudal half of the prozona; cephalic margin very slightly
arcuate, the caudal margin very obtusely angulate; metazona closely
punctate, in the female also with very fine transverse strigse, prozona
about one and three-eighths times the length of the metazona, prin-
cipal transverse sulcus well marked in both sexes, the prozonal sulci
breaking the median carina in the male, not dividing the same in the
female; lateral lobes half again as long as deep in the male, slightly

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

shorter in the female, the lobes moderately tumid in their cephalic por-
tion, particularly of the prozona, the caudal margin descending
obliquely cephalad, the ventral margin slightly emarginate cephalad.
Prosternal spine thick, somewhat compressed in the male, directed
caudad; interspace between the mesosternal lobes half again as long
as broad in the male, slightly longer than broad in the female; meta-
sternal lobes contiguous in the male, subcontiguous in the female.
Tegmina in the male subovate, reaching nearly to the distal margin
of the proximal abdominal segment and slightly shorter than the pro-
notum; in the female suborbicular, reaching to about the middle of the
same segment and distinctly shorter than the pronotum, the apical
margin slightly subangulate in the male, broadly subtruncate in the
female, the greatest breadth of the tegmina in the male about two-
thirds the length, in the female slightly less than the length. Abdomen
moderately compressed, the apex in the male slightly expanded and
erected but not recurved; furcula developed as short, well separated
spines, not longer than the segment from which they arise and slightly
diverging distad ; supra-anal plate trigonal, the median sulcus narrow
and extending about two-thirds the length of the plate; cerci with the
length not more than twice that of the broad base,
from which the remainder of the cercus is sharply
and regularly contracted to about half the basal
width, the narrow portion being slightly curved dorsad,
the apex acute and the ventral margin slightly prox-
imad of the apex with a blunt angle, in transverse Fig. 9.—Melan-

plane the cerci are curved mesad and then bent sharply oplus aeeulion’:
dorsad; subgenital plate slightly produced, moder- eae i es ae
ately compressed, the apex slightly rounded ventro- aoe of male
dorsad. Cephalic and median limbs robust in the 4) eprom

male. Caudal femora well developed but not strongly
inflated, in the male very slightly exceeding the head, pronotum and
tegmina in length, in the female distinctly exceeding these; caudal
tibie with ten to eleven spines on the lateral margins.

General color clay color. Head with the vertex and occiput marked
with a median longitudinal bar of seal brown, more or less broken into
spots; postocular bar blackish-brown; face and gene clouded and
washed with drab, rather greenish-olive in the male; eyes russet;
antenne flame-scarlet, a little obscured distad and less brilliant in
general color in the male (nearly vermilion) than in the female. Pro-
notum olive dorsad in the male, of the general color with a median
wash of prout’s brown on the prozona in the female; lateral lobes with

s

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

the dorsal half of the prozona shining blackish, a narrow continuation
of this bar on the angle of the metazona being dull blackish, ventral
portion of the prozonal lobes creamy buff against the blackish changing
to the general color along the ventral margin and on the metazona.
Tegmina broccoli brown with a strong steel-bluish tinge in the male;
the ventral margin in both sexes narrowly marked with blackish and
the minute interspaces between the veins showing up darker than the
veins themselves; apical margin faintly (<") or distinctly (2 ) margined
with buffy. Abdomen with the proximal segments marked with black
dorsad, the remaining segments and the ventral surface chiefly maize
yellow. Caudal femora with the ventral aspect and the ventral por-
tion of the faces yellow, the dorsal section of the lateral face washed
with pale olive-green, the dorsal face and the dorsal section of the
internal face with a median and premedian bar of raw umber,
genicular arches seal brown, a moderately well defined pregenicular
annulus yellow, genicular lobes with a black basal spot, the remainder
yellowish dorsad, greenish blue ventrad; caudal femora bottle green,
the spines black, pale at their bases.

Measurements.
er °)
Lengthof body, ~ : 2 = 2 =. =) iho Duns 2b panne
Length of pronotum, OYA Gisinry
Length of tegmen, . ; Wes] Seal oe Sipe
Tienstihy of caudal femurs: . a aee ane ame leet che ie

In addition to the types a series of eleven topotypie specimens have
been examined, two males and nine females (date identical with
types). From these specimens it is evident that the species varies
considerably in size, and apparently in both sexes, although the male
material is necessarily not as conclusive as the female. In coloration
the variation is chiefly in the brillianey of the yellow areas and of the
yellow values, the base color varying in the same ratio as the pure
yellows. In several specimens the color of the dorsal section of the
lateral faces of the caudal femora strongly encroaches on or suffuses
the ventral section, and this is apparently irrespective of the strength
of the yellow colors. In one female the whole of the iateral lobes
except the blackish area is uniform cream-buff.

Melanoplus flavidus Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 2.
October 8, 16-17, 20, 1905 (Biederman), 4 2. Palmerlee, August 7,
1905 (Schaeffer), 1

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

These specimens have the coloration much subdued and with gray-
browns the predominating color value. The Palmerlee specimen is of
a warmer brown than the others, and in the Carr Canyon series the
yellows usually have a greenish cast.

Melanoplus regalis (Dodge).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 2.
September 23 and 24, October 8, 16-17, 1905 (Biederman), 4 co, 14 2.
Palmerlee, June 13, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 2.

A pair of this form was submitted to Prof. Bruner, who was respon-
sible for the transference of Dodge’s species from M#oloplus to this
genus,’® and his opinion confirmed the author’s suspicion that they
represented Dodge’s very poorly described species. It belongs to the
jemur-rubrum series and must have a very great superficial resemblance
to M. sanguineus Bruner,’ judging from the description of the latter,
and in a number of ways also suggests M. corpulentus, which, however,
is very different structurally.

The coloration of the series examined is very interesting and shows
considerable variation in the intensity of purplish-reds and greens,
which on a yellowish ground and varied with umber markings con-
stitute the main color features. In by far the majority of the speci-
mens the green is conspicuous. In all the specimens the crimson
ventral sulcus of the caudal femora and the glaucous tibize are marked,
and very little variation in the color of the same is noticed.

Melanoplus corpulentus Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 21, 23 and 24,
October 8, 16-17, 1905 (Biederman), 9 o', 7 2. Palmerlee, August 7,
1905 (Schaeffer), 1 o', 1 @.

This series varies considerably in size and somewhat in the intensity
of pattern and general shade of the coloration; a few individuals have
their general color more grayish than the average, others more yellow-
ish. The caudal tibiz are glaucous in five of the series. The length
of the tegmina and wings varies considerably and is more pronounced
in the male than in the female.

Melanoplus thomasi Scudder.
Douglas, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 ov.
This striking species is here recorded from Arizona for the first, this

18 Tn Gillette, Bull. 94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta., p. 55.

17 Two specimens from the Garden of the Gods, Colorado, recently recorded
by the author (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 406) as sanguineus prove on
second examination to be regalis. The superficial resemblance between these
two is so great that without authentic material the two are liable to be confused.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

being only the fourth record for the species—Scudder having described
it from Lerdo, Durango; Scudder and Cockerell recording it from
Tularosa, New Mexico, and the present author examined and recorded
seven specimens from the Sacramento Mountains, New Mexico.

Phetaliotes nebrascensis (Thomas).

Carr Canyen, Huachuca Mountains, September 24, October 16-17,
1905 (Biederman), 1 &, 1 2. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet,
August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 &.

The individual from San Bernardino Ranch belongs to the form
volucris, the others being the short-winged type.

When compared with Nebraska, Colorado and Indiana specimens
the males appear to have the dorsal constriction of the frontal costa
stronger than the average from those localities; but one Colorado
specimen (Greeley, Colorado) differs in that portion being narrower
than in the Arizona males. This species has been recorded from
Tueson, Pima Co., Arizona.

Dactylotum variegatum (Scudder).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 2.
September 23 and 24, 1905 (Biederman), 5 o’,6 2. Palmerlee, June
23, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 o.

The females of this series present considerable variation in size, one
particularly being no larger than male individuals, while this one
specimen is but little surpassed in size by another of the same sex.
There is a very perceptible amount of variation in both sexes in the
depth of the bluish pronotal markings.

TETTIGONIDZ.
Dichopetala brevihastata Scudder.
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 ot.
This species is the D. brevicauda Scudder of 1902, but not of 1900.18
The former records are from southern New Mexico (several localities
in the Mesilla Valley) and Mexico.

Dichopetala levis n. sp.

Types: & ;Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona.
August, 1905 (H. Skinner). [Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila.] .

Allied to D. brevihastata Scudder, but differing in the shorter oviposi-
tor, which is also slightly thicker distad than mesad and proximad, and
has the margins unarmed, and also in the smaller general size and
shorter, more robust limbs.

‘8 Vide Morse, Psyche, IX, p. 381.

1907.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. yy

Size small; form very distinctly compressed. Head with the vertex
regularly declivent to the narrow but low fastigium; eyes ovate, small
but rather prominent; antenne slightly more than twice the length of
the body proper, rather thick in the proximal portion. Pronotum
with a moderate mesad constriction; in length slightly more than
twice that of the head; cephalic margin truncate, caudal margin very
faintly obtuse-angulate, lateral lobes shallow, the greatest depth con-
tained slightly more than twice in the length. Tegmina very short,
the extreme apex alone visible beyond the caudal margin of the pro-
notum. Styles very short, thick, conic; ovipositor about equal to the
cephalic femur in length, the proximal third nearly subequal in width,
from which, however, it gradually enlarges to the distal section, which
is distinctly but not greatly broader than the proximal portion; the
caudal margin is strongly curved dorsad in the distal portion, the
extreme apex, being rounded and nearly dorsad in position, all the
margins unarmed; subgenital plate with a small but deeply and
strongly rounded apical emargination. Cephalic limbs slender, the

Fig. 10.—Dichopetala levis n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 3.)

bulla quite small; median limbs slightly longer than the cephalic.
Caudal femora nearly two and one-half times the length of the cephalic
femora, well inflated in the proximal half; caudal tibiz exceeding the
length of the femora by nearly the dorsal length of the head.

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

General color ochraceous-buff. Head with the face overlaid with
very pale greenish; palpi oil green; eyes russet; dorsum of the head
with a narrow median whitish line extending from the fastigium caudad,
enclosed laterad by line borders of pansy purple, a broad bar of which
borders dorsad the narrow whitish postocular streak; antenne
proximad very pale greenish overlaid with purplish, distad clear oil
green. Pronotum with the usual situation of the lateral carine marked
with whitish, as is also the entire cephalic margin and also the other
margins of the lateral lobes, caudal margin beaded with small purplish
spots. The median fine white line with its purplish borders is also
continued on the pronotum and mesonotum, while the mesonotum and
metanotum are beaded caudad as on the pronotum, the lateral whitish
bars of the pronotum being also continued on these sections. Abdom-
inal segments beaded caudad as with the thoracic segments, the
whitish lateral lines also extending to the apex of the abdomen, the
dorsal area between which is darker than laterad. Ovipositor russet,
the immediate apex darker. Femora wood brown mottled with
broccoli brown and on the caudal femora touched with a wash of
greenish; caudal femora marked mesad and laterad in the proximal
half with a pattern of short oblique brownish lines; tibie green, the
cephalic and median pair brownish green proximad, clear dark green

distad, the caudal pair dark clear green, spines narrowly tipped with
black.

Measurements.
Length of body;; ... 2-2) 5%, Gere eel oro.
Length’ of promot yee eee a5
engthiofcaudalifemur: yess eee nnn nee enn ae
Length’ of ovipositor,.... 2” 2c) amen (oes

The type is unique.
Hormilia elegans Scudder.

Benson, July, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 9. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750
feet, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 9.

These specimens belong to the typical color form.’® Caudell?° has

recorded this species from this region and the records now extend from
Florence, Arizona, to the Mesilla Valley, New Mexico.

Hormilia apache n. sp.

Types: oO’ and @ ; Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, Cochise Co.,
Arizona, August, 1905 (H. Blsnner). Beg Nat. Sci. PR

” Vide Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, pp. 572, 573.
0 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 477.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

Allied to H. abbreviata Bruner from Cuernavaca, Morelos," but
differing in the much longer tegmina and wings, the latter extending
beyond the former, the well-defined humeral sinus of the lateral lobes
of the pronotum and the more arcuate ventral margin of the same
parts, the more recurved tips of the male cerci and the truncate sub-
genital plate of the same sex (this has distinct lateral angies and a
very well-developed median protuberance in abbreviata). The form of
the pronotum is very similar to that of abbreviata, and in this respect
these species stand apart in the genus from the others which possess
sharp lateral angles.

Size medium; form moderately compressed and elongate. Head
with the occiput moderately globose, not elevated above the pronotum
and regularly declivent to the narrow, compressed fastigium, which is
truncate distad, subequal in the distal half and with distinct lateral

Fig. 11.—Hormilia apache n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (X 3.)

caring, contiguous to the trigonal facial fastigium; eyes rather small,
elliptical and prominent for their size; antenne with the proximal joint
subtrigonal in section, in length slightly more than twice that of the
tegmina. Pronotum with the dorsum deplanate, lateral angles sharp

21 Topotypie specimen examined. ; -

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

and subrectangulate, the width of the disk regularly expanding caudad,
with, however, a very slight expansion at the cephalic margin; cephalic
margin gently emarginate, caudal margin moderately arcuate with a
very slight median emargination; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep,
the humeral sinus distinct and angulate, but not wide or deep, the
margin from the ventro-cephalad angle to the humeral sinus being rather
regularly arcuate. Tegmina about four and a half times as long as the
pronotum, in greatest width about equal to the length of the latter;
costal margin very gently arcuate proximad, tapering distad; apex
rounded, sutural margin straight; tympanum of male hardly wider
than the disk of the pronotum caudad, veins not strong; radial vein
furcate, the ramus reaching the sutural margin immediately proximad
of the apex. Cephalic and median limbs slender, the cephalic femora
more robust than the median, the genicular margin of the four cephalic
femora provided dorsad with a trigonal dentiform process; cephalic
tibiz with the auditory foramina cochate, median tibie slightly ex-
panded proximad., Caudal femora slightly longer (2) or slightly
shorter (c’) than the tegmina, the proximal half moderately bullate,
this condition being almost entirely dorsad, genicular lobes with peg-
like processes; caudal tibie slightly longer than
the femora. Distal dorsal segment of male with
the median section with a rounded slightly depressed
area; supra-anal plate small, trigonal; cerci rather
short, slightly curved, distal section somewhat
Wg 12 Bormalie flattened, the apex acute and sharply bent dorsad ;
apachen.sp. Dor- Subgenital plate short, the apical margin truncate
es view of apex and laterad with two short style-like processes.
of male abdo- 3
men. (X 8). Ovipositor longer than the pronotum, broad, very
sharply bent at the base, very slightly tapering
distad, the bent portion of the dorsal margin and the distal third of
the ventral margin finely serrate. Subgenital plate acute trigonal.
General color chromium green, paler ventrad and on the limbs; an-
tenn with about seven irregularly disposed dark brown annuli on the
distal third ; pronotum faintly lined with yellowish on the angles; eyes

mottled drab and ecru drab. ’
Measurements.
of 2

Length of body, . 17 mm. 16.5mm.
Length of pronotum, 48 “ elude
Caudal width of disk of pronotum, st baat eS oad
Length of tegmen, 20. ons. IO a
Length of caudal femur, 22 23:0

Length of ovipositor, Tey AG

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

In addition to the types a male from Palmerlee (Schaeffer) has
also been examined.

Aretha sellata n. sp.

Type: &; Palmerlee, Cochise Co., Arizona, July 30, 1905 (C.
Schaeffer). [Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci.]

Allied to A. constricta Bruner, but differing in the strongly sellate
pronotum, the shorter and comparatively broader head, the broader
tympanal field with its strongly bisinuate margin, the slightly longer
cephalic femora and slightly shorter median femora, and also in the
form of the cerci which have a very slightly dorsal curve at the tips.

Size medium; form very elongate. Head with the mouth cephalad;
oceiput gently descending to the compressed, slightly elevated and
distinctly sulcate fastigium, which, however, is low
ventro-cephalad ; facial fastigium trigonal, slightly
higher than wide, the borders distinctly marginate;
eyes elliptical, quite prominent when viewed dorsad ;
antenne elongate, rather heavy in structure for
this type of Orthopteron. Pronotum distinctly
sellate, the caudal portion (metazona) forming a
considerable angle with the prozona, the cephalic

ee margin of which is also slightly elevated when

Fig. 13.— Arethea SE Paes. - J :

sellatan.sp. Dor- Viewed laterad; when viewed dorsad the cephalic

sal view of prono- margin is very broadly triangular emarginate,
tum and tympa- : pee tee a eirsypeset oy

nal area of male, Caudal margin semi-oval in outline; prozona much

(x 4) more constricted than the metazona, the prin-

cipal suleus distinct on the lateral lobes;
humeral sinus moderately deep, placed well dorsad on the caudo-
lateral margins, which are oblique ventrad, the true ventral margin
being somewhat sinuate, a moderately distinct arcuate transverse
depression extends from one humeral sinus to the
other, wholly independent of the depression of
the principal sulcus. Tegmina about four-fifths
the length of the caudal femora, narrow, costal field Riera Ae ction
roundly expanded proximad, the costal margin _ sellatan.sp. Single
evenly arcuate distad, the sutural margin straight, ey earamsee (OX
the apex closer to the sutural margin than to
the costal and narrowly rounded; tympanum of medium size, the
sutural margin strongly bisinuate, the proximal lobe slightly acute-
angulate with the apex rounded; lateral margins of the tympanum
slightly arcuate; radial vein with three rami all of which reach the
sutural margin. Wings exceeding the tegnrina, when in repose, by

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

ad

nearly the length of the median femora, Limbs very slender. Ceph-
alie femora slightly more than twice the length of the pronotum, the
tibie distinctly but not greatly exceeding the femora. Median femora
about two-thirds the length of the tegmina, the tibize exceeding the
femora by about the same distance as in the cephalic limbs. Caudal
femora about three times as long as the head and pronotum together,
the inflation about limited to the proximal two-fifths; tibie distinctly
exceeding the femora in length, all margins spined, the dorsal more
strongly so than the ventral. Abdomen subtectate; terminal dorsal
segment truncate; cerci tapering, comparatively stout in the proximal
half, the apex sharp and rather strongly curved; subgenital plate pro-
duced, the apex narrowed and arcuate-emarginate, supplied laterad
with distinct, rather sharp styliform processes of moderate length.

General color pale apple green, rather whitish ventrad. Head with
the eyes prout’s brown; antenne beyond the proximal joint yellowish;
narrow postocular stripe indian purple, flanked ventrad with a green-
ish-white line of equal width. Pronotum with the prozona bearing
two converging greenish-white lines, between which the disk is punc-
tate with purplish, the metazona margined with greenish-white and
bordered internally with a purplish line, the white margin very broad
on the lateral lobes. Tympanum of the tegmina purplish-brown, the
veins yellowish as well as the sinuate margin; sutural margin washed
with purplish-brown. Abdomen with an arcuate lateral greenish-
white line distinctly margined with purple ventrad, the dorsum of the
abdomen uniform punctate with the same color; extreme apex of the
cerci blackish. Limbs faintly washed with purplish-red.

: Measurements.
Length;of body;..0* sicpmesct "os fee OTT
Length of pronotum, ba
Greatest width of prenonan 3:0) ae
Length of tegmen, . PAU)
Greatest width of tegmen, vase
Greatest width of tympanum, es (ame
Length of wing beyond closed tegmen, 18s.
Length of cephalic femur, isp
Length of median femur, . ; Sg ee) Gee leh eo
Length of caudal femur, . iad 1 20 ee
Length of caudal tibia, . > 9 OT aR Re

The type is the only specimen of this interesting species examined by

the author.
The five species of the genus Arethwa which have been examined by

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

the author may be separated by the following key,” which is based
in part on that given by Brunner.

1.—Tegmina and wings distinctly shorter than the body,
carita Scudder.
1.1.—Tegmina and wings very much longer than the body.
2.—Tympanal field of the male tegmen roundly produced.
Cephalic and median femora with the dorsal apex dentate.
3 Radial vein with three or four rami. Size small,
gracilipes (Thomas).
3.3.—Radial vein with five or six rami. Size large,

phalangium (Scudder).
2.2.—Tympanal field of the male tegmen angularly produced at
the transverse vein. Cephalic and median femora with

the dorsal apex obtuse.
3.—Tympanal field of the male tegmen but little expanded,
the margin being moderately bisinuate. Pronotum
moderately sellate. Cerci with the tips strongly
recurved dorsad,. . . . . constricta Brunner.
3.3.—Tympanal field of the male tegmen moderately ex-
panded, the margin being strongly bisinuate. Pro-
notum strongly sellate. Cerci with a very slight
dorsal inclination at the tips, . . . sellata Rehn.

Scudderia mexicana (Saussure).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 27, October 8, 16-17,
1905 (Biederman), 2%, 4 9.

The species has previously been recorded from this region by Caudell.

Scudderia furcifera Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August (Skinner), 1 Cyrene
September 24, October 3, 8 and 20, 1905 (Biederman), 3 CG, @ Be
Palmerlee, July 26, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 °.

In the United States, Scudder recorded this species from Prescott,
Arizona, and Scudder and Cockerell from the Organ Mountains, New
Mexico.

Microcentrum laurifolium (Linneus).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, October 2, 3 and 8, 1905 (Bie-
derman), 3 2.

One of these specimens belongs to the variety b mentioned by Saus-
sure and Zehntner.

24. brevicauda (Scudder) is not included as it is unknown to the author, and
its relationship is probably with carita. The same author’s A. consuetipes has
not been seen, and from the description would appear to have a unique position on
account of its short legs. -

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Microcentrum retinerve (Burmeister).
Palmerlee, August (Schaeffer), 1 2.
This species has been recorded from Nogales, Arizona, by Caudell.

‘Conocephalus fuscostriatus Redtenbacher.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, September 28 or 29, 1905
(Biederman), 1 o.

This specimen is inseparable from two males of this species from
Thomasville, Georgia. This is the first record of the species west of
Texas.

Xiphidion fasciatum (DeGeer).

Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1,1 2.

Capnobotes fuliginosus (Thomas).

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 <.

This specimen is distinctly larger than a male from Jerome, Arizona,
fully equalling a female from the latter locality.

Eremopedes unicolor Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905. (Skinner), 5 o,
8 2. September 21, 24 and 28, 1905 (Biederman), 2 o’,4 2. Doug-
las, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 2.

The Carr Canyon series presents a very considerable amount of
individual variation in size. The Douglas female is extremely large,
the caudal femora particularly far exceeding the original measure-
ments. However, aside from the very slightly narrower ovipositor,
no other characters to separate it are apparent, and as the measure-
ments of this specimen may be of interest they are given herewith.

Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor), . . . . . 27.5mm,
Length) of :pronotum,. 45: °c Easement an Somme
Length: of caudal:femun, 9 =a) eae ee eS
Thengthyof OVvipOsutor: ape yee ee ee sf

Stenopelmatus oculatus Scudder.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 2.
Huachuca Mountains, July 23, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1 &.

While one of these specimens appears to approach californicus in the
small size of the apical spine of the internal margin of the caudal femora,
yet, in view of the unreliability of spine formule and proportions in
this genus, it appears best to place it where all other characters seem to
place it—in Seudder’s oculatus.
Ceuthophilus paucispinosus Reln. 7

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3 c, 4

2. September 22, 23 and 28, October 8, 1905 (Biederman), 4 <.

Palmerlee, August, 1905 (Schaeffer), 1

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

The very interesting series of this species contained in the collec-
tions available for study presents several facts in elaboration of the
original description of this species, based on a single female from
southern Arizona. One is that considerable size variation is present
in both sexes, but more particularly in the male. Another is that in
the male the ventral ridge of the caudal femora is more elevated and
distinctly dentato-serrate (often strongly so), while in several of the
specimens of the same sex the proximal fourth of the caudal tibize are
strongly valgate, beyond which they are straight.

Measurements are here given of the maximum specimens of both
sexes.

a 2)
Rene thombodyae me ee) 5 a) es ee 20) mms eeissomm:
Wenrihyotpronouumie ses) 4 2) ee ee 9:0) on oy
length'of cephalicfemur,. . . . . . . 85 = Uekse ae
ILeamin Or Cuellar, 5 RG 6 oe 6.) 4 live aS) eae
lkengthyohovipository 2) a ase LI2)
GRYLLIDA.

Ellipes minuta (Scudder).

Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 specimen.
Nemobius neomexicanus Scudder.

Douglas, August (F. H. Snow), 1 &.

This species has previously been recorded from Florence, Arizona.
Gryllus personatus Uhler.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 o,
4 2. Palimerlee (Schaeffer), 1 2. San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750
feet, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow),3 o,3 2.

This series has been compared with a representation from Florence,
Flagstaff and Pheenix, Arizona. There is considerable variation in the
depth of the fuscous coloration and also in size, the latter being as
individual as color variation, the largest male and the smallest females
being from the same locality (San Bernardino Ranch). All the speci-
mens are of the macropterous type.

Gryllus armatus Scudder.

San Bernardino Ranch, 3,750 feet, August, 1905 (F. H. Snow), 1 o,
iG.

This species has also been examined from Florence and Phcenix,
Arizona,

Gryllus alogus Rehn.
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 2 2.
When compared with the type, from Albuquerque, New Mexico,

2

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

these individuals are inseparable although both slightly smaller. An
additional female from Carr Canyon is placed under this species with a
query, agreeing in spine formule with integer and pennsylvanicus, but
in general appearance and form similar to alogus. The positive deter-
mination of species of this genus will probably be impossible until
extensive breeding experiments and careful quantitative studies of our
“‘snecies’’? have been made.

Ccanthus niveus (DeGeer).
Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 1 o,
22. Palmerlee (Schaeffer), 1 2.

Ccanthus nigricornis Walker.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3 °.
September 30, 1905 (Biederman), 1 2. Palmerlee (Schaeffer), 2 °.

These specimens are inseparable from a Monte Redondo, Costa Riea,
female.

Caudell has recorded this species from the Huachucas.

Ccanthus argentinus Saussure.

Carr Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, August, 1905 (Skinner), 3 o,
2 2. October 16-17, 1905 (Biederman), 1 &.

These specimens are assigned to this species with some little doubt,
as they agree fairly well with the original description of Saussure, but
do not tally so closely with the later one given by the same author.*
The antennal markings are similar to those originally described, but
have no supplementary spot or cloud on the first proximal joint as
later stated. In other characters these individuals agree very fully
with the 1897 description. The remarks made by Caudell* regarding
Oracle and Hot Springs, Arizona specimens referred to this species are
substantiated by the material before me.

II. Prima County.

The specimens here treated were collected by Prof. F. H. Snow, of
the University of Kansas, during the summer of 1906. The localities
represented are the Baboquivari Mountains and Tucson. The material
from the former locality is of very considerable interest as it has been
seldom visited and, as far as the author is aware, this series is the
first collection of Orthoptera made in that isolated locality.

23 Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 254.
4 Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., V, p. 166.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

Two species previously known only from localities south of the
United States are here recorded from north of the boundary line, while
two are described as new.

MANTIDZ.

Stagmomantis gracilipes n. sp.

Type: &; Baboquivari Mountains, Pima County, Arizona, 1906
(F. H. Snow). ([Coll. University of Kansas. |

Allied to S. venusta, heterogamia, montana and androgyna Saussure
and Zehntner and limbata Hahn. From venusta, limbata and andro-
gyna it can be immediately separated by the slenderer pronotum and
limbs, particularly the cephalic femora; from heterogamia it can be
separated by the much greater size, narrower supra-coxal expansion
of the pronotum and the comparatively longer limbs; from montana it
differs in the smaller size, except the length of the cephalic femora
which is about the same in both forms, in the nar-
rower costal margin of the tegmina and in the wings
being strongly marked and not vitreous.

Size medium; form slender. Head broad, the
depth but little more than half the width. Prono-
tum slender, the greatest width contained nearly
six times in the length; cephalic margin rounded,
the collar with parallel sides, the expansion slight,
shaft compressed but slightly expanding caudad,
margins of the collar slightly crenulate, shaft dis-
tinctly carinate. Tegminaslightly more than twice
the length of the pronotum; costal field moderately
expanded proximad, not appreciable in the distal
third, coriaceous; stigma linear, longitudinal, not
sharply marked. Wings not exceeding the tips of
the tegmina when in repose. Cephalic limbs quite ii Wt ae
slender, cox slightly less than two-thirds the mantis gracilipes
length of the pronotum, distinctly but not strongly n. sp. Dorsal

a A ; view of pronotum
spined on the cephalic margin with two grades of of type. (X 3.)
spines, caudal face with the surface rugose owing
to the presence of short spiniform tubercles, between which the
surface is uneven; cephalic femora very slightly shorter than
the pronotal shaft, the principal discoidal spine being situated very
near the middle, lateral margins armed with five spines, one of which is
small and genicular in position, internal margins armed with fourteen
to fifteen spines, one small and genicular and the remainder divided

-

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

into two alternating series, discoidal spines four in number; cephalic
tibiee slightly more than half the length of the femora, external margins
armed with eight to ten spines which leave un-
armed a considerable proximal area, internal mar-
gins with a regularly enlarging series of eleven
to twelve spines; cephalic tarsi somewhat longer
than the tibie without apical claw, the metatarsi
alone but little shorter than the tibie. Median
and caudal limbs very slender, the caudal femora
about five-sixths the length of the pronotum.
General color ochraceous, the head inclined
Fig. 16.—Stagmo- toward ochraceous-rufous, the ventral surface of
mantis gracilipes the thorax and abdomen chrome yellow, the median
n. sp. Cephalic :
limb of type. nd caudal femora deepening to blackish brown
(X 2.) proximad. Tegmina brownish hyaline, the costal
field opaque, probably green in life, the costal
and discoidal fields separated by a wash of russet which fades rapidly
on the discoidal side. Wings with the costal margin marked with
russet, the remainder with subquadrate patches of seal brown such as
are frequently found in the genus.

Measurements.
Length of body (appa? yee a ecu Come See
Length of pronotum, . . Se TE he, OOS
Greatest width of the pronotum, > Siow tw Poe goole
Length of tegmen, . ais y t+ see Oe
Width of proximal portion of costal field, + oh elope
Length of cephalic femur, .. 7 ae OMe
Length of cephalic tibia (exclusive of ‘apical claw), OZee:
Length of median femur, . 9. 3 2 = = 13 ee
Length of cephalic femur, °..’ ty seule etaagn sense ea

The type is the only specimen of this interesting species which has
come to the author’s attention.

Vates paraensis Saussure.

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 2.

This specimen has been compared with an undoubted Guadalajara
female of this species and is inseparable from it. In size it is slightly
larger, but well within the measurements given by Saussure and Zehnt-
ner. The species described by the author as V. townsendi can readily
be separated from paraensis by the more compressed pronotal shaft,

> The distal section of the abdomen is missing.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ° 69
i

the more expanded and sublamellate supra-coxal expansions of the
same, the more strongly lobed limbs and abdomen and the distinctly
emarginate marginal field of the tegmina. The Arizona specimens
of Vates recorded by Caudell as V. townsendi* may probably be this
species and not townsendi, which has stronger pronotal expansions
in the female than we would suppose were possessed by the female of
the species figured.

The only previous records of this species north of Panama were
from Guadalajara, Jalisco, and Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico.

ACRIDIDZ.
Telmatettix aztecus (Saussure).

Tucson, 1 2. Baboquivari Mountains, 2 3,3 2.

These specimens have been compared with Yautepec, Morelos, and
Teocelo, Vera Cruz individuals.

Clypeotettix schochii (Bolivar).

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 2.

This specimen is inseparable from Morelos and Vera Cruz specimens,
and constitutes the first record for the species from the United States.
Paratettix toltecus (Saussure).

Tucson, 3 o.

Specimens from Arizona, New Mexico, Mexico, Nicaragua and Costa
Rica have been used for comparison.

Achurum acridodes (Stal).*7

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 &.
Mermiria neomexicana (Thomas).

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 <.

This is the first Arizona record of the species, which ranges south as
far as the State of Durango.

Cordillacris pima n. sp.

Type: 2 ; Baboquivari Mountains, Pima Co., Arizona. 1906. (F.H.
Snow). [Coll. Univ. of Kansas.]

In many respects this species appears to connect the two types
previously known in the genus, 7.e., occipitalis and crenulata, From
the former type (occipitalis, cinerea and affinis) it can be separated by
the more strongly bowed lateral carine of the pronotum, narrower
tegmina and the distinctly slenderer caudal limbs. From crenuwlata
the new form can readily be distinguished by the larger size, the
slenderer and less inflated head, more retreating face, narrower teg-
mina and longer limbs.

% Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIII, p. 83, Pl. III, figs. 1; 2.
27 For the definition of acridodes see antea, p. 31.

70

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Size medium; form quite elongate. Head broad caudad, regularly
narrowed cephalad; occiput and vertex distinctly ascending above the
level of the pronotum, the interspace between the eyes no narrower

Fig. 17.—Cordillacris pima n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 3.)

than the fastigium, the latter obtuse-angulate with the margins sharp
and bordered immediately caudad by a very narrow depressed space;
angle of the fastigium viewed laterad very slightly acute-angulate,
the immediate angle rounded, face very considerably retreating;
frontal costa very narrow dorsad, regularly expanding ventrad, the
portion dorsad of the ocellus decidedly suleate, the portion ventrad of
the ocellus slightly suleate, the margins somewhat cariniform; eyes
slightly longer than the infraocular sulcus; antennze very considerably
longer than the head and pronotum, the proximal portion depressed

cris pima n. sp.
Dorsal view of
head and prono-
tum. (xX 3.)

and subensiform, the extreme apex also being de-
pressed. Pronotum short, the cephalic margin of
the disk sinuate with a slight median emargina-
tion, caudal margin rotundato-truncate; median
carina slightly elevated on the metazona; lateral
carin slightly constricted caudad on the prozona,
strongly flaring on the metazona; prozona slightly
longer than the metazona; lateral lobes slightly
longer than deep. Tegmina distinctly surpassing
the apex of the abdomen, narrow, ‘the apex
rounded. Cephalic and median limbs slender;
caudal femora quite slender, the greatest width
contained about five and a half times in the
length, caudal tibie very slightly shorter than the
femora, armed on the lateral margin with ten spines.

General colors chalk white and mummy brown, the maculations of

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

the darker color distributed in the manner usual in this genus. Head
with a distinct median bar of brown extending from the fastigium to
the caudal section of the occiput where it is broken up, a narrow
median line in this maculation and lateral margins of the same are
bordered with buff; postocular bar distinct, gene white, face pale buff;
antenne buffy proximad becoming glaucous green, with a faint touch
of buffy on the tips. Pronotum with the dorsum chiefly buffy, the
lateral carinze buff, margined ventrad with a narrow line of black and
the broad continuation of the postocular bar; the buff area on the disk
of the prozona bears mesad an elongate trigonal faintly whitish area,
while the lateral portions of the metazonal disk are distinctly velvety
black, ventral portion of the lateral lobes white. Tegmina with the
white discoidal maculations crudely hemispherical in shape and four in
number, costal area also white, region of the anal vein buffy. Cephalic
and median limbs whitish finely punctate with brown; caudal femora
with the dorsal section of the lateral face purplish brown, the dorsal
face with a small median and an elongate pregenicular blotch of the
same color; caudal tibize lavender, very pale proximad, the spines pale
buff tipped with black.

Measurements.
en puheoisbod yp wae ee ee nee eens eee ee OVS arin
Length of pronotum, Ree sebseee) Poe rats (ivdes
Length of tegmen, . Sie aed wpe Pt ey it derail Mt ee
Length of caudal femur, Ne oe 1Sionee

The type is the only specimen seen.

Scyllina calida (Bruner).
Baboquivari Mountains, 1 2.
This is the second record for the species from the United States.

Psoloessa maculipennis Scudder.
Baboquivari Mountains, 4 @.
One of these specimens is suffused with blackish dorsad, while
another, which otherwise is of the normal type of coloration, has the
* femoral markings very small.

Psoloessa texana Scudder.

Baboquivari Mountains, 2 o, 2 9.

One of the male specimens of this species has a prominent longi-
tudinal dorsal line of ochraceous flanked laterad by purplish brown,
the latter color continuous from the vertex to the tegmina, which it
almost entirely suffuses.

©

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Psoloessa buddiana Bruner.

Baboquivari Mountains, 2 2.

Ageneotettix australis Bruner.

Baboquivari Mountains, 4 7,1 2.

This species is now known from Maricopa, Cochise and Pima Counties.
Aulocara rufum Scudder.

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 <.

This is the second record of the species from Arizona; the nearest
points from which the species has previously been recorded being San
Bernardino Ranch, Cochise Co., Arizona, and La Cueva, Organ Moun-
tains, New Mexico.

Arphia aberrans Bruner.

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 2.

This species is only known from the Mexican border of Arizona, 7.e.,
Nogales and the Huachuca Mountains.

Encoptolophus texensis Bruner.

Tucson, 1 c) 2 9.
Lactista oslari Caudell.

Tucson, 1 2.

The previously known localities for this species are Nogales,,Arizona,
and Albuquerque, New Mexico.

Tomonotus ferruginosus Bruner.

Baboquivari Mountains, 2 co‘, 1 2.

One of the male individuals possesses a very peculiar coloration.
Tomonotus azteous (Saussure).

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 9.

This individual agrees with a specimen mentioned by the author on a
preceding page* in having the frontal costa hardly constricted ventrad
of the ocellus.

Derotmema delicatulum Scudder.

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 0’, 1 2.

The previous Arizona records of this species are fromm between Gila
Bend and Yuma and Florence. ’
Mestobregma rubripenne (Bruner).

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 o,1 9.

The shorter and more robust caudal femora of this species immedi-
ately separates it from M. plattei, its nearest ally.

* Pp. 38.

‘1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

Conozoa carinata Rehn.

Baboquivari Mountains, 2 %, 1 @.

These specimens fully agree with the typical series from the Hua-
chuca Mountains, Cochise Co., Arizona.

Trimerotropis fascicula McNeill.

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 <.

In coloration this specimen is slightly paler than Huachuca Moun-
tains representatives, with the internal and ventral faces of the caudal
femora suffused with the same red color as the tibiz, while the dorsum
of the abdomen has a wash of the same color. The general size is
slightly larger than Huachuca specimens and the proportionate length
of the tegmina is about the same, much longer proportionately than
in the type individuals.

Heliastus aridus (Bruner).

Tucson, 192.

Heliastus benjamini Caudell.

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 co, 1 2.

The previous localities for this species are Nogales and the Huachuca
Mountains, Arizona. The male is more ferruginous than any other
‘specimen examined by the author.

Schistocerca vaga (Scudder).

Tucson, 1 .

This individual is small and rather paler than the majority of speci-
mens of this species. The amount of color variation presented by
individuals of this form is very considerable, the extremes having
quite different appearances but being connected in any series by
members of intermediate specimens.

Conalcza huachucana Rehn.

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 2.

This specimen is inseparable from the female type, and is the first
record of the species beyond the limits of the Huachuca Mountains.
Hesperotettix festivus Scudder.

Tucson, 1 @.

This individual has the pregenicular annuli very distinct, but shows
no traces of the blackish pencilling of the pronotal sulci seen in H.
viridis.

Melanoplus brownii Caudell.

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 2.

This specimen appears to belong to this species which was described
from near Yuma, Arizona. Coloration counts for very little in M.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

flavidus and its allies, and little stress should be laid on its determina-
tive value. In measurements this individual differs from the original
only in that the caudal femora are one millimeter shorter than the
minimum there given.

TETTIGONID&.
Aretha constricta Bruner.
Tucson, 1 ©.
This specimen is inseparable from Texas females of this species, and
constitutes the first record from west of the Organ Mountains, southern
New Mexico.

Scudderia mexicana (Saussure).
Baboquivari Mountains, 1 <.

Eremopedes unicolor Scudder.

Baboquivari Mountains, 1 <.

Huachuca Mountains specimens are usually smaller than this in-
dividual, which is very pale and buffy-brown in color.
Ateloplus notatus Scudder.

Tucson, 1 2. Baboquivari Mountains, 1 immature 2.

These representatives have been compared with a female from
Florence, Arizona, and show no differences except a more blackish
coloration.

Gryllus armatus Scudder.

Tucson, 1 2.
Miogryllus lineatus (Scudder).

Tueson, 1 @.

This record is of very considerable interest, as no mature specimens
of this species have been recorded since the types were collected along
the Colorado River between Mohave City and the Virgin River.

Coanthus californicus Saussure?

Baboquivari Mountains, 2 2.

These specimens are assigned here with some little doubt, as they
have distinct blackish lines on the two proximal antennal, joints.
However, in the shape of the femora, the color of the head and the
antenne, aside from the markings, they agree with males of this species,
while the pronotum has the sulci disposed in a similar fashion and
differs only in the lack of caudal expansion, a character which appears
to be sexual in this genus, due to the greater expanse of the male
tegmina. Some little affinity is shown with the recently described
(EZ. rehnii Baker, but the specimens are clearly distinct from that

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

species, while the heavier caudal femora immediately separate it from
argentinus.

Ill. PuHa@ntrx, Maricopa County.

The specimens considered in this portion of the paper were collected
by Dr. R. E. Kunzé, and are now in the Hebard Collection.

A few specimens from Prescott have also been included, but where no
locality is mentioned Phcenix is understood. A striking new species
of Ceuthophilus is here described.

BLATTIDA.
Blatta orientalis Linneus.

Prescott, July 14,1904. 10,12.
Homeogamia erratica Rehn.

September 17 and October 9, 1903; September 14, October 2, 5 and
Up GOES a teh

These specimens represent the pale typical and the slightly infuscate
form.

Homeogamia apacha Saussure.

April 9, 1902; June 7 and 9,1904. 3c. Prescott, July 14 and 18,
1904. 3c.

The Phcenix specimens represent the typical form of the species,
while the three Prescott individuals are of the very strongly infuscate
form called infuscata by Caudell?® on the basis of a Phoenix specimen.
The interspaces between the eyes and between the ocelli in these speci-
mens and in those of erratica agree in relative proportions with the
material previously studied by the author.

MANTIDZA.

Litaneutria minor (Scudder).

June 16, August 21, September 11, 17 and 24, October 1, 2, 11 and
24, December 1, 1904. 50,5 &.
Stagmomantis limbata (Hahn).

September 10, 1901; August 21 and September 29, 1904. 207,19.

One of these males is much smaller than the other. The female is
referred here with a little uncertainty, as it is similar to the one from
San Bernardino Ranch, Cochise Co., Arizona, mentioned in this
paper.*t The costal field of the tegmina is no wider than in that

22 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 463.
% Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, pp. 181, 187-189; Ent. News, 1903, p. 327. |
3t Antea, p. 28.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

specimen, the form is smaller than in the average of limbata, while
the pronotum is distinctly though slightly constricted cephalad of the
supra-coxal expansion. The wings are purplish black caudad while
the tegmina are green. The left cephalic femur, tibia and tarsus of
this specimen have been regenerated; the femur being slightly smaller
than the right but otherwise normal, the tibia is a short rounded joint
not a third the femoral length with the margins unarmed, while the
tarsus is quite short.

PHASMIDZ.
Diapheromera arizonensis Caudell.

September 7, 8 and 15, October 17 and 20, 1904, 21 °.

As the female of this species has not been well described, some notes
may prove of service.

When compared with a female of D. femorata from Philadelphia,
arizonensis is seen to be somewhat more robust, the head is distinctly
broader and the eye larger, while the proximal joint of the antenne
is narrower. The median segment is slightly more transveres than in
femorata, and the cerci are much shorter and blunter, while the three
distal abdominal segments are distinctly shorter and the subgenital
opercule is provided with a distinct apical finger-like lobe. Limbs
slightly longer than in femorata with the femoral spines distinct.
When compared with the closely allied Mexican D. calcarata, the
female of arizonensis is seen to be somewhat slenderer, but with a
broader head. The structure of the abdominal appendages and the
terminal segments is the same as in calcarata, but the limbs of the latter
species are distinctly more robust.

ACRIDIDZ.
Orphulella graminea Bruner.

September 30, October 4-5. 14 co’, 14 9.

These specimens agree with four paratypic specimens, two of each
sex, received from Prof. Bruner. In size the majority of the female
individuals are somewhat larger than the paratypic specimens, but no
larger than the original measurements. In color some are distinctly
mummy brown, others vinaceous-cinnamon and russet. The dis-
coidal area of the tegmina is quite distinctly marked with quadrate
blotches in about half of the specimens.

Encoptolophus texensis Bruver.

September 24. 1 &.

This specimen has the head, pronotum, pleura and dorsal aspects of
the caudal femora suffused with pale green.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

Conozoa behrensi Saussure.

September 18. 1 9.

Trimerotropis vinculata Scudder.

October 17. 60',12°2.
Anconia integra Scudder.

September 24, October 11-18. 10 °.

This series presents all color variations, from the nearly uniform
green type to a strongly maculate form with the pronotal markings
very decided.

Schistocerca vaga (Scudder).

October 10-16. 40,52.

These specimens vary considerably in coloration, several females
having the dorsum of the pronotum almost unicolorous, while the
variation in the intensity of tegminal maculations is very considerable.
Schistocerca shoshone (Thomas).

September 25 to December 15. 50,9 9.

Considerable variation is exhibited by this series in the coloration of
the caudal tibie, shades ranging from pale purplish pink to decided
purplish red being present on those parts.

Hesperotettix festivus Scudder.

October 31, November 1-28, 1903. 4,6 @.
Melanoplus herbaceus Bruner.

November 24 and 26,1903. 120,892.

These specimens are practically intermediate between true herbaceus
and flavescens Scudder, which cannot be considered as other than a
western race of herbaceus. In color and genital characters this series
is truly intermediate, and in the author’s opinion we must use the
trinomial M, herbaceus flavescens for Seudder’s form.

Melanoplus pictus Scudder.

November 18-28, 1903; October 10,1904. 10 %,10 &.

This series is clearly referable to this species which was described
from Bradshaw Mountain, Yavapai-Maricopa Cos., Arizona. When
compared with the original description, the only difference which ap-
pears is that the caudal tibie are ‘‘purplish fuscous’’ or near it in but
one specimen, the others ranging from pale glaucous to rather bright
blue. There is a certain amount of variation in the actual presence
or the intensity of the yellowish line along the lateral angles of the
prozona, and in structure there is an appreciable variation in the
width of the interspace between the mesosternal lobes, the latter being
subcontiguous in one male individual. 2

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Melanoplus atlanis (Riley).

November 18-24, 1903. 70,32.

These specimens are quite large when compared with Eastern speci-
mens, a fact which is true of Florence, Arizona, individuals.
Melanoplus differentialis (Thomas).

September 4, October 16, 1904. 5 o,1 2.

TETTIGONIDZ.
Hormilia elegans Scudder.

September 5-7,1904. 20,69.

Three of the females present the type of coloration which has the
dark areas of the tegmina large and deep in color, surrounding and
isolating the light greenish portions. In this type the pronotum is
richer in color, owing to the more definite whitish margins contrasted
with the broad dark area which is placed on the caudal section of the
pronotal disk, and also in the patch on the lateral lobes being larger
and more conspicuous. One specimen is extremely pale, the dark
markings being weak or mere suggestions of color.

Microcentrum laurifolium (Linnzus).

November 24 and 26, December 1, 1903. 1,4 9.
Stenopelmatus oculatus Scudder.

Prescott, Arizona, July 14, 1904. Phcenix, September 16, 1903.
DD Ghe
Ceuthophilus lamellipes n. sp.

Types: oO’ and 2 ; Phoenix, Maricopa Co., Arizona, November 18,
1903. (Kunzé.) [Hebard Collection.]

Allied to C. pacificus, hen-
shawi and salebrosus Scudder,
but in most every character
closer to salebrosus™ than to the
others. From this it differs in
the nearly smooth abdomen,
the greater size, the different
proportions of the caudal tarsal
joints (second twice as lohg as

the third), the different charac-

BrP nin = Cnimophilize ‘tantellines ae ee. ter of the serrations on the lam-
Caudal leg of male. (x 3.) ellate ventral carine of the
caudal femora, the longer cau-

2 Canad. Entom., XXXI, p. 120. [Tenino, Thurston Co., Washington.]

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

dal tibia and the presence of an apical hook on the inner valves of the
ovipositor.

Size medium; form moderately compressed. Head with the occiput
and vertex declivent to the low, broadly trigonal, shallowly sulcate
fastigium; eyes trigonal pyriform; distal joint of the palpi arcuate.
Pronotum with the cephalic margin slightly emarginate, caudal margin
subtrunecate; lateral lobes with the ventral margin slightly arcuate.
Abdomen smooth; ovipositor very slightly longer than the pronotum,
tapering from the base to about the middle, distad of which it is sub-
equal, the apex obliquely truncate, the inner valves each armed with
five teeth, of which the two terminal ones are longer than the others
and more recurved ; styles of the female about
equal to the ovipositor in length. Cephalic

femora about a third again as long as the ae
pronotum, moderately robust, the cephalic

margin armed with a single pregenicular Fig. 20.—Ceuthophilus

spine; cephalic tibiz equal to the femora See coerce:
in length. Median femora in the male half (X 6.)

again as long as the pronotum, in the

female slightly less, the cephalic margin armed with three or four spines
of which the distal is the longer, caudal genicular lobe spined. Caudal
femora in the male moderately long, very considerably inflated, the
greatest width contained about two and a half times in the length,
dorsal face well supplied with sharp tubercles on the tracings of the
scalariform pattern and other irregular lines, ventral carine elevated,
distinctly lamellate, the margins serrato-dentate, separated from the
genicular region by a narrow area where the lamellate ridges are roundly
excised, immediately proximad of this the ridge develops an acute
trigonal process, the ventral margin of which is serrato-dentate con-
tinuous with the proximal portions of the carine; ventral sulcus very
broad and moderately deep, the trigonal processes of the margins
diverging; caudal tibize of the male in actual length (following curve)
longer than the femora, the proximal fourth forming a quarter circle, the
distal three-fourths straight, four pairs of spurs present on the dorsal
margins of the shaft, in length these hardly equal the tibial depth, the
margins also well supplied with fine teeth, ventral margin somewhat
crenulate proximad and with a single spine immediately proximad of
the two apical ones, apical spurs long, the median internal one about
equalling the dorsal length of the metatarsus ; caudal tarsi with the third
joint not more than half the length of the second. Caudal femora of
female moderately inflated, the greatest width contained about three

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF © gikebs:

times in the length, dorsal surface with a few sharp tubercles, but the
number or size not as great as in the male, ventral carine slightly ele-
vated, finely serrato-dentate in the distal half and with an indication of
the pregenicular diastema of the male; caudal tibiz of female straight,
slightly longer than in the male.

General color, clay color marked more or less with prout’s brown.
Antenne cinnamon. Pronotum with a narrow median area and the
ventral portions of the lateral lobes of the general color, as well as a
large irregularly quadrate or rectangular patch on each side. Mesono-
tum and metanotum with an irregular system of broad alternating
pale and dark bars, the abdomen bearing the type of markings only
more numerous, smaller, and more restricted to the caudal margin of
the segments. Cephalic and median limbs sometimes clouded with
the darker color; caudal femora with the tubercles and serrations dark,
in the female the pattern of musculation being more truly scalariform
and not with a broad medio-longitudinal interruption as in the male.

Measurements.
oh 2
Length of body,. . . JM 2 TSS) 16:5 mmisealvgomime
eng thyoraprono fume: na aee ee) eee eet 4.2 "
Length oficephalic femur; == ee Ole ays)
Length ofsmediani femur oie) eee en Ole O00
Teng th ohicandalstentun, 2 eee enon Ibtlssy
Length of caudal tibia, eS eee. Se 1B ee
Length of ovipositor, cs Ta

In addition to the types a paratypic male, taken November 7, has
also been examined.

GRYLLIDA.

Gryllus personatus Ubler.

September 7-12, November 24,1903. 5 o&,18 2,1 nymph (XI. 24).

This interesting series shows that a considerable amount of variation
in size exists in this form. While this feature is very apparent it is not
as conspicuous as the variation in color, which latter ranges from a
decidedly straw-colored type (the predominating phase) to a blackish
brown form with no trace of the usual coloration, except a very narrow
pale margin to the ventral portion of the lateral lobes and a few small
spots on the vertex and fastigium. In many respects this dark type
superficially resembles Mexican specimens of G. assimilis, from which,

* In straight line.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 81

however, it can be separated by the form of the speculum of the male
tegmina.

All the adult specimens seen are macropterous.

Gryllus armatus Scudder.

September 7-12, 1903. 1,11 9.

But little variation in size is presented by this series, and in colora-
tion a slight deepening of the shade of the tegmina and on the caudal
femora a replacing of tawny by bistre is all that is noteworthy. The
base color of the pronotum shows a tendency toward reddish in several
specimens, the head, however, remaining shining black. All the speci-
mens are macropterous.

Gryllus alogus Rehn.
November 18, 1903. 1 9.

Ccanthus californicus Saussure.

November 10 and 24, 1903. 2 0’.

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

THE MORPHOLOGY OF DINOPHILUS CONKLINI 2. sp.

BY JAMES A. NELSON, PH.D.

CONTENTS.

I. INTRODUCTION.
IJ. Marerrat anp TECHNIQUE.
Ill. Anatomy.

1. External Form and Specific Characters of Dinophilus conklini.

2. Body Wall.

3. Nervous System.
(a) Central Nervous System.
(b) Sense Organs.

4. Alimentary Canal.

5. Excretory Organs.

6. Sex Organs.

7. Discussion and Conclusions.
8. Summary.

I. InNrRODUCTION.

The systematic position of Dinophilus has been a subject of con-
siderable interest to naturalists ever since the establishment of the
genus by Oscar Schmidt in 1848, and the opinions held on this point
have been—relatively speaking—many and various. In a former
paper on the early development of this form (1904a) I gave a brief
review of these; to repeat it here seems superfluous. In the paper just
mentioned certain conclusions as to the relationships of Dinophilus
were stated, based on a study of its development. In the studies of
which the present paper is the result, an attempt has been made to
test these conclusions by a study at first hand of the morphology of
the same species. This seemed the more desirable, since in the last
fifteen years there have appeared but three papers on the structure of
members of this group, and those dealt with species different in many
respects from the one studied by me. Moreover, the apparent rarity
of Dinophilus and its sporadic occurrence was an additional incentive
to making the best of the opportunity which presented itself in finding
abundant material for the study of its morphology, as well as its
development, in the aquaria of the University of Pennsylvania.

It gives me pleasure to take this opportunity to express my indebted-
ness to Prof. E. G. Conklin, of the University of Pennsylvania, for the
privilege of taking Dinophilus material from the aquaria of the Univer-
sity ; to the Carnegie Institution for the use of one of its rooms at Woods

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

Hole during the summer of 1903; and to Prof. L. B. Walton for extend-
ing to me the use of the biological laboratory at Kenyon College. I
wish especially to thank Prof. J. H. Comstock for the unfailing kindness
he has shown me at Cornell University. I wish also to thank my
friends, Dr. J. Perey Moore, of the University of Pennsylvania, and
Prof. A. D. MacGillivray, of Cornell University, for kindly advice and
criticism.

IJ. MarertaL AND TECHNIQUE.

All of the material employed in the preparation of this paper was
obtained from the sea-water aquaria of the University of Pennsylvania.
This material was collected in three lots at three different periods.
The first lot was taken during the winter of 1901-2, and its preserva-
tion was only incidental to the collection of ova, which formed the
basis of a former paper by me (1904) on the early embryology of this
form. The individuals taken at this time were among the largest
obtained. The second lot was taken during the latter part of June and
the first few days of July, 1903, These individuals averaged possibly
one-fourth to one-third smaller than those of the first lot. The third
lot was obtained during the winter of 1903-4. The individuals com-
prised in this lot are intermediate in size between those of the first
two lots, being much larger than those of the second lot, but scarcely
equalling those of the first.

The methods of fixation employed were but three in number:

(1) Kleinenberg’s picro-sulphuric for one-half to three-quarters of
an hour, followed by a washing in 70 per cent. alcohol. This method
of fixation, which has given excellent results for many ova, including
those of this form, proved only an indifferent one for the mature in-
dividuals, and material fixed in this manner was unsuitable for the
study of any of the finer structures. It has, however, the advantage of
preserving the form and proportions of the object very well, and this
material was made use of largely as mounted entire.

(2) A saturated aqueous solution of corrosive sublimate, containing
6 per cent. of glacial acetic acid, used boiling hot, and followed by a
thorough washing in 70 per cent. alcohol. The material fixed in this
manner has proved exceedingly valuable, and many of my best draw-
ings were made from it. The form and relation of the different parts
are admirably preserved, as well as those of the cells composing them,
while in many-.cases the finer structures, such as cilia, maintain their
integrity. After sectioning and staining the individuals collected in
the summer of 1903, which were fixed by this method, a peculiar

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

differentiation of the nerve fibres became evident. The latter did not
absorb the chromatin stain (iron-hematoxylin), but on the contrary
remained clear and of a light straw yellow color, or, in sections where
eosin was used as a contrast stain, were pale orange. In either case
the nerve fibres are easily distinguished from the surrounding tissues.
What happy accident caused this differentiation, which occurs in all
the series made from the second lot of individuals, [ have not been able
to determine. It has, however, been of the highest value to me, since
without its assistance it would have been an extremely difficult matter
to trace out the various parts of the nervous system. That it is but
an accident I feel sure, since a number of individuals of another lot,
fixed and stained by the same method, showed the nerve fibres stained
dark gray, as is the case where other fixatives were used.

(3) Flemming’s fluid, from one-half to twenty-four hours. This
method gave very irregular results, yielding some of the finest prepara-
tions, as well as some of the poorest. Different individuals, even of
the same lot, vary much in the quality of the fixation. The best
results were obtained with a fixation of half an hour, although the
period of fixation seems to be of minor consequence, since good results
were also obtained with a fixation period as long as twenty-four hours.

The stains employed were: the picro-hematoxylin of Conklin (1902)
for the objects mounted entire, and Haidenhein’s iron-hematoxylin
for sections. A contrast stain was used in some cases, a saturated
aqueous solution of eosin being employed for this purpose. Experi-
ence, however, has shown that the use of a plasma stain with the iron-
hematoxylin is, in this form at least, unnecessary, if not actually
undesirable. For the purpose of determining the presence of mucin
in the hypodermis, Mayer’s mucicarmine was employed. The formula
is that given by Lee in the fifth edition of The Microtomist’s Vade-
Mecum, the material being stained from five to fifteen minutes in a 10
per cent. solution.

The sections were for the most part cut five “ in thickness, this
being found to be the minimum compatible with perfect series. Many
of the Dinophilus were embedded and oriented separately, but the
best horizontal and sagittal series were obtained by embedding a large
number in a Lefevre watch glass, and sectioning the mass entire.

The living animals were also studied, but, on account of the refrac-
tive nature of the protoplasm, proved very unfavorable objects, as far
as the internal structure was concerned. Narcotization was success-
fully accomplished by the use of chlorotone, the animals soon becoming
quiescent, in a relaxed condition, lying on one side, with a slight
ventral flexure.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

The small size of the cells of this species of Dinophilus, and the gen-
eral lack of distinctness in the boundaries of tissues and organs, made
imperative the use of the highest powers. In studying and drawing
sections a one-twelfth Zeiss oil immersion was employed almost ex-
clusively. This necessitated a brilliant illumination. After the loss
of much time from cloudy and dark weather, I had recourse to artificial
illumination, as recommended by Child (1900). For this purpose I
used a burner of the Welsbach type, mounted about nine inches above
the table. Two blue glasses were placed in the cell below the con-
denser, one dense and one thin. I heartily concur with Child in the
opinion that this means of illumination is superior to daylight, at
least when high powers are employed. The light, when filtered
through the blue glasses, is almost perfectly white, does not tire the
eyes, is of constant and unvarying intensity, and, above all, is always
available.

In making the reconstructions which constitute Plate NII, fig. 1 and
text fig. IV, a modification of the method given by Lee (Microtomist’s
Vade-Mecum, 5th ed., 1900) and ascribed to Woodworth, was employed.
The camera lucida was, however, used in place of a micrometer. Such
reconstructions proved of the greatest value in determining the rela-
tions and connections of parts which run through a number of sections.

Til. Anatomy.
1. External Form and Specific Characters of Dinophilus conklint.

The Dinophilus which forms the subject of this paper has been
found, after comparison with the descriptions of the other members of
this genus, sufficiently different from them to warrant description as a
new species. I take great pleasure in bestowing upon it the specific
name conklini, in honor of Prof. E. G. Conklin, of the University of
Pennsylvania, who was the first to find this form. This species has
so far been found only in the aquaria belonging to the University of
Pennsylvania. Prof. Conklin, however, informs me that he is of the
opinion that it is brought in on the Ulva obtained by dredging at Sea
Isle City, New Jersey. A comparison with other species and the
enumeration of specific characters are postponed to the end of this
section.

The females of Dinophilus conklini are very wormlike in their form
and general aspect. Text fig. I, although drawn from a fixed and
stained preparation, shows little or no distortion, and represents the
animal in a state of moderate extension, such as it often naturally

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

assumes in crawling about over the sea-
weeds on which it is commonly found.
The outlines of the example from
which fig. 1, Pl. XII, was taken repre-
sent the animal in a somewhat greater
state of extension, showing especially
well the form of the last segment and
the caudal appendage. The head is
bluntly conical or rounded in front,
and narrows posteriorly to a somewhat
constricted neck, where it joins the
trunk. Its dorsal surface is also
rounded, and bears a pair of reddish
eyes, reniform in shape, as is usual in
this group. On its ventral surface the
head is slightly flattened. The trunk
is long fusiform, or cigar-shaped, taper-
ing toward the posterior end, and di-
vided by six constrictions into as many
segments. The first two segments are
very short, scarcely equal to the head
in diameter and are limited by relatively
deep and well-marked constrictions.
The three succeeding segments are sub-
equal, nearly as broad as long, and sep-
arated by comparatively slight con-
strictions. In the first of the segments
last described, namely, the third of the
trunk, the latter reaches its greatest
diameter. The sixth segment is short
and rounded at its posterior end, and
Rie. L—Jemale itdividudl of bears on its ventro-posterior surface the
D. conklini, drawn from a conical caudal appendage or tail, which
Axel and momel specinen. in this species is unsegmented.
of living animals. (X 142.) Like other members of the group, D.
conklini is encircled by a number of
bands or rings of cilia, and also possesses the usual ciliated tracts

iw

site

1 In the descriptive portion of this paper the term ‘‘segment’’ will be used to
designate a portion of the trunk bounded by constrictions, without reference to
the question whether it is a true metamere. The problem of metamerism in
Dinophilus is discussed in Section IIT, 7.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

on the ventral surface. One of the latter, the preoral tract, clothes
the ventral surface of the head, and at its posterior margin passes into
the ciliated lining of the mouth. It serves the obvious purpose of
creating currents of water which sweep particles of food toward and
into the mouth. The second or postoral tract comprises a narrow
strip beginning at the posterior border of the mouth and continued
backward to the end of the caudal appendage. This strip is widest in
its anterior portion, having here a width of approximately one-half of
the diameter of the body. From this point it narrows posteriorly and
is reduced to a third of its original width on reaching the caudal
appendage.

The ciliated rings number nine; two belonging to the head and seven
to the trunk. The two cephalic bands are not, however, continuous,
each being interrupted on the middorsal surface of the head by a con-
siderable gap; both of the two rings are thus divided, with the aid of
the ventral ciliated tract, into two lateral halves. The two bands com-
posing the first ring arise on the ventral surface, at the lateral edges of
the ciliated tract, a short distance posterior to the anterior pole of the
head; they then pass upwards and backwards in a gentle curve, and
terminate between the eyes (see text fig. I). These bands are narrow,
and composed of but few rows of cilia. The two bands representing
the second cephalic ring embrace the head at its greatest diameter,
and lie in a plane at right angles to the long axis of the animal. These
bands are relatively broad and composed of numerous rows of long
cilia, Asis the case with all the ciliated rings the cilia beat rhythmically
backwards, and are only clearly seen in their forward position, that of
recoil.

In the first preoral or cephalic band of D. vorticoides, as described by
Schimkewitsch (1895), there is a similar gap. It is possible that in
other species of Dinophilus the cephalic bands are also not continuous
dorsally, since the cilia are here not easy to make out, except when
the animal is seen in profile, or by the study of sections of fixed and
stained material. In the case of this species I was at first misled as
to the course of the cephalic bands and figured them incorrectly (1904a,
text fig. VI). This misapprehension was due to the figures and
descriptions of other species, and also to the presence of sensory cilia
on the dorsal surface of the head, as described below.

The discovery of the presence of a dorsal gap in the second cephalic
ring was of particular interest to me, inasmuch as it tends strongly to
confirm my conclusions as to the origin of this band and its homology
with the prototroch of the trochophore larva, as expressed in 1904.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

In the embryo of Dinophilus, the “trochoblasts,” the cells which pre-
sumably form this ring, are last seen as a long band, continuous across
the ventral surface, but interrupted dorsally by a wide gap. A similar
gap is also present in the prototroch of some annelid larvee, as, for
example, in Amphitrite (Mead, 1897), and due to the same cause as in
Dinophilus, namely, the large size of 2d (X), ‘‘the first somatoblast’’
of von Wistinghausen (1891), and the rapid growth of its dorsal pro-
ducts. This dorsal gap is eventually closed in the case of Amphitrite,
but it is in this form much narrower than in Dinophilus; the cells com-
posing the prototroch are relatively large, and soon become functional.
It appears quite probable, therefore, that the dorsal gap seen in the
second cephalic band of the mature Dinophilus is ultimately traceable
to the peculiar size-relation and growth processes of the cleavage cells of
the ovum of this species.

Just behind the second cephalic band is a pair of shallow grooves,
which arise high up on the sides of the head and pass ventrad, widening
and deepening slightly, to join the mouth at its lateral margins. These
grooves are lined with short cilia throughout their extent. These are
the ‘‘ Wimpergruben’’ observed by Schmidt (1848) in D. vorticoides, by
Hallez (1879) in D. metameroides, and by Korschelt (1882) in D.
apatris. They are supposed by the authors mentioned to function as
sense organs, but their relation to the mouth seems to indicate that
they may also act as food-gathering organs, creating currents which
sweep the food particles down into the mouth. It may be remarked in
passing that the ‘‘Wimpergruben’’ of this species of Dinophilus are
strikingly similar to the ciliated grooves of 4losoma tenebrarum, as
described by Miss Brace (1901).

The seven ciliated bands of the trunk are simple narrow transverse
circlets, uninterrupted on the dorsal surface, with the exception of the
last. Below they merge with the ventral ciliated strip. Each band
encircles the middle of its respective segment. The terminal or cireum-
anal ring is scarcely worthy of the name, since it consists only of
two short ciliated bands. These arise at edges of the ventral ciliated
area, at the point where the last segment joins the caudal appendage,
and pass upward on the posterior edges of the segment for a short dis-
tance (see text fig. I).

In common with other species of this group, D. conklini possesses
conspicuous sense hairs on the anterior surface of the head. Two of
these are of considerable size and symmetrically placed, pointing for-
ward and slightly outward, while scattered between and around them
are a number of smaller hairs. These are in fact tapering projections

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89:

of naked protoplasm; the large sense hairs, as Korschelt (1882) has
observed, are capable of movement. This movement consists in a
gentle waving to and fro of the tips, especially noticeable when these
cilia come into contact with foreign objects, and demonstrating clearly
their tactile function. On the dorsal surface of the head, just behind
the eyes, is another group of sense hairs, all of which are very small.

Like both D. gyrociliatus and apatris, which it closely resembles in
other respects, D. conklini is colorless. Although lacking in color,
it is relatively opaque; this quality appearing to be due to the refractive
qualities of the protoplasm, rather than to anything contained within
the body of the animal. When seen by reflected light its shining opaque
whiteness makes it a conspicuous object when viewed against the dark
background formed by the seaweeds on which it is commonly found.
This lack of transparency naturally renders more difficult the study of
the internal structure of the living animal.

The size of this species is subject to great variation. Measurements
of the length of adult examples (in alcohol) of the first lot, taken in the
winter of 1901-2, vary from 0.57 mm. to 0.91 mm.; the average of this
lot being about 0.73 mm. This variation in length is doubtless in part
due to the differing degree of contraction of the examples taken, but
it also, to a considerable extent, represents a real variation in size.
Fully extended living individuals would yield measurements possibly
one-tenth to one-fifth greater, but it is doubtful if any would exceed
1mm. The examples of the second or summer lot, although less con-
tracted by the fixing fluid than those of the first, show a range of 0.309
mm. to 0.60 mm., the average length being only 0.46 mm. From the
third lot (winter 1903-4) only a few measurements were taken. The
maximum of these was 0.74 mm., while the average was 0.616 mm.
From these measurements it seems to follow that summer individuals
are much smaller than those taken in cold weather. This may really
be the case, but unfortunately these observations are not extensive
enough to form the basis of any certain conclusions regarding this
matter. All the examples taken were, or appeared to be, sexually
mature. Considerable variation in size has also been noted by Kor-
schelt (1882) in D. apatris, and by Weldon (1886) in D. gigas. The
first mentioned author says, ‘‘ Seine Lange ist bei geschlechtsreife Thiere
ziemlich verschieden.’’ Weldon states that ‘‘The length of the body
varied greatly, the smallest specimens found being about 0.75 mm.,
while the largest were nearly two millimeters in length.’’ Whether all
these were sexually mature is not stated.

Of the males of this species, only one was observed. This was still

99 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

confined in the egg capsule, together with female embryos, but was
nevertheless fully formed and swimming about as freely as its limited
quarters would allow. In all essential characters it resembles the male
of D. apatris Korsch. Its form
(text figs. II, A and B) is that of
a short cylinder with rounded
ends, slightly constricted at its
middle. About the anterior end
is a ring of cilia situated in a
groove. This ring is continuous
below with a strip of cilia clothing
the ventral surface. At its poste-
rior end was seen the outlines of
the conical penis, which is directed
Fig. II.—Male individual of D.conklini, downward ) and ubechies i
drawn from a living specimen. A, Korschelt (1882, 1889) has figured
dorsal surface ; B, lateral surface. it. Of the interior of the body
little else could be discerned ex-
cept a number of refractive granules, which were probably sper-
matozoa,

As will appear from a glance at the table of species given below, D.
conklini stands very close to D. apatris KKorsch. and D. gyrociliatus O.
Sch, From D. apatris it differs in the proportions of head and trunk,
in the presence of dorsal gaps in the preoral ciliated bands, in having
but two large sense hairs instead of four, and in the presence of a cicum-
anal or terminal band. D. conklini moreover lacks a character which
seems to be distinctive of D. apatris, namely, that of having the head
joined to the trunk by the intermediation of a short piece, which has the
appearance of a much shortened segment, without the ring of cilia.
The characters distinguishing D. gyrociliatus and D. conklini are much
slighter. Indeed the sole external difference distinguishing the two
species is the presence of the dorsal gaps in the two preoral bands of
cilia in D. conklini. This alone would seem far too slender a basis on
which to erect a new species, if it were not that it is accompanied by
considerable differences in the internal organs, the nephridia+in par-
ticular.

In the table below an attempt has been made to set forth in brief
form the distinguishing characters of the different species composing
the group, and the literature directly relating to each. That this table
is imperfect is certain, but this is due at least in part to the imper-
fectness of many of the descriptions, especially the earlier ones. Later

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

descriptions and figures, when such exist, have been used in the belief
that they are more likely to be accurate. The literature list is as
accurate and complete as lay in the writer’s power to make it, but it
has been found wellnigh impossible to collect all of the scattered refer-
ences to the genus. If either the table of species or the literature list
proves helpful to any student of the group, or serves to faciliate com-
parison of the characters of the various species, it will have fulfilled its
purpose. The characterization of the genus has been added for the
sake of completeness.

Genus DINOPHILUS.

Minute wormlike forms, generally displaying an external division
into segments, delimited by constrictions; each trunk segment, includ-
ing the head, bearing one or two bands or cirelets of long cilia; in addi-
tion to these a ciliated strip clothes the ventral surface. The last seg-
ment bears a conical caudal appendage. The anterior surface of the
head usually provided with sense hairs. Alimentary canal well
developed (except in the degenerate males of certain species), consist-
ing of a mouth opening on the ventral surface of the head ; an esophagus
provided on its posterior inner surface, where it joins the mouth, with
an eversible proboscis; a capacious stomach, and a short intestine ter-
minating dorsad to the caudal appendage. Ccelom represented by the
cavities of the gonads. A primary body cavity of varying extent
always present. Nervous system consisting of a simple brain, a pair
of cireumcesophageal commissures, and, continuous with the latter, two
ventral cords, embedded in the hypodermis. In some members of the
group, at least, are also present transverse commissures and pairs of
ganglia correlated with the segments as indicated on the exterior.
Nephridia, when present, of the protonephridial or larval type, and
arranged metamerically.

Table of Species of Dinophilus.—

A.—Sexes monomorphic.
B.—Gonads paired, extending to the anterior extremity of the
trunk. Two bands of cilia borne by each trunk

segment.
C.—Trunk segments 6.
D.—Caudal appendage 3-segmented, . . . . vorticoides.
DD.—Caudal appendage unsegmented,. . gardinert.
CC.—Trunk segments 5, .. . teniatus.

BB.—Gonads Y-shaped ; only one band of cilia borne on each
ChUDISSeIn Chie lay «6 G2GAs:

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

AA.—Sexes dimorphic, the males much reduced and degenerate in
structure; corresponding with this condition is a
dimorphism of the ova. Ovary unpaired. Only
one band of cilia borne on each trunk segment, with
the exception of the last, which may bear two.

B.—Trunk segments 6.
C.—Body not covered with a coat of cilia between the bands.
D.—Cireumanal band present.
E.—Cephalie bands without dorsal interruptions; anterior

pair of nephridia simple, . . . gyrociliatus.
EE.—Cephalie bands with dorsal interruptions; anterior pair
of nephridia complex, . . . . ._ . conklini.

DD.—Circumanalband wanting, . . . . . apatris.
CC.—Body covered with a coat of cilia between the bands,
metameroides. *

BB.—Trunk segments 5, . . . . . . 9. . . pygmaeus.

List of Species of Dinophilus.—

1. Dinophilus vorticoides.*

Schmidt, 1848.—Schultze, 1849.—Diesing, 1850.—Beneden, 1851.—Quatre-
fages, 1851.—Beneden, 1861.—Diesing, 1862.—Graff, 1882.—Weldon,
1886.—Harmer, 1889a.—Schimkewitsch, 1895.—Schultz, 1902.

Head equal in width to first trunk segment, bearing two ciliated
bands; the first with a dorsal gap (Schimkewitsch), the second uninter-
rupted. Ovaries four-lobed. Color, orange. Length, (?). Habitat,
Faroe Islands (Schmidt), Belgian coast (Beneden), White Sea (Mer-
eschkowsky, Schimkewitsch).

2. Dinophilus gardineri.
Moore, 1899.—Schultz, 1902.

Head not wider than first trunk segment, bearing two ciliated
bands(?). Body covered with a coat of cilia in addition to the ciliated
bands. Caudal appendage short. Color, orange red. Habitat, brackish
pools, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, U.S. A.

3. Dinophilus teniatus.

Harmer, 1889, 1889a.—Schimkewitsch, 1895.—Schultz, 1902.—Shearer.
1906.

Head slightly narrower than first trunk segment, bearing two
uninterrupted ciliated bands. Cireumanal band present. ‘ Female
with ovaries four-lobed, male with a median penis and lateral seminal

? That this species is dimorphic is assumed on the ground that Hallez found no
males. If this assumption is correct it is probable that the ovary is unpaired.

* Graff (1882), following Diesing (1850), considers this species identical with
Vortex capitata Oersted (1843) and Goniocarena capitata Schmarda (1859).
Oersted’s original description being inaccessible, it seemed advisable to allow °
Schmidt’s name to stand provisionally.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 93

vesicles. Color, bright orange. Length,2.0mm. Habitat, Plymouth,
England.
4. Dinophilus gigas.

Weldon, 1886.—Korschelt, 1887.—Harmer, 1889a.—Schimkewitsch, 1895.—
Schultz, 1902.

Head slightly wider than first trunk segment, bearing one ciliated
band. Trunk segments seven. No circumanal band. Long sense
hairs in two symmetrical patches on the anterior surface of the head.
Color, a brilliant orange. Length, 0.75-2.0 mm. Habitat, Mounts
Bay, Penzance, England.

5, Dinophilus gyrooiliatus.

Schmidt, 1857.—Diesing, 1862.—Korschelt, 1882.—Meyer, 1886.—Repia-
choff, 1886. —Korschelt, 1887.—Harmer, 1889a. —Schimkewitsch, 1895.—
Schultz, 1902.

Head not wider than first trunk segment, bearing two complete
ciliated bands. Caudal appendage unsegmented. Two large sense
hairs on the anterior surface of the head symmetrically placed(?).
Colorless. Length, (?). Habitat, Naples, Italy.

6. Dinophilus conklini n-sp. Pls. XII, XIII.

Head not wider than first trunk segment, bearing two ciliated bands.
An imperfect cireumanal band present. Caudal appendage unseg-
mented. Two symmetrically placed large sense hairs on the anterior
surface of the head, in addition to several smaller ones. Colorless.
Length, 0.50-1.0 mm. Habitat, aquaria, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S. A.;
New Jersey coast, U.S. A.(?).

7. Dinophilus apatris.

Korschelt, 1882.—Repiachoff, 1886.—Harmer, 1889a.—Schimkewitsch,
1895. —Prowazek, 1900.—Schultz, 1902. —Malsen, 1906.

Head wider than any of the trunk segments, bearing two ciliated
bands. Head joined to trunk by a short piece having the appearance
of an imperfectly developed segment without the ciliated band.
Caudal appendage unsegmented. Jour very large sense hairs on the
anterior surface of the head in two symmetrical pairs. Colorless.
Length, 1.2 mm. Habitat, aquaria, Freiburg (Korschelt) and Berlin
(Prowazek). Also found at Trieste, Austria (von Malsen).

8. Dinophilus metameroides.

Hallez, 1879.—Korschelt, 1882.—Graff, 1882—Weldon, 1886.—Korschelt,
1887. —Harmer, 1889. —Schimkewitsch, 1895. —Schultz, 1902.

Head bearing two ciliated bands. Trunk segments sharply demar-
cated, the first much longer than the others. Caudal appendage 5-6
annulate with long papillae. Mouth a longitudinal cleft. Color, red.
Length, (?). Habitat, Wimereaux, France. ~

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

9. Dinophilus pygmeus.
Verrill, 1892—Schimkewitsch, 1895.—Schultz, 1902.

Head equal in width to first trunk segment, bearing two complete
ciliated bands. No cireumanal band present. Caudal appendage
short and unsegmented. Male unknown. Color,(?). Length, 0.7 mm.
Habitat, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, U.S. A.

Unrecognized Species.—

Dinophilus spherocephalus Schmarda, 1859. Guayaquil, S. A.
Description scanty and inadequate.

Dinophilus borealis Diesing, 1862. This species is considered by
Diesing to be equivalent to Plagiostomum boreale O. Schmidt, and
Vortex vittata Frey and Leuckart. It is probably a true turbellarian.

Dinophilus Jensen, 1878.

Dinophilus caudatus Levinson, 1879-80. Levinson, curiously
enough, considers this species identical with D. vorticoides O. Sch., and
also with Planaria caudata of Fabricius (Fauna Groenlandica) and
Miiller (Zoologica Danica). I was unable to satisfy myself that this
was the case, and therefore allowed Schmidt’s name to stand.

Dinophilus rostratus Schultz, 1902. This curious form is clearly not
a member of the genus Dinophilus, whatever its relationships may be.

2. Body Wall.

The body wall consists of the hypodermis and the circular and longi-
tudinal muscles. It also contains the longitudinal nerve cords, as
well as sensory cells; these are described in the section on the nervous
system.

The hypodermis is a simple epithelium whose cells rest internally
upon a thin basement membrane, and are clothed externally by a
cuticle. The body wall, generally speaking, is quite thin relative to the
size of the animal, but its thickness differs much in the various parts
of the body, and also varies in proportion to its degree of contraction.
In the region of the head, more particularly on its ventral side, the
hypodermis reaches its greatest thickness, about 15 4. In the trunk
there is a thickened portion along the ventral side,‘ roughly coincident
with the ciliated area of this region; it is slightly thicker near the
middle of its length than at the ends (figs. 6, 7, 8 and 9). In the

‘Shearer (1906) has compared this thickened area with the ‘‘crawling pad’’
of the Turbellaria. It is, however, rather to be compared to the ventral plate of
annelid larve, since it is formed in the same manner and from the same cleavage
cells (Schimkewitsch, 1895; Nelson, 1904). g

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

posterior part of the last segment, especially on the dorsal side, the
hypodermis is also much thickened. On the dorsum and sides of the
trunk, however, the thickness of the body wall is closely related to the
external segmentation. At the middle region of each segment the
hypodermis reaches the thickness attained by its ventral portion
(5-8 4); it gradually becomes thinner toward the limits of each segment,
its minimum, ca. 3 y, being reached in the intersegmental regions.
These differences in the height of the hypodermal cells find expression
on the external surface of the body wall alone, which consequently in
longitudinal section presents an undulating outline. In cases where
the contraction of the animal has been excessive, the exterior of the
body wall may even have the appearance of being deeply indented in
the intersegmental regions.

Supporting Cells —The hypodermal cells are differentiated into sup-
porting cells, ciliated and non-ciliated, and gland cells. The non-
ciliated supporting cells (fig. 14, also figs. 2-8), which make up the
greater portion of the hypodermis, are simple epithelial cells, flat in the
thinner portion of the body wall, but in the thicker portions becoming
cuboidal and even columnar, as in some parts of the head. In the
ventral portion of the latter, for example, the hypodermal cells are so
closely set together that the bases of some of them seem to have been
forced inward, and have the appearance of pyriform processes, each of
which contains a nucleus (Pl. XIII, fig. 23). The eytoplasm of the non-
ciliated cells is clear; high magnification presents an alveolar appear-
ance. Throughout the region of the head, next to the hypodermis, is
a distinct layer of vacuoles (figs. 2 and 12), similar to that described by
Meyer (1901) as occurring in the larva of Lopadorhynchus. A layer of
smaller vacuoles is also discernible in the hypodermis of the trunk (fig.
6). The nuclei are spherical or ovoid, provided with an open reticulum
of linin, bearing minute chromatin granules and a large and prominent
chromatin nucleolus (karyosome). The ciliated cells may, in sections,
be at once distinguished by their darker aspect, and are, as described
in the preceding section, distributed to form two ventral tracts and nine
bands. The latter are, with the exception of the second cephalic
band, composed of but one row of cells, their outer surfaces elongated
in the direction of the band (fig. 27), and meeting only at their extreme
ends. The second cephalic ring or band is, on the other hand, com-
posed of two rows of cells (fig. 28, c.r. 2), similar to those of the other
bands. This difference has also been noted by Schimkewitsch (1895)
in the White Sea Dinophilus (D. vorticoides). The cells composing
the cephalic bands are wedge-shaped, in confermity with the general

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

thickness of the hypodermis of this region; the point of the wedge
being directed inwards (figs. 19 and 20). The nuclei of these cells are
situated near their inner ends, and often compressed laterally.

The ventral ciliated areas of the trunk and head are essentially
similar in structure. That of the trunk contains both ciliated and
non-ciliated cells in the proportion of about two to one (fig. 28). The
outer surfaces of these cells are irregularly polyhedral and not elongated
in the direction of the long axis of the body, as Schimkewitsch (1895)
has described them in D. vorticoides. The cells composing the ventral
ciliated strip are cubical or columnar near the midline, but toward the
outer margin of the strip the cell walls slant inwards, so that the cells
here have the form of pyramids or truncated cones, as illustrated in
fig. 14.

The nuclei of the cilia-bearing cells resemble those of the non-ciliated
supporting cells. The cytoplasm of the ciliated cells is also finely
alveolar. Embedded in the cytoplasm, at a short distance from the
cuticle, are the end knobs of the cilia. These are oval in form, separ-
ated from one another by a distance of about 1 4. From the outer
ends of these arise the cilia, which pass to the distal surface of the cell
and, piercing the cuticle, reach the exterior. The inner ends of the
knobs are attached to the intracellular fibrille usually present in cilia-
bearing cells ; these have the appearance, in the best preserved material,
fixed in Flemming’s fluid, of true fibrils, homogeneous in structure.
These fibrillee are exceedingly conspicuous in material fixed in sublimate,
appearing in such preparations as tapering rods (figs, 6, 7, and 9).
They pass inward to the base of the cell, and do not always converge
toward the nucleus. In some cases two or more fibrilla may be seen
to join together, and finally to terminate on the basement membrane
at a considerable distance from the nucleus, as seen in the middle cell
in fig. 14. To these fibrille, which are always more or less intensely
stained, the ciliated cells owe largely their darker aspect, as compared
with the non-ciliated supporting cells.

The hypodermis, as already noted, is everywhere covered externally
by a cuticle. The latter is refractive, nearly homogeneous, or with
faint striations parallel to its surface. Its thickness ranges from ea.
0.9 » on the ventral surface of the trunk to ca. 1.1 « on the ventral
surface of the head, where the hypodermis also reaches its maximum
thickness.

Gland Cells.—The hypodermis is very rich in unicellular glands,
most of which are of large size relative to that of the supporting cells.
These glands are of three kinds or types; those of the first two types

1907.]

containing mucin, staining intensely
with Mayer’s mucicarmine; the na-
ture of the secretion of those of the
third type is undetermined.

The glands of the first type (fig. 15)
are but few in number, and scattered
irregularly over the ventral surface
of the trunk. In form they are flask-
or sac-shaped, with a narrow and
constricted mouth. The mucus with
which they are filled appears nearly
homogeneous, although under a high
magnification it presents, in some
cases, a finely fibrillar structure. It
has, however, never been observed
to break up into blocks, as often
happens in mucous glands, as, for
example, in those of D. vorticoides,
as described by Schimkewitsch
(1895). Flattened out against the
wall of the gland, and usually a little
to one side of its base, is found the
shrunken nucleus (n.), together with
the dark staining and scanty remnant
of the original cytoplasm. None of
the glands of this type were seen in
the act of discharging their contents.

The glands of the second type (fig.
16) are also mucous glands, their
contents staining intensely in Dela-
field’s hematoxylin, in Conklin’s
modification of this stain (1902) and
picrocarmine, as well as in Meyer’s
mucicarmine. They thus become very
conspicuous in examples mounted
entire, when stained in any of these
stains. Examination of individuals
thus mounted discloses the interest-
ing fact that these glands have, for

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

Fig. II1I.—Diagrams illustrating the
distribution of the hypodermal
mucous glands (second type),
from camera drawings of fixed

specimens. A, head, seen from
dorsal surface. 1-4. mucous
glands; c.gl., cephalic glands;

c.gl.d., duct of cephalic gland.
B, entire animal, seen in side view.

the most part, a fairly constant and symmetrical arrangement, and, with
the exception of two groups on the last segment, vary but slightly in

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF -{Feb.,

number. Their usual arrangement is that illustrated in text
fic. III, A and B. As may be seen on examination of this
figure, the head bears seven of these glands, one median un-
paired gland near the anterior pole of the head (1), and three pairs
symmetrically grouped on its anterior surface (2, 3, and 4). On the
trunk their distribution is metameric as well as symmetrical, a row of
these glands encircling each of the trunk segments—except the first
and last—near its middle, just anterior to the ciliated bands. The
second segment commonly possesses five pairs of glands, the third
but three pairs, while the fourth and fifth segments have four pairs
each. On the sixth segment the glands of this type are divided into
two small groups, one occupying a crescentic area just above the anus,
on the postero-dorsal portion of the segment (fig. 18); the other group
lies on the ventral surface of the caudal appendage.

All the glands of this, as well as those of the succeeding type, although
unicellular, greatly exceed in size any of the hypodermal supporting
cells; the gland, for example, represented in fig. 16 being 21 » in length.
Owing to this circumstance only those glands which lie in the thicker
portions of the body wall, namely, those of the head and posterior
portion of the sixth segment, are permitted to assume a position per-
pendicular to the body wall. The others, which are situated in the
thinner portions of the latter, are compelled to lie in a plane parallel
to the surface of the body, their ducts being bent sharply near their
termination in order to reach the exterior.

The individual glands are long pyriform in shape, generally some-
what bent, and often strikingly similar in outline to an old-fashioned
powder horn. At the base a crescentic theca of alveolar protoplasm
is present in every case, staining deeply in iron-hematoxylin. Within
the protoplasm is contained a clear oval or crescentic nucleus (n.)
enclosing a large karyosome. The mucin which fills the gland is
always split up into distinct fibrils, longitudinally arranged, thus
giving the glands of this type a characteristic striated appearance.
Filling the mouth of the gland is a deeply stained plug of protoplasm.
None of the preparations studied showed a gland of this Ee in the
act of discharging its excretion.

The glands of the third type (figs. 17 and 18, gl. 3) are much more
numerous than those of either of the preceding types. Their precise
manner of distribution, however, could not be determined with as
much certainty as that of the preceding type, owing to the fact that
they are not distinguishable on individuals mounted entire, but only
in sections. A study of the latter shows that on the head the glands

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

are scattered rather irregularly over its dorsal and lateral surfaces.
On the trunk these glands accompany those of the preceding type,
and are confined principally to the areas occupied by the latter. Thus
on each trunk segment, with the exception of the sixth, they also
occupy a narrow area just anterior to each ciliated band. Each of the
trunk segments, from the second to the fifth, inclusive, thus possesses a
elandular area which encircles it like a girdle, interrupted, however,
by the ventral strip of cilia. In these areas the glands of the third
type are, together with those of the second, crowded so closely that
sections through these regions appear as though honeycombed with
glands. In the areas of the sixth segment, previously described as
occupied by glands of the second type, those of the last type are also
present in such numbers that the hypodermis of these areas is filled
with closely crowded glands, as may be seen in fig. 18. At the lateral
margins of the ventral ciliated area, on each side, there is also an
irregular row of these glands, extending the length of the trunk.

The form of the glands of this type is that of a short tube, consider-
ably bent or contorted, rounded at the base and tapering toward the
mouth. The contained secretion is granular, often exhibiting a re-
ticular structure, staining dark gray with iron-hematoxylin, and un-
affected by mucicarmine. A nucleus (n.) with a large plasmasome is
usually to be seen near the fundus; the protoplasm surrounding it,
however, is not clearly distinguishable from the secretion. These
glands are met with in various stages of activity, some of which are
illustrated in fig. 18. In contrast to those of the preceding type,
discharging glands are frequently met with, as may be seen in the figure
just mentioned. Those whose contents have been expelled, as in the
example represented in fig. 17, exhibit in the portion devoid of secretion
a black-staining residue which lines the walls and extends across from
side to side as a coarse network.

Schmidt (1848) and Hallez (1879) describe rodlike bodies (battonets)
as occurring in the cytoplasm of Dinophilus. Nothing corresponding
to them exists in D. conklini unless it be the large mucous glands of the
second type, which are somewhat rodlike in form. JKorschelt (1882)
found in D. apatris large glands on the ventral side and also on the.
dorsum of the last segment; to these he ascribed the function of secret-
ing an adhesive fluid, and applied the name ‘‘ Klebsdriisen.’? A group
of pyroform glands similar in function, but of greater length, were also
found by him on the caudal appendage; to these he gave the name
‘*Spinndriisen,’’ in allusion to the long threads of a mucus-like sub-
stance thrown out by them. Repiachoff (1886) studied the hypoder-

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ' [Feb.,

mal glands of D. gyrociliatus, and found that glands similar to the
Wlebsdriisen occur not only on the caudal appendage, but on the
head and on the anterior part of the trunk as well, where they form
ringlike groups corresponding to certain shining belts. Moreover,
each of these glandular rings was placed before a corresponding ring
of cilia. In the White Sea Dinophilus Schimkewitsch (1895) found a
similar condition. These metamerically arranged glands Repiachoff
considered to be true mucous glands, while the Klebsdriisen were of a
different nature. The results of these authors are difficult to reconcile
with one another, in the light of my own observations, since, as has been
shown, the true mucous glands are comparatively inactive, and would
therefore be unlikely to function as adhesive glands. On the other
hand, the non-mucous glands—those of the third type—are function-
ally very active and constantly emitting their secretion, and these
might very well correspond to the Spinndriisen, and possibly also to the
Klebsdriisen of Korschelt. A final decision, if itis possible to arrive
at one, must however rest on direct observation of the living animal,
and therefore be for the present postponed.

Muscles.—The body wall is provided with only two sets of muscles;
one of these is composed of longitudinal muscle fibres which extend
throughout the whole length of the trunk, the other comprises a few
muscles traversing the head. A careful search with a one-twelfth oil
immersion lens failed to yield any convincing evidence of the presence
of a layer of cireular or oblique muscles, although in one or two cases
isolated circular muscles were found. One of these is shown in fig. 8,
on the right side of the figure. The negative evidence in the case
seems fairly conclusive, inasmuch as the longitudinal muscles, as well
as other muscle fibres, stain intensely in the stain employed, iron
hematoxylin. Other muscle fibres should therefore, if present, be
also plainly discernible. In this connection it is to be noted that
Protodrilus Hatschek (1880) also lacks the layer of circular muscles.

The longitudinal muscles are distributed in three pairs: (1) a
medio-ventral pair lying in the mid-ventral line (fig. 6, v.l.m. 1); (2) a
ventro-lateral pair (v.l.m. 2), the two members of which lie at an angle
of about 45° from one another, as seen in transverse sections of the
trunk, and (3), corresponding with the latter, in the dorsal half of the
body, a dorso-lateral pair (d.l.m.). Each muscle is composed of a
number of long spindle-shaped fibres, arranged in a single layer in clos«
contact with the hypodermis. Of these fibres the medio-ventral pair
of muscles has the fewest, not more than two or three being seen on
each side, in transverse sections; while the ventro-lateral and dorso-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

lateral may show a dozen fibres apiece in the anterior region of the
pharanx; the number decreases caudad of this point to six or seven
fibres in the middle region of the trunk. Each fibre measures some-
what less than 1 / in diameter in its thickest part. It was not possible
to determine the precise length of the fibres, but it is probably about
one-third or one-fourth of the length of the entire animal. Scattered
along the muscles, apparently at irregular intervals, are small spherical
nuclei (see fig. 4, v.l.m. 2), each containing a conspicuous karyosome
and surrounded by a small and somewhat irregular mass of cytoplasm,
the whole having much the appearance of a small mesenchyme cell.
The cytoplasmic masses are, in transverse sections, seen to surround
one or more muscle fibres. This relation is also shown in fig. 13, which
shows a portion of one of the muscles of the head. The nuclei together
with the surrounding cytoplasm, on account of their intimate con-
nection with the muscle fibres, are evidently the undifferentiated por-
tions of the muscle cells.

The posterior attachment of all of the longitudinal muscles is the
same. As these muscles, passing caudad, reach the last segment they
leave the hypodermis (fig. 8), cross the body cavity and, reaching the
wall of the rectum, follow it to its union with the hypodermis. At this
point the muscles are attached to the body wall by means of fine
fibrillae, formed by a brushlike subdivision of the muscle fibres. The
anterior attachments of the three pairs of muscles are quite different.
From the anterior part of the last segment the two muscles of the medio-
ventral pair run close together in the ventral midline to the posterior
border of the first trunk segment, where they diverge (compare figs. 5
and 6, v.l.m. 1) and, traversing this sezment, are attached by a brush
of fibrillee to the posterior wall of the cesophagus, at the point where
the latter joins the ventral hypodermis, that is, to the inner surface of
the outer lip. The ventro-lateral muscles, on the other hand, pre-
serve the same relative distance from one another throughout the
trunk. On reaching the anterior edge of the mouth each of these
muscles gives off one or two fibres which pass directly forward and
pierce the lateral lobes of the brain, where they divide into minute
branches. These penetrate between the hypodermal cells and are
attached to the cuticle by conical enlargements of the terminal branches.
This manner of attachment to the cuticle, common to all of the muscles
terminating in the head, is well illustrated in fig. 23, lm. The
remainder of the muscle fibres rapidly converge cephalad of the mouth,
and meet at the posterior surface of the brain in the midline. Here
they break up into their component fibres. Some-of these run directly

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

cephalad to the hypodermis, piercing the brain on their way, mean-
while dividing into minute branches which pass between the hypoder-
mal cells and attach themselves to the cuticle as described above. By
far the greater number of the fibres, however, cross in the midline,
forming a sort of chiasma, the fibres of one side passing over to the
opposite side, where they pierce the lateral lobe of the brain on that
side and, breaking up into fibrille, are attached to the cuticle of the
antero-lateral aspect of the head, near the cells belonging to the first
preoral ciliated ring (fig. 19, v.l.m. 2). The dorsal longitudinal muscles,
on reaching the level of the mouth, bend downward and run directly
forward, to penetrate the lateral portion of the brain of the same side.
Here they meet the fibres of the ventro-lateral muscle of the opposite
side, and accompany them to their attachment.

The muscles traversing the head cavity are four in number. The
first of these is composed of but a few fibres, which pass in a dorso-
ventral direction through the head cavity, just behind the brain (fig.
23, d.v.m.). The second traverses this space from side to side, while
the third and fourth form a pair which cross it obliquely. All of these
exhibit the usual brushlike subdivision of the ends of their fibres,
and the attachment to the cuticle already described.

Muscles of the simple type described above have been found in all
the species of Dinophilus whose finer anatomy has been carefully
studied. Korschelt (1882) first found them in D. apatris, where they
form two layers, one of circular and one of longitudinal muscles, the
latter having the greater development. The muscles of D. gigas
(Weldon, 1886) comprise delicate transverse muscles on the ventral
side, and a bundle of fibres on each side of the trunk, running through
its whole length, just above the lateral nerve cords. Weldon believed
that the fibres of the circular muscles were continuous with processes
of certain of the hypodermal cells. Harmer (1889a) mentions, in his
paper on D. teniatus, longitudinal muscles which are similar to those
of D. gigas. Schimkewitsch (1895) studied the muscles of living
examples of the White Sea Dinophilus (D. vorticoides) with the
aid of methylin blue. Three layers of muscles were found in con-
tact with the body wall: an outer circular layer, whose fibres have a
regular metameric arrangement; a layer of oblique fibres, and a layer
of longitudinal fibres, part of which are gathered together to form a
pair of ventral longitudinal muscles. The latter run through the
entire length of the trunk; at its anterior end some of them are attached
to the body wall on the fold which separates the head from the trunk,
while others pass into the head, cross, and penetrate the brain, as
described for D. conklini.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

3. Nervous System.

(a) CentRaAL Nervous System.—The central nervous system com-
prises a brain, a pair of circumcesophageal commissures, and, con-
tinuous with the latter, a pair of longitudinal nerve trunks, provided
with ganglia and transverse commissures.

The brain (figs. 1, 2, 19, 20 and 23), which is situated in the anterior
portion of the head, is made up of two distinct portions, an internal
portion composed of interwoven nerve fibres, the neuropil (mp.), and
an external portion formed of several layers of ganglion cells (g.c.),
the outermost of which are in direct contact with the hypodermis.
The neuropil, which in sections may always be readily distinguished by
its yellowish tinge, as well as by its histological structure, has the
general shape of a plano-convex lens, with the convex surface directed
forward. It is, as may be seen in either horizontal or transverse sec-
tions, divided into three subequal lobes; one dorsal and median, and
two lateral. The latter probably correspond to the ‘‘lobi optici’’ of
Schimkewitsch (1895). Near its centre it is, in addition, pierced by
a cleftlike aperture (fig. 2). Both the lateral incisions and the median
aperture are traversed by the anterior portions of the longitudinal
muscle fibres (J.m.f.) described in the preceding section. The general
course of the nerve fibres which make up the neuropil is not immedi-
ately apparent; the first impression received is that of a closely matted
and tangled mass. A careful inspection, however, shows that the
fibres composing the three lobes for the most part run parallel to their
surfaces, while those of the lower half of the fibrous mass, below the
median aperture, run from side to side. The latter constitute the
transverse commissure of the brain (figs. 2 and 20, br.com.).

The neuropil mass is covered on its anterior, dorsal and lateral sur-
faces by several layers of ganglion cells; its posterior surface is bounded
by the cavity of the head, while its lower portion is separated from
the ventral hypodermis by a narrow cleft (fig. 2). The ganglion cells
are imperfectly divided into four groups, giving to the brain as a whole
a lobed outline (figs. 1, 2, 19, 20 and 23). Three of these groups
correspond to the median and lateral lobes of the neuropil, and are due
to the same cireumstance, namely, the arrangement of the anterior
portions of the longitudinal muscle fibres. The fourth group covers
the anterior surface of the brain, and is somewhat irregular in outline
(figs. 19 and 23). Of these four groups the dorso-median is note-
worthy in that it is situated comparatively remote from the rest of the
brain, and is connected with the neuropil by a distinct bridge of nerv-
ous fibres (fig. 23, n.f.). In fig. 23 a fifth group of ganglion cells is

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

also to be seen just below the brain, on its ventral side, and extending
out toward the hypodermis. The presence of this group is, however,
apparently unusual, since it could not be found in other examples.

The ganglion cells of the brain are all very similar in size and form,
and have the appearance of being multipolar, axons and dendrites not
being distinguishable in most cases. Some of the ganglion cells are,
however, demonstrably bipolar, as, for example, the sensory neurons
of the tactile cilia. It is probable that all the ganglion cells are of
this type, namely, bipolar. The branching processes (dendrites) form a
loose meshwork ; some extending peripherally between the hypodermal
cells; some—probably axons—extend centrally to enter the neuropil
mass. In figs. 19 and 20 many of the ganglion cells appear as if
seated on tiny papillee of the neuropil. These papilla-like projections
are, of course, only the central processes of the ganglion cells themselves
which enter the neuropil and there divide into fibrille.

The cytoplasm of the ganglion cells, in contrast to that of the neigh-
boring supporting cells of the hypodermis, stains rather deeply in iron-
hematoxylin. On examination under a high power it presents a
granular appearance (fig. 12). The nuclei of the ganglion cells are
elliptical in outline and are very constant in size in the same individual,
measuring from 1.42 x 2.25 win small individuals to 2.25 x 3.06 y in
the largest. They are rich in chromatin, which is divided into several
large subequal granules, none of which exceeds the others sufficiently
to be considered a karyosome, as in the nuclei of the other tissue cells.
This peculiarity of the nucleus of the ganglion cells renders them, in
this form, easily distinguishable wherever they occur. The same
distinction, curiously enough, oceurs in Histriobdella (Histriodrilus), as
may be readily gathered from Foettinger’s (1884) figures, although
the author does not allude to it in the text.

Embedded in the posterior portion of the neuropil are cells haying a
cell-body indistinct in outline, and a large vesicular nucleus with a
conspicuous karyosome. ‘These cells are similar in form and size to
those of the mesenchyme, which form with their branches a delicate
network traversing the head cavity (figs. 19, 20 and 23), and are
doubtless to be classed with them. ;

The cireumcesophageal commissures spring from the ventro-lateral
portions of the neuropil, below its lateral lobes, uniting at this point
with the lateral portions of the transverse commissures, with whose
fibres they are continuous (figs. 1, 20 and 23, c.com.). Each is at this
point nearly round in section and lies in contact with the ventral hypo-
dermis. Scattered over its surface are a small number of ganglion

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

cells. As the two commissures reach the anterior border of the mouth
they are reunited by a bundle of nerve fibres, the preoral transverse
commissure (figs. 1 and 20, pr.com.). This is of uniform diameter
throughout, and about one-third of that of the circumcesophageal
commissures at this point. It lies partially embedded in the anterior
wall of the esophagus, just above the point where the latter meets the
hypodermis of the ventral portion of the head, as is shown in fig. 23.
Accompanying it, on its inner side, next to the cesophageal wall, are a
few muscle fibres which terminate on either side in the body wall.
In the series from which fig. 1 was taken, a series remarkably favorable
for the study of the nervous system, clear evidences were found of
nerve fibres which were given off to the inner surfaces of the hypodermal
cells from the cireumcesophageal commissures, at a point opposite to
that of the junction of each with the preoral commissure. These nerve
fibres have the appearance of being, to some extent at least, continu-
ous with those of the preoral commissures. Moreover, a ganglion
cell was found on each side, laterad of the junction of the preoral
and cireumcesophageal commissures, and having the appearance of
belonging to the fibres just mentioned (see fig. 1).

Just posterior to its union with the preoral commissure, each cir-
cumcesophageal commissure gives off a large branch, the cesophageal
nerve (figs. 1 and 3, oes.n.). This nerve at first runs in a dorso-pos-
terior direction, following the esophagus, and meeting in its course the
ducts of the salivary glands (s.g.d.). It then accompanies these back-
ward, but, before reaching the glands themselves, in the middle of the
first trunk segment, it suddenly disappears. It possesses a large
calibre throughout its course, and is elliptical or flattened in section,
being closely applied to the outside of the cesophageal wall. Near
its point of origin it is surrounded by a few ganglion cells, but these do
not follow it but a very short distance (fig. 1).

After giving off the cesophageal nerve the commissures pass back-
ward around the cesophagus, just below the lateral longitudinal mus-
cles, and are now completely embedded in the hypodermis, just outside
of the line of junction of the latter with the cesophageal wall (figs. 3
and 4). Insection their form has changed from round to long-elliptical ;
this alteration being correlated with a decrease in the thickness of the
hypodermis. The commissures are now so completely incorporated
with the hypodermis that they can only be distinguished by their
staining reaction and, to a limited extent, by their histological struc-
ture. At the posterior border of the mouth each circumcesophageal
commissure, in the example from which fig. 1 was made, exhibits an

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

opening or fenestra. Just beyond this point, in the posterior part of
the first trunk segment, each commissure gives off a large nerve laterad
to the ventro-lateral longitudinal muscle, which it accompanies for an
indeterminate distance. It was successfully traced, however, only
as far as the middle of the second trunk segment. This muscle nerve
is flat and embedded in the hypodermis throughout its course, lying
just beneath the muscle. It rapidly diminishes in thickness as it
passes caudad, and for this reason could not be traced farther with
certainty. At the point where the muscle nerve is given off ganglion
cells reappear, and the cireumcesophageal commissures may be con-
sidered to have passed into the lateral nerve cords. The latter, com-
posed of nerve fibres longitudinally disposed, remain buried in the
hypodermis while traversing the trunk to the posterior portion of the
last segment. Here they end, after giving off a branch laterad to
the body wall. They are situated apart, throughout their length, at
an average distance of about one-half of the diameter of the body, or,
as seen in cross sections of the trunk, about 60 degrees of the circle.
They are thus slightly mesad of the ventro-lateral longitudinal muscles.
In the second trunk segment and the anterior half of the third the
ventral cords broaden out greatly, having a rather irregular contour
on their mesial side, and are united by three transverse commissures.
These commissures, broad where they join the longitudinal nerve
cord, become so narrow at the midline that their continuity can only
be demonstrated in good transverse sections (fig. 9). Above, below,
and laterad of the nerve cords in this region of the body, but within
the hypodermis, are numbers of ganglion cells (fig. 9, g.c.). The cell
bodies of these latter cannot be distinguished from those of the sur-
rounding hypodermis cells; their nuclei, however, are readily distin-
guishable, being precisely like those of the ganglion cells of the brain,
except as to size, ranging from 1.12 7x 1.87 #7 to 1.804x 2.25 4. Their
average size is therefore nearly one-third smaller. These cells together
form a long and diffuse ganglion, extending from the anterior of the
second trunk segment to the middle of the third. At the latter point
the ventral nerve cords rather suddenly contract, almost immediately
widening again, and in the posterior half of the third trunk segment,
are again united by two commissures, situated apart at a distance of
ca. 15 #. Ganglion cells are also present here, forming a second pair
of ganglia; the number of ganglion cells is, however, much less than in
the preceding, and the second pair of ganglia are consequently of much
less extent (fig. 9). The third pair of ganglia are similar to the second
pair, but are composed of still fewer cells, and situated between the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

fourth and fifth trunk segments. Two commissures here join the
ventral cords with one another. Between this pair of ganglia and the
preceding, in the left ventral nerve cord, another opening or fenestra
is seen in fig. 1. Between the fifth and sixth segments is the fourth
pair of ganglia, again united by two transverse commissures, but pos-
sessing only a very few scattered ganglion cells. Posterior to this point,
the ventral nerve cords, which have been gradually tapering caudad,
suffer a sudden diminution in calibre. A fifth pair of ganglia in the
sixth segment is possibly indicated by the presence of three or four
ganglion cells on each side.

Nerves given off laterad from the ventral cords to the hypodermis
were not observed, but this by no means argues their absence, since in
the nature of the case they would be difficult to observe, unless of
considerable size.

(b) Sense OrGAns.—The Eyes.—These organs are situated, as
shown in text fig. I, on the dorso-lateral surface of the head, about
midway between its anterior tip and the second ciliated ring; their
distance from one another is about one-half of the width of the head
at this point. Their structure is essentially the same as that described
for the eyes of other members of this group (fig. 10). Each consists of
a cup-shaped mass, composed of reddish pigment granules, the mouth
of which encloses a subspherical lens, slightly bilobed, the two lobes
separated by a well-marked partition. Below the lens, in the lower
part of the pigment cup, is a small space filled with a colorless fluid.
Each eye is directed forward and outward, and lies embedded in the
hypodermis ca. 4 » below its outer surface. The cellular structure of
the eye is not clear. Although the lens is sharply divided into two.
lateral halves, and in some cases the pigment cup faintly so, no nuclei
are discernible within the eye itself, even when depigmented, nor could
the eye be definitely connected with any of the adjacent cells. About
the base of the pigment cup are clustered a number of ganglion cells
belonging to the dorso-median group; it would perhaps be more correct
to say that the base of the pigment cup is embedded in this group.
Some at least of these cells, on account of their position, must func-
tion as percipient elements, although no differentiation serving this
end could be observed. Korschelt (1882) describes a distinct optic
nerve, connecting the eye with the brain; on the other hand Weldon
(1886), Harmer (1889a) and Schimkewitsch (1895) all agree that, in
the species studied by each, the eyes are embedded in the dorsal por-
tion of the brain.

Sense Hairs—Much time was spent in-searching for these before

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Feb.,

they were recognized in fixed and stained material. In life the two
larger sense hairs appear as tapering homogeneous threads of proto-
plasm, and such structures were sought for in sections. When they
were finally identified by their position, they were found to be com-
posed of a considerable number of cilia fused together, and borne by a
cell essentially similar to those which constitute the adjacent ciliated
bands (fig. 12). The smaller sense hairs (fig. 20, t.cil.) differ from the
larger in being composed of fewer cilia, and borne by smaller cells. In
view of the function of these hairs, a nervous connection was to be
looked for. This was demonstrable in a few cases, the clearest of
which is shown in fig. 12. Two sensory neurons, similar to the adjacent
ganglion cells, in this case at least of the bipolar type, lie between the
neuropil and the sense cell. Their peripheral processes are in close
contact with the base of the sense cell, while their shorter central
processes join with the neuropil. The composite nature of the sense
hairs has been already noted by Schimkewitsch (1895) who speaks of
the “‘Buscheln,’’ and figures the pair of large sense hairs as made up
of smaller elements. Miss Moore (1899) says of D. gardneri that ‘‘the
head bears two tufts of long cilia in front . . . . these are probably
of a sensory nature.’’ Sense hairs of precisely similar structure, being
composed of fused cilia, springing from cells like those which bear the
locomotory cilia, are described by Meyer (1901) as found on the
ventral surface of the umbrella of the trochophore of Lopadorhynchus.

Ciliated Grooves.—These structures have been noticed under the
section on The External Form. Their histological structure offers
nothing worthy of comment. The ciliated cells composing these
grooves are similar to the other cilia-bearing cells of this form. There
is no good evidence of any direct connection with the nervous system,
although it is possible that they may be innervated by nerves given
off from the preoral transverse commissure.

Problematical Sense Organs.—These are narrow oval areas, with the
long axis of the oval vertical, measuring ca. 10 x 22 , situated, one on
each side, in the constriction between the head and the first trunk seg-
ment, and slightly dorsad of the mid-level. A section through one
of these organs is represented in fig. 11. The cuticle is seen to be
thickened over the whole ciliated surface, and especially at its centre.
In the middle of each the cilia are lacking over a space about one-third
of the diameter of the whole, their place being supplied by a number of
spherical bodies, borne on slender rods, which project barely above
the surface of the cuticle. Midway between the outer and inner sur-
faces of the body wall the rods stain more intensely and appear to

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

thicken, forming a well-marked zone. Centrad of this zone the rods are
just visible, but can with care be seen to terminate against the base-
ment membrane. On the inner side of the basement membrane, at
this point, a group of cesophageal muscle fibres are inserted (oes.m.).
In the belief that this curious structure was sensory in function, a
careful search was made to determine whether a demonstrable con-
nection with the nervous system was present, but none could be found.

From the description given above it is apparent that D. conklini
possess a very much simplified nervous system of the ladder type, and
one which is embryonic in many particulars, as, for example, in the
close association of the whole with the hypodermis (ectoderm), and
especially the slight differentiation of the portion belonging to the
trunk, where the lateral trunks with their ganglia are not merely in
contact with the body wall, but included in it.

The first description of the nervous system of Dinophilus is that
given for D. apatris by Korschelt (1882). The studies of this investi-
gator were confined almost wholly to entire individuals, living or
mounted in balsam. From one of the latter, stained in alum carmine,,
he described and figured a brain, from which arose two pairs of nerves:
one pair running forward to the eyes, while the other, which passed
backward, he regarded as the roots of longitudinal nerves.

The next paper on Dinophilus, that of Weldon (1886), gave a fairly
complete account of the nervous system of this species (D. gigas).
According to Weldon, the brain, which fills the preoral lobe, consists
of a central mass of nerve fibres, surrounded by ganglion cells, which
are, as indicated by his figures, in close contact with the hypodermis.
From the brain arise the lateral nerve cords, which are also in close
contact with the hypodermis, and consist of nerve fibres and ganglion
cells. The latter, however, almost entirely disappear in the posterior
region of the body, and apparently show no traces of separation into
ganglia. Transverse commissures also appeared to be wanting. In
regard to the last two points, there seems room for reasonable doubt
if more perfect series of sections than it was at that time possible to
make would not reveal the presence of both ganglia and transverse
commissures in this species.

In respect to the points last mentioned, the account of Harmer
(1889q@) is much more satisfactory. This author found in D. teniatus
a brain definitely separated from the hypodermis, and a nervous sys-
tem of the ladder type, which, although remaining in contact with the
body wall, lies outside of its basement membrane. The ganglion cells,,
although investing the nerve cords along their whole length, are united

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

at intervals into compact groups to form five pairs of well-defined
ganglia, each of which is united by a transverse commissure. Hach
pair of ganglia corresponds to a trunk segment, although situated
slightly posterior to the middle of the segment, as indicated on the
exterior by the constrictions and ciliated rings.

In the same year with Weldon’s paper (1886) there appeared one on
D. gyrociliatus by Repiachoff. This investigator described and
figured the brain of this species and the anterior portions of the two
cireumcesophageal commissures. The brain is, as in the other species,
composed of a central mass of nerve fibres (neuropil) invested on all
except its posterior surface with ganglion cells. These latter are
closely united to the ectoderm, as in D. gigas, whereas in D. teniatus
they are distinctly marked off from it.

Schimkewitsch (1895) has, in his account of the structure of D.
vorticoides, found in the White Sea, given the most complete account
of the nervous system of Dinophilus, as well as of other organs. The
nervous system of this species is, as a whole, essentially like that of
D. teniatus, but differs from it in two important particulars. The
ganglion cells do not inyest the lateral nerve cords throughout their
length, but are completely segregated into ganglia, the first pair of
which, together with their transverse commissure, lies entirely outside
of the hypodermis. If the nervous system be used as a criterion, then
D. vorticoides has reached the highest stage of development attained
by any member of the group thus far investigated. Judged in this
aspect, D. gigas should be placed at the foot of the scale; D. conklini
second, D. teniatus third, and lastly D. vorticoides.

Harmer (1889a) has made a somewhat detailed comparison between
the nervous system of Dinophilus and that of the archiannelids.
Dinophilus agrees with all of the members of that somewhat hetero-
geneous group in the general plan of the nervous system and in its close
relation to the hypodermis (ectoderm). With Protodrilus (Hatschek,
1880) and with Histriobdella (Histriodrilus, Foettinger, 1885) it further
agrees in the separation of the lateral halves of the ventral nerve
strand. However, in a new species of Histriobdella described by Has-
well (1900) the lateral halves of the ventral nerve cord are completely
fused. Goodrich (1901), in discussing the systematic position of
Saccocirrus, has drawn attention to the well-known fact that the
epithelial position in this form is shared by chetopod annelids belong-
ing to widely separated groups, as, for example, the Hunicide (Spengel,
1881), Syllide (Malaquin, 1893), Polynoide, Chetopteride, Maldanide
(MacIntosh, 1885), and Myzostomide (Graff, 1877). The same

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. pe

may naturally be said of Dinophilus. Moreover, two other special
features, namely, the separation of the lateral halves of the ven-
tral nerve cord and the subdivision of the transverse commissures,
it shares with many Hermellide and Serpulide (Meyer, 1886). Both
the epithelial position of the nervous system and the separation of the
nerve cords are found in Nerilla (Pereyaslawzewa, 1896), which is
unquestionably a polycheetous annelid, while with the nervous system
of Mlosoma (Brace, 1901), the most primitive member of the
Oligochzta, there is the closest resemblance. For example, A. tene-
brarum, described by Miss Brace, possesses not only a brain closely
soldered to the hypodermis, but also widely separated ventral nerve
cords, metamerically arranged groups of ganglion cells, and two or
more transverse commissures for each segment, all completely
embedded in the ventral hypodermis.

This widespread ectodermal position of the nervous system is of
course readily explained as a retention on the part of these forms of an
embryonic condition—a permanently arrested stage of development—
apparently correlated with their small size and the resulting simplifica-
tion of their economy. That the same explanation will apply to
Dinophilus is sufficiently obvious; the more so in the light of the
researches of Schimkewitsch (1895) on the embryology of this form, as
well as the evolution of the nervous system, as seen in the differing
stages of development shown by the various members of the group,
and described above.

There remain three special features of the nervous system of
D. conklini. The first of these is the presence of a preoral transverse
commissure. This structure may be accounted for in one of several
ways. In the first place it might be supposed to represent a com-
missure originally postoral, and belonging to the trunk, but which
has become preoral in position by the shifting of the mouth in a
caudal direction. This would be a perfectly allowable assumption,
supported by analogy with related forms, since in both the flatworms
and annelids the position of the mouth is by no means a fixed one,
but quite subject to shifting. However, although the posterior limb of
the triradiate mouth does extend caudad into the trunk region, the
evidence of any considerable movement caudad on the part of the
mouth as a whole is too slight to lend this explanation of the occur-
rence of a preoral transverse commissure any considerable degree of
probability.

In the next place this commissure may be regarded as having arisen
entirely de novo in response to the peculiar physiological needs of the

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

animal. Such an explanation is certainly permissible, but it would
be worth while first to inquire whether a corresponding ‘structure
exists in any of those groups to which Dinophilus can be considered
related, and from which it may have derived this structural peculiarity.
Such a group is found in the annelids, whose larva, the trochophore,
represents either an ancestral condition, or else a stage interpolated in
the ontogeny very early in the racial history. In this larva, thanks
to the researches of Kleinenberg (1886), confirmed by Meyer (1901),
it is known that at an early stage there is present, embedded in the
ectoderm, beneath the prototroch, a circular cord of nerve fibres, con-
sidered by Kleinenberg as the primitive nervous system of the larva,
and homologous with the nervous system of the medusa. At a late
period in the development, during the metamorphosis of the larva
into the segmented worm, this nerve-ring is crossed, on the future
ventral surface of the worm, by the circumcesophageal commissures,
forming a structure shaped like the letter H (see Kleinenberg’s fig. 31,
Taf. IX). This intercalated segment of the nerve-ring persists for a
long period, but finally suffers complete absorption and disappears.
Now, one of the chief functions of the nerve-ring is that of innervating
the prototroch, the principal organ of locomotion of the larva, and of
controlling its motions. If, then, the prototroch should persist, it
would be quite probable that at least a portion of the nerve-ring would
persist with it, and it would quite likely be that portion which persists
longest in the ontogeny. This, I believe, is what has happened in
Dinophilus. Moreover, there are also indications of the persistence of
the lateral portions of the nerve-ring (see fig. 1). When it is remem-
bered that the second preoral ciliated band is in all probability homo-
‘logous with the prototroch of the annelid larva, it will be apparent that
there are good reasons for considering the preoral transverse commis-
sure of Dinophilus as the persisting remnant of the nerve-ring of the
trochophore larva of the annelids, preserved not merely by force of
inheritance—since a multitude of examples might be cited to show that
this is not of itself sufficient to save an organ or structure from dis-
appearance—but rather by the physiological needs of the animal.
The cesophageal or stomatogasiric nerve is not only found in D.
gigas (Weldon, 1886), D. teniatus (Harmer, 1889a), and D. vorticoides
(Schimkewitsch, 1895), but in annelids generally, as, for example,
Oligognathus (Spengel, 1881) and Saccocirrus (Fraipont, 1884).

The nerve innervating the ventro-lateral longitudinal muscles has
not yet been described in any species of Dinophilus; but renewed
research of other forms might bring it to light. Its close connection

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

with the muscle recalls the precisely similar relation found between
the longitudinal nerves and muscles found by Meyer (1901) to exist
in the trochophore larva of Lopadorhynchus, and strongly hints that,
as in that form, it may be due to a common origin from the ectoderm.

4. Alimentary Canal.

The alimentary canal of D. conklini does not differ in its essential
features from that described for other members of the group, and
resembles very closely that of D. apatris and D. gyrociliatus. On the
ventral side of the head is the mouth opening, which is triradiate or
Y-shaped, the vertical limb of the Y being directed caudad. The latter
is not confined to the head segment alone, but extends backward into
the first segment of the trunk as far as its middle region (see text fig. I
and fig. 23). Korschelt (1882) has described a similar condition in D.
apatris, the mouth in this species extending back from the head into
the short segment-like piece which lies between the head and the first
trunk segment. In Schmidt’s drawing (1856) of D. gyrociliatus the
mouth is represented as confined exclusively to the head, but in another
of the same species published by Meyer (1886) the relation of the
mouth to the head and trunk is shown to be the same as that just
described for D. conklini. The possible significance of this relation
will be discussed later.

The mouth leads dorsad directly into the cesophagus; caudad it
opens into the cavity containing the proboscis (fig. 23), an organ com-
mon to all or nearly all of the members of this group. Forming the
dorsal wall of the proboscis cavity and Separating it from the esophagus:
is a crescentic fold extending across the posterior wall of the esophagus
and partially closing its lumen; the two lateral halves of this are called
by Harmer (1889a) ‘‘the inner lips’’ (figs. 4 and 23, 7.1.), in contra-
distinction to “the outer lips” (0.l.) which are formed by the union of
the walls of the body and cesophagus. From the inner lips the cesopha-
gus ascends, curving slightly backward, to the dorsal body wall, where
it bends sharply to the rear and, pursuing a horizontal course for a
short distance, reaches the stomach. This it enters at a point consider-
ably dorsad of the mid-level. The lumen of the cesophagus in its
ascending portion is scarcely more than a cleft, being very narrow
in its transverse diameter, although long in an antero-posterior direc-
tion. In its anterior portion, however, next to the wall of the cesopha-
gus, the lumen widens out suddenly, forming here a small open channel.
The narrow portion of the cesophageal lumen answers to that limb or
radius of the Y-shaped mouth which is directed caudad, the open

8

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

channel to the anterior two limbs. At the upper end of the ascending
ilmb the lumen gradually becomes circular in section, and remains so
for the remainder of its course. In D. gyrociliatus Schmidt (1857),
and in D. apatris Korschelt (1882), have each described a proven-
triculus (Vormagen), which is simply an enlargement of the horizontal
limb of the cesophagus. In isolated individuals of D. conklini there is
an indication of such a structure in a slight dilation of this portion of
the cesophagus, but this dilation is apparently not permanent, but
merely temporary.

The cells which form the walls of the cesophagus are relatively large,
and very similar, except in their size, to those of the body wall. Cor-
related with the shape of the cesophageal lumen in its ascending limb
is a marked difference between the height of the cells of the lateral
and the anterior and posterior walls, since the exterior of the cesophagus
in section preserves a regular oval or circular contour. Those which
form the anterior and posterior walls are low and cuboid, while those
composing its lateral walls are high, and, although rather irregular,
both in size and shape, may, on the whole, be considered columnar in
form (ef. figs. 3 and 23). The cells of the remainder of the cesophagus
are fairly regular both in form and size, usually cuboid, arranged in a
single layer. All of the cesophageal cells are clothed with a thin
cuticle, a continuation of that covering the body, and also bear long
cilia, These spring from distinct basal knobs, which form a uniform
layer a short distance below the cuticle, a narrow subcuticular layer
intervening.

In many individuals a large number of the nuclei of the cesophageal
wall are undergoing a process of degeneration, some of the stages being
represented in figs. 31 and 32. The various stages of this process have
not been carefully studied, but it is evident that bound up with this
process, possibly resulting from it, is the expulsion of the cell from its
epithelium. Such a cell is shown in fig. 31. Two possible explanations
of this phenomenon present themselves. The function of the cells may
be that of secretion, and their degeneration and expulsion the result
of old age, like the ‘‘cellules de ferment” of the mid-intestine of Lagis
koreni, described by Brasil (1904). On the other hand the degenera-
tion and expulsion of these cells may have for its purpose the libera-
tion of the cell contents, which have acquired digestive properties, in
the lumen of the cesophagus. This would then be an example of
holocrine secretion (Ranvier).

Closely connected with the cesophagus is an organ which is common
to all members of this group, and variously termed ‘‘proboscis,’’

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

“‘muscular appendage,’’ ‘‘Pharanx,’’ and ‘Pharangealtasche’’ by

different authors. On account of its brevity and definiteness I prefer
to use the earlier one of ‘‘proboscis” (‘‘trompe,” Hallez; ‘Riussel,’’
Korschelt). The proboscis of D. conklini lies just behind the mouth,
and in side view presents a reniform outline, its concave surface
directed forward and applied to the posterior wall of the ascending
limb of the cesophagus (fig. 23). In cross section (figs. 4, 5, and 23, pro. 1
and pro. 2, and fig. 30) it is elliptical, the long axis of the ellipse lying
transversely. The greater portion of this organ lies within the body
cavity between the two limbs of the cesophagus, and practically filling
up this space. The anterior and more pointed end of the proboscis
(pro. 1) projects into the pocket-like cavity opening between the inner
and outer lips, and is covered by a reflection of the cuticle which lines
the cavity. This portion of the proboscis also differs histologically
from the remainder, being composed of cells substantially similar to
those of the cesophageal wall, but slightly darker and less distinctly
granular, which pass over, on the dorsal side, into those forming the
inner lips, as shown in fig. 23. Beneath the fold of cuticle which con-
nects the proboscis with the outer lips, in the same figure (23), may be
seen a network of protoplasm which finally unites with the epithelium
of the outer lips (0.l.), This network encloses a nucleus, in the section
figured, and is, together with the tip of the proboscis, as well as the
inner lips (7.l.), merely a continuation of the epithelium forming the
cesophageal wall. Laterad of the midline this epithelium is clearly
seen to be continuous over the whole of the pocket, from the upper
lips to the posterior margin of the mouth. This continuity of the
cesophageal epithelium is still more plainly seen in D. teniatus (Harmer,
1889), and in D. vorticoides, as seen in the figures of Schimkewitsch
(1895). In both these forms it passes unbroken over the proboscis
to the posterior border of the mouth. ‘This is especially well seen in
Schimkewitsch (Taf. VI, fig. 37). The remainder of the proboscis, that
is, all of the organ behind the pointed tip, presents a histological
structure which is extremely curious. This peculiarity of structure
has been either entirely misunderstood by previous writers or passed
over with scant notice. A careful study of sections shows that the
part in question, constituting the major portion of the proboscis, is
divided into about thirty narrow chambers by as many transverse
cuticular partitions (fig. 23, pro. 2), regularly placed from one to three
micra apart. These partitions bear on each of their two surfaces a
single layer of slender fibrille, of uniform diameter, and having the
same general appearance and staining reaction-as muscle fibres (figs.

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

4, 5 and 23, pro. 2). The fibrille in each layer are parallel to one
another, and accurately spaced about 1.5 » apart, running diagonally
from one side to the other of the proboscis, at an angle of approxi-
mately 45 degrees to the horizontal plane. The fibrillse on opposite
sides of the same partition, however, are not parallel, but, while inter-
secting the horizontal plane at the same angle, the fibrille of one layer
cross those of the other at right angles. Thus it follows that only the
fibres of alternating layers are parallel, while those of any two con-
secutive layers run at right angles to one another. As a result of this
arrangement, in cross sections through the proboscis, in which two
layers of fibrille are included, these latter, being seen simultaneously,
create the appearance of a lattice work, which is very regular whenever
the section is parallel to the partitions (fig. 30). The spaces between
the partitions are filled with a pale and vacuolated cytoplasm, near the
centre of which is a much flattened nucleus, with a large karyosome.
The greater portion of the proboscis is thus composed of a series of disk-
like cells, placed like coins in a pile, and separated by cuticular parti-
tions. Near the centre of each is a nucleus, while each of its faces bears
a layer of fibrille. This peculiar and somewhat complex structure
demands an explanation, but it must be confessed that I have none
to offer, based on my own observations, inasmuch as living material
has been inaccessible to me since the necessity of its study in regard
to the point in question became apparent. Some of the observations
of Korschelt (1882), made on D. apatris, however, bear on this point.
This investigator described and figured the two portions of the pro-
boscis, but interpreted the striated appearance of the hinder portion
as produced by circular muscles. He then proceeds to say: “Die
ganze Riissel strekt sich dabei und verlangt sich durch Contraction der
Ringmuskeln.”” In speaking of the degree of extension of the pro-
boscis he states that “seine Vorderende bis in die gegend der Augen
vorgeschnellt werden.’’ So great a degree of extension could hardly be
accomplished by the action of extrinsic muscles alone. Moreover, the
diagonal fibrille by their contraction would produce the same me-
chanical effect as circular muscles, viz., an extension of the proboscis
brought about by a lessening of its diameter. In view of this fact, and
of the observations of Korschelt, it may, I think, be permissible to
assume, provisionally at least, that the function of the diagonal fibrils
of the proboscis is the extension of that organ.

In addition to the intrinsic musculature the proboscis of D. conklini
is also provided with a set of extrinsic muscles. These are eight in
number, arranged in four pairs: protractors, flexors, retractors, and

1907.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. lle’

levators. These are composed of but one or two fibres apiece. The
first of these muscles, the protractors (fig. 5, pro.pr.), lie close together
near the midline, beneath the proboscis. They are attached to the
ventral body wall, just inside of the attachment of the median ventral
longitudinal muscles. From here they pass directly backwards, and
are inserted on the ventral side of the proboscis about midway of
its length. At their attachment and insertion these, as well as the
other proboscis muscles, display the brushlike tufts, formed by
division of the fibrils, that were observed in the case of the trunk mus-
cles. The second pair, the flexors (fig. 4, pro.f.), join together the
two ends of the proboscis, passing over its convex anterior face. The
retractors (fig. 4, pro.r.) are attached to the ventro-lateral portion
of the horizontal limb of the cesophagus, above the proboscis, and
descend to their insertion in its anterior portion. The levators are
attached to the lateral body wall and inserted on the sides of the
proboscis, near its middle.

The stomach is a cylindrical or barrel-shaped organ, occupying the
body cavity from the anterior limits of the third trunk segment to the
middle of the fourth. These two segments, it will be remembered,
far exceed the others both in length and diameter, so that the stomach
is therefore a relatively large organ, its length being nearly one-half
that of the trunk. Its diameter approaches that of the body cavity
of the segments in which it lies; the space that remains between the
stomach and body wall being reduced to a narrow cleft. The anterior
end of the stomach is more or less distinctly truncate; its posterior
end, on the other hand, is conical, tapering to join the intestine. This
junction, like that with the cesophagus, is dorsal to the median axis.

The stomach wall (figs. 6 and 35) is from 11 » to 30 y in thickness,
and composed of a uniform layer of cuboid or low columnar cells,
whose inner ends bear long cilia. Each cell displays at its central end
a shallow layer of homogeneous protoplasm, staining deeply in iron-
hematoxylin after fixation by sublimate, less densely after Flemming’s
mixture; just below this layer are the close-set basal knobs of the cilia.
The body of the cell consists of dark staining and much vacuolated
cytoplasm, within which, usually near the base of the cell, is an ovoid
or spherical nucleus, provided with the usual karyosome. The
cytoplasm of the cells of the stomach presents a somewhat varied
appearance, according to the fixative employed. Sections cut from
material fixed in corrosive sublimate (fig. 6) show the cytoplasm much
vacuolated, indeed so much so that the protoplasm is reduced to
scarcely more than a coarse and densely staining reticulum. Within

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

the meshes of this reticulum may be discerned, moreover, pale yellow,
somewhat refractive granules. In material fixed in Flemming’s
fluid (fig. 35) the picture is strikingly different. The cytoplasm pre-
sents the same vacuolated appearance, but here each vacuole constantly
encloses a yellowish-brown spherule; while in many individuals the
cells moreover contain many black-stained inclusions of the most
varied shapes, some of which are shown in fig. 35. That these latter are
fatty in their nature is indicated by the fact that they are visible only
in material fixed with a mixture containing osmic acid, and also by
their intense blackness. The yellowish contents of the vacuoles,
whether appearing as pale granules or as spherules, is doubtless only
the precipitate of the fluid contained in them during life.

The above description applies to the majority of the cells which make
up the stomach wall. In addition to these, and scattered among them
in considerable number, are unicellular glands (fig. 6, g.gl., and fig. 34).
These stain more deeply than their neighbors, being especially dark at
their bases. Their cytoplasm is not visibly vacuolated, and presents a
granular appearance. In the example shown in fig. 34 a portion of the
cytoplasm at the central end of the cell is seen to have been trans-
formed into a coarsely granular secretion, which is escaping into the
lumen of the stomach through a break in the cell wall. These cells
have evidently a digestive function. Another peculiar structure was
also frequently noted, which may be considered as having to do with
the digestive functions, although this is not certain. Embedded in the
stomach wall of many individuals there were frequently observed
large spherules, whose diameter was approximately one-half of the
thickness of the stomach wall, and which possessed a staining reaction
similar to that of the surrounding cells—although perhaps a trifle
darker—and haying a homogeneous appearance (fig. 33). Contained
within this spherule there appears constantly a spherical mass of
chromatic substance, approaching in size and appearance the nucleolus
of the surrounding cells. In addition there is also scattered through
the spherule tiny granules of chromatic material. In close contact
with the spherical body is a cap-shaped nucleus, n. That this close
association with a nucleus is not accidental is indicated by the fact that
it was found in ten successive instances. The whole structure—the
spherical body with its chromatic enclosures, its homogeneous appear-
ance, and its close contiguity to a true nucleus—closely resembles the
figures given by Brasil (1904) of the ‘grosses boules hyalin” found in
the mid-intestine of Lagis koreni, and which are concerned with the
degeneration of the cells in which they occur.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 14:9

S

The intestine (figs. 7 and 8, int.) takes its rise from the posterior
portion of the stomach, dorsad of the median axis of the animal, whence
it runs caudad to the anus in a nearly straight course, with but a slight
sigmoid flexure. Like the stomach and cesophagus, it is lined through-
out its course with long cilia. The anus, as already described, opens
at the posterior termination of the trunk, just dorsad of the caudal
process. The outer diameter of the intestine in its middle portion
is about one-half of that of the stomach, but is contracted both at its
junction with the stomach and at the anus. The intestinal wall is
approximately 3 in thickness and composed of a single layer of cells
which vary much in form, from a flattened squamous type to the
cubical. This irregularity in the form of the constituent cells of the
intestinal wall is associated with an irregularity in the contour of its
inner surface, the latter being raised into numerous longitudinal ridges
rather irregularly arranged, most numerous and attaining their great-
est height midway between stomach and anus, and disappearing near
the two latter points. The cells themselves present the same cyto-
logical characters as those of the cesophagus, namely, a thin cuticle, a
narrow subcuticular border, a layer of end knobs, from which arise
the long cilia, and a clear and transparent cytoplasm, enclosing an
ovoid nucleus with a karyosome.

The musculature of the alimentary canal is very slight, aside from
that of the proboscis and the few fibres which accompany the preoral
transverse commissure. The latter are to be reckoned with those of
the alimentary canal, since they serve to draw together the lateral
halves of the mouth. » No traces were found of the radially arranged
muscles about the mouth described by Korschelt (1882). The largest
and most evident muscles are comprised in two small groups, one on
either side of the vertical limb of the cesophagus, passing from its
lateral walls to the body wall on either side (fig. 3, @s.m.). These
serve, as do similar muscles in annelids and other forms, to dilate the
cesophagus. A few muscle fibres encircle the cesophagus at irregular
intervals, and are only visible in longitudinal sections, where they
appear as black points on the outer surface of the cesophageal wall.
Some of these are represented in fig. 23. It is possible that such
fibres are present also on the stomach and intestines, but I have not
been able to satisfy myself of their presence. There is however,
encircling the posterior end of the intestine a very short distance
anterior to the anus, a muscle composed of one fibre, which thus
serves as a sphincter ani (fig. 8, int.m.).

The glands occurring in the epithelium of the alimentary canal have

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

already been mentioned. There remains to be described the “salivary
glands” (Speicheldriisen, O. S. Schmidt), and a set of huge glands which
I have termed ‘cephalic glands.” The description of these latter
glands is brought into this section not so much because of their hypo-
thetical relation to the digestive system, as for the sake of convenience.

The salivary glands (fig. 5, s.gl.) are similar to those of D. gyrociliatus
(Schmidt, 1856; Repiachoff, 1886) and D. apatris (Korschelt, 1882).
They consist of two groups of large unicellular glands, each group num-
bering in the neighborhood of a dozen cells, situated laterad to the
cesophagus, in the angle formed by the junction of the latter with the
stomach, and forming an ovoid or pyriform mass. The cytoplasm of
these gland cells stains from a brownish yellow to a deep black in iron-
hematoxylin, and has a homogeneous, compact appearance, but
frequently encloses vacuoles of a lighter tint. The nuclei are spherical
and contain large nucleoli. From each cell proceeds a slender duct,
which passes along each side of the horizontal limb of the esophagus,
in contact with it, the ducts of each side uniting to form a bundle (fig.
4, s.gl.d.). Arriving at the ascending limb of the cesophagus, each
bundle splits up into its component ducts. These enter the cesophagus,
penetrating between the cells of its lateral and posterior walls, each at
a different point, and open into its lumen (fig. 3, s.gl.d.). In D.
apatris these glands are said by Korschelt to open between the cesopha-
gus and proventriculus. In D. gigas (Weldon, 1886) gland cells are
found lying outside of the pharangeal (cesophageal) wall, while similar
glands lie at the base of the hypodermis forming the outer lips. Har-
mer (1889a) describes “racemose” salivary glands opening into the
anterior division of the wsophagus. Schimkewitsch (1895) says of the
salivary glands of D. vorticoides: “sie 6ffnen sich mit einigen Biindeln
der ganzen Osophagus entlang seitlich und naher zum Rucken.”” He
also speaks of them as “mit Mucin erfiilt.”’ It is quite evident that
in D. conklini the contents of these glands is not mucin, although
staining densely in hematoxylin, for in all of my preparations which
were stained in Meyer’s mucicarmine, a specific mucin stain, not one
of these glands is tinged with it in the slightest degree, while the
hypodermal mucous glands are all deeply colored. :

The cephalic, like the salivary glands, form two groups or complexes
of large unicellular glands. These are situated in the dorsalmost
portion of the head cavity, just in front of the vertical limb of the
cesophagus, each group symmetrically disposed a short distance on
either side of the midline (see text fig. III, A. and B). Each gland
cell, of which each group contains three to five, is pyriform in shape

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

(fig. 22), with the smaller end directed downwards, and continued as
a very slender duct. The ducts from each group unite to form a
bundle (text fig. III, A, and fig. 20, c.gl.d.). Each of these passes
downward and slightly forward, penetrating in their course the lateral
portions of the brain. On meeting the ventral hypodermis the ducts
of each side diverge, most of them turning inwards (mesiad), and,
penetrating the hypodermis, open on the ventral surface; the mouths
of the ducts forming a line transverse to the long axis of the animal,
just posterior to the anterior end of the head. Just before its termina-
tion, each duct displays a bulbous enlargement, forming a small
reservoir. The cephalic gland cells much resemble those of the salivary
glands in their cytological characters and staining reaction. Like
the latter, the protoplasm of the cephalic glands absorbs many chro-
matin stains with avidity, being stained with especial intensity in
Delafield’s hematoxylin and in carmine, while unaffected by muci-
carmine. With iron-hematoxylin it is usually colored only a dark
gray. In certain cases, as in the one represented in fig. 22, intracellular
spaces, which previously had evidently been occupied by secretion,
were present in the cytoplasm.

Glands corresponding to the cephalic glands have been described
only in the account given by Schimkewitsch (1895) of D. metameroides,
although this author suggests their occurrence in D. teniatus, inferring
this from Harmer’s (1889a) description and figures of the brain.

The function of the cephalic glands is problematical. Their situa-
tion, Just anterior to the preoral field of cilia which serves to sweep
food particles into the mouth, suggests that they may perform a
digestive function. Whether this is the case or not, their great size
indicates that their function must be an important one in the economy
of the animal.

~

5. Ezxcretory Organs.

Nephridia.—Dinophilus conklini possesses five pairs of nephridia,
metamerically arranged and corresponding to the five posterior trunk
segments. The first of the five pairs differs from the others in that its
structure is relatively much more complex; for that reason it will be
more convenient to defer the consideration of this pair to the last, and
to describe first the simpler structure of the posterior four pairs.
These are very tenuous and ill defined in structure, in fact so much so
that for a long time I failed to recognize them as definite organs, and
mistook them for mere strands of mesenchymatous or connective tissue.
In general structure, however, they were found-to correspond closely

122 PROCESDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

to the nephridia of D. gyrociliatus, as figured by Meyer in 1886. Each
nephridium is a thin-walled tube, ciliated throughout, and composed of
some four to six cells. Throughout its length it adheres closely to the
body wall, except in the case of the nephridia of the fifth pair, which
float more or less freely in the body cavity. The course of each
nephridium is winding, but its general direction is transverse to the
long axis of the body, the morphological inner or central end being
dorsal, the outer ventral. The lumen is from 1-2 » in diameter, and
widest near the middle of its course. At the central (dorsal) end (fig.
24) of each nephridium it gradually becomes narrower, and finally
terminates blindly in a flat mass of granular protoplasm, containing,
besides one or two nuclei, greenish refringent bodies, irregularly ovoid
in shape. Goodrich (1897) has described similar bodies in the ne-
phridia of Sternaspis. Toward the peripheral (ventral) extremity of the
nephridium, which usually lies just laterad of the ventral nerve cords,
the lumen again slightly decreases in calibre. The precise point where
the external opening is situated could in no case be determined with
certainty, although prolonged and careful search was made with the
highest powers at my command. This difficulty is caused partly by
the small size and lack of definiteness of the parts concerned, and also
by the fact that it is only possible to study the nephridia in sections,
since the opacity of the living animal and the close proximity of the
ciliated walls of the alimentary canal make a study of the nephridia
during life extremely difficult. It is, however, doubtless true also that
the external openings are usually closed, and open for discharge only
at intervals, as happens in the nephridia of some annelids, e.g., #losoma.
Shearer (1906) finds that each of the ducts of the nephridia of D. tenia-
tus terminates in a vacuole in the ventral hypodermis, but that no
external opening could be demonstrated.

The nephridia forming the first pair are, as already stated, relatively
complex, and are also much larger, more definite in structure, and
more readily observed. Nevertheless, the tracing out of the entire
course of these nephridia is by no means a simple task, and has been
accomplished solely by reconstructions from sections, one of which
is shown in text fig. IV, representing the left anterior nephridium,
as viewed from the interior of the body of the animal. The morpho-
logical central end (text fig. IV, figs. 25a and 26a, c.e.n.) begins as a
slender strand of protoplasm, attached to the lateral wall of the first
segment. As it passes caudad it widens out, and in the second trunk
segment becomes triangular in shape, thin at its edges, the external
edge attached to the body wall and to neighboring parts of the nephri-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

dium, the inner or mesial edge frequently extending to meet and fuse
with its fellow of the opposite side. One or two nuclei are seen to lie
in this portion of the nephridium. Within its substance, near its ectal
margin, beginning near the anterior limit of the second trunk segment
and running parallel to the long axis of the body, is a canal, the inner
canal of the nephridium (text fig. IV, figs. 25 and 26, 7.c.n.), its anterior
end conical and terminating blindly in the protoplasm. This canal is
lined with long cilia directed caudad, and has a maximum calibre of

Fig. [V.—Nephridium of the first pair, belonging to the left side, as seen from
the interior of the body. Reconstructed from sections. 1053. For ex-
planation of reference letters see Explanation of Plates.

about 3 4. Near the middle of the second segment the inner canal
contracts rather suddenly to about one-third or one-fourth of its former
diameter, and sends off a slender connecting branch to the lateral
glandular portion of the nephridium (text fig. IV, figs. 25c-e, and fig.
26, l.g.n.). The latter is a large flat biscuit-shaped mass of protoplasm,
irregularly lobed or incised, and pressed closely against the lateral
body wall. On its mesial side it is in contact with the salivary gland
(s.gl.). Within the lateral glandular portion are three or four large
spherical nuclei, containing very large karyosomes. No cell boundaries
are visible. The cytoplasm has a coarsely granular appearance and
stains very densely. The whole mass is permeated throughout by a

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

system of ramifying intracellular spaces or canals, forming a veritable
labyrinth. These canals are filled with a pale staining granular sub-
stance, probably the precipitate of a fluid.

After sending off its branch to the lateral glandular portion of the
nephridium, the inner canal continues backward a short distance, its
diameter meanwhile diminishing to ca. 0.5 1, then bends almost directly
downward, widening as it does so, and passes into the transverse canal
(text fig. IV, figs. 25e and 26a, t.c.n.). The length of the latter is about
the same as that of the inner canal, but its diameter is much less,
probably in most cases not exceeding a micron. Owing to its minute-
ness it is difficult to determine whether it is furnished with cilia or not,
but its appearance in fig. 25e seems to indicate that it contains at least
a single cilium or flagellum. The transverse canal terminates in the
antero-lateral portion of the ventral glandular portion of the nephridium
(text fig. IV, figs. 25d, 25e, and 26, v.g.n.). This body is very similar
to the lateral glandular portion, and will therefore require no further
description. It lies just above the lateral nerve cord of that side, and
posterior to the middle of the second trunk segment, whereas the lateral
glandular portion is situated at precisely the middle of the segment.

The transverse canal serves to link together the two glandular por-
tions of the nephridia, but these are further connected by a large
ciliated canal, the diagonal canal (text fig. IV, figs. 25b, 25c, and 26,
d.c.n.), which arises at the anterior end of the lateral glandular portion
and passes diagonally backward to the anterior end of the ventral
glandular portion. It enters the latter near the termination of the
transverse canal; the two canals in fact being connected with one
another at this point. -

The duct of the nephridium springs from the ventral glandular
portion at the point where the latter is connected with the transverse
and diagonal canals (text fig. IV, figs. 25a-c, d.n.). The duct is here
relatively large, but narrows rapidly as it passes cephalad. A short
distance from its point of origin it dips downward and becomes buried
in the substance of the body wall laterad of the ventral nerve cords, and
is recognizable in sections only as a brownish ovoid area in the hypo-
dermis (fig. 5, d.n.). It thus pursues a direction cephalad and slightly
mesiad until it reaches the middle of the first trunk segment. Here
it bends sharply inward (mesiad), widening considerably at the same
time, and opens to the exterior at the postero-lateral border of the
mouth (text fig. IV). The duct is similar in structure to that of
unicellular glands, such as the salivary gland of Dinophilus, and
appears to be merely a process of one of the cells of the ventral glandu

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

lar portion, the cell wall covering this process serving as the walls of the
duct. This duct, as indicated above, is filled with a brownish excre-
tion.

Embedded within the cytoplasm which surround the diagonal and
transverse canals are found greenish refringent bodies (figs. 25c, 25d,
and 26b, r.b.) of an irregular ovoid shape, and similar in general ap-
pearance to those seen in the nephridia of the posterior segments. In
the nephridium represented in text fig. IV and figs. 25¢ and 25d there
are two of these, of nearly the same size. In the nephridium repre-
sented in figs. 26a and 26b there are also two subequal refringent bodies,
and in addition a densely staining inclusion.

From the foregoing description it is seen that in the first pair of
nephridia of Dinophilus conklini we have to do with relatively complex
and highly differentiated structures. A contemplation of text fig.
IV will show, however, that these nephridia are derived from simple
nephridia, of the type termed by Hatschek (1888) ‘‘protonephridia,”’
like those of the four succeeding pairs, by a growth and differentiation
of their component cells, chiefly at two points, namely, those occupied
by the glandular bodies. The blind ciliated anterior end is clearly to
be recognized as the inner or central end of the simple nephridium,
and the canalar plexuses, with their connecting transverse and oblique
canals, as its middle part. Obviously one of these connecting canals is
of secondary origin and one of primary, corresponding to the original
lumen of the primitive nephridium. The size of the diagonal canal,
and the fact that its connection with the lateral glandular portion is
some distance removed from the union of the latter with the inner
canal, speaks in favor of its being the representative of the primitive
lumen; the transverse canal would then have to be considered as a
sort of short cut for the products of excretion from both the inner
canal and the lateral glandular portion of the nephridium. The
terminal duct has also evidently undergone modification in that its
external opening has been shifted forward to the edge of the mouth.

The function of the glandular bodies with the contained canalar
plexuses can only be guessed at. It is at least certain that it is one
not performed by the other nephridia. That this function is truly of a
glandular nature is indicated by the fact that the ducts are always
filled by a homogeneous substance of a brownish color, much resembling
mucus in appearance.

The highly differentiated groups of the Oligocheta and Hirudinea
alone appear to exhibit conditions comparable to those seen in the
anterior pair of nephridia of Dinophilus conklini. A breaking up of the

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

canal to form a plexus is found in the median portion of the nephridium
of the leech (Graf, 1898), and also in the Enchytrwide (Bolsius, 1892)
and the Discodrilide (Moore, 1897). Certain nephridia of some mem-
bers of the Naidomorpha, Lumbriculide (Vejdovsky, 1884), and Tubi-
ficide (Stole, 1888) possess on that part of the nephridium just follow-
ing the funnel an oval swelling of a brown color, and within which the
nephridial lumen forms a network. In the case of Nais, however, this
swelling appears to consist of but a single cell.

Shearer (1906) has recently made a detailed study of the nephridia
of D. teniatus. He finds that in their general form and arrangement
they correspond to the description given by Harmer (1889a). He
adds, however, the important fact that the inner end of each nephrid-
ium bears a large number of the curious structures discovered by
Goodrich, and called by him “solenocytes” (1898). The cilia of the
solenocytes traverse the length of the nephridium, giving it the ap-
pearance of being lined with cilia. As to the presence or absence of
these structures in the posterior four pairs of nephridia of D. conklini,
Iam not able to decide with the material at hand. It seems, however,
quite certain that solenocytes are not present in the nephridia of the
first pair. Here the images afforded by my material are quite clear,
the finer structure in the most favorable instances being quite well
preserved, and affording a good basis for decision. If present at all
the solenocytes should be found cephalad of what I have termed the
“anterior canal,” and within the strand of protoplasm in which this
canal runs (see fig. 26a and text fig. IV). This portion of the pro-
toplasmic strand, however, appears uniform in structure, and con-
tains nothing which would indicate the presence of solenocytes.

Ameboid Cells.—In many series of sections there appear large cells
of irregular form, situated in the cavity of the head and in the body
cavity of the neck region, dorsad and laterad to the anterior portion
of the cesophagus (figs. 3 and 4, am.c.). Their cytoplasm is coarsely
granular in appearance, and is frequently seen to contain densely
staining inclusions of various shapes and frequently of large size.
The nuclei of these cells are vesicular and contain but little chromatin,
outside of the large spherical karyosome. In at least one instance a
number of these cells were found in an evident state of degeneration,
some within the cavity of the head, others buried in its ventral hypoder-
mis. This latter circumstance, together with the varying location
of these cells within the limits indicated, and the fact that their
shape conforms to the outline of the adjacent tissues, strongly indicates
that their nature is amceboid, ‘Their origin is obscure; but their close

—————————

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

resemblance in size and staining reaction to many of the cells compos-
ing the lateral walls of the ascending limb of the cesophagus, in addition
to the fact that, in those individuals in which these amceboid cells
occur, they are always found in the neck region in a normal condition,
seems to point to the cesophagus as their place of origin.

The function of these cells is somewhat problematical. Their
amoeboid and phagocyte-like appearance, the frequent occurrence of
inclusions, and their degeneration within the ectoderm near the
exterior, point strongly to the conclusion that they perform the func-
tion of phagocytes. This conclusion attains a considerable degree of
probability in the light of the researches of Schaeppi (1894) and Graf
(1898) on polycheetous annelids and leeches respectively. In repre-
sentatives of both these groups there are found in the body cavity
ameeboid cells (‘‘Chlorogogen,” “Excretophores”), whose function is
to ingest and remove waste matters. Moreover, Graf found that in
the leech these cells sometimes degenerated in the epidermis. There
seems, therefore, much reason to believe that the amceboid cells in
Dinophilus are also “excretophores.”

6. Sex Organs.

Ovary.—The ovary in its position and general structure resembles
that of Dinophilus apatris and Dinophilus gyrociliatus, as described by
Korschelt (1882) and Repiachoff (1886) respectively. It lies on the
ventral side of the alimentary canal, occupying the concavity formed
by the junction of the stomach and intestine, and commonly fills up
this space and crowds the intestine towards the dorsal side. The
ovary consists essentially of three parts: the odgonia; the odcytes; and
the peritoneal sac enveloping the whole.

The odgonia form a pyriform mass of closely packed cells (fig. 21,
06g.), its smaller end directed caudad. The apex of the odgonial mass
is formed of the younger cells, which are still in a state of multiplica-
tion. In fig. 21 a zone of dividing cells is seen extending across this
portion of the ovary. Beyond this zone the odgonia may be seen to
increase gradually in size toward the anterior end of the odgonial mass,
where the odgonia, having completed their growth, become odcytes.
The manner of formation of the large ova which are destined to form
the female individuals, by the fusion together of several odgonia, was
first noted by Schimkewitsch (1895), and has been more fully described
by Conklin (1906) for the form under discussion, and by von Malsen
(1906) for D. apatris, and will not be dwelt upon here. The cytoplasm
of the odgonia is finely granular, and stains more or less densely,

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

doubtless owing to the presence of small yolk granules. The nuclei
possess the general character of those of the tissue cells, being vesic-
ular, and containing a large chromatin nucleolus.

The odcytes, or ovarian eggs, constitute the greater part of the
ovary, and form a closely packed mass entirely filling wp the remainder
of the space below the intestine, which lies close to the dorsal body
wall. The odgonial mass is commonly crowded to one side of the
odcytes, thus lying laterad and often somewhat ventrad of the latter.
In some cases, indeed, a large o6cyte, apparently full grown, is found
in the posterior portion of the ovarian chamber, caudad of the odgonia.
The mature female ova are in the neighborhood of 100 » in diameter,
closely approximating that of the body of the parent. The diameter
of the ova destined to form males is much smaller, 7.e., about 30 yu.

The first maturation division, as least as far as the metaphase, occurs
within the ovary, and has been observed by both Conklin (1906) and
myself. Von Malsen (1906) states that in one instance only did he
find maturation spindles within the ovarian chamber. It is curious
to note that in those preparations which showed the karyokinetic
figures, all of the mature odcytes appear to be dividing simultaneously
and at the same rate, since all of the spindles were in the same phase,
namely, the metaphase. The probable explanation of this phenom-
enon is that, as in Ophryotrocha (Korschelt, 1903), the odcytes
remain at this stage of division until penetrated by the sperm. All of
these dividing ova displayed a well-marked peri-vitelline layer, which
stains strongly in Meyer’s mucicarmine. This layer, however, does
not extend completely around the ova, but is seen only on their free
surfaces, its formation being in some way prevented by contact with
other ova.

The peritoneal investment of the ovary consists of an extremely
delicate epithelium which encloses the odgonia and odcytes as in a bag,
and is attached posteriorly to the apex of the pyriform odgonial mass
(see figs. 7 and 21, per.). From the outer surface of the peritoneum
thin strands of protoplasm are here and there given off to the neighbor-
ing alimentary canal and body wall. The existence of this epithelial
covering was for a long time a matter of much doubt in my mind, and
it is only after careful study of sections of the best preserved material
that I have arrived at the conclusion stated above. In some cases the
peritoneum is well marked and easily demonstrated, as in fig. 7; in
others, as in the section represented by fig. 21, the peritoneum is ex-
ceedingly tenuous. That it is a true epithelial layer is shown by the
presence in it of small nuclei. Von Malsen (1906) also observed this

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 129

layer, but saw only that portion of it which lies ventrad of the ovary,
the dorsal portion being concealed by the close apposition of the
ovary and the alimentary canal. For this reason he interprets it as
a portion of the splanchnopleure, apparently assuming with Repiachoff
(1886) the presence of a continuous peritoneal lining throughout the
body cavity. The ovary would then, according to von Malsen, lie
outside of the ecelom, between the alimentary canal and the peritoneum.
The presence of a definite peritoneal investment surrounding the
ovary of D. conklini is in accord with the observations of both Harmer
(1889a) and Schimkewitsch (1895). In the two forms investigated
»by these authors—D. teniatus and D. vorticoides—the gonads consist
of long paired sacs, from the walls of which arise the sexual products.
These sacs, moreover, in D. vorticoides, according to the researches of
Schimkewitsch, arise from the paired mesoderm bands. There can,

A B C

Fig. V.—Diagrams illustrating the reduction of the sex glands in Dinophilus,
as represented by A, D. vortecovdes and tentatus; B, D. gigas; C, D. conklini.

therefore, be little doubt that the gonads with their enclosed cavities,
as Meyer (1901) has also pointed out, are homologous with the peri-
toneum and ccelom of the Annelida.

It is evident, however, that, in the light of this interpretation, the
ccelom of D. conklini is greatly reduced, as compared with those species
mentioned above. This reduction becomes more comprehensible
when the condition in D. gigas is taken into consideration. The sex
gland of this species is, according to Weldon (1886), Y-shaped, the
unpaired limb lying posterior, the two anterior limbs extending for-

9

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

ward a short distance under the hinder portion of the stomach. Weldon
describes no peritoneal investment of the sex glands, it is true, but
this might easily have been overlooked, inasmuch as it is probably
very thin. Indeed, in the anterior portion of the testes of D. meta-
meroides, Schimkewitsch (1895) states that the peritoneum becomes
reduced to a mere membrana propria. For this reason, and because
of the occurrence of a peritoneum enclosing the sex products in at
least two other species, it is not unwarrantable, to say the least, to
assume its presence in D. gigas. The condition obtaining in this species
would then be almost precisely intermediate between that found in
D. vorticoides and teniatus, on the one hand, and D. conklini (and prob-
ably also apatris and gyrociliatus) on the other. In other words, ther®
has been within the Dinophilide a progressive reduction in the shape
and extent of the sex glands, and also of the ecelom, represented by the
cavity within them; this reduction beginning at their anterior ends, and
its stages exemplified by the three species named. These are repre-
sented diagrammatically by text figs. V, A, B, and C. In the first
stage, (A), represented by D. vorticoides and teniatus, the sex glands
are paired, extend throughout the greater portion of the trunk, and
are united only at their posterior ends. In the second, (B), repre-
sented by D. gigas, the paired portions are much shortened, while
the unpaired median part, which joins the former, has increased some-
whatinlength. In the third and last stage, represented by D. conklint,
the lateral paired portions have disappeared altogether, leaving only
the posterior unpaired part. That the paired condition, represented
in A, is probably the more primitive one need scarcely be pointed out;
the unpaired is therefore specialized. It is also to be noted in this
connection that those species possessing the unpaired sex gland are
also sexually dimorphic.

In D. vorticoides, teniatus, and gigas the reproductive cells appear
to be produced directly from the wall of the sex glands (ccelomic
epithelium) by transformation of its cells. Moreover, the production
of germ cells appears not to be definitely localized, but to take place
throughout the length of the glands. The condition in D. conklini is
evidently quite different. Here a circumscribed portion of the tcelomic
epithelium is, as in the higher Vermes, differentiated to form a well-
defined gonad, in the shape of the pyriform mass of odgonia.

Kxorschelt (1882) was of the opinion that the germ cells arose in the
walls of the alimentary canal. Von Malsen (1906) has recently thought
to have found confirmation of this view and has described and figured
the germ cells as arising in the ventral wall of the stomach, and migrat-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

ing thence by amceboid movement into the odgonial mass at some
distance from its posterior end. This is certainly an error and, I
believe, based on defective fixation. Von Malsen states that in his
studies on the odgenesis of Dinophilus he relied chiefly on sections
made from material fixed in Kleinenberg’s picro-sulphuric. This
fixative, as I have already stated in the section on technique, is unre-
liable, at least for the study of the morphology of Dinophilus conklint.
Sections made from material fixed in this fluid yield images which
could easily lead one to believe in a close connection between the
ovary and the alimentary canal, and at the outset I was myself inclined
to such aview. Better preserved material, however, has demonstrated
conclusively that no such close connection exists. Moreover, in D.
conklini the oégonial mass is commonly separated from the alimentary
canal by the large odcytes, thus effectively barring any communication
between the odgonia and the alimentary canal.

A median generative pore—sperm duct or oviduct—situated on the
ventral side, near the posterior end of the body, has been seen in three
species of Dinophilus, namely, D. vorticoides (Schimkewitsch, 1895),
D. teniatus (Harmer, 1889a), and D. apatris (Korschelt, 1882). In
the last-named species the oviduct was seen during life, but was not
found in preserved material. It is with regret I confess that so far I
have been unable to demonstrate an oviduct in D. conklini, although
a careful search for it has been made. That it exists there is scarcely
the slightest doubt. Weldon (1886) was also unable to discover the
genital opening in D. gigas, and has assumed that a rupture of the body
wall occurs on the maturing of the genital products, allowing the latter
to escape; this occurrence being accompanied by the degeneration and
death of the animals. Whether this be true of D. gigas or not, it is
probably not true of D. conklini—although this species, as does D.
gigas, rather suddenly disappears on the arrival of warm weather—
since von Malsen (1906) has shown that in D. apatris, a species very
similar to D. conklini, the egg-laying period is one of considerable
extent.

7. Discussion and Conclusions.

Metamerism.—In Dinophilus conklini, as in other members of the
group, there is a distinct and well-marked metamerism. This is
expressed by the body wall in its external divisions, its ciliated rings,
and its mucous glands; by the nervous system in its pairs of trunk
ganglia, and by the nephridia in their arrangement in five pairs. The
metamerism is that of the annelids, and expressed in the same terms,

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

but with an important exception: in Dinophilus it is apparently not
manifested in the sex organs, the homologues of those organs and tissues
which are, in the annelids, the products of the mesoderm bands.

The number of segments, as indicated by the body wall in its external
divisions and ciliated rings, does not agree with that indicated by the
other metamerically arranged parts. The former—the trunk segments
as delimited by constrictions and their ciliated bands—indicate six
trunk segments, while the latter, namely, the mucous glands, the nerve
ganglia and the nephridia, testify to only five. Examination of text
fig. IIL and fig. 1 will show that the segment not represented by ganglia
or mucous glands is the first postoral. It may be added that this
segment is also not represented by the nephridia, since, although the
first pair of nephridia do actually extend into this segment, the greater
part of these organs lie in the segment following, and obviously belong
to the latter. That division of the trunk, then, immediately following
the neck and bearing the first band of cilia is evidently not a true
metamere, but is to be interpreted as a minor annulus, a subdivision
of a metamere having occurred, as in all leeches and in some Oligocheta
and Polycheta. The next succeeding annulus, the second, is clearly
the corresponding major annulus, and the two together compose the
first trunk metamere. The development of an additional annulus in
this region is probably to be traced to the demand for greater room on
the part of those structures which lie within the first trunk metamere,
namely, the proboscis, a relatively large organ, the first pair of ne-
phridia and the first pair of trunk ganglia; the two latter much exceed-
ing in size those of the succeeding segments.

Five trunk metameres are also present in D. teniatus (Harmer, 1889a)
and in D. vorticoides (Schimkewitsch, 1895), as indicated by the num-
ber of the trunk ganglia and of the nephridia. Meyer (1886) shows
five pairs of nephridia also in his figure of D. gyrociliatus; the number
of trunk ganglia, is, however, unknown, since the nervous system of
this species has so far not been carefully investigated. This species
(gyrociliatus), as judged by Meyer’s figure, displays a condition pre-
cisely similar to that obtaining in D. conklini, since there apperas to
be present six trunk segments, in the second of which the first pair of
nephridia are situated. The first trunk metamere is therefore evi-
dently also composed of two annuli, of which the posterior is the major.
In D. vorticoides (Schimkewitsch, 1895) one of the trunk metameres
appears also to have been subdivided into annuli, since the trunk bears
twelve double rings of cilia. As to the particular metamere which has
subdivided, it is impossible to conclude from Schimkewitsch’s figures,

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

although it seems probable that it is one of those in the posterior part
of the body. From the evidence at hand it is seen that four of the
nine species of Dinophilus are composed of six segments (metameres),
counting the head, and this raises the question as to whether this
number is characteristic of the group; the answer to which must neces-
sarily be found in further research.

Cephalization.—Among the evidences of specialization exhibited
by Dinophilus conklini is a well-defined tendency to cephalization on
the part of the nervous system and the nephridia. A glance at fig. 1
will serve to show that this is true of the nervous system, especially
as regards the number of nerve cells. That a like tendency is exhibited
by the nephridia also will be plain on considering the great size and
complexity of the first pair of nephridia as compared with the succeed-
ing four.

Relationships.—The systematic position and affinities of Dinophilus
have been long debated, and is a question concerning which every one
who has investigated this form has expressed an opinion. In a pre-
vious paper on the embryology of Dinophilus (1904a), I have given a
brief historical sketch of the various views expressed by different
authors on this subject, so it need only to be referred to here. Broadly
speaking, these views may be divided into three classes, according as
they regard Dinophilus as most nearly related to the Turbellaria, to
the Rotatoria, or to the Annelida.

In respect to the morphological evidence on which the first of these
views is based, Lang (1884) has summed this up so concisely and com-
pletely that I cannot do better than to quote his words in full:

“*T believe that Korschelt® is on the wrong track; there are no T'ur-
bellaria with an anus, none with ciliated rings. The pharanx of D2-
nophilus has nothing in common with the pharanx of the Turbellaria.
None of the Turbellaria have a straight alimentary canal so much
differentiated. The sex organs are constructed differently in the two
groups; in the Turbellaria complicated ducts are always present.
The sexual dimorphism removes Dinophilus from the Turbellaria, as
well as the well-developed body cavity. I do not believe that, as
Korschelt supposes, the ova arise from the epithelium of the alimentary
canal. They indeed lie in the body cavity close to the alimentary
eanal, but I am strongly of the opinion that a fine endothelium is here
present, from which they develop. Everyone knows how difficult

5 Lang here refers to Korschelt’s earlier view (1882). Korschelt has since
expressed the opinion that Dinophilus is closely allied to the annelids

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

endothelium is to recognize. The distinction between Dinophilus and
the Turbellaria is much greater, if it is compared to the larve of the
latter. Yet the resemblance should be greater if, as Korschelt sup-
poses, Dinophilus be a primitive Turbellarian form.’’

The weight of the evidence furnished by our present knowledge of
the morphology and embryology of the annelids, as well as that of
Dinophilus, is, I think, heavily in favor of a close relationship of the
latter with the annelids. There is scarcely a character in the structure
of Dinophilus which is not held in common with some member of that
group. The general external form, including the distribution of the
cilia and the caudal appendage, are found in several annelid larve,
such as Harpocheta (Korschelt, 1893); the ciliated rings may persist to
maturity, as in Ophyrotrocha (Korschelt, 1893) and Nerilla (Perey-
aslawzewa, 1896), as well as in Protodrilus (Hatschek, 1880). The
metamerism is also like that of the annelids, expressed by the same
organs—with the exception of those arising from the mesoderm bands—
and developed in the same manner, as the investigations of Schim-
kewitsch (1895) and myself (1904a) have shown. The nephridia are
precisely like those seen in many’annelid larve. Moreover, Shearer
(1906) has recently found that the nephridia of D. teniatus possess the
curious structures termed by Goodrich (1898) “solenocytes,’ and
found by him characteristic of many members of the Polycheta. The
type of the nervous system of Dinophilus is unquestionably the em-
bryonic annelid type; even its distinctive features, such as its epithelial
position and the wide separation of the two halves of the ventral cord,
are found not only in larval stages, but also in adult stages of several
members of the Annelida. The preoral commissure of D. conklini
can also, I think, only be satisfactorily explained by deriving it from
the nerve ring of the trochophore larva. The alimentary canal is, in
its main features, strictly comparable to that of the annelids; while the
proboscis, in its general structure, is like that of many Polycheta, as,
for example, the Hunicide (Lang, 1891).

A possible relationship with the Rotatorta has been pointed out by
several investigators; of these probably Schimkewitsch (1895) has
stated the case for the rotifers most clearly. After a very fair pre-
sentation of the claims of Dinophilus to a place among the annelids,
he says:

‘‘Ohne Zweifel sind auch einige Ziige vorhanden, die Dinophilus
mit den Rotatorien verbinden: die furchung des Eies, die Anwesen-
heit des Schwanzanhanges, der mit dem Fusse der Rotatorien tiberein-
stimmt, der geschlechtliche Dimorphismus; man muss auch gestehen,

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

dass im Baue des Nervensystems und der Hauptmusculatur der Rota-
torien die Tendenz zur Erwerbung der Metamerie bemerkt werden
kann: bei Dinophilus aber erstreckt sich diese Tendenz auch auf das
Mesoderm und die Excretionsorgane. Auch bei den Rotatorien
erscheinen, wie bei Dinophilus die Genitalhdhlen als einzige Homologa
des Céeloms.”

According to this view the metamerism, as well as many other
annelidan features, would have to be regarded as having arisen inde-
pendently. From this standpoint Dinophilus would, so far as its
resemblance to annelids is concerned, be a good example of convergence.
In regard to the points of resemblance which Schimkewitsch has pointed
out: the segmentation of the egg has been shown to be strictly annelidan
in its type. The caudal appendage of Dinophilus much more closely
resembles that of some polytrochal annelid larvee than the foot of the
Rotatoria. The sexual dimorphism quite clearly arose within the
group, and is one which is found in other groups than the rotifers. “The
condition of the sex organs in the less specialized members of the
Dinophilide (e.g., D. vorticoides) Meyer (1901) regards as representative
of the primitive condition of the ecelomesoblast in the annelids, and
one which is quite different from that found in rotifers, since the
unpaired condition found in D. conklini is evidently a derived one.
Moreover, the opinion is widely held that the Rotatoria constitute a
highly specialized group of somewhat uncertain affinities, since much
doubt has been thrown on its formerly assumed close relation to the
trochophore. In short, when the various morphological characters
can be duplicated within the annelids, or accounted for by derivation
from that ancient and primitive group, it seems superfluous to suppose
that they have arisen independently, and to derive Dinophilus from
such a comparatively specialized group as the Rotatoria.

Dinophilus has also been often compared to the trochophore larva of
annelids, but this comparison is somewhat inexact, if the term trocho-
phore is employed in the strictest sense. The resemblance is rather
to that intermediate stage in the metamorphosis represented by some
larve of the polytrochal type. The head of Dinophilus is, for example,
in no way comparable to the inflated cephalic vesicle of the typical
trochophore; the trunk with its various organs is distinctly metameric,
and therefore to be compared with the trunk of the worm. On the
other hand, such features as the ciliated bands, particularly those pre-
oral in position, the ventral ciliated tract, and the preoral commissure,
have obviously been derived from the trochophore stage. On the
whole, Dinophilus can best be considered as_a very young polychete

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

worm, retaining some of its larval features, with sete and parapodia
undeveloped, and whose peritoneum and ecelom have been transformed
into a generative organ.

8. Summary.

ExterNAL Form.—The head of the female (text fig. I) is bluntly
conical in front and tapers rapidly behind to a well-defined neck. A
pair of red kidney-shaped eyes are borne on the dorsal surface of the
head. On its anterior surface are two long sense hairs, symmetrically
placed, and a number of smaller ones. A group of small sense hairs is
also present on its dorsal surface. The body is cigar-shaped, and
divided by constrictions into six segments, each of which bears a single
band of cilia. A cireumanal band of cilia is also present, but is inter-
tupted on the dorsal surface. The head bears two rings of cilia, one
in front of the eyes, and one behind them, the latter band encircling
the head at its greatest diameter. Both of these bands are interrupted
by adorsal gap. The anterior cephalic bands bend backward between
the eyes. On each side of the head, behind the second cephalic ring,
is a shallow ciliated groove which runs ventrad to the lateral borders
of the mouth. A strip of cilia clothes the ventral surface of the animal
from the anterior tip of the head to the end of the caudal appendage-
The males (text fig. II) are minute in size, short cylindrical in form, and
slightly constricted in the middle. A circular band of cilia is borne at
the anterior end, and a ciliated strip covers the ventral surface. A
conical penis is found near the posterior end of the body.

Bopy Watu.—The body wall is composed of a one-layered hypo-
dermis, covered on the exterior by a thin cuticle. It is thin in the
intersegmental regions, thick in the intrasegmental. A ventral
thickened area extends the entire length of the animal.

Guanp Crtis.—The body wall contains glands of three types. The
glands of the first type are mucous in character, scarce, and confined
to the ventral surface. Those of the second are also mucous glands,
long-pyriform in shape, metameric and symmetrical in their distribution,
and fairly constant in number (text fig. 11). The glands of the third
type are non-mucous, very long-pyriform in shape, and found ‘prin-
cipally near the middle of the trunk segments, and on the head.

Muscles.—The muscles comprise two sets, longitudinal and trans-
verse. The former are divided into three pairs. One pair lies close
together on the ventral side of the trunk, and traverses the latter from
the anus to the posterior side of the mouth. The second pair are
ventro-lateral in position and run from the anus to the anterior por-

1907.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

tion of the head, penetrating the brain in their course. The third pair
is dorso-lateral in position and also runs from the anus to the head.
Fibres from the second pair (ventro-lateral muscles) meet and cross in
the head cavity. The second set of muscles comprises muscle fibres
which traverse the head cavity in a dorso-ventral direction, from side
to side, and also obliquely.

Nervous System.—Central Nervous System.—The central nervous
system (fig. 1) includes a simple brain, in close contact with the hypo-
dermis, cireumcesophageal connectives, and a pair of ventral nerve
cords. The latter traverse the whole length of the trunk and are
throughout embedded in the hypodermis. They are connected by
transverse commissures, three being present in the second trunk seg-
ment, and two in each of the three following. A preoral transverse
commissure is also present, which appears to be the homologue of the
ventral portion of the nerve-ring of the trochophore larva of the an-
nelids. Ganglion cells are present, also embedded in the hypodermis,
and arranged to form four well-defined pairs of ganglia. A fifth is
possibly indicated. Large nerve-trunks are given off from the cir-
cumcesophageal commissure to the cesophagus and the ventro-lateral
muscles.

Sense Organs.—The eyes consist each of a bilobed lens and a pigment
cup. The inner end of the latter is buried in the outer surface of the
brain. The large sense hairs on the anterior surface of the head are
connected with the brain by sensory neurons. Problematical sense
organs are found on the sides of the neck.

ALIMENTARY CaNnau.—The mouth is triradiate and is situated on
the ventral side of the head. It opens into an cesophagus which passes
upward, then backward for a short distance, to empty into a capacious
stomach which fills the body cavity in the third and fourth trunk seg-
ments. Near the anterior border of the fifth trunk segment the
stomach joins the intestine, which passes in an almost straight course
to the anus. The latter is situated dorsad of the caudal appendage-
The alimentary canal is lined throughout with long cilia. The cesoph-
agus is provided with a large proboscis (fig. 23, pro.). The latter is
in shape ovoid, flattened dorso-ventrally, and is situated just within
the mouth, in an involution of the posterior wall of the ascending limb
of the cesophagus, and is attached to the cesophageal wall at the bot-
tom of the involution. The proboscis is made up of flat cells arranged
like coins in a pile, and separated by chitonized partitions. On each
side of every partition is a layer of muscular fibres. The function of
the latter appears to be that of elongating the proboscis. This organ
is moreover provided with a set of extrinsic muscles.

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Glands.—The cesophagus is provided with so-called salivary glands,
which consist of two sets of unicellular glands, one on each side of the
cesophagus. The ducts from these glands pass forward separately to
empty into the anterior part of the cesophagus. Unicellular digestive
glands are found in the walls of the stomach. In the dorsal part of the
cavity of the head there are two groups of large pyriform glands, which
send down slender ducts to the ventral surface of the head. The func-
tion of these glands is unknown.

ExcretTory OrGANS.—Nephridia.—Five pairs of nephridia are pres-
ent. The nephridia belonging to the posterior four pairs are simple
tubes of delicate structure, with a blind inner end. The anterior pair
are relatively large and complex organs (text fig. IV), consisting of an
anterior canal, representing the blind inner end of the simple type of
nephridium ; two large glandular bodies, connected with transverse and
diagonal canals, and a long duct opening on the posterior border of the
mouth.

Ameboid Cells.—Large amoeboid cells are found in the anterior part
of the body cavity, and also in the head cavity. Their function is
probably phagocytic.

Sex OrGans.—Ovary.—The ovary lies on the ventral side of the
alimentary canal, in the angle formed by the junction of the stomach
and intestine. It consists essentially of a very thin peritoneal sac,
to the posterior portion of which is attached a pyriform mass of odgonia,
forming a gonad, which lies inside of the sac. ‘The peritoneal sac is
usually distended with ova, some of which were seen undergoing the
first maturation division. No oviduct was found.

Conciustons.—Metamerism.—A well-marked metamerism is pres-
ent, expressed by the body wall and its mucous glands, the nephridia,
and the nervous system. The presence of five trunk metameres is
indicated, the most anterior of which is subdivided into two annuli.

Cephalization.—A marked tendency to cephalization is shown by
the nephridia and the nervous system.

Relationships.—The morphological evidence indicates close affinities
with the chaetopod annelids.

LITERATURE LIST.

BreNEDEN, J. P. van. 1851. Notice sur un nouveau Némertien de la céte
d’Ostende. Bull. acad. roy. Belge, XVIII, 1.

——. 1861. Recherches sur la faune littorale de Belgique. Mém. acad. roy.
Belge, XXXII. ;

Boustus, H. 1892-3. Notice sur l’anatomie de l’organe segmentaire d’Enchy-
treides. Anat. Anz., VIII, pp. 210-215. ;

Brace, Epira M. 1901. Notes on the Nervous System of Hlosoma. Journ.
Morph., XVII, 2.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

Brasiz, L. 1904. Contribution a la connaissance de l’appareil digestif des
Annelides polychétes. L’épithélium intestinal de la pectinaire. Arch.
zool. exp., IV, 2.

Cuitp, C. M. 1900. The Early Development of Arenicola and Sternaspis.
Arch. Entw.-Mech., IV, 9.

Conkiin. E. G. 1902. Karyokinesis and Cytokinesis in the Maturation,

Fertilization, and Cleavage of Crepidula and other Gasteropods. Journ.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 2d ser., XII, 1.

1906. Sex Differentiation in Dinophilus. Science, N.8., XXIV, p. 294

Dresine, C. 1850. Systema Helminthorum. Vindobone.

a cae Revision der Turbellarien. Sitzwngsb. Kais. Acad. Wiss. Wien,

XLV, 1.

Forrtincer, A. 1884. Recherches sur l’organisation de Histriobdella homari,
P. J. van Beneden, rapportée aux Archiannélides. Arch. de Biol., V.

EN J. 1884. Lesysteme nerveux ... . des Archiannélides. Arch. de

iol., V.

Goopricu, E.S. 1897-8. . Notes on the Anatomy of Sternaspis. Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci., XL.

——.1897-8a. On the Nephridia of the Polycheta. Part I. On Hesione,
Tyrrhena, Nepthys. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., XL.

—. 1898-9. On the Nephridia of the Polycheta. Part II. Glycera and
Goniada. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XUI.

——,. 1901. On the Structure and Affinities of Saccocirrus. Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci., XLIV. ;

Grar, ARNOLD. 1898. Hirudineenstudieren. Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Car.,
LXXII.

Grarr, Lupwig von. 1877. Das Genus Myzostoma. Leipsig.

——. 1882. Monographie der Turbellarien. Leipsig.

Hauiez, P. 1878. Contributions 4 histoire des Turbellariés. Bull. Scient.

departm. du Nord, 2d ser., I.

. 1879. Contributions 4 Vhistoire naturelle des Turbellariés. Trav. Inst.

zool. Lille, 11.

eae, S. F. 1889. Ona New Species of Dinophilus. Proc. Cambridge Phil.

ee, WAI

——. 1889a. Notes on the Anatomy of Dinophilus. Journ. Marine Biol.
Assn. United Kingdom, I, 2.

Haswetzt, Wm. A. 1900. Ona New Histriobdellid. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,
XLII.

HatscueK, B. 1878. Studien tiber Entwicklungsgeschichte der Anneliden,
Arb. zool. Inst. Wien, I.

—. 1880. Protodrilus Leuckartii. Ein neue Gattung der Archianneliden.
Arb. zool. Inst. Wien, II1.

—. 1888-91. Lehrbuch der Zoologie. Jena.

JENSEN. 1878. Turbellaria ad litora Norvegie occidentalia. Bergen.

KKLEINENBERG, NicHoLas. 1886. Die Entstehung des Annelids aus der Larve
von Lopadorhynchus, nebst Bemerkungen tiber die Entwicklung anderer
Polychsxten. Zeit. 7. wiss. Zool., XLIV.

IXorscHett, EvGcen. 1882. Ueber Bau und Entwicklung des Dinophilus
apatris, Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., XX XVII.

——. 1887. Die Gattung Dinophilus und der bei ihr auftretende Geschlechts-
dimorphismus. Zool. Jahrb., Il, 3-4.

——, 1893. Ophryotrocha puerilis Clap.-Metschn. und die polytrochen Larven
eines anderen Anneliden (Harpocheta cingulata nov. gen., nov. spec.). Zeit.
j. wiss. Zool., LVII, 2.

Korscuert, E., und Hemer, K. 1903. Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Ent-
wicklungsgeschichte der wirbellosen Thiere. Allgemeiner Theil. Jena.

Lane, Arnotp. 1884. Die Polycladen. Fauna und Flora des Goljes von

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Teb.,.

MacIntosu, W. C. 1885. Report on the Annelida Polycheta collected by H..
M.S. “Challenger’’ during the years 1873-76. Challenger Reports, XXXIV.

Maxaquin, A. 1893. Recherches sur Ies Syllidiens.. Lille.

Matsen, Hans FREImERR VON. 1906. Geschlechtsbestimmende Einfliisse und
Eibildung bei Dinophilus apatris. Archiv. f. micr. Anat., LIX, 1.

Meap, A. D. 1897. The Early Development of Marine Annelids. Journ.
Morph., XIII, 2.

Merescukowsky, C. 1879. Ueber einige Turbellarien des Weissen Meeres..
Archiv. Naturg., XLV, 1.

Meyer, Epuarp. 1886-7. Studien wber den Korperbau der Anneliden-
Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel., VII.

—. 1901. Studien tiber den Korperbau der Anneliden. V. Das Mesoderm
der Ringelwurmer. Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel., XIV.

Moorr, ANNE. 1899. Dinophilus gardneri (sp. nov.). Biol. Bull., I.

Moors, J. Percy. 1897. On the Structure of the Discodrilid Nephridium.
Journ. Morph., XIII, 3.

Netson, Jas. A. 1904. The Early Development of Dinophilus as Compared
with that of the Annelids. Amer. Nat., XX XVIII.

—. 1904a. The Early Development of Dinophilus: a Study in Cell-Lineage.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, LV1, 3..

—. 1906. The Nervous System and Nephridia of Dinophilus. Science, N.%.,
XXIV, p. 298.

Oprrstep, A. S. 1843. Forsog til en ny Classification af Planarierne (Planaria
Dugés.) grundet paa Mikroskopiskanatomiske Untersogelser. Aroner Nat.
Tidssk., IV.

PEREYASLAWZEWA, Sopuie. 1896. Mémoire sur l’organisation de la Nerilla
anténnata O. Schmidt. Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 8,1.

Prowazex, 8. 1900. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Wurmes Dinophilus.
apatris. Natwrw. Wochenschr., XV.

QuATREFAGES, A. DE. 1851. Sur le nouveau Némertien de la cote d’Ostende,
genre Dinophilus. Bull. acad. roy. Belge, XVII1..

RepracHorr, W. 1886. Zur Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte des Dinoph-
ilus gyrociliatus O. Schmidt. (Russian.) Zapiski Nowoross. Obschestwa,
ete., X,1. Odessa.

Scuanprr, TH. 1894. Die Chlorogogen von Ophelia radiata. Jena Zeit. f-
Naturw., XXVIII.

Scuimkewitscu, W. 1895. Zur Kenntniss des Baues: und Entwicklung des
Dinophilus vom Weissem Meere. Zeit. 7. wiss. Zool., LIX, 1.

Scumarpa, L. K. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere,. beobachtet und gesammelt
auf einer Reise um die Erde. Leipsig.

Scumipt, Oscar. 1848. Neue Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der Wirmer.
Jena.

—. 1857. Zur Kenntniss der Turbellaria rhabdocoela und einige andere
Wiirmer des Mittelmeeres. Sitzwngsb. Akad.. Wiss. Math.-Naturw. Klasse,
Wien, XXIII.

ScuuirzE, Max. 1849. Ueber die Microstomeen, eine Familie der Turbellarien.

Arch. Naturg., XV, 1.

1851. Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der Turbellarien.. Greifswald,
BCE OUTE, EvuGEeN. 1902. Dinophilus rostratus nov..spec. Wiss. Meeresunters.,.

SHEARER, CRESSWELL. 1906. On the Structureof the Nephridia of Dinophilus.
Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., L,.4. 5

SPENGEL, J. W. 1881. Oligognathus bonelliz, eine schmarotzende Eunicie.
Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel., 111, 15.

Srote, A. 1888. Monografie Ceskych Tubificidt. Abh. Béhm. Ges., VII, 2.

Vespovsky, F. 1884. System und Morphologie der Oligocheten. Prag.

VerrRILL, A. E. 1892. Dinophilide of New England. Trans. Connecticut Acad.
Arts and Sci., VIII.

We.pon, W. F. R. 1886. On Dinophilus gigas. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,
XXVIII.

WISTINGHAUSEN, C. von. 1891. Untersuchungen tiber die Entwicklung vom
Nereis Dumerilli. Mitth. zool. Stat. Neapel., X.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

EXPLANATION oF Puates XII anp NIII.

The figures have been drawn by the aid of the camera lucida at the
‘level of the table, under Zeiss homo. imm. ;!;, using the oculars 2 and 4
.of Zeiss, and 3 and 5 of Leitz. The magnification, in diameters, of each
of these combinations was determined, and the particular magnification
employed in each figure is indicated after the description of that figure.

REFERENCE LETTERS.

-am.c., amoeboid cell. mes., mesenchymatous tissue.
.br., brain. mm., nerve to ventro-lateral longi-
br.cont., transverse commissure of brain. tudinal muscle.
c.com., cireumcesophageal commissure. | 7., nucleus.
c.en., central (anterior) end of ne- n.j., nerve fibres.
phridium. np., neuropil.
.c.g., Cilia of ciliated groove. @s., cesophagus.
_c.gl., cephalic gland. es.m., esophageal muscles.
c.gl.d., duct of cephalic gland. @s.n., esophageal nerve.
c.r. 1-9, 1st to 9th ciliated rings. o.l., outer lip.
cut., cuticle. ooc., odcytes.
-dcn., diagonal canal of nephridium of | oog., oégonia.
1st pair. pc., pigment of eye.
_d.lm., dorso-lateral longitudinal mus- | per., peritoneum.
cle. pr.com., preoral commissure.
d.n., duct of nephridium of 1st pair. pro. 1, anterior epithelial portion of pro-
d.v.m., dorso-ventral muscle of head. boscis.
r€., eye. pro. 2, posterior muscular portion of
g.c., ganglion cells. proboscis.
g.gl., gastric gland. pro.}., flexor of proboscis.
g. 2-5, ganglia of the 2d to the 5th | pro.l., levator of proboscis.
trunk segments. pro.pr., protractor of proboscis.
gl. 1-8, hypodermal glands of the Ist to | pro.r., retractor of proboscis.
the 3d type. r.b., refringent body.
hyp., hypodermis. s.gl., salivary glands.
ien., inner (anterior) eanal of ne- | s.gl.d., duct of salivary glands.
phridium of 1st pair. | st., stomach.
i.l., inner lip. st.w., stomach wall.
int., intestine. | t.cn., transverse canal of nephridium
int.m., muscle encircling terminal por- | _ of Ist pair.
tion of intestine—sphincter ani. | t.cil., tactile cilia.
1., lens of eye. t.com., transverse commissure.
Lgm., lateral glandular portion of | v.gm., ventral glandular portion of
nephridium of Ist pair. | nephridium of Ist pair.
lm.c., transverse muscles of head. | vim. 1, median ventral longitudinal
1.m.j., longitudinal muscle fibres. muscle.
1.m.i., insertion of longitudinal muscles. | v.l.m. 2, ventro-lateral longitudinal
Jm., lateral nerve cord. | muscle.

m., mouth. |

Piare XII, Fig. 1.—The nervous system, slightly schematized, and represented
as seen from the dorsal side. Reconstructed from a series of 102 sec-
tions of a single individual. The outlines of the body, the mouth, and
the ciliated bands are also represented. 450.

Fig. 2.—Cross section through the brain, showing the neuropil, ganglion
cells, and eyes. X 665. x

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

3.—Cross section through the anterior portion of the mouth, showing
the openings of the ducts of the salivary glands, the cesophageai muscles,
the esophageal nerves, and the longitudinal muscles. 665.
4.—Cross section through the posterior portion of the mouth, showing
the cesophagus, the proboscis, and the ducts of the salivary glands.
X 665. (
5.—Cross section through the trunk, just posterior to the mouth, show-
ing the salivary glands, the muscle-nerves, besides the features repre-
sented in the preceding figure. 665.

6.—Cross section through the trunk, taken at the level of the 3d trunk
segment, showing the stomach, the longitudinal muscles, and the
lateral nerve cords. > 665.

7.—Cross section through the posterior portion of the trunk, at the level
of the anterior half of the 6th trunk segment, showing the intestine, the
ovary, and the peritoneum enveloping it. 665.

8.—Cross section through the posterior end of the trunk, just anterior
to the anus, showing the hypodermal glands on the dorsal side, and the
intestine with a sphincter muscle encircling it. > 665.

9.—Cross section through the ventral hypodermis in the posterior por-
tion of the 3d trunk segment, and passing through the posterior com-
missure of that segment. Ganglion cells and a portion of a nephridium
are alsoshown. X 665.

10.—The eye, from a coronal section, showing the bilobed lens, the pig-
ment cup, and the adjacent ganglion cells of the brain. Flemming’s
fluid. X 1115.

11.—Problematical sense organ, also insertion of the cesophageal muscles
on the hypodermis. Corrosive-acetic. > 1115.

12.—Portion of a coronal section through the head, showing one of the
two tufts of tactile cilia borne on the anterior surface of the latter, and
the connection of the cilia-bearing cells with the ganglion cells of the
brain. Flemming’s fluid. ™ 1115.

13.—Two muscle fibres from one of the diagonal muscles of the head,
showing the nucleus and cell body attached to the fibres. X 1115.
14.—Section through a portion of the ventral hypodermis, showing
ciliated and non-ciliated cells, the cuticle, and also the median ventral
longitudinal muscle fibres. Flemming’s fluid. »% 1115.

Figs. 15-17. Hypodermal glands of the first, second and third types,

Fig.

respectively. > 1115.

18.—Four glands from the dorsal hypodermis of the posterior end of the
trunk. Three of them are non-mucous glands (gl. 3.); the remaining
one (gl. 2.) contains mucus. » 1115.

PLaTE XIII, Fig. 19.—Coronal section through head, showing the brain and the

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

insertion of the longitudinal muscles. % 665.

20.—Coronal section through head, taken at a lower level than the
figure preceding, showing the transverse commissure of the brain, the
orign of the circumcesophageal commissures, and the preoral commis-
sure. X 665.

21.—Ovary, from a sagittal section. The ventral hypodermis is also
represented, as well as the outlines of the stomach and intestinal walls.
* 665.

22.—Cephalic gland, drawn from two sagittal sections. The outlines
of the neuropil, of ganglion cells, and of a hypodermal celt are also
indicated. Flemming’s fluid. X 665.

23.—Sagittal section through the head and anterior portion of the trunk,
showing the brain, the preoral transverse commissure, the mouth, the
cesophagus, the proboscis, and muscle insertions. 665.

. 24—Portion of the lateral body-wall of the 3d trunk segment, showing

the inner end of the right member of the second pair of nephridia.
Corrosive-acetic. > 1115.

. 25a-e.—Five consecutive cross sections through the left nephridium of

the first pair; fig. 25a being the most anterior of the series. Corrosive-
acetic. X 1115.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

Figs. 26a-b.—Two consecutive coronal sections through one of the neph-
ridia of the first pair; fig. 26a lying uppermost. Corrosive-acetic.
x 1115.

Fig. 27.—Three cells of the ciliated band of the first trunk segment, from a
tangential section. Flemming’s fluid. 1115.

Fig. 28.—The second cephalic ciliated band and the ciliated groove, from a
tangential section. » 1115.

Fig. 29.—The ventral hypodermis, showing ciliated and non-ciliated cells,
from a horizontal section. X 665.

Fig. 30.—Cross section through the proboscis, showing two layers of the
intrinsic muscle fibres. Flemming’s fluid. 665.

Figs. 31 and 32.—Degenerating cells of the cesophageal wall. Corrosive-
acetic. X 1115.

Fig. 33.—A spherical body with its accompanying nucleus, from the stomach
wall. Corrosive-acetic. > 1115. :

Fig. 34.—Digestive gland, from the stomach wall. Corrosive-acetic.
1115.

Fig. 35.—Cells from the stomach wall. Flemming’s fluid. > 665.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Marc 5.
ArTHUR ERwWIN Brown, D.Sc., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-five persons present.

The Publication Committee reported the presentation of a paper
entitled ‘“‘ Note on the Genus Kuhlia,” by Dr. Theodore Gill (February
27).

The death of Frederick E. Stearns, a Correspondent, February, 1907,
was announced.

Dr. A. E. Brown criticised the theory that species arise only by
mutation, as maintained by De Vries. (No abstract.)

Marca 19.
ArtTHUR ERWIN Brown, D.Sc., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-three persons present.

* Puitie P. Catvert, Pu.D., made a communication on a Mexican
journey and its entomological results, illustrated with lantern slides
from kodak views taken by Mrs. Calvert and by an exhibition of
insects collected. (No abstract.)

Mr. C. C. Beddoes was elected a member.

The following papers were ordered to be printed :

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

A NEW TURBELLARIAN FROM HAWAII.
BY HAROLD HEATH.

The species of flatworm described in the present paper is represented
by four individuals dredged by the U.S. F.C. Str. “ Albatross” in the
Auau Channel between Maui and Lanai Islands, Hawaii, where the
depth is 28-43 fathoms and the bottom consists of sand and gravel.
With one exception the specimens were in perfect condition and swam
actively by means of undulatory movements of the lateral margins of
the body, as is the habit of several other species of Turbellaria. Cocaine
was used as a narcotizing agent and formaldehyde as a preservative.

The largest specimen is almost circular in outline and measures 35:
by 39 mm.; while the next largest is more oval with a length of 42 mm.
and an average width of 27 mm. In each case the body is only slightly
colored and is restricted to the dorsal surface, where the minute black
pigment cells form stippled streaks and blotches. As in other Plano-
ceridz the mouth is about median, the male copulatory apparatus is
directed backward, and in common with other species of the genus.
Planocera the nuchal tentacles are located about one-fourth of the
body length from the anterior end. Around the bases of each there
is a group of large eyes, while the intermediate brain region is occupied
by the smaller voriety which forms two irregular clusters.

The digestive system presents no especially peculiar features. The
external mouth, mesially situated, leads into the much plicated
pharynx (PI. XIV, fig. 1), whose length nearly equals one-fourth that of
the body. Laterally it is produced into four pairs of diverticula, of
which the anterior may be somewhat indistinct. Directly above,
that is dorsal to the outer mouth, the opening from the pharynx leads
into the main division of the gut, which in turn communicates with five
pairs of intestinal branches. These are invariably empty and rela-
tively slender and practically of even calibre throughout their entire
extent. Their general arrangement and method of branching may be
seen in fig. 1, which likewise shows frequent anastomoses. Lang?
states that when these occur they appear most clearly in the young

1 Die Polycladen, Fauna und Flora des Goljes von Neapel, 1884.
10

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {March,

individuals, and that in the sexually mature animals they are very
seldom seen. Evidently the present species is one of the exceptions,
Since in fig. 1, which represents an animal with the ovaries barely
developed, the anastomoses are not so numerous as in a larger in-
dividual where the female reproductive system is fully functional.

The brain holds a position about one-fourth the length of the animal
from the anterior end of-the body, and after treatment with equal
parts of formaldehyde and glycerine may be seen with the greatest
distinctness to originate two extensive networks, the well-known
ventral one and a dorsal system which has, so far as I know, never been
seen in whole mounts, though it was traced with considerable accuracy
by Lang from a study of sections. The ventral set of nerves develops
from the ventral half of the brain by means of several pairs of nerves
which have essentially the same origin as those of P. grajfii (Lang’s fig.
4, Pl. 31). These form an extensive meshwork over the entire under
surface of the animal, conforming in general to the plan of P. grajfiz,
though the main fibres are more delicate and their branching is not so
regular.

The dorsal system may be clearly seen with the naked eye to form
an extensive network over the entiré dorsal surface of the body. Its
fibres are generally smaller than those of the ventral side and the
branching occurs with less frequency, thus forming meshes of larger
size. Three pairs of nerves give it origin, their position and mode of
branching being sufficiently well shown in fig. 2 to require no further
comment.

In the most favorable specimen the testes are seen to be scattered
over the ventral surface, with the exception of the area bounded by
the two innermost longitudinal nerves. Under low magnification
their arrangement suggests that they and the delicate canals (vasa
efferentia) leading from them form an anastomosing system, and in
certain favorable situations, and especially in sections, it is possible
to demonstrate that such is actually the case. These minor canals
combine to form the vasa deferentia, which usually extend anteriorly
as well as posteriorly on each side from their T-shaped union with the
single branch extending inward to the midline, but in the ‘present
species an anterior division has never been discovered. Throughout
its entire extent each vas deferens is a moderately convoluted canal
which may form a slight anastomosis at some point, as is shown in fig. 1.

The tube resulting from the fusion of the vasa deferentia in the mid-
line passes at once into the small yet muscular seminal vesicle (fig. 5)
which is somewhat elliptical in form. From here the canal passes

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

‘slightly to the left in order to skirt the granular gland, and then by a
fairly direct route leads into the bases of the copulatory organ. A
short distance from its entrance into this last-named organ it combines
with the short duct from the granular gland.

The copulatory apparatus is a cylindrical body of comparatively
large size, occupying the midline and all the available space between
the body walls. Its inner third is spongy in character and is pene-
trated by a single canal, the ductus ejaculatorius, which continues to
the exterior. The remaining two-thirds, constituting the eversible
portion, is provided with powerful muscular walls and is lined with a
multitude of spines which belong to three distinct classes (fig. 5).
Those adjoining the outer opening, and consequently basally situated
when the penis is protruded, appear in sections to be at least eight in
number. Of these two are of large size, hook-like (fig. 6), and are
clearly seen in surface views to be symmetrically disposed on each side
of the midline. The other six, or possibly eight, are considerably
smaller, less curved, and although not clearly visible in surface views
appear likewise to be symmetrically disposed a short distance within
the external opening. The second type of spine is the smallest and the
most abundant and occurs throughout the greater part of the penis.
Each is somewhat spindle-shaped and the free end is slightly hooked
(fig. 3). Toward the inner end of the eversible portion this type of
spine shades into others of similar form, but of a greater length and of a
somewhat more slender appearance. At the extreme inner end, the
tip of the fully extended organ, these slender spines become larger and
more highly cuticularized, and their distal halves assume the brownish
yellow tint of the first type. Among these are several larger, toothed
spines which are represented in fig. 6.

Lang maintains that each of the spines in Planocera grajjii is merely
a modified epithelial cell, and judging from his figure (fig. 4, Pl. 10)
all are of the same character and are similar to the smallest type in the
present species. While this view appears plausible at first sight, there
are reasons for believing that it does not express the true state of
affairs in Pl. hawatiensis. Certainly it cannot be held that the huge
spines of the first and third types are each a modified epithelial cell.
On the other hand each presents the appearance of being a cuticularized
papilla, possibly covered with many epithelial cells, though no cell
structure now exists, and penetrated by a connective tissue core which
clearly shades basalwards into the unmodified fibrous substance of the
penis. Furthermore, while each of the smaller spines may be the pro-
duct of asingle cell, there is little indeed inthe adult condition to

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,.

indicate such an origin. Sections show that they are merely projections
on transverse cuticularized ridges which encircle the inner wall of the
organ.

As usual the ovaries are dorsally placed, and the tubes leading from
them join with the uteri which are well defined a short distance anterior
to the mouth. From this point they extend backward, fuse in the
midline and form a single duct which passes dorsally into the egg canal.
Distal to this last-named union the egg canal extends posteriorly for a
short distance and enlarges slightly to form the small accessory sac.
On the other hand the egg tube passes backward, enlarges slightly to
form the shell chamber, beyond which it becomes continuous with the
bursa copulatrix. This is a thick-walled, cone-shaped organ whose
inner walls are developed into well-defined ruge almost cuticular in
appearance.

The following brief description will serve to distinguish this species
from other known forms.

Planocera hawaiiensis sp. nov.

Body tolerably consistent, broadly elliptical or circular. Length of
largest specimen 39 mm., width 33 mm. Color wholly lacking or
limited to faint, black blotches and streaks on dorsal surface. Nuchal
tentacles at end of first fourth of body length; bases surrounded by
eyes about twice the size of those of the intermediate area, which form
two groups, the greater number in front of the brain. Five lateral
and one anterior intestinal branches which are united by frequent
anastomoses. Testes and uniting tubes form an anastomosing system~
Penis lined with three species of spines or hooks, several being of large
size. Bursa large, accessory sac relatively small.

Auau Channel, Hawaii (Station 3,876), 28-43 fathoms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1.—Planocera hawaiiensis, ventral view showing digestive and reproductive
systems.

Fig. 2.—Dorsal nervous system.

Fig. 3.—One of the spines of the penis (for position see fig. 5).

Fig. 4.—Tentacles, eyes and brain. :

Fig. 5—Central portion of the reproductive system. B, bursa copulatrix; G,
granular gland; P, penis.

Fig. 6.—Large penis spine (for position see fig. 5).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

APRIL 2.
ArtTHuUR ERWIN Brown, D.Sc., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-seven persons present.

Joun W. HarsHBERGER, Ph.D., made a communication on the sci-
entific application of ecology in the wet and dry cultivation of plants.
(No abstract.)

ApRIL 16.
ArtTHuR Erwin Brown, D.Sce., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-three persons present.

Henry SKINNER, M.D., spoke of the variations in the life-history
of insects. (No abstract.)

Richard H. Harte, M.D., was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed:

11

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

NOTE ON THE GENUS KUHLIA.

BY THEODORE GILL.

The genus Dules was first named by Cuvier and Valenciennes in 1829.
in the Histoire Naturelle des Poissons (III, 111), for fishes resembling
Centropristes, but distinguished by the presence of only six branchi-
ostegal rays. The genus is divided into two sections, the first with
three points to the opercle and an undivided dorsal (as in Centro-
pristes) and the second with two points to the opercle and an emarginate
dorsal. The name has been restricted to the first section for many
years, and for the second section (not related to Centropristes) the
generic name Kuhlia, given by Gill in 1861, has been used. Recently,
however, Mr. Henry W. Fowler, in the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Piila., 1906
(p. 510), has contended that Kuhlia “is superseded by Dules Cuvier,
Réegne Animal, ed. 2, Il, 1829, p. 147 (type Centropomus rupestris
Lacépéde by first species).”’

Cuvier in the Régne Animal especially refers, in a footnote, to the
“Dules auriga Cuy. et Val., III, li,’ ete., and that work was published
in advance of the Régne Animal. In accordance with Mr. Fowler’s own
principles, then, Kuhlia should be retained as well as the family name
Kuhliide, and not Dules and Duleide (or Dulide).

Mr. Fowler also remarks that ‘‘the specific name of the species gener-
ally known as Kuhlia malo should be ‘‘ Dules mato Lesson, Voy. aut.
Mond. Coquille, Zool., II, 1830 (March 22, 1828),1 p. 223, thus having
priority over Dules malo Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., VII, 1831,
p. 360.”

Inasmuch, however, as Lesson, at the place cited, especially quotes
“Dules malo Cuv., Poiss., t. VII, p. 479,” it is obvious that the volume
in question (VII) must have been set up and published before the
description by Lesson was even in print, notwithstanding the dates of
the title-pages. : :

It may be added that the proper indigenous Tahitian name of the
Kuhlia appears to have been Mato and not Malo, and Cuvier’s name
may have resulted from a typographical error, in which case Kuhlia
mato would be the correct form.

‘It is not evident what is meant by the date “March 22, 1828”; certainly the
volume of the Coquille could not have been published then.

1907.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

NON-SALTATORIAL AND ACRIDOID ORTHOPTERA FROM SAPUCAY,
PARAGUAY.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

The following records and descriptions are based on an extensive
series of specimens collected by Mr. W. T. Foster and now forming part .
of the collection of Mr. Morgan Hebard, of Chestnut Hill, Philadelphia.

Considerable work has already been done on the Orthopterous fauna
of Sapucay, but an idea of the richness of this region in-species may be
formed when we consider that in addition to the number already
recorded seven new ones are here described.

Four papers have been published bearing wholly or in the greater
part on the Orthoptera of Sapucay,' all of which have been of great
assistance to me in studying this large series of specimens. One of the
first of these papers treated of a small collection secured by Mr. Hebard
from Sapucay, the results proving of such interest that he immediately
endeavored to secure a more representative collection, an effort well
repaid by the magnificent series of specimens available for study.

In many cases notes on the variability of series, both in size and
coloration, have been given, while comparisons with available material
from adjacent regions have frequently furnished information worthy of
record. Species which are here recorded from Sapucay for the first
time are preceded by an asterisk.

The Tettigonide (Locustide) and Gryllide of this collection will be
the subject of a future contribution.

The author wishes to thank Mr. Hebard for the opportunity to study
this collection, a considerable representation of which has been gener-
ously presented to the Academy.

FORFICULIDZ:.

APTERYGIDA Westwood,

Apterygida linearis (Eschscholtz).
1 2. November, 1902.

1Rehn, J.A.G. Records of some Paraguayan Orthoptera, with the Description
of a New Genus and Species. Ent. News, XVI, pp. 37-42.

Caudell, A. N. On a Collection of Non-Saltatorial Orthoptera from Paraguay.
Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XII, pp. 179-188.

Bruner, L. Synoptic List of Paraguayan Acridide, with Descriptions of New
Forms. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 613-694.

Caudell, A. N. The Locustide and Gryllide (Katydids and Crickets) collected
by W. T. Foster in Paraguay. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 235-244.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

BLATTIDA.

PSEUDOMOPIN &%.
ISCHNOPTERA Burmeister.

Ischnoptera vilis Saussure.

1869. I[schnoptera] vilis Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,
XXT, p. 112. [Argentine Pampas.]

9. February, March and October, 1902; January to March, 1905.
In several of these specimens the reddish lateral margins of the
pronotum are less pronounced than in others.

Ischnoptera brasiliensis Brunner.

1865. I[schnoptera] brasiliensis Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 130.
[Brazil.]

26. April and May, 1902.
These individuals are somewhat smaller than the measurements
given by Brunner, but in other respects are typical of the species.

NYCTIBORIN ©.

NYCTIBORA Burmeister.

*Nyctibora vestita Saussure.

1864. Paratr{opes] vestita Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,
XVI, p. 308. [Brazil.]

13,1 2. December, 1904; March, 1905.

This species was originally synonymized with N. crassicornis Bur-
meister by Brunner, a proceeding which seems to the author not
exactly justified by the published descriptions at least. Burmeister’s
crassicornis appears, from the deseription given by Brunner, to be a
larger species without the very distinct single central blotch on the
pronotum; Saussure’s vestita, on the other hand, has the median spot
distinct.? The size of crassicornis given by Brunner shows that the
pronotum was larger by at least one millimeter in both directions than
in the available material.

The specimens in hand have the median patch on the pronotum
solid, without sign of division, and somewhat resembling that of N.
omissa Brancsik * from Catamarea, Argentina, though more rounded
and not as transverse. The anal vein of the tegmen is also finely
lined with black, in addition to the discoidal vein and sutural margin.

* Mém. Mex. Blatt., p. 64.
* Jahresheft Naturwissen. Ver. Trencsiner Comitates, Trenesén, XXIV, p. 186,
tab. ITI, fig. 1, la and b.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 153

EPILAMPRIN#®.

PARATROPES Serville.

*Paratropes elegans (Burmeister).

1838. Ph{oraspis] elegans Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., Bd. I, Abth. IT,
pt. I, p. 493. [Probably Surinam.]

1. co. February, 1905.

This specimen differs from Brunner’s interpretation ‘ of the species
in that the limbs are solid black, the coxe finely margined with pale
yellowish, the face without the transverse line dorsad of the labrum,
and the antennz with a narrow annulus instead of having the terminal
portion all yellowish. When compared with the descriptions of other
species of the genus the individual in hand agrees closer with that of
elegans, differing in the color characters here given.

EPILAMPRA Burmeister.
*Epilampra brasiliensis (Fabricius).
1775. [Blatta] brasiliensis Fabricius, Syst. Entom., p. 272. [Brazil.]
13,19. February and March, 1905.
This species has also been recorded from San Pedro Province, Para-
guay.
PANCHLORIN ©.
PANCHLORA Burmeister.

*Panchlora hyalina (Stoll),

1813. [Blatta] hyalina Stoll, Natuur. Afbeeld-Besch. Kakkerlakken, p. 5,
14, pl. III d, fig. 12. [No locality.]

10. March, 1905.
This name appears to be applicable to the species generally known
as Panchlora viridis Burmeister.

MANTIDZ3.;
MANTINE.

ACONTISTA Saussure.

Acontista bimaculata Saussure.
1870. A[contista] bimaculata Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell.,
II, p. 229. [Brazil.]

93,492. February and March, 1905.

As the female of this species has never been described the following
diagnosis may prove of service.

Form robust, as is usual in females of this genus. Head with the
occipital outline slightly arcuate, almost straight mesad, more arcuate

4 Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 150. =

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

laterad, the prominent lateral vertical sulci cutting the occipital out-
line; ocelli disposed as in the male but much smaller; facial seutellum
shaped as in the male; antenne slender, subfiliform, not exceeding the
head and pronotum in length. Pronotum shaped very much as in the
male, but shorter and consequently with the dilation extending more
caudad, and the constricted caudal section shorter. Tegmina short,
but very slightly longer than the pronotum, costal margin evenly
rounded, apex subrectangulate, sutural margin slightly arcuate in the
distal two-thirds, rather abruptly and obliquely curved on the proximal
third; stigma distinct. Abdomen strongly depressed, expanded;
supra-anal plate broadly and roundly trigonal; cerci slightly surpassing
the apex of the plate. Cephalic limbs very robust; coxe hardly
exceeding the pronotum in length, subquadrate in section; femora
slightly longer than the coxe.

General color pale apple green; eyes pale walnut brown. Tegmen
with the stigma bistre. Wing brick red, the greater part of the
marginal section of the caudal area rich glossy blue black, the trans-
verse veins hyaline and touched with brick red.

Measurements.

Lensthjoiibody;m 3 Samer os eget eee meat
Length of pronotum, Nate Eee tae. |.)
Greatest width of pronotum, hee Mlb 5.)
Length of tegmen, . . fs Lately SO Le Lye Set 515
Greatest breadth of abdomen, : 19 AP Sb SER SSD
Length of cephalic femur, 7

Two males and one female are washed more or less strongly with
brownish.

This species has also been definitely recorded from the Provinces
of Goyaz and Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

BRUNNEBRIA Saussure.
1869. Brunneria Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell., III, pp. 58, 71.

Type.—B. subaptera Saussure.

Brunneria brasiliensis Saussure.
1870. B[runneria] brasiliensis Saussure, Mittheil: Schweiz. Entom. Gesell.,
III, p. 240. [Brazil.]
8,14 2. February and March, 1905.
This series shows that the species is moderately uniform in size and
possesses well-marked green and brown phases in the female, the
thorax and abdomen varying in accord with the general phase.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155

*Brunneria subaptera Saussure.

1869. Blrunneria] subaptera Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell.,
Ill, p. 71. [Argentine Pampas.]

2. March, 1905.

These two specimens are larger than the same sex of brasiliensis,
with the ocelli smaller and the antenn and cerci longer. One speci-
men (March 5) has the character of the cerci and antennze more marked
than the other, and measurements of both specimens with those of an
average male of brasiliensis are here given.

brasiliensis. subaptera.
Length of body,. . . . . 73 mm. 90.5 mm. 94 mm.
Length of antenna,. . . . 33.5 “ 29.5+ “ AGe
Length of pronotum, . . . 245 “ dl é BAD
Length of tegmen, . . . . 39 . Slee 40.5 “
Length of cephalic femur, .. isysy LSGr ee 19 Ag
Ikenethvof cereus, =<". - - 8 u 12 sS 53a

This species has been recorded from the north of Patagonia and the
Pampas, and specifically from Bahia Blanca, Argentina. A female
individual from Carcarafia, Argentina, determined by Prof. Bruner as
B. brasiliensis, is clearly referable to subaptera, the shape of the supra-
anal plate and the length of the cerci being typical of this species.

COPTOPTERYX Saussure.
1869. Coptopteryx Saussure,'Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell., IIT, pp. 56, 66.
Type, as selected by Kirby, C. claraziana Saussure = C. crenaticollis
(Blanchard).

*Coptopteryx crenaticollis (Blanchard).

1851. Mantis crenaticollis Blanchard, in Gay, Hist. Fis. Polit. de Chile,
Zool., VI, p. 22. [Chile.]

2c. February, 1905.

These specimens are clearly referable to this species, of which a
female from Carcarafa, Argentina, has also been examined. Giglio-
Tos has recorded the species from San Pedro Province, Paraguay.
*Coptopteryx gayi (Blanchard).

1851. Mantis Gayi Blanchard, in Gay, Hist. Fis. Polit. de Chile, Zool., VI,
p. 21. [Chile.]

35,42. December, 1904; January, 1905.

This species can easily be recognized in the female by the elongate
pronotum, and separated from C. argentina by the longer, slenderer
median and caudal limbs and weaker cephalic limbs, while C. crena-
ficollis is distinctly smaller and comparatively more robust. The
male, on the other hand, bears a very considerable resemblance to that

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of C. argentina, and might easily be considered only a brownish speci-
men of that species. However, a close examination discloses several
very good characters to separate the two species, such as the more
compressed shaft of the pronotum, the narrower supra-coxal dilation
and weaker cephalic limbs. All the specimens examined are of various
shades of brown, one male having the limbs clear green, while one male
and one female have the same parts touched with the same color.

A female specimen from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, received from
Dr. Saussure and determined by him as C. gayi, is distinctly smaller
than Sapucay females and has the margins of the pronotum with
somewhat heavier spines, but does not appear separable otherwise.
The measurements of a Sapucay female and of the Rio Grande do Sul
individual are as follows:

Sapucay. Rio Grande do Sul.

ene thtor boty. 9.9 caine eae 80.5 mm. 62 mm.
Length of pronotum, . et Saar 20:0 5 20 ae
Greatest width of pronotum, Ole rear er am 7 “ Ewe 2
Wenpah iol tepmen i aa ele eee 32 Ie ss
Length of cephalic femur, . . . . . 19 $ 15.5 “

Coptopteryx argentina (Burmeister).

1864. M[antis] argentina Burmeister, Berlin Entom. Zeitsch., VIII, p. 208.
{Argentina between Buenos Ayres and Mendoza.]

70,10 2. December, 1904; January to March, 1905.
This series is rather uniform in size and quite so in coloration.

PHOTINA Burmeister.
1838. Photina Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., Bd. II, Abth. II, pt. I, p. 531.
Type.—P. vitrea Burmeister.

Photina brevis 0. sp.

Type: co’; Sapucay, Paraguay. March 5, 1905. (William Foster.)
[Hebard Collection.]

Very closely allied to P. vitrea Burmeister, but differing in the shorter
pronotum and the more numerous rami of the discoidal vein of the
wing.

Size medium; form moderately slender. Head broad, trigonal,
occipital outline moderately arcuate; ocelli large, placed in a broad
triangle, apex ventrad; eyes moderately projecting laterad; facial
scutellum strongly transverse, dorsad with a median arcuation, sinuate
laterad, ventrad margin slightly concave; antenne slightly exceeding
the head and pronotum in length, sub-moniliform. Pronotum with
the cephalic section moderately expanded, not constricted cephalad

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

but rounding narrowly from the greatest expansion to the cephalic
margin; shaft slightly exceeding the expanded portion in length, mod-
erately narrowed, slightly expanded caudad; margins unarmed,
dorsum without distinct carina. Tegmen large, hyaline except for the
semi-opaque costal field, in shape elongate-ovate, the greatest width
at the distal third, costal and sutural margins arcuate proximad and
distad, apex narrowly rounded; median vein furcate with each
arm again fureate; discoidal vein furcate proximad, the caudal arm
again fureate; principal axillary veins three in number; stigma very
weak, linear, crossing the discoidal vein. Wing about twice as long as
broad, costal margin straight in the proximal two-thirds, strongly
arcuate in the distal third, apex slightly acute, narrowly rounded,
caudal margin of the projecting portion of the anterior field nearly
straight, oblique; humeral vein furcate near the base, the rami parallel
for the greater part of their length; median vein furcate near the apex;
discoidal vein trifurcate, the first being almost at the base, the second
nearly mesad, the third about the proximal third; axillary vein bifur-
cate, the first not far from the base, the other near the apex. Abdo-
men rather slender; supra-anal plate short, trigonal; subgenital plate
moderately produced and provided distad with two small styles; cerci
slender, acute, moderately exceeding the subgenital plate. Cephalic
coxa about two-thirds the length of the pronotum; cephalic femur
somewhat shorter than the pronotum, rather slender, armed with six
spines on the external margin (counting the genicular spine) and
twelve of two sizes on the internal; tibia slightly more than half the

Fig. 1.—Photina brevis n. sp. Tegmen and wing of male type. (X 2.)

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

length of the femur, armed on the external margin with thirteen
spines and twelve on the internal. Median and caudal limbs rather
slender.

General color pale apple green becoming weak parrot green on the ab-
domen. Eyes walnut brown; antenne cinnamon; ocelli
glassy crimson, their peduncles rather yellowish. Cep-
halic femora with the larger spines on their internal
margins marked proximad with blackish, the proximal
section of the femora, also with two circular blackish
spots onthe ventral portion of the internal face;
tibiz washed with yellowish. Tegmina with the

semi-opaque costal area weak apple green, remainder
Fig. ye hyaline but the nerves of the same greenish. Wings
brevis n. sp. With the costal margin washed with greenish, the

Dorsal view of remainder hyaline, the nerves greenish as in the

male prono- :
tum. (x 3.) tegmina.

Measurements.
Length of bodys) fe yes ety mere cae ca en temo era
Length of pronotum) 9 Oe ee Ores
Greatest widthiofpronottms) << o7)el) oe. we soe
Length oftesmen <4 \/aime iL)" | Seta 2h ee ee
Greatest widthiolitemmenyei = 4) <= 5) oe fe ml ie ee
bength: or cephaliesfeniur eo. eee,
Moved owe CNM eie 9 Geom o oe & 5 6 6 likYy,

Two females have also been examined, one taken in February, the
other in March, 1905. These individuals differ in no essential par-
ticulars from the type.

PARAMUSONIA Rehn.

1894. Musonia Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 64.
(Not of Stal, 1877.)
1904. Paramusonia Rehn, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XVII, p. 567.

Type.—Thespis cubensis Saussure.

Paramusonia livida Serville. : ’
1839. Thespis livida Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 172. [Brazil.]

Six o’. April and May, 1902; February and March, 1905.

These specimens are very slightly larger than the measurements
given by Serville: “Long 1 pouce au moins, non compris la lame
abdominale . . . . prothorax long de trois lignes au moins.” Several
of the individuals seen about equal the length of body of this species

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

given by Caudell.5 In all the specimens the tips of the tegmina fall
in repose at least a millimeter short of the tips of the wings.

CREOBOTRIN 4%.
ACANTHOPS Serville.
1831. Acanthops Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 52.
Type.—Mantis fuscifolia Olivier = Mantis sinuata Stoll.

Acanthops sinuata (Stoll).
1813. [Mantis] sinuata Stoll, Natuur. Afbeeld. Besch. Spooken, pp. 12, 77,
pl. IV, fig. 14. [Surinam.]

83,10 2. November, 1904, to March, 1905.

This series shows some variation in size in both sexes, and also in the
shade of the general coloration. Some individuals are decidedly
blackish brown and others are practically ferruginous, the average,
however, being darker. The tegmina of the females in no case exceed
twenty-four millimeters in length.

VATIN ©.
OXYOPSIS Caudell.

1869. Oxyops Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell., III, pp. 56, 66.
(Not of Schénherr, 1826.)
1904. Oxyopsis Caudell, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XII, p. 184.

Type.—O. rubicunda (Stoll).

*Oxyopsis lobeter® n. sp.

Type: 2; Sapucay, Paraguay. January 26,1905. (William Foster.)
{Hebard Collection.]

Allied to O. media and obtusa (Stal) from Brazil, but with the teg-
mina and wings much longer, the limbs also somewhat longer, while the
general size is about the same. The proportions of the exposed sec-
tion of the wings is as in obtusa, and the eyes are rectangulate laterad as
in that species. The relationship is apparently closer to obtusa than to
media.

General size rather large. Head depressed, very broadly trigonal,
occipital outline straight, cephalic section of the occiput flattened,
except for four spaced longitudinal depressions, and forming an obtuse
angle with the portion of the head ventrad of the insertion of the
antenne; ocelli very small, well spaced in a broad unequal triangle;
facial scutellum transverse, the dorsal margin straight mesad and

5 Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XII, p. 184.
6 AwByrnp, destroyer. i

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

obliquely emarginate laterad, ventral margin very slightly concave; eyes
produced laterad, rectangulate,

Fig. 3.—Oxyopsis lobeter n. sp. Dorsal ;
view of type. (X 1h) curved toward the apex in the

distal section ; humeral vein fur-
cate near the apex; median vein with two rami; discoidal vein with two
rami the caudal of which is fureate; stigma distinct, irregular. Wing

with the greatest width contained about twice in
the length, the portion extending beyond the tip
of the tegmen when in repose being trigonal and
broader than long. Cephalic coxa nearly three-
fifths as long as the pronotum, all the margins
serrato-spinose, the ventral margin with spines of
two different sizes; cephalic femur nearly three-
fourths the length of the pronotum, slender, armed
on the external margin with four spines and seven
large and nine small ones on the internal margin,

sub-mammilliform. Pronotum
elongate, the collar contained
slightly more than three times
in the length of the shaft,
supra-coxal dilations moderate,
the collar hardly constricted
cephalad of the expansion;
margins serrato-dentate, the
serrations becoming fewer and
smaller caudad, shaft carinate
throughout its
carina weak mesad. Abdomen
considerably depressed, broad,
Tegmen broad, subequal, the
/ width being contained two and
a half times in the length;
costal margin nearly straight,
slightly rounded proximad,
obliquely rounded distad, su-
tural margin nearly straight,
apex rather broadly rounded;
costal field very broad, in its
widest section two-fifths the
width of the entire tegmen,
costal veins about twelve in
number, strongly oblique and

length, the

Fig. 4.—Ozxyop-
sis lobeter n.
sp. Cephalic
view of head.
(X 2.)

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

a median line of small tubercles are present on the proximal portion
of the ventral surface; cephalic tibia not quite half the length of
the femur, armed with ten spines on the external margin and six-
teen on the internal. Median limbs rather slender, of moderate
length ; caudal limbs very considerably longer than the median.

General color dull olive green, touched in many places with bice
green and parrot green. Head touched with yellowish, the eyes seal
brown. Pronotum with considerable brownish on the shaft. Teg-
mina passing from nearly bottle green proximad and on a section of the
costal area through pea green to apple green in the distal half of the
discoidal area and oil green in the costal section; hyaline interstices
limited to the pea green area and the apple green section immediately
adjoining it in the discoidal field; stigma touched with brown. Wings
with the exposed section coriaceous and opaque oil green; remainder
of the wings, except a narrow greenish touch along the costal margin,
hyaline with the transverse veins rather broadly touched with gamboge
yellow. Cephalic femora and tibize with the principal spines almost
entirely blackish-brown, the others touched with the same color.
Median and caudal limbs with the femora mars brown, the tibize and
tarsi oil green.

Measurements.
enotmotMbodyseme aie: ae era). 4.) eee GIRS mm.
ikenethvol pronocumyeswiis So) |) | eee (24°50
Greatest widthiompronovum eye.) 2) oy eee. col
Ikenothkottecmeny: #iGr es es oo. Ue Pup ee EN) OSiy
Crestestiwidthvoftesmenies 2. 4) oe es In 8
Greatest width of costal field,. . . . . . . : Bye Nes
Menotneomcephalicgemuty . 3! = meee en. | Life!
ensihkotmediantfemunwis) } ).) i meCNNencmmrun nurs 9) oni.
Menotheotecaudalsteniutys | cue: 9-0 ceeneemntce aude cL Ok

A paratypic female, taken December 20, 1904, is essentially similar
to the type though slightly larger. The color pattern of the tegmina
is not as marked in it as in the type and the hyaline interstices more
numerous and extensive.

PHASMIDZ.
BACTERIIN ©.

CEROYS Serville.
*Ceroys coronatus (Thunberg).

1815. P{hasma] coronata Thunberg, Mém. l’Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétérsb., V,
p. 299. [No locality.] ~

12. December, 1904.

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

As far as the brief original description goes this specimen appears to
represent Thunberg’s species. In the absence of any recent informa-
tion on Thunberg’s original specimen of this species, the individual
in hand may justly be considered the same as coronata until further
knowledge disproves or substantiates the association.

Measurements of the Sapucay Specimen.

Length otibodyte ts (eee) ab aides rekhsey oS eeeelO Camm:
Length ofpronotimsy ok ey ay ee ctsetne Dt) oe ee
Length of mesonotum, : ie eons
Length of metanotum (including median segment), een yeethlS)
Length of abdomens 2) 5 Ue os ae at ey ee OE
Length of cephalic femur, 5 0 GT be Fi een aie EO Ree
Length of.medianifemur, =). piece ieee on seed psomes
Length of:caudalifemur, 0) 2 al Gy aaaiee ee er ne ae
CLITUMNIN #.

STELEOXIPHUS’ n. gen.

Type.—S. catastates n. sp.

A member of the Clitumnine and related to Paraleptynia and Cera-
tiscus Caudell, both described from Sapucay. The genus Paraleptynia
was based on a male individual, while a female is the only available
representative of the new genus. The antenne are shorter than in
Paraleptynia and with some of the segments of different proportions,
while the general slender form agrees with that genus. The chief
character of Ceratiscus, which was based on a female, is the elongate
opercule which is also present in Steleoxiphus, although the form of the
latter is by no means as robust, being slender as in Paraleptynia with
the limbs not lobed or serrate. The character of the antenne is more
similar to that of Ceratiscus than of Paraleptynia.

Form very elongate; surface glabrous. Head with the eyes very
small; antenne very little longer than the head and pronotum, proximal
joint over twice as long as broad, strongly depressed laterad and
proximad, second joint more rounded and hardly half the length of the
proximal, third joint similar to the second but slightly longer, the
fourth to sixth joints similar to the second and from the seventh they
evenly increase in length distad. Mesonotum and metanotum (includ-
ing median segment) subequal in length; median segment longer
than broad. Subgenital opercule produced into a compressed, elongate,
hastate process. Limbs slender, unarmed.

1 Zryan, post; Fg0c, sword.

oe

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

*Steleoxiphus catastates® 0. sp-

Type: 2; Sapucay, Paraguay. March 5, 1905. (William Foster.)
[Hebard Collection.]

Size medium. Head slender, subparallel, the caudal width contained
about two and a half times in the length; occiput with a very fine
median longitudinal impressed line
and a lateral one extending caudad
from each eye; eyes subcircular,
strongly flattened when viewed
dorsad; ocelli distinct but small and
placed in a large triangle between and
immediately caudad of the antenne.
Pronotum slender, slightly com-
pressed mesad, a distinct transverse
and a less distinct longitudinal im-
pressed line present. Mesonotum
nearly five times the length of the
pronotum, regularly but slightly ex-
panding caudad. Metanotum about
equal to the mesonotum in length,
subequal in width except for a very
slight caudal expansion; median seg-
ment about a third as long as the
remainder of the metanotum, and in
its own length nearly twice its width.
Abdomen with the proximal seven
segments distinctly longitudinal and
increasing in length from the first to
the sixth, the seventh being shorter
than the sixth and about equal to the
first; eighth and ninth segments sub-
equal, each hardly two-thirds the
length of the seventh, fifth to eighth
segments tectate, ninth tectate and
earinate dorsad; supra-anal plate
very small, trigonal; cerci simple, Fig. 5—Steleoxiphus catastates n-

‘ ; gen. and sp. Dorsal view of
styliform, about two and a half times type. Natural size.
the length of the supra-anal plate;

subgenital opercule strongly compressed, the lateral surfaces con-

8 Karaota7yc, an establisher. ie

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

cave, apex acute, surface finely
marked with longitudinal linear
series of minute punctures. Ceph-
alic femora equal to the length
Fig. 6.—Steleoxiphus catastates n. gen. of mesonotum and half of the
and sp. Lateral view of apex of | metanotum, proximal flexure dis-
abdomien‘of type: gaiec2) tinct but small, remainder of the
femur multicarinate ; cephalic tibie
slightly shorter than the femora; cephalic tarsi with the metatarsus
distinctly longer than the remaining joints. Median femora about
equal to the metanotum in length; median tibise somewhat shorter
than the femora; median tarsi with the metatarsus very slightly shorter
than the remaining tarsal joints. Caudal femora extending to the
middle of the fifth abdominal segment; tibie distinctly but not very
greatly shorter than the femora; tarsi with the metatarsus about equal
to the remaining tarsal joints.

General color apple green, becoming oil green on the limbs and
touched with ochraceous on the ventral section of the head, and also on
the prosternum, cephalic and caudal sections of the mesosternum and
cephalic section of the metasternum and a narrow ventral median line on
the abdomen is of thesame color. The subgenital opercule and cephalic
tarsi are chiefly pale ochraceous, while the ochraceous on the caudal
section of the mesosternum is overlaid with a brownish spot. Eyes
vinaceous-cinnamon, antenne ochraceous.

Measurements.
Lengthiof- bodys" 4) bs cae eee ave s-, .., Oemnrame
Length of antenna,. . . 0 Res . « SSA
Length of pronotum, . . . a ee o! \ SSR
Length of mesonotum, nurs hy eh ee elie ay
Length of metanotum (including median segment), Sede Tet eae
Length of median segment, . . . . . Pe reyes
Length of abdomen, . ii: azipeen
Length of subgenital opercule, amae ONS er 2a ee
Length of cephalic femur, . . . .) 2 26ntaee
Length of median femur, ai hlieae
Length of caudal femur, . aula el eee cane

The type is unique.

There is a possibility that this species is the female of Paraleptynia
fosteri Caudell, known only from the male, but it does not appear right or
proper to assume that such strikingly different antennal characters
exist in the sexes of the same species. The possibility exists, however,

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 165

and it remains for further collections and observations to accurately
establish the true relationship of the two forms.

PSEUDOPHASMIN AL.
OLCYPHIDES Griffini.
*Oleyphides fasciatus Gray.
1835. P[hasma] fasciatum Gray, Synop. Spec. Ins. Fam. Phasm., p. 24.
[Brazil.]

1 2. December, 1904.

This specimen answers the description of the species quite well. As
no measurements were given in the original description the following
may be of interest:

mm.
Length of antenna,. . . . ee 7 2) ee ee
Length of pronotum,
Length of mesonotum,
Length of tegmen,

Wen eUnOlWitiCeeere ree eer ek A

Laing on loro hiatal ay Sic emeal a, cop arcs ar mei remem oe 7

*Oleyphides hopii (Gray).

1835. Pl[hasma] Hopii Gray, Synop. Spec. Ins. Fam. Phasm., p. 25.
[Brazil.]

1o. February, 1902.

Whether this specimen is the other sex of the species here called
jasciatus or distinct cannot be positively determined from the material
in hand. It agrees quite well with the brief description of hopii, and
differs from jasciatws, as here understood, in having a much smaller
tegminal protuberance, lateral lines of yellowish presentYon the thorax
and distinctly though narrowly annulate antenne. Whether these
are specific or sexual characters remains to be determined. ..,

ACRIDIDZ.
ACRYDIIN AE.
TETTIGIDEA Scudder.
Tettigidea multicostata Bolivar.

1887. Tfettigidea] multicostata Bolivar, Ann. Soc!'Entom! Belg., XXXJ, p.
299. [Brazil.] E 7 ;

9 2. February and March, 1905.
This series has been compared with representatives from Caiza,
Bolivia, Salta and Tucuman, Argentina.
PROSCOPIN 2,

CEPHALOCEMA Serville.
Cephalocema costulata Burmeister.

114,13 2. November, 1901; February_and March, 1905.
12

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

The variation in size exhibited by this series, in addition to the slight
variation in the comparative length of the rostrum, would at first sight
appear to be due to the presence of two or more species. However, no
line of demarcation in size or in the number of tibial spines, the latter
extremely variable in individuals, can be recognized, and for the
present at least all are considered costulata. The strength of the
abdominal strigze is another character of variability in this material,
and two of the female specimens appear to be what Bruner has pro-
visionally called burmeisteri.?

ACRIDIN 2%.
The material belonging to this subfamily has been studied in two
previous papers,’’ the species being merely listed here, with any com-

ments brought out by an examination of determinations in Prof.
Brunier’s later paper (vide antea).

HYALOPTERYX Charpentier.
Hyalopteryx rufipennis Charpentier.

Bruner has described as H. specularis'' the form referred by the
author to Charpentier’s species.

EUTRYXALIS Bruner.
*Eutryxalis gracilis (Giglio-Tos).

TRUXALIS Fabricius.
Truxalis brevicornis (Linnus).

ORPHULA Stal.

Orphula pagana (Stal),

AMBLYTROPIDIA Sral.
Amblytropidia robusta Bruner.

The specimens referred with some little doubt to A. ferruginosa Stal

by the author belong to Bruner’s recently described species.
*Amblytropidia chapadensis Rehn.

ORPHULINA Giglio-Tos.
Orphulina pulchella Giglio-Tos. :

® Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 619.
© Notes on South American Grasshoppers of the Subfamily Acridine (Acridide),
with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp.
371-391. May, 1906. Studies in South and Central American Acridine (Orth-
optera), with the Descriptions of a New Genus and Six New Species. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 10-50. May 19, 1906.
4 Bruner’s H. lamellipes from Sao Paulo, Brazil, in all probability equals 1.
asinus Rehn.

1907. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

ORPHULELLA Giglio-Tos.
*Orphulella gracilis Giglio-Tos.
Orphulella punctata (De Geer).

DICHROMORPHA Morse.

Dichromorpha australis Bruner.

1900. D[ichromorpha] australis Bruner, Acc. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent.,
p. 28. [Carcarana, Argentina.]

16,12. February, 1901.

TOXOPTERUS Bolivar.
Toxopterus miniatus Bolivar.

FENESTRA Giglio-Tos.
Fenestra bohlsii Giglio-Tos.

AMBLYSCAPHEUS Bruner.
Amblyscapheus glaucipes (Rehn).

Staurorhectus glauctpes Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 34, figs.
9 and 10. May 19, 1906.

Amblyscapheus lineatus Bruner, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 633. June,
1906.

The relationship of these two descriptions is obvious.

STAURORHECTUS Giglio-Tos.
Staurorhectus longicornis Giglio-Tos.

ISONYX Rehn.
*Isonyx paraguayensis Rehn.

EUPLECTROTETTIX Bruner.
Euplectrotettix ferrugineus Bruner.

SCYLLINA Stal.
*Soyllina brunneri (Giglio-Tos).
Scyllina brasiliensis (Bruner).
Soyllina conspersa (Bruner).
Scyllina varipes (Bruner).

(EDIPODIN ©.

CELOPTERNA Stal.

1873. Celopterna Stal, Ofvers. af K. Vetensk.-Akad. Foérhandlingar, XXX,
No. 4, p. 53.

Type.—Acrydium acuminatum De Geer.

" Received in Philadelphia, June 6; probable exact_date one or two days
previous. =

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF -[April,

*Celopterna acuminata (De Geer).

1773. Acrydium acuminatum De Geer. Mém. V’Hist. Ins., III, p. 501, pl.
XLII, fig. 10. [Surinam.]

1S. January, 1903.
This peculiar species has been recorded from several localities in
Paraguay. No comparison has been made with Surinam material.

PYRGOMORPHIN®.
OSSA Giglio-Tos.

1894. Ossa Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No.
184, p. 15, pl. fig. 2.

Type.—O. bimaculata Giglio-Tos.

Ossa bimaculata Giglio-Tos.

1894. _O[ssa] bimaculata Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
z ee No. 184, p. 15, pl. fig. 2. [Resistencia nel Chaco, Argentina. ]

3,12 2. December to March.
a a the female specimens are slightly, and some considerably,
larger than the measurements of the type given by Giglio-Tos.

OMMEXECHA Serville.
1831. Ommexecha Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 285.
Type.—0O. virens Serville.

*Ommexecha virens Serville.

1831. Ommexecha virens Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 286. [Buenos
Ayres.]

42. May, 1902.

One of these specimens is distinctly true virens as far as color is con-
cerned, the others apparently being Blanchard’s O. servillei, which
probably is only a brown phase of virens. The only other conclusion
that can be reached from the material before me is, that servillei has
two color phases represented in this series, distinct, however, from
virens which should be retained as a poorly understood form, This
view does not appear as likely as the synonymy of servillei with virens.
No structural characters separate the two color forms as far as available
material goes, the strength of asperities and ridges in this genus being
subject to considerable variation.

Bruner has recorded the brown phase from Asuncion and San
Bernardino, Paraguay.

*Ommexecha germari Burmeister.
1838. O[mmexecha] Germari Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., bd. II, abth.
II, pt. I, p. 655. [Brazil.]

3,10 2. February and March, 1905; May, 1902.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

This series exhibits some variation in size and length of the tegmina
and wings, the two sexes sharing alike in the same.

This species has also been recorded from Porto Allegre (Karsch) and
Sao Leopoldo (Bolivar), Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil

LOCUSTIN &.

PROCOLPIA Stal.
1873. Procolpia Stal, Ofv. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Férhandl., 1873, No. 4, p. 52.
Type.—Xiphicera emarginata Serville.

Procolpia minor Giglio-Tos.
1894. P{rocolpia] minor Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.
Torino, IX, No. 184, p.17. [Colonia Risso, Rio Apa, Paraguay.]
1906. Munatia australis Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 644.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

80,6 2. February and March, 1905.

On comparison of this series with the two descriptions cited above, it
is very evident that both refer to the same species. While not abso-
lutely typical Procolpia in the form of the apex of the tegmina, the
species is certainly nearer Procolpia emarginata than Munatia punctata,
the type of the latter genus. The form of the wing is distinctly that
of Procolpia, and the apex of the tegmen in every specimen shows a
slight oblique sutural truncation,

PRIONOLOPHA Stal.
1873. Prionolopha Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, pp. 27, 44.
Type.—Gryllus (Bulla) serratus Linnzeus.

Prionolopha serrata (Linnus).
1758. [Gryllus (Bulla)] serratus Linneus, Syst. Nat., X ed., p. 427.
(“‘Indiis.”’]

10,12 2. January to March, 1905.

These specimens exhibit some slight variation in size, and in the
shade of the green base color and of the bars of the sides of the head
and pronotum. The latter are in some cases greenish yellow, in others
pinkish, and again dull purplish much darker than the base color.

ALCAMENES Sital.!

1878. Alcamenes Stal, Bihang till IX. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar, V, No.
4, pp. 14, 54.

Type.—A. granulatus Stal.

‘8 Giglio-Tos’s Prionolopha brevipennis (Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
XV, No. 377, p. 3) appears to be a member of this genus. ~

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Alcamenes cristatus Bruner.
1906. Alcamenes cristatus Bruner, Proce. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 650.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]
20,5 92. February and March, 1905.
As suggested by Bruner (supra, pp. 650-651) the genus Alcamenes
is closely related to Prionolopha, undoubtedly closer than it is to the
genus Tropinotus.

TROPINOTUS Serville.
1831. Tropinotus Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 272.
Included Gryllus serratus Fabr., T. discoideus and obsoletus Serville.
The first was removed to Prionolopha in 1873, the third to Colpolopha
the same year, and discoideus can be considered the type.

Tropinotus discoideus Serville.

1831. Tropinotus discoideus Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 273.
[Brazil.]

11,12 9. February and March, 1905.

This series contains a few specimens which have the lateral portions
of the disk of the pronotum, the dorsum of the head and the anal field
of the tegmina bright green. The maculations of the tegmina are
subject to a great amount of variation and in a few specimens are
almost absent, but in the great majority are distinct though faint.

The presence or absence of the lateral apical spine on the caudal
tibize appears to be of little or no value to separate genera in this
group, as it is not constantly present in the same species, and even
may be present on one limb and absent on the other of the same
individual. Representatives of this species present this latter condi-
tion.

*Tropinotus guarani 0. sp.

Types: co’ and 9; Sapucay, Paraguay. February 25 (c'), March
9,1905(2). (William Foster.) [Hebard Collection.]

Allied to 7. regularis Bruner, but differing in the heavier build, the
less evenly arched pronotal crest, the broader disk of the pronotum,
the slightly heavier limbs, shorter tegmina and the less regularly
maculate character of the same.

Size medium; form robust; surface of body rugulose. Head with
the occiput distinctly inflated, a distinct median carina continuing
cephalad to the angle of the fastigium, this being accompanied by
lateral carinee lower and indefinite in character but constricted at the
highest point of the swell of the occiput, and connected with the
median carina by numerous low transverse ridges producing a scalari-

1907.]} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. wal

form pattern; interspace between the eyes no narrower than the
fastigium; fastigium slightly acute-angulate in the male, rectangulate
in the female, the width being nearly that of the eye, between the
points of greatest width the fastigium is bounded caudad by a low
transverse carina, hardly indicated in the male, cephalad of which the
disk is slightly excavate; when viewed laterad the angle of the fastigium
is slightly rounded into the facial outline which is distinctly but not
greatly retreating; frontal costa very narrow dorsad, much more so

Fig. 7.—Tropinotus guarani n. sp. Lateral view of female type. ( 2.)

comparatively in the female than in the male, from whence it regularly
but gradually expands except for a short subequal portion in the
vicinity of the ocellus, in the male the costa is punctate but not sulcate,
in the female it is suleate for a moderate distance dorsad and ventrad
of the ocellus, punctate elsewhere ; eyes subovate, somewhat prominent
in the male when viewed dorsad, in length distinctly (<") or slightly (2 )
longer than the infraocular suleus; antenne in length slightly exceed-
ing the pronotum in both sexes, slightly depressed proximad. Pro-
notum with the greatest width contained slightly less than twice (<’)
or once and two-thirds ( 9 ) in the length of the same; cephalic margin
slightly acute-angulate (c') or rectangulate (2 ), the margins slightly
concave laterad; caudal margin acute-angulate in both sexes but
sharper in the male than in the female and with the lateral portions
concave; dorsal crest moderately high, the greatest height being on the
metazona which is arcuate somewhat independent of the prozona and
in the male being higher comparatively and more arcuate than in the

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [April,

female, the prozonal portion increasing in height caudad but slightly
sinuate in the female, transverse sulci
moderately impressed, the caudal one
distinctly sunken into the sides of the
crest, prozona somewhat shorter than
the metazona; lateral carine sharp,
slightly lamellate caudad, cut by
three sulci; lateral lobes with the
dorsal length slightly greater than the
depth; almost the entire surface of
the pronotum is punctate, usually
strongly so, and the metazona of the
disk, particularly in the male, bears
papilliform tubercles. Tegmina slight-
ly over twice the length of the prono-
tum, rather broad proportionately,
Figs. 8 and 9.—Tropinotus guarani costal margin with a very consider-
0 eR pew pee nen able proximal lobe, the proximo-distal
types. (X 2.) length of which is not great in pro-
portion to the depth; apex narrowed
somewhat, obliquely rotundato-truneate. Prosternal spine com-
pressed, apex narrowed and directed caudad as usual in the genus;
interspace between the mesosternal lobes distinctly longer than broad
in the male, subquadrate in the female; interspace between the
metasternal lobes small and subquadrate in the male, transverse
in the female. Abdomen with the dorsal sezments rugoso-punctate.
Cephalic and median limbs rather short, the femora of the male,
particularly the cephalic, distinetly inflated. Caudal femora robust,
the distal portion, however, comparatively slender when the robust
proximal two-thirds is considered, the femoral length being about
three-fourths that of the tegmina and the greatest width is contained
nearly four times in the length, dorsal, ventral and lateral carins
serrate, particularly the dorsal, pagine with the pattern very dis-
tinctly imbricate, the appearance being that of overlapping plates, the
shape being also variable ‘and seldom the usual Acridoid’ chevron;
caudal tibiae very slightly shorter than the femora, very slightly
sinuate, lateral margins with nine to ten spines, internal margins with
ten spines. :
General color bistre mingled and blended with vinaceous-cinnamon
in a pattern which presents but few sharply defined contrasts of the
two colors. Dorsum of the pronotum in the female margined laterad by

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

a subequal band of bice green, on the metazona, however, this border
becomes fainter caudad until it is not apparent, the median section of
the pronotum is almost clove brown. Anal field and a portion of the
adjoining discoidal field bice green, absent, however, in the distal
fourth; pattern of the tegmina formed by five distinct and two or
more faintly indicated transverse bars of bistre, the pale bars distad
and none encroaching on the costal field or the green dorsal section.
Wings with the disk carmine. Ventro-lateral carine of the caudal
femora with regularly spaced dark. blotches, the dorso-lateral face
quite dark; caudal tibize wood brown in the male, of the same color
but strongly sprinkled with bistre in the female.

Measurements.
of 2

Laan Orochi o 6 6 2 5 6 8 «= 2iearieck 38.8 mm.
Length of pronotum, LON 12.5
Greatest dorsal width of pronotum, 5 Re SON ons,

Ikenethwokermeny ees Ss). a = 20 ef D0 ise Mes
Greatest width of tegmen, = 5G care na a OV eaae
lenetivomcaudalitemury 9 2 2. = 17.2 — 21 4a

A series of three topotypic females have been examined in addition
to the types. In size these individuals vary somewhat, one being
slightly larger than the type, the others of about the same size with
slightly shorter tegmina. In color the variation is chiefly in individual
variation in shades of brown, the pattern remaining much the same,
the green areas being brown as in the male in two of the three speci-
mens. The caudal tibie are light in two and dark in one of the para-
typic specimens examined.

Tropinotus regularis Bruner.

1905. Tropinotus regularis Bruner, Ent. News, XVI, p. 214. [Sapucay»
Paraguay.]

735,13 2. February and March, 1905.

This series exhibits considerable variation in the size and intensity
of the tegminal blotches. The phase with green on the lateral portions
of the disk of the pronotum and on the anal and contiguous portion
of the discoidal field of the tegmina as described by Bruner,” is repre-
sented by five females.

Tropinotus levipes Stal.

1878. T[rapidenotus] levipes Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad.
Handl., V, No. 9, p. 20. [Sao Leopoldo, Brazil; Argentine Republic.]

4 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 647. =

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

104,72. December, 1904, to February, 1905.
This series shows some slight variation in size in the male sex.
Tropinotus lineatus Bruner.

1906. Tropinotus lineatus Bruner, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 648.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

20,29. February and March, 1905.

Three of these specimens are in the brown phase, while one female is
colored with green as mentioned in the original description. In the
latter specimen the characteristic longitudinal pale bar is light green,
and not yellowish as in the other individuals.

ELEOCHLORA Stal.

1873. Elaochlora Stal, Ofv. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Foérhandlingar, 1873, No. 4,
p. 52.

Type.—Gryllus scaber Thunberg.
Eleochlora viridicata (Serville).
1839. NXiphicera viridicata Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 614. [Buenos Ayres.]

9 S,4 2. December, 1904; February and March, 1905.

These specimens are not typical of viridicata, but are not strongly
enough differentiated to warrant separation. When compared with
Buenos Ayres and Carearafia, Argentina material the Sapucay males
are seen to have distinctly shorter tegmina and wings, while the females
have these organs slightly shorter. The Sapucay males range from
19.5 to 26 millimeters in the length of the tegmina, while two Argentina
males measure 32.5 and 34 millimeters.

CHROMACRIS Walker.
*Chromacris stolli (Pictet and Saussure).

1887. R[homalea] Stolli Pictet and Saussure, Mittheil. Schw. Ent. Gesell.,
VII, p. 351. [Bahia, Brazil.]

9,10 2. December, 1904; January to March, 1905.
These specimens are clearly stolli and show no important differences
from Argentina material of the species. When compared with British

Guianan specimens of C. miles the Sapucay material is seen to be dis-
tinct.

ZONIOPODA Stal.
1873. Zoniopoda Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, pp. 32, 51.
Included Z. tarsata (Serville) and emarginata Stal, of which the first
may be considered the type.
Zoniopoda iheringi (Pictet and Saussure).

1887. Z[oniopoda] Iheringi Pictet and Saussure, Mittheil. Schw. Ent.
Gesell., VII, p. 357. [Southern Brazil.]

12,10 2. December, 1904; February and March, 1905.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

This series is quite uniform in size and color, the only appreciable
variation being in the color of the antenne and of the caudal tibie.
The antenne# are uniform ochraceous in some individuals, of the same
color slightly washed proximad with umber, there narrowly annulate
with paler in others and also uniform umber annulate through the
length but more distinctly so proximad. The color of the eyes vary
from ochraceous to deep walnut brown. The caudal tibiz are strongly
purplish-pink in some specimens, in others whitish and numerous speci-
mens are lightly washed with pinkish.

The typical specimen from Rio Grande do Sul mentioned in a previous
paper® has the median carina of the pronotum more elevated than the
Sapucay specimens.

Zoniopoda similis Bruner.
1906. Zoniopoda similis Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 652.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

9,4 9. February and March, 1905.

These specimens are quite uniform in size and coloration, in a few
the yellowish tint being more pronounced than in others. The carmine
caudal tarsi are quite striking.

Zoniopoda oruentata (Blanchard).
1846.° Acridium cruentatum Blanchard, in D’Orbigny, Voy. dans l’Amer.
Merid., VI, pt. I, p. 216, pl. XXVII, fig. 5. [No locality.]
1900. Zloniopoda] tarsata Bruner, Acc. Gen. Spec. Locusts Argent., p. 61,
fig. 26. (Not of Serville.)
1906. Zoniopoda tarsata Bruner, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 652, pl.
XXXVIL, fig. 2. (Not of Serville.)

103,92. January to March, 1905.

This species, which has been confused with Serville’s tarsata from
Brazil, differs from the latter in having less red on the head, the entire
portion of the latter caudad of the interocular region being red in
tarsata, in having the elypeus, labrum and mandibles light in color
instead of solid black as in tarsata, the cephalic and median limbs
variegated with yellow, red and olive-green instead of red, orange and
black or blackish, and the proximal dark bar on the caudal femora
weak and diffuse instead of solid and clearly defined on the dorsal half
of the limb.

Two females of this series have the caudal femora with very
weak dark maculations and annulations, the actual color of them
being oil green, while the blackish genicular maculations are as dis-
tinct as in the other specimens. In some individuals the second joint

16 Ent. News, XVI, p. 38.
16 Vide Sherborn, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., V¥I, p. 389.

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

of the caudal tarsi is hardly darker than the other tarsal joints, the
tarsi then appearing almost uniform carmine. The eyes vary from
ochraceous to seal brown in color.

Zoniopoda omnicolor (Blanchard).

1846.18 Acridiwm omnicolor Blanchard, in D’Orbigny, Voy. dans l’Amer.
Merid., VI, pt. II, p. 216, pl. XX VII, fig. 3. [No locality.]

10 4,9 2. December, 1904, to March, 1905.
This series exhibits considerable variation in size, the males ranging
in length of body from 29 to 37 millimeters, the females from 44 to 52.

Zoniopoda exilipes Bruner.

1906. Zoniopoda exilipes Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 654-
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

10 0,8 2. February and March, 1905.

This series is quite constant in size and color. The large yellow
lateral sections of the subgenital plate are very conspicuous, the color
there being the same as on the head and more yellowish than on the
limbs and pronotum.

PRIONACRIS Stal.
1878. Prionacris Stil, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar, V,
No. 4, pp. 19, 55.
Type.—P. compressa Stal.

*Prionacris erosa N. sp.

Type: o'; Sapucay, Paraguay. March 15, 1906. (William Foster.)
[Hebard Collection.]

Allied to P. compressa from New Grenada, but of different propor-
tions and with the wings colored differently.

Size moderately large; form elongate; surface of thorax ruguloso-
punctate, of head smooth or finely punctulate. Head broad, the
length distinetly less than the width, the breadth across the eyes
being almost twice the length; occiput rounded, but little elevated
dorsad of the eyes, gently declivent to the fastigium, smooth, the
width between the eyes but little less than the length of the eye;
fastigium rectangulate, not broader than the space between the eyes,
margins not at all carinate, disk slightly depressed transversely, a
longitudinal median depression marked only at the immediate
apex, when viewed laterad the frontal costa rounds into the
facial outline which is slightly arcuate; frontal costa very broad,
defined by distinct lateral margins only in the dorsal half, the
ventral section being also somewhat narrower than the dorsal, not

‘8 Vide Sherborn, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., VII, p. 389.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. : WOT

suleate, but strongly punctulate as is the whole facial region; eyes ovate,
quite prominent when viewed dorsad; antenne slightly longer than
the head and pronotum together, slender. Pronotum with the
length about equal to the vertical depth of the head; the caudal width

Ba
Ree

Fig. 10.—Prionacris erosan. sp. Lateral view of type. ( 2.)

of the disk contained about one and one-half times in the length of the
same; cephalic margin obtuse-angulate, caudal margin slightly acute-
angulate, the immediate apex sharp; median carina moderately arcuate
in general outline, dentato-serrate, particularly on the metazona, the
principal suleus and the prozonal sulci deeply cutting the crest into
three parts on the prozona; principal transverse sulci three in number,
the disk rounding into the lateral lobes on
the prozona, a distinct but well rounded
shoulder present on the metazona; lateral
lobes with the dorsal length about equal
to the depth, the cephalic and caudal
margins subparallel for more than half __ f :

: ; Fig. 11.—Prionacris erosa n.
their length, ventral margin truncate sp. Wing of type. Nat-
caudad, slightly oblique cephalad. Teg- ural size.
mina about two and two-thirds times the
length of the head and pronotum together, exceeding the apex of the
abdomen by slightly less than the length of the pronotum, the greatest
width being two-thirds the distance from the base; costal margin with
a slight proximal lobe and arcuate in the distal third, sutural margin

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apri,

nearly straight, apex distinctly oblique truncate, the immediate apex
narrowly rounded; mediastine vein strong, nearly straight; anterior
ulnar vein sinuate, after bending ventrad from the posterior ulnar
vein it recurves and continues closely parallel to the same; intercalary
area broad and filled with a network of irregularly meshlike nervures.
Wings elongate, narrow, apex rounded acute-angulate; discoidal vein
with two rami, the proximal diverging before the middle, the distal
separating near the distal third, the proximal fureate; ulnar field
occupied by a closely placed scalariform pattern of parallel transverse
veins numbering about forty-five, those in the narrow proximal section
being very closely placed, while the distal section is oceupied by the
regular vein pattern; anal vein distinctly sinuate a short distance
distad of the middle; anterior axillary field narrow, veined much as the
ulnar field and bent under the inflated posterior axillary field, the
latter broad, with a scalariform pattern of about thirty veins, as a rule
more spaced than in the ulnar field, the vein bounding this area caudad
being very much thickened and slightly arcuate. Abdomen sub-
cylindrical, subgenital plate conical, somewhat compressed, slightly
carinate ventrad ; cerci small, styliform, the apex slightly bent ventrad ;
supra-anal plate slightly compressed, the median depression sub-
fusiform with margins high, apex acute. Prosternal spine strongly
compressed, blunt, directed slightly cephalad; interspace between the
mesosternal lobes distinctly longitudinal, narrower than one of the
lobes; interspace between the metasternal lobes much smaller, sub-
quadrate ; the whole of the sternal region slightly but distinctly concave.
Cephalic and median limbs very short, robust; caudal femora slightly
more than half the length of the tegmina, thick and with the pre-
genicular constriction but little marked, greatest width contained
nearly five times in the length, carine low and hardly marked, paginze
with the pattern very slightly sculptured and with little resemblance
to the typical Acridoid chevrons; caudal tibize very slightly shorter
than the femora, very slightly sinuate, lateral margins with ten spines
one of which is apical, internal margins with eleven spines, internal
spurs moderately long, subequal, the whole of the dorsal surface of the
tibiz clothed with long white pile; caudal tarsi quite elongate. °

General color mummy brown, mingled and sometimes contrasted
with wood brown. Head wood brown laterad, washed with russet dorsad
and with a narrow median bluish line, face of the general color, eyes
burnt umber; antennze dragon’s blood red proximad, brick red distad.
Pronotum with the margin of the crest and portions of the ventral
section of the lateral lobes touched with bistre. Tegmina with four

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

poorly defined transverse light bars on the proximal two-thirds, distal
third hyaline, the longitudinal veins dark and the transverse and
adventitious veins pale. Wings with the disk malachite green bordered
toward the periphery by an arch of bistre which touches none of the
margins; anterior field hyaline with the veins dark. Caudal femora
with a touch of clay-color on the dorsal and ventral faces, laterad
somewhat hoary, genicular arch blackish, the remainder of the genicular
region burnt sienna; caudal tibiee crimson, faint laterad and touched
with blackish on the genicular section, particularly on the internal
face, spines and spurs tipped: with black; caudal tarsi washed with
crimson.
Measurements.

Length of body,. . Ry ee 3 ee ei mm.
Breadth of head across ey es, fide ye
Breadth immediately ventrad of ey es, OSes
Length of pronotum, : 2
Greatest caudal width of disk of pronotum, 5:5)
Length of tegmen, : mi |
Greatest width of tegmen, . fh Oy
Length of caudal femur, UG)

The type is unique.

DIPONTHUS Stal.
1860. Diponthus Stal, Kongl. Svenska Fregat. Eugenies Resa, Ins., p. 328.
Included Acridiwm nigro-conspersum Stal and Acridium electum
Serville, of which the first may be considered the type.

Diponthus paraguayensis Bruner.

1906. Diponthus paraguayensis Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p
657. [Sapucay, Paraguay.] '

9 o,11 2. December, 1902 and 1904; January, 1903; February
and March, 1905.

This series shows that considerable variation is present in the
intensity of the base color of the body and limbs, this being rather
warm brown in some and decidedly olive green in others. The femoral
bars are less distinct in some specimens than in others, due in the
poorly contrasted specimens to a suffusion of the light bars with olive
green. One specimen is washed with rosy red, a condition previously
noted in species of this genus by Pictet and Saussure.

LEPTYSMA Stal.

1873. Leptysma Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, pp. 42, 85.

Included L. filiformis (Serv.), obscura (Thunberg) and marginicollis
(Serv.), of which the first may be considered the type.

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

*Leptysma filiformis (Serville).

1839. Opsomala filiformis Serville, Orthoptéres, p. 593. [North of the
State of Sao Paulo, Brazil.]

5 2. February and March, 1905.
One of these specimens is decidedly rosy.

Leptysma obscura (Thunberg).

1827. Tr{uxalis] obscwrus Thunberg, Nova Act. Reg. Soc. Scient. Upsal.,
IX, p. 79. [Brazil]

30,42. January, 1903; February and March, 1905.

The comparatively shorter head of this species readily separates it
from the preceding species, which also has the caudal section of the
head somewhat inflated when viewed laterad.

STENACRIS Walker.
Stenacris coccineipes (Bruner).

1906. Arnilia coccineipes Bruner, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 659.
[San Bernardino, Asuncion and Sapucay, Paraguay; Victoria, Brazil.]

1. March, 1905.
This specimen has the caudal tibiz uniform red as in the type, but
rather pale in color.

OXYBLEPTELLA Giglio-Tos.

1894. Ozybleptella Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX,
No. 184, p. 33.

Type.—0O. sagitta Giglio-Tos.
*Oxybleptella sagitta Giglio-Tos.

1894. Oxybleptella sagitta Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
IX, No. 184, p. 33. [Villa Rica, Paraguay.]

40°,5 9. March, 1905.
These specimens show a slight variation in size in the female sex.

STENOPOLA Stal.
1873. Stenopola Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, pp. 42, 83.
Type.—Stenopola dorsalis (Thunberg).

Stenopola bohlsii Giglio-Tos.

1895. S[tenopola] bohlsii Giglio-Tos, Zoolog. Jahrbiicher, Abth. Syst., VIII,
p. 813. [Paraguay.] . ’

11 0,7 2. February and March, 1905.
This series is quite constant in coloration.
ADIMANTUS tal.

1878. Adimantus Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska_Vet.-Akad.{Handlingar, V,
No. 4, p. 38.

Type.—Orxya ornatissima Burmeister.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

Adimantus vitticeps (Blanchard).
1846. Acridiuwm vitticeps Blanchard, in D’Orbigny, Voy. l’Amer. Merid.,
VI, pt. I, p. 216, pl. XX VII, fig. 4. [No locality cited.] ,

30,42. March, 1905.

This series shows considerable variation in the suffusion of vermilion
on the cephalic and median limbs, and also in the extent and intensity
of the same color on the caudal tibie, one specimen having these in the
greater part greenish and bluish black. In all the specimens the
caudal tibie bear two median, more or less complete, annuli of bluish
or bluish black.

Burmeister’s Oxya ornatissima is probably distinct from this species,
having, according to the original description, blue wings.

ZYGOCLISTRON Rehn.
1905. Zygoclistron Rehn, Entom. News, XVI, p. 39.

Type.—Z. trachystictum Rehn.

Zygoclistron trachystictum Rehn.

1905. Zygoclistron trachystictum Rehn, Entom. News, XVI, p. 39, figs. 1, 2
and 3. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

12 5,9 2. January to March, 1905.

This series shows that while color variation in the species is slight,
the female sex exhibits a considerable amount of individual variation
in size, the smallest measuring 10.2, 19 and 20.5 millimeters in the
length of the pronotum, tegmen and caudal femur respectively, the
largest having these parts 12.5, 21.5 and 24.5.

*Zygoclistron superbum 2. sp.

Types: o\ and 2; Sapucay, Paraguay. December 16, 1904 (2),
March 5, 1905 (o'). (William Foster.) [Hebard Collection.]

Allied to Z. trachystictwm but differing in the more produced, more
acute and more excavate fastigium, the less regularly divergent mar-
gins of the frontal costa, the more ovate eyes, the longer tegmina and
wings (particularly in the female) and in the presence of maculations
on the dorsum of the pronotum.

Size rather large; form moderately elongate; surface of head and
abdomen smooth, of thorax rugulose. Head with the occiput not
elevated to the level of the disk of the pronotum, slightly rounded and
gently declivent to the fastigium, interocular region slightly narrower
than the width of the eye in the male and equal to two-thirds the
length of the eye in the female; fastigium with the apical margin slightly
acute-angulate in both sexes, the immediate apex sharply defined, disk of
the fastigium broader proportionately and less defined in the female than
in the male, distinctly but not greatly excavate inthe male, hardly so in

13

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

the female; position of the lateral foveole filled with irregularly
vertical ruge in both sexes; frontal costa represented for a short dis-
tance dorsad merely by a high carinate ridge, which, however, distinctly
expands with distinct lateral carine and a distinctly depressed median
area, between them the margins in the male are regularly but not
strongly expanded to the ocellus, immediately ventrad of which they
are sharply constricted but return to their regular trend, in the female
they expand more broadly dorsad and in continuing ventrad they

Fig. 12.—Zygoclistron superbum n. sp. Lateral view of female type. (X 14.)

separate but little more and have no appreciable constriction; eyes
ovoid, slightly narrower dorsad, in the male the eyes are moderately
prominent when viewed dorsad and in length they are distinctly longer
(<") or subequal to (2) the infraocular suleus; antenne subequal to
(2) or slightly more than half as long again as (c’) the head and
pronotum together, slightly depressed proximad. Pronotum moder-
ately tectate and slightly inflated on the prozona, flattened except for
the median carina on the metazona; cephalic margin broadly obtuse-
angulate, the immediate apex blunt; caudal margin obtuse-angulate,
the apex blunt and the margins slightly sinuate laterad; greatest
caudal width of the disk contained one and a half times in the length;
median carina prominent, slightly arcuate on the prozona and divided
into three parts by transverse sulci, the cephalic part longer than the
others, on the metazona the carina is slightly elevated cephalad
decreasing in height caudad ; prozona without distinct lateral shoulders,
metazona with definite but well-rounded shoulders; lateral lobes con-
siderably longer dorsad than deep, ventral margin obtuse-angulate,
the angle slightly caudad of the middle. Tegmina somewhat exceeding
the apex of the abdomen in the male, subequal in the female; costal

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

margin with a very slight proximal dilation, the distal third slightly
rounded off, apex oblique rotundato-truncate; area between the
median and discoidal veins in the middle of the tegmen supplied with
ten to twelve transverse regularly placed veins arranged in a scalari-
form pattern, this feature being present in both sexes but larger and
stronger in the male. Prosternal process slightly bent caudad, slightly
inflated distad, rounded, slightly compressed ; interspace between the
mesosternal lobes extremely narrow, the lobes almost attingent in the
male, in shape clepsydral; interspace between the metasternal lobes
as wide as the mesosternal interspace in the male, considerably wider
and sub-cuneiform in the female. Abdomen slightly compressed ;
furcula of the male present as very short and broad rounded lobes;
supra-anal plate of the male broad and subequal in the proximal two-
thirds, distad of this the margins are roundly incurved and then pro-
duced into the acute apex, median portion elevated, the proximal sec-
tion with an enclosed longitudinal rectangulate area, the distal section
with a pair of converging carine; cerci elongate, slender, bent falciform
in a horizontal plane, the distal half moderately tapering, the median
section slender, apex slightly depressed and with the tip sharp and
slightly outcurved; subgenital plate compressed, the apex hooked,
elevated and lamellate. Cephalic and median limbs short and robust,
particularly in the male. Caudal femora hardly robust, the greatest
width contained five times in the length which is equal to twice
(2) or slightly more than twice (c') the length of the pronotum,
the outline of the femora tapering slightly but regularly from
the proximal third to the moderately inflated genicular region,
carine distinct but not high, smooth, pagine with the pattern distinct,
chevrons moderately regular; caudal tibiee about equal to the femora
in length, lateral margins with eight to ten spines, internal margins
with eleven to twelve spines.

General colors chromium green, bay and saffron yellow. Head with
a broad irregular median longitudinal bar of dull yellow, margined
laterad by bay; postocular regions green, gene ventrad of the eyes
obliquely yellow, the ventral margin touched with bay; face of the
female bay, of the male faintly washed with the same and with a trace
of a transverse yellowish bar; eyes cinnamon; antenne wine purple.
Pronotum bay with broad lateral yellow bars on the disk, these bars
converging on the middle of the prozona and regularly diverging
cephalad and caudad, the ventral margin of the lateral lobes also with
a bar of yellow. Pleura greenish, the two pronotal bars on each side
continued on them, the dorsal to the insertion of the caudal femur, the

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

ventral to the insertion of the median femur. Abdomen yellowish.
Tegmina greenish, the anal area yellow, this color as is also that of the
pronotal and pleural bars brighter in the male than in the female. Wings
washed with orange red proximad. Limbs greenish brown, the carinze
and pagine marked but not conspicuously with purplish, genicular
arches of the caudal femora bay; caudal tibise pale vinaceous, in the
female the internal face and the internal faces of the internal spines
marked with purplish black, in the male the internal faces of the spines
alone are marked, tips of all the spines of the same color.

Measurements.
Ss 2
Tensth of body,” -2 Wawa ee ase Olona ee tment
Then sth) of pron OUR eee ne en) ae Ls
Lenpth of tezmeny 5) 0 eee OLDammes Bisa) ee
Wao, . 2 5 3 = = Wy & 221 Gia

A paratypic series of three males and four females, taken on dates
in December, 1904, January, February and March, 1905, have also been
examined. One of the females possesses slightly longer tegmina and
wings than the others, and in several of the females the frontal costa
is slightly constricted ventrad of the sulcus, but otherwise no important
structural variation is noticed. In color the variation noticed is
chiefly in the depth of the bay color and the brillianey of the yellow,
the blackish on the internal face of the caudal tibie7zalso varying
slightly in extent and intensity, being weak in some females and
distinctly marked in two of the males.

ALEUAS Stal.
1878. Aleuas Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar, V, No.
4, pp. 25, 69.
Included A. vitticollis, gracilis and lineatus Stal, of which the first
may be considered the type.
Aleuas brachypterus Bruner.

1906. Alewas brachypterus Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 667.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

3 2. March, 1905.

Aleuas gracilis Stal.

1878. A[l/ewas] gracilis Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handlingar,
V, No. 4, p. 70. [Brazil.]

10¢,4 2. February and March, 1905.
The individuals I have considered as representing the females of this
species are short-winged as in A. brachypterus, but smaller than that

.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 185

species, with the fastigium more acute and the margins carinate, being
in this respect a modified form of the structure of this portion in the
male. The measurements of an average female are as follows: length
of body, 45 mm.; length of pronotum, 10; length of tegmen, 10; length
of caudal femur, 18.

PARALEDAS Giglio-Tos.

1898. Paraleuas Giglio-Tos, Bollett, Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIIT,
No. 311, pp. 47, 57.

Type.—P. bohlsii Giglio-Tos.
Paraleuas fosteri Bruner.

1906. Paraleuas fosteri Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 669.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

13,8 2. February and March, 1905.

These specimens vary considerably in color, the males being light
yellow in the paler areas, the majority of the females dul! gamboge
on the same sections, while one has a very slight rather general pinkish-
red suffusion.

JODACRIS Giglio-Tos.

1897. Jodacris Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XII,
No. 302, p. 32.
Type.—Anniceris ferrugineus Giglio-Tos.
Jodacris ferruginea (iglio-Tos).
1894. Al[nniceris] ferrugineus Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.

Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 30. [Province of San Pedro, Villa Rica, Asuncion,
Paraguay.]

3 2. March, 1905.
One of these specimens is slightly smaller than the others.

OMALOTETTIX Bruner.
1906. Omalotettix Bruner, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 642, 672.
Type.—J odacris(?) nebulosa Bruner.

Omalotettix nebulosa (Bruner).

1900. Jodacris(?) nebulosa Bruner, Ace. Gen. Spee. Locusts Argentina,
p. 67. [Asuncion, Paraguay; Province of Tucuman, Argentina.]

16,32. February and March, 1905.
These specimens appear to be fully typical. One female individual
is rather faintly suffused with rosy.

Omalotettix signatipes Bruner.
1906. Omalotettix signatipes Bruner, Proc. U. S, Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 673.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]
50,9 2. February and March, 1905. ‘
This series is readily separable from nebulosa by the blunter fasti-

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘{April,

gium, as mentioned by Bruner, and also by the more robust caudal
femora. It is apparent from this material that the lower external
face of the caudal femora is not always black, specimens indistinguish-
able otherwise varying in this respect. In the cases where this is not
black, it is of the color of the external femoral face. The maculation
on the external face also varies in size and intensity.

VILERNA Stal.
1873. Vilerna Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, pp. 38, 71.
Type.—V. eneo-oculata (De Geer).
Vilerna rugulosa Stal.

1878. Vilerna rugulosa Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Veten.-Akad. Hand-
lingar, V, No. 4, p.61. [Peru; Rio Janeiro.]

12. April, 1902.
XIPHIOLA Bolivar.
1896. Xiphiola Bolivar, Actas Soc. Espaii. Hist. Nat., XX, p. 17.
Type.—X. cyanoptera Bolivar.
Xiphiola borellii Giglio-Tos.

1900. X{[iphiola] Borellii Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp., XV, No.
377, p.5. [Urucum, Brazil.]

12. May, 1902.
This individual is slightly smaller than the specimen measured by the
describer.
SCHISTOCERCA Stal.
Schistocerca infumata Scudder.

1899. Schistocerca infumata Scudder, Proe. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.,
XXXIV, p. 457. [Montevideo, Uruguay; Brazil.]

83,10 2. February and March, 1905.

When compared with the closely allied S. flavojasciata (De Geer), the
form of the male cerci is found to be a good diagnostic character, these
being{broadly truncate in flavojasciata and distinetly, but not greatly,
tapering in infumata.

ATRACHELACRIS Giglio-Tos.
1894, Atrachelacris Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
IX, No. 184, pp. 19, 20.
Type.—A. unicolor Giglio-Tos.
Atrachelacris unicolor Giglio-Tos.

1894. Atrachelacris unicolor Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.
Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 21. [Resistencia nel Chaco, Argentina; Asuncion,
Paraguay.]

66,10 2. January to March, 1905.
This is unquestionably true A. unicolor, as comparison with the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

original measurements demonstrates, the individuals recorded by
Bruner as A. unicolor from Cordoba and Carcarafa, Argentina being
distinct.

DICHROPLUS Stal.

1873. Dichroplus Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 78.
Included D. arrogans patruelis, cliens and lemniscatus (Stal), of which
the first can be considered the type.

Dichroplus robustus Bruner.

1906. Dichroplus robustus Bruner, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 679.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

20,292. February and March, 1905.

As the male of this species is at present undescribed, a few notes on
the appendages of this sex may be of service.

Furcula present as very minute short fingers lying close together.
Supra-anal plate broad with the apex obtuse-angulate and the median
ridges approaching to about the middle of the plate, from which caudad
they are subparallel. Cerci slender, long, distinctly tapering in the
proximal half from a rather broad base to a slender rounded shaft,
beyond which they have a slight ventral falcation, being also slightly
compressed distad and with the apex acute. Subgenital plate rather
short, conical, horizontal, margins straight and with a small apical
indentation.

The females are slightly smaller than the measurements given by
Bruner, but appear without doubt to be this species. All the specimens
are darker than those described by Bruner.

Dichroplus paraguayensis Bruner.
1906. Dichroplus paraguayensis Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p.
680. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

70,22. February and March, 1905.

These specimens appear to fully represent this species, which,
without other material, would be hard in the female sex to distinguish
from robustus. One female specimen measures, length of body, 31.5
ram.; length of pronotum, 7.5; length of tegmen, 24; length of caudal
femur, 17.5.

Dichroplus exilis Giglio-Tos,

1894. D[ichroplus] exilis Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp., [X, No.
184, pp. 23. [Resistencia nel Chaco, Argentina.]

16,3 2. February and March, 1905.

Superficially this species bears some resemblance to D. bergii, but is,
of course, a very different insect, the apparent similarity being chiefly
in color pattern. =

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Dichroplus punctulatus (Thunberg).
1824. Gr{yllus] punctulatus Thunberg, Mém. l’Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétérsb.,
IX, p. 408. [Brazil.]

9,14 2. September, 1901; January to March, 1905.

This series presents considerable variation in the intensity, and shade
of the pronotal markings, as well as in the depth of coloration of the
dorsal face of the caudal femora.

Dichroplus dubius Bruner.

1906. Dichroplus dubius Bruner, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 682.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

1,7 2. February and March, 1905.

These specimens are quite uniform in size, and in coloration vary
but slightly in the intensity of the broken dorsal bars on the caudal
femora. The very slender cerci of this species are quite peculiar.
Dichroplus bergii (Stal).

1878. Pfezotettix] Bergii Stil, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand-
lingar, V, No.9, p.6. [Buenos Ayres, Parana, Corrientes.]

15 o&, 11 2. December, 1904; February and March, 1905; May,
1902.

This series varies considerably in the suffusion of the dorsum of the
pronotum, and in the depth of color of the tegmina and dorsal face of
the caudal femora as well as of the caudal tibie.

Dichroplus cinctipes Bruner.
1906. Dichroplus cinctipes Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 683.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]
66,12 9. February and March, 1905.
This series shows that considerable variation exists in the general
size of the females and in the length of the tegmina and wings in the
same sex.

LEIOTETTIX Bruner.

1906. Leiotettix Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 643, 684.

Type.—L. viridis Bruner.
Leiotettix viridis Bruner.
1906. Leiotettix viridis Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 685.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.] ~

123,11 9%. January to March, 1905.
This series is quite uniform in size and coloration.

Leiotettix punctipes Bruner.

1906. Leiotettix punctipes Bruner, Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX,¥p. 686.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

12 9. February and March, 1905.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

This species varies somewhat in size, specimens distinctly larger and
smaller than the original measurements being in the series. The
dorsal section of the external pagina is strongly purplish in the majority
of specimens.

Leiotettix sanguineus Bruner.
1906. Leiotettix sanguineus Bruner, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 687.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

30,192. January and March, 1905.
The pale portions of the genz and pronotum in one specimen are
more greenish than flavous.

Leiotettix flavipes Bruner.
1906. Leitotettix flavipes Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 687.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

50,8 2. February and March, 1905.

This beautiful species appears to be quite uniform in coloration.
*Leiotettix hastatus n. sp.

Type: o';Sapucay, Paraguay. February 3, 1905. (W. T. Foster.)
{[Hebard Collection. ]

Closely allied to L. flavipes Bruner, but differing in the straight cerci,
reddish caudal tibiz, the non-emarginate cephalic margin of the pro-
notum and the more pronounced angle of the caudal margin of the
same.

Size medium; form as usual in the genus. Head with the occiput
hardly elevated above the level of the pronotal disk; vertex gently
declivent to the fastigium, interspace between the eyes about two-
thirds the width of one of the eyes; fastigium slightly broader than long,
slightly depressed within the margins but not excavate; frontal costa
rounded dorsad, rather broad, subequal in width, slightly constricted
ventrad of the ocellus, suleate for a considerable distance ventrad of
the ocellus and around the dorsum of the same; eyes hardly prominent
when viewed dorsad, ovate in outline, slightly
flattened cephalad, in length slightly less than
half that of the infraocular sulcus; antennz
somewhat shorter than the caudal femora, slightly
flattened at the apex. Pronotum very slightly
depressed mesad, disk slightly narrowed mesad,
greatest width of the disk (caudal) contained Fig. 13. — Leiotettix

about once and a half in the length; cephalic = “status n. sp, Lat-
. : ; eral view of apex
margin slightly arcuate, caudal margin obtuse- of male abdomen.

angulate with the immediate angle slightly (X 6.)

flattened; median carina distinct but slight on

the prozona, more apparent but low on the metazona, principal sulcus
dividing the carine decidedly caudad of the middle; lateral angles

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

rounded on the prozona, developing slight but apparent shoulders on the
metazona; lateral lobes distinctly longer than deep, regularly narrow-
ing ventrad, the ventral margin obtuse-angulate. Tegmina slightly
exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Prosternal spine pyramidical,
moderately acute, directed slightly caudad; interspace between the
mesosternal lobes longitudinal, the length distinctly but not greatly
exceeding the width; metasternal lobes attingent. Furcula developed
as a pair of very short, slight separated fingers; supra-anal plate with
the margins converging, a median lanceolate depression in the proximal
half very marked; cerci rather short, tapering in the proximal half, the
median width no more than half the proximal, distal half slghtly
compressed, the ventral margin rather straight, the dorsal with a
slight expanded shoulder distad of the middle then continuing straight
to the acute apex, external face of the distal half slightly excavate;
subgenital plate considerably produced, scoop-like, the margin semi-
elliptical when viewed dorsad, when viewed laterad straight in the
proximal portion but slightly emarginate and depressed distad, the
apex on a plane with the base. Cephalic and median limbs with the
femora moderately inflated. Caudal femora robust, the length about
two and one-half times that of the pronotum and the breadth con-
tained about three and a half times in the length, pagine distinetly
but not very deeply sculptured ; caudal tibise with nine spines on each
margin.

General colors russet, olive-green and gamboge yellow; the russet
coloring the tegmina, strongly proximad, weakly toward the apex; the
olive-green present in rather broad lateral bars extending from caudad
of the eyes across the pronotum and weakly coloring the dorsal exposed
portion of the pleura, the dorsal face and the dorsal half of the lateral
face of the caudal femora as well as the median and cephalic limbs of
the same color; the gamboge yellow colors the gene, the ventral por-
tion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum, the greater portion of the
pleura and the ventral half of the lateral face of the caudal femora.
Face very dull olive-green, the dorsum of the head much the same
color, separated from the postocular bars by a faint bar of yellow;
eyes walnut brown; antennz cinnamon, darker distad. Pronotum with
the dorsum burnt umber with the faintest possible traces of longitudinal
lateral bars. Abdomen clay-color. Caudal femora with the genicular
arches clove brown, internal face and ventral face and suleus except
for a narrow yellow pregenicular area poppy red; caudal tibise washed
with dilute orange-vermilion, the spines buffy tipped with black.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

Measurements.
Wenathiotbodyatu ) > = nr Tene 0 24/5 mme
Length of pronotum, Bs) iy oy ee
Wen tneORteoMen se . . < ), oMMe . 18.D,
Length of caudal femur, IS satel

The type is unique.

SCOTUSSA Giglio-Tos.

1894. Scotussa Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX,
No. 184, pp. 20, 24.

Type.—S. impudica Giglio-Tos.

Scotussa rubripes Bruner.

1906. Scotussa rubripes Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 688.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

30,32. January to March, 1905.

As stated by Bruner the superficial resemblance of this species to
Leiotettix flavipes is very great. The male being hitherto unknown
some remarks on the appendages may be pertinent.

Fureula very short, minute, placed close together. Supra-anal
plate evenly depressed distad. Cerci slender, elongate, tapering in the
proximal half, distad of this slightly compressed, slightly faleate, acute
and with a distinct sigmoid curve toward the median line. Subgenital
plate slightly produced, broad, rather shallow, the apex rectangulate.

The measurements of a male specimen are as follows:

Rene GHgO tp Odiyartw rsh a MR ee, Joy otis, © 2M ean Tae
Mhenethwotpronotum)y .. sc. SeWeiibGe . s « sy nee eAOue
TRenbthaohcecrmeng. 260 in AA. = a ha ee Lies
Mencthvotcaudalstemur: (eee oes oy ee LOO

PARASCOPAS Bruner.

1894. Scopas Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No.
184, pp. 20, 28. (Not of Bonaparte.) e
1906. Parascopas Bruner, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 689.
Type.—Scopas obesus Giglio-Tos.

Parascopas obesus (Giglio-Tos).

1894. S[copas] obesus Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
IX, No. 184, p. 29, pl. figs. 5 and 6. [Province of San Pedro, Asuncion,
Paraguay.]

10 o',11 2. February, 1903 and 1905.

CHLORUS Giglio-Tos.

1898. Chlorus Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp., XIII, No. 311, p.
50, footnote.

Type.—Paradichroplus borellii Giglio-Tos.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Chlorus vittatus Bruver.

1906. Chlorus vittatus Bruner, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 690.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

192. February, 1905.
This specimen fully answers the original description, except that the
median carina of the pronotum is hardly perceptible.

OSMILIA Stal.

1873. Osmilia Stal, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. 68.

Included Acrydium flavolineatum De Geer, Gryllus violaceum, rufipes
and obligquum Thunberg, of which flavolineatum may be considered the
type.

Osmilia violacea (Thunberg).

1824. Gr{yllus] violaceus Thunberg, Mém. |’Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétérsb., LX,
p. 413. [Brazil.]

116,92. January to March, 1905.
This series presents some variation in the depth of the ground color
and also in the presence or absence of weak tegminal maculations.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

May 7.
ArtTHuUR Erwin Brown, D.Sc., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-one persons present.

The Chair announced the death of William K. Shryock, a member,
April 28, 1907. 7

The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following
titles had been presented for publication:

“Description of New Species of Spioniform Annelids,” by J. Perey
Moore (April 26).

“A Contribution to the Morphology of Pyrula,” by Burnett Smith
(April 29).

“The Hymenopterous Family Evaniide,’’ by J. Chester Bradley
(April 3).

Origin of the Tropical Forms of the Land Molluscan Fauna of Southern
Florida.—Dr. H. A. Pitspry remarked that former writers on this
fauna have treated the tropical area in Florida as an outlier of the
Antillean zoological province. The speaker recognized two groups of
genera, of diverse origin: (1) Antillean genera, consisting chiefly of
species also West Indian, such as Chondropoma, Liguus, Cepolis,
Varicella, ete., concentrated southward, and unknown in the Floridian
Pliocene, and (2) Mexican genera, chiefly composed of species confined
to Florida, such as Euglandina, Praticolella, Drymeus of the dormant
type, and apparently Polygyra, some of which are represented in the
Floridian (Caloosahatchie) Pliocene. The first group he regarded as
recent additions to the fauna, which had reached Florida from Cuba
and the Bahamas by the agency of hurricanes, drifting trees and the
like. Thesecond group probably emigrated from the Southwest during
the mild Miocene climate, and entered peninsular Florida on the eleva-
tion marking the close of the Miocene. The Oligocene fauna of the
Tampa Silex beds, the speaker thought, had left no descendants. Its
snails were of wholly Antillean type, the leading Antillean genera of
Helices, Cepolis and Pleurodonte both being represented.

Dr. Pilsbry alluded also to Prof. Alexander Agassiz’s conclusion, that
the Florida Keys are in process of diminution by solution of the lime-
stone composing them. The former unity of-keys now separated
accounts for the homogeneity of their land-shell faunas.

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Note on the Value of the Gastropod Apex as a Means of Classification.
—Dr. Burnetr Smirx remarked that studies recently made among
Tertiary and recent Gastropods tend to show that the importance of
the “protoconch” as a means of generie discrimination has been
greatly exaggerated. An examination of the species of Pyrula with
rounded whorls (P. ficus, P. papyratia, P. mississippiensis, P. condita,
etc.) has shown that with slight exceptions the chief specific modijica-
tions have been introduced not into the later adult whorls, but into the early
whorls. On tracing the genus back in time it is seen that on the whole
the apices become smaller and the smooth whorls are more numerous.
Nevertheless we find that at the present day both the small (generalized)
and the large (specialized) apices are found. The Panamie form
(P. decussata) is furnished with the primitive type of apex, while the
Gulf and Caribbean representative (P. papyratia) has the large
specialized apex with but one smooth whorl.

The Texas and Louisiana Lower Claiborne races of the species com-
monly known as Volutilithes petrosus constitute still another mono-
phyletic assemblage, though in this case a more restricted one. Here
it has been observed that again the chief modifications are exhibited
by the apical smooth stage, while the later ontogenetic stages remain
relatively unchanged.

Joun W. HarsHBerGcer, Pu.D., spoke of the influence of chemicals
on the development of the bud. (No abstract.)

May 21.

ArtTuuR Erwin Brown, D.Sc., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Thirty-eight persons present.

The Publication Committee reported that papers under the following
titles had been presented for publication:

“The Polyeystid Gregarines of the United States” (third contribu-
tion), by Howard Crawley (May 13).

‘A New Species of Athleta and a Note on the Morphology of Athleta
petrosa,” by Burnett Smith (May 15). :

“New and Little-known Whelks from Northern Japan and the Kuril
Islands,” by H. A. Pilsbry (May 16).

“The Distribution of the North American Gordiacea, with Descrip-
tion of a New Species,” by Thomas H. Montgomery Jr. (May 21).

P. Chalmers Mitchell, of London, was elected a correspondent.

The following were ordered to be printed:

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF SPIONIFORM ANNELIDS.
BY J. PERCY MOORE.

The following descriptions of four species of Spionidze and one of
Magelonid are based upon material mostly included in the collection
of Polychzeta belonging to this Academy, and which, with one excep-
tion, was secured by the writer in the region about Wood’s Hole,
Massachusetts.

Prionospio heterobranchia sp. noy.

This very interesting and distinct species is based upon a single
imperfect specimen lacking the posterior end, and having a length for
the first 65 segments of 12 mm., and a maximum width at somite VIII
of less than 4 mm. Form very slender, widest and depressed in the
branchial region, thence tapering very gently into the very slender and
subterete posterior region.

Prostomium (Plate XV, fig. 1) elongated cuneiform, tapering behind
to a slender point which overlaps somite II and reaches to its posterior
margin; lateral margins with slight concavities opposite the eyes for
the accommodation of the bases of the tentacular cirri; anterior margin
entire and broadly rounded; a conspicuous median ridge begins just
anterior to the eyes and, becoming more prominent, reaches to the
posterior end of the prostomium, where it forms a slightly free and
elevated process. Eyes one pair, very large and conspicuous, elongated,
black, situated close together at the sides of the median ridge and
between the bases of the tentacular cirri. No cephalic appendages.
Peristomium closely united to prostomium, relatively small, some-
what pushed forward below as an oral papilla in the form of a truncated
cone; at the sides and above embracing the prostomium laterally as
slender, curved, lateral cephalic lobes much shorter than the prosto-
mium and ending in rounded enlargements anterior to the attachment
of the tentacular cirri, which have unfortunately been lost. Proboscis
protruded in the form of a short inverted cone with a somewhat crenu-
lated border extending slightly beyond the prostomium.

Somites II to VI wider and much depressed; VII to X of the same
width but becoming deeper; after X the segments become gradually
more slender and terete and taper gently caudad Branchial segments
very short, the others about % as long as wide and feebly marked.

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {May,

Parapodia of branchiate segments II to V large and conspicuous
(figs. 2 and 3); both notopodia and neuropodia provided with large,
foliaceous, postsetal laminz, usually overlapping or at least touching
across the sinus; the former rising as a long dorsal process external to
but quite free from the gill; the latter nearly circular, and in the case of
the first one (II) apparently bearing a slender cirrus-like process on the
ventral border. Behind V the parapodia are much smaller and soon
become reduced to the form shown in fig. 4, in which the notopodial
and neuropodial postsetal lamelle have a similar form, but the former
is twice the size of the latter. Posteriorly they become still smaller.

Branchiz 5 pairs, on somites II to VI inclusive. All large, exceeding
the diameter of the body even in contraction, erect, and arising from
the dorsum close to the notopodia. The first pair (fig. 2) have a central
stem containing a large vascular loop and ending in a slender, free
filament. The basal % of the stem is crowded, chiefly on the posterior
and medial surface, with numerous slender, finger-like processes, each
with a small vascular loop connected with the two limbs of the stem
loop; free surfaces ciliated. The last pair are similar, but the papille
are longer toward the base and distributed on all sides of the proximal
% of the stem (fig. 5). The 2d and 3d (fig. 3) are simply flattened and
ligulate, marked across the posterior face by numerous very fine
transverse ridges which correspond with delicate branches uniting the
two sides of the vascular loop. The 4th is intermediate, resembling
the last in form, but bearing a few filaments along its inner and posterior
margin.

Anterior parapodia bear capillary sete exclusively, arranged in
shaggy, fan-shaped, vertical tufts in both rami, and curving outward
and upward, the dorsal members of bundles on the branchial notopodia
being especially long, and those of the first two exceeding the width
of their respective somites. They are all simple, with very narrow
wings or none, and very acute. Behind the branchial region the
notopodials become gradually, and the neuropodials quickly, smaller
and fewer. At about XL 1 or 2 crochets appear in the notopodium
along with several very long, thread-like, flexible sete. Little further
change occurs within the length of the specimen. In thé neuropo-
dium crochets appear at XV; at X XV there are 6 or 7 crochets alter-
nating with as many very small, straight, delicate sets; at L there are
about 10 crochets and a few still smaller sete. Crochets (fig. 6) color-
less, slender, terminated by 1 large and 3 or 4 small teeth, all enclosed
in a spacious hood of two halves.

Body walls generally colorless and translucent, allowing the red

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

blood in the anterior part and the olive-green intestine in the posterior
part to show through; tentacular cirri with a red central vessel and gills
red throughout.

The type and only specimen (Coll. A. N.S. P., No. 850) was dredged
from the soft ooze at the bottom of the deepest part of the Eel Pond
at Wood’s Hole on August 4, 1902. Several subsequent searches have
failed to reveal any others.

Prionospio tenuis Verrill, the only species definitely described from
our shores, has four minute eyes and four pairs of gills, of which the first
only is branched, the others being foliaceous. A larger specimen,
probably representing a distinct species, is recorded as having all of
the 4(?) pairs of branchie lanceolate and pectinate posteriorly, with
slender papille. Webster and Benedict record an undetermined
species at Provincetown, Massachusetts. The four or five European
species are all easily distinguished by the characters of the prostomium,
gills and crochets.

Numerous species of Polydora have been described from both sides of
the Atlantic. Hight species occur in the region about Wood’s Hole,
the following two of which are new and rather closely related.

Polydora anoculata sp. nov.

Form very slender and elongated, anterior half depressed and of
nearly uniform width; posterior half gently tapered, nearly terete.
Length up to 20 mm., breadth at V1 35 mm. Number of segments
about 98.

Prostomium (Plate XV, figs. 7,8 and 9) about 3 or 4 times as long as
broad, not prolonged caudally beyond somite II, but truncate or
broadly rounded; anterior half abruptly bent downward, with a steep
front; sides straight or slightly concave in anterior half; anterior end
cleft medially, the halves diverging as a pair of rather prominent,
short, rounded lobes, which may be drawn together or separated.
Eyes totally absent and no nuchal ridge nor nuchal cirrus.

Peristomium (figs. 7, 8 and 9) bounding mouth by a small simple
posterior lip; lateral cephalic lobes nearly meeting below, compressing
the ventral portion of prostomium between them and extending as
far forward as the base of anterior prostomial lobes. Tentacular
cirri arising from posterior dorsal region of peristomium, in contact
with sides of prostomium, rather stout, length three or four times width
of body, reaching to XIII or XV, constricted at base, then widened,
then tapered to blunt tip, channeled for entire length, and much
wrinkled transversely.

Segments all well marked, uniannulate, those of the anterior 4

14

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

depressed, the remainder terete or subterete, strongly convex below,
more or less flattened above; the first 4 very short, about five times as
wide as long, nearly straight laterally; the next (VI) enlarged, nearly
twice as long as the preceding, strongly convex laterally, and widest
infront. The others gradually increase in length until the middle ones
are 4 to 3 as long as wide. Posteriorly they again become very short
and close to the pygidium minute. Pygidium (figs. 10 and 11) bearing
a small, scarcely expanded, somewhat funnelform caudal disk as wide
as the small posterior segments and less than one-half the greatest
width of the body, the margin even, with only a very faint ventral
emargination and a deep dorsal cleft which passes into the slight fecal
groove. Anus dorsal of the center, on a small papilla.

Parapodia of II with rami widely separated, the notopodium (fig. 7)
immediately behind the base of the tentacular cirrus, and consisting
of a minute setigerous tubercle and a short papilliform cirrus or post-
setal lobe; the neuropodium at the level of the notopodia of succeeding
somites, but otherwise of normal form. Succeeding parapodia are
strictly lateral, with well separated rami; the notopodia at first with
rather large foliaceous, postsetal lamellz projecting dorsal, and after
the gills appear gradually diminishing (fig. 12) ; neuropodia with longer
lower postsetal lamelle which practically disappear after somite VII.
Branchiz (fig. 12) appear on X on all specimens studied, the first very
small, and continue to LIII at least. When best developed they are
short, thick, digitiform and extend over the dorsum, meeting or nearly
meeting in the middle line. They have the usual structure.

Somites II-V and VII bear capillary setze only. Notopodials of II
5 or 6, very slender, delicate, and wingless; the others bear 4-6 longer,
slender, slightly curved, and narrowly bilimbate dorsal sete, and
about as many shorter, coarser, often twice-bent, bilimbate ventral
set. Neuropodia bear 12 or 14 set in 2 rows; they are similar to the
notopodials, but, except on II, distinctly shorter and more strongly
curved. Behind VII the notopodal sete (figs. 13) are at first similar, but
after the gills appear their number is reduced and they gradually
become longer, more slender and straighter, those of posterior segments
exceeding the diameter of the body. No notopodial crochets. Crochets
appears in the neuropodia at VIII, which, like the next 3 or 4 segments,
contains 2 or 3 accompanied by 1, or rarely 2, very delicate sete at
the ventral end of the series; for the remainder of the length there are
3 or 4 crochets and no sete. Crochets (fig. 17) are delicate, colorless,
strongly bent near the end and provided with a stout tooth arising at a
wide angle (about 110 degrees), and above it an accessory tooth; both

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

enclosed in a delicate hood. On VI from 4 to 6 sessile spines are
arranged in a slightly oblique series, diminishing in size from above
downward. They (figs. 16 and 23) are pale yellow, rather slender, the
blunt tips rather strongly hooked, a prominent subterminal spur on
one side, and a smaller one often on the other. Guard sete (fig. 15) form
a row anterior to and alternating with the spines; when unworn they
are broadly bilimbate at the end with a delicate and elongated mucron.
Overlapping the anterior-most spine from the dorsal side are 2 or 3
much larger bilimbate sete (fig. 14), abruptly bent and either truncate
or mucronate at the tip. A ventral posterior tuft beneath the last
spine contains 4 or 5 much more delicate, nearly straight sete, closely
resembling the guard sete.

Color of intestine usually pale yellow; body walls translucent, with-
out pigment; blood red, coloring the gills and other parts.

Known from the region about Wood’s Hole only. Uncommon.
Usually taken in association with colonies of Amareciwm pellucidum
in 7-17 fathoms in Vineyard Sound. Less often on piles among
Cynthia in Little Harbor and with Polydora colonia at Vineyard
Haven.

Type Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., No. 2,338.

A specimen taken on July 14th contained nearly mature eggs.
Polydora colonia sp. noy.

Form elongated and very slender, resembling P. anoculata and of
about the same size or rather smaller. Number of somites unknown.
Length of head and 38 somites 6mm., width at VI 3mm. Depressed
anteriorly, subterete farther back.

Prostomium (Plate XV, fig. 18) elongated ; anterior half with straight
sides and of nearly uniform width, posterior half tapering into a nuchal
ridge which ends in a blunt point at the posterior margin of LV; anterior
margin broadly rounded, entire or slightly emarginate. Eyes usually
totally absent, but occasionally a small collection, or two, of pigment,
as in the specimen figured.

Peristomium united with prostomium and somite II, forming a
simple posterior lip and a pair of prominent lateral cephalic lobes much
shorter than prostomium. Tentacular cirri attached to dorsum of
lateral cephalic lobes, not constricting prostomium. The basal half
has the usual structure and proportions, but the distal half, probably
owing to maceration, is very slender and elongated, the total length
being about 7 times the width of VI (fig. 18). The next four segments
are very short and much depressed; VI is nearly_as long as the three
preceding segments, strongly convex and furrowed laterally, widest

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

anteriorly. Succeeding segments rapidly increase in length until by
XIII they are % as long as wide, becoming also subterete, strongly
convex below and somewhat flattened above. Pygidium unknown.

Except the first (on IL) the parapodia are larger than usual. That
of II consists of a minute notopodial setigerous tubercle and papilli-
form postsetal lobe immediately behind the base of the tentacular
cirrus, and a small neuropodium situated at the level of the notopodia
of succeeding segments. Succeeding parapodia have prominent
foliaceous postsetal lamelle on both rami, but with the appearance of
crochets on VIII the neuropodium becomes much reduced.

Gills begin on VIII or sometimes IX and continue to XXVIII, at
least, arising from the dorsum in contact with the base of the noto-
podium; form subcylindrical, rather short, apparently never long
enough to meet across the back, but their bases connected or nearly
connected by a low, ciliated, delicate, transverse fold.

Setz of II few and very small, the notopodials only 3 or 4, very
slender and delicate, the neuropodials 6 or 8, short, slightly curved
and narrowly bilimbate. Succeeding notopodial sets rather con-
spicuous and numerous for the genus, anteriorly about 18-20, arranged
in 2 rows, the dorsalmost (fig. 19a) longest and rising prominently
over the back, narrowly bilimbate, very slender and little curved, the
ventralmost (fig. 19b) much shorter, often doubly curved, with much
broader wings and acute awn-like tips. Toward the middle of the
body the number decreases and all the sete become more slender and
elongated. Anterior neuropodials also in two vertical rows of usually
6 or 7 each, all smaller and more strongly curved than the notopodials.
Crochets appear abruptly in the neuropodium of VIIT and never, so far
as observed, are accompanied by capillary setee. Anteriorly there are 3,
farther back 5 or rarely even 6. They are colorless, slender, with a
long acute beak and slender erect accessory tooth and are enclosed
distally in a delicate hood, composed of a pair of well separated guards
(fig. 22). On somite VI there are almost invariably three (in only
one case out of many four) pale yellow spines in a strictly vertical row
(figs. 20, 21). They are straight, slightly enlarged at the end where
they bear a principal and an accessory blunt, straight, conical tooth,
below which, on the posterior face, is a half-round sheath ending in a
free border on the side of the small tooth and forming a flange encircling
the base of the large tooth on the opposite side (figs. 20a and 21). On
the anterior side of these spines and alternating with them are a corre-
sponding number of broadly bilimbate sete, and a group of 3 or 4
similar and perfectly straight sete lies just dorsad of the spines. Ven-

TIO N—NNII,OOO ,

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 201

tral and slightly anterior to the lowermost is a second group of similar
but much smaller sete (fig. 20).

Lives abundantly in colonies formed of soft mucoid tubes covered
with fine silt in the interstices of tunicates and sponges on wharf piles
in the harbor of Vineyard Haven, Massachusetts. Individual tubes are
less than 1 mm. in diameter and from 20-30 mm. long. Hundreds of
them are pee cep) intertwined and cemented together with mucous,
forming masses 1 or 2 inches in diameter. Specimens taken at the end
of July contain large eggs which begin at somite XVI or XVII.

The type is No. 2324 (Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.). 4

Unfortunately all of the numerous specimens were preserved in the
tubes and are more or less macerated and the posterior ends lost. The
setee, however, and especially the spines and associated sete on VI,
are perfectly characteristic and serve to distinguish the species com-
pletely from any European or American species.

Magelona rosea sp. nov.

Form very slender, body slightly depressed anteriorly, tapering very
gradually and subquadrate posteriorly. Length 40 mm., greatest
width 1mm. Number of segments about 95.

Prostomium and peristomium completely coalesced to form a head
(Plate XVI, fig. 24) of a broad ovoid form, about $ long erthan broad
but capable of much greater elongation during ie A pair of dorsal
cephalic ridges, in contact medially, extend for nearly the entire length
of the head, tapering to acute points anteriorly, and near the end
suddenly div erging, leaving a thin triangular area between. Anterior
and lateral portions of prostomium formed by a thin but rigid shovel-
like expansion marked on the dorsal surface by a number of delicate
raised sub-parallel lines. No prostomial appendages and no eyes.

Peristomium dorsally consisting of the posterior portion of the
cephalic ridges and a pair of prominent lateral lobes, again subdivided
by a groove extending from the posterior margin; ventrally a simple
ring bounding the mouth behind. Tentacular cirri (fig. 24) arising
from the sides of the peristomium above the mouth and beneath the
margins of the prostomial plate. They are 8 mm. long, reaching
somite XX, delicate, and tapering, the lateral surface covered with very
fine and close transverse ridges, the medial with somewhat coarser but
still very small papillze which increase in length to the distal half where
they are as long as the diameter of the cirrus. Proboscis soft, bulbous,
protruded to half the length of the head and marked with numerous
fine longitudinal parallel ridges. :

Metastomium slender and of nearly equal Gamers throughout,

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

only the anterior 8 segments and the tapered caudal end being distinetly
narrower; margins of body even and regular, the parapodia being
small and inconspicuous and arising from small, slightly depressed
rings; segments more or less distinctly divided into dorsal, ventral and
lateral fields by longitudinal furrows above and below the parapodia,
the latter forming interpodal wrinkled glandular areas, and the ventral
field divided by a median neural groove, which becomes obscure
posteriorly. Anterior region, consisting of peristomium and nine
podous segments, separated from the posterior region by a deep
annular groove in which the ninth pair of parapodia lie (fig. 24); its
segments somewhat narrower than those of the posterior region and
without distinct intersegmental furrows, the distance between succes-
sive parapodia about # the width. Ventral median field occupied by a
series of slightly overlapping, segmental ventral plates, which become
smaller from in front caudad and are divided into halves by the neural
groove; lateral fields distinctly bounded and much furrowed trans-
versely. Distinct glandular bands or half-rings extend across the
dorsum between the parapodia, and several small and irregular trans-
verse furrows mark the dorsum and sides of each segment, dividing it
imperfectly into about 3 incomplete rings. Posterior region slightly
wider than the anterior and consisting of 84 or 85 segments; first
segment very short, but the others increasing in length until they are
about half as long as wide; ventral field distinetly wider than dorsal,
without ventral plates and divided by a deep ventral groove. Through-
out most of this region the parapodia lie in the deeper furrows, and a
shallower furrow is only obscurely indicated a short distance caudad
to each pair. Farther back it becomes clear that the segments are
biannulate and that the parapodia lie between the larger anterior and
smaller posterior annulus.

Pygidium very small, oblique, with the anus dorsal and covered by
a broad flat papilla; below and behind the anus a pair of small, slender
cirri, often replaced by a pair of minute papill.

Parapodia all biramous and more or less foliaceous, the first 9 pairs
with capillary sete only, the others with crochets only in both rami.
The first 8 pairs consist of winglike, foliaceous, postsetal laminw, the
notopodial being somewhat broader and strongly curved ventrad to
meet the neuropodial, which is longer and projects more directly laterad ;
both somewhat contracted at the base to form a stem, which bears the
spreading, fan-shaped tufts of sete, the neuropodial being somewhat
the larger. The ninth parapodium (fig. 26) is similar but rather larger
and has a more extensive series of sete. In the posterior region the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

neuropodia and notopodia consist of vertical ridges, each bearing a
series of 18-20 crochets and ending in minute notopodial and neuro-
podial cirri, while from their contiguous ends arise foliaceous expan-
sions borne on short stems (figs. 27-29). These expansions increase
somewhat in size to the middle of the body and bending toward each
other overlap broadly, but farther back they become much reduced in
size and the cirri disappear, simultaneously with an increase in the
number of crochets.

Sete of both rami of the first nine pairs of parapodia (II-X) all
capillary, colorless, moderately slender, not greatly elongated, with
curved and tapered stems very delicately bordered by margins
which are broad on the concave and narrow on the convex side;
arranged in one regularly spaced series of from 15 to 30 and spreading
in a broad fan-shaped figure. Except that they are slightly longer, the
notopodials differ in no noticeable respect from the neuropodials, and
except that they are rather longer, more numerous and in part arranged
in double series, those of the tenth somite are exactly like the preceding
ones. Posterior to somite X both rami bear hooded crochets only, in
simple series facing each other; anteriorly each series contains 15 to 20,
posteriorly as many as 30. They (fig. 30) are little exposed, colorless,
slightly tapered distally, where they terminate in an abruptly hooked
blunt beak, surmounted by a smaller tooth and enclosed in a pair of
wide guards.

Color translucent white, the intestine varying from buff to greenish-
brown, pharynx salmon pink, both showing through body walls; blood
madder pink, especially conspicuous in the tentacular cirri which con-
tain a large vascular loop.

Specimens taken during the latter part of August contain nearly ripe
eges in the middle segments of the body.

Type No. 1677, Coll. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Lives in sand at and below low water, forming soft sand tubes under
stones, ete. As the worm crawls the pharynx is everted as a tumid fold
or bulb reaching half the length of the head, the ventral median part
being most prominent and marked by delicate longitudinal furrows.

This species has been found only on a sandy beach, chiefly below
low water, in a little shallow bay on the Buzzard’s Bay side of Wood’s
Hole. Prof. E. A. Andrews found it at the same place about ten years
before it came to my notice, and has described a specimen under the
name of M. papillicornis Muller. The remarkable larve have been
described by Fewkes (as Prionospio tenuis) from Newport, and by
Andrews from Beaufort, N. C., and Wood’s Hole.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Magelona papillicornis was originally described by Fritz Miller in
1858 from specimens taken off the coast of Brazil. Since then it has
been repeatedly recorded from various parts of Europe, and because of
its remarkable characters has been much studied. As mentioned
above, Andrews was the first to recognize Magelona on the coast of
North America. More recently Johnson has described a very distinct
species from Puget Sound.

Hitherto the North Atlantic species has always been considered
identical with the Brazilian species, the very noteworthy difference
in the color of the blood of the two having been curiously overlooked.
Miller describes his species as having pale violet blood, whereas all
specimens from the North Atlantic have madder pink blood. Miuiller’s
description is very brief, and the other characters mentioned are
generic only. It is quite probable that when the Brazilian species is
better known other characters than the color of the blood will be found
to distinguish it from ours. Comparison of Wood’s Hole specimens
with the excellent figures of parapodia given by McIntosh and Mesnil
make it clear that the European species again is quite distinct from
ours and will require to be named. The most obvious difference is
that the setee of the tenth somite of the former are provided with a
bulbous terminal enlargement and small process, while those of M.
rosea are unmodified.

Spionides japonicus sp. noy.

Known from the anterior end only. Size large, probably not less
than 4 or 5 inches long, moderately slender. The type, consisting of
the head and 44 setigerous somites, is 25 mm. long and 2.5 mm. wide.
A fragment from the postbranchial region indicates a still larger
worm, having a width of nearly 4 mm.

Prostomium (Plate XVI, fig. 31) flattened, subtriangular, nearly as
broad as long, the base anterior; anterior margin very broad, divided
into a low, wide, median lobe and a pair of narrow, bluntly rounded
lateral lobes directed toward the sides; lateral margins concave, meet-
ing in the blunt, rounded apex which is slightly elevated and bears a
slender, suberect nuchal cirrus, behind which a low, natrow ridge
continues along the dorsum. Eyes 1 pair, large, conspicuous, reddish-
brown, crescentic, situated at a slight widening behind the middle of
the prostomium; just anterior to each of them is a curved series of
small reddish-brown pigment specks.

Peristomium forming lower lips and lateral cephalic lobes; the latter
small, rounded laterally and becoming very narrow posteriorly, where
they disappear beneath the prostomium just behind the level of the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

eyes. Tentacular cirri missing, their faint scars of attachment on the
dorsum of the lateral lobes just anterior to the level of the eyes. Body
segments short and rather indistinctly defined ; much concealed by the
foliaceous parts of the parapodia; body rather strongly depressed,
gently convex above and below.

Parapodia very conspicuous, so large that they completely envelop
the body and give somewhat the appearance of a series of thin disks
strong upon an excentric band. They are very broadly attached and
the two rami nearly continuous, with extended setigerous tubercles,
low presetal lobes, and very large and foliaceous postsetal lamelle.
The first (fig. 31) is relatively small and lies by the side of the prosto-
mium, the posterior part of which is crossed by the notopodial sete.
On the next few both postsetal lamelle increase rapidly in size, the
notopodial soon predominating over the neuropodial and extending
dorsally and ventrally. In this region the neuropodial lamella (fig.
32) is formed much like the quadrant of a circular disk, and the noto-
podial lamella like a narrow palette, broadly rounded above and with
an auricular process below which is absent or little developed in the
most anterior parapodia. The notopodial lamelle meet or overlap
medially and touch the neuropodial lamelle below. After somite XXX
the notopodium gradually becomes smaller and withdraws from the
dorsum. By XXXYVIII it is strictly lateral and its postsetal lamellee
is no larger than that of the neuropodium, and leaves the dorsum
entirely exposed. Simultaneously with this change a delicate trans-
verse integumental fold appears on the dorsum, connecting the bases
of the notopodial lamelle of the two sides. At first quite insignificant,
these increase in height as the branchie diminish and by XLII their
lateral parts are nearly half as high as the lamellz which they connect,
but the medial part is much lower.

The first 3 pairs of parapodia are free, but all others are united con-
tinuously along each side by a thin lateral fold of integument, which is
attached to the sides of the body ventrally and whose dorsal border is
free between the parapodia but attached to each neuropodium for the
full height of its base and for a short distance above it. Thus is formed
a series of deep interpodal pockets widely open above.

Branchiz arise from the dorsum just above the base of the notopodial
lamella from III to XLII inclusive, largely concealed behind the
medial ends of the lamellz. The first 2 or 3 are rather small, but they
soon increase in size and rise erect far above the notopodial lamelle.
The last 10 gradually diminish before they finally disappear. Typical
branchie (fig. 32) are more or less flattened, ligulate, tapered and

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (May,

unbranched. They contain large axial bloodvessels, from which pin-
nate loops branch on either side, corresponding with slight surface
plications.

Capillary sete alone are found on both rami of parapodia of the
branchial region. They form broad spreading fan-shaped tufts and
are very numerous (40 or more notopodials and even more neuropodials)
and arranged in two vertical rows, a long seta of the posterior being
always paired with'a shorter one of the anterior row; much the longest
and most slender in dorsal part of notopodium, stouter in ventral part
of both rami. All sete are pale yellow with tapering, longitudinally
striated stems finely granulated on the surface, with more or less
prolonged and delicate tips and the more or less well developed wings
or margins directed toward the middle part of the foot on both rami
(fig. 33). Wings best developed on dorsal neuropodial and ventral
notopodial sete, the marginal sete of both bundles nearly lacking
them. Notopodial sete of II very small and delicate, those of the two
sides crossing over the prostomium. As the foliaceous structures and
gills become smaller the set also become smaller and fewer. Crochets
appear in the ventral portion of the series on neuropodia of the post-
branchial region. There are 20n XLI and6o0n XLIII. They (fig. 24)
are nearly colorless, rather slender, delicately striated longitudinally,
the tips gracefully hooked, with a stout beak surmounted by an
accessory process, both enclosed in a delicate hood conforming to their
contour.

The type is No.1, 055, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.; found with Aricia
fimbriata, taken at Albatross Station, No. 5,771, off Honshu, Japan,
on June 5, 1900; 61 fathoms; bottoms of green sandy mud.

From the type of the genus, S. cirratus Webster and Benedict,
known only from Eastport, Maine, this species differs in having
numerous pairs of gills beginning on III, instead of 13 pairs only
beginning on IV, in having 1 pair of large eyes instead of 2 pairs of
small ones, and in the much larger size.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XV, XVI.

PLate XV.—Prionospio heterobranchia—figs. 1 to 6.
Fig. 1.—Dorsal aspect of head and somite II, showing sears of attachment
for tentacular cirri and gills. » 40.
Fig. 2.—Anterior aspect of parapodium II with sete and detached gill of
other side. 98.

Fig. 3.—Similar view of parapodium and gill of IV, without sete, 98.
Only a few of the transverse bloodvessels and external ridges are shown.

Fig. 4.—Anterior aspect of parapodium X._ 98.

Fig. 5.—Posterior aspect of detached gill of VI. x 98.

Fig. 6.—A crochet from neuropodium of L. » 600.

1907.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

Polydora anoculata—figs. 7 to 17.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

7.—Dorsal aspect of head and first 6 setigerous somites, one tentacular
cirrus in place. » 56.

8.—Dorsal aspect of head and 2 setigerous somites of another specimen.
x 56.

9.—Ventral aspect of same. X 56.

10.—Dorsal aspect of pygidium and posterior somites. » 56.
11.—Ventral aspect of pygidium. 56.

12.—Parapodium XV. X 83.

13.—Dorsal (a) and ventral (b) notopodial sete from XV. X 440.
14.—Strongly bent seta from dorsal tuft of VI. » 440.

15.—Guard seta from VI. x 440.

16.—Three spines from VI, a and 6} from young, c from adult (type)
specimen, > 440.

17.—Profile and face views of neuropodial crochet from XV. X 600.

Polydora colonia—figs. 18 to 23.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

18.—Dorsal aspect of head and first 6 setigerous somites, one tentacular

cirrusin place. » 56.

19.—Dorsal (a) and ventral (6) notopodial sete from XV. x 440.

20.—Anterior and ventral view, showing all of the spines and sete of

one side of VI under slight pressure, a the reverse or postero-dorsal

aspect of the end of one of the spines. 440.

21.—Profile of one of the spines from somite VI of a larger specimen.
x 440.

22.—Profile and face views of a crochet from XV. > 600.

23.—Variations in the form of the spines on somite VI of Polydora

anoculata. > 440.

Puate XVI.—Magelona rosea—figs. 24 to 30.

Fig.
Fig.

24.—Dorsal aspect of head and anterior region, showing the right
tentacular cirrus in outline and the left complete. » 9.

25.—Ventral aspect of anterior end, showing bases of tentacular cirri,
partly everted proboscis and ventral plates. 24.

Figs. 26-29.—Outlines of parapodia X from the anterior side, all except

Fig.

fig. 27 with sete or crochets. 56.
30.—Two crochets from somite L, striations omitted from one. > 440.

Spionides japonicus—figs. 31 to 34.

Fig.
. Fig.

Fig.

31.—Dorsal aspect of head, lacking tentacular cirri, and first two
setigerous somites with sete. ™ 24.

32.—Anterior aspect of parapodium XV, with set, the concealed
portion of the gill shown in dotted outline. x 24.

33.—A pair of middle notopodial sete from XV. X 98; a, a small
portion, < 440.

. 34.—An entire crochet from the neuropodium of XL, * 250; and distal

end of the same, 440.

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May;

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE MORPHOLOGY OF PYRULA.

BY BURNETT SMITH.

INTRODUCTION.

At the present day the genus Pyrula’ is made up of asmall number of
species and these, though differing from one another somewhat, are
nevertheless all very much alike. The thin shell, cancellated sculpture,
low spire and long anterior siphon are common to them all. There is

no exaggeration in saying that nowhere among the marine gastropods

do we find a set of species which are with better reason arranged in one
generic group. They are indeed distinctly monophyletic. On examin-
ing the fossil Pyrulas we find that the genus gives us a homogeneous
series of species ranging back in time well into the Eocene. It is true
that Pyrula is seldom a common fossil in any formation, and likewise
it does not furnish us with great series of closely related races which
follow one another in the rocks of any continuous geological section.
Nevertheless the very homogeneity of the scattered fossil species comes
to our aid. Their distinctly peculiar shell characters are always present,
just as in the widely distributed living forms.

The desire to deal with a group whose monophyletic nature is above
suspicion has led the author to exclude from the present paper many
Eocene and earlier species which are usually assigned to the genus.
Not a few of these may be indeed very close to Pyrula, but the present
paper has for its object the recording of the changes which a mono-
phyletic assemblage of species actually exhibits when we trace its
members through the different episodes of the time range and from one
geographical province to another. Still other early species appear to
be referable to Pyrula, but the preservation of the specimens is not good,
and this is an essential for a proper understanding of the shell sculpture
and apical characters. These forms also must be omitted.

} This paper is intended merely as a study of some of the morphologic changes
in a monophyletic group and makes no pretense of being a systematic revision
of the genus. Most of the specific types are either undesignated, lost or unavail-
able, and the author has learned by experience that the average published figure
of a species of Pyrula is extremely unreliable. For these reasons the propriety
of using the generic name Pyrula is not here considered, and the classification in
Tryon’s Manual of Conchology has been followed in discussing the recent forms.
In dealing with the fossil species references are given in each case.

2

a

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

MorpHowoey.

Among the species of Pyrula (as here restricted) the similarity of
their grosser morphologic features is evident at a glance. The shell is
always light and thin, the whorls are as a rule very evenly rounded and
always increase rapidly in size, the spire is low and each whorl rises
high on its predecessor. This latter feature often makes the top of
the shell appear quite flat. Contrasted with the low spire, the branchial
siphon is much produced anteriorly and often slightly curved. The
shell is, in fact, roughly pear-shaped. ae

It is, however, only when the finer features of the ornamentation are
studied that we realize the unusual constancy of the genus. The early
whorls are smooth, and this smooth stage may occupy from one (or
even less than one) to two and three-quarters or even three whorls.”

The smooth stage is followed rather sharply by the fine ribs and
spirals of the cancellated stage. Perhaps, on the whole, the spirals
appear a little earlier in life than do the ribs, but this is not a marked
feature. The cancellated stage persists in all the species to the end of
shell growth. At first there is but one set of spirals, but later secondary
sets appear between the primary spirals. Still finer sets of spirals are
introduced with the course of the ontogeny. Sometimes by the end of
the last whorl the secondary and later spirals may have acquired about
the same strength as the original primary spirals, though it is more
common for the primary spirals to be strongest, with the other sets
fainter and fainter according to the order in which they are introduced
into the ontogeny, the last sets introduced being faintest. On their
first appearance the ribs and the primary spirals are of about equal
strength, but in the later whorls the primary spirals are as arule consid-
erably stronger than the ribs. Exceptionally the ribs on the later
whorls may be as strong as the primary spirals.

To give any idea of the morphologic features which now serve, and
have in the past served, to differentiate the species we must employ
unusual methods. Ordinary descriptions fail to convey the meaning.
It has therefore been thought best to use tables for the purpose. In
these tables the two major ontogenetic stages are represented by the
letter A for the smooth stage and B for the cancellated stage. These
stages are marked off on the line of the ontogeny as they appear in the
different whorls. The numbers stand for the whorls.

? Sections of the apex in P. papyratia Say, show that it is filled with a secondary
limy deposit.

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

P. papyratia.
Recent. Florida, ete.

P. decussata.
Recent. Westen
Central America.
P. dussumieri.
Recent. China.

P. ficus.
Recent. East Indies.

P. reticulata.
Recent. East Indies.

P. reticulata.
Recent. Cargados
Islands.

P. tessellata.
Recent. Rosemary
Islands, Australia.

P. papyratia.
Recent. Florida, etc.

P. papyratia_ caloosa-
hatchiensis.

Pliocene. Florida.

P. papyratia.
Waccamaw Pliocene.
South Carolina.
P. pilabryi duplinensis.
Miocene. North Caro-
lina.
P. pilsbryi.
Oligocene (or Mio-
cene). Jamaica.

P. mississippiensis.
Oligocene. Vicks-
burg, Miss.
P. filia.
Eocene. Jackson,
Miss.

P. condita. ~
Miocene. Dax,
France.

P. pilabryi.
Oligocene (or Mio-
cene). Jamaica.
P. carbasea(?).
Oligocene. (or Mio-
cene). S. Domingo.
P. mississippiensis.
Oligocene. Vicksburg,

Muss.

TABLE IIT.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

Table I gives a representation of the ontogenetic features of the
recent species. Pyrula decussata Wood and Pyrula ficus Linn. are the
most clear-cut and distinctive species as regards the ornamentation
in the cancellated stage. Pyrula decussata is distinguished by its
strong primary spirals, while P. ficus has flat, weak spirals and very
faint ribs. Pyrula dusswmieri Valenc. is:marked by its long slender
form and the relatively high spire. In their apical features Pyrula
decussata, P. ficus and P. dussumieri are all very much alike. The
smooth stage occupies about 1.6—2 whorls and these early whorls are
small.

Among the forms commonly grouped as Pyrula reticulata Lam. there
is much variation. How much of this is individual and how much
racial or specific it is impossible to say with the present data. They
all have relatively strong ribbing, and this together with spirals of about
the same strength gives them a much more conspicuously cancellated
appearance than is seen in any other recent species. In this Pyrula
reticulata assemblage the smooth stage occupies from 1.3 to 1.75
whorls and the first whorl varies not a little in size. These forms
strongly recall Pyrula condita Brongniart* of the European Miocene
in the sculpture of the cancellated stage. It is probable that more
accurate collections will necessitate the division of P. reticulata into
separate geographical races or species.

Pyrula tessellata Kobelt is a small type which differs from all others
in the peculiar character of its apex. The cancellated stage has been
thrown so far back in the ontogeny that little more than the globular
beginning of the first whorl is smooth. This smooth portion is large
and swollen. In fact P. tessellata is, in its apical characters, the most
abnormal of any of the Pyrulas.

On comparing Pyrula papyratia Say with the other species we find
that it is essentially similar to them as regards its cancellated stage.
When, however, the apex is examined it is seen to be sharply distinguish-
able from all other recent forms. The smooth stage is restricted to
about one whorl and this whorl is large and swollen. In this respect
P. papyratia is only surpassed by P. tessellata.

Table I demonstrates clearly that we may have living at one time
on the earth’s surface a number of very closely related forms which
show markedly different degrees of acceleration and much variation
in the apex.

Table II illustrates the changes shown by some of the American

* See Cossmann, Essais de Paléoconchologie Comparée, pt: V, pl. VI, fig. 7.

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [May,

species when they are traced from the Jackson Eocene down to the
present time. To obtain a good idea of this series it is perhaps best to
consider first the more recent forms. As stated above, the living
Pyrula papyratia is chiefly notable for its large and swollen apex, the
smooth stage being confined to one whorl. The cancellated stage is in
no way unusual.

To find an ancestor for the Pyrula papyratia of Florida seas we natur-
ally look in the Pliocene of the Gulf and other Southern States. A
form which has been referred to P. papyratia‘ is furnished by the
Floridian Pliocene, and another shell from the Pliocene Waccamaw beds
of South Carolina has been likewise regarded as specifically identical
with it. A critical study of the Florida Pliocene form demonstrates
that it is extremely close to the recent species. In fact its cancellated
stage is similar in every respect. The apex is likewise almost the same,
but differs in having the cancellated stage begin a little later in the
ontogeny. ‘The first whorl is also perhaps a trifle smaller in the fossil
form. Altogether this Florida Pliocene type is specifically identical
with the recent P. papyratia. Nevertheless the author believes that
it may with propriety be designated as the subspecies Pyrula papyratia
caloosahatchiensis. The Waccamaw Pliocene forms have an apex
similar to that of P. papyratia caloosahatchiensis. The individuals
examined are, however, all immature, and it is therefore impossible to
note the sculpture of the later cancellated stage. It is probable that
a better series of specimens will establish the identity of this race with
the one from the Florida Pliocene.

In the Miocene beds of the United States Pyrula appears to be a
rather uncommon fossil. From the Calvert Miocene of Maryland
Martin has described Pyrula harrisi2 He says that good examples
are rare. I have had no opportunity to examine specimens of this
species, but it appears from the figure to be well removed from the
P. papyratia stock. In the very full collection of the Wagner Free
Institute of Science (Philadelphia) is a specimen collected in Duplin
County, North Carolina, by Mr.Charles W. Johnson. It has been referred
to P. papyratia. On a close examination of this form, however, it is
evident that we must assign to it a separate specific name: It is also
plainly distinct from the Maryland P. harrisi. It is by its apical char-
acters that this North Carolina species is distinguished from the Plio-
cene and recent P. papyratia. The smooth stage occupies about 1.5

4See Dall, Trans. Wag. Inst., III, p. 163.
§ Md. Geol. Surv. Miocene, p. 226, pl. LV, fig. 3.

EO a,

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

whorls and the first whorl is small, and not large and swollen as in P.
papyratia. In these respects it is more closely allied to most other
Miocene forms and to some of the recent species of the Indo-Pacific
region. It is especially near to the form from the Oligocene (or
Miocene) beds of Santo Domingo which Gabb' refers to P. papyratia, 1
have examined Gabb’s Specimens and find them to be identical with
the better preserved forms from the Oligocene (or Miocene) beds of
Bowden, Jamaica. In their apical characters they are all clearly dis-
tinct from P. papyratia. I have selected the Bowden race as typical
of this new species; the type specimen for the following description
being one of the lot numbered 11,144 in the collection‘of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Pyrula pilsbryi n.s.

Locality.—Bowden, J amaica, W. I.

Horizon.—Bowden beds, Oligocene (or Miocene).

Whorl 1.—Smooth and rounded.

Whorl 2.—Smooth and rounded for about one-half or three-quarters
of a whorl, and then the cancellated stage with its fine ribs and spirals
sets in.

Whorl 3.—Cancellated stage. Fine ribs and spirals.

Whorls 4, 5.—Cancellated Stage, with secondary sets of spirals

Fig. 1.—Pyrula pilsbryi n.s. Bowden Fig. 2.—Pyrula pilsbryi duplinensis.
beds. Bowden, Jamaica, Length Miocene. Duplin County, North
= 42 mm, Carolina.

Y “Topography and Geology of Santo Domingo,” Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol.
15, p. 223, 1881.

15

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

introduced between the primary spirals. Other, still finer spirals are
introduced with the progress of the ontogeny. The primary spirals
are the strongest, while those sets of spirals introduced latest are
weakest. 3

Remarks.—P. pilsbryi is much like the Duplin form in its apical
features, but differs from it in the relatively weaker primary spirals
which do not dominate the later intercalated spirals to any great
extent. For the North Carolina form the name Pyrula pilsbryi dup-
linensis is here proposed.

The Vicksburg species Pyrula mississippiensis Conrad,’ it will be
noticed, has the first three whorls occupied by the smooth stage. The
first whorl is also smaller than in P. pilsbryt.

In the Jackson Eocene a species, probably Pyrula filia Meyer,® has,
like the Vicksburg form, a small first whorl and the smooth stage takes
up at least 2.5 whorls. It is a little more accelerated than the later
Vicksburg species. This emphasizes the fact that a less accelerated
and specialized race does not always underlie the more specialized
race.

Nevertheless we can say that on the whole Table II shows us a
gradual acceleration of the features of the cancellated stage as we
trace the different types from the Eocene to the present day. This
acceleration is accompanied by a gradual enlargement of the first
whorl until we reach the culmination of this feature in the recent
Pyrula papyratia.

Another exception to this gradual development is furnished by the
form from the Santo Domingo Oligocene (or Miocene) which Gabb
referred to Pyrula mississippiensis. This reference® is entirely incor-
rect, for Gabb’s specimen has a very large swollen apex with not more
than one smooth whorl. It is fully as accelerated as P. papyratia in
this respect, but it cannot be ancestral to the recent species on account

7 See Ficus mississippiensis Con., J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. 1, p.
117.
8 Bericht tiber Senckenbergische naturjorschende Gesellschajt in Frankfurt a. M.,
apie Ficula filia Meyer, p. 8, Taf. I, ig. 10. I make this reference with some
doubt.

®See Gabb, in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. 15, p. 223. Gabb considered
Guppy’s Ficula carbasea as a synonym for Conrad’s Ficus mississippiensis. He
says: ‘‘I have compared Mr. Guppy’s shell with Mr. Conrad’s original specimens
from Vicksburg, Mississippi, and find them identical in form and sculpture. I
am by no means sure that this should not be considered the same as F’. decussatus
(F. ventricosus), the common west coast Mexican form.”

It can, of course, be neither P. mississippiensis nor P. decussata, and as it
resembles Guppy’s figure I have referred it to P.carbasea. Guppy’s type I have
not seen.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

of the great strengthening of its primary spirals. In this respect it
resembles the Panamic P. decussata. The unspecialized apex of
P. decussata is, however, sufficient to preclude a derivation from this
fossil Santo Domingan form. Altogether this latter appears to be
an early departure from the stock of the generalized Pyrulas of the
Oligocene and Miocene. It probably has no descendants in later beds.
I have referred it with some doubt to Pyrula carbasea Guppy."

Table III shows that the apex was as variable in the Eocene, Oligo-
cene, and Miocene as at the present day. The great length of the
smooth stage and slight acceleration of the cancellated stage are note-
worthy features of this group of species. It is only in P. carbasea(?)
that the smooth stage is short and restricted.

RANGE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The genus Pyrula as restricted in this paper ranges from the late
Eocene to the present day. Earlier in the Eocene we encounter an
abundance of forms which appear to be closely related to the species
here considered. Their inclusion in the present study would, it is
believed, throw some doubt on the monophyletic nature of the group.
Their consideration is therefore delayed, so that we may be able to
observe the changes in a series which obviously can be referred to
only one generic stock.

In the Jackson Eocene and in the later Vicksburg beds the species
are remarkable for the great length of the smooth stage and for the
small size of the early whorls. The same characteristics are also to be
observed in the European Miocene Pyrula condita. ‘The three species
P. filia of the Jackson Eocene, P. mississippiensis of the Vicksburg
beds, and P. condita of the Miocene of Europe all exhibit similar apical
features. They represent the most primitive expression of the Pyrula
assemblage which the geological record furnishes.

Tn the Oligocene (or Miocene) deposits of Bowden, Jamaica, we find
Pyrula pilsbryi, and in the Miocene of North Carolina occurs P. pilsbryi
duplinensis. Both are very much alike as to the characters of the
smooth stage. In them it is more restricted than in P. condita or in
the American Vicksburg and Jackson types. In other words, the
cancellated stage is thrown farther back into the ontogeny. In addi-
tion, the early whorls have now become larger in size. Altogether P.
pilsbryi is very similar in its early whorls to P. decussata, P. dussumieri,
P. ficus, and some specimens of P. reticulata. These three latter species

© Ficula carbasea Q. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., 1866, Vol. 22, p. 580.

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (May,

are living to-day in the Indo-Pacific region. In its apical features,
then, P. pilsbryi has attained about the same evolutional grade as
several of the recent forms.

Nevertheless there is in the Oligocene or Miocene at least one excep-
tion to the general prevalence of the primitive apex. This is furnished
by the Pyrula carbasea(?), which in addition to the feature already
mentioned has a specialized adult sculpture that marks it as an early
offshoot from the main stock, and it is probably also a terminal member
of such an offshoot.

Passing over this aberrant form, we find that in the Pilocene rocks of
North America the smooth stage is still further restricted and the apex
yet larger, for there is at least one subspecies of Pyrula papyratia.
It is more primitive than the recent P. papyratia, for the first whorl is
hardly as large and the cancellated stage is not quite so accelerated as
in the recent form. It is very close and must be regarded as ancestral
to P. papyratia of the modern Florida seas.

In American rocks, then, we have an excellent series showing the
gradual acceleration of the sculpture and the increase in size of the
early whorls. With the exception of P. mississippiensis and P.
carbasea this American series represents a good morphological sueces-
sion, and from P. pilsbryi to the living P. papyratia we can reasonably
assume a phylogenetic succession as well.

The solution of the ancestry for the present day species of the Indian
and Pacifie Oceans can hardly be attempted with the meager data at
our command. Pyrula decussata, P. dussumieri, and P. ficus probably
owe their origin to some such generalized types as we haye seen in the
American Eocene and the European Miocene. Just how long their
separate specific stocks have been distinct it is impossible to say. The
forms described as P. reticulata probably represent a group of geo-
graphical races which have arrived at different stages of evolution.
Some of them are very like Pyrula condita of the Miocene, for the
ribs are strong and, equalling the primary spirals, impart a markedly
cancellated appearance to the shell. Pyrula tessellata of Australian
Seas represents an offshoot from the primitive stock. It has become
distinctive by its large swollen apex and the encroachment upward of
each whorl high on its predecessor; but its ribbing is relatively strong,
the sculpture of its cancellated stage being primitive.

A point of great interest is the succession of morphological features
which has taken place in the Gulf and Caribbean region with the
progress of the Tertiary. Pyrula pilsbryi is more specialized than the
Eocene forms, but less specialized than the later races which are

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

grouped together as P. papyratia. When we compare P. pilsbryi with
P. decussata of the Panamic geographical province we find that the
Pacific form is distinct in its later whorls, but very similar to the fossils
in the characters of its apex.

Altogether this evidence points to free communication between the
Atlantic and Pacific basins during Miocene time, a time when most
Pyrulas possessed the primitive type of apex. With the end of the
Miocene this strait between the two oceans was closed by the elevation
of the land bridge which has ever since connected the continents of
North and South America. From the time when this barrier was
interposed down to the present the forms of the Caribbean and
Gulf regions have undergone a striking evolution, marked by the
accleration of the cancellated stage and the enlargement of the initial
whorl. On the other hand, the forms inhabiting the waters on the
Pacific side of the isthmus have retained the ancient apical features of
the Miocene.

SUMMARY.

The assemblage of forms treated in this paper is particularly well
adapted for showing the mutations and variations of a gastropod stock.
In order that the results may be of value it is essential that the group
be a restricted one. Pyrula, or at least that part of the genus here
considered, fulfills the above conditions. The distinctions between
its species are so slight, and they are all so unlike the examples of other
genera, that we may well feel that they constitute a single genetic stock.

In addition to the slight but more apparent specific differences
furnished by the cancellated stage we have the differences exhibited
by the apices. If we trace the members of the genus back into the
Tertiary, we find every gradation between the two extremes of apical
modification.

The more important changes which have taken place since the late
Kocene are found not so much in the adult sculpture as in the features
of the apex. We have, especially in America, a regular series, beginning
with forms having a smooth stage of two or three whorls, followed by
species in which the smooth stage is more restricted, and finally termi-
nating in Pyrula papyratia of Gulf and Caribbean waters, whose
smooth stage does not persist beyond the close of the first whorl. This
change from the two- or three-whorled smooth stage to the one-whorled
smooth stage is accompanied throughout by the gradual enlargement
of the early whorls. The more restricted the smooth stage becomes
the larger grows the initial whorl. =

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

If we examine the recent species of Pyrula, we find here again different
apical characters which can usually be duplicated in the fossil forms of
the American rocks. For instance, though their adult sculptures may
differ, the recent species P. decussata and P. dussumieri and the Oligo-
cene (or Miccene) P. pilsbryi all possess a very similar style of apex.

At the present day the genus is widely distributed in the shallow
waters of the tropical seas. Though these seas are now separated by
land barriers, it is probable that in Eocene, Oligocene and Miocene
times the marine connections between the different provinces were
much more prominent features of the geography. Then, in all likeli-
hood, the genus had a continuous distribution around the world; and
even where land barriers were interposed near the equator, it is probable
that a more generally moderate climate enabled its representatives to
pass through latitudes where now their existence would be impossible.

The differences between Pyrula dussumiert of China and P. decus-
sata of the west coast of Central America were probably produced
by some change which forbade the intermingling of the inhabitants
of the two provinces. At present the deep water of the tropical Pacific
and the colder climate in the shallower parts of that ocean are both
sufficient barriers to keep the species apart. Whether their separation
was originally caused by a change of climate in higher latitudes. or by
a depression in some part of the bottom of the tropical Pacific, or by
the working of both of these factors, it is, of course, impossible to say.

The relations of Pyrula decussata with P. papyratia are probably
more certain. In the Oligocene and Miocene the Pyrulas with the
generalized apex had a free passage between the Atlantic and Pacific
basins, and there was no differentiation into two geographical provinces.
With the close of the Miocene the land barrier of the Isthmus of Panama
was thrown up, the two oceans were separated and two geographical
provinces created. After this the forms of the eastern waters, for
some unknown reason, followed out a line of evolution which was chiefly
marked by apical modifications, while the Pacific forms changed
slightly in the cancellated stage but retained the old Miocene type of
apex. ;
Perhaps the most important points emphasized by this study are the
following: (1) We may have living at any one time on the earth’s
surface an assemblage of closely related gastropod species which differ
to a marked degree in the evolutional grades which they have attained.

(2) In a group oj closely related gastropod species the chief modifica-
tions which are introduced with the passage of time may occur mainly in
the features of the early whorls, while the later adwt whorls may remain

relatively unchanged.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

(3) In this particular group of species the differences in the apical
characters cannot be used for the division of the assemblage into
Separate genera," but are of use only as aids to specific discrimination,
and then only when the characters of the later whorls are considered
together with those of the apex.

EXPLANATION OF PLate XVII.

Fig. 1.—Apex of Pyrula papyratia Say. Recent. Lee County, Fla. Shows
the smooth stage restricted to the large and swollen first whorl. The can-
cellated stage starts with the beginning of the second whorl. Greatest
diameter = 3.2 mm.

Fig. 2.—Apex of Pyrula papyratia caloosahatchiensis. Pliocene. Caloosahatchie
River, Fla. Here the cancellated stage is hardly as accelerated as in fig. 1.
Greatest diameter = 3.2 mm.

Fig. 3.—Apex of Pyrula pilsbryi duplinensis. Miocene. Duplin County, N. C.
The smooth stage occupies about 1.5 whorls. Here the initial whorl is
smaller than in figs. 1 and 2.

Fig. 4.—Apex of Pyrula pilsbryi n. s. Oligocene (or Miocene). Bowden,
Jamaica. Smooth stage occupying about 1.75 whorls. Greatest diameter
= 3mm.

Fig. 5.—Apex of Pyrula mississtppiensis Con. Oligocene. Vicksburg Beds,
Vicksburg, Miss. Here the initial whorl is much smaller than in P. pilsbryi
and the smooth stage extends over three whorls. Greatest diameter = 3.5
mm.

Fig. 6—Apex of Pyrula filia Meyer. Eocene. Jackson Beds, Jackson, Miss.
Smooth stage of about 2.5 whorls. Greatest diameter = 3.5 mm.

Fig. 7.—Apex of Pyrula decussata Wood. Recent. Acapulco. Smooth stage
of about 2 whorls. Greatest diameter = 2.8 mm.

Fig. 8.—Apex of Pyrula dussumieri Valenc. Recent. China. Smooth stage of
about 1.6 whorls. Greatest diameter = 3 mm.

Fig. 9.—Apex of Pyrula ficus Linn. Recent. East Indies. Smooth stage of
about 1.7 whorls. Greatest diameter = 2.6 mm.

See Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Tales, 1905, Pt. II, p. 325, ‘Notes on Proso-
branchiata, No. IV—The Ontogenetie Stages represented by the Gastropod
Protoconch,” by H. Leighton Kesteven. On p. 334 he says: “The protoconch is
to be used in conjunction with other features, and that only where the other
features, anatomic or conchological, are negative or unknown is it to be used in
deciding a systematic position or generic segregation.’’

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

THE POLYCYSTID GREGARINES OF THE UNITED STATES (Third Contribution).

BY HOWARD CRAWLEY.

In 1853 Leidy described a gregarine parasite of the common cricket.
To this animal he gave the name of Gregarina achete-abbreviate, the
host being at that time known as Acheta abbreviata. The parasite was
illustrated by figs. 32-34 of Leidy’s plate 11. In my first communica-
tion on our gregarines (Crawley, 1903) I reproduced two of Leidy’s
figures, and based my description partly upon these and partly upon
his text. A glance at these figures, Nos. 34 and 35 of my paper, will
suggest at once that they portray different species of gregarines, and
studies which I made during the summer of 1906 show that this is so.
For the animal shown in Leidy’s fig. 34, copied in my fig. 35, I have
retained the name given by Leidy, while the other is tentatively placed
in the genus Stenophora. I have also considered it advisable to
redescribe Gregarina achete-abbreviate, and have given a new figure,
a camera outline from a living solitary gregarine.

Gregarina achete-abbreviate Leidy. (Pl. XVIII, fig. 1.)

Gregarina achete-abbreviate Leidy (1853), p. 238, pl. 11, fig. 34.
Gregarina achete-abbreviate Crawley (1903), p. 45, pl. 3, fig. 35.
Gregarina achete abbreviate Crawley (1903a), pp. 639, 641.

Protomerite.—Hemispherical to globular, broader than long.
Shape modified in the associations.

Deutomerite.—Ellipsoidal to oval.

Epicyte—Thin, delicately striated.

Sarcocyte.—Thin, but present all over the animal.

Myocyte.—Easily demonstrated by the use of reagents.

Entocyte——Dense, but, following the usual rule, less dense in the
protomerite than in the deutomerite. In most of the specimens which
Ifencountered, the peripheral part of the entocyte was almost free of
granules; this phenomenon being much more conspicuous in the deuto-
merite than in the protomerite. 5

Nucleus.—Not seen.

Size.—The largest solitary animal I saw was 500 microns long.

Habit.—Solitary or associated in pairs.

Cysts.—Spherical, provided with a thick gelatinous envelope
Diameter of cyst mass, 225-275 microns. Thickness of gelatinous
envelope, 30-300 microns. Dehiscence by sporoducts, 2-5 in number,
reaching a length of 1,000 microns. Prior to evagination, the situation

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

of the sporoduets is plainly indicated by the appearance around the
periphery of the cyst of dense discoid masses. These are yellowish
in color, owing to the presence of oil. Time required for maturation,
1-4 days.

Spores.—Cylindrical, with rounded ends to dolifirm. Dimensions,
4.5 by 2.25 microns.

Host.—Gryllus abbreviatus Sery.

Locality.—Beach Haven, New Jersey, and Wyncote, Pennsylvania.
Stenophora erratica sp.n. (Pl. XVIII, fig. 5.)

Gregarina achete abbreviate Leidy (1853), p. 238, pl. 11, fig. 33.
Gregarina achete abbreviate Crawley (1903), p. 45, pl. 3, fig. 34.

The general form of this gregarine is shown in fig. 5, which was
drawn from a young individual, 150 microns long. In the older
animals, while the protomerite is much as here shown, although at
times relatively shorter, the deutomerite varies considerably in shape.
In some its outline is an elongated ellipse, while in others it is broadest
near the posterior end, tapering slowly and gradually forward to the
septum. The largest animal seen was 500 microns long.

The epicyte shows distinctly a double contour, and is 1.5 microns
thick. The sarcocyte is present all over the animal, and reaches a
thickness of 2.5 microns. At the anterior tip of the protomerite, the
ectosare is often thickened to form a low papilla, within which are
traces of a pore. It is this character which led me to place the gre-
garine in the genus Stenophora. The entocyte is dense, except in the
anterior third of the protomerite, where it is almost free of granules.

These gregarines are not at all polymorphic, but almost constantly
display the progressive movement. They are by no means infrequent
in crickets, but always present in small numbers. The suggestion is
permissible that this form is actually the common Stenophora julipusilli
Leidy, somewhat altered in appearance from being in the wrong host.
Crickets and Julide frequently occur in the same environment, and the
former might readily swallow spores derived from the feces of the
latter. This done, the spores might readily develop, although pro-
ducing slightly atypical gregarines. There is an excellent field here
for experimental work.

In addition to the two forms considered above, the cricket harbors
a third, a true Gregarina, which is herewith described.

Gregarina kingi' sp.n. (Pl. XVIII, figs. 10-12.)
Protomerite.—In the primites, the protomerite, as seen in fig. 10,

1To Dr. H. D. King.

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

is sometimes saddle-shaped. While this peculiarity of contour is not
always so striking as here shown, the protomerite is always broad and
swollen in front, and much narrower behind. This serves to separate
this species from Gregarina achetw-abbreviate. In the satellites, the
protomerite is subspherical to compressed.

Deutomerite.—Cylindrical, generally somewhat broader in front.
Outlines often irregular.

Epicyte.—Very delicate.

Sarcocyte.—Feebly developed, except in the anterior part of the
protomerite, where there is a conspicuous crescentic thickening.
According to my observations, this character was more marked in the
younger than in the older animals.

Entocyte.—N ot dense.

Nucleus.—Moderate in size.

Size.—Largest pair seen, 350 microns long.

Habit.—Nearly always associated in pairs. Satellite generally
slightly and sometimes considerably smaller than the primite. When
the connection between a pair is broken, the anterior surface of the
protomerite of the satellite shows a slightly raised ring. Thus the
posterior end of the primite fits into a very shallow saucer on the
anterior end of the satellite.

Movements.—The gregarines seen were more or less constantly
bending and contracting, but showed little or no disposition to progress.

Cysts.—Round, oceasionally oval. The cyst mass varies from 90-
110 microns in diameter. There is a cuticular wall 6-7 microns thick,
outside of which a gelatinous envelope develops. In newly formed
cysts, taken from the mid-gut of the host, the gelatinous envelope is
so diaphanous as to appear merely as a halo round the dense central
mass. But in cysts taken from the feces in the hind-gut, the gelatin-
ous envelope is much more evident. This change in appearance is
doubtless merely due to the accumulation of detritus.

Of the cysts found in the host intestine, some are uniformly opaque,
with a clear space just inside the cuticle. Others are less opaque,
sometimes mottled; sometimes with an irregular dense central mass
and a clear periphery. These different aspects represent different
developmental stages, and indicate that maturation is rapid in this
species. This was confirmed by the behavior of cysts placed on slides
in a moist chamber. A considerable number, many of which had just
formed, were so isolated on July 2, and all were found to have dehisced
on July 4, no observation having been taken on July 3. The period
is thus 1-2 days, which is in close agreement with that of Gregarina
achete-abbreviate.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

Dehiscence is by a single sporoduct, which may reach a length of
750 microns. A discharged cyst is shown in fig. 12. The residuum
is a loose mass of granules and débris which nearly fills the cavity
within. The duct is limited externally by a cuticular wall. Within
it is filled by a soft substance, through the center of which can be
seen the lumen along which the spores had passed. This lumen,
however, shows no definitive membrane, being merely a channel
through this soft substance, which is probably of the same nature as
the residuum.

In one case observed, the spores still lay in situ as they had been
projected from the duct. The duet was 600 microns long; the file of
spores 2,400. Hence the leading spore had reached a distance of 3
millimeters from the cyst. In consideration, however, of the size and
activity of the host, it is not easy to see how the scattering of the
spores over such an infinitesimal area can cut much of a figure in
their dissemination.

Spores—Rounded cylinders or barrel-shaped. Dimensions, 5 by
2.75 microns.

Host.—Gryllus abbreviatus Serv. The gregarines occurred in perhaps
25 per cent. of the crickets opened. But when present, they are
present in countless numbers, compact masses of gregarines as large
as peas being found. It does not seem likely that such extensive
infections can be due merely to the chance picking up of stray spores.
More probably we have here to do either with cannibalism or the
devouring of dead comrades.

Gregarina melanopli sp.n. (PI. XVIII, figs. 6-9.)

Protomerite—In the young solitary animals, the protomerite is
cubical, with rounded corners, to mammaliform, and often shows in
front a low, broad projection. In the associated gregarines, it has
the form of a greatly compressed hemisphere.

Deutomerite—In the young, cylindrical to flask-shaped. There is
generally a slight constriction in the middle. In the pairs, cylindrical,
but with a very variable ratio of length to breadth. Two cases are
shown in figs. 8 and 9, which are camera outlines of living gregarines.

Epicyte.—Longitudinally striated. The following measurements of
its thickness are taken from a large pair:

Primite.—
Anterior tip of protomerite . . . . . . . . +. #£=Smicrons.
Sidesioiiprotomerite: 4) Suhre | SI 85 %

Sid estou eutomenitew ule sea ten went ee oc Mer a2 sc

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (May,

Satellite.—
Anterior corners of protomerite . . . . . . . 38 microns.
Sides of deutomerite . . oe ape (ao ag Sean pelo. 3
Posterior end of deutomerite ‘owen oy» Sea lee eee *

Sarcocyte.—Differentiated into an outer hyaline and an inner granu-
lar layer. Its thickness in the various parts of the same large pair from
which the above measurements of the epicyte were taken is given in
the following table:

Primite.—
Hront of protomerite a) s.alie wie 9.0 eile) 9 Ge ee eee CONDUICLONSS
Sides of protomerite coon ne th ec nee REO f
SitekeswosecoKrenoyavsrmiren yy 5 Sh 2S a See I) is
Satellite.—
Anterior corners of protomerite . . . . . . . 16 microns.
Sides of deutomerite. . Sh OS ee Sie reel ale ee
Posterior end of deutomerite ee ase Bate eR e

It may be noted here that in those parts where the epicyte thickens,
the sarcocyte thins. A like condition has been noted by Léger for
Amphoroides polydesmt.

Entocyte.—Very dense. Tinged with brownish yellow. The nucleus
shows merely as a lighter area.

Size.—The solitary animals ranged in length from 200-370 microns.

The lengths of a number of pairs, in microns, are given in the appended
list:

Primite. Satellite. Total.
675 750 1425
640 710 1350
600 750 1350
600 710 1310
600 700 1300
525 500 1025
420 450 870

The first was the largest pair seen. In nearly all cases, the primite
was the shorter and broader animal.

Habit.—The gregarines, according to the particular host examined,
were either nearly all solitary or nearly all associated. I examined,
however, but very few locusts; so cannot say if this be the rule. In one,
in which I found some fifty pairs, they occurred in an almost solid
mass in the host’s intestine, gradually separating when placed upon the
slide.

Movements.—The animals are somewhat polymorphic, undergoing

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

fairly extensive changes of shape. Such changes, however, were
always effected very slowly. They also progressed in curves and
straight lines, but in a most leisurely manner.

Host.—Melanoplus femoratus (Burm.).

Locality. Wyncote, Pennsylvania.

As with his G. achetew-abbreviate, so with his G. locuste-caroline,
Leidy (1853) seems to have described two species under one name.
My observations of the summer of 1906 show that the host in question,
Dissosteira carolina (1.), then known as Locusta carolina, is infected by
two gregarines. One of these is in all probability a true Gregarina,
and I believe Leidy’s figs. 35 and 36 to be representations of it. On
the other hand, his fig. 37 is probably a Stephanophora, and it has been
placed in that genus by me (Crawley, 1903). The confusion seems
best cleared up by retaining Leidy’s name for the true Gregarina, and

creating a new one for the Stephanophora. The two species are
defined below.

Gregarina locuste-caroline Leidy. (Pl. XVIII, fig. 13.)
Gregarina locuste-caroline Leidy (1853), p. 239, pl. 11, figs. 35, 36.
Gregarina locuste-caroline Leidy (1856), p. 47.
Gregarina fimbriata Diessing (1859), p. 730.
Gregarina locuste-caroline Labbé (1899), p. 35.
Stephanophora locuste-caroline Crawley (1903), p. 54.

Epimerite—A small rounded knob, cut off from the protomerite by
a very short neck. The epicyte of the epimerite is continuous with
that of the protomerite, and does not intervene between the two
segments, the boundary between which is formed by the sarcocyte
of the protomerite. A small quantity of entocyte is present.

Protomerite—Globular in the cephalonts, and nearly so in the
sporonts. Posterior boundary plane.

Deutomerite.—Globular to oval or even cylindrical in the cephalonts.
Oval to cylindrical in the sporonts.

Epicyte.—Shows a double contour.

Sarcocyte.—In the cephalonts and very small sporonts, well developed,
especially in the anterior part of the protomerite.

Entocyte—Pale. This applies to the young animals; my notes
being silent as to its condition in the adults.

Nucleus.—Large, with one large karyosome.

Size.—The largest animal seen was 350 microns long. The appear-
ance of this individual, however, did not suggest full maturity. The
cephalonts were 100-110 microns long. Decapitation takes place
early. Quite a number of small gregarines were seen, all about 100

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ‘[May,

microns long, the youthfulness of which was plainly indicated by their
transparency, and fully half had lost their epimerites.
Host.—Dissosteira carolina (L.).
Locality.—Wyncote, Pennsylvania.
Stephanophora pachyderma sp.n. (PI. XVIII, figs. 2, 3.)

Gregarina locuste-caroline Leidy (1853), p. 239, pl. 11, figs. 37, 38.
Gregarina locuste-caroline Leidy (1856), p. 47.

Gregarina fimbriata Diessing (1859), p. 730.

Gregarina locuste-caroline Labbé (1899), p. 35.

Stephanophora locuste-caroline Crawley (1903), p. 54.

Epimerite.—Consists of a cylindrical piece, bearing in front a number
of forwardly directed digitiform processes. Separated from the proto-
merite by a mere constriction, no definitive neck being formed.

Protomerite.—In the cephalonts, consisting of a cylindrical basal
portion, narrowing regularly in front to the base of the epimerite.
This anterior conical part, which makes up one-half the length of the
protomerite, is composed entirely of ectosarc. In the sporonts,
almost perfectly hemispherical, with its contour continuous with that
of the deutomerite.

Deutomerite.—In the cephalonts, lanceolate, with a blunt posterior
end. Broader than the protomerite, and broadest just behind the
septum. There is scarcely a constriction between the two. In the
sporonts, heart-shaped.

Epicyte—Thickness 2-3 microns. The thickness is essentially
uniform over the entire gregarine, except for a small region at the
anterior tip of the protomerite. Here the epicyte thickens on its inner
surface, making a small indentation into the sareocyte.

Sarcocyte.—Always very thick. In the cephalonts, making up one-
half the length of the protomerite. On account of the change of shape
which follows decapitation, the sarcocyte is more conspicuous in the
protomerite of the cephalonts than in that of the sporonts. Yet even
in the latter, it here measures. 30 microns, which is reduced to 12
microns elsewhere.

Entocyte.—In the sporonts, black in transmitted light in the deuto-
merite. Not quite so dense in the protomerite, and here showing a
relatively clear space, as indicated in fig. 3.

Nucleus.—F airly large, with a number of karyosomes.

Size.—The largest sporont seen was 500 microns long.

Host.—Dissosteira carolina (1..).

Locality.—Wyncote, Pennsylvania.

The perfectly oval shape of this last species, sometimes disguised
by their habit of holding the long axis bent, is probably normal. Yet
one balloon-shaped specimen was seen.

a

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

The animals are present only sparingly in the infected locusts, and
occur in both the mid-gut and pyloric ecxea.

One specimen was observed which showed behind it a gelatinous
stalk, such as described by Schewiakoff (1894), and considered by him
to furnish the means for the progressive movement. This stalk,
although differing but very slightly in refractive index from the water,
could plainly be seen. Since, however, the stalk was carried about by
the gregarine as a mammal carries its tail, the sole influence it could
have possibly had upon progression would have been that of a hind-
rance.

The actual extrusion of the substance of this stalk was not witnessed ,
but that the gregarines were liberally provided with some kind of a
gelatinous matter was demonstrated by killing them with iodine.
Animals so killed showed, on their surfaces, great numbers of small
globules.

I have finally to describe a Geniorhynchus, probably distinct from
the European form.

Geniorhynchus eshne sp.n. (Pl. XVIII, fig. 4.)

Epimerite—Consists of an ellipsoidal or globular head, borne on a
short neck which may be considerably swollen. The head is liberally
provided with short spines, directed backward.

Protomerite——Large, having the form of a truncated cone with
slightly curved contours. Broader than the deutomerite.

Deutomerite—Conical to cylindrical, terminating bluntly. The
posterior fourth generally showed, in the cases observed, one or more
deep constrictions, which underwent slow changes.

Epicyte.—Thin, longitudinally striated.

Sarcocyte.—Well developed. In the protomerite, it is enormously
thickened, occupying the anterior third of the segment as a solid mass,
which rapidly thins out behind. It here contains a few small granules.

Entocyte.—Not especially dense, and usually thinning out consider-
ably toward the surface.

Nucleus.—Shows several irregularly shaped karyosomes.

Size.-—420 microns long.

Host.—Nymph of A?shna constricta Say.

Locality.— Southeastern Pennsylvania.

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {[May,

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Crawley, Howarp. 1903. List of the Polycystid Gregarines of the United
States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., January, 1903, pp. 41-58, pls. 1-3.
CrawLEy, Howarp. 1903a. The Polycy: Stid Gregarines of the United Sates.
(Second Contribution.) Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., October, 1903, pp.
632-644, pl. 30.

Dressine, C. M. 1859. Revision der Rhyngodeen. Sitz. Wien Akad., Bd. 37,
pp. 719-782.

Lasse, A. 1899. Das Tierreich; 5 Lief., Sporozoa. Berlin, R. Friedlander und
Sohn, 1899.

Lervy, JosepH. 1853. On the Organization of the genus Gregarina of Dufour.
Trans. Amer. Phil. Society, Vol. 10, N.S., pp. 233-241, pls. 11, 12.

Leipy, JosepH. 1856. Proc. Acad. Nat. "ae of Phila., Vol. 8, p. 47 (verbal
communication).

ScuewiaKkorr, V. 1894. Ueber die Ursache der fortschreitenden Bewegung der
Gregarinen. Zeitschr. j. wiss. zool., Bd, 58, pp. 340-354, Taf. 20, 21.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1.—Gregarina achete-abbreviate (p. 220). Camera outline of sporont.

Fig. 2.—Stephanophora pachyderma (p. : 226), Cephalont.

Fig. 3.—Stephanophora pachyderma te 226). Sporont.

Fig. 4.—Geniorhynchus eschne @. 227). Cephalont.

Fig. 5. —Stenophora erratica (p. 221). pa sporont.

Figs. 6, 7.—Gregarina melanopli (p. 223). Young solitary sporonts.

Figs. 8, 9.—Gregarina melano pli (P. 223). Camera outlines of two pairs.

Figs. 10, 11.—Gregarina kingy {p.2 23). Paired individuals.

Fig. 12. ”Gregarina kingi (p. 2 21). Discharged cyst. Only the basal vortion of
the sporoduct is shown.

Fig. 13.—Gregarina locuste-carolina (p. 225). Cephalont

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

A NEW SPECIES OF ATHLETA AND A NOTE ON THE MORPHOLOGY OF
ATHLETA PETROSA.

BY BURNETT SMITH.

INTRODUCTION.

Though the present paper is intended primarily to show some of the
variations and mutations exhibited by one of our Eocene Volutoid
stocks, recent work in nomenclature has necessitated certain changes
of generic names, and therefore a brief explanation of these changes is
essential to a proper understanding of the forms here considered.

In April, 1906, Dr. Dall' called attention to the fact that the type of
Swainson’s genus Volutilithes is not Voluta spinosa (which had been
previously accepted by most authors), but Voluta muricina Lam. A
similar observation was made by Mr. R. Bullen Newton? in June, 1906.
Taking Voluta muricina as the type for the genus Volutilithes, it is
plainly evident that such forms as Voluta spinosa of Lamarck and
Voluta petrosa of Conrad must be furnished with a separate generic
designation and not included in the genus Volutilithes. In selecting a
name for these forms the writer has followed the suggestions of M.
Cossmann® and revived Conrad’s Athleta.!| The type of Athleta is the
Kuropean Athleta rarispina.

The forms studied in the present paper are all either specifically
identical with or else closely related to Conrad’s Voluta petrosa, which
for so many years has been familiar to American paleontologists as
Volutilithes petrosus. As the author has recently stated,> the study
of large and carefully collected series from the Gulf States has con-
vinced him that the forms described as Athleta tuomeyi by Conrad are
nothing but races of his Voluta petrosa which have been subjected to
an unfavorable environment. ‘“‘They are of one genetic stock, and the
differences can in no sense be regarded as generic; in fact they are not
even specific.”

1 The Nautilus, ‘ ‘Note on some Names in the Volutide,”’ p. 143.
© ?“Note on Swainson’s Genus Volutilithes,’’ Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., June, 1906,
9. 100.
Ps Revue Critique de Paléozoologie, p. 222, Oct., 1906.

4 “Synopsis of the Genus Cassidula and of a proposed new genus Athleta,”
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. VI, 1852-3. =

° The Nautilus, March, 1907, p. 131.

16

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Now Athleta rarispina certainly has generic affinity with both Con-
rad’s Athleta tuomeyi and Lamarck’s Voluta spinosa. When we com-
pare Lamarck’s Voluta spinosa and Conrad’s Voluta petrosa, no differ-
ences which can be regarded as other than specific are observed. We
have therefore at least four species of Athleta, two American and two
European. The two American are connected by every gradation of
intermediate and cannot be considered as specifically distinct. The
European forms are separate species.’ In spite, therefore, of minor
morphologic differences, and of discrepancies in the time range and in
the geographical distribution, we must regard these forms as belonging
to one generic group and apply the name Athleta to them all. Athleta
petrosa would then include both Voluta petrosa and Athleta tuomeyi;
the value of the designation twomeyi should, however, in no case be
more than subspecific.

The assemblages which may be grouped under the specific name
Athleta petrosa are widely distributed in our Gulf Eocene. The race
from any particular locality or bed usually differs from other races, but
nevertheless all of them possess so many characters in common that
further specific division would be inadvisable. Every individual
gradation and not a few racial gradations may be found to connect the
normal Athleta petrosa with the abnormal Athleta petrosa tuomeyt. As
far as the author knows, it is only at two localities that we find forms
associated with Athleta petrosa which, though closely related, must be
considered as distinct species.’ The cases in question are at Claiborne,
Alabama, where the closely related associate species is Athleta sayana,
and at St. Maurice, Louisiana, where the closely related associate is here
designated as the new species Athleta clayi.

The races of Athleta petrosa and their allies from the Alabama-—
Mississippi region have been considered in a previous paper.’ In
their case, thanks to the work of Prof. Eugene A. Smith and Mr. Law-
rence C. Johnson,’ it is possible to arrange the races in chronologic
order. In the present study the races discussed are mostly from the
Eocene beds west of the Mississippi River, and unfortunately the

® Dr. Dall (Trans. Wag. Inst., Vol. 3, p. 75) says: ‘‘In America, however, the
deposition of callus never became normal and regular, though in Europe A.
rarispina and A, ficulina Lam. exhibit a normal, Cassis-like expansion around the
aperture of what, without it, is a typical Volutilithes.” At this time Dr. Dall
regarded Voluta spinosa as the type of Volutilithes.

7 Volutilithes precursor of Dall and Volutilithes dalli of Harris,though in the same
genus with Athleta petrosa, are not very nearly related to it.

§ Phylogeny of the Races of Volutilithes petrosus,’ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., May, 1906, p. 52.

* Bull. 43, U. S. G. S., “Tertiary and Cretaceous Starta of the Tuscaloosa,
Tombigbee, and Alabama Rivers,’’ Eugene A. Smith and Lawrence C. Johnson.

‘Mies a

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

stratigraphy of the minor divisions is there only poorly understood.
The researches of Prof. Gilbert D. Harris have, it is true, done much
to make clear the succession in Louisiana and Texas; but it is still
impossible to ascertain the relations of the less important beds with
each other or with their time equivalents in the standard sections of
Alabama. In this western Gulf region we have three well defined
formations in which Athleta petrosa and its allies occur. These are the
Lignitic, Lower Claiborne and Jackson.

MorpHo.oey.

As with the races from the Alabama sections, we find that the Athleta
petrosa assemblage from any one locality or horizon is apt to differ
more or less from that found at another locality or horizon. Not
infrequently certain individuals of a race will depart to some extent
from the racial norm, but these make usually but a small minority of
the assemblage. “In other words, the majority of specimens from
any one locality or horizon show a certain stage of evolution.”

Throughout the present paper the author has used the same terms
which were employed in dealing with the Alabama forms. As before
we have the smooth stage, curved rib stage, cancellated stage, spiny
stage and senile stage. The senile and spiny stages may be separate
or associated together in the same whorl. Rib, spiral, tubercle, spine,
etc., are all used in the same sense, and the end of the first whorl is
again placed (arbitrarily, of course) in the same position.

Athleta petrosa tuomeyi.

Sabinetown Race. 4

Locality.—Sabinetown, Texas.

Horizon.—Lignitic beds.

This series is small and the individuals are poorly preserved. There
are no very young ones, and the shelly overgrowth produced by the
protruded mantle is very extreme in the old individuals. This, together
with the poor state of preservation, renders detailed morphologic work
impossible. These forms are typically senile, the most marked feature
being the monstrous shelly overgrowth which results from the pro-
trusion of the mantle onto the preceding whorl. In addition they are
very small and dwarfed. They resemble closely the Hatchetigbee
forms of Alabama, but are even more extreme and dwarfed. If they
are members of the same senile phylogenetic series which we find in
Alabama they are indeed descendants of the Hatchetigbee Bluff Race.
They may, however, be synchronous with any one of the Alabama
senile groups, and be merely the expression of conditions which were

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

much more unfavorable than those influencing the.more eastern
assemblages during Lignitic time.!°

Athleta petrosa.

Lower Claiborne Races.

In the Alabama sections we find forms representing ina general way
the Athleta petrosa main stock at a date as early as the Nanafalia
Lignitic. In the western Gulf region no such normal types are known
to the author from below the horizon of the Lower Claiborne beds.
In other words the Lignitie forms from Texas, ete., are (as far as ob-
served) abnormal, and even these senile representatives are rare. No
evidence of the presence of these abnormal members has yet been
presented by the sediments found above the Lignitie beds of this
region.

The Lower Claiborne races of Athleta petrosa, then, may all be grouped
as members of the Athleta petrosa main stock. As a rule each locality
is characterized by a single, comparatively homogeneous race, the
great majority of whose individuals differs more or less in certain
minor characters from the races of other localities. Exceptionally,
however, we find two very slightly different strains in the assemblage
from a given place. These insignificant peculiarities may sometimes
be important in locating the probable ancestry of later forms. Again,
in a few places we find a well-defined race of Athleta petrosa accom-
panied by a very closely allied derived form, which has departed
enough from its parent stock to be described as a distinct species.

The Lower Claiborne of Louisiana and Texas furnishes many good
collecting grounds which afford excellent material for exhibiting the
variations and mutations of Athleta petrosa. Nine localities which
offer large series of well-preserved specimens have been selected, and
the developmental shell stages of their races have been arranged in
tabulated form. With the exception of Moseley Ferry all the localities
chosen have comparatively homogeneous races of Athleta petrosa. At
Moseley Ferry there are, however, two well-marked strains of Athleta
petrosa. These two strains are very close, but one is of interest as
foreshadowing the characters of the Jackson and Montgomery races of
later time. It is greatly to be regretted that our knowledge of the
stratigraphy will not permit us to arrange the Lower Claiborne races
in chronologic order,

1° The Sabinetown beds have usually been correlated with the Wood’s Bluff
beds of Alabama. See Gilbert D. Harris and A. C. Veatch, Geol. Surv. La., Rep.
V, 1899, p. 67, and also A. C. Veatch, Geol. Surv. La., 1902, p. 125.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

In the following tables the figures stand for the whorl, while the
letters are used for the different ontogenetic stages as follows:

A—Smooth stage. D—Spiny stage.
B—Curved rib stage. E—Senile stage.
| C—Cancellated stage. I—Individual variation.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Mount Lebanon, La.

Lewis House, two miles
east of Alto, Tex.

Nine miles southeast of
Jewett, Tex.

Smithville, Tex.

Hurricane Bayou, Hous-
ton Co., Tex.

Alabama Bluff, Trinity
River, Houston Co. .
Tex.

Shipp’s Ford, Bastrop
‘o., Tex.

Moseley Ferry, Tex.

Moseley Ferry (Jackson
Strain).

St. Maurice, La.

Taste I.—Showing variability in the length of the smooth stage and relative
constancy in the beginning of the spiny stage in the Lower Claiborne races
of A. petrosa.

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {May,

Athleta petrosa.

Montgomery Race.

Locality.—Montgomery, Louisiana.

Horizon.—Jackson beds.

The Mentgomery race is, from a geological standpoint, cotemporane-
ous with the Jackson race of Jackson, Mississippi. In its early whorls
it is perhaps a little less accelerated than the Jackson race. The
following table will serve to illustrate its relations with the Mississippi
forms and with the probable Lower Claiborne ancestor.

Moseley Ferry (Jackson
Strain).

Montgomery, La.

Jackson, Miss.

Tasip II.—Showing slight acceleration of the curved rib stage and the beginning
of the cancellated stage in the A. petrosa races of Jackson time. The Lower
Claiborne Moseley Ferry form is introduced as a probable ancestor.

Athleta clayi n. s."

Locality.—St. Maurice, Louisiana.

Horizon.—Lower Claiborne.

The more important morphological features of this species may be
summed up as follows:

Whorl 1.—Smooth and rounded.

Whorl 2.—Smooth and rounded at first, but soon a very few untuber-
cled but nearly straight ribs appear. These probably represent a
somewhat suppressed and condensed curved rib stage. : They are
followed by the straight tubercled ribs of the cancellated stage. At
first the suture tubercle is the larger, but a shoulder angle soon forms
and the shoulder tubercle becomes dominant.

Whorls 3, 4-—Characterized by the cancellated stage. Much as in

"This species has been named in honor of Mr. Randolph Clay, of Philadelphia.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235

the latter part of whorl 2, but the ribbing above the shoulder grows
weaker.

Whorls 5, 6.—Characterized by the cancellated stage, but toward the
end of 6 the ribbing above the shoulder is gone and the suture tuber-
cles are weak. The shoulder tubercle strengthens and the ribbing
below it is well developed. Whorls covered with fine spirals from the
shoulder downward, but they are stronger below on the branchial
siphon.

Whorl 7.—Still characterized by the cancellated stage. The suture
tubercle and the spirals immediately below the shoulder both disappear.
The spirals are well developed, however, on the branchial siphon.

Fie, 1. Fic, 2.

Fig. 1—Apex of Athleta clayi. St. Maurice, Louisiana. In the second whorl the
short and almost suppressed curved rib stage is seen passing into the tuber-
cled ribs of the cancellated stage. Length about 1.2 mm.

Fig. 2.—Athleta clayi. St. Maurice, Louisiana. Mature individual exhibiting in
its last whorl the features of the spiny stage. In the mature sculpture it
is practically indistinguishable from the adult specimens of A. petrosa.
Length = 27.5 mm.

Toward the end of the whorl the ribbing below the shoulder disappears
and the shoulder tubercles become spine-like, so that the cancellated
stage ends with the close of whorl 7.

Whorl 8.—Characterized by the spiny stage. Shoulder spines
sharp. Spirals on the branchial siphon only, Shelly smoothing of
the preceding whorl is slight. =

Remarks.—This form is distinguished from the St. Maurice race of

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Athleta petrosa by its large and swollen apex; by its smooth stage
which occupies little more than one whorl; by its more or less suppressed
curved rib stage, and by the earlier decline of the spirals immediately
below the shoulder. The following table will serve to compare Athleta
clayi with its associate, the St. Maurice race of Athleta petrosa, and also
with a probable descendant, Athleta sayana, of Claiborne, Alabama.

A. petrosa.
St. Maurice, La.

A. clayt.
St. Maurice, La.

A. sayana.!*
Claiborne, Ala.

Tarp I1I.—Showing the greater amount of acceleration in A. clayi and A,
sayana. The less accelerated A. petrosa is introduced for comparison.

In Table I the compared races of Athleta petrosa are all from one
geological formation, the Lower Claiborne. As stated before it is
not possible, with our present knowledge of the stratigraphy, to arrange
them in the order of their geological succession. This is most unfor-
tunate, for it can be seen at a glance that the races differ to a consider-
able extent in the acceleration of their shell features. These races
may and undoubtedly largely do represent certain episodes in the time
range of the stock, but we cannot say which ones are mutations and
which ones variations. There appears to be no relation between
geographical distribution and degree of acceleration, and even if there
were it would mean nothing in view of our ignorance of the stratigraphy.
Any attempt at a phylogenetic arrangement of these assemblages,
having as its basis the degree of acceleration, is very inadvisable.
Such an arrangement would be founded on the assumption that an
accelerated form must always and invariably occupy a higher horizon
in the rock series than an unaccelerated form.

2 During 6, 7 and 8 many secondary riblets appear, and these with the spirals
produce a secondary cancellation which must not be confused with the primary.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

In these ten Lower Claiborne races it is evident that the early stages
vary more than do the later stages. The end of the cancellated stage
comes very constantly toward the close of whorl 8. The end of this
stage is not as distinct as its beginning, and it is true that the table
exaggerates slightly the sharpness of this termination of the cancellated
stage. Though the change from the cancellated to the spiny stage is
gradual it is usually accomplished within half a whorl, and this trans-
formation takes place with great regularity during the latter part of
whorl 8. To sum up, the table may slightly exaggerate the sharp-
ness of the change, but it in no way exaggerates the fact that the
end of the cancellated stage occupies in this series of forms a much
more definite place in the ontogeny than does its beginning.

Table II shows that in the Athleta petrosa races of Jackson time the
beginning of the cancellated stage is on the whole earlier than in the
forms of the Lower Claiborne. In some cases this acceleration is
quite marked, as is seen when we compare, for example, the Jackson or
Montgomery races with the Mt. Lebanon race of Table I. The Lower
Claiborne St. Maurice race of Athleta petrosa seems to have attained
about the same degree of acceleration as the later races of Table II.
The Lower Claiborne Moseley Ferry race, which exhibits the tendencies
of the later Jackson time races, has been introduced into Table II as a
probable ancestral fcrm.

In Table III the Lower Claiborne race of Athleta petrosa from St.
Maurice and the Athleta clay, also of St. Maurice, are compared. Ath-
leta sayana from the later Claiborne beds is shown as a probable
descendant of A. clayv.

Taking all three tables into consideration, it is evident that the
smooth stage is by far the most variable stage in Athleta petrosa and
its derivatives, A. clayi and A. sayana. Still another remarkable fact -
is brought out by these tables when we examine the changes of the
smooth stage in relation with the changes in the later stages. It is
only in Athleta sayana, a form where the smooth stage has been restricted
to a little over one whorl, that we find any marked modification of the
characters of the spiny stage. Again, it is only in A. sayana that we
find the spiny stage beginning at such an early point in the ontogeny
as the sixth whorl.

In Athleta clayi and A. sayana the smooth first whorl is much larger
than in any of the assemblages of A. petrosa. The apex of A. sayana
is larger than the apex of A. clayi, and in addition the later stages of
A. sayana are markedly different from those of A. petrosa. On the
other hand, the later shell characters of A. clayi are almost identical

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

(except for acceleration) with those of some of the Texas Lower Clai-
borne races of A. petrosa. In this particular respect A. clayi more
closely resembles all the races of A. petrosa than it does A. sayana.
Athleta clayz is similar, then, to A. petrosa in its later stages, but similar
to A. sayana in its smooth and curved rib stages.’ It may be reason-

Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fre. 5.

Fig. 3.—Apex of Athleta petrosa Con. St. Maurice, Louisiana. Showing the small
first whorl and the relatively long smooth stage. In whorl 3 the curved ribs
are seen passing into the tubercled ribs of the cancellated stage. Length
about .75 mm.

Fig. 4—Apex of Athleta clayi. St. Maurice, Louisiana. Shows the large and
smooth first whorl. The tubercled ribs of the cancellated stage are displayed
in whorl 2. Length about .8§ mm.

Fig. 5.—Apex of Athleta sayana Con. Claiborne, Alabama. Shows the large smooth
whorl and the smooth stage which is restricted to a little over one whorl.
In whorl 2 the almost suppressed curved ribs are seen passing into the
tubercled ribs of the cancellated stage. Length = 1.8 mm.

ably regarded as an intermediate between the Athleta petrosa main
stock and Athleta sayana.

One more question is worth considering before we leave the discus-
sion of the morphology. What is the meaning of this restriction of the
smooth stage to a little over one whorl? If the size of the apex remained
the same it would be best explained as an example of acceleration.
The size of the first whorl, however, is not the same as in Athleta
petrosa, but is larger in A. clayi and still larger in A. sayana. May not
this change then represent only an enlargement of the veliger, rather
than a case of true acceleration? The writer feels that with present
data he is unable to solve this particular part of the problem. Though

‘* The author realizes perfectly that the propriety of separating A. clayi from
A. petrosa may be questioned by some workers. Those who object to his
arrangement will probably bring up the frequently cited case of Sturany’s Fusus
bifrons (Gastropoden des Rothen Meeres). Judging from the figures it would
seem, however, that Sturany is dealing with what would be regarded by most
systematists as two distinct species.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

the cause of this change may be unknown the change itself is unques-
tionable, and in the probable phylogeny of this particular series of
forms it precedes the modification of the later shell stages.

PROBABLE PHYLOGENETIC RELATIONS.

The Lower Claiborne races of Athleta petrosa show not a little racial
variation especially in the smooth stage. They are nevertheless
typical examples of the main stock. The later Claiborne race of
Alabama probably owes its origin to some such assemblage as the
first strain from the Lower Claiborne of Moseley Ferry. The second
strain from Moseley Ferry—that is the one which shows such marked
Jackson tendencies—is a probable ancestor which, through acceleration
and the multiplication of plaits, passed into the Montgomery and
Jackson races of Jackson time.

(f fa
Fic. 6. lives, 7 Fie. 8.

Fig. 6.—A thleta petrosa Con. St. Maurice, Louisiana. Immature individual ex-
hibiting the sculpture of the cancellated stage. Length = 10 mm.

Fig. 7.—A thleta clayi. St. Maurice, Louisiana. Immature individual exhibiting
the sculpture of the cancellated stage. Length = 12 mm.

Fig. 8 —Athleta sayana Con. Claiborne, Alabama. Mature individual showing
in the sculpture of its later whorls marked departures from the A. petrosa
main stock. The secondary cancellation is shown in the last whorl. Length
= 48 mm.

Athleta clayi is almost identical with the examples of A. petrosa
main stock in everything except its smooth stage. In its smooth stage
it approaches Athleta sayana of the later Claiborne beds of Alabama.
We are reasonably safe in concluding that A. sayana was derived from
the A. petrosa main stock through the Lower Claiborne A. clayz. In

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

this case the first change was a modification of the apical characters
(A. clayi), and the second change was modification in the features of the
spiny stage (A. sayana). The following table probably comes reason-
ably close to the phylogeny of these forms.

L. Claiborne Claiborne Jackson.

A. petrosa main stock

= = 2S
: Jackson and
L..Claiborne Races Montgomery Races _
SS
Bw © Lo oe
Ve 4 “Or,
Chigg Ic e de ~
C5, SG" Es
2 40, ‘ ca (a) Ss
2 or * “4 NS :
Dey ~ ? tigre
ie “Sg
Ye™N
Yogi JF
Can Se,
Der. 20, ~ Cag
la a
2)
Sty er
Se S25

It will be seen that in the above scheme the Claiborne race of Athleta
petrosa is placed in a position which indicates a slight divergence from
the main stock. This change in its characters is attributed to the
local nature of the Claiborne Sands environment.'* The Claiborne
race of A. petrosa is the type of the species, and this is just one example
of what is frequently encountered in dealing with large series of races
or individuals, namely, that the specific type may not be the most
typical expression of the actual specific group.”

The races of Athleta petrosa which are displayed in the Lower Clai-
borne deposits of Texas and Louisiana appear to constitute a veritable
metropolis. In this Lower Claiborne metropolitan assemblage was
evolved Athleta clayi. The Claiborne race of A. petrosa and A. sayana
of the Alabama Claiborne Sands represent local conditions, and clearly

4 See A. C. Veatch, Geol. Surv. La., 1902, p. 140.

Prof. Henry 8. Williams has observed that ‘‘species are often described for
the extreme form rather than the central stock.’’ He also lays stress on ‘‘the
necessity of distinguishing the real specific group from the species as understood
in literature.”

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

show their origin to have been among the more generalized forms of
the Lower Claiborne.

The Jackson and Montgomery races are unquestionably the descend-
ants of the Jackson strain in the Lower Claiborne metropolis and are
not derived from the Claiborne forms.

SuMMaRY.

In this study of Athleta petrosa and its allies from the western
Gulf region we find the geological series of the races less complete than
in the Eocene beds east of the Mississippi River. The Texas Lignitic
yields little material, but that little is quite similar to the senile forms
of the later Lignitic of Alabama. Texas, however, gives us no such
increasingly abnormal series as we find in the Alabama Lignitic.
These abnormal forms are considered as derived (1) by migration and
(2) by senile evolution from a theoretical metropolis situated farther
seaward in a more typically marine environment than obtained in the
waters of the Lignitic Gulf.

With the end of the Lignitie this metropolis is believed to have
encroached northward. The Athleta petrosa races of the Texas and
Louisiana Lower Claiborne represent this metropolitan assemblage.
Among these Lower Claiborne forms we find foreshadowed the Jack-
son, Montgomery and Claiborne races of later time. In addition
Athleta clayi has in this Lower Claiborne diverged from its parent
stock, and illustrates one stage of that evolution which finally results
in the Claiborne Athleta sayana. The Claiborne forms of Alabama
indicate an adjustment to rather local conditions, while the succeeding
Jackson is a widespread limestone which bears a clear water facies
of the old metropolitan assemblage.

In dealing with the evolution of shell features in fossil gastropods it
is necessary to select a group which exhibits change, but at the same
time is certainly of one genetic stock. The forms considered in this
paper fulfill both of these conditions. No one can doubt the common
origin of the races and species in question, while the morphologic
changes are evident.

It was shown in another paper that the Lignitic forms diverged from
the main stock by an exaggeration and not by an acceleration of the
marks of senility. Their peculiar evolution was attributed to uncon-
genial conditions. It was a violent reaction to an unfavorable environ-
ment. The morphologic modifications of the post-Lignitic forms are
perhaps still more interesting as casting some light on the laws of
gastropod evolution. Taking the normal species and races of Lower

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Claiborne, Claiborne and Jackson time, we find that on the whole there
is much more yariation in the smooth stage than anywhere else in the
shell. Among the Lower Claiborne races of Athleta petrosa the only
changes worthy of notice are in the length of the smooth stage, while A.
clayt has departed from A. petrosa only by a modification of its apical
features. The later shell characters of A. clayi are almost identical
with those of A. petrosa.

In the Claiborne Sands we have the Claiborne race of Athleta petrosa
and A. sayana. ‘The writer suggests that in the first case (A. petrosa)
the local conditions produced a modification in the later stages of a
form with a primitive apex—in other words a member of the A. petrosa
main stock. In the second case (A. sayana) it is believed that these
similar external conditions acted on a type such as A. clay’, and that
this form with its already modified apex reacted more readily, so that
the characters of its later shell stages departed to a considerable
extent from those of A. petrosa.

In the more widely extended conditions of Jackson age the apices
are not greatly changed in form, but the smooth stage is simply shorter.
In other words the curved rib stage and the beginning of the cancel-
lated stage are more accelerated.

From the data furnished by Athleta clayi and A. sayana it appears
that in the normal races of Athleta petrosa and its normal allies marked
modifications of the later shell stages are preceded by marked modifica-
tion in the apex. In addition we can say for this restricted normal
group at least that the apex is not only a variable feature, but the most
variable feature which the shells furnish.”®

©The author is thoroughly convinced that the features of the apex must be
used in classification with great caution. For this group at least Grabau’s
generalization does not hold. He says: ‘‘The smaller the taxonomic group the
more nearly identical must be the earlier stages, since in a small group the mem-
bers have not become widely separated from their common ancestor.’ (Am.
Nat., Vol. 36, p. 922.)

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN WHELKS FROM NORTHERN JAPAN AND THE
KURIL ISLANDS.

BY H. A. PILSBRY.

Volutopsius hirasei n.sp. (Pl. NIX, fig. 2.

The shell is fusiform, thick and solid, glossy where unworn, livid
under a very thin, smooth transparent cuticle, which however is largely
worn from the type. Whorls 64, strongly convex, separated by deep
sutures. Surface sculptured with low spiral threads, rather close and
fine below the suture, widely spaced in the median part of the last whorl,
becoming close on the base, and coarser on the anterior narrow portion.
The aperture is livid brownish within, outer lip expanded, white, thin
at the edge. The columella is weakly sinuous, covered with a white
callus. There is also a small but rather thick callus near the posterior
angle of the aperture. A thin transparent callus spreads forward on
the parietal wall.

Length 72, diam. 34 mm.; length of aperture 42 mm.

Kisennuma, Rikuzen. Type No. 93,443, A.N.S.P., from No. 1,312
of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This species is related to V. regularis Dall, but differs by the longer
basal canal and the sculptured surface, V. regularis being smooth.
Beringius polynematicus n.sp. (Pl. XIX, fig. 1.)

Shell closely resembling B. frielei Dall,’ large, thin, dirty white under
a strong brown cuticle, mainly worn from the type, a “dead”’ shell.
Sculpture of shallow spiral grooves, about 2 mm. apart
on the last whorl, not much more than half that on the pean
penultimate; the spaces between these grooves slightly eee
convex, and sculptured with five or six irregular spiral ace
threads on the last whorl (fig. 1), about four on the Ss
penultimate. Six and one-half strongly convex whorls Bigot:
remain, the apex being defective. The aperture is wide, the outer lip
smooth within, thin; basal canal quite short. Columella very weakly
sigmoid ; callus on the inner margin thin, not spreading forward.

Length 140, diam. 59 mm.; length of the aperture 64 mm.

Kisennuma, Rikuzen. Type No. 93,444, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,760
of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

1 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1894, p. 711, pl. 27, fig. 8, from Bering Sea.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Only two specimens of this fine species were found. It is closely
related to B. jrielei Dall, but differs in the finer sculpture, that species
haying spiral threads in pairs, while in this there are invariably several
threads grouped on the convex intervals between deeper spiral grooves.

Beringius schantaricus (Midd.) is a smaller species, 72-77 mm. long,
with stronger external sculpture and spiral sulci within the mouth.

B. turtoni (Bean) is a species with internally smooth outer lip, but
it differs notably in the shape of the spire.

The genus Beringius has also been known as Jumala and Ukko, both
later generic terms.

Buccinum inclytum Pilsbry. (Pl. XX, fig. 1.)
Buccinum inclitum Pils., Nautilus, XVIII, p. 87.

A species of the B. glaciale group, of turrite-conic shape, rather
solid and heavy, composed of about 8} convex and somewhat angular
whorls. The shell is white, with a few small brown spots, under a
very thin, pale buff cuticle. The apex has been lost, and the first two
whorls are somewhat worn. The next two whorls have a strong,
cord-like keel below the middle, a smaller spiral rib below it, while
above it the surface is flattened and sloping, the whole covered with
fine spiral threads. Another spiral rib then gradually arises above the
peripheral one, so that all the rest of the whorls of the spire have three
strong rounded, cord-like spirals, all rendered irregularly nodose by
rather close longitudinal waves which radiate from the suture. The
last whorl is very convex, with a group of four strongly raised rounded
spiral ribs, two below and one above the slightly larger peripheral
spiral. The rest of the surface and the intervals between the ribs
are sculptured with much smaller spiral cords; and there is also a
very minute sculpture of fine spiral threads over the ribs and cords.
The rather small aperture is white in the throat, becoming ochre-tinted
near the lip and on the columella. The outer lip is slightly expanded
and suleate within, and it is slightly retracted above. The columella
is weakly biplicate.

Length 82, diam. 47 mm.; length of the aperture 40 mm.

Etoré, Chishima. Type No. 88,768, A. N.S. P., from No. 1,704 of
Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This noble Buccinum has some resemblance to B. carinatum Dkr.
and B. verkriizeni Kob., but differs from both in its more numerous,
closer and more emphatic spiral ribs. In the original notice in the
Nautilus the name was printed “inclitum” by oversight.

Buccinum unicum Pils. (Pl. XX, fig. 7.)
Described in these Proceedings for 1905, p. 102. This peculiar form

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

from Kisennuma, Rikuzen, is related to B. viridwm Dall? from off
California in deep water, and also known from Bering Sea, but it
differs from that in the minute sculpture. It is also a somewhat
larger and less inflated shell than B. viridum.

Buccinum middendorffi Verkriizen. (Pl. XIX, fig. 4; pl. XX, fig. 4.)

B. middendorffi Verk., Jahrb. Mal. Ges., IX, p. 213, 1882. Kobelt, Conchyl.
Cab., Buccinum, p. 76, pl. 89, fig. 2.

A specimen from Akkeshi, Kushiro, is figured. It measures, length
69, diameter 44 mm. The spire is dull reddish brown, fading on the
last whorl to rusty cream color. The aperture is brownish yellow
within, becoming dull reddish deep in the throat, the columella and
inner lip largely pure white, but with some yellow stain in the middle.
The sculpture of coarse waves reminds one of B. undatum. On the
last whorl there is a spiral sculpture of unevenly spaced low spiral
threads and shallow grooves at intervals, the whole covered with very
close, fine, decurrent wavy spiral lines. On the penultimate whorl the
spaced grooves run in pairs, and the finer sculpture is less distinct.
The next earlier whorl has low spiral cords, and the preceding two have
a sculpture of about 6 spiral cords running over slightly arcuate longi-
tudinal rounded ribs, somewhat as in a Latirus. The apex is worn.

While this example has much resemblance to Kobelt’s figures of
B. lischkeanum Lob., yet it seems referable to B. middendorffi.

Buccinum mirandum Smith. (Pl. XIX, fig. 5; pl. XX, fig. 5.)

The figures represent an example agreeing well with Kobelt’s figure
of the type, except that the longitudinal waves are almost obsolete. It
is white with a creamy or brownish tint, and somewhat profusely
maculate with rusty brown. The last whorl has 5 spiral ribs, the
upper one weakly nodose, the others hardly perceptibly so. It is
strongly puckered below the suture. The surface is finely and very
closely engraved with minute, clear-cut spiral lines mingled with
coarser ones. Length 45.5, diameter 28.5 mm.

Another example (pl. 19, fig. 3; pl. 20, fig. 3), from Akkeshi, Kushiro,
has the primary spiral ribs much smaller, the secondary threads larger,
the same minute engraved lines being present. The whorls are also
obliquely waved above the periphery. The lip is white, but the
interior of the aperture is brownish ochraceous. Length 48, diameter
30 mm,

* Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XII, 1889, p. 320, pl. 6, fig. 9: Also Keep, West
American Shells, p. 172,\fig. 165.

We

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Buccinum mirandum var. schrenkii Verkriizen. (Pl. XIX, fig. 6: pl. XX, fig. 6.)

The example figured occurred with B. mirandum (fig. 5). It differs
from that chiefly by the total absence of spiral ribs. The minute
sculpture is the same. The whole shell is dull reddish brown, the
thick lip and the columella white. The surface is puckered below the
suture as in B. mirandum. Length 48, diameter 30 mm.

Purpura freycineti alabaster n.subsp. (Pl. XX, fig. 2.)

The shell is large, thick and heavy, dull ashy white externally. The
spire is very short, the last whorl ample. Sculpture of coarse, wide-
spaced ribs, the largest at the shoulder, regularly diminishing down-
wards, about 8 on the last whorl, one on the penultimate, two on the
preceding whorls of thespire. There are also some coarse spaced ridges
along growth-lines. The aperture is pure white, the bevelled lip a little
grooved at the positions of the external ribs. The wide columella is
slightly flattened. Siphonal fasciole prominent. Length 56, diameter
38 mm. Kunajiri (or Kunashiri), Chishima. Type No. 88,304, A. N.
S. P., from No. 1,591 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This large and ponderous Purpura is very unlike the typical P.
freycineti, which is a common species of Kamchatka and the Kuril
Islands; but it has some resemblance to certain forms of that species
figured by Lischke (J. M. C., pl. 4, figs. 16-19), and I have thought it
best to subordinate alabaster to the common form of the region until
extensive collections can demonstrate its true status.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX aND XX.

PLate XIX .—Fig. 1.—Beringius polynematicus n. sp. Type.
Fig. 2.—Volutopsius hirasei n. sp. Type.
Fig. 3.—Buccinum mirandum Smith. Variety from Akkeshi, Kushiro,
Fig. 4.—Buccinum middendorffi Verkriizen. Variety, “
Fig. 5.—Buccinum mirandum Smith. Strongly ribbed form,
Fig. 6.—Buccinum mirandum schrenkii Verkriizen.

PLaTe XX.—Fig. 1.—Buccinum inclytum Pilsbry. Type.
Fig. 2— Purpura freycineti alabaster n. subsp. Type.
Fig. 3.—Bucecinum mirandum. Akkeshi, Kushiro.
Fig. 4.—Buccinum middendorffi Verk. V ariety.
Fig. 5.—Buccinum mirandum Smith. Strongly ribbed form.
Fig. 6.—Buccinum unicum Pilsbry. Type.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

NOTES ON THE LEAF HAIRS OF LESQUERELLA.'

BY E. G. VANATTA.

The hairs of the leaves of Lesquerella are usually described in botani-
cal works as “‘stellate.’”’ So far as I know, it has not been noticed that
the forms vary in different species. These differences may become an
important feature for the determination of the species. The number
of rays of these stellate hairs is variable, but the form of the rays and
their manner of branching are more constant, although some hairs of
the compound forms often have one or more rays simple.

By the shape of the hairs the species of Lesquerella which I have
examined fall into five groups as follows:

Group I.—Hair a simple few-rayed star.

Pl. XXI, fig. 1 X 60. JL. argyrea Gray. Flora, Texas, Exsic. 329,
Fasc. III, leg. T. Lindheimer, 1846.

Group II. Hair a few-rayed star, each ray normally bifid.

Pl. XXI, fig. 3 x 60. L.argentea Wats. Laramie University Campus,

Wyoming. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. No. 523,700.

Fig. 2 x 60. ZL. globosa Dr. Rising Sun Bluff, Cumberland River,
fourteen miles below Nashville, Tenn.

Fig. 4 X 60. JZ. gracilis Hook. Mesa near Tucson, Arizona. E,
Pringle, April 12. (B. Smith.)

Fig. 5 < 60. L. ludoviciana Wats. Laramie, Wyoming; Flora,
Wyoming, 190. C. Nelson, 1894.

Fig. 8 X 60. L. montana Gray. Table Mountain, Wyoming; Flora,
Wyoming, 88. <A. Nelson.

Fig. 9 x 60. JZ. recurvata Engl. Kerrville, Texas. A. Heller,

1657.

Group III. Each ray of star normally twice bifid.
Pl. XXT, fig. 10 x 60. L. alpina Wats. New Mexico. A. Fendler,

1847.
Fig. 13 x 60. L. arctica Wats. Itibla, Whale Sound, McCormick

Bay, Greenland. A. Heilprin, 1891.

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Fig. 11 x 100 and fig. 17 x 60. L. didymocarpa Hook. Wagon
Wheel Gap, Colorado. B. Smith, July 16, 1882.

Fig. 15 x 60. L. douglasi Wats. Klickitat County, Washington.
B. Smith (Sukodorf!).

Fig. 6 < 60. JL. lindheimeri Berl. Texas and Mexico. Herb.
Berl., 1489 (Short Herb).

Fig. 7 X 60 and fig. 14 x 100. JL. nuttalliGr. Arkansas, Nuttall.

Fig. 18 x 60. L. occidentalis Wats. White Bluff, Columbia River,
Washington, 635, Brandiger, 1883.

Group IY. Hair a many-rayed star, often with a web between the
rays.
Pl. XXI, fig. 12 x 60. L. berlandieri Gray. Circa Matamoras, Texas.
Herb. Berland, Texas and Mexico, April, 1831 (Short Herb).

Vig. 16 6Q. JL. fendleri Gr. Sierra Madre, forty miles south of
Saltillo, Mexico. Dr. E. Palmer.

Fig. 19 X 60 and fig. 20 x 100. JL. lepidata Rose. Near Tula,
6,800 feet, Mexico. C. Pringle, 6,899. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. No.
506,384.

Vig. 22 x 60. L. purpurea Gray. Santa Catalina Mountains,
Arizona. C_ Pringle, 1883.

Fig. 23 X 100 and fig. 25 x 60. L. 'schaffneri Wats. San Luis
Potosi, Mexico. Ex. Herb. Gray.

Vig. 21 x 60 and fig. 26 x 60. L. stenophylla Gr. (humilis). Pecos,
Texas. C. Wright, 1881. No. 852.

Fig. 24 x 60. LL. stenophylla Gray (procera). Turkey Creek, Texas.
850. C. Wright.

Group V. Hair a few-rayed star, which looks as if one ray was
omitted,
Pl. XXI, Fig. 27 xX 60. ZL. densiflora Gray. Flora. Texas.
Exsic. 328, Fase. III. I. Lindheimer, 1846 (Short Herb).
Fig. 28 x 60. LL. grandiflora Hk. Victoria, Texas, Flora. Texas,
Exsic. Dr. Engelmann, 1846. .
Vig. 24 x 60. L.engelmanniGr. Texas. Fendler, 1846.

All the specimens figured are mounted in Canada balsam in the
herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

NOTES ON SERRANIDE.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

The material on which this paper is based is all contained in the
collections of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

PERCICHTHYIN ©.
cea melanops Girard.
No. 22,892, A.N.S. P. Cotype.
Percichthys trucha (Valenciennes).
Argentina. Recently reported by Drs. Evermann and Kendall.

PARALABRACIN.#.

Maxillary with a supplemental bone. Tongue smooth. Gill-
rakers long and slender. Scales very small. Dorsals 2, connected at
base, XI-XIII, I-II, 12-14. Anal spines III, well developed. Ven-
trals inserted behind bases of pectorals.

The only genus examined seems to be Percalabrax Schlegel, Fauna
Japonica, Poiss., I, 1842, p. 2 (type Labrax japonicus Cuvier, only
species), which has priority over Lateolabrax Bleeker, Verh. Batav.
Genoot. (Nalez. Ich. Jap.), X XVI, 1854, pp. 4, 53 (type Labrax japoni-
cus Cuvier, only species).

Percalabrax japonicus (Cuvier).

Tsuruga, Japan (D.S. Jordan and J. O. Snyder).

MORONIN-®.
Rocous chrysops (Rafinesque).

Southern Illinois (R. Kennicott).
Rocous lineatus (Bloch).

Trenton, N. J.; Sing Sing, N. Y. (S. F. Baird); Chestertown, Md.
(E. G. Vanatta); Connecticut River (Smiths. Inst.) ; North Carolina?
(E. D. Cope).

Labrax labrax (Linneus).
Italy (Bonaparte Coll.). :
Labraz Klein, in Walbaum, Pet. Arted. Gen. ise 1792, p. 584 (type

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF jJune,

Perca labrax Linneus, understood by tautonomy) has priority over
Dicentrarchus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, pp. 109, 111
(type Perca elongata Geoffroy St. Hilaire = Perca labrax Linnzeus
specified).

CHRYSOPERCA subgen. nov.
Type Morone interrupta Gill.

Dorsal fins slightly connected, spines robust and longest somewhat
more‘than half of head. Color brassy-yellow with about 7 distinct
longitudinal lines interrupted posteriorly.

Related to subgenus Morone Mitchill, which has shorter fins well
connected, spines moderate and shorter, and coloration more silvery.

(Xpusos, gold; px, perch.)

Morone interrupta Gill.

Two examples, probably cotypes(?), from the Smiths. Inst. Both
would agree with Dr. Gill’s statement concerning the anal spines, the
second of which is about equal to the third.

Wabash River, Indiana (E. D. Cope).

Morone americana (Gmelin).

Newport, R. I. (Dr. W. Gibson); Bayport, Fla. (E. D. Cope) ; Mount
Desert, Me. (Dr. H. C. Chapman); Boston Harbor, Mass. (Dr. J. H.
Slack); Potomac River (Smiths. Inst.) ; New York Harbor (T. Norris).

LIOPROPOMIN ®.

Labracopsis japonicus Steindachner.

Yokohama, Japan (D. 8. Jordan and J. O. Snyder).
CENTROGENTIN 2.
To replace Myriodontine, Myriodon preoceupied.

Centrogenys vaigiensis (Quoyland Gaimard).
Singapore, Malacca (Dr. J. B. MeCartee).

POLYPRIONIN 4%.

Stereolepis gigas Ayres. Fig. 1. i
Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, 1858, p. 28. ? Type No. 32,753, A. N.S. P.
Bay of San Francisco,

Head 34; depth 34;D. XI, 9; P. 17; scales in lateral line to base of
caudal about 77? (squamation damaged) ; about 120? scales in a lateral
series to base of caudal along lateral line above; about 16? scales be-
tween origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line; about 27? seales in a
vertical series between origin of anal and lateral line; width of head

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 251

about 17 in its length; snout nearly 3; eye about 9; maxillary 2%;
interorbital space 34; second dorsal spine 64; third dorsal ray 3; third
anal spine 4; second anal ray 34; upper caudal lobe 17; least depth of
caudal peduncle 32; pectoral 2; ventral 22. A slight median predorsal
keel. Snout about half as long as wide. Eye a little longer than deep,
and placed near first third in head. Upper jaw slightly protruding.
Lips thick. Distal expansion of maxillary about half of orbit. Nos-
trils close together, similar. Interorbital space broad and somewhat
convex. Edges of bones on head entire. About 13 rows of scales on
cheek. Lateral line on 1 or more alternate scales in its course, concur-
rent with dorsal profile, and also extending out on base of caudal.

Fig. 1.—Slereolepis gigas Ayres. (Cotype?)

Spinous dorsal inserted a little behind origin of ventral. Rayed dorsal
begins well in front of anal or much nearer origin of pectoral than
base of caudal. Spinous anal inserted about opposite base of third
dorsal ray, spines slender and second longest. Caudal slightly
marginate. Pectoral reaches about half way to origin of rayed dor-
sal. Ventral reaches 4 of space to anal. Color of dried skin more or
less uniform brownish. Length 6 feet 2 inches.

In the original account 2 examples are mentioned, one taken in 1857,
which measured 5 feet 8 inches, and the other in 1859, which was 7 feet
long. Allowing for shrinkage in the above example it is more likely
the latter. This was stated to have weighed 360 pounds. Ayres gives
D. IX, A. III, 8, P. 19, and other discrepancies, which may possibly
be explained by the preparation of the specimen as a dried skin, typo-
graphical errors, etc.? ;

Polyprion americanum (Schneider).

Italy (Bonaparte Coll.).

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

SERRANIN2.

To replace Epinepheline.
Petrometopon cruentatum (Lacépéde).

Viequas, Porto Rico (U.S. F. C.).
Petrometopon cruentatum coronatum (Valenciennes).

New Providence, Bahamas (Dr. H. C. Wood).
Cephalopholis argus Schneider.

Recorded by me as Bodianus guttatus in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1899, p. 485, from Thornton Islands (C. D. Voy).

Apia, Samoan Islands (D. 8. Jordan).
Cephalopholis fulvus (Linnzus).

New Providence, Bahamas (Dr. H. C. Wood); San Domingo, West
Indies (Prof. W. M. Gabb); Bermuda Islands (Prof. A. Heilprin).

Cephalopholis fulvus ouatalibi (Valenciennes).

New Providence, Bahamas (E. Tatnall, Dr. H. C. Wood); San
Domingo (Prof. W. M. Gabb), St. Croix (Capt. T. Davidson, Dr. R. E.
Griffith) and St. Kitts (B. H. Lightfoot); Bermuda Islands (Prof. A.
Heilprin).

The Sumatran species I recorded in 1904 under Bodianus should now
stand as Cephalopholis aurantius indelebilis, C. miniatus and C. rogaa.

Serranus alexandrinus Valenciennes.

Beirut, Syria.

Serranus Cuvier, Régne Animal, II, 1817, p. 276 (type Perca gigas
Briinnich first species = Labrus guaza Linneus), is the first name
available for the fishes of this genus, as the first species under Epine-
phelus Bloch, and therefore its type, is an Alphestes. Daba Forskal,
Descript. Animal., 1775, p. 44 (type Perca areolata Forsk4l understood
from the Arabic vernacular) is uncertain.

Serranus maculosus Valenciennes.

New Providence, Bahamas (Dr. H. C. Wood); San Domingo (Prof.
W. M. Gabb) ; St. Martin’s (Dr. R. E. van Rijgersma) ; St. Thomas
(Henry Warrington); St. Kitts (B. H. Lightfoot).

Serranus flavolimbatus (Poey).

San Domingo (Prof. W. M. Gabb).
Serranus niveatus Valenciennes.

Newport, R. I. (Samuel Powell); Katama Bay, Martha’s Vineyard,
Mass. (Dr. H. M. Smith).

Serranus quernus (Seale).

Honolulu, H. I. (Dr. T. D. Wood).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 253

Serranus guaza (Linneus).
Italy (Bonaparte Coll.) ; Beirut, Syria.

Serranus guaza mentzelii (Valenciennes).
Epinephelus brachysoma Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Rhilae (2) exh:
1871, p. 466. Type, No. 13,372,A.N.S.P. Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Dr.
W.S. W. Ruschenberger.

Head 23; depth 2,°,; scales 103 in lateral line to base of caudal, and
about 10 more out on latter; tubes about 64 in lateral line to base of
caudal, and 8 more on latter; 15 scales in a vertical series between
origin of rayed dorsal and lateral line ; 22 scales in a vertical series
between origin of spinous anal and lateral line; width of head 22 in its
length; fourth dorsal spine 21; eleventh dorsal ray 24; second anal
spine 34; fifth anal ray 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 32; caudal
13; pectoral 14; ventral 12; snout 43 in head measured from tip of
snout; eye 5; maxillary 2,15; interorbital space 7%. Body oblong,
compressed. Head elongate, profiles similar. Snout a little broader
than long. Eye a little longer than deep, high and near first third
of head. Mouth inclined, and mandible protruding. Maxillary
reaches nearly opposite posterior margin of eye, and its expansion
about % of same. Teeth in bands in Jaws, sharp, conic and canines
=. Inner mandibular series and upper inner teeth depressible.
Fine teeth on vomer and palatines. Tongue long and free. Nostrils
close. Interorbital space a little convex, flattened medianly. Pre-
opercular margin finely serrated posteriorly, serree increasing in size
toward angle. Median opercular spine largest, most posterior, and
nearer lower. Gill-rakers v1, 2 + 12, m1, and a trifle less than fila-
ments, which are + of eye. About 32 irregular series of scales on
cheek. Tubes in lateral line simple. Spinous dorsal inserted about
midway between origin of rayed dorsal and tip of snout. Rayed
dorsal inserted about midway between base of third dorsal spine and
base of caudal, posterior rays longest, and edge of fin rounded. Spin-
ous anal inserted about midway between origin of ventral and base of
caudal, second spine robust and longest, and third slender and but
little shorter. Rayed anal rounded, and its base about 12 in its
height. Vent near last fifth in space between ventral and anal.
Color in alcohol more or less uniform brown generally. Margins of
fins more or less dusky-brown, and this color sharply contrasting on
rayed dorsal and anal with paler basal color, On dusky area of caudal
distally 2 pale or whitish spots about median rays. Pectorals brownish
with narrow pale edge. Side of body with-obscure whitish flakes of
various sizes. A dusky streak back from end of maxillary above, and

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

below this a whitish streak. Iris warm brownish. Length 7} inches.
Type.

I retain Serranus mentzelii Valenciennes for this fish, as I have not
compared any examples of corresponding size of Labrus guaza Linnzeus.
Cope states the length of his type as 8 inches.

Serranus labriformis Jenyns.

Epinephelus ordinatus Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soe. Phila., (2) XIV,
1871, p. 466. Type, No. 13,457, A.N.S. P. Panama. Dr. W. S. W.
Ruschenberger.

Head 23; depth 375; scales about 100? (squamation injured) counted
along lateral line to base of caudal, and about 10 more somewhat
enlarged on latter; about 46 pores in lateral line to base of caudal;
about 12 scales in a vertical series between origin of rayed dorsal and
lateral line; 33 scales in a vertical series between origin of spinous
anal and lateral line; width of head 22 in its length; third dorsal spine
3%; sixth dorsal ray 24; second anal spine 3; third anal ray 2; least
depth of caudal peduncle 32; caudal 12; pectoral 13; ventral 2};
snout 5 in head measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 44; maxillary 2};
interorbital space 94. Body elongate. Head compressed. Length
of snout about 14 in its width. Eye a little longer than deep and
placed about first third in its length. Mandible protruding a little
in front. Maxillary reaching a trifle behind posterior margin of eye,
with narrow supplemental bone, and its distal expansion half of eye
horizontally. Narrow bands of teeth in Jaws, inner in front of upper
a little elongate and depressible. An inner series of rather enlarged
depressible mandibular teeth, and at first teeth irregularly triserial and
then becoming biserial on posterior portions of rami. Canines small,
<—» a little curved. Small vomerine and palatine teeth. Tongue
slender, smooth and free. Nostrils close. Lower preopercular margin
entire. Interorbital space narrow, flat, and slightly depressed in
front. Median opercular spine most posterior, uppermost anterior,
and median about midway between upper and lower. Gill-rakers
vi, 2 + 11, vi, larger than filaments and about 2} in eye, Scales
finely ctenoid, and about 24 series on cheek. Maxillary naked. Tubes
in lateral line simple. Spinous dorsal inserted nearly midway between
tip of mandible and origin of rayed dorsal, and spines graduated down
from third and fourth, which are subequally longest. Rayed dorsal
inserted a little nearer base of caudal than origin of spinous fin, rounded.
Spinous anal inserted nearer origin of pectoral than base of caudal,
second spine longest, and third subequal. Color in alcohol dull pale
brown, head and trunk blotched with a number of scattered or grayish-

bs

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

white flakes of uneven size, though all smaller than pupil and with a
number of obscure deep brownish mottlings scattered about between.
Lower surface of head and body searcely paler or more grayish. Fins
pale brownish like general body-color, margin of spinous dorsal a little
deeper brown, and also its base with deep shades about third to seventh
and tenth to third dorsal rays. Outer or submarginal portions of other
fins deeper brownish than otherwise. Edges of rayed fins narrowly
whitish. Pectoral and ventral dusky-brownish, pale basally. A large
dusky saddle on caudal peduncle above. Iris slaty-gray. Length 54
inches. Type of Epinephelus ordinatus Cope.

Tower Island, Galapagos (R. E. Snodgrass and E. C. Heller).
Serranus striatus (Bloch).

New Providence, Bahamas (Dr. H. C. Wood); St. Croix (Dr. R. E.
Griffith); no locality (Dr. A. L. Heermann); San Antonio Bridge and
Puerto Real, Porto Rico (U.S. F.C.).

Serranus morio Valenciennes.

Key West, Fla. (Dr. Murray).
Serranus merra (Bloch).

Thornton Island, south Pacifie Ocean (C. D. Voy); Apia, Samoa
(D. 8. Jordan).

Fig. 2.—Serranus phcéostigmeus Fowler. (Type.)

Serranus pheostigmeus sp. nov. Fig. 2.

Epinephelus fuscoguttatus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 502.
Sandwich Islands. Dr. J. 1K. Townsend. (Probably not of Forskal.)

Head 23; depth 34; D. XI, 16,1; A. IT, 8,1; P.18; V. I, 5; scales about
102 in lateral line to base of caudal, and 6 more on latter; tubes 61 in
lateral line to base of caudal, and about 5 more on latter: 14 scales in a

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

vertical series between origin of rayed dorsal and lateral line; about 20
scales between origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line in a vertical
series; width of head 2 in its length; depth of head 13; mandible 17;
fourth dorsal spine 34; eleventh dorsal ray 22; third anal spine 3,°5;
seventh anal ray 34; caudal 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 3};
pectoral 12; ventral 2; ventral spine 34; snout 5} in head measured
from tip of snout; eye 7; maxillary 2,5; interorbital space 5.

Body robust, elongate, compressed, profiles rather evenly and
similarly convex, so that contour is somewhat fusiform, and greatest
depth at base of fifth dorsal spine. Edges of body rounded, chest
broadly so. Caudal peduncle compressed, and least depth about 3
its length.

Head large, robust, slightly compressed, and with greatest width
swollen below. Upper profile more inclined than lower, nearly
straight, and but slightly concave over eye. Snout convex, its length
about half its width. Eye a little longer than deep, rounded, high.
and near first quarter in length of head. Mouth inclined obliquely,
and broad mandible protruding a little in front. Lips a little broad
and fleshy. Maxillary well exposed, reaching about + an eye-
diameter beyond eye, and its expansion about } of horizontal orbital
diameter. Bands of rather small fine teeth in jaws, a few canine-like
in front of upper and along rami of lower posteriorly. Rami of
mandible not elevated inside of mouth. Bands of minute teeth on
vomer and palatines. Buccal membranes broad in mouth. Tongue
broad, rounded and a little free. Nostrils close together on side of
snout above front of eye, anterior with a tube ending in a cutaneous
flap posteriorly. Posterior nostril midway between anterior and
upper front of eye. Preorbital narrow, its width about # horizontal
orbital diameter. Preopercular margin convex posteriorly, that
edge finely serrated, and about 3 large denticles at corner. Opercular
spines 3, median largest and closer to lower, also a little posterior.

Gill-opening extending forward opposite front of orbit, and upper-
most margin horizontal. Gill-rakers v1, 3 + 8, v1, clavate, and longest
half of orbit or same of gill-filaments. Gill-filaments } ef horizontal
orbital diameter. Pseudobranchie about # of filaments. Isthmus
broad, bevelled in front, and broadly keeled posteriorly.

Scales all rather finely ctenoid, largest on operele and middle of
side, and very small and reduced along edges of body, especially pre-
dorsal region and chest. On predorsal region, and cheek above,
scales more or less truncate. Seales disposed over trunk in more or
less longitudinal series, and somewhat inclined posteriorly, also

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

extending over lateral line. Minute scales on bases of all fins. Axil of
pectoral with a pit, covered by a scaly flap above. About 28 scales on
cheek. Head almost scaly everywhere, except on lips and maxillary.
Lateral line of slightly arborescent tubes, and concurrent with dorsal
profile till out in middle of base of caudal.

Spinous dorsal inserted about midway between front of eye and
origin of rayed dorsal, graduated from fourth spine which is longest,
and margin of fin deeply notched, so that cutaneous points occur
behind tip of each spine. Rayed dorsal inserted midway between
origin of spinous fin and base of caudal, fin rounded, and posterior
rays a little longest. Spinous anal inserted nearer base of caudal than
origin of ventral, and graduated to third spine which is longest. Rayed
anal with posterior rays longest, and fin rounded. Caudal rounded.
Pectoral broadly expanded, inserted before dorsal, and reaching ~ of
space to spinous anal. Ventral inserted just behind base of pectoral,
and reaching + of space to spinous anal, but not so far posteriorly as
tip of pectoral. Ventral spine + length of fin. Vent midway between
tip of ventral and origin of spinous anal.

Color in alcohol dull drab generally, lower or under regions not paler.
Head and body with obscure spots almost everywhere of vandyke-
brown, not sharply defined but most intense in color in center, about
size of pupil, and disposed over body and all fins alike. Fins brownish
like general body-color, not especially pale marginally but with deepest
color basally. Iris dull brownish with a narrow golden circle around
pupil.

Length 8} inches.

Type, No. 13,463, A. N.S. P. Hawaiian Islands. Dr. J. K. Town-
send.

This fish was originally identified by me with Perca swmmana var.
juscoguttata Forskal, a species to which it is certainly closely related.
Serranus (Epinephelus) dictyophorus Steindachner, Sitz. Ak. Wiss.
Wien, C, 11, 1893, p. 219, from Honolulu, differs apparently, according
to Dr. Steindachner’s excellent description, in the deep body, narrower
interorbital space, other proportions, ete.

(Potds, brown; sty, spot.)

Other species examined are Serranus heniochus, S. maculatus, S.
sexfasciatus, S. megachir, S. dermochirus, S. horridus and S. lanceolatus,
all from Sumatra, and which I formerly included under Epinephelus.

Garrupa nigrita (Holbrook).

Serranus nigritus Holbrook, Ichth. 8. Car., 1855, p. 173, Pl. 25, fig. 2. Type
No. 13,468, A.N.S.P. Charleston, S.C. Dr. J. E. Holbrook.

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

This example is 16 inches long (caudal damaged), though Holbrook
states that the total length is 2 feet. However, the original label
indicates this as the type, together with the locality as Charleston.
Holbrook also says that the caudal was somewhat mutilated in the
only example he ever saw.

Color in alcohol of young deep chocolate-brown generally. Dorsals,
anals and ventrals inclining to slaty or livid blackish. Margin of
rayed dorsal broadly, and rayed anal more narrowly, becoming pale
brownish and then whitish along edges. Caudal and pectoral white,
latter chocolate-brown at base. Lower surface of head and jaws
tinted with dull brown. Iris slaty. Length 34 inches. Katama
Bay, Martha’s Vineyard, Mass. Dr. H. M. Smith.

Epinephelus chloropterus (Cuvier).

St. Martin’s (Dr. R. E. van Rijgersma).

Prof. Peters long ago examined Bloch’s type of Epinephelus afer and
found it identical with Plectropoma chloropterum.. Provisionally, as
Bloch’s fish is said to have come from West Africa, I allow Cuvier’s
name to stand for the American fish.

Epinephelus Bloch, Nat. Ausl. Fisch., VII (X), 1793, p. 11 (type
Epinephelus afer Bloch first species) has priority over Alphestes Schnei-
der, Syst. Ich. Bloch, 1801, p. 236 (type Epinephelus afer Bloch first
species).

Epinephelus lightfooti sp. nov. Fig. 3.

Head 23; depth 24; D. XI, 18, 1; A. III, 9,1; P.1, 16; V. 1,5; scales
about 70 in lateral line to base of caudal, and about 10 more rather
enlarged on latter; 12 scales in a vertical series between origin of
rayed dorsal and lateral line; 26 scales in a vertical series between
origin of spinous anal and lateral line; pores about 61 in lateral line to
base of caudal and about 5 more on latter ; width of head 2} in its length ;
depth of head over posterior margin of orbit 1}; mandible 2; third
dorsal spine 22; third dorsal ray 24; third anal spine 2}; third anal rav
2; least depth of caudal peduncle 32; caudal 14; pectoral 17; ventral 1{;
snout 5? in head measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 4; maxillary 22;
interorbital space 8. .

Body elongate, compressed, rather ellipsoid, with evenly convergent
convex profiles both in front and behind, back a little elevated and
greatest depth about base of fourth dorsal spine. Edges of body
rounded. Caudal peduncle compressed, and its length about 14
in its least depth.

Head compressed, rather elongate, upper profile nearly straight to
predorsal region and a trifle more inclined than lower. Snout convex,

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

and its length about 3 its width. Eye circular, high or touching upper
profile, rounded, and about first third in length of head. Mouth rather
large, oblique, and mandible protruding. Maxillary exposed, reach-
ing middle of orbit, and its distal expansion 2 in latter. Supple-
mental maxillary narrow. Lips rather thin. Teeth fine, pointed,
in bands in jaws, some of inner anterior upper, and inner
series of lower, a little enlarged and depressible. Mandibular
teeth mostly biserial along sides. A pair of small curved canines
in front of each jaw and mandibular close set. Fine teeth on yomer
and palatines. Tongue elongate, slenderly attenuate, smooth and
free. Nostrils close together on side of snout above front rim of eye,

aries
fiulasos ROE

Fig. 3.—Epinephelus lightfooti Fowler. (Type.)

and of about equal size. Interorbital space flattened, with a slight
depression in front. Margin of preorbital entire, slightly undulate.
Posterior preopercular margin serrate, serre enlarging towards angle
which ends in a forwardly directed enlarged spine, and lower edge
entire or but slightly roughened. Opercular spines 3, upper and
median opposite though latter largest and nearer lowest, which is
anterior.

Gill-opening extending forward opposite middle of eye. Gill-rakers
lanceolate, 7 + 15, equal to filaments or about 24 in eye. Pseudo-
branchiz a little less than filaments. Isthmus narrowly convergent
and with a median groove. Branchiostegals 7.

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Scales smooth, cycloid, largest on opercle and side, and extending in
slightly wavy longitudinal series crossing lateral line posteriorly.
Small scales on bases of fins, especially vertical ones. Head largely
scaly, except intermandibular region, lips and maxillary. Scales on
cheek in 17 series. A broad scaly flap over axil of pectoral, which has
a pit. Lateral line of small simple tubes, more or less concurrent
with dorsal profile, though rather abruptly convex at summit, and
running a little high along side of caudal peduncle.

Spinous dorsal inserted midway between tip of mandible and origin
of rayed dorsal, and spines graduated down from third and fourth
which are subequally longest, with margin of fin a little notched
between each. Origin of rayed dorsal falling nearly midway between
that of spinous fin and base of caudal, antero-median rays longest, and
edge of fin rounded. Spinous anal inserted a little nearer origin of
pectoral than base of caudal, and second and third spines subequal,
much longer than first. Rayed anal similar to rayed dorsal only
smaller. Caudal rounded. Pectoral rounded and reaching 4 of space
to spinous anal. Ventral inserted behind base of pectoral, reaching ? .
of space to origin of spinous anal, and spine 14 in fin. Vent in last
third of postventral space just before tips of depressed ventrals.

Color in alcohol pale or dull tawny-brown, with traces of darker or
deeper brownish longitudinal streaks over sides, and these slightly
inclined on back to extend out on bases of dorsals. Some similar
colored bars or streaks indistinctly on head. Rayed dorsal pale brown-
ish on outer portion, and on caudal a trifle darker. Anal deep brownish
like general body-color. Pectoral very pale brownish with about 4
deep brown transverse bands. Ventral pale brownish basally and
becoming dusky-brown distally. Under surface of head and abdomen
scarcely paler than sides. _ Iris slaty.

Length 4,3, inches.

Type, No. 16,514, A. N.S. P. San Domingo, West Indies. Prof.
William M. Gabb.

The single example described above differs from E. chloropterus
chiefly in coloration, the pectoral having but 3 dark transverse bands,
while in the latter there are 8 or 9. They are shown by MM. Vaillant
and Bocourt, in Miss. Sci. Mex., Poiss., 1875, p. 107, Pl. 5, fig. 3 a-c, as
rather large sparse pale brown blotches.

(Named for Benjamin: H. Lightfoot, who collected fishes at St.
Kitts, West Indies.)

Myoteroperca venenosa apua (Bloch).
**St. Martin’s, W. I. (Dr. R. E. van Rijgersma); St. Croix, W. I. (Dr.
R. E. Griffith).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

Mycteroperoa acutirostris (Valenciennes).

Epinephelus chalinius Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., (2) XIV,
1871, p. 465. Type, No. 12,768, A. N.S. P. St. Martin’s, West Indies.
Dr. R. E. van Rijgersma.

Head 24; depth 27; scales 72 in lateral line to base of caudal and 9
more on latter; about 22 scales between origin of spinous dorsal and
lateral line in a vertical series; 34 scales in a vertical series between
origin of spinous anal and lateral line; width of head 3 in its length;
fourth dorsal spine 3; seventh dorsal ray 24; third anal spine 34; sixth
anal ray 2; caudal 14; least depth of caudal peduncle 23; pectoral 12;
ventral 1,%;; snout 33% in head measured from tip of upper jaw; eye
43; maxillary 24; interorbital space 64. Body well compressed.
Head compressed, rhomboidal. Snout short, convex. Eye a little
longer than deep, high and anterior. Mouth oblique. Mandible
protruding, with slight process at symphysis. Maxillary not quite
reaching posterior margin of pupil, and its distal expansion # of eye.
Teeth biserial in jaws, conic, pointed, and inner mandibulars a little
enlarged. A pair of canines in front above. Several depressible inner
teeth in front of upper jaw. About 2 irregular series of small teeth on
vomer and palatines. Tongue smooth, slender and free. Nostrils
separated. Interorbital space nearly flat. Opercular spines 3, middle
closer to lower, though most posterior. Gill-rakers ur, 13 + 32, m1,
slender, a little longer than filaments or about 2 of eye. Scales in
rather wavy longitudinal series, upper crossing lateral line. About
25 series of scales on cheek. Tubes in lateral line simple. Spinous
dorsal inserted much nearer origin of rayed dorsal than tip of snout.
Rayed dorsal inserted about midway between origin of pectoral and
base of caudal, rounded. Spinous anal inserted about midway between
origin of ventral and tip of most posterior depressed anal ray, third
spine longest, second but little shorter. Ventral spine about 3 length
of fin. Color in alcohol faded more or less brownish, and lower surface
scarcely paler. From eye about 3 narrow deeper brown wavy lines
extend longitudinally to become more or less reticulated about caudal
peduncle. Also several others above and below though somewhat
obscure. Traces of reticulated pattern are also seen on bases of
vertical fins, whose edges together with those of ventrals are more or
less broadly deep brownish. Iris silvery and brassy. Length 44
inches.

I do not accept Bloch’s name Epinephelus ruber, as it does not seem
to apply to the fish before me and therefore use the next one available.
Mycteroperca acutirostris tinca (Cantraine). =

Italy (Bonaparte Coll.). Only a single large example, differing from
18

[June,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

262

the preceding a little in the fins, scales, ete., and therefore it may

provisionally be retained as a distinct form until satisfactory com-

parisons can be made.

CENTROPRISTIN#.

To replace Serranine, as Serranus replaces Epinephelus.

Fig. 4.

Hypoplectrus unicolor crocotus (Cope).

St. Martin’s,

292, A.N.S. P.

?

R. E. van Rijgersma.
Width of head 24 in its length; interorbital space 5 in head measured

from tip of upper jaw. Body compressed and edges rounded. Caudal
peduncle compressed. Head compressed, also snout and sides a little

p. 466. Cotypes Nos. 13,291 (type) and 13

Plectropoma crocota Cope, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., (2), XIV, 1871,
West Indies. Dr.

eth. Rami of mandible ele-

and its width about { its len

flattened,

(Cotype of Plectropoma crocota

Fig. 4.—Hypoplectrus unicolor crocotus (Cope).

Cope.)

vated a little inside mouth. Teeth erect in jaws, in rather narrow

bands in front with some of inner a little large and others becoming
smaller posteriorly. Outer series a little enlarged along most of edge

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

of upper jaw, though becoming progressively smaller posteriorly.
Canines = in front of jaws, lower pairs smaller. Mandible with a
narrow band of fine teeth, becoming narrower posteriorly. Each side
of mandible with about 5 or 6 enlarged canines. Bands of minute
teeth on vomer and palatines. Tongue long, slender, pointed and free.
Interorbital space flattened. Gill-opening forward to posterior nostril.
Gill-rakers v, 2 + 9, 11, equal filaments and about half of eye. Pseudo-
branchize as long as filaments. Axil of pectoral rather deep. Scales
finely ctenoid. Interorbital space and mandible naked. Tubes of
lateral line simple. Vent about last fourth in space between tip of
ventral spine and origin of spinous anal. Color in alcohol rather bright
brown, back deeper colored, also upper surface of head. A deep brown
ine along upper margin of preopercle a short distance and with others
below. Around eye a more or less interrupted deep brown line which
in front extends down across cheek behind maxillary to lower anterior
edge of preopercle. On posterior part of cheek traces of a similarly
inclined obsolete line towards angle of preopercle. On snout and
preorbital several small brownish spots. Fins all plain or pale brown-
ish, spinous dorsal darkest basally. Iris slaty. Length 5} inches.
Type.

Hypoplectrus unicolor chlorurus (Cuvier).
St. Croix, W. I. (Thomas Davidson, Dr. R. E. Griffith).
Paralabrax nebulifer (Girard).
California? (E. D. Cope) ;San Diego, Cal. (Mus. Comp. Zool. Camb.).

Paralabrax maculo-fasciatus (Steindachner).

Los Angeles Bay, Cal. (W. N. Lockington).

Paralabrax clathratus (Girard).

Santa Barbara, Cal. (U.S. F. C.).
Centropristis striatus (Linneus).

Bayport, Fla. (E. D. Cope); South Carolina (Dr. J. E. Holbrook) ;
Newport, R. I. (Samuel Powell and Dr. J. Leidy); Wood’s Hole, Mass.
(QUE 1S 185 (CA).

Centropristis philadelphious (Linnzus).

South Carolina (Dr. J. E. Holbrook).
Diplectrum radiale (Quoy and Gaimard).

Rio Janeiro, Brazil (Dr. W. 8. W. Ruschenberger); Mananguez,
Porto Rico (U.S. F. C.).

Diplectrum formosum (Linnzus). oe

Clearwater, Fla. (Dr. H. A. Pilsbry).

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

EUDULUS gen. nom. noy.
Type Dules auriga Cuvier.

The species of this genus are close to Prionodes Jenyns, but differ in
having 6 branchiostegals and a truncate caudal. The typical species,
Eudulus auriga, has the third dorsal spine whip-like and prolonged.

In the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 150, Dr. Theodore Gill
has taken exception to my contention that his genus Kudlia is super-
seded by Dules Cuvier and evidently that Dules malo Valenciennes is
older than Dules mato Lesson. Although my conclusions will now
be found to agree somewhat with Dr. Gill’s they are the results of
different methods. For those who contend that Dulus Viellot,
Anal. Ornith. Element., 1816, p. 42, proposed for a genus of birds, and
Dules Cuvier, Régne Animal, Ed. 2, II, 1829, p. 147, are different names,
Dules will still be found available in place of Kuhlia. This led me to
frame Duleidw, rather than Dulide, as emended by Dr. Gill. In the
Foreign Quarterly Review for January to March, 1829, vols. I, I, IV
and V of Réegne Animal, Ed. 2, are reviewed, and volume III is said to
be delayed a few months. In this journal for 1830 volume III is seen
to have at last appeared. Still further evidence is found for the
early appearance of Cuvier’s Réegne Animal in Férrusac’s Bull. Sci.
Nat. Geol., Paris, XVIII, 1829, p. 95 where it is noticed by July.
According to this last, in vol. XIX, 1829, p. 369, is found the first
mention of vol. III, Hist. Nat. Poiss., showing it and the succeeding
volumes had not been received till November or December. Cuvier’s
footnote in the Réegne Animal to “ Dules auriga Cuv. et. Val., III, li;—
D. teniurus, ib., lili,” ete., does not prove that they really did appear
before the work in which they are quoted, thus leaving both of these
names nomina nuda and therefore either not available as the type.
In the bound copy of the plates before me only two species are shown,
and both numbered 52, though the first has been corrected by the
engraver as 51 for Dules marginatus and 52 allowed to remain for D.
auriga. The next plate or 53 is Therapon theraps. The evidence I
have gathered may be seen to have justified Dules Cuvier' replac-
ing Kuhlia Gill, though I now consider the former preoccupied.

In the case of Kuhlia malo Lesson’s work may have probably appeared
later, as in An. Mag. Nat., London, (7) XVII, 1906, p. 336, Messrs.
Sherborn and Woodward make corrections to a previous paper on the
dates. This would carry the reference to Dules mato back to Novem-

_' The species originally noted under this name by me may now be known as
Kuhlia marginata, K. marginata boninensis, K. rupestris and K. malo.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

ber 12, 1831. ‘March 22, 1828,” is a mistake for p. 223 in volume
I of the Coquille. Dr. Gill’s argument may therefore be probably
justified in this respect, though I do not accept Kwhlia mato now as the
correct form, and that ‘“‘Cuvier’s name may have resulted from a
typographical error.”’

The priority of the second edition of the Réegne Animal and the early
volumes of the Hist. Nat. Poiss seem to have been juggled by a num-
ber of writers, causing confusion in the selection of some names, so
that it is hoped the above remarks may conduce to solve the problem.
As an instance Gempylus will thus be seen to replace Lemnisoma, if
identical.

(£v, genuine; dvd40¢, Dulus or Dules, in the latter form an old name
applied to these fishes, meaning a slave, with reference to the fish being
under the lash of the long dorsal spine.)

CALLIDULUS subgen. nov.

Type Centropristis subligarius Cope.

Third dorsal spine not longer at any age than fourth.
This differs from subgenus Hudulus chiefly in the above character.
(Kadhos, beauty; dedA0s, Dulus.)

Eudulus subligarius (Cope). Fig. 4.

Centropristis subligarius Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, p. 120.
Type, No. 13,675, A. N.S. P. Southern coast near Pensacola.

Width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 7 in head measured
from tip of upper jaw. Body compressed, edges rounded, and caudal
peduncle compressed. Head compressed, its sides swollen below and
becoming more narrow above. Snout much broader than long.
Bands of small teeth in jaws, outer canines a little better developed
than inner, and largest in front of upper jaw and on sides of mandible.
Vomer with broad patch of fine teeth, and a narrow band on each
palatine. Tongue narrow, free and smooth. Interorbital space
narrow and flattened. Gill-opening not quite reaching front margin
of eye. Rakers v, 1 + 7, v, much shorter than filaments which are 2
in eye. Gill-membranes free over broadly convex isthmus. Scales
finely etenoid. Interorbital space, mandible and branchiostegal region
naked. Tubesin lateral line simple. Color in alcohol deep brownish,
fading paler on lower surface of body and fins. Above lateral line
about 5 narrow deeper brown lines than body-color parallel with courses
of scales. Below lateral line each series of scales with a deeper brown
longitudinal line similar to those above, though soon fading out on
costal region. Rayed dorsal and anal, caudal and pectoral all marked

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

with deep brown pencillings, due to each ray marked with as many as
10 short deep brown bars or spots. Ventrals pale, each with a dusky-
brown broad shade from base to tip of longest rays, though leaving a
pale margin in front. Preanal region white, strikingly in contrast
with deep brown color above anal, and this pale color extending up
till about level with lower border of orbit, where it fades out. Its
width also decreases above and its anterior boundary dark and distinct.
Cheek brownish. A deep dusky-brown blotch on front of rayed dorsal,

Fig. 5.—Pudulus subligarius (Cope). (Type of Centropristis subligarius Cope.)

beginning just behind tip of spinous fin, extends vertically down to
back and fades out above base of spinous anal above. Also traces of
another, though indistinct, from bases of last dorsal rays and ,-
shaped. At bases of uppermost caudal rays a vertical band of deep
brown extends down, though it is dark and saddle-like above. Iris
brownish. Length 3 inches.
Paracentropristis hepatus (Linnwus).

Italy (Bonaparte Coll.).
Serranellus cabrilla (Linnwus).

Italy (Bonaparte Coll.).
Serranellus soriba (Linnwus).

Italy (Bonaparte Coll.).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

Paranthias furcifer (Valenciennes).

St. Croix, W. I. (Capt. Thomas Davidson).

Anthias anthias (Linnzus).

Italy (Bonaparte Coll.).

CALLANTHIIN As.

Branchiostegals 6. Lateral line single, and lost on upper surface
of caudal peduncle or under last dorsal rays. A single dorsal. Ventral
rays 5.

Callanthias ruber (Rafinesque).

Anthias buphthalmus Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, Pesce. III, 1, 1833, deser.,
Pl. 86, fig. 3. Cotypes, Nos. 13,624 (type) to 13,637, and 17,161, A. N.
S.P. Italy. Bonaparte Coll. (Nos. 75 and 80)

Head 32; depth 32; D. XI, 10; A. III, 10; scales about 40 in lateral
count to base of caudal and several more on latter; about 37 scales in
median lateral line to base of caudal; about 24 tubes in dorsal lateral
line; 2 scales between origin of spinous dorsal and dorsal lateral line;
5 scales between dorsal lateral line and median lateral line, in a vertical
series opposite origin of rayed dorsal; 8 scales in a vertical series
between median course of median lateral line and origin of spinous
anal; width of head 2 in its length; eleventh dorsal spine 24; third
dorsal ray 14; third anal spine 2?; sixth anal ray 12; median caudal
rays 12; least depth of caudal peduncle 24; pectoral 14; ventral 14;
snout 4 in head measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 22; interorbital
space 34; maxillary 25. Body well compressed, and edges more or
less rounded, or predorsal region with only an obsolete median keel.
Caudal peduncle compressed. Head well compressed. Snout about
as wide as long. Lips thin. Rami of mandible a little elevated inside
mouth. Teeth in jaws uniserial, conic and rather small. At front of
each jaw a pair of canines which protrude somewhat, and others along
each ramus of mandible. No vomerine or palatine teeth. Tongue
narrow, free and pointed. Interorbital space convex. Gill-opening
forward about first third of orbit. Rakers 10 + 25, slender, much
longer than filaments or about equal to eye horizontally. Pseudo-
branchiz nearly as large as filaments. Scales finely etenoid. Color
in alcohol faded more or less uniform brownish, fins pale. Iris brassy-
yellow. Length 53 inches. Type.

PHAROPTERYGIN ©.

Branchiostegals 6. Vertebree 25 or 26. Lateral lines 2, upper lost
on upper surface of caudal peduncle or under last dorsal rays, and

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

lower extending along middle of side of tail. A single dorsal. Ventral
rays 4.
Pharopteryx corallicola (Bleeker).
Padang, Sumatra (A. C. Harrison and Dr. H. M. Hiller).
Rypticus xanti (Gill).

Head 23; depth 32; D. III, 25,1; A. 16, 1; scales about 103 in lateral
line to base of caudal and 8 more on latter; pores about 64 in lateral
line to base of caudal; about 13 scales in a vertical series between base
of second dorsal spine and lateral line; about 27 scales in a vertical
series between origin of spinous anal and lateral line; mandible 1{ in
head; second dorsal spine 4; fifteenth dorsal ray 24; eleventh anal ray
24; least depth of caudal peduncle 3; caudal 14; pectoral 1; ventral
34; snout 34 in head measured from tip of upper Jaw; eye 54; maxillary
21; interorbital space 2 in snout. Body long, rather slender, com-
pressed and lower profile a little more convex than upper. Head
compressed, and upper profile more or less straight from tip of snout
to dorsal. Snout broad as long, surface convex. Eye circular, high
and about first third in head. Mouth oblique, with robust mandible
well protruding. Lips fleshy. Maxillary broad, reaching posterior
margin of eye and its distal expansion # of eye. Rather broad bands
of teeth in jaws, and some of inner a little enlarged pointed though not
depressible. Bands of fine teeth on vomer and palatines. Tongue
long, slender and free. Nostrils near together in front of snout a little
above, and anterior in a short cutaneous tube. Interorbital space
rather narrowly convex. Preorbital with entire margin convex. Margin
of preopercle with 3 spines, lowest largest and uppermost smallest.
Opercular spines 3, median most posterior, closer to uppermost, and
lowest most anterior. Gill-rakers vir, 1 + 8, vu, short, robust, and a
little longer than filaments or half of orbit. Scales small, smooth,
and in more or less slightly wavy longitudinal series crossing lateral
line behind. Small scales on bases of fins. Head covered with small
scales, except on lips and maxillary, and about 24 series on cheek.
Lateral line convex at first under spinous dorsal and then sloping
gradually down, of simple tubes. Spinous dorsal inserted near first
third in entire length of fish, and second spine longest. Rayed dorsal
separated (though joined by membrane) by a space about same as
space between last 2 dorsal spines, origin of fin midway in length of
body and posterior fourth of fin highest with convex edge. Anal
inserted midway between origin of pectoral and base of caudal and
most of fin more or less equally high. Caudal rounded. Pectoral
about # to anal and median rays longest. Ventral inserted midway

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

between tip of mandible and vent, well before origin of pectoral and
reaching 34 to anal or 3 to vent, and spine 2 in fin. Color in alcohol
more or less pale or uniform brownish, above variegated with darker
marblings and somewhat paler below. Fins all with more or less
brownish. Iris pale slaty. Length 4? inches. Panama. Dr. W.S. W.
Ruschenberger.
Rypticus saponaceus (Schneider).

West Palm Beach, Fla. (George B. Wood).
Rypticus coriaceus (Cope).

Eleutheractis coriaceus Cope, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila.; (2) XIV, 1871,
p. 467, fig. 3. Type, No. 13,445, A. N.S. P. St. Martin’s, West Indies.
Dr. R. E. van Rijgersma.

Width of head 24 in its length; interorbital space 12 in head measured
from tip of upper Jaw. Edges of body rounded and caudal peduncle
compressed. Head compressed. Supplemental maxillary narrow
and long. Bands of small fine teeth in jaws and on vomer and pala-
tines. Tongue edentulous, rather long, narrow and free. Interorbital
space narrow and slightly convex. Gill-opening forward to posterior
margin of pupil. Rakers rx, 2 + 5, 1x, lanceolate, and about 2 of
longest filaments which are 2 of orbit. Vent near front of anal.
Color in alcohol more or less deep uniform brownish, fins little darker.
Length 8? inches.

Rypticus bistrispinis (Mitchill).

Rhypticus maculatus Holbrook, Ich. 8. Car., Ed. 2, I, 1860, p. 42, Pl. 6, fig.
? Type, No. 13,232, A.N.S.P. South Carolina (off Cape Romain). Dr.
J. E. Holbrook.

The above example may be Holbrook’s type, but his description gives
the length of his single example as 8 inches, while the above is but 7}.

Also as the color has faded I cannot detect the markings or spots he
indicates.

27 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN GORDIACEA, WITH
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES.

BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR.

Through the kindness of Dr. Charles W. Stiles a collection of Gordia-
cea from the Smithsonian Institution was sent me for examination,
which included the following new species:

1. Gordius alascensis n. sp.

%, Smithsonian Institution Coll. No. 6,962; Snug Harbor, Cook
Inlet, Alaska.

Length, 120 mm.

Form. Cylindrical, very slender, without median grooves; apex of
head rounded, anterior portion of the body scarcely narrower than the
middle portion. Tail lobes slightly longer than broad (fig. 3 on ventral
and fig. 2 on lateral view), somewhat flattened medially, without hairs
or spicules ; the cloacal aperture is placed upon a slight eminence, and at
a distance from the latter, anterior and lateral to it, is an arched integu-
mentary ridge.

Cuticula (fig. 1) with low areole elongated parallel to the long axis
of the body, irregular in form and size, close together and irregularly
confluent; contiguous areole are interconnected by one or several
narrow ridges.

Color iridescent dark brown with a darker neck ring, rounded tip of
head white.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

Diagnostic characters. The small size and even diameter, the con-
fluent, interconnected areole, the precloacal ridge and the absence
of hairs and spicules on the tail lobes afford a combination of characters
that seem to distinguish this from all previously described species.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES.

In previous papers! I have described most of the species from the
continent of North America, and others have been described by
Camerano* and Villot.? The tenable species known from this region
are given below with their ranges, but it may be mentioned that
specimens have been collected in only three localities north of the
United States and from but a few in Central America,

1. Paragordius varius (Leidy).

This is the most abundant species in the United States. It is known
from Mexico, Lower California, and Guatemala; and in the United
States from Maine, New York, Massachusetts, New Jersey, Pennsyl-
vania, Virginia, District of Columbia, Kansas, Texas, California, Illinois,
Michigan, Arizona, South Dakota and New Mexico.

2. Gordius villoti Rosa.‘

Mexico, Bay of Fundy, Ungava (Canada); and in the United States
from Maryland, Massachusetts, District of Columbia, New York,
Pennsylvania, Montana, Kansas, California, Michigan, Arkansas,
Vermont, Tennessee, Oklahoma, North Carolina, South Dakota,
Texas. It seems to be next abundant to the preceding.

3. G. villoti difficilis (Montg.).

North Carolina. This and the following may prove not to be tenable
but to be neotenic forms of G. villoti.
4. G. lineatus Leidy.

New York, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Michigan; most of the speci-
mens have been found in springs.

"1898, The Gordiacea of Certain American Collections, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool. Harvard, 32.—1898, Idem., I, Proc. California Acad. Sci. (3), 1—1900,
Gordiacea from the Cope Collection, Biol. Bull., 1.—1901, The Identity of the
Gordiacean Species, Chordodes morgani and C. puerilis, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia.

* 1898, 1897, Monografia dei Gordii, Accad. Reale Sci. Torino.

* Monographie des Dragonneaux, 1874, Arch. Zool. génér. expér., 3.

*T would follow Camerano in dropping the name Gordius aquaticus Linn, on
account of insufficient diagnosis, and in adopting G. villoti Rosa for the species
described by Villot as G. aquaticus Linn. G. robustus Leidy, G. aquaticus robustus
(Leidy) mihi, and G. aquaticus Linn. as previously used by me then become
synonyms of G. villoti.

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

5. G. densarzolatus Montg.

Wyoming, Montana, California; evidently a Western form.
6. G. platycephalus Montg.

Ungava (Canada), Guatemala; and in the United States froin
Pennsylvania and Montana.
7. G. violaceus Baird.

California. I doubt whether this is tenable, since the diagnosis is
meagre and males are unknown.
8. G. longareolatus Montg.

California.

9. G. alascensis Montg.

Alaska.

10. Chordodes morgani Montg.

Maryland, Pennsylvania, Michigan, Ohio, Florida, Iowa, Nebraska.
Fairly common in the eastern portion of the United States.

11. C. occidentalis Monte.

Sonora (Mexico), and California, Arizona, Montana, Texas, Wyo-
ming; on the western part of the continent this replaces the preceding.
12. C. dugesi Camer.

Vera Cruz, Mexico.

13. C. griffinii Camer.

Vera Cruz, Mexico.
14. C. cameranonis Montg.

Mazatlan or Panama.

From the United States there are then known some eleven forms,
two or three of which may be found to be untenable. Of these the
final hosts are known only for Paragordius varius (a Gryllid, Acheta),
for Gordius villoti (Acridiids), for Chordodes morgani (a Blattid), and
for C. occidentalis (an Acridiid).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

BERTRAMIA BUFONIS, A NEW SPOROZOAN PARASITE OF BUFO
LENTIGINOSUS.

BY HELEN DEAN KING.

In a paper dealing with the structure and development of “ Bidder’s
organ,” a rounded body found at the anterior end of each testis in
various species of Bufo, Knappe' states that occasionally spermatozoa
are found in the cells of this organ which is undoubtedly a rudimentary
ovary; he adds, furthermore, that these spermatozoa have probably
been formed from small follicle cells which have entered the cytoplasm
of the undeveloped ova.

In the course of investigations which I have been making this past
winter upon the development of the germ-cells and the structure of
Bidder’s organ in the common American toad, Bujo lentiginosus, I have
found one individual in which the cells of Bidder’s organ contain bodies,
unquestionably parasites, which are very similar to those figured by
Iknappe as spermatozoa. It seems probable, therefore, that in the
material studied by Knappe the “spermatozoa” are stages in the life
cycle of some species of Sporozoa; for in the light of our present knowl-
edge regarding the origin and development of germ-cells it is incon-
ceivable that functional spermatozoa could be formed in or from the
cytoplasm of rudimentary ova that are destined to undergo degenera-
tion. Whether the species of parasite found in the American toad is
the same as that infecting the European form I have not been able to
determine, as details of structure cannot be made out from the figures
given by Knappe.

The individual infected by the parasite was a young male which was
killed on July 16, 1905, at Owego, N. Y. Nothing unusual or abnormal
about the toad attracted my attention at the time that the animal was
killed; and, as material was being collected for a study of the genital
organs, only the testes, Bidder’s organ, and a portion of the kidneys
were preserved. The material was fixed in Flemming’s solution and
stained with iron-hematoxylin followed by orange G.

As so few of the organs of the body were preserved, it is impossible
to state the extent of the infection. The parasite is found only in the
ova of Bidder’s organ, and not in the testes or in the renal tubules.

—

' Knappe, E., Das Bidder’sche Organ, Morph. Jahrb., Bd. XI, 1886.

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Judging from the stages that I have been able to find, the parasite is
undoubtedly a Sporozoan belonging to the order Haplosporidia. It
does not fit in very well with the present scheme of classification of the
Haplosporidia; but until its complete life history is known, I do not
think it advisable to create for it a new genus. I shall, therefore,
place it temporarily in the genus Bertramia (Caullery and Mesnil, 1897).
As the parasite is apparently a new species, it may be known as
Bertramia bufonis.

The youngest stage of the parasite that I have been able to find is a
small, round or oval body with a diameter of about two microns
(plate XXII, fig. 1, a). The cytoplasm is uniformly granular and the
nucleus, which occupies the centre of the cell, is round or somewhat
irregular in outline. The nucleus is composed, apparently, of a dense
mass of chromatin, as it always appears homogeneous and stains
intensely black with the iron-hematoxylin.

After the young parasite enters one of the ova of Bidder’s organ it
divides repeatedly, forming a number of cells similar to that shown
in fig. 1, a. Cell division undoubtedly takes place by means of karyo-
kinesis, as I have found several cases like that of fig. 1, b, in which
faint traces of a spindle can be seen and also irregular masses of chro-
matin collected at the spindle poles. After the division of the chro-
matin, the daughter-nuclei assume a rounded shape (fig. 1, c), and
subsequently division of the cytoplasm takes place. (fig. 1, d). Some-
times, as shown in fig. 1, e and , one or both of the cells will have begun
a second division before the first division is entirely completed. All
of the stages shown in fig. 1, a-f, may be found in a single section of one
of the large ova of Bidder’s organ.

The period of multiplication is followed by a growth period in which
each of the cells increases enormously in size and the nucleus divides
a number of times without any corresponding division of the cytoplasm
(figs. 2-5). The nuclear divisions at this stage of development are
evidently also mitotie (fig. 3), although on account of the small size
of the spindle and of the chromosomes it is quite impossible to make
out any details of the process. :

At a comparatively early stage in its development the trophozoite
becomes surrounded by a thin membrane (fig. 4), which later forms a
cyst wall enclosing the spores (fig. 7). The full-grown trophozoite has
a diameter of 9-11 microns, and contains a large number of deeply
staining nuclei which are usually irregular in outline (fig. 5). The
multinucleated body soon segments into a mass of spores (fig. 6),
which become round or oval as soon as separation is effected (fig. 7).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

The mature cysts are about 15 microns in diameter and they are
invariably rounded, unless, as occasionally happens, they are distorted
by contact with adjacent cysts. Each cyst contains at least 30 spores.
As the spores are closely crowded together, I have not been able to
make out the exact number in any one cyst or to determine whether
the number is constant for all of the cysts. The young spore has
granular cytoplasm and a single, deeply staining nucleus (fig. 7, a).
It resembles somewhat the stage of the parasite shown in fig. 1, a;
but as it is considerably smaller and is always enclosed in a cyst, the
two stages are easily distinguished. In their later history the majority
of the spores follow one of two clearly marked modes of development,
which, for convenience in description, will be designated as Type I
and Type IT.

The first change that takes place in the spores that develop according
to Type I is the appearance of a clear area around the nucleus which
occupies the centre of the spores (fig. 7,b). Owing to the small size of
the spores it is impossible to determine whether the nucleus suddenly
becomes vesicular at this time or whether the clear area is a fluid vacu-
ole. Judging from the changes that take place in later stages of
development, I am inclined to the opinion that the character of the
nucleus does not change at this time and that the clear area around the
nucleus is a vacuole. Soon after the formation of the vacuole the
nucleus divides (fig. 7, c) and, as the spore elongates, the two nuclei
separate and move to opposite ends of the vacuole which increases
considerably in size (figs. 8, 9); subsequently the vacuole itself divides
and each part comes to surround one of the nuclei (fig. 10). At the
next stage the vacuoles, with the nuclei, are found at the ends of the
spore which has now attained its final shape (fig. 11). The nuclei
appear as large and stain as deeply at the stage of fig. 11 as they do in
the young parasite; but in a slightly older spore they are considerably
smaller and stain much less intensely (fig. 12). At a later period all
traces of the nuclei are lost and the vacuoles appear perfectly clear and
transparent (figs. 13, 14).

During all stages in the development of the parasite up to that of
fig. 13, the cytoplasm appears granular and stains very faintly. When
the nuclei disappear at the stage of fig. 13, the cytoplasm in contact
with the vacuoles shows a strong affinity for the iron-hematoxylin,
although the rest of the spore stains as faintly as before. In a slightly
older stage the central portion of the cytoplasm stains as intensely as
the end regions, and the entire spore, excepting the vacuoles, appears
uniformly black (fig. 14). Somewhat later the vacuoles begin to

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

decrease in size (fig. 15) and eventually they too disappear. The
mature spore (fig. 16) is about 3 microns long and 1.5 microns wide;
the ends are oval and a slight constriction is usually found in the
middle region. In a single section of a cell of Bidder’s organ one may
find as many as 15 cysts, containing spores in practically all stages of
development, from that shown in fig. 7, a, to that of the mature spore
shown in fig. 16. As cysts containing spores that stain very faintly may
lie adjacent to cysts in which the spores are all stained black, it is
evident that the great affinity of the cytoplasm for the iron-hzema-
toxylin is not due to an overstaining of the material, but to some
change taking place in the substance of the spore itself.

As the more intense staining of the cytoplasm of the spore is invari-
ably coincident with the disappearance of the nuclei from the vacuoles,
it would seem as if the two phenomena must be related in some way;
and it is possible that, after the stage of fig. 11, the chromatin substance
eradually becomes distributed throughout the cytoplasm and brings
about a deeper staining of the spore contents. Although I have found
a large number of spores in which the nuclei are of various sizes and
stain with different degrees of intensity at the outer border of the
vacuoles, I cannot be certain that the nuclei break down at this place;
for I have found several spores like those shown in figs. 24 and 25, in
which two nuclei lie in the cytoplasm after the vacuoles have moved to
the ends of the spore. I have not succeeded in finding any stages that
would seem to connect fig. 11 with fig. 24, yet it is possible that soon
after the stage of fig. 11 the nuclei pass quickly from the vacuoles
into the cytoplasm which at once stains more intensely. From the
evidence at hand, I am inclined to believe that the spores shown in figs.
24 and 25 are abnormal and that the nuclei gradually disintegrate at
the outer border of the vacuoles.

In the second type of development, which is not as common as the
type just described, the nucleus moves to one end of the spore and
takes a position as shown in fig. 17. A vacuole then forms around the
nucleus as in Type I (fig. 18), and subsequently the nucleus divides
(fig. 19). Later the two nuclei, which stain as intensely as in the
earlier stages, move to opposite ends (figs. 21, 22) or, in some few cases,
to opposite sides (fig. 20) of the vacuole. The vacuole increases in size
as the spore elongates; but, as far as I have been able to determine, it
does not divide into two parts, as does the vacuole in the spores that
follow the first type of development. After the disappearance of the
nuclei in the stage succeeding that of fig. 22 the vacuole gradually
becomes smaller (fig. 23), and the entire spore stains black and appears
as in fig. 16.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

Deviations from these two types of development are not uncommon,
some of the more striking variations being shown in figs. 24-31. The
spore from which fig. 24 was drawn seems to be a variation of Type I,
in which the nuclei have moved into the cytoplasm instead of towards
the outer border of the vacuoles. It is possible, as I have already
suggested, that fig. 24 shows a normal stage in the development of the
spore, and that it belongs between the stage of fig. 12 and that of fig.
13. In the spore shown in fig. 25 it is evident that, when the vacuole
divided, both nuclei remained in one of the two vacuoles that were
formed (as is shown in fig. 28), and that they passed into the cytoplasm
after the vacuole had taken its position at the end of the spore. As
indicated in fig. 25, the cytoplasm surrounding the nuclei stains con-
siderably darker than that in the rest of the spore; and although the
nuclei are clearly seen at this time, they are totally obscured in the
following stage when the region in which they lie stains black (fig. 26).
A spore in which one nucleus only has left its vacuole is shown in fig. 27;
while variations in the number, size, and situation of the vacuoles are
shown in figs. 28-31.

I can offer no explanation as to the way in which the cells of Bidder’s
organ become infected with the parasite. There is no direct means of
communication between this organ and the testis, and therefore it
does not seem possible that infection was through the cloaca and the
kidneys, hence by way of the testis to Bidder’s organ. As Bidder’s
organ contains a large number of capillaries, it seems most probable that
infection took place through the blood. Although I have carefully
examined sections of the blood vessels containing large numbers of
corpuscles, I have found no traces of the parasite either in the corpuscles
or inthe plasma. In one instance three mature spores were found in
the plasma of a capillary in Bidder’s organ; but it seems probable that
these spores were derived from one of the many cysts in the organ con-
taining ripe spores. As all of the large ova in Bidder’s organ eventually
degenerate, usually through the rupture of the outer wall and the
penetration of a capillary into the interior, it is evident that the spores
finally get into the circulation. How they pass to the exterior and
whether they subsequently undergo a further development in another
host remains to be determined.

During recent years much interest has been taken in the life history
of the Sporozoa which seem to infect many of the invertebrates as well
as all classes of the vertebrates. Interest in this group has naturally
centred in the parasites infecting the mammals; and the amphibians as a
class have not been systematically examined, either in Kurope or in

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

America, for Sporozoan parasites. In the list of Sporozoa and their
hosts recently compiled by Minchin,? Bufo lentiginosus is given as the
host of one known speeies, Leptotheca (Chloromyxum) ohlmacheri, a
Myxosporidian which was first described in 1893 by Ohlmacher,* who
found it in the renal tubules. In but two other instances have Sporo-
zoan parasites been found in any species of Bufo, and comparatively
few cases of infection have been recorded for the different species of
Rana. As presumably the amphibians are as subject to parasitic
infection as are the other vertebrates, they would seem to afford a
profitable field of investigation for the discovery of new Sporozoan
forms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII,

All figures were drawn with the aid of a camera lucida under a Zeiss apoe. obj.
15mm. Oc.8.

Fig. 1.—The young parasite and its division stages.

Fig. 2.—Trophozoite at the beginning of the growth period.

Fig. 3.—Mitotic division of the nuclei of the young trophozoite.

Fig. 4.—Formation of the cyst wall around the trophozoite.

Fig. 5.—Mature trophozoite before its division into spores.

Fig. 6.—Division of the trophozoite into spores.

Fig. 7—Cyst containing young spores.

Figs. 8-16.—Stages in the development of spores according to Type I.

Figs. 17-23.—Stages in the development of spores according to Type IT.

Figs. 24-31.—Spores showing apparent deviations from the usual modes of
development.

2 Minchin, E. A., Sporozoa: A Treatise on Zoology, edited by E. Ray Lancaster,
Pt. I, 1903.

’Ohlmacher, A. P., Myxosporidia in the Common Toad, with Preliminary
Observations on the Chromophilis Substance in the Spore, Journ. Amer. Med.
Assoc., Vol. XX, 1893.

Lis)
bon
©

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ORTHOPTERA FROM NORTHERN FLORIDA.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN AND MORGAN HEBARD.

The material treated in this paper was collected by the authors
between the 10th and 20th of August, 1905. The localities at
which collecting was done are treated below in detail. The material
has been divided between the collection of the Academy and the
collection of the junior author, all types remaining in the latter. The
number of specimens examined is 1,356, representing eighty-nine
species, of which four are described as new.

LOCALITIES.

Jacksonville, Duval County. The few specimens taken at this
locality were captured in a weed-covered lot near the railroad station,
among the shrubbery in Hemming Park, on the street, on the Clyde
Line wharf, and at asuburb on the St. John’s River known as Riverside.

Pablo Beach, Duval County. This small community, existing almost
entirely as a summer resort, is situated on the Atlantie coast of the
peninsula, seven miles south of the mouth of the St. John’s River and
eighteen miles east of Jacksonville. The characters of the regions or
zones at this locality at which collecting was carried on are quite varied,
and a detailed description is necessary.

The beach proper is very wide along this part of the coast, the
angle of its slope is very slight, and its boundary formed by rather
irregular sand dunes, some of which are thirty or more feet high.
The upper slopes and tops of the dunes are covered with a growth of
serub or saw palmetto (Serenoa serratula). ‘These dunes while irregu-
lar in height are very regular in the line of their steep barrier-like
seaward slope.

Landward the dunes drop into a level tract of sandy barrens varying
from one to two or more miles in width and extending for a considerable
distance up and down the coast. The barrens are thickly covered with
saw palmetto (Serenoa serratula) and several other low plants, making
everywhere a low but thick tangle. While usually dry in character
this open saw-palmetto region has numerous wet spots, some with the
sand little more than damp and others with considerable areas of true

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (June,

marsh with some of the accompanying vegetation. About these
marshy spots are frequently bushes ten or fifteen feet in height, which
are the only vegetation of any height in the extensive “palmetto
scrub,” as this region is called in the following pages.

Farther north along the beach, and in a few localities about Pablo
Beach, the ground immediately west of the shore dunes is covered with
a dense tangle of numerous varieties of bushes, the majority of which
are about ten feet high. It was in these bushes that Cyrtophyllus was
abundant.

Inland the broad tract of open country is bordered by another area,
bearing a scattering growth of pine and an occasional cabbage palmetto
(Sabal palmetto) growing on marshy soil, this zone being distinctly
narrower than the preceding one.

West of the scattered pine belt is a strongly marked zone of “ham-
mock”’ land, the arborescent species of which are varied but in a large
part cabbage palmetto, all very closely placed and woven together with
numerous lianas. This zone is almost impenetrable, is about a mile
in width and extends for miles up and down the coast, in most places
being on higher ground than the immediately surrounding country.

Pablo Creek flows north on the west side of the hammock, emptying
into the St. John’s near Mayport, and extensive dependent marshes
are present on the east side of the stream, between it and the “ham-
mock” land. In little scattered areas here are marshy pine woods,
but in no place in this creek marsh was the collecting found to be good.

Still farther inland, west of the stream and beginning at the western
edge of the creek marsh, is the extensive long-leaf pine (Pinus palustris)
forest which stretches westward to the St. John’s.

Access to these various zones was gained chiefly by means of a rail- -

road embankment, along the sides of which, in wet drains overgrown
with grass and in cleared grass and weed covered right-of-way, much
good collecting was done.

San Pablo, Duval County. This locality is situated in the long-leaf ~

pine forest three miles west of Pablo Beach. The undergrowth in the
woods here was dry and chiefly wire-grass. This situation was the
nearest to Pablo Beach at which typical pine woods collecting could be
secured. The Orthoptera taken at this locality showed a considerable
affinity to that taken in the open saw palmetto at Pablo Beach.
Gainesville, Alachua County, is situated in northern Florida, sixty-
two miles in an air-line southwest of Jacksonville. The region is that
of the long-leaf pine (Pinus palustris) and forests of this noble tree
surround the town, although large areas have been cleared and are

inte

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. | 281

either under cultivation or grown up as characteristic Southern “old
fields.” Excellent collecting was found here in the undergrowth in the
pine woods, the gallberry bushes, scrub oaks and wire grass affording
excellent cover. In several flooded sink-holes in the pine woods we
found among the surrounding marsh grasses such moisture-loving
forms as Leptysma, Stenacris and Kotettix palustris. Owing to the fact
that our stay was limited to a day and a half, the collection from this
locality doubtless does not include many species which might be
found there, but the results for that length of time were extremely
satisfactory.

Cedar Keys, Levy County. On a small coquina islet in the northern
Gulf of Mexico, a short distance from the Floridan mainland, is the
town of Cedar Keys. The town is on one of a number of keys to which
collectively its name is applied. The surface of the main key is slightly
rugged and the soil poor, owing to the almost bare coquina rock.
Outside of the village scattered groves of short-leaf pine, numerous
palmettos and an undergrowth of waist-high bushes comprise the
principal floral features of the dry land. There are many large Indian
shell-mounds on the key, and on them the forest growth is thickest.
The key is indented by many lagoons and bays. along the edges of
which are many wide areas of salt-marsh grass in which Orthoptera
was exceedingly abundant.

Palatka, Putnam County. The material from this locality was taken
in the town proper.

St. Augustine, St. John County. The few specimens from this
locality were taken in the hotel grounds in the evening.

FORFICULIDZA.

Anisolabis maritima (Bonaterre).
A pair of this species was taken from under rubbish on a lot in the
city of Jacksonville, August 11.

Anisolabis annulipes (H. Lucas).

This widely distributed species was taken at three localities: Jack-
sonville, August 11, in company with A. maritima, one male; Pablo
Beach, August 11 (marsh), one female; Cedar Keys, August 15, one
female.

Labia burgessii Scudder.

Three females of this species were taken at Cedar Keys, August 15.
Labia guttata Scudder.

This species is represented by a single female from San Pablo, taken
August 13 from under pine bark.

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

BLATTIDA.

Ischnoptera johnsoni Rehn.
An adult female of this species was taken at Pablo Beach, August 11,
from under palmetto root.

Eurycotis floridana (Walker).
Two females from Cedar Keys, August 15, represent this species.

Periplaneta americana (Linnus).
This species was noticed at every locality visited in Florida.

Periplaneta australasie (Fabricius).

* This species is represented by a nymph from Cedar Keys, August 15,
taken under adherent dead petiole bases of palmetto. Mature in-
dividuals were seen at St. Augustine and Palatka.

Periplaneta truncata Krauss.

The evening of August 20 this species was found very abundant on
the Clyde Line wharf at Jacksonville. Portions of the wharf under the
electric lights seemed to be their favorite haunts, and when disturbed
they scurried rapidly away or hid in the crevices between the planking.
A series of seven males, eleven females and two nymphs are in the
collection. Unquestionably this species is becoming more generally
distributed in the Gulf States, and from the evidence in hand its
strongholds are probably the larger ports, to which it has no doubt
been brought by shipping from the tropics.

The series mentioned above exhibits considerable variation in the
length of the tegmina and wings.

Pycnoscelus surinamensis (Linnwus).

A series of six females represent this species, the localities being
Cedar Keys, August 15, Gainesville, August 17 (in room), Palatka,
August 19, and St. Augustine, August 19.

The Cedar Keys specimens are all small and quite dark, with the
pale cephalic line on the pronotum broadly interrupted in the middle
and much reduced laterad. The individuals from the other localities
have the tegmina paler, the cephalic pronotal margin distinctly and
continuously marked and the general size greater. ;

MANTID 45.
Stagmomantis carolina (Johannson).
' This species is represented by five nymphs from Pablo Beach, August
11 and 13 (in grass, palmetto scrub and pine woods), two nymphs from
Gainesville, August 16 (undergrowth in pine woods), and one adult
female specimen from Cedar Keys, August 15. The latter speci-

ei

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

men, while fully adult, has the tegmina and wings but slightly
exceeding the margin of the second abdominal segment.
Thesprotia gTaminis (Scudder).

One male from Gainesville, August 16 (undergrowth in pine woods),
represents this species.

PHASMIDZ,

MANOMERA' n. gen.

1900. Bacunculus Seudder, Proe. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sei., VIII, p. 95.
[Not of Burmeister, 1838.]

1903. Bacunculus Caudell, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. 872. [Not of
Burmeister.] i

‘

On comparison of material of Scudder’s Bacuneulus tenuescens with
Specimens and figures of typical species of Heteronemia Gray (Bacuncu-
lus of authors, but not of Burmeister), it is evident that no close rela-
tionship exists in that direction, and affinity really exists with Dia-
pheromera instead of Bacunculus of authors.

The original description given by Scudder omits mention of the very
distinct spines present on the median femora of the male, although his
figures (pl. 1, figs. 1 and 2) show their presence. On the basis of
Scudder’s description, Caudell, who had never seen the male SeX, Says,
in describing the genus, “Legs of male unarmed.” The spine of the
median femora of the male is placed in the same position as in Dia-
pheromera, and is very similar in character but slenderer, the caudal
femora, however, being unarmed.

The structure of the abdominal appendages is fundamentally the
same as in Diapheromera and not as in Heteronemia, the subgenital
opercule being in no way like the latter genus. From Diapheromera,
Manomera can be separated in the male by the slender head, the absence
of caudal femoral spines, the uninflated median femora and the more
elongate abdominal appendages,

Manomera tenuescens (Scudder).

A male from Pablo Beach, August 12, another from San Pablo,
August 13, and three males and five females from Gainesville, August
16, represent this peculiar Florida form, The male from Pablo Beach
was swept from marsh grass, but all the other individuals taken were
from the wire-grass and other low undergrowth in pine woods, where
protective resemblance would appear to be an important factor in the
life of the insect.

The specimens vary considerably in size, particularly in the male sex,

"Mavoc, thin; uypa, thighs.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

and represent two color phases, brown and green forms. These forms
may be sexual as all the males are of the brown type and the females
of the green, but it is hardly safe to assume this to be true on the
amount of material in hand. The base color of the dorsum in the
male varies from raw sienna to vandyke brown, the legs in all the
specimens being greenish proximad, shading into olive or decided
brownish distad. The lateral yellowish stripe is prominent in all the
males, becoming whitish on the abdomen and extending to the base of
the cerci. In the female this stripe is usually less prominent, and in one
specimen is almost absent.

Aside from the above records this species has been recorded from
Cedar Keys, Capron and Biscayne, Florida.

Anisomorpha buprestoides (Stoll).

Four males and three females from Pablo Beach, August 12 and 13,
four males and six females from San Pablo, August 13, and one female
from Gainesville, August 16, comprise the series of this species. Except
for a Pablo Beach specimen taken in open palmetto serub, all are from
undergrowth in pine woods. A large part of the specimens were taken
in coitu, and in one case two pairs and a single individual were taken
from one plant.

From the material in hand it does not appear possible to separate
two species, for while typical female specimens of what Caudell?
calls ferruginea (Palisot) are in the series from San Pablo and a number
of the others are true buprestoides, specimens from Gainesville and
Pablo Beach connect the two extremes, the pale jerruginea and the
strongly trilineate buprestoides. All the males collected are unquestion-
ally true buprestoides. A pair from Osprey, Manatee County, Florida,
in the Academy collection approach the pale type.

ACRIDIDZ.
Nomotettix cristatus Scudder.

This species is represented by seven males and one female from
Pablo Beach, August 12 and 13, one male and one female from San
Pablo, August 13, and seven males, four females and two nymphs from
Gainesville, August 16 and 17.

In the region examined this species appears to have little preference
for one particular environment, as the Pablo Beach series contains
specimens taken in undergrowth in open pine woods, on damp sand,
in palmetto scrub and in grass. The San Pablo specimens were taken
in pine woods undergrowth, and the Gainesville series in the same
character of surroundings except one from the edge of a sink-hole.

? Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, pp. 880, 882.

————

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

Neotettix femoratus (Scudder).

One male and three females from Pablo Beach, August 12 and 13,
taken in open pine woods undergrowth and palmetto scrub, represent
this species. All the specimens are short-winged.

Neotettix bolteri Hancock.

An adult female and a nymph from Gainesville, August 16 and 17,
belong to this rather scarce species. One was taken from a marshy
sink-hole, the other in pine woods undergrowth.

Apotettix rugosus (Scudder).

A male individual from Cedar Keys, August 15, appears to represent
this species. In the proportions of the pulvilli of the caudal tarsi it
does not agree with the description given by Hancock,’ and resembles
in this respect the much smaller A potettiz minutus Rehn and Hebard.
It is possible this specimen may not be true rugosus, but in all characters
but the pulvilli proportions it is fully typical of that species.

Tettigidea spicata Morse.
A single male from San Pablo, August 13, was taken in undergrowth
in pine woods. It belongs to the form with the elongate pronotum.

Tettigidea lateralis (Say).

This variable species is represented by a series of eight males and
seven females from Pablo Beach, August 12 and 13, and one male
from Gainesville, August 16. Individuals were taken in swampland,
palmetto serub, in undergrowth in pine woods and on damp sand. All
the specimens are of the type with the produced pronotum, and con-
siderable variation in the cephalic angle of the pronotum is observed.
Radinotatum brevipenne (Thomas).

This peculiar grasshopper was numerous in localities in pine woods
undergrowth at Gainesville, August 16, two males, five females and one
nymph being collected. At Pablo Beach, August 11 to 13, two males
and five nymphs were taken in grass, palmetto scrub, pine woods
undergrowth, and one of the males in marshland, Compared with
spring experience around Thomasville, Ga., this species is not as com-
mon in the summer, but the number of adults is proportionately greater.
Mermiria alacris Scudder.

This strikingly colored species was numerous in pine woods under-
growth and palmetto scrub at Pablo Beach, August 11 and 13, six
adult males, four females and three nymphs being collected. A single
female from San Pablo, August 13, and three males from Gainesville,

* The Tettigide of N. Amer., p. 104.

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June ,

August 16, were taken in pine woods. Cedar Keys is represented by a
single male taken August 15.

Mermiria vigilans Scudder.

This species is more distinctly a marsh-loying form when com-
pared with M. alacris, its favorite habitat being tall marsh grass in
extensive tracts or narrow marsh drains. At Pablo Beach this species
was common, particularly in a wet grassy drain along the railroad
embankment, a series of fourteen males and twelve females being
collected on August 11 and12. At Cedar Keys, August 15, two males
and two females were taken in salt marsh. In the series studied four
females are in the green phase, while several males exhibit a similar
tendency.

Mermiria intertexta Scudder.

A single male from Pablo Beach, August 13, represents this species,
which can be separated from vigilans by the broader, distinctly triangu-
lar fastigium and the narrower disk of the pronotum.

Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler).

This species is partial to palmetto scrub and pine woods cover, being
common but nowhere abundant at the localities visited. Pablo Beach
is represented by seven males and four females taken August 11 to 13;
Gainesville by three males, two females and one nymph; Cedar Keys,
August 15, by one male.

All the specimens seen from Georgia and Florida are considerably
larger than New Jersey individuals of the same sex.

Maoneillia obscura Scudder.

In a restricted area in long-leaf pine woods at Gainesville, on August
16, this species was found in the undergrowth in moderate numbers,
all the specimens seen being taken. A partiality on the part of the
species for low oak growth was noticeable. The series in our hands
from this locality consists of four adult males, six females and four
nymphs. One of the males, two of the females and two nymphs have
the median pronotal bar strongly marked, while one male‘and two
females have it weaker but still quite apparent.

Amblytropidia occidentalis (Saussure).

Eight immature specimens from Pablo Beach, August 11-13, and
four from Gainesville, August 16, appear to represent this species.
Aside from individuals taken in dry palmetto scrub, these immature
specimens were from pine woods undergrowth, in situations such as are
favored by the adults in spring.

ee

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

Orphulella pratorum Scudder.

The specimens from the localities given for this species have been
compared with material from New Jersey, Maryland, Georgia, Florida
and Alabama, all of which is considered by the authors to belong to this
species. The Florida series here studied presents the usual color
forms found in the species and was collected in a variety of habitats,
ranging from dry pine woods undergrowth to open marsh. The
localities represented are Pablo Beach, August 11-13, eight males,
four females; Gainesville, August 16 and 17, six males, four females;
Palatka, August 19, one female; Cedar Keys, August 15, two males.
Nymphs were taken at Pablo Beach and Gainesville, and an adult
male was taken during a train stop at Fairfax, 8. C., August 10.

Orphulella pelidna (Burmeister). ?

The specimens here referred doubtfully to Burmeister’s species
have been carefully compared with the available determined material
of this poorly understood species, and while they differ in a number of
features from the other specimens, it can be positively asserted that
they are not the allied olivacea or extremely large specimens of the
species we consider to be Scudder’s pratorum.

In size these specimens exceed any other North American individuals
of the genus seen by us, particularly in the female sex. The fastigium
is shaped much as in Nebraska specimens considered pelidna, but the
tegmina and wings are very long, slender and not as broad as in pra-
torum. ‘The largest male measures, length of body 20 mm; length of
pronotum 4; length of tegmen 18.2; length of caudal femur 12.5; the
largest female, length of body 27.5; length of pronotum 5; length of
tegmen 23; length of caudal femur 17.

Aside from one male taken at Pablo Beach, August 12, the series of
eleven males and twelve females were taken at Cedar Keys, August 15.

Dichromorpha viridis (Scudder).

This widely distributed species is represented by a series of twenty
specimens, eight of which are in the brown phase. Jacksonville is
represented by three males and six females, taken August 11, on a
weedy lot in the middle of the city; Pablo Beach by three males, four
females and two nymphs, taken August 11, 12 and 13, all in marsh
except one male and a nymph from palmetto scrub and another
nymph from grass; Gainesville is represented by two males and one
female, August 16, in pine woods undergrowth and meadows.

Clinocephalus pulcher Rehn and Hebard.
This beautiful species is represented by an instructive series of forty-

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (June,

seven males and sixteen females, which show that it is quite closely
related to C. elegans. A series of twenty-one New Jersey specimens
of the latter species has been used for comparison and the differential
characters are here treated separately.

Size.—This was the first character given in the diagnosis of pulcher,
and the series in hand shows that pulcher is almost invariably larger
than elegans, one male and one female alone being as small as the
largest representatives of their respective sexes in the elegans series.
The majority are as large, in general size, as the measurements of the
types of pulcher.

Tegmina.—In none of the specimens examined are the tegmin@
quite as long as in the types of pulcher, and in the majority, particularly
the east coast specimens, they are decidedly shorter, often no longer
proportionately than in elegans.

Fastigium.—In the series of pulcher here studied the angle of the
fastigium is less acute than in elegans. Some variation exists in the
exact form of the angle, 7.e., the divergence of the margins; but as a
whole, and in the vast majority of individuals, the fastigium is broader
and less acute in both sexes.

Frontal costa.—In both sexes of pulcher the sulcation of the frontal
costa is less pronounced and more rounded than in elegans, some of the
Cedar Keys specimens having the suleation very greatly reduced.

Color.—From a type similar to that found in C. elegans all the forms
mentioned in the original description are contained in the series, in ad-
dition to which patterns there are several which suggest species of
Orphulella in the way the dorsum is washed with rose purple.

To summarize, it appears that Clinocephalus pulcher is a southern
representative of C. elegans, reaching its maximum of differentiation
in southern Florida (Miami), where, as far as present material goes, it is
a long-winged, or for the genus a long-winged, form. The specimens
here referred are, on this account, not fully typical, but they are nearer
to pulcher than to the small northern elegans. Gulf coast (Cedar Keys)
specimens are as a rule nearer to typical pulcher than east coast (Pablo
Beach and San Pablo) specimens, while interior specimens (Gainesville)
are rather curious in that the males are similar to Cedar Keys males
and the single available female is like east coast specimens.

That elegans and pulcher should be considered distinct appears to be
the best way to handle the evidence the specimens give, the form of
the fastigium and the depth of the sulcation of the frontal costa being
“degree of difference” characters fully worthy of consideration, while
the greater size of pulcher, and the complex coloration which it very

0

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

frequently exhibits and which we have never seen in elegans, are to be
given due consideration.

At Pablo Beach this species was abundant in a variety of localities,
in dry palmetto scrub and undergrowth in pine woods, in rank grass
growing in a wet drain along a railroad embankment and in open
marshy spots. Twenty-four males, eleven females and two nymphs
were taken at this locality, August 11 to 13. In pine woods at San
Pablo two females were taken on August 13, and in a similar situation
and at a wooded sink-hole two males and one female were taken
August 16 and 17 at Gainesville. Cedar Keys is represented by twenty-
one males, five females and two nymphs taken, August 15, in salt marsh
and in palmetto scrub in open pine woods. Here the species was more
abundant in salt marsh.

(EDIPODIN-®.
Arphia xanthoptera (Burmeister).

A single female of this species from San Pablo, August 13, is in the
collection. It was taken in pine woods undergrowth.

Arphia granulata Saussure.

Five males, three females and one nymph of this species were taken
at Pablo Beach, August 11, 12 and 13, all captured in open palmetto
scrub except one from grass.

There is a perceptible amount of variation in the arcuation of the
crest of the pronotum, the majority having it distinctly but slightly
arcuate, while the coloration of the caudal tibie is also variable, a pale
disto-median annulus being present more or less distinctly in the
majority of the specimens. With two exceptions the specimens have
blackish brown predominating, the others being dull brownish.

Eucoptolophus costalis (Scudder).

This species enjoys a much wider distribution in the southeastern
States than has usually been supposed to be the case. The present
collection contains representatives from Jacksonville (one female,
August 11, on city lot), Pablo Beach (three males, four females,
August 11 and 12, palmetto scrub, grass and strand), Gainesville
(one male, August 17, palmetto scrub) and Cedar Keys (one male,
August 15).

In coloration a great amount of variation is present, the shades of
brown ranging to seal brown, while the ochres are equally variable.
One female from San Pablo has the whole head and pronotum, the bet-
ter part of the caudal femora and patches on the distal portion of the
tezmina green, while the Jacksonville individual has some green

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

present on the tegmina, in the same position as on the above speci-
men.

An examination of available material shows this species to range
along the Gulf coast from Texas to eastern Florida and south-central
Georgia, the similarity of color phases and general appearance having
caused in some instances its confusion with Chortaphaga viridijasciata.
Specimens from the following localities can be assigned to this species:
Ocklockonee River and Thomasville, Thomas County, Ga.; Miami, Dade
County, and Chokoloskee, Monroe County, Fla. Caudell has recorded
it from Key West and Sanford, while the records of Chortophaga viridi-
fasciata given by the authors‘ also belong to this species, as a re-exami-
nation of the material shows. Tampa is the only locality in the latter
paper additional to those mentioned above.

Spharagemon bolli Scudder.

Two males and four females from Pablo Beach in open palmetto
scrub, August 11 and 12, and a pair from Cedar Keys in palmetto
scrub in pine woods, August 15, represent this species. The variations
usually noticed in any series of this species, 7.e., shade of general color
and strength of tegminal and femoral bars, are hardly as great as in
northern specimens, and as a rule the specimens are more uniform than
Maryland and New Jersey individuals.

Spharagemon collare wyomingianum (Thomas).

A single female from grassland at Gainesville, August 17, represents
this race. The mottling of the head, pronotum, tegmina and femora
is less striking than in New Jersey specimens of this form.

Scirtetioa picta (Scudder).

A series of four males and two females from Pablo Beach, August
11, 12 and 13, and two males from Gainesville, August 17, represent
this species. The Pablo Beach specimens were taken in a variety of
habitats—strand, open palmetto scrub and along railroad tracks—while
the Gainesville individuals are from palmetto scrub and grassland.
One Pablo Beach specimen is quite uniform warm brown in color, the
pale tezminal markings and the dark femoral bars alone but moderately
indicated. The other extreme type, with great contrast between the
bone white markings and blackish brown areas, is represented by one
specimen from Pablo Beach, the remaining specimens presenting
degrees of coloration intermediate between the two extremes. This
species was noticed but not captured at Riverside, near Jacksonville.
Psinidia fenestralis (Serville).

This sand-loving species was taken at Jacksonville, one male, one

4 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 38.

et i ae

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

female, August 11 and 20; Pablo Beach, three males, two females, one
nymph, August 11 and 12, and Gainesville, one male and three females,
August 16 and 17. At Jacksonville it was taken on a city lot and in a
sandy field near the city; at Pablo Beach on the strand and in open
palmetto scrub, and at Gainesville in palmetto scrub in pine woods and
in grassland,

Trimerotropis citrina Scudder.

This widely ranging species is represented by material from Jackson-
ville and Pablo Beach. A single male from the former locality was
taken August 11 on a city lot, and six males and four females from
Pablo Beach were taken August 11, 12 and 13 on the strand, in palmetto
scrub and along the railroad track. The strand was, however, the
place of greatest abundance. A male taken at Swansea, Lexington
County, 8. C., August 10, in a sandy road is also referable to this species.

LOCUSTIN.
Dictyophorus guttatus (Stoll).

This curious grasshopper was numerous in tall weeds along the
railroad track a short distance west of Pablo Beach, five males and two
females being taken on August 13. The species was more abundant
than the collected material would indicate as the remains of dozens
of specimens were found along the track, the majority having been
crushed by the wheels of the trains. The section where they were
most numerous was bordered on the sides by woodland, and in the
more open regions the species was not noticed. A female was captured
on the hotel porch at Pablo Beach, August 12, and a single female was
taken at Gainesville, August 16, in undergrowth in pine woods.
Nymphs of this species were not noticed during the trip.

Stenacris chlorizans Walker.

At Pablo Beach, in open marshy spots scattered over the palmetto
scrub, this species was numerous in grass of moderate height, and in a
swampy area of tall grass north of the railroad track it was equally at
home. In all situations its actions were similar to those noticed in the
vicinity of Thomasville,° except that grass was used as a resting place
instead of cat-tails, which did not occur except in the more pronounced
portions of the wet areas. Nine males and five females were taken at
this locality, August 11. Three males and two females were taken at
Gainesville, August 17, in a marshy sink-hole in the pine woods.

Over half the specimens collected have the lateral pale bars either
distinctly or slightly marked, while the dorsal aspect is strongly pur-

5 Vide Proc. Acad, Nat. Sct, Phila., 1904, pp. 787, 788.

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (June,

plish in one male and slightly so in several others. But four specimens
are of the full green coloration, z.e., without lateral pale bars or traces
of dorsal suffusion of purplish.

Leptysma marginicollis (Serville).

This species was found at Pablo Beach associated with the preceding.
Two males, six females and four nymphs, representing two stages, were
collected on August 11. The least developed of the nymphs was taken
in palmetto scrub.

The lateral pale bars are strongly indicated in but four of the adult
specimens.

Schistocerca americana (Drury).

Two females taken at Gainesville, August 16 and 17, in grassland and

in undergrowth in pine woods, represent this species.

Schistocerca damnifica (Saussure).

Two males from Pablo Beach (August 11 and 12), one from San
Pablo (August 13) and another from Gainesville represent this species.
The Pablo Beach individuals were taken in open palmetto scrub and
the others in undergrowth in pine woods.

An interesting fact concerning this species is that New Jersey
specimens have the tegmina and wings distinctly shorter than Florida
and Georgia specimens, the tegmina also with distal extremity broad
and blunter, while the antennz are usually longer and slenderer in the
southern specimens. This species was noticed but not captured at
Riverside, near Jacksonyille.

Schistocerca alutacea (Harris).

The authors being of the opinion that S. alutacea (Harris) and
rubiginosa (Scudder) represent color phases of the same species, the
two types are here treated together. Fifteen males and ten females
are included in the collection, of which three males and one female
represent the alutacea type, the others being similar to northern
“rubiginosa” individuals from the immediate coast, but with longer
tegmina and wings than representatives from points in the interior of
the pine barrens of New Jersey. :

The entire series except one male is from Pablo Beach, taken August
11 and 12, all from open palmetto scrub except one female of the
alutacea form taken in a swampy spot. Two males of the alutacea
type—in fact the only males of this type taken at Pablo Beach—were
collected in the open palmetto scrub in association with ‘“‘rubiginosa”’
type. Gainesville is represented by one male of the alutacea type,
taken August 17 in grassland.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

The “‘rubiginosa” individuals from Pablo Beach are identical with
individuals from the coast of southern New Jersey, 7.e., Cape May and
Anglesea. The form found in the interior of the New Jersey pine
region possesses short tegmina and wings and, as a rule, is of smaller
size. If the recognition of alutacea and rubiginosa as distinct species is
conceded, it would also be necessary to separate the pine land type
from the coast dune type.

Schistocerca obscura (Fabricius).

This form, which is separated from alutacea by the narrower incision
of the subgenital plate of the male and the color of the caudal limbs,
is represented by three males and five females. Of these six were
taken at Pablo Beach, August 11 and 12, in tall marsh grass and open
palmetto scrub; one female at Gainesville, August 16, in undergrowth
in pine woods, and another at Denmark, Bamberg County, S. C.,
Augast 10, in high weeds. The males here referred to this species have
the subgenital plate with the lateral portions lapped over the incision,
while the caudal tibiz are decidedly blackish in all except in one female
which has them blackish purple. The bars on the dorsal face of the
caudal femora are indicated more or less distinctly in all the individuals,
but in no case are they prominent. ‘The general base color of all the
females, and to a lesser extent of the males, is maroon, while the size
appears to be greater in the female than in the average of alutacea.
The coloration of the female of this species is very striking, but the males
do not present so rich an appearance. ‘The real value of this form as
distinet from S. alutacea cannot be fully determined without the study
of a large amount of material, as the single character of the narrower
incision of the male subgenital plate alone can be relied upon, the greater
length of the antenne, size and coloration being variable in the allied
species.

Two female specimens of this species from Maryland have also been
examined, one from Chestertown (August 17, 1898; E. G. Vanatta),
the other from Druid Hill Park, Baltimore (September, 1902; H. A.
Wenzel). These specimens extend the range of the species consider-
ably to the north of the former northern limit—North Carolina.
Gymnoscirtetes pusillus Scudder.

This peculiar species is represented in the collection by a most inter-
esting series of 153 specimens taken as follows: Pablo Beach, August
11, 12 and 13, sixty-eight males, fifty-nine females, two nymphs; San
Pablo, August 13, seven males, four females; Gainesville, August 17,
four males and seven females; Cedar Keys, August 15, one female,

As a whole the series shows a considerable amount of variation in

20

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

size in both sexes, but the extremes of the female are proportionately
greater. The Gainesville series as a whole is slightly smaller than the
average of Pablo Beach and San Pablo individuals. The smallest
male and female measure 12.7 and 16.3 mm. in length of body; the
largest 15.3 and 22 mm., all measured individuals being from Pablo
Beach.

The structural variations noticed in Georgia specimens of this species®
are also present in this series. The chief color variation in the dried
specimens is the depth and extent of the purplish-brown dorsal color.

The habitats frequented by this species are open palmetto scrub,
open marsh, tall marsh grass, undergrowth in pine woods and grass-
land, by far the greater number of specimens being taken in the
palmetto scrub, and all situations are represented in the Pablo
Beach series. One specimen from the latter locality was the prey of an
asilid fly (Diogmites, probably winthemi Wied.) but little larger than
the Gymnoscirtetes itself.

The localities at which this species has been taken, in addition to
those given above, are Jacksonville (type locality) and De Funiak
Springs, Fla., Waycross and Thomasville, Ga.

Eotettix signatus Scudder.

This beautiful species is represented by a series of ten males and four
females taken at Pablo Beach, August 11, in marshy spots scattered
over the palmetto scrub area back of the beach dunes. In size the
specimens are quite uniform, and as the female sex has not been
recorded the following measurements of it may be of some interest:
Length of body 26.5 mm.; length of pronotum 6.2; length of teg-
men 7.6; length of caudal femur 15.5. In color the little variation
that is appreciable is probably due to discoloration in drying.

The only previous record of this species is the original reference, the
typical material being one male from East Florida.

Eotettix palustris Morse.

At Gainesville, in the rank vegetation around a flooded sink-hole in
pine woods, five males and five females of this species were, taken on
August 16 and 17. In the female sex this species appears to be more
variable than EF. signatus, but the coloration is, as far as available
material goes, constant except for a tendency to suffuse the whole
insect with pinkish-red. The extremes of the female sex measure 20.8
and 25 mm. in length of body; 5 and 5.2 in length of pronotum; 4 and
4.8 in length of tegmen, and 12.3 and 14.6 in length of caudal femur.

® Wide Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 789.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295
The only previous record of this species is from Live Oak, Suwanee
County, Fla.

Hesperotettix floridensis Morse.

Two males and a female of this peculiar species were taken at Pablo
Beach, August 12 and 13, and a second female at San Pablo, August 13.
The Pablo Beach specimens were taken among grass in marshy spots
in the palmetto scrub, and in tall grass growing in a wet drain along
the railroad track. The San Pablo specimen was taken in undergrowth
in pine woods.

The previous records of this species are from Hastings, St. John
County, Fla., and Waycross, Ware County, Ga.

Melanoplus propinquus Scudder.

This austral representative of MW. femur-rubrum is represented by a
series of thirty-three specimens taken at four localities, at all of which
the species was abundant in a variety of situations. The localities
and dates are: Jacksonville, August 11, two males, one female; Pablo
Beach, August 11-13, fourteen males, three females; Gainesville,
August 16, four males, two females; Cedar Keys, August 15, three
males, four females. At Jacksonville it was taken on a city lot, while
the Pablo Beach series was collected in palmetto scrub, open grassy
stretches and in tall marsh grass.

Size is a very variable character in this species and does not appear
to be correlated with exact environment, one of the smallest and one
of the largest males both being from tall marsh grass at Pablo Beach.
Maximum and minimum measurements from Pablo Beach males are
as follows:

Menvtnonbodyeus—n = 4 49 5 . « =. 222mmeeel “6mm:
Length of pronotum, eee ae aaa
Wencthyoiterments) Sere. . 2) 20:2 15'S >
Length of caudal femur, eee) jn age OL

Melanoplus inops Scudder.

A series of sixty-nine specimens represents this species, which was
taken at all the points where any amount of collecting was done. The
localities represented are: Pablo Beach, August 11-13, nine males,
nine females; San Pablo, August 12, four males, three females; Gaines-
ville, August 16 and 17, twenty males, fourteen females; Cedar Keys,
August 15, two males, seven females, onenymph. At Pablo Beach the
species was numerous in the open palmetto barrens; at San Pablo,
Gainesville and Cedar Keys it frequented the undergrowth in pine
woods, sometimes, particularly at Cedar Keys, among saw palmetto.

The cerci of the males exhibit an appreciable amount of variation, and

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

types with these appendages more curved or straighter than figured
by Seudder? can be found in the series before us. In some individuals
the cerci are more robust, in others slenderer; in some the extreme
apex is slightly narrowed, in others obliquely truncate. The furcula
are distinct in the majority of the specimens; in some present as consid-
erably depressed trigonal lobes. Specimens with the furcula obsolete
as described in the type are in the minority.

In size the specimens from the Atlantic side of the peninsula aver-
age larger than those from the Gulf coast and the interior pine land
(Gainesville), the San Pablo males also averaging as large as the largest
Pablo Beach representative of the same sex. As maximum and
minimum measurements may be of interest the extremes of each sex
are here given:

Cedar Keys, San Pablo, Cedar KKeys,Pablo Beach,
Aug. 15. Aug. 13. Aug. 15. Aug. 11.

if of 2 g
Lengthofbody, . . 146mm. 17.5mm. 17 mm. 21.6mm.
Length of pronotum, . 30h Abs zl Wag yee
Length of tegmen,. . Pl (ak ies 3.3 “ 44 “
Length of caudalfemur, 9 “ 10:35> Ey 9 SE ORs ane

In coloration a considerable amount of variation is present in the
tone of the general color and the presence or absence of femoral bars.
The dark dorsal sections of the lateral lobes of the pronotum vary
considerably in depth, being very prominent and solid in some speci-
mens and almost absent in others, which also holds true regarding the
two dark bars on the dorsal aspect of the caudal femora. These latter
are quite broad, strongly contrasted and obliquely disposed in a few
specimens, indicated in a less pronounced manner in the majority of
specimens and almost absent in others. These variations as well as
those in the tone of the general color are irrespective of locality or sex.
The general tone varies from a grayish tendency through umbers
to a burnt sienna type.

This species was described from a single male labelled ‘“ Florida,”
and up to this writing nothing additional has been published regarding
it. A female from Lemon City, Dade County, Fla., has‘ also been
examined, the tegmina of which are somewhat smaller than those of
individuals from northern Florida.

Melanoplus keeleri (Thomas).
Thirteen specimens are referred to this trim species distributed as
follows: Pablo Beach, August 11, 12 and 13, five males, one female;

7 Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, pl. XX, fig. 4.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

San Pablo, August 13, two males, three females, one nymph; Gaines-
ville, August 16, one male. At Pablo Beach the species was found in
palmetto scrub, in tall marsh grass and along & sparsely covered rail-
road embankment, while at San Pablo and Gainesville it was found in
the undergrowth in pine woods.

In color the series exhibits a moderate amount of variation, chiefly
in the shade of the base color, although the dark maculations also vary
somewhat in extent and intensity in proportion to the depth of the
base color, being weaker in the individuals with an ochraceous base and
well marked in those with a brown general tint. The caudal tibie
are scarlet vermilion in all the adults and glaucous in the single nymph.

The form of the male cerci is as variable in the present series as in
the one from south Florida previously studied by the authors,* and the
extremes in the series of eight males are well marked and a number of
intermediates are also present, the latter constituting the greater part
of the lot. The keeleri extreme with the slender elongate accessory
lobe is on the other hand replaced by one with the accessory lobe
almost absent, represented in fact by an angulation, while the other
specimens when arranged according to their cercal character form a
complete transition from one to the other.

On examining the original references of keelert and deletor it is evident
that the claim made by Scudder® that keelert is smaller than deletor
is refuted by the measurements originally given from typical material.
Thomas gives the measurements of keeler?, a female, as follows: Length
of body 1.12 inches (28.4 mm.), length of tegmen .88 (22.3 mm.),
length of caudal femur .70 (17.7 mm.) ; while Scudder gives the follow-
ing for deletor: Length of body, male 23.5 mm., female 30.5; length of
tegmen, male 21, female 22; length of caudal femur, male 14.5, female
16. It would appear from the records and evidence of material that
this species is small toward the northern limit of its range (at least on
the Atlantic coast) in North Carolina, from which region it ranges along
the coastal plain and Gulf region to Texas and up the Mississippi to
Missouri, reaching in southern Florida its maximum of size. The
type of keeleri was from Florida and those of deletor from Texas, the
measurements of the original specimens of both species differing little,
being very much the same as found in the material studied in this con-
nection. On the other hand south Florida (Miami) specimens are
uniformly larger,’® an average pair measuring as follows:

§ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 40.

® Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX, p. 344.

10 This is also true of Melanoplus puer (vide Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905,
p. 40), Miami individuals of which are very considerably larger than north and
central Florida representatives.

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

(oh 2
Ihengthvotibodys =) e+ ee DET) eT
Rensthrofipronciumye (2 2. ee eee Onan vf es
enathvortermens a0: 0. “5 9 ee ieee 28.5%
Kensthyoteaudalifemur 2 <9 = 9a tee 2) eeedlo ene 18.2 “

As I imagine Scudder’s measurements, in his Revision of the Me-
lanopli, were taken from the specimen of keeleri there figured, their
small size is due to the fact the individual was from North Carolina.

On the evidence of the material examined I am compelled to con-
sider Melanoplus deletor Scudder a synonym of Melanoplus keeleri
(Thomas).

Paroxya atlantica Scudder.

A series of forty-five specimens represent this species, the several
localities being as follows: Pablo Beach, August 11, 12 and 13, twenty-
seven males, seven females; Gainesville, August 16 and 17, six males,
two females; Cedar Keys, August 15, one male, two females. At Pablo
Beach the species was numerous among the tall grasses growing in
extensive wet areas, drains and in the smaller marshy spots in the
palmetto serub, while at Gainesville the vicinity of a sink-hole in the
pine woods was frequented. Salt marsh was the environment in
which it was found at Cedar Keys.

There is an appreciable variation in size in the Pablo Beach series,
particularly in the males. In color there is considerable variation in
the degree of purity of the yellow color. The two Gainesville females
are deeper in color than the average Pablo Beach individuals, while
both Cedar Keys females and one of two from Gainesville have the
dorsum of the head, pronotum, caudal femora, face, limbs and ventral
portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum washed with wine purple.

Paroxya floridiana (Thomas).

At Pablo Beach this species was found frequenting tall grass growing
along a railroad drain, four males and two females being taken on
August 11. At Gainesville a single female was taken near a sink-hole
in undergrowth in pine woods on August 16.

When compared with material from the northern portion of the
range of the species the Florida specimens are seen to be much larger,
and a comparison of material shows a steady increase in size as one
proceeds southward. In view of this fact comparative measurements
of specimens from several points within the range of the species are
here given. No effort has been made in the selection of specimens for
measurement to pick only those supporting the view expressed above,
as on the contrary the individuals used have been taken haphazard

o-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

when more than a single pair was available from the locality which it
was desired to represent.

MALEs.
Bear Swamp, Pablo
Arner, Burl. Co., Roslyn, Beach,
Ontario. N. J: Va. Fla.
Lengthofbody, . . 20.6mm. 22 mm. 24.2mm. 32.5mm.
Length of antenna, . 1g ieyil 16:5 1g ay
Length of pronotum, . 4:3) 6 Wis DED (aye)
Length of tegmen,. . 11.2 “ Gs NOH 2s.
Length of caudalfemur, 12 “ 1Dhnees as eyes W729
FEMALES.
Pablo
Arner, Clementon, Roslyn, Beach,
Ontario. Ni. Je Va. Fla.
Length of body, . . 32 mm. 33.2mm. 36.1mm. 44 mm.
Length of pronotum, . Gols Coa ee CS ae SS
Length of tegmen, eS Ones olin 1827 28.2 *
Length of caudal femur, 15.8 “ Mifare St2 22.6 “

Aptenopedes sphenarioides Scudder.

This interesting species is represented in the material collected by a
series of eighty-six individuals. The localities represented are Pablo
Beach and Gainesville, the former by twenty-nine adult males, eleven
adult females, six male nymphs and eighteen female nymphs; the
latter by five adult males, one adult female, eleven male nymphs and
five female nymphs. At Pablo Beach it was taken August 11, 12 and
13, in dry palmetto scrub, undergrowth in open pine woods, in
grassland and in tall marsh grass. At Gainesville, on August 16 and
17, it was found chiefly in undergrowth in pine woods, the vicinity of a
sink-hole being inhabited by it.

The nymphs represent two stages and show that the principal color
characters of the adults are indicated for a considerable time before
the individual is mature.

The size of the adult specimens is quite uniform in the Pablo Beach
series, but the Gainesville males show a very appreciable amount of
variation, the extremes measuring 18 and 20.8 mm. in length of body.
Aptenopedes aptera Scudder.

A series of eighty-six specimens represent this interesting species.
Pablo Beach is represented by thirty-eight adult males, nineteen adult
females, four male nymphs and nine female nymphs taken August 11,
12 and 13. At this locality the species was found associated with A.
sphenarioides particularly in the palmetto scrub, and but slightly less
abundant than the latter species. At San Pablo, August 13, two males

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

and three females were taken in the undergrowth in the pine woods.
One adult male and five female nymphs were taken at Gainesville,
August 16 and 17, in pine woods undergrowth, chiefly scrub palmetto.
Cedar Keys is represented by two adult males, one male nymph and
two female nymphs, taken August 15 in pine woods undergrowth.

Two stages are represented in the nymphs from Pablo Beach, only
one from the other localities. This species does not possess two
color phases differing markedly as in A. sphenarioides, most of the
variation observed being in the intensity of the median abdominal
bars and the lateral bars of the pronotum. The nymphs in several
instances have the abdominal bars strongly marked and almost wholly
washed with purplish pink. The Pablo Beach series of adults is quite
uniform in size, several females alone being conspicuous on account of
their smaller size. The single Gainesville male, however, is distinctly
larger than individuals of the same sex from any other locality, the
length of body being 21.3 mm., while the largest Pablo Beach male
measures 18.5.

This .species has been recorded previously in Florida from Fort
Reed, Orange County, Jacksonville, Duval County, and Miami, Dade
County. A male from Gotha, Orange County, has also been examined.

TETTIGONIDZ.
Arethea phalangium (Scudder).

A single female of this interesting species was taken in the under-
growth in pine woods at Gainesville, August 16. This specimen was
the only representative of the species noticed and constitutes the first
record of the same from Florida. The previous records are Georgia
(Seudder, Brunner), Thomasville, Ga. (Rehnand MHebard), and
Victoria, Texas (Caudell).

Scudderia texensis Saussure and Pictet.

This widely ranging species was taken at Pablo Beach and Gaines-
ville, two'males being taken August 13 at the former locality and one of
the same sex on August 16 at the latter.

The environment at the first locality was open grassland and the
slope of a railroad embankment and undergrowth in pine woods at the
second.

Soudderia laticauda Brunner.

At San Pablo a single female of this large form was taken August 13
in pine woods undergrowth. A series of three males and four females
taken August 16 at Gainesville in a similar environment are also
referred to this species. The Gainesville males show close relation-

1907.]' NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

ship in the form of the genitalia to the figure of S. curvicauda given by
Scudder, but the females are unquestionably laticauda by the size and
shape of the ovipositor. The males are larger than northern speci-
mens of curvicauda, agreeing in this respect with the associated Gaines-
ville females and also with the measurements given by the describer.
Soudderia ouneata Morse.

A single female from Pablo Beach, August 11, in palmetto serub,
Tepresents this species. A female from Miami has been used for
comparison and the Pablo Beach individual differs only in its slightly
smaller size.

The range of this Species is now known to be from Alabama and
southern Georgia (Thomasville) south to southern Florida (Miami).
Symmetropleura modesta Brunner.

This species, previously known only from the male type from
“Carolina” and a female specimen from North Carolina, is represented
by a male individual taken from floating water hyacinth (Piaropus
crassipes) in the St. John’s River by the wharves of Palatka, on August
18. No other specimen of the species was noticed.

When compared with Brunner’s original description the Palatka
male is slightly larger than the type, and also differs in having the
margins of the tympanum and the caudal margin of the tegmina lined
with ochraceous, in addition to the angles of the pronotum mentioned
in the original description. The apices of the tegmina are slightly and
the exposed portions of the wings are strongly washed with brownish.

Amblycorypha floridana Rehn and Hebard.

A series of two males and six females represents this species, the
original basis of which was chiefly damaged material. With the
material in this series more detailed comparisons can be made with A.
oblongifolia, to which floridana is closely allied.

The less curved form and rather smaller size of the ovipositor will
serve to separate the female of floridana from that of oblongifolia, while
in the male the tympanum is distinctly narrower, both actually and
proportionally, than in oblongifolia. The lateral angles of the disk
of the pronotum are as a rule by no means as sharply rectangulate as in
oblongifolia and the disk itself is broader caudad in the latter species.
From the evidence in hand it appears that floridana represents the
southern extreme of oblongifolia, as individuals from Thomasville,
Ga., are as near floridana as oblongifolia, the ovipositor being more
curved and larger and the pronotal angles more distinct than in flori-
dana, but the narrower tympanum and the comparatively narrower

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (June,

caudal section of the pronotal disk show relationship to the same
species." In no one of the characters, however, is an extreme repre-
sented, but an intermediate position is clearly recognizable. Thus
from the evidence in hand true floridana is apparently restricted to
Florida, grading north over an undetermined area into true oblongifolia,
the type locality of which is Pennsylvania.

The series in this collection was taken at Pablo Beach, August 11
and 13, two males, two females; San Pablo, August 13, one male, and
Gainesville, August 16, three females. At Pablo Beach individuals
were taken in salt marsh, swampland and in tall bushes on the dunes,
and at San Pablo and Gainesville in undergrowth in pine woods.

The San Pablo individual is in the pinkish phase of coloration.

Other individuals of A. oblongifolia in this type of coloration in the
Academy collection are from Absecon, N. J., and Wood’s Hole, Mass.

Amblycorypha uhleri Stal.

A single male of this species was taken at Gainesville, August 16, in
undergrowth in pine woods.

This is the first Florida record of the species.

Cyrtophyllus (Lea) floridensis Beutenmiiller.

This interesting katydid was found to be abundant in certain bushes
about eight to ten feet high growing on the land face of the dunes
at Pablo Beach. On August 12 six males and on August 13 nine males
were captured. They were taken wholly with the aid of their song
which began shortly before evening. The song, as was stated by
Beutenmiiller, is distinctly different from that of C. perspicillatus,
being much lower, decidedly weaker and consisting of single notes
separated by regular intervals.

The generic name Lea proposed by Caudell” is not applied by us, as
the characters assigned to the genus do not appear to the authors to be
of sufficient weight to have generic value, although floridensis is to our
mind worthy of being considered subgenerically distinct from C.
perspicillatus.

The color of the living individuals was essentially as in the dried
specimens, which were stuffed in the field and have lost but little in
consequence. The general dorsal color is bice green, becoming pale
green on the limbs and olive-buff on the head and pronotum, the eyes
cinnamon and the lateral margins of the disk of the pronotum and the
tympanal fields of the tegmina raw umber. The thickened anal vein

" Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 795.
* Vide Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., XIV, pp. 34 and 42.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

of the male tegmina and the sutural margins of the same are yellowish
or light greenish.

In size the species exhibits a considerable amount of individual
variation, and the measurements of the extremes of the series of males
and also of a female specimen are here given:

oS ot 2

ILENE Oi Inoshy, 5 2. 56 « 4 30 mm. 40 mm. 38.5mm.
Length of pronotum, .. 6.4 “ ey hore
Width of caudal margin of the

PLONO (UME eae eee 63s Gees 6:8) 5
Iengthoftezmen,. . . . . ae shay 34.2 “
Length of caudalfemur, . . . 23. 2A.2 260
Length of ovipositor, . . . . 18:25

In addition to the fifteen Pablo Beach males a single female, of which
the measurements are given above, from St. Augustine (C. W. Johnson)
has been examined. The range of the species is now known to extend
in a narrow strip along the coast from Pablo Beach, Duval County, to
the vicinity of Grant, Brevard County, Fla.

Belocephalus subapterus Scudder.

A series of eleven specimens, one adult male, three adult females and
seven immature individuals, represent this species. At Pablo Beach
it was found on August 11, 12 and 13, in palmetto scrub and in low
growth along the railroad track, three of the adults being taken at
that locality. At San Pablo, August 13, one immature individual
was taken in pine woods undergrowth. The remaining specimens
were taken at Gainesville, August 16, in pine woods undergrowth. All
the adults taken were in the green phase of coloration. The range of
this species now extends from Thomasville, Ga., to Miami and Choko-
loskee, southern Florida, specimens having also been recorded from
Fort Reed, Orange County, Fla., in addition to the localities given
above.

Conocephalus retusus Scudder.

At St. Augustine a series of four males and two females of this species
were taken from the hedges of a garden on the evening of August 19,

When compared with the northern Conocephalus atlanticus Bruner,
this species is seen to differ only in the somewhat greater general size
and in the longer caudal limbs. Probably atlanticus will prove to be
merely a smaller northern form of retusus, as a specimen from Roslyn,
Alexandria County, Va. (October 22, 1900; J. A. G. Rehn), occupies
an intermediate position. Typical females of the two forms and the
Roslyn specimen measure as follows:

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Phila. Neck, Roslyn, St. Augustine,
a. Fla.

Pa. Va
Length of body, . . . . . 26 mm, 25.2mm,. 28.5mm.
Length of pronotum, . . . . Gear 62a Thay
Length of tegmen,. . . . . 28:8 * SEE eee
Length of caudalfemur, . . . PV 22.0 26.5 =
Length of ovipositor, . . . . Sh te. 36:2 we aren

Conocephalus mexicanus Saussure.

A single female of this species was taken at Cedar Keys, August 15.
The caudal femora are slightly longer than in a Tampa specimen,
but otherwise the two are inseparable.

Conocephalus crepitans Scudder.

A single female of this species was taken at Warchard, Levy County,
August 14, during a brief stop of the train. It was in undergrowth in
the pine woods close to the railroad track.

When compared with a female of the species from Lincoln, Neb.,
the Florida specimen differs only in the slightly longer legs and ovi-
positor, being identical in all other characters. The measurements of
the two specimens are as follows:

Lincoln, Warchard,

Neb. Fla.
Lengthuof bodys ism feats) Ten) ee lent OOo oo meniine
engthyofsoronouuis sy ere gee nee OD be hee
Dengthiof teomende, 2.) 30s ee OO ian 59.5 “
Tbenpth ofcaudaliienurm it.) Wane Sea ome 34.8 “
Wsenp thy onrovi positon; sean eam a-n eee OP ACR 36.2 “

The capture of this species in Florida carries its range a considerable
distance east, the previously known range extending from Nebraska and
Iowa south to Texas and Arkansas.

Conocephalus melanorhinus n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Cedar Keys, Levy County, Fla., August 12,1905. (Hebard
and Rehn.) R

Allied to C. robustus Scudder and lyristes Rehn and Hebard, differing
from the former in the blunter fastigium which is almost wholly black
ventrad, the narrower disk of the pronotum, the straighter tegmina
and the slightly deeper and considerably shorter ovipositor. From
lyristes the new species differs in the larger size, the form of the fasti-
gium, the more robust general form and the shorter ovipositor.

Size rather large; form elongate, rather slender. Head with the
fastigium hardly elevated dorsad of the level of the occiput; fastigium

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

distinctly longer’ than the greatest width, apex blunt, subtruncate,
ventral tooth separated from the frontal fastigium; angle of the face
very considerable; eyes little prominent, slightly flattened; antenne
rather short, the length slightly exceeding that of the caudal femora.
Pronotum rugoso-punctate, the dorsum deplanate, the lateral angles
distinct caudad but not sharp; cephalic margin of the disk with a very
slight median emargination, caudal margin of the disk moderately
arcuate, lateral margins of the disk slightly diverging caudad; lateral
lobes of the pronotum distinctly longer than deep, cephalic margin
considerably oblique, caudal margin with a deep rectangulate sinus
ventrad of which the margin is strongly rounded, ventral margin obtuse-

Fig. 1.—Conocephalus melanorhinus n. sp. Lateral view of type. (xX 14.)

angulate. Tegmina elongate, exceeding the tips of the caudal femora
by about the length of the head and pronotum together, narrow, apex
narrowly rounded. Abdomen with the terminal dorsal abdominal
segment produced into a pair of spinose processes between which the
segment is deeply cleft; supra-anal plate trigonal, produced mesad
into a rather long finger-like process; styles rather short, thick, acute,
slightly arcuate; ovipositor slightly shorter than the caudal femora,
straight, rather broad and subequal, apex acute; subgenital plate
moderately produced, apical margin emarginato-truncate. Cephalic
limbs of medium build. Caudal femora rather slender, the proximal
half moderately inflated, externo-ventral margin with two to four
spines, interno-ventral margin with six to seven spines; caudal tibize
more strongly spined on the dorsal than on the ventral margins ;
caudal tarsi quite elongate and slender.

General color apple green approaching oil green in areas on the
dorsum of the fastigium and margins of the pronotum, lateral as well
as dorsal. Fastigium marked laterad with maize yellow, ventral as-
pect of the fastigium black, oil green caudad; eyes ochraceous-buff;

13 Measurement taken from the interantennal space.

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

antenne burnt carmine, pale and weak proximad. Pronotum with
the lateral angles marked with maize yellow. Caudal tibiz vina-
ceous pale on the angles; tarsi of all the limbs with
the lateral portions dull purplish brown, the median
area buff. Ovipositor ochraceous as is also the abdomen,
distal two-thirds oil green, touched with brown at the
apex, the median suture lined with black for the greater
portion of its length.

Measurements.

Wied _¢ Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor), . 35 mm.
esata: Length: Gf pronotuiy t-te cae ee Ones
lanorhinus Greatest caudal width of diskof pronotum, . 4.5 “
inlisj op DYoyesteN Vrevavelol (OE WWSAAMM, eg ES
eros head Length of caudalfemur, . . . . . . 27 “
tum. (<2) Length of ovipositor, . . . . . . . 228 %

The type of this species is the only specimen seen.

Orchelimum glaberrimum (Burmeister).

This species is represented by seven male individuals taken at five
localities: Jacksonville, August 10 and 11, two taken from high bushes
in city park; Pablo Beach, August 12, two from wet grassy spots in
scrub palmetto barrens ; San Pablo, August 13, one from undergrowth in
pine woods; Gainesville, August 17, one from grassy margin of sink-
hole; Cedar Keys, August 15, one from salt marsh.

In size some variation is noticed, chiefly in the length of the tegmina
and wings and in the length of the caudal femora. The tegmen and
wing variation is quite considerable, the extremes for the length of the
exposed combined tegmina and wings being 27 and 34.5 mm,

Orchelimum nitidum Redtenbacher.#

Two males of this species were taken at Jacksonville, August 11, and
Palatka, August 19. In both cases the specimens were taken in the
city.

The absolute identification of Redtenbacher’s species is attended
with considerable difficulty, as the species here described as O. molossum
is In many respects very closely allied. The present authors previously
confused these two forms and recorded both as O. nitidum.® How-

‘4 Attempts to determine material by the presence or absence of spines on the
ventral surface of the caudal femora having proved futile, we are compelled to
abandon this character, which in our opinion is generally too individual in its
variations to be diagnostic in this genus. The forms here treated have been
recognized chiefly by characters of the genitalia of both sexes, which are more
stable and of sufficient diversity to separate the species with the least difficulty,

8 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 796. (Thomasville, Ga.)

——

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

ever, the form of the male cerci is the one character which will enable
the student to recognize the two types with certainty

and celerity. Redtenbacher’s description says, ‘“Cerci ey
male subacuminati, vix compressi,’ and this clearly

applies to the form for which his name is here used, 0.

molossum having the cerci depressed and not even slightly

compressed. The cercus of O. nitidwm is very slightly

compressed in the distal half with a slight dorsal keel, Bigs Oriel:
and a figure is here given to fix the species with cer- dum Red-
tainty. Cereal and ovipositor peculiarities are unques- ten bacher.

‘ A : Dorsal view
tionably among the chief characters to be used in of Bice ck

separating the species of Orchelimum. male abdo-
A A men. (X 4.)
Measurements of the specimen, of which a cercus is
figured, are as follows:
Wencthyor body er eiswy 5 4. 4, ee a 8 22.5 mm.
Bene thvoi pronouns sas 4 | ee Des)
Leal Origuign, o 29s 5 ee ag ce 6 5) 5 wR
: 20.20

Length of caudal femur,

The range of this species now includes Georgia and Florida.
Orchelimum molossum n. sp.

Types: co; Pablo Beach, Duval County, Fla., August 13,1905. ©;
Gainesville, Alachua Co., Fla., August 16,1905. (Hebard
and Rehn.)

Closely allied to O. nitidum, but differing in the slightly
heavier fastigium, the smaller pronotum with narrower
lateral lobes, the smaller and more delicate tympanum
of the male tegmina, the smaller, slightly depressed cerci,
which have the tooth about median, and the slightly
deeper emargination of the subgenital plate of the male.

Size moderately large (for the genus); form rather
slender. Head rather broad; fastigium moderately
broad, slightly elevated and rounded dorso-ventrad,
apex more rounded transversely in the male than in the
female, a fine median longitudinal depression present
on the apex in both sexes, ventral portion narrowed and Fig. 4.-Orchel-

in contact with the fastigium of the face; eyes rather — imum molos-
large, moderately prominent; antenne extremely lon eve tae Se
ge, 2 yp ; XT y g. Dorsal view

Pronotum with the dorsum flattened, caudal transverse —_ of head, pro-

5 Bey : = ease notum and
sulcus impressed ; cephalic margin of the disk sub- tympanum
truncate, caudal margin arcuate, lateral angles distinct ofmaletype.

only on the caudal lobe and there well rounded; lateral Psscs)

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,
lobe about as deep as long, the ventral margin subrectangulate,
elytral sinus shallow and broad, the margin evenly arcuate ventrad of
the same, convex callosity well defined in both sexes. Tegmina elon-
gate, slightly tapering, apex rounded; tympanum rather light, slightly
longer than wide. Wings projecting beyond the tegmina by less than
the length of the head, apex narrowly rectangulate. Terminal dorsal
abdominal segment of the male with two median rounded lobes
separated by a deep rounded emargination; cerci straight except

ster

Fig. 5.—Orchelimum molossum n. sp. Fig. 6.—Orchelimum molossum n. sp.

oe view of male appendages. Lateral view of ovipositor. (x 2.)
for a mesad bend at the middle, the proximal half robust, the
distal portion tapering, acute, tooth on the internal face on the
same plane as the cercus, stout, slightly recurved, acute; subgenital
plate of the male ample, scoop-like, reaching about to the teeth of the
cerci, distal margin rectangulate-emarginate, provided laterad with
distinct but rather short styles. Supra-anal plate of the female
acute-trigonal; ovipositor rather short, faleiform, in length slightly
shorter than the head and pronotum together, equal in width in the
proximal half, tapering in the distal half, apex acute, the margins of
the apex with slight traces of serrations; subgenital plate short, bullate,
the extreme apex very slightly rectangulate-emarginate. Cephalic
and median limbs moderately robust. Caudal femora about equal to
three-fourths (c) or four-fifths (2) of the tegminal length, strongly
bullate in the proximal half, externo-ventral margin armed with from
two to five spines.

General color pale apple green, washed on the dorsum with tawny
ochraceous, a weak sub-lyrate pattern on the pronotal disk of the latter
color, while the principal vein of the tympanum is also marked with
it. Eyes of the male raw umber, of the female clove brown. Ovi-

positor greenish brown, male appendages ochraceous. :
Measurements.
es 2
Length of body," . 2%. 730-99") = See 2 105 mm eager
Length of pronotum, Pee Bee Sete lope ok 2006
Length of tegmen,’:. <.) = Se eweetoe 2D). he
lengthvor caudal femurs) = en ae eee 20:8 *

Denpthiotovipositor.® | ae ee

© Ventral length.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

While this species is closely related to O. nitidwm, it is not possible
to refer the specimens here placed under the new form to the older
species, and at the same time take proper cognizance of differences
in the genitalia. As far as our available material goes the two forms
are perfectly distinct, and for this reason it appears best to regard
them for the present at least as separate species.

Three males and one female from Florida have been examined in
addition to the types. One male is paratypic with the type of that
sex, and the remaining individuals are paratypic with the female
(August 16 and 17). At Pablo Beach the species was found in grass
along railroad tracks, and at Gainesville it was taken in fields in the
undergrowth of pine woods around a sink-hole. The species also
ranges into southern Georgia at Thomasville (vide supra).

Such variation as exists in size in the specimens examined is compara-
tively slight, and in color the chief variation is in the intensity of the
paired brown bars on the pronotum. The latter feature varies from
a form with a pair of distinct slightly constricted, sublyrate bars to one
in which they are only faintly suggested. In but one case, however,
do they extend upon the metazona.

Experience in the field demonstrated the bulldog-like tenacity with
which this species retains its grip when on the defensive, and the
specific name has been given for this reason. In one case its hold was
so strong that the head was torn from the body without the jaws
relaxing their grip.

Orchelimum fidicinium n. sp.

Types: o and 2 ; Cedar Keys, Levy County, Fla., August 15, 1905.
(Hebard and Rehn.)

Allied to O. delicatum and gladiator Bruner from Nebraska and
Indiana, but differing from the former in the longer cerci of the male,
the shorter subgenital plate of the same sex, and the slightly
shorter and slenderer ovipositor. From gladiator it differs in the much
slenderer ovipositor, longer limbs, shorter subgenital plate of the male
and the heavier and longer male cerci.

Size small (for the genus) ; form elongate. Head with the fastigium
not appreciably elevated above the level of the occiput; fastigium
rather long, narrow, subequal, the apex rotundato-truncate when
viewed dorsad, moderately rounded when viewed laterad, fastigium
of the face in contact with that of the vertex; eyes rather large,
somewhat prominent when viewed dorsad; antenne about three times
the length of the body. Pronotum with the disk but little flattened;
cephalic margin slightly emarginato-truncate, caudal margin moder-

21

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

ately arcuate, no lateral shoulders present on the prozona, present.
but rounded on the metazona, transverse sulci moderately distinct;
lateral lobes very slightly
longer than. deep, the hu-
meral sinus shallow and
broad, ventral margin ob-
tuse-angulate, convex cal-
losity moderately distinct.
Tegmina slightly longer than
the body, their apices reach-
ing to the genicular extrem-
ity of the caudal femora,
narrow, apex narrowly
rounded; tympanum of the
male rather small and weak.
Wings exceeding the closed
tegmina by about the length
of the head. Terminal dorsal
abdominal segment of the
male very narrowly divided
mesad ; cerci nearly straight,
robust in the distal half,
apical half tapering, im-
mediate apex blunt, tooth
placed interno-ventrad,
rather long but not stout,
recurved, acute; subgenital
plate hardly surpassing the
base of the cercal tooth,

oT = i licinium n. sp. Dorsal > 3
Fe Ter ot male type. (X32 moderately inflated, subcari-

nate caudo-laterad, caudal
margin obtuse-angulate, styles _very short. Supra-anal plate of

1

Fig. 8.—Orchelimum fidicinium n. sp. Fig. 9.—Orchelimum fidicinium n. sp.
Dorsal view of apex of male abdo- Lateral ‘iew of ovipositor. (xX 3.)
men. (X 6.)

———

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31t

the female lanceolate; styles slightly arcuate, tapering; Ovipositor
slightly less than twice as long as the head and pronotum together,
slightly faleate, moderately broad and subequal in the proximal half,
tapering distad to the acute apex; subgenital plate of the female
trigonal, somewhat inflated, the narrow apical portion subtruncate.
Caudal femora considerably inflated proximad, ventral margins
unarmed.

General color varying from buff to tawny olive, distinctly greenish
in life, the lateral aspects of the head, pronotum and pleura pale olive-
buff in the dried specimen. Eyes broccoli brown; antenne burnt
umber becoming drab distad: a broad median bar from the fastigium
to the caudal section of the pronotal disk burnt umber, broken and
irregular in the female ; caudal tibize with the dorsal face olive.

Measurements.

Ss 2
Length ofbody, . . . . . |. = JSomm) 96> mm:
Length of pronotum,. . . . . | Sy § Ghee eee
Length oftegmen,. . . . . . | a2 0)e © ate Pail
Length of caudalfemur, . . . | | 5) WG oye)
Length of ovipositor, . . . . |. : U@&

A paratypic series of ten males and nine females have also been
examined, as well as a single male taken at Gainesville (August 16;
in pine woods). The series exhibits some slight variation in size and
considerable in the intensity of the broad median bar on the head and
pronotum. In several specimens the latter is hardly indicated. The
amount of variation in the shape of the ovipositor is very slight, and
practically no variation is noticed in the form of the male cerci.

This species was found in the flooded salt marsh among tall grasses.
The individuals displayed great agility in eluding capture, using both
their leaping and flying power, those taken being secured chiefly by
beating.

Orchelimum militare n. sp.

Types: o' and 9; Gainesville, Alachua County, Fla., August Ie
1905. (Hebard and Rehn.)

Allied to O. delicatum Bruner and O. volantum McNeill, differing from
both in the very long ovipositor and peculiar cerci. From delicatum it
also differs in the larger size and the shorter subgenital plate of the male.

Size medium (for the genus), form moderately slender. Head with
the fastigium very slightly elevated, the fastigium longer than broad
and narrower proximad than distad, apex subtruncate when viewed

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

dorsad, rather narrowly rounded when viewed laterad, the apex some-
times with a fine impressed medio-longitudinal line, fastigium of the
face in contact with the fastigium of the vertex; eyes rather large,
moderately prominent; antenne at least three and a half times the
length of the body. Pronotum with the disk not strongly flattened ;
cephalic margin subtruncate, caudal margin moderately arcuate;
lateral shoulders present only on the metazona and there rounded,
transverse sulci indicated but not deeply impressed ; lateral lobes about
as deep as long, cephalic margin obtuse-angulate, ventral margin sub-
rectangulate, humeral sinus shallow and broad, convex callosity
elliptical, distinct. Tegmina exceeding the genicular extremity of the
caudal femora by nearly the length of the head, narrow, apex rounded
on the costal margin, subtruncate on the sutural margin; tympanum
of the male moderately large, slightly longer than the pronotum.

.

Fig. 10.—Orchelimum militare n. sp. Fig. 11.—Orchelimum_ militare n. sp.
Dorsal view of apex of male abdo- Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 2.)
men. (X 4.)

Wings extending beyond the tegmina by nearly the length of the
head. Terminal dorsal abdominal segment of the male narrowly
divided for nearly half its length; cerci elongate with a median obtuse
angulation, the proximal half being robust and subcylindrical, the
distal half being tapering, slightly faleate and distinctly depressed,
the apex rather blunt, tooth on the internal margin mesad, directed
strongly proximad, stout at the base, tapering, slightly curved; sub-
genital plate of the male cymbiform, keeled, hardly reaching to the
middle of the cerci, the apical margin subrectangulate emarginate,
styles short and tapering. Ovipositor over twice as long as the head
and pronotum together, straight and subequal in the proximal two-
thirds, tapering and very slightly curved dorsad in the apical third,
apex acute and with its margins very faintly crenulate; subgenital
plate rather short and broad, bullate, the immediate apex subtrun-
eate. Caudal femora with the proximal half moderately inflated, in
length about equal to two-thirds that of the tegmina, the external
face with traces of a loricate pattern, ventral margins unarmed or
with a single spine.

, General color clay-color, distinctly green in life, some traces of the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

original color remaining; head varying from ochraceous to brick red,
particularly along the median area of the face; dorsum of the pronotum
and head marked more or less distinctly with a pair of fine ferruginous
lines diverging caudad; eyes drab; antennz raw umber finely annulate
with vandyke brown, becoming uniform very dark brown distad.

Measurements.
3 9
Ikensihvorbodiyay Maman tin 0) 1a een eee On erm es oles Tams
Length of pronotum, . . . . CO i AO
enathvotsteomenve.) |. | ene Ol i 25.4 “
Mengthsotcardaltemurs.) - 9 ee ememli (non: Iigeas=
Menstbhvoioyipositon 2s a) ee 15.2 “

A single paratypic female has been examined in addition to the
types. It is very slightly larger than the female type, but otherwise
inseparable.

The three specimens secured were taken from a marshy sink-hole in
pine woods.

Xiphidion fasciatum De Geer.

A series of twenty-four individuals represent this widely distributed
form, taken as follows: Jacksonville, August 11, two males, three
females; Gainesville, August 16 and 17, three males, four females;
Cedar Keys, August 15, three males, eight females; Fairfax, Barnwell
County, 8. C., August 10, one male.

The environments represented are a city lot (Jacksonville), under-
growth in pine woods and sink-hole in the same (Gainesville), and open
marsh (Cedar Keys).

Xiphidion nigropleurum Bruner.

Sixteen individuals are referred tentatively to this species, as there
exists a possibility that one or more distinct species are included in the
Florida material. The localities represented are: Gainesville, August,
16, one female; Pablo Beach, August 11, one female; Cedar Keys,
August 15, seven males, seven females.

When compared with Nebraska and Indiana males of undoubted
nigropleurum the Cedar Keys individuals are as a rule larger; all belong
to the brown form described by Blatchley,!’ with the pronotum very
dark mesad. The tegmina are as rule somewhat shorter than in
typical nigropleurum males and the cerci are slenderer and slightly
more produced. Variability in the divergenee of the apices of the

17 Orth. of Indiana, p. 376.

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {June,

latter is a very distinct feature, but otherwise the general form of the
cercus is much the same in all the seven males.

The Florida females present very puzzling degrees of variation in the
curve of the ovipositor. When compared with two Indiana females
of true nigropleurum the ovipositor is seen to be slightly deeper in all
the Florida specimens, straight as in the Indiana individuals in one
Florida representative, very slightly curved dorsad at the apex in
three and gently but appreciably curved in the remaining five. These
types seem to shade one into the other, although the individuals with
the ovipositor curved average somewhat larger, one, however, being
no larger than in the opposite category. The tegmina vary from
half the abdominal length to equal length, the latter seen only in one
specimen. The variation in the ovipositor is irrespective of locality,
both extremes having been taken at Cedar Keys. Until more evidence
is in hand to prove the two extremes distinct, we are under the necessity
of considering them purely variations within specific limits, and the
same is true with the differences noted between the typical nigropleu-
rum and the Florida forms or variants.

At Gainesville this species was taken in pine woods, and at Cedar
Keys in salt marsh grass, where specimens were extremely abundant
and although very active easily taken with the net.

The range of this species is here carried south from the Ohio Valley
and New York State.

Odontoxiphidium apterum Morse.

A series of 101 specimens represents this very distinct genus and
species, taken at the following localities: Pablo Beach, August 11, 12
and 13, thirty-five males, thirty-seven females; San Pablo, August
13, one male; Gainesville, August 16, twelve males, twelve females;
Cedar Keys, August 15, three males, one female. Several specimens
from each locality except San Pablo are immature, in some cases
apparently two stages before the mature condition.

In size there is considerable variation, as previously evidenced by
the measurements in the original description, while the color variations
are almost wholly in the intensity of the median dark bar and in the
extent of pale brown suffusion on the limbs.

A variety of environments are frequented by this species, ranging
from dry palmetto scrub and undergrowth in pine woods to grass-
land, tall fresh marsh grass and salt marsh. The species was found
most plentiful in the low parts of the open palmetto scrub at Pablo
Beach. The insects were noticed to prefer the damp locations,
but. none were found in true marshlands. At Gainesville, also,

4

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

Specimens were abundant in the low places in the pine woods where
the wire-grass was most luxuriant. Individuals were usually suffi-
ciently inactive to be caught easily, with or without a net.

The range of this species now extends from Thomasville, Thomas
County, and Brunswick, Glynn County, Ga., to Cedar Keys, Levy
County, and Sanford, Orange County, Fla.

Atlanticus gibbosus Scudder.

Four adults, three males and one female, taken at Pablo Beach,
August 11 and 14, represent this species. The individuals collected
were taken in palmetto scrub and salt marsh and the species was not
common. {

As the information regarding this species is very meagre, measure-
ments of an individual of each sex are here given.

Pablo Beach, Pablo Beach,
Aug. 11, 1905. Aug. 11, 1905.

ot 2
Length ofbody, . . .. . eee Osan ‘28> mm.
Length of pronotum, . . | = 9. iste SAP)
Length of caudalfemur, . | | Fe yay) ae Gryhia
Length of ovipositor, . . . | Sal 2912

This species possesses greater strength in the jaws than any other
North American orthopterous insect known to us. A single bite can
easily pierce the cuticle and cause the blood to flow. In consequence
the field collector quickly acquires a wholesome respect for their
defensive abilities. Individuals showed Surprising activity in escaping
when alarmed by seeking hiding places under the serub palmettoes, to
which they hurried with Seeming ungainliness but nevertheless con-
siderable speed.

GRYLLIDZA,
Mogoplistes slossoni Scudder.

A single male individual was found August 12, in a bed at the hotel
at Pablo Beach where the authors stayed. The specimen is consider-
ably rubbed and in consequence the silvery scales of the perfect insect
are almost entirely gone. The antennse show no signs of annulations,
but the limbs are Supplied with imperfect and irregular rings of blackish
brown and pale ochre.

The measurements of the Specimen are as follows:

Benrunesbody, |. |! ae eae es 8 mm.
Length of pronotum, . . . . | PT Boy Oe Pts)
Caudal width of PLONOCUM ult Sy LEMME INT May boy bh 5, 2a hing
Length of caudalfemur, . . c= So aie

Length of style, . . . . | sg a eae Gi2mce

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

The range of this species now extends from the Biscayne Bay region
north to Pablo Beach.
Liphoplus krugii Saussure.

This interesting species is represented by eleven individuals, adults
and nymphs, representing two stages. The localities represented are:
Pablo Beach, August 11, 12 and 13, two adult males, one immature
male, three immature females; San Pablo, August 13, one adult male,
two immature females; Gainesville, August 16, one immature male, one
adult female. At Pablo Beach it was taken in grassland, under
boards and beaten from weeds; at San Pablo and Gainesville it was
found in the undergrowth in pine woods.

The adult male of this species has the pronotum considerably ex-
tended over the dorsum of the abdomen as in Cycloptilum and Ecta-
toderus, but the presence of a tambourine on the cephalic tibize as well
as the divided interantennal process distinguishes Liphoplus from both
of the allied groups. The measurements of an adult male and female
are here given.

Pablo Beach, Gainesville,

Fila. la.

oh 2
Length of body: (=) 2 ls eer ees). OL ee
Length of pronotum, . . . . . . oy es 2.5)“
enpthvomesud alten. se mene ae ree Do
Length of ovipositor, . 5S

The species is now known to range north into Florida as far as Pablo
Beach and San Pablo; Key West, the Bahamas, and Cuba being the
only localities from which it has previously been recorded.

Nemobius socius Scudder.

Nine individuals represent this species, which possesses three phases
rather similar to those of N. fasciatus. The localities represented are:
Pablo Beach, August 11 and 12, two males, three females; Gainesville,
August 16, one female; Bronson, Levy County, August 16, one male;
Cedar Keys, August 15, one male, one female. At Pablo Beach it was
found in wet and dry grass, and at Gainesville in the brush in pine
woods.

The phases of this species are as follows: A long-winged type with
the tegmina reaching nearly to the apex of the abdomen and the wings
long caudate; another apparently wingless with the tegmina similar
to the first form described; a third wingless and with the tegmina
hardly reaching caudad of the middle of the abdomen. LEach of these
phases is represented by three individuals in the series before us, and,

Py a

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

possibly by coincidence, all the three with the short tegmina are from
the Gulf coast or drainage, the previously recorded specimens of this
phase also being from that coast at Tampa.'* However, one of the
long-winged type is from Bronson, Levy County, not far from the Gulf,
while both types described first are from Pablo Beach.

Some specimens are decidedly more blackish than others, and color
pattern visible in the more brownish specimens is obliterated in the
blackish individuals.

This species is known to range from Georgia south to Charlotte
Harbor, Fla., and west to the Gulf coast of Texas.

Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder.

This species, probably the most attractive of our forms of the genus,
is represented by a series of thirty-five individuals from the following
localities: Pablo Beach, August 12, one immature female; San Pablo,
August 13, one female; Gainesville, August 16 and 17, seventeen males,
sixteen females. At San Pablo and Gainesville the undergrowth in
pine woods was its favorite habitat, while at Pablo Beach it was found
in palmetto scrub.

A very perceptible amount of variation in the shade of the base color
of the tegmina and of the cephalic markings is noticeable, some in-
dividuals having these parts more brownish than others. The yellow
line bordering the eye caudo-laterad is also absent or faint in several
specimens, the same being true of the medio-longitudinal line on the
external face of the caudal femora. In general size there is considerable
variation, but the tezmina appear to be of a comparatively uniform
length.

This species ranges from southern Georgia (Thomasville) to Miami,
Dade County, Fla. The localities in addition to the above from which
it has been recorded, all in Florida, are Leon County, Fort Reed and
Sanford, Orange County; Jacksonville, Duval County; Ormond,
Volusia County; Tampa, Hillsboro County; Charlotte Harbor and
Indian River.

Gryllus rubens Scudder.

The localities at which this species was taken are Jacksonville,
August 10, one male; Pablo Beach, August 13, one female; Gainesville,
August 16 and 17, two males, one nymph. At Gainesville both the
pine woods undergrowth and open field were the situations in which
specimens were taken; at Jacksonville a city park, and at Pablo Beach
grassland. =

18 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 50.

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Ccanthus quadripunctatus Beutenmiller.

A male from Cedar Keys, August 15, and afemale from Pablo Beach,
August 13, represent this species. Both individuals were swept from
grass.

Anaxipha exigua (Say).

A single male of this species was taken at Gainesville, August 16,
from the wire-grass in pine woods, incompany with Falcicula. In size
it agrees with Pennsylvania and Delaware males.

Falcicula hebardi Rehn.

This sprightly little cricket was taken at but one locality, Gainesville,
August 16. Here it was abundant in the wire-grass in long-leaf pine
woods, apparently, however, quite local, and very elusive when located
on account of its very protective coloration. As Gainesville was the
only locality aside from San Pablo which is in any way similar to the
type locality of the species, the lack of suitable environment was no
doubt the reason it was not observed elsewhere. At San Pablo, our
stay was too limited to be a fair test of the locality. The series cap-
tured comprises ten males, thirteen females and one nymph.

The range of this species in the southeastern States is from Thomas-
ville, Thomas County, Ga., to Gainesville, Alachua County, Fla.

Hapithus quadratus Scudder.

A single male of this species was taken at Pablo Beach, August 11.
When compared with males of H. agitator from New Jersey and Pennsy]-
vania, the Florida form is seen to be larger with distinctly longer
caudal limbs, the mediastine vein of the tezmen also having more
numerous and more regular rami.”

Measurements of quadratus and agitator are as follows:

agitator quadratus
Riverton, Tinicum, Pablo Beach, Miami,
Nd: Pa. Fla. Fla.
cs 9 d 9
Lengthofbody, . . 98mm. 10 mm. 9.5mm. 14.5mm.
Length of pronotum, . gay 8 Ses 2 ere Doers a
Length of tezmen, . yey oO Gib Sans
Length of caudal femur, eds sie eo ieaey th Ts ee
Length of ovipositor, . Maile 9:6-

Hapithus brevipennis Saussure.
A series of four adult males and five immature individuals represent
this species, the localities being Pablo Beach, August 12 and 13, two

Vide Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 52.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519

adults and two nymphs; San Pablo, August 13, one adult; Gainesville,
August 16, one adult and two nymphs, and Cedar Keys, August 15,
one nymph.

At Gainesville and San Pablo it was found in the undergrowth in
pine woods, at Pablo Beach in palmetto serub and along a railroad
embankment, and at Cedar Keys in salt marsh.

The range of this species now extends from Louisiana to Georgia,
south to Pablo Beach and Cedar Keys, Fla.

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

THE EMBRYOLOGY OF FULGUR: A STUDY OF THE INFLUENCE OF YOLK
ON DEVELOPMENT.

BY EDWIN G. CONKLIN,
PROFESSOR OF ZOOLOGY, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA.

I. Invropwuction.
1. GENERAL.

It is generally believed that the accumulation of yolk in the eggs
of certain animals has greatly modified their original manner of deyelop-
ment. For example, selachians, reptiles and birds are probably
derived from animals in which the eggs contained much less yolk
than at present in these classes, and in which the development was
different in many respects from that which now obtains among these
forms. The effect of the loss of yolk upon development has been
studied experimentally by Morgan (1893), but the influence of an
increase in the amount of yolk, while the protoplasmic portion of the
ege remains the same, has not been studied experimentally, and may
perhaps lie beyond the test of experiment.’ Such experiments, how-
ever, nature has performed in several different phyla of animals, but
nowhere are natural conditions more favorable for a study of the
influence of yolk on development than among the mollusks. Brooks
(1879) long ago called attention to this fact, though it has not been
reinvestigated in the light of the modern cellular study of develop-
ment. .

The comparison of the development of large eggs with that of small
ones, with especial reference to the organization of the egg and the
history of the cleavage cells, should be of considerable general interest.
Does a great accumulation of yolk change the localization of morpho-
genetic processes and substances in the egg? Does it alter the devel-
opmental history and destiny of the blastomeres? Is the yolk itself
localized in any definite germinal region of the egg? In what manner
does a great mass of yolk alter the gastrulation and later embryonie
development? These are questions upon which a detailed comparison

1 The fusion of different eggs to form giants, such as occurs abnormally in

certain cases, is not a case in point, since the relative amount of yolk and pro-
toplasm remains the same in the fused eggs as in the single ones.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

of the normal development of large and of small eggs might be expected
to shed some light. Undoubtedly experiments, if they could be suc-
cessfully performed, would be of great value in answering these ques-
tions, but in the case of the gasteropods which I have studied I have
not found it possible to test these questions experimentally,

The development of gasteropods is extraordinarily varied in respect
to the manner of nourishing the embryo and larva. In some cases,
and these presumably the more primitive, the eggs are small and con-
tain little yolk and the free swimming larva (veligers) are set free at
an early age to shift for themselves (e.g., Crepidula plana, Patella,
Acmea, ete.). In others the eggs contain a larger quantity of yolk
and the free-swimming life is correspondingly reduced (e.g., Crepidula
fornicata, Illyonassa, ete.). In still others the eggs contain a yet
greater quantity of yolk and the veliger stage is passed entirely within
the egg capsules, the young escaping in practically an adult condition
(e.g., Crepidula convexa and adunca, Urosalpina, Sycotypus, Fulgur, etc.).

A most curious and interesting method by which nutriment is
supplied to the embryo is found in those gasteropods in which a large
number of relatively small eggs is laid, only a few of which develop,
the others being eaten as food by the developing embryos (e.g., Purpura,
Buccinum, F. asciolaria, Neritina, ete:):

For the purposes of the present study the only instances which we
shall consider are those in which the food for the developing embryos
is contained within the egg in the form of yolk. The early develop-
ment of a considerable number of gasteropods is now well known, but
most of these belong to that group having relatively small eggs. It
has seemed to me worth while to compare with these the development
of the largest gasteropod ege of which I have any knowledge, viz., that
of Fulgur carica. The eggs of this species are about one-sixteenth of
an inch in diameter; those of a closely allied form, Sycotypus canalli-
culatus, are about one-twenty-fifth of an inch in diameter. The eggs
of Fulgur are about thirteen times the diameter and about 2,200 times
the volume of the eggs of Crepidula plana, with which I shall par-
ticularly compare them. I have also studied several other species
in which the eggs are intermediate in size between these two extremes,
as shown by the following table:

iraguricamea, 2) '! * -) Ma - . . . 41,700 nin diameter.
Sycotypus canalliculatus, . . A) oo MISO 7,
Crepdula adunea | 6 WC ihe NOW ce
COMMCE >. a) 2) te A’ De D8() PL eno
re WOmrcate, <=) a ee Usa

“ec

FUT, Se ees) ee 136 ys

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

The great difference in the sizes of these eggs is not due to a pro-
portionate difference in all their constituents, viz., protoplasm as
well as yolk, but almost entirely to the varying amounts of yolk which
they contain, and this fact suggests the possibility of examining the
influence of yolk upon development by comparing the development
of one of the largest gasteropod eggs with one of the smallest.

A paper on the embryology of Fulgur was published by MeMurrich
(1886) more than twenty years ago. This paper deals in a general
way with the development of this genus, questions of cell lineage and
ege organization being at that time almost unknown. Further refer-
ence to MeMurrich’s work will be made throughout the course of this
paper. A subsequent paper by the same author (1896) deals with the
yolk lobe and centrosome of Fulgur. Some features in the develop-
ment of this form were also considered by me (1897) in a paper dealing
more particularly with Crepidula. Other than this the development
of Fulgur has not been made the subject of any detailed study.

2. BREEDING HABITS.

For the sake of completeness I shall here mention some observa-
tions on the breeding habits of Fulgur and Sycotypus. In both of
these forms the eggs are laid in peculiar disk-shaped or lenticular
capsules which are attached in a series along a central cord. With
the exception of the first few capsules formed, which are small and
usually contain no eggs, each capsule contains from ten to twenty
eggs embedded in a gelatinous substance which fills the capsules.

The method of forming the peculiar string of capsules characteristic
of these genera is sufficiently interesting to merit a brief description.
During the process of egg-laving, the foot of the female is contracted
and partially withdrawn within the shell. A mucous-like secretion
is then poured out from the nidamental organ through the folds of the
partially contracted foot, and this secretion is applied to some solid
object to which it adheres, or it is merely buried in the sand. In the
case of Fulgur this first formed portion of the ‘‘string”’ is buried deeply
in the sand; in certain specimens or Sycotypus which I kept ima wooden
car, or float, the egg string was attached to the boards of the car. The
first formed capsules on the string are small, far apart and contain no
eggs. Later formed capsules increase in size and in the number of
eggs contained in each, and successive capsules lie closer together on
the string. During the process of laying the female is quiescent, and
is usually buried beneath the surface of the sand, only the siphon
protruding. The eggs, surrounded by the albumen and the secretion

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

which forms the capsules, are poured out of the oviduct into a small
cavity in the folded foot. Here the capsule-forming material comes
into contact with the sea water and hardens, after which the capsule
is released from the foot and another is formed. The average length
of time taken by Sycotypus in forming a capsule is about three hours,
and as the “egg string” may contain as many as seventy capsules,
the egg laying may cover a period of several days.

The eggs of Fulgur are laid at Beaufort, N. C., during the months of
May and June principally. Sycotypus lays its eggs at Woods Hole
late in August or early in September. The rate of development in
these gasteropods is very slow. I can give no definite figures as to
the length of the period of development, since the eggs which have
been brought into the laboratory do not long continue to develop nor-
mally, but from such evidence as I have been able to gather I conclude
that the development within the capsules occupies several months;
indeed I have frequently found egg strings in midwinter with partially
developed embryos, indicating that the eggs which are laid in the fall
may not hatch until the following spring. As might be expected where
eggs are so greatly laden with yolk, the entire embryonic and larval
development is passed within the egg capsules and the young hatch
in practically an adult condition.

ry

0. METHODS AND MATERIAL.

The eggs of Fulgur and Sycotypus are very soft and are difficult to
preserve. When removed from the very thick jelly in which they are
enclosed within the capsules they usually flatten into thin disks under
their own weight, or become otherwise distorted. There are no egg
membranes except those formed by the surrounding gelatinous sub-
stance, and the thin pellicle of protoplasm which surrounds the egg is
too weak to preserve the spherical shape or even to retain the yolk
unless the eggs are floating in water or jelly. Since the jelly must
in most cases be removed before the fixation of the eggs, special means
must be employed to prevent them from bursting or becoming dis-
torted. Many rapid fixing fluids, such as hot sublimate, alcohol and
alcohol-acetic mixtures, cause the eggs to crack open, or even to split
into fragments after they have been apparently well fixed. After
experimenting with many fixing fluids, the only successful method
of preservation which I have found, is to open one side of the capsule

2 = wish here to acknowledge my indebtedness to Hon. George M. Bowers,
U. 5. Commissioner of Fisheries, and to Dr. Caswell Grave, Director of the

Fisheries Station at Beaufort, for the many courtesies extended to me while I
was at the Beaufort Station.

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

and place the capsule containing the eggs in the jelly in 20 per cent.
formalin for an hour or two, and then shake the eggs out of the jelly
into a mixture of 20 per cent. formalin and 70 per cent. alcohol, equal
parts, afterwards transferring them to 80 per cent. alcohol. Unfor-
tunately this method leaves shreds of the jelly adhering to the eggs, and
as these shreds stain intensely they interfere with the study of the
eggs, which are to be stained and mounted entire. To preserve eggs
entirely free from the jelly I have found it advisable to slit open the
jelly and allow the eggs to drop out into a tall jar of 20 per cent. forma-
lin, or into a mixture of pure formalin (40 per cent.) and a saturated
solution of corrosive sublimate, equal parts. If the jar is quite tall
(at least eighteen inches) the eggs may be sufficiently hardened before
they reach the bottom to preserve their spherical shape, especially if
there is a layer of absorbent cotton at the bottom of the jar. After a
preliminary hardening in this fluid the eggs may be transferred to
other fixing fluids or to alcohol. These eggs were then stained in
dilute Delafield’s hematoxylin, and were mounted entire in the manner
deseribed by me (1897, 1902) for other kinds of eggs.

II. CLEAVAGE.
1. THE UNSEGMENTED EGG.

I have made no attempt to study the phenomena of maturation and
fertilization in these eggs since they are particularly unfavorable for
such work, owing to the difficulties of fixation, already referred to, and
to the great quantity of yolk, which make the eggs difficult to section.

The most striking feature of the unsegmented egg is the extremely
small quantity of the nuclear and cytoplasmic material as contrasted
with the yolk. The area of cytoplasm and the nuclear spindle shown
in Plate XXIII, fig. 1, are but little larger than in the egg of Crepidula,
though the entire egg of Fulgur is about 2,000 times the volume of the
egg of Crepidula. The great increase in the size of the egg of Fulgur
as compared with that of Crepidula is due almost exclusively to the
increased quantity of the yolk.

2. FIRST AND SECOND CLEAVAGES.

It is one of the surprises connected with the development of this
egg that although the yolk is so abundant the cleavage is yet holo-
blastic. When this work was first begun I had thought that the
cleavage in this eg, which is larger than the eggs of many cephalopods,
might show some resemblances to the meroblastic cleavage of the
cephalopod egg. However, this is not the case, for the cleavages, at

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ° 325

least as far as the 56-cell stage, are identically like those of Crepidwla
save for the enormous size of the macromercs. In the positions of
the mitotic spindles, the direction and rhythm of division, and the
shapes, relative sizes and number of the micromeres these two genera
are practically identical. In the later development of Fulgur the yolk
cells do not divide, although their nuclei do, and this may be an ap-
proach to the condition found in meroblastic eggs. Many character-
istic differences appear between Fulyur and Crepidula in the later
cleavages, and this fact is another evidence in favor of the view,
which [have maintained elsewhere (Conklin, 1897, 1898), that the form
of the early cleavage is more constant than that of the later cleavage;
indeed the early cleavage pattern may be reckoned as one of the most
conservative features in the development of any gasteropod.

The first cleavage divides the egg into two equal cells, one of which
forms the anterior half of the future animal, the other the posterior
half (fig. 2). At the close of this cleavage the nuclei and cytoplasmic
areas rotate first in a dexiotropic and then in a leotropic direction, as
in Crepidula, showing that the first cleavage is spiral in character.

During the first cleavage and again during the second a small lobe
is formed at the vegetal pole, which again fuses with one of the macro-
meres at the close of the cleavage. This is the yolk lobe which has
been observed in so many different animals. In forms in which the
first two cleavages are equal this lobe is small, e.g., in Crepidula it is
quite inconspicuous, in Fulgur it is larger but still not more than one-
sixth the diameter of the macromere; in forms in which the first two
cleavages are unequal this lobe may be larger than the macromeres,
e.g., Urosalpinz. McMurrich mistook this lobe for the polar body,
but afterwards (1896) corrected this mistake.

The second cleavage is at right angles to the first and divides the
ege@ into right and left halves. It is not possible to affirm that the
median plane of the future animal coincides precisely with the second
cleavage plane, but it is evident that the two are very nearly, if not
exactly, coincident. In this respect, as also in the leotropic position of
the spindles and the relative positions of the daughter nuclei and
spheres, this cleavage is similar to the corresponding one of Crepidula.

It is a surprising fact that a mitotic figure so small as that shown in
fig. 1 can bring about the division of so large a cell. It does not seem
possible that the mechanical influence of the amphiaster could cause so
large a result, except as it may serve as a stimulus to other forces. It
is doubtful too whether cytoplasmic movements of a vortical nature
are sufficient to explain the division of a cell body in which there is so

22

326 * PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

small an amount of cytoplasm and so large a quantity of yolk. The
superficial layer of cytoplasm is so thin and weak that at first thought
it would seem incapable of constricting and ultimately dividing this
great cell. But although the factors named seem inadequate to pro-
duce so large a result it must be borne in mind that the yolk is relatively
soft, almost fluid, and that a considerable quantity of cytoplasm is
distributed through the yolk at this stage; furthermore the rate of
division is extremely slow, many hours being necessary for the com-
pletion of each of the first two cleavages. These are the only equal
divisions of the entire yolk which I have seen. Although the four
macromeres give rise to many cells in the course of development they
still constitute the chief volume of the embryo as late as the veliger
stage (pl. XXVIII, fig. 31), thus showing that the yolk content of these
cells has remained practically as in the 4-cell stage.

3. SEGREGATION OF THE GERMINAL LAYERS.

* The third cleavage is very unequal and separates the first quartet
of micromeres from the macromeres in a dexiotropic direction (pl.
XXIII, fig. 4); these cells come to lie in the furrows between the
macromeres, and their shape is consequently like the corresponding
cells in Crepidula.

The fourth cleavage (fig. 4) separates the second quartet of micro-
meres from the macromeres in a lzotropic direction. In anticipation
of this cleavage the nuclei with the surrounding cytoplasm rotate
leotropically until they lie in the upper left-hand corner of each cell,
then the mitotic figures appear and the cleavage takes place precisely
as in Crepidula and other gasteropods.

The first quartet cells then divide leotropically, giving off at their
peripheral borders the ‘‘turret cells,’ and a little later the macromeres
again divide in a dexiotropic direction, giving rise to the third quartet
(fig. 5). Simultaneously the cells of the second quartet divide
dexiotropically. These divisions are shown in figs. 5 and 6. As a
result of these divisions twenty micromeres are formed, of which eight
belong to the first quartet, eight to the second and four to the third
(fig. 6). The entire ectoderm comes from these twenty cells. The
micromeres are composed almost entirely of cytoplasm and are rela-
tively free from yolk; in the macromeres the cytoplasmic areas sur-
rounding the nuclei lie at the periphery of the cap of micromeres.
The visible quantity of the cytoplasm has increased very considerably
since the beginning of cleavage, as is readily seen by comparing figs.
land 6. This is probably due to the segregation of cytoplasm, origin-

i i

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

ally distributed through the yolk, into the micromeres and cytoplasmic
areas of the macromeres, rather than to the conversion of yolk into
cytoplasm, since the yolk becomes less fluid and more firm during this
period.

In Fulgur and 8 ycotypus, as in every other gasteropod so far studied,
there are only three quartets of ectomeres. This is especially inter-
esting in view of the enormous size of this eg, where we might expect,
if anywhere, to find a much larger number of micromeres formed.
MeMurrich supposed that a large number of micromeres were budded
off from the macromeres in F ulgur, and that the number of such micro-
meres varied with the size of the egg. Viguier (1898) and Fu jita (1895)
also reached the same conclusion, maintaining that the number of quar-
tets formed in Tethys and Stphonaria is greater than three. This view
is in my opinion wholly without foundation. Whether the egg be large
or small three quartets of ectomeres are formed, no more and no less,
and by the subdivision of the cells of these quartets all the ectoderm
of the embryo is formed. In the cases cited by Viguier and Fujita
it can readily be seen, from their own figures, that they have mistaken
the subdivision of certain quartet cells for the formation of new
quartets from the macromeres.

Since there are only three quartets of micromeres in F; ulgur, and since
these cells must Overgrow the enormous yolk, it would seem reasonable
to expect that the rate of subdivision of these quartets would be
accelerated, as compared with forms in which the yolk is small. How-
ever this is not the case; the first quartet divides about the time of the
formation of the second quartet, and the latter divides coincidently
with the formation of the third quartet, just as in Crepidula. In much
later stages the micromeres do divide more rapidly, but the early
subdivisions of the three quartets is not more rapid in the case of this
largest of gasteropod eggs than in the case of the smallest. In every
respect except the size of the macromeres, the early cleavage of Pulgur
is almost identically like that of Crepidula or any other prosobranch.
In the number, position, shapes and relative sizes of the micromeres
and in the positions and sizes of the nuclei and spheres there is the
closest similarity between the largest and smallest of gasteropod eggs.

The next division is a highly characteristic one for annelids and
mollusks, viz., the formation of the first member of the fourth quartet,
4d, by leotropic cleavage of the left posterior macromere.

After its formation it moves over into the furrow between macro-
meres D and C, as shown in pl. XXIV, fig. 8. This cell, 4d, is formed
in advance of the other members of the fourth quartet and it contains

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

a considerable quantity of yolk. In all of these regards it resembles
the corresponding cell in all annelids and mollusks, with the exception
of the cephalopods, in which the cell-lineage has been studied.

But the feature of particular interest in this cell is its destiny rather
than its origin. In all annelids and mollusks, so far as known, the
anterior portion of this cell gives rise to most of the mesoderm, while
from its posterior portion the terminal part of the alimentary canal
arises. This cell is therefore known as the mesentoblast. The history
of this cell in Fulgur conforms entirely to what we know of it in other
forms, as will appear later.

With the formation of the mesentoblast the segregation of the sub-
stances of the different germinal layers is nearly completed. Ihave
not observed that the substances composing the mesentoblast differ
visibly from those of the ectoblasts and entoblasts, except in the
quantity of yolk which these different cells contain. But in Limnea,
Physa and Planorbis I have been able to distinguish the substance of
the ectomeres from that of the mesomeres and entomeres before the
first cleavage of the egg. In these fresh-water snails, therefore, there
is a definite localization of the substances of the different germinal
layers, and I have elsewhere shown reason for believing that it is the
fact of this localization which determines that the ectoblast shall be
separated in three quartets, and that the mesoblast shall arise from
one cell of the fourth quartet. Since the segregation of the germinal
layers occurs in exactly the same way in /ulgur as in these other
gasteropods, it seems probable that there is here also the same type
of localization of the germinal substances of the egg, and that the enor-
mous accumulation of yolk in this egg has not altered in any funda-
mental way the localization of its various substances.

The other members of the fourth quartet, 44, 4B and 4C, are not
formed until the 50-cell stage (fig. 9). They are much larger than the
cell 4d and contain a much greater quantity of yolk. Because of their
great size I shall speak of them as the ‘secondary macromeres.”’
These cells are purely entoblastic in character and give rise to a por-
tion of the alimentary canal. In every one of these details they
closely resemble the corresponding cells of Crepidula.

4. FURTHER HISTORY OF THE ECTOMERES.

The further history of the three quartets of ectomeres may now be
followed through the development up to the time when they give rise
to the first recognizable organs. About the time of the formation of
the cell 4d all of the twenty micromeres divide so that forty micro-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

meres are formed, as shown in fig. 8 (in this figure all the micromeres
have divided or are dividing except the two posterior turret cells, which
divide a little later, fig. 9). The directions of these divisions and the
relative sizes of the daughter cells is the same as in Crepidula, and the
time at which the divisions occur is also the same, except that the
turret cells divide earlier in Fulgur than in Crepidula.

The latest stage to which I have been able to trace with certainty
the lineage of every cell is shown in fig. 9. At this stage there are
present the following cells:

NSEUAD)ARVE RES eo pak eR RN ee A Se ee 42
IVES OM GOMNEL CIES 5. cles es. cc. ccc NT ee 6
NETO INN ERES Bees eee ic. vel veiec Lescnce e l 7

BING) trill Pie ee 82: Hh ica eR es ot A fe Day emt aes 55

Fig. 10 shows spindles in two cells of the second quartet, and when the
divisions here indicated are completed in the four quadrants the num-
ber of cells of known lineage is raised to 59. As a result of this work
on the early cleavage it may be affirmed with confidence that in Fulgur
the lineage of every cell up to about the 60-cell stage is identically
like that of Crepidula.

a. The First Quartet.—Ectodermal Cross.—In Crepidula and many
other prosobranchs one of the most striking appearances in the early
history of the ectomeres is the formation of the so-called “ectodermal
cross.” This cross is composed of all the cells of the first quartet,
except the turret cells, and of four cells of the second quartet, one of
which forms the tip or terminal cell of each arm of the cross. The
center of the cross lies exactly at the animal pole, and one of the four
arms is anterior, one posterior, one right, and one left. “This ectoder-
mal cross, composed of exactly the same cells as in Crepidula, is present
in Fulgur also (fig. 9 et seq.). It is not, however, so distinctly marked
off from the other micromeres as in Crepidula, and it is therefore much
more difficult to trace its subsequent history. In pls. XXIV, XXYV,
figs. 8-16, the outlines of the cross are shown in heavy lines, the center
of the cross is marked by a short cross line, and the tip of each arm is
lightly stippled. In fig. 8 the cross consists of three cells in each
quadrant, an “apical,” a “basal” and a “tip” cell (the anterior tip cell
is not yet formed). In fig. 9 the basal cells in the right and left arms
have divided, and in fig. 10 the basal cell of the anterior arm has also
divided. There are at this stage four apical cells and three cells in
each arm of the cross, except the posterior 6ne which contains but
two. Later, as shown in fig. 11, the basal cell in the posterior arm also

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

divides and at this stage the cross consists of sixteen cells. Still later
the apical cells bud off small cells between the bases of the arms, the
“rosette” cells of Nereis and Crepidula (fig. 12). In every one of
these details of cleavage the history of the cross in Fulgur is like that
in Crepidula. The latest stage in which I have been able to identify
all the cells of the cross is one slightly later than the one shown in
fig. 12. At this stage the cross consists of the following cells:

INDICA S Fes. tac ti taco ses avsaosVlip sonndue eatbege a races tase eee cali dee eee gee 4
ROSEELES 2-05-25 sexcc coe SE ert epee tet oe ae ee eee ee 4
WSasalsees,..cs ff
IMA Aes... oc: csccscrecscg ovceeres LOSES ore ee oe ae eg t
Terminals... sc.sgcscdeeesvccs ee 4

Total ce: Saf Asticsassc cy ee ee 26

In later stages the entire cross cannot be recognized with certainty.
In figs. 13-16 the center of the cross, where the apical cells meet, can
be located, and the terminal cells may be seen more or less clearly, but
the other cells cannot always be surely identified. In fig. 13 the arms
of the cross can be plainly seen, each consisting of four cells in a single
linear series, as well as the four derivatives of the turret cells which
lie between the arms of the cross, but the apical and rosette cells
cannot be identified. In fig. 14 the cross is scarcely apparent at all,
and no part of it can be identified with certainty. In fig. 15 a cross
is shown with four cells in a series in each arm, just as in fig. 18. Fig.
16 shows a central plate of cells surrounded by heavy lines which
probably represents the cross; the center of the apical cells may be
recognized, more or less doubtfully, at the place marked by the cross
line, and the terminal cells are indicated by the stipples. Midway
between the terminal cells on each side of the plate is a group of four
cells, also enclosed in heavy lines, which are the derivatives of the
turret cells. There are thirty-six cells in the cross in this latest stage
in which it is recognizable, eight of which are derived from the second
quartet. Deducting these second quartet cells and including the
turret cells, we find that there are forty-four cells of the first quartet
shown in pl. XXV, fig. 16.

In Crepidula seven large cells of the anterior arm of the cross form
a peculiar ‘“‘apical cell plate,’ while a number of large ciliated cells
derived from the posterior arm and the posterior turret cells form a
large “posterior cell plate,’ which becomes the head vesicie of the
larva. In Fulgur none of these structures are visible at any time. and
although the eross may be recognized clearly enough in its earlier

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

Stages, it is quite evident that it is not so definite a landmark here as
in Crepidula, where its cells may be identified with great certainty up
to a stage where it consists of sixty-six cells. The turret cells in
Crepidula grow to an enormous size and remain undivided up to a
Stage with more than 100 cells; in Fulgur they do not become larger
than the other cells of the first quartet, and they divide twice before
the 100-cell stage, as shown in figs. 13 and 16.

b. Second and Third Quartets of Ectomeres.—As far as I have been
able to follow the lineage of these cells in F ulgur, it comcides precisely
with that of the same quartets in Crepidula. The first subdivision of
the second quartet in Fulgur is shown in fig. 7; the first division of the
third quartet and the second of the second quartet in figs. 8, 9 and 10.
As a result of the divisions indicated in these figures two cells of the
third quartet and four of the second are formed in each quadrant of the
egg. By the divisions indicated in fig. 10 one additional second quartet
cell is formed in each quadrant, and by the spindles shown in fig. 12
still another cell is formed, making six second quartet cells in each
quadrant of the egg shown in fig. 12. All the third quartet cells then
divide, as indicated by the spindles in two of the cells in fig. 11, thus
giving rise to four third quartet cells in each quadrant. In figs, 12-16
there are six cells of the second quartet and four of the third in each
quadrant. Every one of these ten cells has its homologue in the
corresponding stages of the egg of Crepidula.

This is as far as I have traced the lineage of all the cells of the second
and third quartets, though individual cells of these quartets may be
recognized in later stages (fig. 17). These cells of the second and
third quartets are in general larger than those of the first quartet,
which they completely surround. The third quartet cells are especi-
ally large, and in some cases (figs. 13, 15, 16) are quite as large as the
derivatives of 4d.

In the stage shown in fig. 16 there are eighty-eight ectomeres as
follows:

First quartet cells... cous thee ee ee RR ame:
mecond quartet cells... cu esdeteh eee. bent 28
fitardga wamtetscells.s....:1...2008),- a. ae 16

5. FURTHER HISTORY OF THE MESENTOMERES.
The cell 4d, formed at the 24-cell stage by leotropie division of the
macromere D, undergoes dexiotropic cleavage into two equal cells,
4d* and 4d? (fig. 9). At first these two cells lie to the left of the median

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juty,

plane, but they later shift position so that the plane of division between
them comes to coincide with the plane of bilateral symmetry. The
next division of these cells separates an anterior protoplasmic portion
from a posterior yolk-laden one (fig. 9), and this process is repeated at
a slightly later stage (fig. 12), thus giving rise to six cells derived from
the cell 4d, three on each side of the median plane.

Of these cells the two anterior ones on each side are small proto-
plasmic cells which lie wholly under the layer of ectodermal cells;
these cells give rise to the mesoblastic band of each side. The posterior
cells are much larger and contain a considerable quantity of yolk; they
are only partially covered by the cap of ectodermal cells (fig. 12);
they ultimately give rise to the terminal portion of the intestine. I
have not followed in detail the cell lineage of these cells in later stages,
owing in part to the fact that they lie close under the thin layer of
ectoderm, and it is frequently difficult to distinguish one from the other
in surface views. However it is sufficiently evident that these cells
show fundamental resemblances in origin, history and destiny to the
mesentoblast cells of Crepidula and other gasteropods. The “‘meso-
blastic bands” of Fulgur do not present a single series of cells, as in
some annelids and mollusks, but rather a broad, irregular band of
cells which has the general form of the letter Y. The stem of the Y
lies in the median plane behind the area of the shell gland, while its
two branches diverge on each side of this structure (figs. 19-24).

Some distance in front of the anterior ends of these bands a few cells
appear beneath the ectoderm, which are probably the homologues of
the “larval mesoderm” of other forms (figs. 19-22). They are in
close relation to the ectoderm cells which give rise to the cerebral
ganglia. I have not followed these “larval mesoderm” cells until
they give rise to mesodermal structures, but have classed them as
mesoderm because they lie beneath the surface and resemble in appear-
ance the cells of the mesodermal bands.

6. THE ENTOMERES.

Up to a stage when there-are approximately fifty cells in the entire
embryo the entomeres consist of the four macromeres only. These
macromeres are all of about the same size, and they contain an enormous
quantity of yolk as compared with the amount of protoplasm. Each
macromere contains an area of cytoplasm relatively free from yolk, in
which lie the nucleus and sphere. These cytoplasmic areas lie as near
as possible to the animal pole and to the free surface of the cell; with
the extension of the cap of ectomeres these cytoplasmic areas with

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

their enclosed nuclei and spheres are not overgrown by the ectomeres,
but they move out over the yolk at the margin of the ectodermal cap,
and this position they retain until the blastoderm has overgrown much
of the yolk (pl. XX VII, fig. 26).

At a stage of about fifty cells, the macromeres A, B, and C divide
in a lwotropic direction, giving rise to the remaining members of the
fourth quartet, 44,4B and 4C(fig.9). These cells are very large and
full of yolk, and for these reasons I have called them “secondary
macromeres.”’ They come to lie in the furrows between the macro-
meres, and in this position they are partly overgrown by the advancing
ectoderm and partly shoved before it. They serve as an excellent
means of orienting the egg and embryo, since they are found at the
right, left and anterior poles only, the posterior pole being occupied
by the derivatives of the much smaller mesentoblast cell, 4d.

The secondary macromeres are purely endodermal in character.
Although their nuclei subdivide (pls. XXYV, figs. 17, 18, et seq.), their
cell bodies usually remain undivided until the closure of the blastopore
(pl. XXVIII, fig. 31). Throughout all of this period the entomeres
consist of the four macromeres and of these three secondary macromeres.
Even as late as the gastrula stage, shown in fig. 31, these are the only
entoderm cells present except those derived from the cell 4d, which give
rise to the terminal portion of the intestine (/n., figs, 29-31).

In Crepidwa a fifth quartet of cells, which are purely entodermal
in character, is formed from the macromeres about the time of the
closure of the blastopore; and at the same time the cells 44, 4B and
4C divide. These divisions have not been observed in Fulgur, but,
with these exceptions, the origin, history and destiny of the ento-
meres of Fulgur are almost precisely like those of Crepidula. The
four primary macromeres are similar in all regards, save only in bulk;
the secondary macromeres arise at the same cell stage and behave
in the same manner in these two genera. In Crepidula, as in Fulgur,
these seven cells, together with the entoblastic derivatives of the cell
4d, constitute for a long period the whole of the entoblast.

With the stage represented by fig. 17, in which there are about 121
cells, the ectomeres become so numerous that their lineage cannot
readily be traced. At a slightly later stage, regions of the blastoderm
begin to differentiate into characteristic structures. We shall there-
fore consider this stage as the close of the cleavage and the beginning
of the period of organ formation.

Tn conclusion we find that the cleavage of Fulgur resembles that of
Crepidula in almost every detail. Such slight differences as do exist,

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

as, for example, in the relative development of the “cross” in the two
forms, are only such as frequently exist between other genera in which
the eggs are about equal in size. In short the enormous size of the
Fulgur egg, which has so greatly altered the relative proportions of
cytoplasm and yolk, and of micromeres and macromeres, has not
modified in the least the pattern of the cleavage. It has not
modified the localization in the egg and the segregation in
the cleavage of the substances of the germinal layers. In all of
these respects the egg of Fulgur is typically like that of other gastero-
pods, and it shows no approach whatever to the condition found in the
eggs of cephalopods.

7. RELATIVE SIZES OF NUCLEI AND CELLS.

The great quantity of yolk in the egg of Fulgur introduces some
interesting cytological conditions. I have already called attention (p.
325) to the extremely small nuclear spindle in the first cleavage, and
to the problem of how this little spindle and the small amount of
cytoplasm around it can bring about the division of so great a cell
body. Another, though related, problem is found in the relative sizes
of the nucleus and cell body at different periods of the cleavage.

In all the early cleavages the nuclei and spindles are very small,
even in the macromeres (figs. 1-6). Indeed the nuclei and spindles
in the macromeres are not larger than those in the micromeres during
the formation of the three quartets. After the formation of the third
quartet (fig. 7) there is a relatively long resting period for all of the
macromeres except D, consequently the nuclei in A, B, and C, fig. 8,
have grown to nearly double the diameter of those in fig. 7. The
macromere D divides before its nucleus becomes very large, giving
rise to the mesentomere, 4d. About the 50-cell stage, fig. 9, the macro-
meres A, B, and C divide, giving rise to the secondary macromeres 44,
4B, and 4C. The mitotic figures for this division are quite large and
are proportional in size to the resting nuclei from which they arise.

From this stage onward the nuclei of all the macromeres enjoy a
long “rest,” during which they grow to double their maximum
diameter at any previous stage (figs. 9-24). The greatest diameter of
the nucleus during the 2-cell and 4-cell stages is about 40 7; during the
formation of the three quartets the nuclear diameter is not greater
than this, but rather smaller; before the formation of the secondary
macromeres (fig. 8) the diameter of the nuclei in A, B, and C is about
50 4; at the close of their long rest and just before their next division
(fig. 24) the nuclei are about 80 » in diameter.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

The diameter of the unsegmented egg is about 1,700 ; that of each
of the macromeres during the formation of the quartets about 970 w;
while in the stages after the formation of the fourth quartet it is some-
what less, say about 900 #. Therefore, although the diameter of the
cell body in these later stages is but little more than half that of the

“unsegmented egg, the nuclear diameter is twice as great as at any
previous stage.

The ratio of the nuclear diameter to the cell diameter, the ‘“ Kern-
plasmarelation” (k/p) of Hertwig (1903), is about 1 : 40 in the unseg-
mented egg; about 1:24 in the 4cell to 24-cell stages; about 1 :20
just before the formation of the secondary macromeres; and about
1 : 12 at the close of the long resting period of the macromeres, shown
in fig. 24.

In the micromeres of the 8—24-cell stages the ratio of the nuclear
diameter to the cell diameter is about 1 :5; and in the later stages,
such as fig. 18, it rises to 1 :3.

It seems perfectly evident from these figures that the absolute size
of the nucleus is dependent not only upon the size of the cell, but also
upon the length of the resting period; and by the same showing the
length of the resting period is not determined primarily by the size of
the nucleus. In all the earlier divisions of the macromeres of Fulgur
the division comes on when the nucleus is relatively small (k/p = 1 :
24); in later stages it does not come on until the nucleus has grown to
twice this size (k/p = 1 :12).

In Crepidula 1 found (1902) that the size of the nucleus, chromo-
somes, centrosomes, spindles and asters was, in the last analysis,
proportional to the volume of the cytoplasm, and I tried to show that
the immediate cause of division was the growth of the nucleus to a
point where the ratio of nucleus to cytoplasm exceeded a critical limit.
This is certainly not the principal factor which brings on division in
Fulgur; and the fact that mitosis may occur in one cleavage when the
nucleus is relatively small and in another not until it becomes very
large, suggests that the moment of division may be dependent upon
some intrinsic condition in the nucleus or centrosome, rather than
upon the ratio of nuclear size to cell size. Support is lent to this view
by the phenomena of oogenesis; here we have in the germinal vesicle
the largest nucleus in the entire life cycle, following upon one of the
longest resting periods, while the second maturation division follows
immediately after the first; here also the moment of division seems to
depend upon intrinsic conditions in the cell. = =

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

In the division of the cell body Fulgur presents some interesting
conditions. Attention has been called to the fact that although the
spindle in the first cleavage is very small the entire egg divides.
Equally surprising is the fact that in the divisions of the primary and
secondary macromeres subsequent to the formation of the fourth
quartet, the nucleus only divides while the cell body remains undivided
(figs. 17-28). The cell bodies of these entomeres do not divide again
until very late in development, if at all; even in figs. 34 and 35, in
which the embryo shows many definitive structures, the furrow be-
tween two of the original macromeres can be seen running obliquely
through the region below the head vesicle (H. V.).

It seems to me that the following explanation may be offered of this
apparent anomaly. In the early stages of development the cell sub-
stance is quite fluid, as has been pointed out (p. 326), whereas in the
later stages the substance of the macromeres becomes much more con-
sistent. In the later stages of development the macromeres do not
show the tendency to burst or to undergo distortion during fixation,
which is so troublesome in the earlier stages; this is, I believe, due to
the greater consistency of the yolk during the later stages. This
same difference in consistency may explain also the curious fact that
the entire cell divides in the early stages, whereas only the nucleus
divides in later stages.

In this connection attention may be called to the fact that there
is apparently a great increase in the quantity of cytoplasm in the later
stages, as compared with the earlier ones (cf. figs. 1, 6, 25). This
increased quantity of cytoplasm might be due to the liquefaction of
the yolk and its transformation into cytoplasm, or it might be the
result of the segregation into the ectodermal cap of cytoplasm originally
spread through the yolk substance. It is probable that both of these
processes occur, but in view of the increasing consistency of the yolk
during the period of quartet formation, it seems very probable that
most of the cytoplasm of the early stages was present as such, but in a
diffused form, in the unsegmented ege.

III. OrGANOGENY.

It has been shown that there are but few and minor differences
between Fulgur and Crepidula in the cleavage up to a stage of about
100 cells (fig. 16). After this stage the differences in development
become more marked. The first notable difference is found in the
number of micromeres; by repeated divisions of the three quartets of

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

ectomeres these cells become very numerous in Fulgur, as shown in
figs. 17, 18, et seq., whereas in Crepidula the number remains relatively
small. It is evident that the same cell stages in the two no longer
represent similar stages in differentiation ; for example, the shell gland
is one of the first organs to appear, and is first visible in Crepidula
when there are about 250 cells present (Conklin, 1897, fig. 74); while
it first becomes visible in Fulgur when there are about 1,000 cells
(fig. 23). The period of the closure of the blastopore is very different
in the two; in Crepidula this occurs before any organs are visible (fig.
65), in Fulgur only after almost all the larval and many of the defini-
tive organs are present (fig. 31).

Other striking differences between Fulgur and Crepidula are found
in the form and character of the different organs and in the time at
which they appear, but most of all in the method of formation of
these organs and in their relation to the yolk.

1. OVERGROWTH OF THE YOLK AND CONCRESCENCE OF THE EMBRYO.

Owing to the fact that the entomeres are so large in Fulgur, organs
begin to differentiate long before the closure of the blastopore, indeed
while the blastoderm is still a small cap at the animal pole of the egg
(figs. 23-26). The organ bases are here spread out as in a mercator’s
chart, whereas in Crepidula the organ bases do not appear until the
blastoderm has overgrown the yolk and they occur over the sphere, so
that only a few of them can be seen from a single point of view.

In the earlier stages of Fulgur the organ bases occur in the anterior
half as well as in the posterior portion of the blastoderm (figs. 21-23) ;
later by the very rapid growth of the median anterior portion of the
blastoderm these organ bases are displaced laterally and posteriorly
until they come to form a kind of germ ring, or crescent, along the
posterior margin of the blastoderm (figs. 24-28). This germ ring
contains the bases of all the future organs, whereas the rest of the
blastoderm forms a kind of yolk sac.

The manner of the overgrowth is represented diagrammatically in
the accompanying text figure. The outlines of the blastoderm in
successive stages of the overgrowth are indicated by the numerals 1-S.
By superimposing on the same figure these different stages of the
overgrowth it is possible to see at a glance the character and
relative amount of the movement of the different organ bases.
Thus in 1, the center of the blastoderm is approximately the center
of the animal pole; in front of this lie the cerebral ganglia (cb)

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July, ;

and velar row (v), while the buccal ganglia (be) lie at the right and
left margins of the blastoderm. Posterior to the animal !pole is

Dracram illustrating the more important phases in the overgrowth of the yolk
by the blastoderm in Fulgur carica. The outer circle represents the out-
line of the entire egg, and the smaller circles, numbered 1 to 8, represent
the margins of the blastoderm in successive stages of the overgrowth. The
egg is represented as seen from the posterior poe, and in order to bring all
stages into one figure the are through which the posterior margin of the
blastoderm moves is represented as less than is actually the case. The out-
line of the blastoderm and the positions of the organ primordia in stage 1
correspond to figs. 25 and 26, plate XXVII; stages 2 and 3 correspond to
fig. 27; stage 4 to fig. 28; stage 5 to fig. 29; stages 6 and 7 to fig. 30; stage 8
to fig. 31. In stage 1 the velar cells are represented as a double line of
stipples anterior and lateral to the cerebral ganglia (cb); the buccal ganglia
(bc) lie at the lateral margins of the blastoderm; immediately posterior to
the shell gland (s) is the primordium of the intestine; on the left of this is
the abdominal ganglion, and on each side of the latter are the parietal ganglia.
the pleural ganglia, the otocysts and the pedal ganglia. In stages 2-7 the
cerebral and buccal ganglia are represented in dotted outlines; in stages 1
and § they are stippled, as are the other primordia.

found an organ complex which includes the shell gland, intestine,
abdominal, parietal, pleural and pedal ganglia, and the otocysts.

By the growth of the median anterior portion of the blastoderm, the
cerebral ganglia and velar cells and the buccal ganglia are carried
around to the successive positions indicated in the diagram, while the
organ complex described above undergoes little movement. The dia-
gram is faulty in that it shows too little movement of the organ com-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

plex of the posterior lip, and thus represents the final position of the
blastopore too near the posterior pole, but it represents fairly well the
relative movements of the different organ bases during the first four
stages shown (1-4). Reference to the first and second cleavage furrows
between the macromeres, shown in figs. 25-28, will show that the
posterior margin of the blastoderm remains relatively fixed during this
period, while at the same time the blastoderm extends forward and
laterally ; still later the blastoderm extends posteriorly also, and finally
the blastopore closes at the vegetal pole (fig. 30).

2. APICAL INVAGINATION.

The first structure which appears in the course of development is an
invagination of ectodermal cells just anterior to the animal pole and in
the region of the anterior arm of the cross. This invagination is pre-
ceded by a broad depression of the blastoderm (fig. 18), and then the
center of this depression becomes deeply cup-shaped (fig. 19), and finally
tubular in form (fig. 20). The axis of this tubular invagination at first
runs forward under the ectoderm; then it becomes perpendicular to the
surface of the blastoderm; and subsequently it runs backward under the
ectoderm, its opening being at its anterior end (fig. 20). The inner,
blind end of this invagination lies near the anterior end of the polar
furrow, and in some instances, though not in all, a few cells are separ-
ated from the invagination at this point. The anlagen of the cerebral
ganglia are formed on the right and left of this invagination, but they
do not appear to be derived from it. Similarly a few mesoderm cells,
which probably correspond to the “larval mesoderm” of other mol-
lusks, lie on each side of the invagination, though they are not derived
from it (see the black nuclei in figs. 19 et seq.).

Subsequently this conspicuous and definite structure completely
flattens out and disappears (figs. 21 e¢ seg.), leaving not a trace be-
hind. This fact seems so remarkable and the significance of the
invagination is so problematical that I have devoted considerable time
and effort to the study of it.

It is evident that this invagination is not merely the result of the
sinking in of the blastoderm over a cavity in the yolk. There is
frequently a cavity between the macromeres, but this invagination
invariably lies anterior to this cavity, and in many cases it actually
forces its way into the substance of the yolk. In some cases also a
prominent evagination is formed instead of an invagination, showing
that there is very active growth in this region of the blastoderm.

It seems to me probable that this invagination is a mechanical

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

adaptation to secure a rapid extension of the anterior half of the blasto-
derm over the yolk. During the growth of the invagination the area
of the blastoderm remains stationary, or actually grows smaller; as
soon as it flattens out there is a very rapid increase in the area of the
blastoderm (cf. figs. 20 and 21), especially of that portion lying anterior
to the first cleavage plane. Coincidently with this increase in area the
secondary macromere, 4B, begins to move forward in the furrow
between the macromeres and the blastoderm rapidly extends for-
ward. The remarkable extent of the growth of this anterior portion
of the blastoderm may be seen by comparing the positions of the organ
bases in figs. 19-30. In the earlier figures the shell gland and the two
cerebral ganglia form the angles of an isosceles triangle, the base of
which is directed forward (figs. 21 and 22); in later stages the ganglia
separate more widely and the triangle becomes equilateral (figs. 25
and 24); still later the cerebral ganglia are separated so widely that
they lie in line with the shell gland (figs. 27 and 28); and finally the
cerebral ganglia again approach each other on the ventral side of the
embryo (figs. 29 and 30). The greatest growth of the blastoderm
takes place in the area between and in front of the cerebral ganglia,
in the very region of the apical invagination, and it seems reasonable to
suppose that the remarkable growth of this region is associated with
the formation and subsequent flattening out of this structure.

MeMurrich (1886) described at some length this invagination, and he
compared it with a similar formation observed by Blochmann (1883)
in Neritina, and by Sarasin (1882) in Bythinia. He says: “It seems
very strange that an invagination so well marked as it is in Neritina
and Fulgur should disappear and leave no trace of its existence, but so
it seems to do.” His further conclusion that it would be found to
occur in most, if not all, of the prosobranch gasteropods has not been
justified by later studies.

3. SHELL GLAND, SHELL ‘AND MANTLE.

The shell gland is one of the earliest and largest of the developing
organs, and is the one most instrumental in shaping the form of the
embryo. It appears as an aggregation of ectodermal cells in the
median plane posterior to the apical pole (figs. 21, 22). These cells,
which are probably derived from the cell 2d, increase greatly in number
and form a saucer-shaped depression (figs. 23-26, Sh.). This depres-
sion then becomes deeper and smaller in surface area (figs. 27, 28) and
subsequently it evaginates in the manner characteristic of gasteropods,
‘the margin of the gland forming a ridge, the mantle edge, while the

‘__e

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. o4l

center is covered by the cuticular substance which forms the earliest
shell; beneath this shell is a very thin layer of ectoderm, in which the
nuclei are few and far apart. The margin of the shell gland, or mantle
edge, is at first circular in outline; then it becomes uniformly elliptical
(figs. 29 and 30); finally it continues to extend in all directions, except
where it comes into contact with the organ complex on the ventral
side of the embryo; here the growth of the mantle edge is arrested, and
consequently a notch in the developing shell. and mantle appears here,
which notch grows deeper as the mantle edge extends farther (figs.
31-36).

The area covered by the shell grows larger continually and the yolk
appears to slip through the ring formed by the mantle edge, while at
the same time the blastoderm and its organ anlagen are retained in
front of this ring. In this way the yolk slips out of the anterior portion
of the embryo, and the tension on the blastoderm being relieved in this
manner, the latter is free to undergo the foldings necessary to form the
head vesicle, velum, larval kidney and heart; at the same time the mantle
edge, continuing to grow forward on the dorsal side, gives rise to the
mantle fold and mantle chamber. On the ventral side the forward
growth of the mantle edge is stopped by the organ complex (figs. 35, 36).

In the earlier stages of this overgrowth, the mantle edge and organ
complex are apparently bilaterally symmetrical; in later stages it can be
seen that the organs are more developed on the right side (left in ventral
view) than on the left, and consequently the notch in the mantle edge
is displaced from the median plane toward the right. In this way the
assymetry of this gasteropod makes its appearance. Along the left
side of the notch (right in ventral view) a cellular thickening of the
blastoderm occurs near the mantle edge (figs. 34, 35, Cm.) which gives
rise to the columellar muscle, while the shell formed along this portion
of the mantle edge is the columella.

Tt is well known that in annelids the ectoderm of the trunk is de-
rived from the ectomere 2d (= NX). In Fulgur, Crepidula and several
other gasteropods, cells derived from the ectomere 2d give rise to the
mantle edge and fold and to the layer of cells covering the yolk under
the shell. This fact suggests that the elongation of the embryo
through the ring of the mantle edge may possibly be comparable to
the elongation of the trunk of the annelid.

4. NERVOUS SYSTEM AND SENSE ORGANS.

In their earliest stages the organ bases may be recognized by the
fact that the nuclei are closer together and the protoplasm stains more
23 :

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July

deeply than in other portions of the blastoderm. In the case of the
nervous system certain of the ganglia are from the first clearly dis-
tinguishable, whereas some others in the organ complex posterior to
the shell gland (fig. 23) cannot be distinguished until a later stage.

a. Cerebral Ganglia.—The group of cells which will form the cerebral
ganglia appears at a very early stage. It is shown in figs. 19 and 20 on
each side of the apical invagination, and closely connected with the
group of cells lying beneath the superficial layer, which I have identified,
somewhat doubtfully, with the ‘larval mesoderm” (fig. 21, Lm.). The
cells which give rise to the cerebral ganglia arise in the region of the
blastoderm, on each side of the anterior arm of the cross and in front
of the transverse arms, probably from the “rosette” cells, exactly as
in Crepidula, and they probably correspond in origin as well as destiny
to the cells of the ‘‘cephalic neural plate” of Nereis (cf. Conklin,
‘1897, p. 110).

With the great growth of the anterior part of the blastoderm, which
follows the flattening out of the apical invagination, these cerebral
ganglia are carried laterally until they lie near the margin of the
blastoderm (figs. 21, 22, Cb.). In figs. 23 and 24 they lie still nearer
the margin, and their protoplasm and nuclei are somewhat more con-
densed than in the previous stage; the bases of all the organs now
stain more deeply and they are all connected together by deeply stain-
ing protoplasm (figs. 23, 24). In all these stages the cerebral ganglia
lie anterior to the middle of the blastoderm and are the anteriormost
organs present. Later they are carried back until they lie in the
posterior lip of the blastopore and at opposite ends of a transverse
line which lies nearly in the plane of the first cleavage, and along which
line most of the organ bases of the embryo are found (text fig. and
figs. 27, 28). Still later, by a continuation of the movement already
described, the cerebral ganglia are carried posterior to the first cleavage
plane and to the other organs of the posterior lip, and they then ap-
proach each other on the ventral side of the embryo, and come to
lie on each side of the blastopore (figs. 29, 30). This movement of the
cerebral ganglia may be better described by pointing out their position
with reference to the shell gland, which may be considered as a fixed
point. In earlier stages the shell glead forms the apex of an isosceles
triangle, the other angles being formed by the cerebral ganglia; then
by the separation of the ganglia the triangle becomes equilateral, and
still later the angle at the apex increases until the ganglia and the shell
gland lie in one straight line; then by a continuance of the movement
of the ganglia a triangle is formed on the opposite (ventral) side of

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

the shell gland, which develops in the inverse order of that on the
dorsal side (text figure). In the stages shown in figs. 30 and 31 the
cerebral ganglia lie lateral and slightly posterior to the blastopore;
in fig. 32 they lie on the sides of the blastopore, and a process is growing
out from each toward the other in front of the blastopore; in fig. 33-36
they lie in front of the blastopore and are closely connected together
by the cerebral commissure.

Along the posterior edge of each cerebral ganglion a leaf-like process
is formed which is the tentacle (figs. 35, 36, 7’.), and at the outer end of
the furrow which separates the tentacle from the blastoderm the eye
appears (figs. 34-36).

b. Buccal Ganglia.—Lateral and slightly posterior to each cerebral
anlage is a group of cells which gives rise to the buccal ganglion (figs.
22, 23, Bc.). These cells lie at the very periphery of the blastoderm
and are probably derived from the ectomeres 2a and 2c. In the over-
erowth of the yolk they accompany the cerebral ganglia, moving from
the dorsal to the ventral side in the posterior lip of the blastopore
(figs. 27-29), and finally coming to lie along the posterior border of
the blastopore (fig. 830). When the blastopore closes the buccal ganglia
of the two sides come into contact on the posterior side of the blasto-
pore (fig. 31 and text figure).

c. Pleural, Pedal, Parietal and Abdominal Ganglia.—The other
ganglia of the nervous system form part of the complex of organs lying
between the shell gland and the posterior lip of the blastopore. The
pleural ganglia lie on each side of the shell gland and on the lateral
borders of the organ complex (figs. 28, 24); the pedal ganglia lie on the
median side of the pleurals; close behind the shell gland are the
groups of cells which give rise to the parietal and abdominal ganglia.
The anlagen of these ganglia are not clearly separated at this time, and
only in the later stages (fig. 28 ef seq.) are they quite distinct. When
the foot begins to appear (fig. 31) the pedal ganglia are included
within it, and the pleural ganglia lie on each side of the foot, while the
otoeysts lie between the two (fig. 28 et seq.). The otocysts are here, as
elsewhere, formed as an invagination of the superficial ectoderm.
All the ectodermal organs of this region are derived from the cell 2d,
with the possible exception of the pleural ganglia, which lie on the
lateral borders of the organ complex and may therefore come, in part,
from the cells 3c and 3d. In annelids the ectoderm of the trunk region
and the ventral neural plate. which gives rise to all the nervous system
posterior to the mouth, come from this same cell, 2d, the “first somato-
blast.”’ Lillie (1895) found the same condition among lamellibranchs.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Among the gasteropods this cell is not larger than the other mem-
bers of the second quartet, but it is destined to give rise to all the
important ectodermal organs posterior to the mouth. In this fact we
have a striking illustration not only of the value of cell-lineage in com-
parative embryology, but also of the fundamental similarity of
annelids, lamellibranchs and gasteropods.

The parietal and abdominal ganglia, with their connectives, are
recognizable as thickenings of the blastoderm in a stage as early as
fig. 28, but they are not clearly distinguishable until a later stage
(figs. 30, 33, 384). In these figures the entire nervous system is easily
recognizable. The cerebral ganglia are connected by the cerebral com-
missure anterior to the mouth, and they are united with the pleurals
and pedals by the cerebro-pleural and the cerebro-pedal commissures
respectively on each side of the cesophagus. The parietal ganglion of
the left side lies almost directly behind the foot, and is connected with
the pleural of the left side by the pleuro-parietal connective; the
parietal of the right side lies on the right side of the foot and is connected
with the pleural of that side, while the two parietals are connected
together by the nerve loop which runs alongside of the intestine and
near its middle bears the abdominal, or visceral, ganglion.

In these and the following stages (pl. XXVIII, figs. 35 and 36) the
entire nervous system and the twisting of the parietal loop may be
seen with diagrammatic clearness. This twisting, which is a part of
the general movement toward the right of all the organs posterior to
the foot, carries the left parietal ganglion to the right side of the foot,
where it lies in contact with the right pleural, while the abdominal
lies still farther toward the right and the dorsal side (fig. 36); at the
same time the right parietal is carried up to the dorsal midline, where
it lies on the dorsal side of the cesophagus (fig. 36). The entire
nervous system, except the buccal ganglia, which are here hidden from
view by the cerebrals, is shown in very nearly its definitive position in
fig. 36. All of the six pairs of ganglia may be recognized in fig. 39,
and four pairs are recognizable in fig. 23. :

In all of these regards the nervous system of F'ulgur shows funda-
mental resemblances to that of Crepidula. To one who had not ob-
served the earlier stages in the origin of the cerebral ganglia it might
seem that these ganglia, which lie so near the periphery of the blasto-
derm and so closely connected with the other organs of the posterior
lip, could not possibly have arisen from cells of the first quartet anterior
to the transverse arms of the cross. It is only by a study of the early
history of these ganglia and their subsequent movements that one can

i ll

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

determine that the cerebral ganglia, and indeed all the ganglia, arise
in corresponding parts of the egg in Fulgur and Crepidula. Such a
study shows that amidst all the differences in the mode of develop-
ment of these ganglia, there is the most fundamental resemblance in
their places of origin in the egg, and that therefore the localization of
the germinal substances of the ege in the early cleavage cells follows
the same pattern in these two genera.

5. THE VELUM.

The velum arises in close relation to the cerebral ganglia, and its place
of origin furnishes another striking illustration of what are apparently
fundamental differences between Fulgur and Crepidula, but which are
in reality fundamental resemblances. In Fulgur the velum is first
visible as a dense band of nuclei on the median and posterior sides
of the cerebral ganglia (fig. 28, V.). These velar bands are widely
separated from one another and are entirely disconnected. In later
stages these velar bands more completely encircle the cerebral ganglia;
each has somewhat the form of a parabola, one limb of which runs for-
ward in the lip of the blastopore, while the other, which lies posterior
to the cerebral ganglion, runs out towards the lateral regions of the
embryo and there ends in the general blastoderm (figs. 29, 30). Sub-
sequently, when the blastopore narrows and closes, the two limbs which
run forward in its lips unite in front of the mouth (figs. 31, 32), while
the lateral limb turns forward over the sides of that portion of the
embryo which will become the head vesicle (figs. 33, 34). From the
posterior side of each band there is given off a branch which runs across
the embryo posterior to the mouth and there joins its fellow of the
opposite side, thus giving rise to the post-oral band, while that portion
of the velum which runs in front of the mouth is the pre-oral band.
Both of these bands were observed and described by MeMurrich (1886).

In subsequent stages the velum is drawn out into a prominent bi-
laminar fold (figs. 35, 36). This velar fold or lobe grows out to a very
great size, much larger than is shown in fig. 36, the ciliated velar
cells being borne around its edge, as in other prosobranchs. By the
beating of these cilia it is probable that the embryos are able to move
very slowly within the egg capsules, though they never swim freely,
the young escaping from the capsules only after the velar lobe has been
absorbed. The velum in Fulgur is not a highly sensitive and contractile
organ, as in Crepidula and in many other forms; apparently, it cannot,
be retracted, even in its most fully developed stage, and it is needless to
say that in the stage shown in fig. 36 there is no cavity into which the
velum, the head or the foot could be retracted.

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Duly,

From the preceding account it is evident that during the later stages
of its development the velum in Fulgur is much the same as in
Crepidula or any other prosobranch. In its early history, however, it
seems to be altogether different. It appears, as has been said, on the
median and posterior side of the cerebral ganglia when these structures
lie far apart in the posterior margin of the blastoderm (fig. 28); in
Crepidula it first appears about the time of the closure of the blasto-
pore as a transverse row of cells in front of the mouth. In Fulgur it
consists of two bands of cells on opposite sides of the embryo, which
are entirely separate from each other; in Crepidula it is a single struc-
ture continuous from side to side.

However, in spite of these striking differences, it can be shown, I
think, that the velum has a similar origin in both of these genera.
Traces of the velum in Fulgur may be found at a much earlier stage
than that shown in fig. 28; thus in fig. 23 a row of what I take to be
velar cells may be seen on the lateral and anterior sides of the cerebral
ganglia (the nuclei of these cells are shown in heavy outline). The
position of this row of cells indicates that it has arisen from the cells
adjoining the ganglion on the anterior and lateral sides, and since the
ganglia themselves come, in all probability, from the “rosette”
cells, the velar cells must have come from the anterior ‘“‘turret’’ cells
and perhaps also from the terminal cells of the transverse arms of the
cross. In short, the velar cells arise in /’ulgur in the same region and
probably from the same cells as in Crepidula. Here again, as in the
case of the cerebral ganglia, there is fundamental agreement. between
Fulgur and Crepidula in the early and late stages in the development
of the velum; it is only in those stages of the overgrowth of the yolk,
which are undoubtedly highly modified in Fulgur, that we find striking
differences between these two genera.

6. BLASTOPORE, MOUTH AND CESOPHAGUS.

By the very great growth of the blastoderm in the region of the
apical invagination the anterior portion of the blastoderm rapidly
surrounds the yolk, while its posterior margin, containing ail the organ
bases, remains relatively fixed in position near the animal pole (figs.
25-28). Subsequently this posterior margin also extends over the
yolk to such an extent that the blastopore finally lies at the vegetal
pole of the egg (fig. 30). The anterior lip of the blastopore is always
composed of an extremely thin layer of cells, and this portion of the
blastopore is usually circular in outline; the posterior lip of the
blastopore is always composed of a thicker layer of cells than the an-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

terior lip, and it is not circular but is compressed laterally, as shown in
fig. 30.

The blastopore then narrows until it is almost if not entirely closed
(figs. 31, 32), and an invagination of ectoderm cells occurs here, which
is the stomodeum. The mouth is formed at the very place where the
blastopore closes, and the esophagus is formed by the elongation of the
stomodeal invagination (fig. 36, @.).

* In the closure of the blastopore and the formation of the mouth and
esophagus Fulgur completely resembles Crepidula.

7. INTESTINE AND OTHER PORTIONS OF THE ALIMENTARY CANAL.

The intestine is formed from enteroblast cells derived from the
mesentomere 4d. These enteroblasts lie in the midline behind the
shell gland and they constitute the stem of a Y-shaped group of cells,
the branches of the Y being the mesodermal bands (figs. 22, 23). In
its earliest stages the intestine is a round, densely staining group of
cells, which lies at a lower level than surrounding portions of the
blastoderm. After the posterior margin of the blastoderm has ex-
tended over to the ventral side of the embryo, the intestine lies between
the margin of the shell gland behind and the visceral nerve loop and
abdominal ganglion in front (figs. 28-30).

About the time of the closure of the blastopore the anlage of the
intestine elongates toward the right (left in ventral view), becoming at
first elliptical in shape (fig. 31) and then tubular (fig. 32 e¢ seg.). Up
to the time of this elongation it lies in the median plane; after this it,.
together with other organs posterior to the foot, moves to the right.
The end of the intestine which remains nearest the midline is the anal
end, though the anus does not form until a much later period; the end
farthest to the right is the gastral end. The intestine lies just in front
of and parallel with the edge of the shell; in fig. 32 its course is nearly
transverse to the long axis of the embryo, the notch in the shell being
at this stage very shallow. As the shell grows forward on the dorsal
side more rapidly than on the ventral, this notch grows deeper, and the
right edge of the shell becomes parallel with the long axis of the embryo
(figs. 33-35); at the same time the intestine turns from a transverse to
a longitudinal course. The visceral nerve loop accompanies the in-
testine in this movement, the abdominal ganglion always lying close
to the mesial side of the intestine.

Finally the mantle cavity begins to form on the mesial side of the
intestine, and the latter is thus carried into the roof of the mantle
chamber, the anal end of the intestine remaining near the mantle

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

edge, while the gastral end reaches to the deepest portion of the
mantle chamber (fig. 36). In all of these details as to the formation
of the intestine there is striking similarity between Fulgur and Crepidula.

In Crepidula the gastral end of the intestine opens into a lumen
between the yolk cells, which give rise to the stomach and liver.
In Fulgur I have observed no such lumen between the yolk cells, and
while I think it probable that these cells form the stomach and liver
in this animal, I have not traced their history far enough to speak with ~
certainty upon this point. In Fulgur as in Crepidula the secondary
macromeres lie at the inner end of the stomodzeum (fig. 31), and they
probably form that section of the alimentary canal immediately follow-
ing the stomodeum.

8. THE FOOT.

The development of the foot is practically the same in Fulgur as in
other prosobranchs. It appears as a thickening of that portion of the
blastoderm lying between the otocysts behind, the blastopore in front,
and the pedal ganglia on the sides (figs. 29 and 30). It is at first wide
in transverse direction and narrow antero-posteriorly and it is bilobed,
the two lobes being separated on the side of the blastopore by a groove
in which the blastoderm remains thin (figs. 30 et seqg.). The foot then
gradually rises above the general Jevel of the blastoderm until it
becomes prominent, becoming about half as wide from side to side as
in earlier stages (figs. 33, 34); at the same time it takes into itself the
pedal ganglia and otocysts. ,

At the posterior end of the groove between the two lobes an invagi-
nation is formed which becomes the pedal gland (P. G., figs. 33, 34).
A transverse furrow on the surface of the foot then constricts off a
smaller anterior lobe, the propodium, from a larger posterior one, the
mesopodium and metapodium (figs. 35, 36).

9, LARVAL AND DEFINITIVE KIDNEYS.

Running laterally from the foot a ridge of cells develops on the right
and left sides; this ridge lies some distance posterior to the velum,
with which it is nearly parallel; its free border, or crest, becomes cre-
nated (figs. 34, 35, Bz.K.). This is the larval or external kidney and,
as in other prosobranchs, consists of large ectodermal cells which become
loaded with nitrogenous waste substances. It is an interesting fact
that the larval kidney of Fulgur does not appear until after the basis
of the permanent kidney is present (figs. 32, 33), and its relatively
small size seems to indicate that it is never an important excretory

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

organ in this animal. I have not observed the destiny of these excre-
tory cells in Fulgwr, but in Crepidula, where they are relatively larger,
they are ultimately pinched off and set free with their load of nitrogen-
ous waste. In Fasciolaria, as Glaser (1905) has shown, the external
kidneys become colossal organs, which are filled with nitrogenous
waste substance. Here the great size of these organs 1s probably
associated with high metabolism of nitrogen, the result in this case of
the cannibalism of the embryo. The small size of these organs in
- Fulgur probably indicates low nitrogenous metabolism in the embryo.

The definitive kidney has no structural connections with the larval
ones. It appears as a single structure near the gastral end of the
intestine (figs. 32 et seq.), and a duct develops from it which runs along
the right side (left in ventral view) of the intestine (figs. 34, 35). As
a result of the invagination which forms the mantle chamber, both the
kidney and the intestine come to lie in the roof of that chamber, and
since the kidney lies near the edge of the mantle it undergoes little
movement during this invagination; the intestine, which les farther
from the mantle edge, moves under the kidney during this invagination,
and thus the relative positions of these two organs are interchanged, the
kidney coming to lie on the left side of the intestine (fig. 36).

10. GILL AND HEART.

At its earliest appearance the gill lies on the anterior side of the
kidney and in close contact with it (figs. 33, 34). Before the formation
of the mantle chamber it is merely an aggregation of cells and shows no
characteristic structure. After the formation of the mantle chamber
it lies on the left side of the kidney and its anterior border becomes
crenated, each of these lobules giving rise later to a tentacle-like
process.

The larval heart (figs. 35, 36, L.H.) appears as a blister under the
blastoderm at the right of the larval kidney (fig. 34). The walls of this
vesicle contain smooth muscle cells and are pulsatile. I have observed
no definite vessels leading to or from this heart, and it probably serves
merely to keep lymph moving through irregular channels. In later
stages the larval heart is carried up on to the dorsal side of the embryo
behind the head vesicle and velum (fig. 36); this movement is a part of
the general twisting of all the organs, which were originally posterior
to the foot.

I have not observed the manner of origin of the definitive heart and
have not been able to recognize its anlage, unless it may be the dark
body between the reference letters M and Pa in fig. 36.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July

IV. CoNcLusIONs.

The development of the principal organs and organ systems of
Fulgur has now been described, with especial reference to their cell-
lineage and topographical relations. It has not been possible to
trace the entire cell-lineage of any organ, owing to the very large num-
ber of cells which are present before organs appear, but it is possible to
determine the quartet and usually the individual cell of the quartet
from which any organ arises. Ina few cases (cerebral ganglion, velum,
intestine) organs may be traced back to individual cells of a stage
much later than the quartet formation, but in no case is it possible to
observe every division of the cells which enter into the formation of an
organ. This lack of a complete knowledge of the cell-lineage is not
peculiar to Fulgur, but is general an:ong forms in which the cell-lineage
has been studied, and it is not a great hindrance to the study of the
localizations of morphogenetic substances and processes of the egg.
If groups of cells which give rise to certain organs can be traced back
to certain quartet cells, this is usually sufficiently detailed information
as to the cellular origin of an organ. In Fulgur it is unusually easy to
trace this connection between blastomeres and organs, owing to the
fact that the organs appear while the blastoderm is still a flat plate.

Next to the resemblances between Fulgur and Crepidula in the early
cleavages, there is no similarity between these forms more striking than
that which is found in the cellular origin of homologous organs.
Although the organs of these two genera may differ widely in size and
early position, there is not a single instance in which there is any good
reason for supposing that these organs have arisen from unlike cleay-
age cells of the early stages. On the other hand, there is the best of
evidence that homologous organs in Crepidula and Fulgur arise from
corresponding cells of the different quartets, and even from correspond-
ing cells of much later stages (60-cell stage), even though in still later
stages these organs may occupy widely different regions of the embryo,
as in the case of the cerebral ganglia.

With regard to the later cleavages, it is not only impossible to follow
the lineage of individual cells until they give rise to organs, ‘but it is
certain that the cells of these two genera cannot be individually com-
pared, since there are many more cells in Fulgur at a given stage of
differentiation than in Crepidula. For example, there are about 250
cells in the embryo of Crepidula at the time of the first appearance of
the shell gland, in Fulgur there are about 1,000 cells, and in any com-
parison of the cells at this stage it must be remembered that in general
four cells of the latter are equal to one of the former. Not only does

1907.] NATURAL SCIBNCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

the number of cells differ in corresponding stages of differentiation in
these two forms, but even in the same species there are variations and
irregularities in the later cleavages which are not present in the earlier
ones. When these irregularities of the later cleavages are compared
with the invariable features of the early ones, such as the segregation
of the ectoderm in three quartets of cells and the origin of the mesoderm
of the trunk region from one cell of the fourth quartet, it is impossible
to avoid the conclusion that the early cleavages are of greater mor-
phogenetic value than the later ones. Furthermore, the conditions
found in Fulgur, as compared with those in Crepidula, show that neither
the presence of a large amount of yolk in the egg before cleavage, nor
the modifications of the later stages, due to the presence of this yollx,
affect the localization of the morphogenetic materials and processes in
the earlier stages. The conclusion seems to be justified that the type
of this localization is a more general and fundamental character than
the form of gastrulation, or any other relatively late process in the
ontogeny.

In Fulgur as in many other animals the egg shows polar differentia-
tion while it is still in the ovary, and even before yolk formation begins.
The yolk is laid down in all parts of the egg, and before maturation one
pole is not noticeably richer in protoplasm than another. With the
maturation of the egg the segregation of the protoplasm and yolk
begins, most of the protoplasm passing to one pole and becoming the
future ectoderm, while the yolk remains at the opposite pole and with a
relatively small amount of protoplasm gives rise to the endoderm.
Tn the first two cleavages this yolk is distributed equally to the four
quadrants of the egg, and since the blastopore forms at the vegetal pole,
the ectoderm must extend equally (but not synchronously) over the
yolk in all directions. In the early stages of this overgrowth the
anterior portion of the blastoderm extends more rapidly than the
posterior portion, and by this means the cerebral and buccal ganglia are
brought into close relation with the other organs present in the posterior
margin of the blastoderm.

In many animals the yolk is not distributed equally to the four
quadrants of the egg (e.g., Urosalpinx, Nassa, Dentalium, Chetopterus,
ete.), and wherever this is the case a ‘‘yolk lobe” of considerable size
is present. When one macromere is much larger than the others a large
yolk lobe is attached to it; when the cleavage is approximately equal the
yolk lobe, if present, is small. Crampton (1896) has shown that the
removal of the yolk lobe causes the absence of mesoderm in J/lyonassa ;
and in his beautiful “Studies on Germinal Localization” Wilson (1904)

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (July,

has found that when the polar lobe of Dentaliwm is removed the resulting
larva lacks the post-trochal region and probably also the mesodermal
bands. Both of these authors found that following the removal of the
lobe the four quadrants of the egg were equal in size. It cannot be
assumed that the size of the lobe is proportional to the size of the
somatoblasts 2d and 4d, or to the size of the post-trochal region, or to
the quantity of mesoderm which is formed later. In Fulgur, Crepidula
and all other cases in which the quadrants are nearly equal in size, the
yolk lobe is much smaller than the post-trochal region or the mesento-
mere 4d, or even the mesodermal bands; while in Jilyonassa, Tritia,
and other forms in which one of the macromeres is much larger than
the others, the yolk lobe is much larger than the cell 4d. On the other
hand the lobe is usually associated with unequal division of the
yolk, and its size is proportional to that inequality. Therefore I
believe that the real significance of the yolk lobe is to be found in its
relation to equal and unequal cleavage. ;

Since the blastopore forms at the vegetal pole in all gasteropods, so
far as known, unequal division of the yolk must lead to unequal growth
on the part of the blastoderm: if the posterior macromere is large the
overgrowth must be greater in a posterior direction than in any other;
if the anterior macromere is larger than the others, as in certain
opisthobranchs, the blastoderm must grow more anteriorly than
posteriorly. When all the macromeres are equal the overgrowth must
take place equally in all directions, though the case of Fulgur shows
that it may be accelerated at one time in one portion of the blastoderm
and at another time in another portion.

The most striking difference between Fulgur and other gasteropods is
found in the manner of this overgrowth, and consequently in the manner
in which the different organ bases are carried from their point of origin
to their definitive positions in the embryo. In both the point of origin
and the definitive position of the various organs there is fundamental
agreement between Fulgur and Crepidula, but in the manner of passing
from their point of origin to their final position there is marked dissimi-
larity. In Crepidula the region of greatest growth of the blastoderm
lies on the dorsal side between the anlagen of the cerebral ganglia and
the shell gland; in Fulgur it lies anterior to the cerebral anlagen. In
Crepidula, as a result of this condition, the cerebral ganglia are carried
forward around the anterior end of the embryo until they come to lie
anterior to the mouth on the ventral side. In Fulgur the same ganglia
are carried backward around the yolk until they finally reach the same
position on the ventral side of the embrvo.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

It has been customary hitherto to regard such peculiarities of the
embryo as primary, and the associated peculiarities of cleavage stages
as secondary adaptations to these later appearing peculiarities; but
this puts the cart before the horse. The adaptations of cleavage are
adaptations to conditions pre-existing in the ege, and not adaptations
to conditions which appear later in the embryo or adult. Given the
enormous yolk of Fulgur or the small yolk of Crepidula plana, and the
embryo must adapt itself to these conditions of the egg; or, in other
words, the earlier conditions in ontogeny stand in the relation of cause
to the later conditions, and not the reverse.

When I first observed in Fulgur the great modifications in the loca-
tion of organ bases, which is unlike anything hitherto described, and
found, for example, that the cerebral ganglia and velum were located
in the posterior lip of the blastopore, I thought, for a time, that here
was a new pattern of germinal localization, and that the generalization
that homologous structures always come from homologous regions of
the egg had broken down. TJ urther study has shown that this is not
the case, and that the great modifications in the location of embryonic
organs in Fulgur are not primary but secondary, while the localization
pattern in the early cleavages is the same as in other gasteropods.

Hence I regard the case of Fulgur as a triumph for the method and
doctrine of cell-lineage. Those who see in this method only ‘the
counting of cells,’ ‘mitotic book-keeping,’ ‘the drudgery of dull minds,’
have missed the whole point and significance of this method, which is
not to name évery cleavage cell, but to determine in what areas of the
egg certain morphogenetic processes are located. ‘To know that such
processes may be localized in the egg is valuable information, even
though the pattern of this localization should differ for every animal;
but to have discovered that through all the multifarious modifications
which are found in the embryos and adults of great animal classes, such
as the gasteropods or annelids, this same pattern runs unchanged,—
this is illuminating.

SUMMARY.

1. The eggs of Fulgur carica are among the largest of gasteropod
eggs, their relatively great size being due almost exclusively to the
great quantity of yolk which they contain. These eggs are thirteen
times the diameter and about 2,000 times the volume of those of
Crepidula plana, with which particularly they are compared.

2. The cleavage of the egg of Fulgur is; cell for cell, like that of
Crepidula up to the 56-60-cell stage, the only difference being in the

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

relative sizes of the macromeres in these two genera. Some of the
individual features in which the cleavage of Fulgur resembles that of
Crepidula are the following:

a. The direction, rhythm and quality of each cleavage is the same.

b. The first and second cleavages are equal; the first is transverse
to the median plane of the embryo, the second coincides with that
plane; a small yolk lobe is formed during each of these cleavages.

c. The ectoderm is segregated in three quartets of micromeres.

d. The first formed member of the fourth quartet, 4d, is the mesento-
mere; its anterior portion gives rise to the mesodermal bands and its
posterior portion to the intestine.

e. The remaining members of the fourth quartet, viz., 44, 4B, 4C
are entomeres and give rise to all portions of the alimentary canal and
its outgrowths, save the intestine and stomodzeum.

j. The first quartet of ectomeres forms a “cross”’, with its centre at
the apical pole and with anterior, posterior, right and left arms. Be-
tween the arms are the “turret’’ cells, and between these and the apical
pole are the “rosette” cells; all of these cells are derived from the first
quartet, except the “terminal’’ cells of the arms which are derived
from the second quartet. The cross is formed of exactly the same cells
in Fulgur as in Crepidula, but it is neither so distinct in form nor so
persistent.

g. The second and third quartets surround the first and are com-
posed of cells which divide in the same order and direction as in Crepi-
dula.

3. In later cleavages many more ectoderm cells are formed in Fulgur
than in Crepidula at corresponding stages of differentiation.

4. The overgrowth of the yolk is highly peculiar in Pulgur. By
very great extension of the anterior half of the blastoderm, while the
posterior half remains relatively fixed, all the organ bases are carried
to the posterior margin of the blastoderm, where they form a kind of
germ ring. Subsequently the posterior margin also moves over the
yolk, so that the blastopore is finally formed at the vegetal pole.

5. Before the extension of the anterior portion of the blastoderm
an apical invagination of ectoderm cells is formed in the region of the
anterior arm of the cross. This invagination subsequently flattens
out and completely disappears. Its function seems to be connected
with the rapid extension of this part of the blastoderm.

6. The cerebral ganglia arise on each side of the apical invagination, -
probably from the anterior “rosette’’ cells. The velar cells arise
around the outer margins of the ganglia, probably from the anterior

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3590

“turret” cells. By the rapid growth of the anterior portion of the
blastoderm these organ bases are forced far apart and posteriorly until
they come to lie in the posterior margin of the blastoderm, and by a
continuation of this movement they are carried around to the ventral
side of the embryo, where the two halves of these organs approach
each other and finally unite in front of the mouth.

7. The paired buccal ganglia arise lateral to the cerebral and prob-
ably from derivatives of 2a and 2c; they extend over the yolk in the
same manner as the cerebrals and finally concresce on the ventral side
of the embryo posterior to the mouth.

8. All other organs (shell gland, pedal, pleural, parietal and abdomi-
nal ganglia, foot, intestine, kidney, gill, heart, ete.) arise from the
median posterior portion of the blastoderm, and chiefly, if not entirely,
from the two “somatoblasts,’”’ 2d and 4d. The bases of all of these
organs, except the last three, appear when the blastoderm is still a small
plate, and in the case of paired organs they are from the first connected
across the median plane and do not, therefore, undergo concrescence.
The origin of these post-oral organs from the two somatoblasts is
strikingly like the condition found in annelids, and the elongation of
the body of the gasteropod through the shell gland is similar to the
elongation of the body of the annelid.

9. All homologous organs arise from corresponding cleavage cells
in Fulgur, Crepidula, and probably all other gasteropods. Great
increase in yolk does not modify the type of germinal localization,
though it does profoundly modify gastrulation and later stages.

10. This indicates that germinal localization in the egg and in the
cleavage stages is more fundamental and primitive than are the later
processes of ontogeny.

CYTOLOGICAL,

11. During quartet formation the nuclei of the macromeres divide
at relatively short intervals and they remain relatively small, the ratio
of maximum nuclear diameter to cell diameter (“‘ Kernplasma-relation”
K/p) being 1:24. In later stages the resting period of the nucleus is
very long and the ratio rises to 1:12. The size of the nucleus is
therefore dependent not only upon the size of the cell, but also upon
the length of the resting period. There is in this species no fixed
ratio of nuclear size to cell size, and the cause of cell division cannot be
found in the maintenance of a constant ratio. |

12. After the formation of the fourth quartet the macromeres do
not again divide, although the nuclei do. In the first and second
cleavages the macromeres divide equally; this apparent anomaly is

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {July,

probably due to the fact that cytoplasm is distributed through the
yolk in the early stages and is lacking in the later ones. This suppressed
cleavage of the yolk in the later stages is an approach to the condition
found in meroblastic eggs.

REFERENCES.

No attempt is made in this paper to review recent important con-
tributions on cell-lineage, foremost among which must be mentioned
the important memoirs of Robert (1903) on Trochus, Wierzejski (1905)
on Physa, and Carazzi (1906) on Aplysia. The papers here listed are
those mentioned in the body of this work.

BLocHMANN, F. 1882. Ueber die Entwicklung der Nerilina fluviatalis, Zeit.
wiss. Zool., XXXVI.

Brooks, W. K. 1879. The Acquisition and Loss of Food Yolk by Molluscan
Eggs, Studies from Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins University, Vol. I.

Conkiin, E.G. 1897. The Embryology of Crepidula, Jour. Morph., XIII.

——. 1902. Karkokinesis and Cytokinesis in the Maturation, Fertilization
and Cleavage of Crepidula, Jowr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. XII.

Crampton, H. E. 1896. Experimental Studies on Gasteropod Development,
Arch. Entwm., U1.

Fusira, T. 1895. Preliminary Note on the Mesoderm Formation of Pulmonata.
Zool. Mag. Tokvo, Vol. VII.

Guaser, O. C. 1905. Ueber den Kannibalismus bei Fasciolaria tulipa (var.
distans) und deren jarvale Excretionsorgane, Zeit. wiss. Zool., LXXX.

Hertwic, R. 1903. Ueber Korrelation von Zell- und Kerngrosse und ihre
Bedeutung fiir die geschlechtliche Differenzierung und die Theilung der
Zelle, Biol. Centralb., XXIII.

Liture, F. R. 1895. The Embryology of the Unionide, Jour. Morph., Vol. X.

McMorricu, J. P. 1886. A Contribution to the Embryology of the Proso-
branch Gasteropods, Studies from Biol. Lab. Johns HophinsU niversity,Vol. 111.

——. 1896. The Yolk Lobe and Centrosome of Fulgur carica, Anat. Anz., X11.

Moraan, T. H. 1893. Experimental Studies on Teleost Eggs, Anat. Anz.,
VIL.

Sarasin, P. 1882. Entwicklungsgeschichte der Bythinia tentaculata, Arb.
Zool. Inst. Wiirzburg, V1.

Vieurer, C. 1898. Contribution a l’étude du development de la Tethys fim-
briata, Arch. Zool. Exp., 3, XVI.

Witson, E. B. 1904. Experimental Studies on Germinal Localization: J.
The Germ Regions in the Egg of Dentalium, Jour. Exp. Zool., 1. '

REFERENCE LETTERS.

A, B, C, D, Macromeres. H.V., Head vesicle.

Ja, 1b, ete., First quartet cells.
2a, 2b, ete., Second quartet cells:
3a, 3b, ete., Third quartet cells.
4d, Mesentoblast.

4A, 4B, 4C, Secondary macromeres.
A.],, Apical invagination.

Bp., Blastopore.

Cb., Cerebral ganglion.

Bc., Buecal ganglion.

PL., Pleural ganglion.

Pd., Pedal ganglion.

Pa., Parietal ganglion.

Ab., Abdominal ganglion.

E., Eye.

G., Gill.

J., Intestine.

K., Widney.

Ex.K., Larval kidney.
L.H., Larval heart.

L.M., ‘Larval mesoderm.’
M., Mantle.

Ms., Mesodermal bands.
O., Otocyst.

P.G., Pedal gland.

Sh., Shell gland.

T., Tentacle.

V., Velum.

Cm.M., Columellar muscle.
Oc., Esophagus.

,

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 357

DESCRIPTION OF PLuates NNITI—NXVIII.

All the figures were drawn at the stage level with the aid of the camera lucida;
plates XXIII, XXVII and XXVIII under Zeiss Apochromatic Obj. 16 mm.,
Oc. 4; plates XXIV, XXV and XXVI with Obj. 8 mm., Oc. 4. The figures of
the former plates are therefore magnified 62 diameters; of the latter, 124 diam-
eters. In the process of reproduction the figures were reduced a little more
than half, so that as they appear on the plates they represent a magnification of
about 30 diameters and 60 diameters respectively. All the drawings are of eggs
or embryos of Fulgur carica, fixed, stained and mounted as described in the first
section of this paper.

PiLaTre XXIII.—Entire eggs; 1-cell to 24-cell stages.

Fig. 1.—Unsegmented egg, showing first cleavage spindle and surrounding
cytoplasm.

Fig. 2.—Two-cell stage, showing lotropic turning of cytoplasm. nuclei and
spheres preparatory to the second cleavage.

Fig. 3.—Four-cell stage; the positions of nuclei and spheres indicates that
the transverse furrow is here the second one.

Fig. 4.—Eight-cell stage, showing first quartet of micromeres which have
turned in a dexiotropic direction; in two of the macromeres are nuclear
spindles for the formation of the second quartet, which arises in a
lxeotropic direction.

Fig. 5.—Sixteen-cell stage. The first quartet has divided leotropically,
giving rise to the “apical” cells centrally and the small “turret” cells
peripherally. The seeond quartet cells are dividing in two quadrants,
and the third quartet cells are arising dexiotropically from the micro-
meres.

Fig. 6.—Twenty-four-cell stage, resulting from the completion of all the
divisions initiated in the preceding figure. :

PLate XXIV.—Blastoderms during the earlier stages of cleavage.

Fig. 7—Same stage as shown in fig. 6, but magnified twice as much; twenty
micromeres and four macromeres; the separation of the ectoderm from
the macromeres is now complete.

Fig. 8 —Forty-five-cell stage. Every cell of the preceding stage has divided,
or is dividing, except the macromeres A, B and C. The ‘‘apical”’ cells
have given rise to the “‘basals’’ of the arms of the cross; one second
quartet cell in each quadrant has produced the ‘‘tip”’ cell (stippled)
of each arm; the third quartet cells are dividing lotropically, and the
macromere D has produced the mesentoblast cell, 4d.

Fig. 9 —Fifty-five-cell stage. All divisions initiated in the preceding figure
are here completed, and in addition the basal cells of the transverse
arms of the cross have divided. The mesentoblast (4d) has given rise
to six cells (two large and four small ones), and the macromeres 4, B and
C have given off the other members of the fourth quartet, viz.,44, 4B
and 4C.

Fig. 10.—Fifty-six-cell stage. Similar to the preceding, but showing the
basal cell of the anterior arm of the cross divided and spindles in some
of the cells derived from the second quartet. The cross is shown in
heavy outline; there are three cells in each of the arms except the
posterior one. The centre of the cross is here, and elsewhere, marked
by a cross line, the “‘tip”’ cells of the arms, by stipples.

Fig. 11.—Trregular 81-cell stage; derived from preceding stage by division
of the basal cell of the posterior arm, of eight cells of the third quartet,
of eight cells of the second quartet, and of eight turret cells.

Fig. 12.—Eighty-five-cell stage; derived from the preceding by the com-
pletion of all divisions there indicated and by the subdivision of the
basal and middle cells in the transverse arms of the cross.

398

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

PLatre XXV.—Blastoderms, showing later stages of cleavage.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Bie
Fig

13.—Another 85-cell stage, consisting of 72 ectomeres, 6 mesentomeres
and 7 entomeres.

14.—Stage with 111 cells; 98 ectomeres, 6 mesentomeres and 7 entomeres.
This is a more advaneed stage than the two following ones.

15.—Stage with 89 cells; 76 ectomeres, 6 mesentomeres, 7 entomeres.
16.—Stage with 104 cells; 91 ectomeres, 6 mesentomeres, and 7 ento-
meres.

17.—Stage with 121 cells; 104 ectomeres, 10(?) mesentomeres and 7
entomeres.

18.—Stage of about 320 cells. The ectomeres are very numerous and
are somewhat depressed below the general level in the region anterior
to the apical pole. The nuclei of the secondary macromeres, 44, 4B
and 4C, are dividing.

Piate XXVI.—Blastoderms, from the time of formation of the apical invagina-

Fig.

Fig.

Fig

Fig.

Fig.

tion to the appearance of the primordia of definitive organs. AN
nuclei and cell boundaries, where shown, were drawn with the camera
lucida, so that their number and location are fairly accurate.

19.—Stage of approximately 512 cells. The apical invagination (A./.)
is a deep pit just anterior to the animal pole. The mesentoblast (4d)
has given rise to the mesodermal bands (Ms.).

20.—Stage slightly more advanced than the preceding, showing the
apical invagination as a tubular ingrowth, with its opening near the
anterior edge of the blastoderm; the nuclei of the secondary macromeres
(4A, 4B and 4C) are dividing a second time.

. 21.—Stage immediately after the flattening out of the apical invagina-

tion, only a trace of which is here shown. On each side of the latter is
a group of cells, lying beneath the surface of the blastoderm, and repre-
sented with solid black nuclei, which are probably ‘‘larval mesoderm”’
cells (L.M.); the superficial group of cells in this region ultimately gives
rise to the cerebral ganglion (Cb.), while the aggregation of cells lying
between and in front of the mesodermal bands (Ws.) is the primordium
of the shell gland. Two of the secondary macromeres (4A and 4(C)
have, exceptionally, divided.

22.—In this and the following figures all traces of the apical invagina-
tion have disappeared; in other respects this figure is similar to the
preceding one. < ;
23.—Stage of about 1,000 cells, in which the shell gland is plainly visible
as a disk of cells, slightly depressed in the middle, and in which the
primordia of the cerebral (Cb.), buccal (Bc.), pleural (Pl.), and pedal
(Pd.) ganglia and of the intestine (Jn.) are recognizable as groups of
cells. The row of nuclei on the outer side of each cerebral ganglion
probably represents the primordium of the velum, while the more deeply
staining area connecting the two cerebral ganglia across the apical pole
probably corresponds to the “cephalic neural plate” of annelids. The
nuclei of the secondary macromere (4B) are dividing a third time,-but
the cell body remains undivided.

24.—Stage in all regards similar to the preceding, except that the
blastoderm has grown larger ~ The nuclei in the macromeres have here
reached their maximum size (cf. the nuclei of the same célls in figs. 7

and 10).

Pirate XXVII.—Entire eggs, showing stages from the appearance of organ

primordia to the completion of the overgrowth of the yolk.

Figs. 25 and 26.—Stages similar to the one shown in fig. 24. The primordia

Fig.

of different organs are indicated by the closely stippled areas, the stipples
representing nuclei.

27.—Stage in which the blastoderm has extended through the growth
of its anterior portion, over about one-third of the yolk. The organ
primordia are confined to a small area in the posterior margin of the
blastoderm. The nuclei of the macromeres are dividing.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

ig. 28.--Stage in which the blastoderm has overgrown about one-half of

the yolk. Primordia of the following organs are shown: Cerebral
ganglia (Cb.), velum (V.), buccal ganglia (Bc.), pleural ganglia (Pl.),
pedal ganglia (Pd.), otocysts (between pleural and pedal, ganglia),
intestine (/n.), parietal ganglia (on each side of intestine), and shell
gland.

. 29.—Stage in which about two-thirds of the yolk has been overgrown.

In addition to the organ primordia already named, the foot is also
visible between the two pedal ganglia.

g. 30.—Final stages in the overgrowth of the yolk. The blastopore (Bp.)

is a relatively small area of yolk at the vegetal pole, still uncovered by
the blastoderm. The secondary macromeres (44, 4B and 4() lie in the
lips of the blastopore, and while they contain many nuclei their cell
bodies are still undivided. The velum has begun to extend forward
around the anterior side of the blastopore, while the buccal fganglia
(Bc.) lie in its lateral borders. All the organ primordia named above
are plainly visible, and in addition the abdominal ganglion may be seen
on the left of the intestine.

Pi1te XXVIII.—Entire embryos, from the ciosure of the plastopore to the

fig.

formation of the larva.

31.—Embryo showing the blastopore very small. The margin of the
shell gland has extended widely, while the area within this margin is
covered by the embryonic shell (Sh.).

. 32.—Stage showing the closure of the blastopore and the establishment

of the pre-oral and post-oral velar bands The margin of the shell
gland shows a deep notch posterior to the intestine, which grows more
pronounced in later stages. The two cerebral ganglia are approaching
each other in front of the blastopore. The primordium of the permanent
kidney (K.) is recognizable.

2. 33.—Older stage, in which nearly one-half of the embryo is covered by

the shell. The cerebral ganglia are united by a commissure in front of
the mouth.

. 34.—A stage in which about two-thirds of the embryo is covered by the

shell.

g. 35.—Stage showing head vesicle (H.V.), larval heart (Z.H.), mantle

(M.), columellar muscle (Cm.M.), external kidneys (HZz.K.) and tentacles,
(T.) in addition to the other organ primordia named in the description
of figs. 28-30.

. 36.—Later embryo, showing the formation of the mantle cavity, gill,

velar lobes and the twisting of the nerve loon The primordia of all
important organs are present at this stage.

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

NOTES ON SOME PACIFIC CIRRIPEDES,

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The following notes on Japanese and Northwestern Pacific species
of Scalpellum! are based upon material collected by the U. S. Fish
Commission Str. Albatross in 1906, and are preliminary to an illustrated
report to be published later. A new Balanus, the second to be made
known of a peculiar group of forms living imbedded in sponges, is
described from material presented to the Academy by Mr. C. R. Orcutt.

Of the “imperfectly calcified” species of Scalpellum, several are
now known from Japanese waters, belonging to two slightly different
groups, the group of S. intermedium and that of S. japonicum.

In the group of S. intermediwm the small inframedian latus is nar-
rowly triangular, widest at the base, with the umbo above and apical;
the upper latus may be either triangular, biramose, or notched basally.
Here belong the Japanese S. nipponense Pils., and from southern
waters, S. intermedium Hoek and S. laccadivicum Annandale. All of
these are very closely related, and may even prove to be varieties of a
single species when fuller series of the growth stages come to light.

In the group of S. japonicum Hoek, the inframedian latus is broad
above, narrow at the base, with the umbo basal or near the base. Some
very interesting forms of S. japonicum were taken by the Albatross at
Stations 4,972 and 4,967, off the east coast of Nippon. They show
wide variation in the shape of the calcified portions of the upper and
carinal latera. Two individuals from Station 4,972 diverge so widely
from the type of S. japonicum that a subspecific name may be useful.

Scalpellum japonicum metapleurum n. subsp.
Differs from S. japonicum chiefly by the shape of the upper latus,
which is calcified only in a band parallel to its tergal border.

Scalpellum gonionotum n. sp.

A species closely resembling Scalpellum balanoides Hoek, but larger,
and differing by the angular dorsal outline of the capitulum and the
shape of the carina, which is straight, with very narrow sides and a
flat roof. There is a linear rostrum, not reaching to the base, or coy-

* Published by permission of the Commissioner of Fisheries.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

ered there by the rostral latera. The peduncle is closely covered with
imbricating scales.

Length of capitulum 7, breadth 3.6 mm.

Albatross Station 4,901.

Scalpellum weltnerianum n. sp.

A species with fourteen loosely juxtaposed valves, regularly arched
carina with apical umbo, rounded roof, in section like the letter U,
and straight oceludent border. There are very sparsely scattered
hairs 2 to 3 mm. long, chiefly near the occludent margin. The paired
plates have a sculpture of close radial riblets. Tergum erect and acute.
Upper latus about twice as high as wide. Rostrum rather large,
lozenge-shaped, with a median rib. Rostral latus quadrangular, as
high as wide. Inframedian latus rather narrow, triangular, with acute
apical umbo. Carinal latus with convex carinal and concave upper
margins, the umbo apical, incurved. The carina extends in a narrow
triangle between the carinal latera to the peduncle. Peduncle clothed
with projecting scales curved in at their apices, arranged in six rows
of about fifteen scales each.

Length of capitulum 11.5, breadth 5 mm.; length of peduncle about
5mm.

Albatross Station 4,918, off Kyushu, in 361 fathoms, on a crinoid
pinnule. August 13, 1906.

A very distinet species, shaped like S. album, but strongly sculptured.
Balanus orcutti n. sp. Plate XXIX, figs. 1-7.

A species closely related to B. declivis Darwin, living wholly imbedded
in sponges.

Walls conical, with a small oval orifice and concave membranous
base. The carina is double the length of the other plates, strongly
arcuate, its projecting lower end tongue-shaped. The rostrum is
slightly longer than the lateral plates. The radii and aie are well
sunken and smooth; the parietes marked with growth-lines and deep
fine wrinkles, oblique to the growth-lines, and in places broken into
long granules. The sheath is closely sculptured transversely wit h low
ridges and covered with yellowish cuticle densely ciliated along the
ridges. Below the sheath the plates are vertically ridged, especially
the carina.

The scutum is triangular, densely sculptured with thread-like
lamell parallel to the basal margin. The articular ridge is about
half the length of the plate, wide and triangular. The adductor ridge
is distinct but low. The cavities of the adductor and depress or
muscles are deep.

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

The tergum is wide and triangular, the scutal and carinal margins
straight. It is sculptured externally like the seutum; without a dis-
tinct spur, which is represented only by a slight wave in the basal mar-
gin. Internally there is a very short articular ridge and furrow;
elsewhere the surface is irregularly roughened with short rugze and some
longitudinal wrinkles converging to the apex.

Height of the wall (to base of carina) 18 mm.; length of base 11,
breadth 9.2 mm.

San Ysidro, Lower California. Type No. 1,783, A. N.S. P., collected
and presented by C. R. Orcutt, 1889. There are also specimens from
the same place and collector in coll. U. 5. National Museum.

The barnacles live wholly imbedded in sponges and can be found
only by breaking them up. Balanus orculti differs from B. declivis
Darwin? of the West Indies, by the peculiar sculpture of the external
surface, which is obliquely corrugated or tuberculate in places, and by
the shapes of the opercular valves. In B. declivis the scutum is wider,
its greatest breadth contained twice in the length, while in B. oreutli
the breadth is contained fully two and one-half times in the length.
The tergum, on the other hand, is wider in B. orcutti, with a much less
developed ‘spur,’ and a less wide inflected secutal area is seen in the
interior view than Darwin figures for B. declivis. These characters
show no noticeable variation in the series examined.

The specimens are dry, and the cirri and other internal parts have
been destroyed.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.

Vig. 1.—Balanus orcutti, carinal view of the wall.

Fig. 2.—Lateral view of the wall,

Fig. 3.—Rostral view of the wall.

Figs. 4. 5.—Interior and external views of the scutum.
Figs. 6, 7.—Interior and external views of the tergum.

? Monograph on the Cirripedia, Balanida, p. 275. B. declivis has also been
reports from Batjan, Moluccas, by Weltner, Verz. recenten Cirripedenarten, p.
70.

.

4
?

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

ON THE SYNONYMIC HISTORY OF THE GENERA CLAVA MARTYN, AND
CERITHIUM BRUGUIERE.

BY WILLIAM HEALEY DALL.

The synonymic history of these genera is quite complicated, espe-
ciaily if one takes into consideration the minor subdivisions.

Most writers have hesitated to undertake revision of the Cerithiacea
on account of the difficulties involved. During recent years the subject
has been recalled to attention by the elucidation of the true dates of the
volumes of Martyn’s Universal Conchologist and by the publication of
Part VII of M. Cossmann’s Essais de Paléoconchologie Comparée, which
included a review of the Cerithiacea.

The conclusions in regard to the validity of certain generic names
established by Martyn, which resulted from my determination as to
their correct date, has been dissented from by M. Cossmann in his E'ssat,
and he supports his arguments by statements of fact which, if uncon-
troverted, would establish his case.

The difference is, in the main, caused by a different viewpoint as to
the reformation of nomenclature, his arguments for which are supported
by inaccurate citations.

In 1830 systematists considered it entirely proper to “ignore”’ little
known names; to alter names which did not suit the Latinity or the
taste of the person writing; to neglect more or less completely the early
history of names; and to cite prelinnean and polynomial writers for
systematic synonymy. ‘These ideas, as we all know, were but slowly
modified, since they appealed to the common preference for what is
familiar, as well as to the indolence and carelessness of the hasty or
amateur writer. As all know who have had occasion to use his very use-
ful summaries, M. Cossmann has not, so far, entirely freed himself from
these prepossessions, and has even on more than one occasion intimated
that the acceptance of one or the other name of two in conflict should
depend on the eminence of the author originating the name, rather than
on the priority of publication; while his indignation at the resurrection
of “‘obscure”’ names seems both sincere and profound.

One cannot but feel some sympathy with the regret that familiar
(if erroneous) names must be eliminated from general use.

For some years I urged the maintenance of the first British Associa-

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Aug.,

tion rules, which required a diagnosis to validate a new genus or subgenus.
But these views not being acceptable to the majority of zoologists, and
the International Congresses having formulated a series of working rules
in which this principle was not enforced, and believing that a stable
nomenclature can only result from the general, impartial, rigidly exact
enforcement of the rules adopted, I have proceeded in my work on
that basis.

That it has resulted in necessary changes was the fault of the illogical
and inaccurate methods of the early part of the nineteenth century,
which M. Cossmann and those who sympathize with him seem to desire
to perpetuate.

One cannot argue on such a question unless from a common stand-
point, which being wanting, I have left unanswered numerous criticisms
of my work by M. Cossmann, recognizing his right to his own standpoint
and the futility of argument under the circumstances.

But if one admits perfect freedom in selection of principles, one does
not necessarily waive the right to have the facts in the case accurately
stated by the critics. In this direction M. Cossmann’s writings leave
much to be desired. Lest I should be supposed to acquiesce in them,
I have thought it best to select a concrete case, that of M. Cossmann’s
treatment of the history of Martyn’s genus Clava, afterwards named
Cerithium by Bruguiére, which M. Cossmann has had oceasion to notice
in his account of the Cerithiacea in the publication alluded to.

In order to clear up the subject it is necessary to enter into the history
of the genus Cerithium. This name was first applied by Fabio Colonna
in his treatise De aquatilibus' to a shell afterwards named Cerithium
adansonvi by Bruguiére. The name was adopted by Adanson for a
group containing Cerites and Turritellas,? one of which, Le Cerite (p.
155), he identified with Colonna’s shell. These authors were prelin-
nean and, except historically, not entitled to be cited in synonymy.

In 1792 Bruguiére adopted the name and for the first time introduced
it into binomial nomenclature,’ naming no type, but dividing the genus
into three unnamed groups, the first of which corresponds to Vertagus
Klein, the first species being C. obeliscus Bruguiére. n

In 1799 Lamarck published his Prodrome,‘ in which he cited as type
Murex aluco Linné. Two years later, however, in his Systéme,® he

* De aquatilibus aliisque nonullis animalibus, Roma, 1616, pp. 53, 57.

? Sénégal, pp. 152-160, 1757.

* Encycl. Meth., I, pt. 2, 1792, p. 467. Not issued in 1789, as stated by Coss-
mann and various other authors.

* Prodr. nouv. class., p. 73, 1799.

* Syst. des an. 8. vert., p. 85, 1801.

1907.] ' NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

mentions as example C. nodulosum Bruguiére, which was by the latter,
as by Adanson, supposed to be Colonna’s original species. Roissy*®
adopted the genus in Bruguiére’s sense; his first species was a Verlagus
(Klein). In 1807 Link? followed Lamarck’s Prodreme and put under
Cerithium (Lam.) his species resembling Vertagus (Klein), beginning
with C. aluco, which type was not then discriminated from the others,
and gave to Bruguiére’s second group of true Cerites the name Aluco,
with Cerithium adansonii Bruguiére as his first species. Montfort in
18108 had also followed the lead of Lamarck in 1799 and figured Murex
vertagus as the type of Cerithium s. s. after eliminating T'elescoprum
and Pyrazus (=herculea Martyn). Schumacher® in 1817 has three
groups under Cerithium, corresponding to Pyrazus Montfort (C. palustre
Lam.), Cerithium Lamarck, 1801 (C. nodulosum Brug.), and Cerithiwm
Lamarck, 1799 (C. aluco Linné). He also adopts Klein’s name Vertagus
with two groups, the first typified by Murex vertagus Linné, and the
second by Murex asper Linné, which differs only by rougher sculpture.

In referring to species I have corrected the synonymy, which is often
complicated, but refrain from inserting the details here.

To return to the parallel nomenclature, in 1753 Klein, who was one
of the worst of the polynomialists, proposed the name Vertagus, his first
“‘species” being Murex vertagus Linné. This name of course had no
standing. Link in 1807!° used Vertagus for a totally different group
containing species of T'erebra, and Schumacher’s return" to Klein’s type
was necessarily too late to remedy matters.

Martyn’s name Clava was first published’ not later than 1784, as
elsewhere proved beyond any doubt. ‘The four species published in
that year may be identified as follows:

1. Clava rugata Martyn= Murex asper Linné.

2. Clava herculea Martyn=Cerithium ebeninum Brug.
3. Clava maculata Martyn=Cerithium clava Brug.

4. Clava rubus Martyn =Cerithium echinatum Lam.

® Hist. nat. Moll., V1, p. 106, 1805.

7 Beschr. Rostock Samml., p. 130, 1807.

® Conch. Syst., II, p. 511, 1810.

® Essai, pp. 223-4 and 227-8, 1817.

10 Beschr. Rostock Samml., p. 128, 1807.

11 Hssat, p. 227, 1817.

22 Universal Conchologist, I, table, Nos. 12, 13. In the second series of forty
plates, sometimes called by Martyn Vol. II, figs. 57 and 58 represent respec-
tively Clava maculata and C.rubus Martyn. The species in Vol. III date only
from 1786 and need not be considered in selecting-a, type, though of interest as
showing that Martyn’s conception of his genus Clava was practically the same as
Bruguiére’s conception of his genus Cerithium, eight years later.

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug. ,
These are referable to the following groups:

3. Cerithium Lamarck, 1799; type C. aluco L. ( + Pseudovertagus Vig-
nal, 1904).

4. Cerithium Lamarck, 1801; type C. nodulosum Brug. (=Aluco Link,
1807).

2. Pyrazus Montfort, 1810; type C. ebeninum Brug.

1. Vertzgus (Klein) Schumacher, 1817 (not of Link, 1807) = Clava
Martyn, 1784+ Rhinoclavis Swainson, 1840.

It thus appears that, whether we adopt the “first species” rule or the
method of “elimination,” Martyn’s first species becomes his type-
Pseudovertagus (aluco) is, in my opinion, generically distinct from Clava
and much more nearly related to the true Cerites of Adanson and
Lamarck (1801). This conclusion is essentially the same as that
reached by Pilsbry.*

The date of Gmelin’s volume is of general interest to those working
in systematic Malacology, so that I have given the details; but for our
present purpose it is sufficient to say that Martyn’s work (the first 80
plates) is cited throughout Gmelin’s volume, and some of his specific
names are adopted by Gmelin.“ This conclusively shows that, what-
ever the date of either work, Martyn precedes Gmelin, and Clave
Gmelin, non Martyn, becomes a synonym.

M. Cossmann further suggests that a genus Clavus precedes and
reduces Clava Martyn to synonymy. But in this case he has obviously
forgotten the fact, patent in any Latin lexicon, that Clava, a club, is a
feminine substantive not identical with the masculine Clavus, a nail.
The two are as distinct as Pica and Picus.

In 1884" Jousseaume proposed to apply the name Clava to the group
represented by Martyn’s Clava tessellata, a species which is No. 97
in his third volume. This course is inadmissible, because tessellata is
not one of the original species of 1784, but at earliest dates from 1786.

The name Clava in Martyn’s sense appeared subsequently among
the early writers only once. In the anonymous Museum Calonnianum
it is used, practically as Martyn used it, for the whole group of Cerithium
in the Lamarckian sense. But, as I have hitherto maintained that a
work with no ostensible author or publisher is not entitled to be cited
as valid in systematic synonymy, I do not consider that this incident

8 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1901, p. 392.

“Such as Buccinum scutulatum (Martyn) Gmelin, and Patella calyptra (Mar-
tyn) Gmelin. See also pp. 3483, 3490, 3498, 3690, 3691, 3697, 3702, and 3712
(and many others) for citations by Gmelin of Martyn’s figures.

*® Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, 1X, p. 23, 1884.

ae

a

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

adds any strength to the case for the adoption of Clava Martyn as a
systematic name.

Gmelin’s use of the word Clava in a generic sense for a Coelenterate
animal, though cited by Cossmann as of 1789, is really not earlier than
1791, and until very recently has been regarded as of 1792.%

On the twenty-sixth page of part VI of Gmelin’s work (p. 3056,
No. 19) there is a reference to a paper of Braun, published in the tenth
volume of the Schriften der Gesellschaft Naturjorschende Freunde zu
Berlin, page 58. This paper has been stated to have been issued in
1792, and if so the volume in which it is cited cannot be of earlier date.”

Lately M. Vignal, who has made a specialty of the Cerithiide, proposed
the name'® Pseudovertagus for forms allied to C. aluco Linné, which
have an external appearance more or less like those of the type of
Murex vertagus Linné, but want the strong spiral plication on the
pillar. After examining the specimens in the Museum, I am of the
opinion that this separation is absolutely justified. The fossil forms
in Europe, according to M. Cossmann, are of this latter type, and so
are most of the American species; but we have at least one species in
the Chipola Oligocene which is unmistakably of the type of C. vertagus,
so far as the plicate axis is concerned. There is also a recent species
resembling C. kochii Philippi, at Barbados. The absence of the Indo-
Pacifie type from the European Tertiaries may therefore be due to its
absence from that region faunally, and not to any ancestral character
of the Pseudovertagus.

We are now in a position to review the facts above cited.

We may judge from the aggregate of the data that, disregarding
prelinnean polynomialists, the first binomial author to recognize the

18 Gmelin’s Vol. VI of his edition of the Systema Nature bears no date on
the title.

17 The paper referred to is M. Braun, Beitr. zur Gesch. d. Eingeweider-wiirmer.

See Carus and Englemann, Bibl. Zool., 1, p. 362, where the date of Braun’s paper
is given as 1792. aor H. C. Bolton, Cat. Sci. Periodicals, second edition, p. 1023,
where the date of Vol. X, above referred to, is given as 1792.

It is possible that Braun’s s paper was issued earlier in separate form, but in that
case we should not expect that Gmelin would cite the page of the complete 2d vol-
ume, instead of the page of the separate issue. Possibly some part of Vol. X
may have appeared earlier than the date of the completed volume. Ant. Collin
discusses the question in the Zool. Anzeiger for January, 1899, pp. 4, 5, and comes
to the conclusion that at least a portion of Gmelin’s part VI appeared between
August 21, 1790, and May 14, 1791, probably in one of the early months of 1791.
T have for some time followed Carus and Englemann and Bolton in using the date
1792 for this coe of Gmelin, instead of 1790 as used by Sherborn in the Index
Animalium (p. 221), since the latter does not give detailed data in his preliminary
bibliography ; but after Collin’s discussion, called to my attention by Dr. Stiles
recently, it seems reasonable to compromise on 1791 as the most probable date.

18 Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, X, p. 358, 1904.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

group commonly called Cerithium, in nomenclature was Martyn, who
named it Clava, having two species in his first publication, of which
the first was a “‘ Vertagus”’ and the second a Pyrazus.

The next author was Bruguiére, who habilitated Cerithiwm Adanson,
without mentioning a type and with limits, as M. Cossmann expresses
it, which‘‘ne répond 4 rien de bien précis.”’ Lamarck’s first effort to
select a type fell on a species of Pseudovertagus.

Tn this!® he was followed by Link (1807), Montfort (1810) and Cuvier
(1817). Lamarck’s second effort reverted to the antique type repre-
sented by C. noduloswm.

_In this he was followed by Schumacher (1817), who included the
aluco group under Cerithium (Lam.) proper, and separated the Clava
group with plicate axis under the untenable name of Vertagus. Most
modern authors have, in a general way, followed Schumacher.

Bruguiére, Lamarck and Deshayes were familiar with Martyn’s
work, referred to it with high praise, and cited his names in synonymy;
the loose practice of changing specific names to suit the fancy of the
author, without reference to priority, being still in vogue.

M. Cossmann’s criticisms have been made with such an air of con-
fidence and so much particularity of detail, that the incautious reader
might well suppose they were founded upon an accurate determination
of the facts. Yet in the present case it has been shown that of three
dates essential to a right decision, those of Martyn, Bruguiére and
Gmelin, as printed by M. Cossmann,”° each and every one is wrong.
Only because they are incorrect is he able to arrive at a decision differ-
ent from mine, first published in 1892”! and elaborated by Pilsbry in
1901.” Since an analysis of my previous paper on Martyn appeared
in M. Cossmann’s Revue de Paléozoologie, shortly after its publication,
it seems difficult to account for the presence of the false date 1789 for
Martyn’s first volume in the last number of the Hssais, and one would
expect, after Sherborn and Woodward’s elucidation of the dates of
the several parts,* that a French author of M. Cossmann’s standing
would have informed himself of the dates of publication of the Ency-
clopédie Méthodique when they bore directly upon the subject he was
discussing.

Whatever view may be taken of Martyn’s work, nothing can prevent

* Vertagus and Pseudovertagus being at that time not differentiated.
70 Essais de Paléoconch. Comp., VII, pp. 65, 84, 1907.

"1 Trans. Wagner Inst., III, part II, p. 290, 1892.

2 Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1901, p. 392.

® Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1893, pp. 582-584.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

the recognition of Lamarck’s type of 1799 as the type of the genus
Cerithvum, provided one accepts the international code of rules govern-
ing zoological nomenclature.** The rejection of Clava Martyn would
not alter this fact. But, in any case, this system of nomenclature of
the Cerithiide, laboriously built up by M. Cossmann on an insufficient
knowledge of the nomenclatorial history of the family, must submit
to profound modifications before it can be approved by those who
accept the international rules.

4 Regles internationales de la nomenclature Zoologique adoptées par les Congrés
Iniernationales de zoologie, Paris, Rudeval, 1905, 8°, p. 57.

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

ORTHOPTERA OF THE FAMILIES TETTIGONIDE AND GRYLLIDZ FROM
SAPUCAY, PARAGUAY.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

This paper completes the study of the Sapueay collection of
Orthoptera made by William T. Foster and now the property of
Mr. Morgan Hebard. Five of the families of the order were treated in
arecent paper in these Proceedings,' to which the reader is referred
for the titles of previous papers on Sapucay Orthoptera. The asterisk
is used here, as in the previous paper, to designate species not pre-
viously recorded from Sapucay.

In previous papers forty-one species of the two families here treated
were recorded from Sapucay ; thirty-six are here recorded, but of this
number six are new species and twelve previously known species are
recorded from the locality for the first time.

The author wishes to thank Mr. Hebard for the privilege of studying
this valuable collection.

TETTIGONID&.
PHANEROPTERIN 2.
ISOPHYA Brunner.
1878. JIsophya Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., pp. 13, 59.
Type.—I. brasiliensis Brunner.

Isophya borellii Giglio-Tos.

1894. I[sophya] Borellit Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
IX, No. 184, p. 37. [Province of San Pedro and Asuncion, Paraguay ;
Santa Rosa, Salta, Argentina.]

March, 1905; two males, ten females.

These individuals are clearly referable to borellii, the males having
the cercal tooth distinctly before the apex, the females having but the
apical third of the dorsal margin of the ovipositor crenulate.

Isophya hamata Giglio-Tos.

1894. I[sophya] hamata Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.
Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 37. [Province of San Pedro, Asuncion and Coloma
Risso on the Rio Apa, Paraguay.)

August, 1901; one male.

! Prec. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, pp. 151-192.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 371

The apical cereal tooth and the more transverse plicate vein readily
distinguish the males of this species from those of borellii. The range
of this species is from Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil, south to Sapucay.

HYPEROPHORA Brunner.

1878. Hyperophora Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., pp. 16, 125.

Type.—H. brasiliensis Brunner.

Hyperophora brasiliensis Brunner.

1878. H{yperophora] Brasiliensis Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 126.
({Brazil.]

December, 1904, March, 1905; three males, two females.

There is considerable variation in these individuals in the depth of
the coloration of the tegmina; in several specimens the green being
very much richer and deeper than in the others. The male cercus of
this species is represented by fig. 1.

This species ranges from Brazil to Buenos Ayres, Argentina,
*Hyperophora cerviformis n. sp.

Type: co’; Sapucay, Paraguay. February 27, 1905. (William
Foster.) [Hebard Collection.]

Figs. 1-5.—Male cercus of species of Hyperophora (viewed from the dorsum).
1. H. brasiliensis Brunner. 2. H. cerviformis n. sp. 3. H. major Brunner.
4. H. gracilisn.sp. 5. H. minor Brunner. (x 8.)

Alhed to H. brasiliensis, but differing in the slenderer form, the more
elongate tegmina and the shorter cerci, which are moderately recurved
distad, and with the proximal portion of the median process elongate
and spined.

Size medium; form distinctly elongate, slender, compressed. Head
short and deep, very considerably broader than the pronotum ; occiput
rounded ; vertex moderately declivent, fastigium narrow, compressed ,
low, margins elevated, depressed mesad, at the extreme apex not
touching the frontal fastigium which is trigonal; eyes ovate, prominent;
antenne rather thick, fragile, not perfect in the type, proximal joint

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

about as broad as the eye. Pronotum with the disk subdeplanate,
slightly sellate; lateral margins subparallel, acute, the width of the
disk contained about once and a half in the length, cephalic margin
moderately concave, caudal margin moderately arcuate, a distinct
rectangulate impressed line mesad ; lateral lobes distinctly longitudinal,
the greatest depth, which is caudad, contained once and a half in the
length, cephalic margin slightly sinuate oblique, ventral margin
slightly emarginate over the coxe and very slightly angulate caudad
of this, caudal margin with a distinct rectangulate humeral sinus,
otherwise rounded. ‘Tegmina reaching about to the tips of the caudal
femora, narrow, lanceolate, the greatest width contained about six
and a half times in the length, costal field well rounded proximad,
otherwise the margins taper almost imperceptibly to the rounded apex;
discoidal vein with three rami which are connected by diagonal supple-

Fig. 6.—Hyperophora cerviformis n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (Xx 24.)

mentary veins; anterior ulnar vein fusing slightly distad of the apical
third and with two principal rami; tympanum distinctly longer than
broad. Wings with apex acute, exceeding the tegmina by a length
equal to that of the head and pronotum together. Terminal dorsal
abdominal segment produced mesad into a subtrigonal process which
is somewhat bullate; cerci, produced moderately tapering, apex blunt,
somewhat depressed, narrowly recurved dorso-mesad, median process
strongly produced in a proximal direction parallel with the shaft,
acute, no development distad; subgenital plate with a rotundato-
angulate emargination, lateral apical angles rather blunt, ventral
surface with three subparallel carinw. Cephalic femora but slightly
shorter than the head and pronotum together; median femora twice
as long as the pronotum. Caudal femora once and one-third the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

length of the body, slender; caudal tibie slightly longer than the
femora.

General color apple green turning to clive-yellow and naples
yellow on the head, pronotum and limbs. Eyes prouts’ brown, a
weak narrow postocular line and the more distinct continuation of the
same on the angle of the pronotum liver brown, the tympanum very
broadly margined laterad with the same ; tibize oil green, the caudal
becoming olive-green distad,

Measurements.
Wenethnofs odie, ape"! | 5) Meee pS re a.
Length of pronotum, ai
Length of tezmen, Se el Lh NOUR «
ihength of-caudalfemur; © 7 2 8 et 2 907

The type is the only specimen seen by the author.

Hyperophora major Brunner.

1878. H[yperophora] major Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 126,
tab. II, fig. 24. [Buenos Ayres, Argentina. ]

March and May, 1902; two males, two females.

These specimens are slightly smaller than the measurements given
for this form by Brunner, but as far as can be determined from his
brief description they represent this species. The measurements of a
Sapucay male and female are as follows:

ot Q
Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor), . . 20 mm. 22.5 mm.
iencthnvor prometums. ca % slo wees eh (lat) 4.600 4.6
Bengt or texmeniwe | Aha veales oo BOR eS 105)
Length of wing beyond tegmen, . . . . . 65 “ 6
Hbength of candalfemur, 9 9 © og | ee 2A5
Length of ovipositor (apex to ventral base), ies) oe

The male cercus of this species is represented in fig. 3. This species
has been recorded from Buenos Ayres and Santa Rosa, Salta, Argentina,
and Urucum, Matto Grosso, Brazil.

*Hyperophora gracilis n. sp.

Types: S’ and 2; Sapucay, Paraguay. F ebruary 27 (2) and
March 7 (0), 1905. (William Foster.) [Hebard Collection.]

In a way this species connects certain previously known species of
the genus, but in the form of the ovipositor it appears to be close to
H. angustipennis Brunner, while the strongly lamellato-carinate ninth
dorsal abdominal segment of the male is apparently peculiar to the new

species. In possessing lateral lobes of the pronotum of equal depth
25

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

and in having the mediastine vein by no means as well marked as in
the major-peruviana group it occupies a rather intermediate position.
Size medium; form elongate, slender, somewhat compressed. Head
distinctly broader than the pronotum, the occiput rounded, vertex
declivent, fastigium narrow, longitudinally suleate, apex blunt and in
contact with the blunt apex of the facial fastigium; eyes subovate,
strongly exserted; antenne elongate, proximal Joint as broad as the
eye. Pronotum with the dorsum deplanate, slightly sellate; lateral

Fig. 7.—Hyperophora gracilis n. sp. Lateral view of male type. ( 24.)

margins subparallel, angulate, subcarinate, the breadth of the disk
contained about once and a half in the length, cephalic margin very
slightly emarginate, caudal margin arcuate, a distinct but low median
carina present on the extreme caudal section of the disk, cephalad of
this there is an indication of the same but no carina, rectangulate
impressed pattern slightly caudad of the middle; lateral lobes with
the greatest depth contained nearly twice in the length, caudal margin
subsinuate with a faint trace of a supra-coxal emargination, humeral
sinus distinet, rectangulate, the remainder of the caudal margin
slightly arcuate and the ventro-caudal angle rather narrowly rounded.
Tegmina exceeding the length of the body by about that of the pro-
notum, the greatest width contained about seven times in the length,
margins approximating little, except in the apical fifth where the costal
margin arches distinctly to the narrowly rounded apex; discoidal vein
with four rami, all of which are distinctly sublongitudinal in their
middle course, diagonal in the remainder; anterior ulnar vein with no
distinct rami in the male, one to two in the female, the vein itself being
connected by a short vein with the proximal rami of the discoidal vein.
Wings exceeding the tegmina by nearly twice the length of the pronotum,
the apex tapering and acute. Terminal dorsal abdominal segment of
the male with a short acute process over the base of each cercus and a

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375

larger median trigonal process bearing a high rounded lamellate ridge ;
cerci elongate (see fig. 4), moderately robust in the proximal section,
slender in the distal section which is strongly curved mesad with the
apex blunt and somewhat recurved, median process on the distal
side of its internal face with only a minute spine, the proximal side
with a slender recurved appendage with a slightly expanded emarginato-
truncate apex; subgenital plate moder-
ately produced, apex rectangulate emar-
ginate. Ovipositor of the female about a
half the length of the tegmina, slightly ne ie tae oe ie
but regularly curved, rather broad, taper- a Sor oLatenalbvieg of ovi-
ing very slightly except toward the im- positor. (X 3.)
mediate apex, dorsal margin slightly and
ventral margin distinctly crenulate in the distal third; subgenital
plate of the femora very slightly produced with a narrow median
emargination. Cephalic femora as long as the pronotum and half of
the head; median femora about a third the length of the tegmina.
Caudal femora very slender, reaching to the apex of the tegmina.
General color apple green becoming greenish yellow on the proximal
portion of the tegmina, pronotum and head; postocular line and angles
of the pronotum brick red, the male tympanum marked laterad not
very strongly with the same color; eyes chestnut; caudal tibize becoming
purplish brown distad.

Measurements.
of 2
Henginl obovate. | Seen ee 2. ile omme) imme
Meneihvoijprononimie s | se. 4 . | eu, —? «
enmtinkoubemmieny tava 5) Mame peer t US NDBIR EG On nn
lhenethiotcandalwtennin an kit.) el edie Qos os
Rene thyomRoviositOnwe ter chain) SA aahien. Ab Fink 8

Three paratypic males, taken in February and March, 1905, have
also been examined. These specimens fully agree with the type in
all essential characters. From these specimens it is seen that the
male in some cases possesses at least a single ramus to the anterior
ulnar vein of the tezmen.

Hyperophora minor Brunner.

1891. Hyperophora minor Brunner, Verhandl. K.-~K. Zool.-bot. Gesell.
Wien, XLI, p. 59. [Paraguay; Cordoba, Argentina.]

February and March, 1905; fourteen males, thirteen females.

_ ? The head and cephalic portion of the pronotum is missing in the female type.

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

The cercus of the male of this species is represented by fig. 5.
There is an appreciable amount of variation in size in this species, the
extremes of the present series measuring as follows:

cf 2
Length of tegmen, . . 24 mm. 25.5mm. 23.8mm. 27 mm.
Iheneth offeaudalltemun) 21k2 023 ee ne Oe
Length of ovipositor, ed toe (See

LIGOCATINUS Rehn.

1878. Amaura Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., pp. 25, 247. (Not of
Moller, 1842.) aoe ee
1901. Ligocatinws Rehn, Canad. Entom., XX XIII, p. 272.

Type.—Amaura spinata Brunner.

Ligooatinus olivaceus (Brunner).

1891. Amaura olivacea Brunner, Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien
XLI, p. 123. [Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.]

February, 1903 and 1905; three females.
Terminal spines are present on the external dorsal margin of the
cephalic tibiz in all three specimens.®

HOMOTOICHA Brunner.
1891. Homotoicha Brunner, Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI,
pp. 17, 124.
Type.—H. minor (Brunner).
Homotoicha fuscopunctata Caudell.

1906. Homotoicha fuscopunctata Caudell, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p.
236. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

March, 1905; one male.

This specimen has been examined by Caudell, who states there is no
doubt in his mind but that it represents the male of
his species. As the appendages are undescribed a few
notes may be of interest.

LS Terminal dorsal abdominal segment with the apical

Fig. 9—Homo- margin broadly subtruneate. Cerci with the proximal
ae i Cau. third very stout, scabrous and bearing on, the inter-
dell. Lateral nal margin a lamellate ridge developed into a falciform
piPtact atuie. Process, curving dorsad, the base broad, apex acute
men. (X 5.) and normally touching the base of the opposite cercus;
median third of the cercus compressed ; apex thickened,

obliquely truncate and with a small spine placed in the middle of the
truncation, beyond the proximal third the cerci are curved inward.

* Vide Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 236.

ee

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

Subgenital plate produced, tapering, bent considerably dorsad near
the base, deeply and narrowly divided, short styles present.

CERAIA Brunner.

1891. Ceraia Brunner, Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI, pp.
18, 127.

Type.—C. tibialis Brunner.
Ceraia cornutoides Caudell.

1906. Ceraia cornutoides Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 237.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

January, 1903, March, 1905; two females.
SCAPHURA Kirby.

1825. Scaphura Wirby, Zool. Journ., I, p. 432.
Type.—S. vigorsit Kirby.
Scaphura nigra (Thunberg).

1824. Gr{yllus] niger Thunberg, Mém. l’Acad. Imp. des Sciences, St.
Pétérsb., [X, p. 415. [Brazil.]

January and March, 1903 and 1905; one male, three females.

These specimens do not fully agree with any of the numerous color
forms of this species, being closer to vigorsti Kirby and cha'ybea
Marschall than to the others. From the former they differ in the
absence of pale markings on the median femora and in the more
brownish wings, these latter being distinctly red-brown with a pre-
apical portion infuscate. From chalybea they differ in the chalybeous
proximal portion of the antennze comprising eight to thirteen joints,
instead of only reaching the third. However they are closer to
chalybea than to the type called vigorsii by Kirby.

I have provisionally considered all the nominal species as forms of
migra, which is the oldest name, the probability being that the various
forms are geographic and restricted to definite areas. The variation
noted in the four specimens in hand is slight, and from this one may
infer that variation in one locality is generally no greater.

The resemblance of this species to a Sphegid wasp is very striking, as
has already been noticed by Westwood, the similarity to species of the
genus Pepsis being particularly true of the specimens examined.

GRAMMADERA Brunner.
1878. Grammadera Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., pp. 27, 297.
Type.—G. clara Brunner.

*Grammadera albida Brunner.

1878. G[rammadera] albida Brunner, Monogr, der Phaneropt., p. 298.
(Brazil.]

November and December, 1904; two males, one female.

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

As the ovipositor was mutilated in the female type, I have described
the appendages of the available female.

Ventral length of the ovipositor two and one-half times that of the
disk of the pronotum, slightly falcate, greatest width immediately
distad of the middle and contained about four times in the length,
apex acute, both margins crenulate for about a third their length.
Subgenital plate small, apex broadly emarginate.

*Grammadera rostrata n. sp.

Type: 2; Sapucay, Paraguay. February 10, 1905. (William
Foster.) [Hebard Collection.]

Allied to G. clara and albida, differing from the former in the more
arcuate ovipositor, the less quadrate lateral lobes of the pronotum

Fig. 10.—Grammadera rostrata n. sp. Lateral view of type. ( 24.)

and the slenderer limbs. From G. albida it differs in the smaller eyes,
the more produced and subequal fastigium, the more distinetly disto-
median insertion of the median vein and the less quadrate lateral lobes
of the pronotum. From G. hastata Brunner and pellucida and rosea
Giglio-Tos it is separated by a number of characters, the chiéf of which
is the suleate fastigium (not suleate in hastata) and the emarginate
subgenital plate (entire or rotundate in pellucida and rosea).

Size medium; form moderately elongate, distinctly compressed.
Head with the occiput, vertex and fastigium on much the same plane,
fastigium considerably produced, the margins slightly converging, the
apex blunt and extending distinctly beyond the facial fastigium,
reaching to the margin of the proximal antennal joint when that por-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

tion is in a vertical position, dorsum of the fastigium broadly but not
very deeply sulcate; facial fastigium acute, distinctly separated from
the fastigium of the vertex; eyes subglobose, prominent; antenns
about three times the length of the body (exclusive of the ovipositor),
filiform, proximal joint rather large. Pronotum with the disk flattened
only in the caudal section, the cephalic and median sections being
rounded into the lateral lobes with a scarcely perceptible median angle,
the greatest caudal width being continued about once and a half in the
length, cephalic margin of the disk and lateral lobes truncate, caudal
margin of the disk arcuate; lateral lobes about as long as deep, humeral
sinus broad, shallow, the remainder of the caudal margin gently arcuate,
cephalic section of the ventral margin sinuate with the ventro-
cephalic angle obtuse. Tegmina about once and a half the length of the
body (exclusive of the ovipositor), extending beyond the caudal
femora by about the length of the pronotum, lanceolate, the greatest
width contained nearly four and a half times in the length, costal
margin very slightly arcuate, sutural margin straight
in the distal three-fourths, apex rounded; median
vein diverging two-fifths the length from the base
and furcate with the rami reaching the sutural margin.
Wings extending beyond the tegmina a distance
nearly equal to the length of the pronotum. Supra-
anal plate trigonal, acute; ovipositor about two-fifths
the length of the tegmina and slightly more than half
that of the caudal femora, moderately arcuate in the
distal two-thirds, straight in the proximal third, the Tey ae
greatest width at about the distal third, dorsal madera rostrata
margin not sinuate, ventral margin slightly sinuate ay ePeoee
in the proximal half, apex acute, distal half with the and pronotum.
dorsal margin very slightly crenulate, ventral margin (x 4)
distinctly crenulate; subgenital plate short, slightly
inflated, the margin with a broad shallow triangular emargination.
Cephalic femora about equal to the pronotum in length, armed on the
distal section of the ventro-cephalic margin with three spines; median
femora slightly longer than the head and pronotum together, armed
on the ventro-cephalic margin with three spines. Caudal femora equal
to the body in length, considerably inflated distad, ventral margins
armed with one or two spines near the apex; tibiz exceeding the
femora by near the length of the pronotum.

General color maize yellow washed with greenish on the head, pro-
notum, pleura and limbs; a distinet gamboge yellow line extends from

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

the apex of the fastigium to the caudal margin of the pronotum and is
also indicated on the distal portion of the sutural margin of the tegmina ;
pronotum regularly sprinkled with red-brown dots; eyes vandyke’
brown; antenne greenish proximad, yellowish, greenish and blackish
distad. Tegmina and wings pale chromium green. Ovipositor with
the distal two-fifths paris green, the apex and margins narrowly red-
brown. Caudal femora ochraceous on the inflated portion, lined dorsad
on the same and with distal section buffy, the whole speckled with red-
brown as on the pronotum; caudal tibixe greenish, much stronger
distad.

Measurements.
Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor), . . . . . 19 mm.
hengthvof pronotumy, sth <li acto Glee eee a
Lengthobtepmeny esr 3 at, Bettas eee aes wee aie
Menpth of esd all feminr Seige nny eee eee eines, Meee ree hr
Length ofovapositore—. 9" Silas) 0 Gh. oS eee ee es

The type is unique.
*Grammadera forcipata n. sp.

Type: o&; Sapucay, Paraguay. February 27, 1905. (William
Foster.) [Hebard Collection.]

Fig. 12.—Grammadera forcipata n. sp. Lateral view of type. ( 3.)
} A

Allied to G. pellucida Giglio-Tos, agreeing in the sulcate pronotum
and the long slender ineurved cerci, but differing in the absence of
mucronations on the apex of the cerci, in the longer, strongly divided
subgenital plate and the subequally broad as high lateral lobes of the
pronotum. There is hardly any possibility of this species being the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Bhat

male of G. rostrata as the venation is much more irregular, the fastigium
is longer and the limbs shorter and weaker.

Size medium; form considerably compressed. Head with the fasti-
gium much narrower than the proximal joint of the antenne, subequal,
apex blunt, moderately sulcate dorsad, the apex when viewed laterad
distinetly exceeding the margin of the proximal antennal joint when
the latter is in a vertical position; facial fastigium produced into a
slender projecting process directed dorso-cephalad and touching the
ventral surface of the apex of the fastigium of the vertex; eyes sub-
globose, moderately prominent; antenne slender, broken in the type.
Pronotum with the disk as in G. rostrata except that the median section
bears a distinct longitudinal sulcus more apparent caudad than
cephalad, while a rectangulate impressed pattern is placed slightly
caudad of the middle; lateral lobes as in rostrata. Tegmina about three
and a half times as long as the combined length of the head and pro-
notum, moderately lanceolate, the greatest width
contained nearly four times in the length; costal
margin regularly but slightly arcuate, sutural mar-
gin straight except where it curves to the narrowly
rounded apex; median vein diverging very slightly
distad of the middle and reaching the sutural
margin well before the apex, discoidal vein bearing
three rami in the distal section; the whole venation
is peculiar in character, the principal veins irregular

Fig. 18.— Gramma™

and connected by numerous adventitious veins. — dera forcipata n
Wings extending beyond the tegmina a distance SP- _Dorsal view
of apex of male

about equal to the length of the cephalic femora, abdomen. (x 7.)
apex moderately acute. Terminal abdominal
segment truncate; supra-anal plate hastate, slightly constricted
mesad; cerci simple, tapering, apex acute, the distal section mod-
erately incurved and also with a distinct dorsal curve; subgenital
plate strongly produced, reaching about to the end of the cerci, bear-
ing three converging ventral carine, narrowly incised distad with
the lateral portions of the apex of the plate moderately long,
sharp and tapering. Cephalic femora slightly shorter than the
pronotum, unarmed ventrad; median femora slightly less than half
the length of the caudal femora, unarmed ventrad. Caudal femora
very slightly shorter than the body, not strongly inflated proximad,
armed with several small spines on the ventro-lateral margin; caudal
tibize exceeding the femora by nearly the length of the head.

General color pale chromium green touched with yellowish on the

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

abdomen and proximal portion of the tegmina and somewhat hoary
on the pleura, cox and lateral lobes of the pronotum. Eyes hazel;
tympanum of the tegmina with the principal veins strongly marked
with bistre.

1 Measurements.
Ibength. of bodys.) 2) 7 Mette es ee ee
Length: of pronotum, 9°. < s00f bon ce oe ee ee
Length ofteemen) 0/0 4. 28 Sh a, ere ee
IOraegn abun ceryvickalbaysrookbbes | a ay HS

The type is the only specimen of this species seen by the author.

PHYLLOPTERA Serville.
1831. Phylloptera Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 142.
Type.—As designated by Kirby, P. cassinejolia.
Phylloptera alliedea Caudell.
1906. Phylloptera alliedea Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat.”Mus., XXX, p. 238.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.] é
February, 1902 and 1905, May, 1902; two males, one female.
Phylloptera spinulosa Brunner.

1878. Ph[ylioptera| spinulosa Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 314.
[Ypamena, Sado Paulo, Brazil.]

February, 1905; one male, one female.

The female individual has the tegmina with an ocellus as mentioned
by Caudell. In neither specimen are the cephalic tibie suleate dorsad.

The ovipositor of this species is very short and robust, the apex
rectangulate, the distal half of the margins crenulate and the faces of
the same portion tessellato-granulate. The ventral length of the
Ovipositor is six millimeters. Subgenital plate small, very strongly
produced, divided to the base.

HYPERPHRONA Brunner.
1878. Hyperphrona Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., pp. 28, 315.

Type.—H. angusta Brunner.
*Hyperphrona signata n. sp. “

Types: @ and 2; Sapucay, Paraguay. December 19, 1904 (co);
February 24, 1905 (2). (William Foster.) [Hebard Collection.]

Allied to H. binotata Brunner from the upper Amazon, agreeing
with it in the coloration of the proximal joints of the antenne, the pro-
portions of the tegmina and the point of contact of the median vein, but
differing in the absence of black from the remainder of the antenns, the
spiniform apex of the male cerci, the shorter ovipositor and the peculiar

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

ocelliform marking of the margin of the tympanal field of the male
tegmina. 4
Size rather small; form somewhat compressed. Head with the occi-
put very slightly rounded, vertex slightly declivent; fastigium trigonal,
the margins slightly concave and the apex roundly tuberculate, the
proximal portion having the margins roundly elevated and the middle
suleate, when viewed laterad the fastigium is seen to be strongly
depressed mesad, with the apex somewhat elevated and not extending

Fig. 14.—Hyperphrona signata n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (xX 3.)

cephalad of the proximal joint of the antennz; facial fastigium acute;
eyes subglobose; antenne half again as long as the greatest length,
slender. Pronotum with the disk subdeplanate, laterad with the angles
rounded and the greatest caudal width contained once and a half in the
length, cephalic margin slightly emarginate, caudal margin strongly
arcuate ; lateral lobes slightly longer than deep, cephalic margin slightly
sinuate, ventral margin rounded obtuse-angulate, caudal margin mod-
erately arcuate with the humeral sinus moderately deep and broad.
Tegmina slightly more than three times as long as the head and prono-
tum together, ovate-lanceolate, the greatest width contained about three
and a third times in the length; costal and sutural margins regularly
but not strongly arcuate, apex rounded ; median vein diverging slightly
proximad of the middle, simple or fureate,* reaching the sutural margin
shortly proximad of the apex; anterior ulnar vein almost straight;
tympanum of the male with the stridulating vein very stout. Wings
extending beyond the tegmina a very short distance, narrowly rounded

*In the types fureate only on the left tegmen of the female.

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Aug.,

at the apex. Terminal dorsal abdominal segment of the male with a
very slight and broad median emargination; supra-anal plate reflexed,
roughly semicircular; cerci stout at the base, short, tapering, the tips
moderately hooked, acute; subgenital plate moder-
ately produced, the apical portion much narrower
than the base, apical margin truncate, false styles
short and dentiform. Ovipositor about as long
as the pronotum and half of the head, bent arcuate,
broad, apex moderately acute, distal half of the
dorsal margin distinctly crenulate, of the ventral
margin obsoletely crenulate; subgenital plate small,
rectangulate with the apex minutely rectangulate
emarginate. Cephalic femora but little shorter
than the head and pronotum together, unarmed ;
dorso-caudal margin of the tibiee with four to five
spines, one of which is placed at the distal ex-
tremity of the proximal inflation. Median femora
equal to about half the length of the caudal femora,

armed on the ventro-cephalic margin with two to
Fiona te 7, three small, recumbent spines. Caudal femora
“sp. Dorsal view slightly shorter than the length of the body, moder-
- nib pent ek ately inflated distad and with spines none or one
~ male type. (x 5.) on the ventro-cephalie margin; caudal tibie dis-

tinctly exceeding the femora.

General color buff-yellow becoming apple green on the tegmina,
exposed portion of the wings and limbs. Eyes chestnut; antenne
very broadly and irregularly annulate with dragon’s blood red. Pro-
notum with the disk regularly and the lateral lobes sparingly dotted

\

S

.

Fig. 16. —Hyperphrona signata n. sp.
Dorsal view of apex of male abdo- Fig. 17.—Hyperphrona signata n. sp.
a men. (xX 6.) Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 5.)

with dragon’s blood red, the margins being rather regularly checked
with the same.
Tegmina sometimes’ with an ochraceous premedian desiccated spot,

* On the left tegmen of the female type.

nn eg tll

—s

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385

margined on all but the caudal face with brown; tympanum of the
male with an irregular median blotch of very pale greenish surrounded
by a very irregular ring of liver brown; sutural margin narrowed touched
mesad with liver brown.

Measurements.
oF 2
Length of body (exclusive of ovipositor), . . 17.3mm. 18.3 mm.
ILerinilay OF ToROMOIN, “6 «5 5g ne gS ChB 4.3 “
hen uhyOktesmenanres . |. Gee coe 2aro, | Py
Leaman OF ComGlilisenige G5 5g 6g] IG 9
enmihvormovipositer, | = =) eeeremeness a aoe

A series of four male and six female paratypic individuals have also
been examined. The months represented in the series are December,
1904, and January, February and March, 1905.

In size there is an appreciable amount of variation, in addition to
which there also appears to be two forms irrespective of sex, one with
the tegmina short as in the female type, the other with the tegmina
longer and correspondingly slenderer as in the male type. The series
also shows that the forking of the median vein is purely a variation
not even individual, one tegmen in a number of specimens having the
unbranched type, the other the reverse. The female type is the only
specimen with the premedian tegminal spot, while the tympanal spot of
the male with its surrounding ring is also seen to vary greatly in depth,
though always present in that sex. In a number of specimens the
tegmina are distinctly yellow proximad, and in one male the whole
tegmina are of that color.

TURPILIA Stal.
*Turpilia paraguayensis n. sp.

Types: o& and 2; March 12 (2) and 21 (co), 1905. (William
Foster.) [Hebard Collection. ]

Closely allied to 7. mexicana Brunner from Oaxaca and 7’. linearis
Rehn from Costa Rica. From mexicana it differs in the general smaller
size, the spined dorsal margin of the median femora and the acute
subgenital plate of the femora. From linearis it differs in the lateral
lobes of the pronotum being as long as deep, the tegmina slightly shorter
and the cerci with a distinct apical spine.

Size moderately large; form elongate. Head with the occiput
slightly rounded; fastigium strongly compressed, narrowly sulcate,
apex blunt, separated from the blunt apex of the acute angulate facial
fastigium by a very slight space; eyes large, subglobose, moderately

385 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

prominent; antennz probably exceeding the tips of the wings (slightly
defective in the types), filiform. Pronotum with the disk strongly
deplanate, slightly expanding in width caudad, the greatest caudal
width contained slightly less than once and a half in the length ; cephalic
margin truncate, caudal margin arcuate, lateral angles distinet but
narrowly rounded, a fine impressed longitudinal median line present
on the disk; lateral lobes about as long as deep, ventro-cephalic angle
very broadly rounded, humeral suleus marked but shallowly, the
caudal margin ventrad of this with a rounded obtuse angle from which
the ventro-caudal margin is diagonally subtruneate. Tegmina
elongate lanceolate, about four times as long as the combined length of
the head and pronotum, the greatest width contained nearly five times
in the length; costal and sutural margins slightly approximating, the

Fig. 18.—Turpilia paraguayensis n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (X 24.)

apex rounded ; discoidal vein with two rami in the distal section, both
of which reach the apical margin; median vein diverging two-fifths the
distance from the base, fureate. Wings extending beyond the tegmina
a distance very nearly equal to the length of the pronotum, immediate
apex rectangulate. Terminal dorsal abdominal segmept of the
male broadly and shallowly emarginate mesad and also on the lateral
faces; cerci short, stout at the base, tapering, with the immediate apex
sharply narrowed, hooked and spiniform, internal margin slightly
before the middle provided with a thick, blunt, peg-like process:
subgenital plate of the male produced, narrowed with a median ventral
carina and lateral thickened rods which extend to the base of the
short, slender styles, narrow distad margin of the plate with a rounded
V-shaped emargination. Ovipositor as long as the head and half of

——

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

the pronotum, considerably bent proximad, very slightly curved distad,
the greatest width mesad and contained two and one-half times in
the length, dorsal margin nearly straight and entirely crenulate, ven-
tral margin considerably arcuate and crenulate in the distal fourth,
apex slightly narrowed, rounded; subgenital plate of the female
produced trigonal with slightly concave sides, apex narrowly truncate.
Cephalic femora about equal to the pronotum in length, unarmed
ventrad ; the proximal inflation of the tibiee supplied with a distal spine
on the caudal margin. Median femora as long as the head and pro-
notum together, unarmed ventrad. Caudal femora about equal to the
body in length, moderately inflated proximad, ventro-lateral margin
with three to five spines distad, internal margin with six to seven
spines; caudal tibie slightly longer than the femora.

4

Fig. 19.—Turpilia paraguayensis n. sp.
Dorsal view of apex of male abdo- Fig. 20.—Turpilia paraguayensis n. sp.
men. (xX 6.) Lateral view of ovipositor. ( 5.)

General color dull greenish-yellow, the tegmina and wings apple
green. Head with the eyes chestnut, antenne with all except the two
proximal joints vinaceous-cinnamon; pronotum with the caudal section
of the disk apple green, the lateral angles sometimes marked with
vinaceous; tegmina with the anal vein and sutural margin more or less
distinctly marked with buff-pink; tibial foramina marked with dark
brown, distal extremities of the tibise and the tarsi ochraceous buff:
ovipositor orange-rufous.

Measurements.
ist 2
Ibemailn @i lechyais “am so a Jah Se Se eh ON" Siothemy Oy Serine
Wencuhsompronovurn. 9 seems Gey cy sO 8 PON es
Weng phvofsbeoment: .) |i. Sarena ce RBIs SEC aaaE nu ce
ihensthvotacandalatenur sane rt Pee R20 lS Sos OTR) ais!
Gene thiOmovIpOSitor,. i Aeenan nal) 2 eo Guay

A paratypic series of five males and five females, taken in March.
1903, have also been examined and found tovdiffer in no important
characters from the type.

3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

MICROCENTRUM Scudder.
*Microcentrum lanceolatum (Burmeister).

1838. Ph[ylloptera] lanceolata Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, Abth.
II, pt. I, p. 692. [Brazil.]

March, 1905; one female.
This individual is rather eeaalien than the Brazilian or Surinam

material measured by Brunner,® but otherwise it is perfectly typical
of the species.

Measurements.
length ofpronobumn, 25 5) p oye) cae eee ee EO.
Length of tegmen, 3... -<, 7. 95s Ske aie a ee
Greatest width’of tegmen,.° > 2.) “2... 3) 2° 500s alee,
Lengthiof caudal femur, 2.5) ee ee eee
Length:of ovipositor,” &, .) 2h ee, eee

This species has been recorded from Villa Rica, Paraguay, and
Urucum, Matto Grosso, Brazil, by Giglio-Tos.

PSEUDOPHYLLIN®.
DASYSCELUS Brunner.
1895. Dasyscelus Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., pp. 15, 118.
Type.—D. atrijrons Brunner.

Dasyscelus normalis Brunner.

1895. Dasyscelus normalis Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 119.
(Uruguay ; Buenos Ayres.]

November, December and January, 1903 and 1905, April, 1903;
six males, twelve females.

This species appears to have as a synonym D. demigratus Brunner,
over which normalis has line priority. The differences cited are in the
color of the face and in the length of the tegmina and limbs. The
former of these characters is at once discredited by the fact that
two types, one with a black face and the other with a pale face, are
present in this series, the two extremes being connected by a number
of intermediates. The length of the limbs varies with the general
size and the present series shows more difference in size in the extremes
than the typical measurements of normalis and demigratus, although
the Sapucay individuals average larger than Brunner’s material,
which came in part at least from Buenos Ayres. The original localities
given for demigratus are ‘‘Gabun, Buenos Ayres,” but the former is
unquestionably erroneous.

*Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 336.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

CONOCEPHALIN &.
LAMNICEPS Bolivar.
1903. Lamniceps Bolivar, Revista Chilena de Hist. Nat., VII, ntim. 3, p. 144
Type.—L. giglio-tosi Bolivar.
*Lamniceps giglio-tosi Bolivar.

1903. Lamniceps Giglio-Tosi Bolivar, Revista Chilena de Hist. Nat., VII,
nim. 3, p. 145. [Central Paraguay.]

November and December, 1904, February, 1905; four females.

These individuals are perfectly typical of Bolivar’s genus and species,
which is clearly, as stated by him, intermediate in position between
Copiphora and Lirometopum.

One specimen is slightly smaller than the others, but otherwise no
differences are noted.

The description of Copiophora borelliz Giglio-Tos’ appears to be that
of a form closely related to this species.

CONOCEPHALOIDES Perkins.®
1899. Conocephaloides Perkins, Fauna Hawaiiensis, Orth., p. 13.

Type.—C. hawaviensis Perkins = Conocephalus remotus Walker.

*Conocephaloides ichneumoneus (Bolivar).
1884. Conocephalus ichneumoneus Bolivar, Artépod. Viaje al Pacffico,

Neuropt. y Ortépt., p. 90, lim. 2, fig. 10. [Apiahy, Brazil.]

December, 1904; two females.

This specimen fully agrees with Bolivar’s description, except that the
pronotum and tegmina are very slightly longer and the ovipositor
slightly shorter.

The type locality in the State of Sao Paulo and this record constitute
the known localities for the species.

*Conocephaloides pichinche (Bolivar).

1881. Conocephalus Pichinche Bolivar, Anales Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., X,
p. 498. [Pichincha, Ecuador.]

November, 1904; one male.
This individual is referred here with considerable doubt, but it is
clearly related to this species and guttatus, with a number of which

7 Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 40. [Luque, Para-

ay.]

<The author is compelled with considerable reluctance to adopt this name,
based on an aberrant form of the genus, in preference to the familiar application
of Conocephalus Thunberg. After examining the literature involved it is evident,
as has been shown by Kirby (Synonym. Catal. Orthopt., II, pp. 241, 274 and 279),
that Thunberg’s hemipterus is identical with Gryllus conocephalus Linnzeus, which
by the rule of tautonomy is the type of Conocephalus Thunberg. The latter genus,
however, is not cancelled by the fact that it is based on a specific name, as Kirby
so treats it, but instead it replaces Anisoptera Latreille and Xiphidion Serville.

26

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.

latter species it has been compared. From the original description
of pichinche it differs in its apparently broader tegmina, its unarmed
cephalic femora and slightly longer caudal femora. The tibize bear the
very apparent distal blackish-fuscous markings originally described.
Conocephaloides pustulatus (Redtenbacher). .

1891. Conocephalus pustulatus Redtenbacher, Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-
botan. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 395. [Theresopolis, Brazil.]

November and December, 1904, January, 1905; seven males, five
females.

This series shows a moderate amount of variation in size, chiefly in
the length of the tegmina. Both color phases are in the series at hand,
the green, however, predominating.

Kirby has recently’ applied the name ezaltatus Walker’? to this
species, but Walker’s description does not agree in several details with
the material before us and Redtenbacher’s diagnosis perfectly char-
acterizes the species. In consequence we prefer to use Redten-
bacher’s name for the Paraguayan and south Brazilian form until its
relationship to Walker’s species is more clearly understood.
*Conocephaloides maxillosus (Fabricius).

1794. Locusta maczillosa Fabricius, Entom. Syst., I, p. 37. [America.]}

March, 1905; one female.

The range of this species to the south now appears to be limited by
southern Brazil (Rio Janeiro, Theresopolis), Paraguay and Bolivia.
*Conocephaloides maculosus (Redtenbacher).

1891. Conocephalus maculosus Redtenbacher, Verhandl. K.-Ix. Zool.-bot.
Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 396. [Lages, Santa Catharina, Brazil.]

December, 1904; one male.

This individual differs somewhat in its measurements from the
original female type, but such differences may be sexual, and as far as
‘an otherwise be determined from the original description it represents
this species. The measurements may be of interest:

Length of body, . 27.5 mm.

Length of pronotumy > 5 20 coupe) cu erences ee eee
Lenpth:of tepmen, a
Length of caudal femtr, og. 9S) fee eee

*Conocephaloides saturatus (Griffini).

1891. Conocephalus eee Redtenbacher (not of Seudder, , 1875),
Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 398. [Medellin; St.
Vincent, Lesser Antilles; Cuba; Venezuela; Surinam; Cayenne; Brazil;
Rio Grande and Theresopolis, Brazil; Peru.]

1899. Conocephalus saturatus Griffini, Miscell. Entom., VII, p. 5.

* Synon. Catal. Orth., 11, p. 243.

*° Catal. Derm, Salt. Brit. Mus., 11, p. 311. [Venezuela.]

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

March, 1905; three females.

In these specimens the length of the tegmina varies from 33 to 38
millimeters, the caudal femora from 24 to 25.5 and the ovipositor
from 34 to 34.5. The ovipositor is appreciably longer than the measure-
ments given by Redtenbacher (26-28 mm.), but otherwise the speci-
mens are perfectly typical.

*Conocephaloides brachypterus (Redtenbacher).

1891. Conocephalus brachypterus Redtenbacher, Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-
bot. Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 400. [Brazil.]

February, 1903; one female.

This individual has several spines on each of the cephalic and median
femora, but otherwise it fully agrees with the original description.
*Conocephaloides rugosicollis (Bolivar).

1881. Conocephalus rugosicollis Bolivar, Anales Soc. Espat. Hist. Nat., De:
p. 496. [Huasco, Chile.]

November and December, 1904, January, February and March, 1905;
seven males, six females.

As far as can be determined from the several published descriptions
of this species the Paraguayan series before us is referable to rugosi-
collis. In the degree of contiguity of the vertex and frontal fastigium
there is, however, considerable variation, ranging from individuals
with the two distinctly touching to others in which they are slightly
but appreciably separated. In no other character, however, can the
material be separated, and the majority of the series is rather inter-
mediate between the two.

The figure of the tegmen given by Redtenbacher™ is not exactly as
seen in the Paraguayan specimens, as the obliquely truncate apex of
the tegmen is not sinuate in the latter series.

As the female of this species has never been described a few notes
may be of interest.

Ovipositor less than half the length of the tegmina, slightly bent
proximad, straight otherwise, thick distad, the greatest width at about
a fourth the length from the apex, latter acute; subgenital plate with a
deep median sinuate V-shaped emargination.

Measurements.
Length of body (exclusive of GNAGNOSMUOI)) > ge og gg OL aaahanly
Benatar pronotum,.' Siieesieer wee. Cris TG
Mesrimortenmen, |. enemys ew teonmererscees | =) 40 ©
Mensthkomennual Tenmaur, C2 a mc em eet Wo) oe ean
Lamia GH OOM 5 & 6 cv 5 o B.G 6 6 © ge.

1 Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, XI, taf. IIT, fig. 44,

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

AGRECIA Serville.
1831. Agrecia Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 152.
Type.—Locusta punctata Serville.

*Agrecia maculata Redtenbacher.

1891. Agrecia maculata Redtenbacher, Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-bot. Gesell.
Wien, XLI, p. 455, taf. IV, fig. 63. [Theresopolis, Brazil.]

November and December, 1904; nine males, eleven females.

These individuals are perfectly typical of the species except for their
smaller size. Considerable variation in size is noticed in the female sex,
but no specimen is as large as the measurements given by Redtenbacher.

The cerci of the male are short, stout and with the apex abruptly
tapering; subgenital plate with the apex broad, truncate and with
considerable sized lateral false styles.

The measurements of an average male and the extremes of the female
sex are here given:

ce 2 2
Length of body,. . . . . . 26 mm. 285mm. 33.5 mm.
Length of pronotum, . . . . 1 pti pe ii Bee Ole
Length of tegmen;, 5: -s seis! (ve Sli) es ps0 bh eae
Length of caudal femur, ... .. 16:5". 272," | 18.608
Length of ovipositor, = pd 14:5; = LON ae

XIPHELIMUM Caudell.
1906. Xiphelimum Caudell, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p, 241.
Type. X. amplipennis Caudell.

Xiphelimum amplipennis Caudell.
1906. Xiphelimum amplipennis Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX,
p. 241. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]
March, 1905; seven males.
These specimens fully agree with the original description of this
beautiful species.

CONOCEPHALUS Thunberg.'*

1815. Conocephalus Thunberg, Mém. |’Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétérsb., V, pp.

214, 271.
Type by tautonomy C. hemipterus Thunberg = Locusta conocephalus
Linnzeus.
1831. NXiphidion Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 159.
Conocephalus longipes (Redtenbacher).

1891. Xiphidium longipes Redtenbacher, Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-bot.
Gesell. Wien, XLI, p. 505, taf. IV, fig. 81. [Buenos Ayres, Argentina;
ear ee Uruguay; Rio Grande do Sul and Santa Catharina, Brazil ;

eru(?).

'? See note on page — under Conocephaloides.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

March, 1905; one male.

This specimen has been compared with a pair from Carcaraia,
Argentina.
Conocephalus saltator (Saussure).

1859. Niphidium saltator Saussure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser
XI, p. 208. [Guiana.]

March, 1905; one male, four females.

The ovipositor is practically straight in all the females and about
thirteen millimeters in length.

The species ranges from Cuba to Montevideo, Uruguay.

Conocephalus strictoides (Caudell).
1906. Xiphidium strictoides Caudell, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 242.
{Sapucay, Paraguay.]

April, 1902; one female.

This specimen has the tegmina, caudal femora and ovipositor some-
what smaller than in the type measurements, but in all other characters
the individual agrees perfectly with the original description, except
that the dorsum of the abdomen is marked in purplish brown with a
pattern resembling that of C. strictum.

GRYLLACRIN-E.
CAMPTONOTUS Uhler.
1864. Camptonotus Uhler, Proe. Entom. Soc. Phila., IT, p. 548.

Type.—C. scudderi Uhler (= Gryllacris carolinensis Gerstaecker).
*Camptonotus australis n. sp.

Types: co’ and 2; Sapucay, Paraguay. November 10 (c') and’
December 19 (2), 1905. (William Foster.) [Hebard Collection.]

Allied to C. carolinensis (Gerstaecker) and ajfinis Rehn, but differing
from both in the very robust caudal femora and the heavy, more
regularly arcuate and less attenuate ovipositor.

Size medium; form as usual in the genus; surface glabous. Head
with the occiput well arched, longitudinally and transversely; vertex
very broad and evenly rounding into the front ; face somewhat flattened ;
eyes elongate reniform; antennz about four times as long as the body.
Pronotum with the dorsal length slightly shorter than the greatest
width, the dorsal outline when viewed laterad slightly convex; cephalic
margin of the disk truncate, caudal margin very broadly and shallowly
triangular emarginate; lateral lobes broadly rounding into the disk,
longer than deep, ventral margin truncate, ventro-cephalic angle
obliquely rounded, ventro-caudal angle obliquely subtruncate.
Mesonotum and metanotum with their caudal margins very slightly

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

arcuate. Abdomen somewhat compressed ; terminal dorsal abdominal
segment of the male moderately inflated, the apical margin rotundate
emarginate, a median longitudinal carina present on the distal half;

Q
Fig. 21.—Camptonotus australis n. sp. Lateral view of male type. (x 4.)
male cerci simple, terete, acute, the length about equal to that of the
terminal abdominal segment; subgenital plate of the male short,
apical margin obtuse-angulate emarginate; ovipositor nearly equal to
half the length of the body, regularly
arcuate, moderately stout proximad
and regularly tapering to the acute
apex; subgenital plate of the female
broad trigonal, apex narrowly and shal-
lowly emarginate. Cephalic and median

Ne 99 —C, . Varina ares :
Fig. 22.—Camplonotus australis imps moderately robust. Caudal
n. sp. Lateral view of ovi- : re
positor. (X 5.) femora nearly two and a half times the

length of the pronotum,strongly inflated,

the greatest width contained nearly two and a half times in the length,

ventro-lateral margin with three to four spines, internal margin armed
distad with two spines; tibize not exceeding the femora in length.

General color ochraceous becoming buffy on the limbs, particularly

the caudal tibize which also have a faint wash of green distad. Eyes

bistre.

Measurements.
Length of body, 13.5mm. 16 mm,
Length of pronotum, sje fers 3.3
Length of caudal femur, 7.3 8.9 *

Length of ovipositor, a. r

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 395

A paratypic series of four males and three females, taken November,
1904, have also been examined. Aside from a considerable amount
of variation in size no differences worthy of note are apparent.

GRYLLIDZ.
GRYLLOTALPIN-E.
SCAPTERISCUS Scudder.

Scapteriscus camerani Giglio-Tos.

1894. Sleapteriscus] Camerani Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.
Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 45, plate figs. 13 and 16. [Province of San Pedro,
Asuncion, Paraguay.]

January, 1903; one female.
This individual is slightly smaller than the original measurements for
the same sex, but otherwise is perfectly typical.

GRYLLIN 72.
GRYLLUS Linneus.
Gryllus assimilis (Fabricius).
1775. Acheta assimilis Fabricius, Syst. Entom., p. 280. [Jamaica.}
February, 1905; one male, three females.
These specimens are much paler than Mexican individuals of this
species, three of them being especially light in color.

Gryllus argentinus Saussure.

1874. Gryllus Argentinus Saussure, Miss. Scientif. au Mex. et l’Amér.
Cent., Orth., p. 399. [Southern Brazil; Argentine Republic; the north of
Patagonia; Buenos Ayres; Bahia Blanca; Rio Negro of Patagonia.]

July, 1902, February and March, 1905; two males, two females.

These specimens agree very well with an authentic pair of this
species from Buenos Ayres and Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, received
from Dr. Saussure.

ENEOPTERIN ©.
ENEOPTERA Burmeister.
1838. Eneoptera Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom., IT, Abth, II, pt. I, p..736.
Type.—Acheta brasiliensis Fabricius (= Gryllus surinamensis

De Geer).

Eneoptera surinamensis (De Geer).
1773. Gryllus Surinamensis De Geer, Mém. Ins., UI, p. 519, pl. 43, fig. 1
(Surinam.]

March, 1905; three males, two females.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

THE ANATOMY OF CALIFORNIAN HALIOTIDE:'

BY CLAYTON F. PALMER.

The past few years have witnessed great additions to our knowledge
of the anatomy of mollusks, and in this phylum probably no group has
received more attention than the prosobranchs. And it is equally
true that while the bibliography relating to this last named division
has assumed large proportions the results are often of a conflicting
nature. Even the comparatively limited family of the Haliotide
have received their share of consideration, and unfortunately a pro-
portionate amount of confusion as well. It is thus apparent that the
anatomy of Haliotis merits more study, especially on account of the
position this mollusk occupies among archaic forms. Something over
a year ago, while studying in the zoology department of Stanford
University, Dr. Harold Heath suggested to me that the anatomy of
Haliotis deserved further investigation. The western coast of North
America is the habitat of several species of this mollusk, and two of
these are readily procurable from the university. Therefore material
was never lacking, and as it was of relatively giant size the following
results are believed to be correct.

The material consisted of specimens of Haliotis rujescens Swn. and
H. cracherodii Leach, the red and black abalone respectively. These
were taken of various sizes and were examined both by gross dissection
and in section. So far as I know, no anatomical details have ever
been published concerning any species of Haliotis found in this part of
the world. Hence the following may serve to corroborate, to some
extent, certain facts relating to the genus, and to correct certain mis-
statements as well.

Upon opening the mantle cavity of Haliotis, one first sees the two
well developed ctenidia of the distinct bilamellate type, the left being
somewhat the larger. Near their bases and against the ventral wall
of the rectum may be seen the papilla-like openings of the right and
left ureters (text fig. A, RU, LU); the right aperture generally has the

1 The present paper was completed over four years ago, and was intended to
form a division of a more extended work relating to the anatomy of various mol-
lusks from the western coast of the United States. Owing to other duties it is
impossible to carry out the proposed plan, at least within the near future, and
the results in their original form are herewith presented.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

more tumid lips of the two. The left duct leads directly into the main
cavity of the excretory organ, while the one of the other side opens into
a kind of vestibule, which in turn communicates with the main body
of the organ.

The left kidney in Haliotis (fig. 1, Pl. XXX, LK) has become greatly
reduced and highly modified ;it is now known generally as the papillary
sac, a term applied to homologous organs in other members of the group.
It lies against the left side of the rectum (R), and extends backward
and to a certain extent over the anterior and left surface of the peri-
cardial wall (P). With the exception of its right or inner side, where

it is contiguous with the rectum, its walls are produced into well devel-
oped papille.

Fig. A.—Diagram showing relations of nephridia, pericardium, gonoduet, ete.
For lettering see explanation of plate.

Just what functions are sustained by this organ is not clear, though
several theories have been advanced. Pelseneer (’96) believes it is
phagocytic in character. Its walls and papille are richly supplied
with the purest blood ; the organ seems to be the principal excuse for
the existence of the peculiar inter-auricular sinus (fig. A, 14) described
by other writers for this genus. This blood sinus connects the right and
left auricles, coursing along the outer edge of the wall separating the
pericardium and left kidney. In sections a connection may be traced
between the wall of the papillary sac and the basibranchial sinus, Its

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Sept.,

blood supply is similar therefore to that in European species of Halvotis,
as described by Perrier (’89), Wegmann ’(84) and other workers.
Whatever function is served by the papill, it is very evident, judging
from their appearance, that they are actively secretory by nature.

The right kidney (fig. A, RK, RK’) is the principal excretory organ
in Haliotis. It is well developed and oceupies, in the species under
discussion, a position very similar to that described for the European
species, H. tuberculata and H. glabra (Haller). From the small cham-
ber (JC’) immediately behind the lobe (RU), serving as a mouth to
the ureter, there is a species of vestibule opening posteriorly into larger
cavities at the right (RK) and left (RA’). The junction of these is
under the forward inner corner of the pericardium (P), the vestibule
(1C’) corresponding in position to the papillary sac. The last named
organ and the vestibule of the right kidney are separated by the rectum,
which is supported between them by a thin dorsal and ventral partition,
shown to some extent in fig. 3, Pl. NX.X, although this section is too
far posterior to indicate clearly their true relations.

Bouvier (’88) recorded an inter-renal communication in Ampullaria,
but this is emphatically denied by Pelseneer (’96). Haller has reported
such a state of affairs in Haliotis “glabra” and Trochus “ gibberosus,”
but very little acceptance has been accorded to the statement. Com-
munication may possibly exist in certain mollusea, but it is doubtful
if such a connection is present in the genus Haliotis. By referring to
figs. 1, 3, 5 it will be seen that, in addition to the close contact of the
two nephridia as just explained, they are in close proximity at the
bottom of the chamber (JC). However, a careful examination of
several series of sections through these regions gives no hint of any
definite connection.

From its junction with the vestibule the cavity of the posterior p&art
of the kidney (RK’) extends beneath the pericardium and around its
inner and posterior surface. The lumen of the anterior portion (RA)
is directed forward toward the columellar muscle. Near the latter it
enlarges considerably in a dorso-ventral direction, and becomes in shape
and size like an almond seed in specimens of average size. Tlte outlines
of the walls of the kidney itself correspond closely with the cavities
just deseribed, and accordingly are similar in all essential regards to
the species described by Wegmann (’84), Totzaur (’02) and others.

The tissue of the right kidney is nowhere very thick; it is disposed
more as an intervisceral packing material. The division (RK’) in
the region of the pericardial cavity is a curved mass of spongy tissue,
lying under and about the inner side of the pericardium and ending

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399

immediately behind its postero-lateral corner. The intestinal lobe
(RK) is somewhat strap-shaped and extends well forward toward the
head. In color the right kidney is of a grayish brown tint, varying to
a buff shade. Histologically the tissue consists of minute pouches, or
acini, which open into small channels, these into larger ones, and so on
to the main ducts. The cells are of the usual cubical form, and are
crowded with pigmented waste products of granular appearance. I
have seen nothing in my material that seems to warrant any further
discussion of the tissue, which has been well described by others.

The reproductive system in Haliotis is interesting, among other things,
because of the lateness of its development, and the rapidity of the same
when once begun. Careful microscopical examination of small specimens
reveals at best only the slightest development or not even a trace of a
germinal epithelium. Even in specimens. 3 em. long the latter is
demonstrated with difficulty. In average-sized individuals, and
larger, the gonad is well developed, especially at the height of the
breeding season, which occurs early in the year. The testis is of a
cream color, the ovary aslaty green. There is practically no difference
in size between the glands of the two sexes, very nearly the entire sur-
face of the main visceral mass being covered by the organ.

In small specimens of H. cracherodii, of about 2 em. in length, the
whole of the visceral mass to the right of the pericardium, except one
small area (a portion of the stomach), is of a brownish color. This is
due to the extensive liver, which forms the horn-shaped portion of the
visceral mass, extending along the right posterior curve of the colu-
mellar muscle. At the left of the caecum the stomach is in contact
with the body wall, and projecting through the liver forms the i regular
whitish area noted above. Examined externally specimens fully 5
em. in length show no changes from the condition just described.
From this time forward, however, the development of sexual products
commences to manifest itself. The first outward indication is a gray-
ish tinge at the tip of the horn (of the visceral mass), which gradually
extends itself over the remainder of the liver. Individuals 6, or at
most 7, cm. in length possess a grayish coating entirely investing the
horn. This thickens, and in specimens 8 cm. long there is a well estab-
lished gonad extending to some extent over the main visceral mass.
As may be supposed, the thickest part is at the tip of the horn, where it
measures about 3 mm. in depth. The males and females of this size
exhibit practically no difference in gonad coloration.

Sections through the gonad of males andfemales between 7 and: 8
em. long revealed sperms or ova that while immature are in well

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

advanced stages of development. The ova were of oval form, and the
heads of the sperms were bacillus-shaped. Even under very high
powers no filaments could be detected, though they may probably
have been destroyed by reagents. The material, it should be added,
was collected early in October, while the breeding season does not begin
until some time in January or February. From the above it is evident
that H. cracherodii does not commence to breed until it is more than
9 em. in length, and it is certain that sexual activity begins at a some-
what earlier period with the males than the females.

In large specimens the gonad may attain as much as half an inch in
thickness along the posterior border of the columellar muscle. And
the cavity, only potentially present in early stages, becomes now very
clearly defined and of considerable size. Tracing it posteriorly and
then to the left one may discover the funnel-shaped gonoduct (GO’,
figs. 2,3,4,5, text fig. A). It bends somewhat to the left and narrows to
a flattened tube from 3 to6 mm. indiameter. This opens into the cavity
of the kidney, at the left border of the gonad, and the mouth is provided
with a flexible valve-like flap, which may serve to prevent the entrance
of any substances from the kidney. I have found ripe eggs and sperms
in the gonoducts of specimens taken the last of December. Perrier
(789) states that the gonoduct of Haliotis is closed except at the breed-
ing season, but this is certainly not the case in the two species studied
by me. In all stages the duct has been open and there was a free
passage from the gonad to the kidney. There was no organic obstrue-
tion even in specimens 2 cm. long. Fleure (’02) found ova in the peri-
cardial cavity of H. tuberculata, but this is probably an accidental
occurrence, since in the western species the sex products pass from the
kidney directly to the exterior.

The renopericardial canals of prosobranchs have of late been the
subject of much controversy, and at the present time the results of
various authors are decidedly conflicting. Working upon the Eu-
ropean species Wegmann (’84), Perrier (’89) and Erlanger (’92), besides
other investigators, found a left renopericardial canal only. Fleure
(02) examined the same species very carefully, but curiously could
find no Jeft canal, though he did demonstrate the existence of a right
canal. About the same time Totzaur (02) found both canals, but
neither of these investigators has given us any figures nor a detailed
account of these much discussed organs. Some time previous to the
reports of the above named authors, Haller stated that he had found
both canals in H. glabra, and was thus, so far as I am aware, the first
to report such a state of affairs for any species of Haliotida.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

Haliotis undoubtedly possesses two renopericardial canals. I have
been able to demonstrate their presence, in the two species under dis-
cussion in this paper, both macroscopically and microscopically. They
may be seen readily in material from upwards of 0.5 cm. in length
(the smallest specimens I had) to that over 13 em. long.

For a study of these canals it will be well to commence with a con-
sideration of sections through specimens about 1.5 em. long. The
first five figures should give one a fairly clear idea of the relations of
the renopericardial canals, pericardium, kidneys and gonoduct.?
Neither of the canals is very long, and both may be regarded as funnel-
like outgrowths of the pericardium. The left canal (RE) is, however,
much the wider, and can be followed far more readily in material
properly prepared.

The left renopericardial canal originates as a wide tube opening
into the pericardial cavity somewhat ventral to the point where the
rectum pierces the front wall of the same. Fig. 2 (RE’) shows the
mouth of this duct at the left lower corner of the pericardium, and that
of the right canal (REZ) at the opposite corner. The former takes an
oblique course along the side and floor of the papillary sac (LK), into
which it opens between the papille. Throughout practically its entire
extent it is lined with epithelial cells of moderate height apparently
totally devoid of cilia.

The right renopericardial canal (RE) is a more slender duct, extend-
ing towards the gonoduct (GO) from the inner, forward angle of the
pericardium. Its inner opening is relatively narrow and is situated
immediately beneath the right branchial sinus (fig. 2,8). At the right
of the pallial sinus (a branch of the branchial sinus) it may be seen
entering the side of the gonoduct (fig. 3). In fig. 5, which is six sec-
tions farther forwards, the gonoduct may be seen opening freely into
the cavity of the kidney at the point GO. In this connection it is to be
noted that the ventral wall of the gonoduct is very thin and extends
for some distance over the cavity of the kidney, unsupported by any-
thing except the body wall above it. The right renopericardial canal
in specimens of this size (1.5 em.) discharges into the left side of the
gonoduct, very close to the mouth of the latter—more so, in fact, than
is shown at GO in fig. A.

An examination of large specimens of Haliotis by gross dissection
did not at first appear to confirm the results given above. Accord-

? The sections shown in figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 of Pl. XXX were made parallel with
the line A-B of fig. A.

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

ingly similar sections were made through the same region in individuals
of both species, and neglecting individual variation the series showed
some interesting relations of organs decidedly unlike those just noted.
From the study of specimens of smaller size it was found that between
1.5 and 3 em. in length the renopericardial canal and gonoduct undergo
a considerable amount of displacement. By referring to fig. 4, repre-
senting a section through an individual 3 em. long, it will be seen that
the right renopericardial canal and gonoduct have their apertures facing
each other. Material of this size gave very satisfactory results with
both species, and a study of sections of animals from 1.5-3 em. long
made it readily possible to trace where these organs go in assuming the
adult condition.

In individuals 1.5 em. long the renopericardial canal, which opens
into the gonoduct near its end, gradually shifts forward to open by the
latter by a common lipped mouth. From this stage on the common
mouth of the canal and duct appears to change its position very little,
if at all. At the same time the gonoduct, in some inexplicable way.
forms for itself a second outlet into the kidney, a short distance away
from the original mouth. It is this last named opening that is shown
in fig. 4, and the one that in the adult serves for the discharge of the
sex products.

The above statements are interesting not only in themselves, but
they appear to me to explain certain other statements lately made.
Tobler (01) reported a second communication between the gonoduct
and kidney in Parmophorus, and was followed by Totzaur (02) with
the statement that he had found a similar state of affairs in Haliotis.
Neither of these investigators gives the point any explanation; never-
theless I believe both cases may come under the above interpretation.

Blood System.—In the following discussion of the organs of circula-
tion an attempt has been made to explain certain apparently incorrect
statements regarding this genus. Generally speaking the broader
features of the system are already known. The work of Milne Edwards
(47), Laeaze Duthiers and especially Wegmann (’84) have done much
to advance our knowledge along this line. Briefly reviewing their
work in the light of the California species, it may be said that the
heart is situated on the left posterior side of the visceral mass, a little
behind the mantle cavity. The two auricles open into the ventricle,
pierced by the rectum, and ventricular valves prevent the backward
flow of blood. A small anterior aorta (fig. D, Ao) supplies blood to a
portion of the mantle on the left side. The first part of its course is
upon the dorsal wall of the rectum.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

The lower posterior end of the ventricle originates the short common
aorta, which at its first branch bears amembranous valve. The visceral
aorta, arising posteriorly, bends beneath the posterior end of the visceral
mass, supplying blood to the stomach, liver, gonad and that portion of
the right kidney immediately behind the peritardium. The main artery
continues anteriorly, coursing along in the wall of the body just above
the epipodium. It soon develops the genital aorta, which proceeds
towards the columellar muscle, giving off branches to the alimentary
canal, right kidney, liver and gonad. It continues along the horn-

R. Kidney

Basi.'Sinus

|
Gills

Auricles

Fig. B.—Diagram of Haliotis circulation.

shaped portion of the visceral mass, branching freely through the liver
and gonad.

The main or buccal aorta bends in a gentle curve to the buccal mass,
developing, as it courses forward, branches to the viscera. The radula
and its sheath lie freely in its lumen (figs. C, D, BAo), and more ante-
riorly it originates a branch of moderate size, which, owing to the fact
that it supplies the great adductor muscle, may be known as the colu-
mellar artery (fig. D, Co). Reaching the head, the buccal aorta in-
creases in calibre to envelop the buccal mass, thus forming the buccal
sinus. Ventrally this sinus passes into the Junction of the two pedal

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

arteries (fig. D, Lpa), with which, by three short canals, the sinus
about the pleuro-pedal ganglia is brought into connection. The foot
is thus supplied by the above-mentioned vessels and by the neural
arteries surrounding the ventral nerve cords. The fact that so im-
portant a portion of the nervous system literally floats in a blood sinus
gives an excellent clue to this portion of the system in Haliotis. By
referring to fig. C it will be seen that the blood, having once gained the
sinus about the pleuro-pedal ganglia, is free to work its way about the
intestines, and to some extent the remainder of the viscera. The path
is not so unobstructed as one might imagine from the figure, but even
though a considerable amount of connective tissue does surround the
gut, it is nevertheless penetrated by numerous fairly well defined
channels.

Fig. C.—Section passing through front end of columellar muscle and pleuro-
pedal ganglia. Aps, anterior pedal sinus; Apn, nerves to front end of
toot; Lpa, lateral pedal artery; Mn, mantle nerves; @, cesophagus;
Pal.a, pallial artery; Pl+p, pleuro-pedal ganglia; Ps, pallial sinus; Rr,
radula muscle; Sub, Sup, sub- and supra-intestinal nerve. For explana-
tion of other letters see plate.

Following back along the cerebro-pleural and pedal connectives the
blood finds its path readily into the head cavity. This surrounds the
buccal cavity and lies between its wall and that of the head. In it the
cerebral ganglia are situated, together with the salivary and sugar
glands. It is somewhat indefinitely bounded, but it may be said that
it extends posteriorly beyond the hinder border of the sugar glands.
Its wall is of a spongy nature, permitting the blood to ooze out of the
head cavity into the visceral cavity. The latter is a true hemocele, as
reported by Woodward for Pleurotomaria. At the left upper and
posterior end of the head cayity there arises, by two or three roots,
the main pallial artery. Passing along the left side of the neck in the
body wall (fig. C, Pal.a), it turns somewhat to the left and enters the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405
extreme left edge of the mantle. Sending a branch anteriorly it bends
sharply posteriorly and follows the mantle border around the visceral
mass and up the right side. The sections show (figs. C, D, Pal.a) this
vessel on both sides of the body. The artery becomes difficult to trace
at the forward left side of the mantle which borders the columellar
muscle. This is the vessel which Milne Edwards and Wegmann describe
as a vein, but this is certainly an error, as it does not connect with the
visceral cavity, but with that of the head.

The foot of Haliotis varies somewhat from that of the Old World
species so far as the circulation is concerned. The single lateral pedal
artery of each side of the epipodium in H. rufescens (figs. C, D, Lpa)
is curiously enough represented in H. tuberculata, according to Weg-
mann, by two arteries, termed by him the superior pedal and inferior
external pedal arteries. The foot is pierced freely by blood sinuses,

Fig. D.—Transverse section through middle of columellar muscle of H. rujes-
cens. Ao, anterior aorta; Co, columellar muscle; G, G', gonad; K, anterior
portion of right kidney. For other letters see explanation of plate.

and injections pass with ease throughout its entire extent even from
arteries into veins or vice versa. It is therefore readily seen that the
blood of the foot is collected into a large median sinus, of which two
sections may be seen in fig. D, PS. At the front end of the foot this
makes a gentle bend upward immediately behind the pleuro-pedal
ganglia, and turning to the left along that side of the columellar muscle
proceeds posteriorly. Throughout the remainder of its course, this
sinus is partially imbedded in the anterior lobe of the right kidney
(fig. D, PS), which it drains while en route to the basi-branchial sinus.
Its lumen is of more than average size and may be readily followed. It
is therefore with questioning that one considers.Wegmann’s statement
to the effect that anteriorly this sinus in H. tuberculata empties into the

visceral cavity. Can there be such a radical difference between two
27

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

species of the same genus? Here again it is interesting to note that
Pleurotomaria and Haliotis rufescens agree, although Woodward, who
had very little material, was not entirely sure of his ground.

The basi-branchial sinus (Pl. XXX, fig. 6, Sz) is in reality but the
branchial end of the median pedal sinus, that receives also a few veins
(NV) from the right kidney. It is provided with a membranous valve
(V),which, like the aortic valve, has not been hitherto described, so far as
Tam able to learn. The former suggests a like structure found in the
Cephalopoda that likewise prevents a backward flow of blood from the
ctenidia. Reaching these last-named organs through the afferent sinuses
(Aj, Aj’) the blood is collected by the efferent vessels (figs. C, D, Ef),
and with that of the pallial sinuses passes to the auricles, together with
blood brought by several minor veins. Here, as in H. tuberculata and
some other prosobranchs, there is a well-developed sinus connecting the
two auricles.

Though difficult to demonstrate, it appears that the main venous
sinus, mentioned in the preceding paragraph, also partially drains
the visceral cavity and portions of the intestines. The kidney, espe-
cially the anterior portion, probably aids to a considerable extent in
the operation. But the larger part of the blood passing through this
organ is that distributed to the viscera, ete., by the visceral and genital
arteries. This is carried to the right kidney by a prominent sinus that
is seen lying at the border of the liver immediately behind the columel-
lar muscle, and above the genital artery. The blood is distributed
through the tissue of the kidney by means of a meshwork of fine vessels.
In conclusion it may be said that the blood from the papillary sac
drains into the basi-branchial sinus.

BIBLioGRAPHY.

Bouvier, E. L. Etude sur Organization des Ampullaires. Mém. publ. par la
Société Philomathique.

Ervancer, R. 1892. On the Paired Nephridia of Prosobranchs. Quart. Jour.
Mic. Sci., Vol. 33.

Fievure,H.J. 1902. Notes on the Relations of the Kidney in Haliotis tubercu-
lata. Ibid., Vol. 46.

Hauier, B. 1885. Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Niere die Prosobranchier,.
Morph. Jahrb., Bd. 11.

——. 1894. Studien iiber Docoglosse und Rhipidoglosse Prosobranchier, ete.
Leipzig.

LA E.R. 1881. On the Originally Bilateral Character of the Renal
Organs of Prosobranchs, ete. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), Vol. 7.

PELSENEER, P. 1898. Recherches morpholog. et phylog. sur les Mollusques
archaic. Mém. l’Acad. roy. des sci. de Belgique, T. 57.

Turere, J. 1897. Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Mollusken. Zeit. 7. w. Zool.,
Bd. 62.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

Tosier, M. 1901. Zur Anatomie yon Parmophorus intermedius Reeve. , Jen.
Zeit. fj. Naturw., Bd. 36.

Torzaurr, R. J. 1902. Nieren- und Gonadverhiltnisse von Haliotis. Zool.
Anz., Bd. 25.

Weemann, H. 1884. Contrib. & Vhistoire naturelle des Haliotides. Arch.
Zool. expér. (2), T. 11.

Woopwarp, M. F. 1901. The Anatomy of Pleurotomaria berichii. Quart.
Jour. Mic. Sci., Vol. 44.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

The following letters have been used in the explanation of the figures:

A, anterior aorta. IA, blood sinus of left kidney.
AO, main aorta. IC’, vestibule of right kidney.
BA, buccal aorta. LI, liver.
COL, columellar muscle. LU, left ureter.
EF, \eft efferent branchial sinus. PAL, right pallial sinus.
GA, genital aorta. R, rectum.
GO’, gonoduct. RE, RE’, renopericardial canals.
GO, gonoduct opening into right kid- R&A, RK’, kidney lobes.

ney. RU, right ureter.
I, intestine. VL, aortic valve.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.

Fig. 1.—Section through both kidneys of specimen of Haliotis rujescens, 1.5 em.
long, viewed posteriorly. HY, hypobranchial gland; JC, right kidney
cavity; RD, end of radula; ST, stomach.

Fig. 2.—Portion of H. rufescens showing pericardium, left kidney, sinus and
gonoduct. COL, columellar muscle; G, gonad.

Fig. 3.—Seventh section anterior to fig. 1. #, right efferent branchial sinus;
P’, right pallial sinus.

Fig. 4.—Section through right renopericardial canal and gonoduct of H. cracher-
odii, 3 cm. long.

Fig. 5.—Sixth section anterior to that shown in fig. 3, showing opening of gono-
duct into right kidney.

Fig. 6.—H. rujescens, dorsal wall of mantle reflected and basi-branchial sinus
opened. Aj, Aj’, right and left afferent branchial sinuses; HyG, hypo-
branchial gland; LCt, left ctenidium; LU, left ureter; M/C, mantle cavity;
NV, veins from right kidney; R, rectum; Si, branchial sinus; V, valve.

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY. OF [Sept.,

NOTES ON THE CIRRIPEDE GENUS MEGALASMA.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The genus Megalasma was instituted by Dr. P. P. C. Hoek' for a
pentaspidian barnacle dredged by the Challenger in the Philippine
Archipelago, which was said to differ from Pecilasma by haying the
umbo of the scutum situated on the occludent margin above the basal
angle, whereas in Pecilasma the umbo is at the basal angle, as in all
other Lepadine.

In my work on the cirripedes of the U. 8. National Museum,” I had
occasion to show that Pacilasma, as understood by Hoek and Gruvel,
consists of two series of species, (1) those with the sides of the carina
narrow (= Pecilasma Darwin), and (2) those with the sides notably
widened towards the base. Moreover, this second group differs from
Megalasma only by having the base of the scutum nearly at a right
angle with. the occludent border, while in the type of Megalasma the
basal margin has rotated through an are of about 90°, bringing it in
line with the lower part of the occludent margin. The position of the
umbo is morphologically the same in Megalasma and Pecilasma—that
is, at the base of the occludent margin proper, where this joins the
peduncular margin. The alleged elevation of the umbo on the ocelu-
dent margin in Megalasma does not exist. It is merely apparent on
account of the continuity of the occludent and peduncular margins, as
shown in fig. 2a, where the umbo is at w, the margin of the peduncular
orifice at po. In my opinion, therefore, the genus Pecilasma should be
restricted to species like those included by Darwin, while all forms with
the sides of the carina wide and the internal plate well developed must be
transferred to Megalasma. The mere change in the shape of the
secutum at the borders of the peduncular foramen is insufficient for the
separation of genera. ‘

Megalasma, in the limits here assigned, is distinguished from Peci-
lasma by the structure of the carina, which has wide sides near the base,
and a well-developed oblique plate or septum within the base, bridging
across the cavity of the carina, and terminating above in two projec-
tions or teeth. The species of Pecilasma chiefly live upon the cara-

' Challenger Report, VIII, Cirripedia, p. 50, 1883.
_,? Bulletin of the U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 60, p. 82, 1907.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409

paces of crabs, while Megalasma has been found mainly on sea-urchin
spines and upon other cirripedes.

Megalasma carinodentatum Weltner* was described from a single
example, and derived its name from the projection or tooth on the
roof of the carina. This projection, however, may very likely be patho-
logic, consequent upon an injury at the end of the carina when half
grown.

COMPARISON OF M. BELLUM AND M. MINUS.

M. bellum (Pils.)* is closely related to MW. minus Annandale. The
receipt of specimens of the latter, which I owe to the courtesy of Dr. N.
Annandale, of the Indian Museum, enables me to compare the two
species more thoroughly than has hitherto been possible, since the

Fig. 1—Megalasma minus Annand. Fig. 2.—M. bellum Pils. a, lateral, and
a, lateral, and b, ventral view, * 74. b, ventral view, X 4. u, umbo of the
po, margin of the peduncular orifice. seutum.

published figures show only the external aspect of the capitulum, and
the internal features have not been described or figured.

Megalasma minus and M. bellum are alike in general shape and in
sculpture, but differ in size and in various details of the scuta and

3 Sitzungs-berichte der Gesellschaft naturjorschender Freunde zw Berlin, Jahrg.
1894, p. 84.

* Pecilasma bellum Pilsbry, Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries, XXVI, p. 183,
pl. IV, fig. 6 (June 29, 1907). This paper was prepared in 1905, hence before
I knew of the existence of M. minus.

° Megalasma striatum subsp. minus Annandale, Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, ser. 7, XVII, p. 399 (April, 1906); Illustrations of the Zoology of the
Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship Investigator, Entomostraca, pl. I, fig. 8 (1907).

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

-earina. M.minusisslightly narrower than M. bellum throughout. The
dimensions of the type were not given by Dr. Annandale in his original
account, but the name implies that it is smaller than WV. striatum, which
has a capitulum 11 mm. long. The figure of his type, subsequently
published, is said to be enlarged six diameters, which would make
the capitulum about 9 mm. long. The largest specimen I have
seen, a 2 bearing a large mass of eggs, measures 6.5 mm. in length of
capitulum. 1. bellum attains a much greater size. The type is 14.5
mm. long, and I have seen a great number of specimens from many
localities with capitula from 12 to 15 mm. long.

Fig. 3.—a, internal view of the left scutum and tergum of M. minus, * 10, and
b, M. bellum, & 5.

The lateral borders of the peduncular foramen, in a lateral view of
the capitulum, are nearly straight in M. bellum (fig. 2, po), but in M.
minus these margins arch outwards more or less strongly (fig. 1, po).

The primitive valves, visible at the umbones, are convex, densely
cellular in both species, irregularly trapezoidal in outline, with sub-
parallel occludent and dorsal borders, the latter much the shorter. The
anterior (basal) end is squarely truncate, the posterior end oblique. In
M. minus the primitive valves measure 0.66 mm. long, 0.25 wide (pl.31,

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

fig. 9). In MW. bellwn the valves are a little wider, measuring 0.75 x 0.3
mm. In both species a ridge or angle close to the occludent border of
the scutum defines a narrow and nearly flat ventral area; and towards
the base a smooth sunken area separates the primitive valves and the
sculptured portions of the scuta, as shown in figs. 1b, 2b.

The scuta, when removed, are seen to differ in various respects.
The occludent border is more bowed in JV. bellum, and the basal por-
tion, below the umbonal tooth, is wider than in WM. minus. In both
species the umbonal tooth is stout and high in both valves. There is
no socket in the carinal margin for the reception of the tooth of the
carina, such as Hoek described and figured in I. striatum (see fig. 3).

Fig. 4.—M. minus, carina in ventral Fig. 5.-—M. bellum, carina in ventral
and lateral views. and lateral views.

The carina in /. minus (fig. 4) has much narrower sides, which are
more expanded at the baso-lateral angles. The basal margin has a
rounded median projection, and the articulating teeth are larger. In
M. bellum (fig. 5) the basal margin is simply arcuate. In other respects
the carine are similar. The shape of the base of the carina affects the
shape of the peduncular foramen, as viewed from the ventral side (see
figs. 1b and 2b). The difference of shape is equally pronounced if 1.
minus is compared with young specimens of M. bellum,of equalsize. In
M. minus the basal angles of the carina are more_produced, and spread
apart farther than in M. bellum. The septum across the cavity is situated

AI2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

higher than in species of the subgenus Glyptelasma, but otherwise the
carina is very similar to that of G. subcarinatum, etc. The carina of
M. minus illustrated (fig. 4) is 4.8 mm. long; that of 17. bellum (fig. 5)
is 7.3 mm. long. The terga are similar in general shape in M/. minus,
M. bellum and M. carinodentatum. In the former two there is a small
acute tooth on the scutal margin, near the occludent end. In M.
striatum the terga are much higher, and are pointed at the carinal end.

The pedunele is slightly longer in M. bellum than in M. minus,
though it is very short in both species.

In M. bellwm the first cirrus has rami of 8 segments, the outer ramus
broader, with the segments conspicuously convex and profusely spinose

Fig. 6.—M. minus, 7th and Sth seg- Fig. 7.—M. bellum, 10th and 11th seg-

ments of cirrus V.? ments of cirrus V.

on both marigns. The inner face is also profusely spinose. It is very
like the first cirrus of . striatum as figured by Hoek.® The inner ramus
is narrower, only the distal segments projecting laterally. The posterior
margins and inner face of each segment is spinose. The other cirri are
slender, with 16 to 19 segments. Except the basal and distal segments,
they have four pairs of large and one pair of small spines on the anterior
border of each segment, and a tuft of three or four unequal small spines
at the distal posterior angle of each segment (fig. 7, 10th and 11th
segments of cirrus V).

* Challenger Report, VIII, Cirripedia, pl. 2, fig. 9.
7 In this figure the cirri of M. minus are represented on a larger scale than those
of M. bellum. They are actually very much smaller.

a - a

att

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413

In M. minus the first cirri are formed about as in M. bellum. The
other cirri are comparatively more slender, with only three pairs of
long spines on the front margin of each segment, and a fourth very
minute pair below them. The posterior distal angle of each segment
has one long spine, a shorter one, and usually one or two minute spines
(fig. 6, 7th and Sth seements of cirrus V).

The cirri of MW. bellum resemble those of M. striatum and M. cari-
natum, while those of M. minus are like the cirri of M. gracile as
described by Hoek. It will be understood that in comparisons of the
cirri the intermediate segments are described, unless otherwise stated.
The distal and proximal segments generally have fewer pairs of spines
on the front margin. The second cirrus usually has additional spines,
variously arranged.

In M. minus the mandible (pl. 31, figs. 7, 8) has four acute teeth,
counting the lower point. The space between the upper and second
teeth is double that separating the other teeth. Below the lower tooth
there is a slender spine representing the lower point developed in most
species of Megalasma and Pecilasma, and shown enlarged in fig. 8.
Both upper and lower borders of the mandible have delicate spiny
fringes, the spinules in part arranged in pairs. The two mandibles are
alike in the example dissected.

The maxilla (pl. 31, fig. 6) has a deep notch below the upper pair of
arge spines. Below the notch the edge projects and is closely spinose,
as usual. The upper and lower borders are delicately fringed.

In M. bellum the mandibles (pl. 31, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4) resemble those
of M. minus, except in haying the lower point split into two teeth (figs.
3, 4) on one side of the individual examined, there being therefore five
teeth in all. The other mandible of the same individual has the lower
point split into four narrow teeth (figs.1,2). Part of the spines on the
surface, near the lower points, stand in groups of two or three, as
shown in the detail figs. 2 and 4. They also are in groups on the
upper edge of the mandible, but elsewhere stand singly. The surface
spines are drawn with camera in figs. 2, 4 and 8, but in the other figures
only the general effect is given.

The manilla (pl. 31, fig. 5) resembles that of 17. minus, except for the
somewhat greater protrusion of the lower part of the spinose edge.

The hermaphrodite form of M. bellwm has a long penis, sparsely
hairy, with a more profuse bunch of hairs at the distal end.

The individual of M. minus dissected contained a large egg-mass.
The eggs are ovate-piriform, 0.23 mm. long (pk.31, fig. 10).

Jt will be seen from the above descriptions and figures that while

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

related, M7. minus and M. bellwm differ in many details of structure, the
seuta, carina, cirri and mandibles all being diverse in the two forms,
which must be held specifically distinct. M. striatwm Hoek is related
to M. bellum by the cirri and mandibles, but differs in the terga and
the sculpture of the bases of scuta and carina, etc. It differs from M.
minus by the same characters of the plates, and also by the armature of
the cirri and to some extent in the mandibles.

MEGALASMA GRACILE AND M. GRACILIUS.

Megalasma gracile (Hoek) was originally deseribed (as Pecilasma
gracile) from a Challenger station off Sydney, New South Wales. Ihave
elsewhere called attention to the doubt attaching to material from this
station, owing to the mixture therein of molluscan species otherwise
known only from the Atlantic, with others known to be Australian.®
That Megalasma gracile was really from the Australian station is
rendered more probable by the discovery of several specimens in the
Indian Ocean by the Indian Marine Survey, as recorded by Dr. Annan-
dale.2 The western Atlantic MW. g. gracilius may prove to be identical
with Hoek’s form, vet in view of the wide geographic separation, and
of several minor differences in the plates, 1 have thought best to
segregate it as a subspecies. This course is likely to prove less injuri-
ous to science than an inconsiderate lumping of forms from widely
separated areas, without actual comparison of specimens. Dr. Hoek
has written well on this topic.'®

The cirri of W. gracilius differ somewhat from those of J. gracile as
described by Hoek.’ He states that the posterior pair of cirri have
segments “bearing as a rule four pairs of spines, the lowest pair of
which is very minute, the second pair minute.”

In M. gracilius the posterior cirri have five or six pairs of spines, the
lower pair minute, on the 6th to 10th segments; beyond that point
there are four pairs, then decreasing to three, and finally one or two on
the outermost segments. Cirri iii to vi are practically alike. Cirrus ii
has many additional spines, partly disposed in a row parallel to that on
the anterior border, partly arising along the distal border of each seg-
ment. The inner ramus is much the longer, composed of 15 segments,
the outer having 13 segments.

5 Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 60, p. 89.

* Records of the Indian Museum, I, pt. 1, p. 81.
° Challenger Report, VIII, Cirripedia, p. 145.

" Challenger Report, Cirripedia, p. 47.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

The mandible of M. gracilius is similar to Hoek’s figure of that of M.
gracile, the lower point being minutely bifid.

KXny ro Spectrs oF MEGALASMA.

a.—Peduncular margins of scutum and carina continuous with the
occludent margin, in the same direction, the umbo of the seutum
therefore above the basal angle of the plate. Indo-Pacific
province, . . oe (Megalasma s. str).
b.—A peduncular area on each side defined by a semicircular
ridge on the bases of scutum and carina; roof of the carina
very wide; width of scutum about two-thirds its length;
tergum triangular, the occludent margin about half the
length of the scutal. ee 11 mm. long. Philippine
Archipelago, Aw . . . M., striatum Hoek.
b’.—Peduncular area denaeal i a semicircular groove; width of
seutum slightly more than half its length; tergum quad-
rangular, the occludent margin about one-fourth as long
as the scutal margin. Capitulum 6.5 mm. long. Indian
Ocean, . . _.. M. carinodentatum Weltner.
b’’ —No distinctly Weaned peduncular area on the bases of scuta
and carina; scutum nearly twice as long as wide; occludent
margin of tergum about one-third the length of the scutal
margin.
c.—Basal margin of carina straight with a rounded median
projection, the sides narrower than in P. bellum;
lateral margins of the peduncular orifice arched for-
ward. Capitulum6.5to9mm.long. Segments of the
cirri with 3 pairs of large spines, 1 pair of very small
ones. AndamanSea, . . . MW. minus Annandale.
c’.—Basal margin of carina convex, deeply arched, the sides
wide; lateral borders of the peduncular orifice straight.
Capitulum 12 to 15 mm. long. Segments of cirri with
4 pairs of long spines, 1 pair of small ones. Hawaiian
islands,” =." B. . . MM. bellum Pilsbry.
a’.—Peduncular or basal margin of sfenlin making about a right angle
with the occludent margin, the umbo of the seutum at the baso-
ventral angle of the plate, . (subgenus Glyptelasma Pilsbry).
b.—Umbo of the carina projecting beak-like below the base of the
seutum, and making an angle with it.
c.—Basal margin of carina as long as the basal margin of the
scutum; internal basal plate long, lozenge-shaped;
sides wide in the lower half.
d.—Peduncle about one-third the length of the capitulum ;
basal margin of seutum half the width of carina
near its base. Capitulum 7mm. long. Off Aus-
tralia; Indian Ocean, . . . WM. gracile Hoek.

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

d’.—Pedunele extremely short; basal margin of scutum
about equal to the width of the carina; posterior
cirri with more numerous spines. Capitulum 11
to 12.7 mm. long. Off eastern United States,
M. g. gracilius Pilsbry-
c’.—Basal margin of carina shorter than that of the scutum;
internal plate short, wider than long; sides wide in the
lower third. Capitulum 19 mm. long. Off eastern
United States, . _ M. annandalei Pi ilsbry.
b’.—Umbo of the carina not produced below the basal margin of
the seutum.
c.—Occludent margin of scutum nearly straight; carina with
rather narrow sides, abruptly spreading and auriculate
at the base, the basal margin a straight line. Capit-
wum 15.5 mm. long. Off eastern United States,
M. rectum Pilsbry-
e’—Occludent margin arched; carina with wide sides and a
large internal basal plate, its basal margin V-shaped,
as seen from below.
d.—l.ength of capitulum three times its breadth, the base
narrow; scutum almost smooth. Length 14 mm.
Off Culebra and Ascension Islands,
M. carinatum Hoek.
d’—Length of capitulum twice its breadth; scutum
sculptured with spaced concentric ar OUR es and
fine radial impressions. Capitulum 16 to 25 mm.
long. Off eastern United States,
M. subcarinatum Pilsbry-

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXNI.

Figs. 1-4.—Megalasma bellum (Pils.). Mandibles and more enlarged lower
points of same.

Fig. 5—M. bellum. Maxilla.

Fig. 6—M. minus Annand. Mavxilla.

Figs. 7, 8.—M. minus. Mandible and its lower point more enlarged.

Fig. 9—M. minus. Outline of primitive shell and adjacent margin of the
scutum.

Fig. 10.—M. minus. Group of ova.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417.

OcroBErR 1.
ArtTuurR Erwin Brown, D.Sc., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Fifteen persons present.

The Secretaries, Librarian and Curators reported on the work of the
summer.

The Publication Committee reported that papers under the follow-
ing titles had been presented for publication since the last meeting:

“Notes on the Leaf Hairs of Lesquerella,” by E. G. Vanatta (May 23).

“Notes on Serranide,” by Henry W. Fowler (May 25).

“Orthoptera from Northern Florida,’ by James A. G. Rehn and
Morgan Hebard (June 12).

“Bertramia bufonis, a new Sporozoan Parasite of Bufo lentiginosus,”
by Helen Dean King (June 12).

“Moundville Revisited,’ by Clarence B. Moore (July 11).

“Crystal River Revisited,”’ by Clarence B. Moore (July 11).

“Mounds of the Lower Chattahoochee and Lower Flint Rivers,”
by Clarence B. Moore (July 11).

“Notes on the Ten Thousand Islands, Florida,’ by Clarence B.
Moore (July 11).

“The Embryology of Fulgur: A Study of the Influence of Yolk on
Development,” by Edwin G. Conklin (July 12).

“Notes on some Pacific Cirripedes,” by Henry A. Pilsbry (July 16).

“The Anatomy of California Haliotide,” by Clayton F. Palmer
(July 23).

“On the Synonymic History of the Genera Clava Martyn and
Cerithium Bruguiére,”’ by William Healy Dall (July 26).

“Orthoptera of the Families Tettigonide and Gryllide from
Sapucay, Paraguay,” by James A. G. Rehn (August 14).

“Notes on the Cirripede Genus Megalasma,” by Henry A. Pilsbry
(September 25).

“A Collection of Fishes from Victoria, Australia,” by Henry W.
Fowler (October 1).

28

418: > PROCEEDINGS OF THE AGADEMY OF. < [Oat.y!
The four papers by Mr. Clarence B. Moore will constitute the third
number of Volume XIII of the JourNnat of the Academy.

The deaths of Joseph E. Gillingham, 1906, and Angelo Heilprin,
July 17, 1907, members, and of Sir Joseph Fayrer, M.D., a corre-
spondent, were announced.

OcroseEr 15.
ArtHUR ERwIN Brown, D.Sc., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Sixty-six persons present.

The death of Anna T. Jeanes, a member, September 24, 1907, was
announced.

Dr. Henry LerrMan made a speculative communication on life in
other worlds, considering some of the data on which the assumption of
life elsewhere might be based. (No abstract.)

Dr. F. Creighton Wellman and Edgar T. Wherry were elected mem-
bers.

The following was ordered printed:

1907.] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419.

A COLLECTION OF FISHES FROM VICTORIA AUSTRALIA. © |
BY HENRY W. FOWLER. t sgl

‘The Academy has recently received through the Conchologi¢al
Department a collection of marime fishes from Victoria, Australia.
This collection was made by Mrs. Agnes I. Kenyon, of Melbourne, and
though reported in full in this paper, embraces a few specimens secured
in the southern Pacific which are listed in footnotes. Evidently most
all the others were obtained along the coast of Victoria. The entire
collection has been presented by the Conchological Department to the
Academy. Some of the specimens are in bad preservation.

SCYLIORHINID 3.
Catulus analis (Ogilby).
Four egg-cases agreeing with Dr. Waite’s figures. Besides these
there_are egg-cases of other sharks which I am unable to identify, and

which probably belong to the genera Heterodontus, Scyliorhinus and
Crossorhinus.

DASYATIDA,
Trygonoptera testacea Miller and Henle.

A tail with 2 spines and small dorsal agrees with Muller and Henle’s
figure. Two other large spines, the larger 10} inches long, probably
belong to some species of Dasyatis. Another tail with a well-developed
dorsal fin close in front of the spine belongs probably to Myliobatis.

CHIM 42RID Zh.
PSYCHICHTHYS subgen. noy.
Type Hydrolagus waitet sp. nov.

Differs from subgenus Hydrolagus Gill, in the entire or undivided
dorsal.

(Ydz7, ghost; éy@ss, fish; with reference to the vernacular given_to
these fishes in Australian seas.)
Hydrolagus waitei sp. nov. Fig. 1. 3

Head about 5; depth about 53; snout 14 in head; eye 64; width of
mouth 3; maxillary 34; interorbital space 3}; pectoral about 1+.

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Body elongate, well compressed, and tapering from head into a long
slender tail, though not filamentous. Greatest depth falls about origin
of pectoral.

Head large, compressed, its width about 24, and its depth nearly
equal to its length. Upper profile of head rather evenly convex, and
well inclined to base of dorsal spine, depression above eye probably
due to shrinkage. Lower profile of head forming a broad triangle at
lower symphysis of mandible. Snout long, broad, its greatest width
about 13 in its length. Eye small, rounded, high, or near upper profile
of head, and a trifle behind middle of its length. Mouth broad, trans-
verse, inferior. Lips thick and fleshy. Teeth evidently damaged.
At present upper jaw with 2 small approximated flat triangular lamin,
and posteriorly along each side of upper jaw a broad and also long
lamina extending far back. On each of these upper plates are 2 series

Fig. 1—Hydrolagus waitei Fowler. (Type.)

of slightly elongated obsolete asperous patches and well separated.
Mandible consisting of 2 trenchant strong plates, division or approxi-
mation at symphysis, and their edges entire. Maxillary covered above
more or less by skin of preorbital region, and its distal extremity falls
about half an eye-diameter anterior to front margin of eye.

Gill-openings small, inferior, below origin of pectoral and forming a
fold over isthmus well in advance of latter.

First dorsal inserted a trifle before origin of pectoral, and furnished
with a long strong spine, well compressed, its anterior edge sharply
trenchant, and its length a little greater than head, possibly an eye
diameter more. Posterior margins of dorsal spine with rather broad

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421

low trenchant keels, somewhat of spinescent form, and about 30 in
number. Origin of second dorsal (damaged) begins apparently a
little after origin of ventrals and extends back as a low, though also
apparently entire, rayed fin to caudal, where it is entirely separated.
It appeared to be about of even height throughout its length. Caudal
encircles tail, rather high above at first, or this about equal to eye-
diameter, and its length equal to dorsal spine. It gradually tapers to
end of tail above, though below is lowest anteriorly. Pectoral large,
broad, and apparently only reaching ventral. Ventral much smaller
than pectoral, and inserted apparently but slightly if any before tip of
latter, though apparently well before tip of depressed dorsal spine.

Color entirely faded in dried example to dull brownish.

Length about 12 inches.

Type, No. 33,119, A. N.S. P. Victoria.

This species resembles Chimera ogilbyi Waite, Rep. Thetis, 1898, p.
41, Pl. 11. It differs however in the dorsal spine being trenchant
along its anterior edge, serrated along its posterior edges and equal to,
or a trifle longer than, the head. Other differences may be seen in the
shorter snout, shorter pectoral, shorter caudal and apparently more
posterior insertion of the second dorsal. However these differences
may be accepted only provisionally, as it has been necessary to restore
the accompanying figure to some extent. The length of the dorsal
spine and tail are however undoubtedly points of difference. This
species differs from Hydrolagus colliei (Bennett) in the longer dorsal
spine, entire second dorsal and smaller eye. It is possible Chimera
ogilbyi is also a Hydrolagus, though the caudal is long, its tail could
hardly be considered filamentous like that of Chimera monstrosa
Linneus. It resembles Chimera monstrosa var. australis Hector,
Trans. Proc. New Zeal. Inst., XXXIV, 1901 (1902), p. 239, Pl. 14,
from New Zealand, but differs in the shorter tail and absence of the
anal.

(Named for Dr. Edgar R. Waite for his many excellent contribu-
tions to Australian ichthyology.)

CHEILOBRANCHIDZ:.
Cheilobranchus rufus (Macleay).
One example agreeing with Dr. Waite’s figuré in Rec. Austr. Mus.,
VI, No. 3, 1906, p. 195, Pl. 36, fig. 1.

MYRID A.
Murenichthys devisi sp. nov. Fig 2.
Head about 10 (end of tail damaged); depth at thorax 34 in head ;

1 mn ~ ape ¢ pine ery
422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Width ‘of head ees snout 44; gape 3; maxillary 24; eye 3} in snout;
interorbital space 2 ou

Body long, slender, compressed, and edges apparently convex.
Greatest depth at thorax, and otherwise trunk of about equal depth
throughout. ‘Tail long, slender, more or less compressed and tapering.
Head and trunk 14 in tail (damaged).

Head small, compressed, attenuated, and swelling into a rather
deep thorax. Jaws long, slender, and with upper a little more con-
vexly elevated than lower. Snout long; slender, its tip projecting well

Fig. 2.—Murenichthys devisi Fowler. (Type.)

beyond mandible, and its sides rather steep. Eye large, a trifle longer
than deep, its center falling about last fourth in space between tip of
snout and corner of mouth, and its lower margin close to edge of
mouth. Maxillary concealed, though projecting a little beyond pos-
terior corner of mouth. Mouth large, gapelong. Jaws slender, rather
narrow and furnished with rather large teeth. In upper jaw along
edges teeth biserial, and on vomer uniserial. Teeth in mandible at
first biserial a short distance from symphysis, and then uniserial,
though of somewhat irregular size. Teeth in upper jaw not quite so
irregular in size. Anterior nostril in a small tube near tip of snout,
and posterior a rather large pore on lower external margin of upper
lip just below front of eye. Interorbital space rather nartow and
convexly elevated.
Gill-opening small and a little low.

== ee

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493

Skin naked and smooth, without any scales. A few rather large
pores on'supper surface of head. Lateral line apparently continuous,
and rather superior along side of trunk.

Vertical fins only developed, low, dorsal and anal probably continu-
ous ? (damaged) around caudal. Dotadl inserted about first fourth of
space between gill-opening and vent. No pectoral.

Color of dried alcoholic largely faded brownish, upper surface all
mottled or specked with deeper brownish to dusky. Lower surface
of head and all of abdomen to vent pale immaculate brown. Tail all
specked like upper surface of trunk. Vertical fins all pale brownish. :

Length 5§ inches ? (caudal damaged).

Type, No. 33,120, A. N.S. P. Victoria.

This ‘species is closely related to Murenichthys breviceps Ginther,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), XVII, 1876, p. 401, from Tasmania. It
differs in the more anterior insertion of the dorsal fin.

(Named for Dr. Charles W. De Vis, who has contributed to the
ichthyology of Australia.)

fig. 3.—Murenichthys ogilbyi Fowler. (Type.)

Murenichthys ogilbyi sp. nov. Fig. 3.
Head about 113; depth at thorax 2% in head; width of head 34;
snout 44; gape 27; raasclieee 2; eye 24 in snout; interorbital space 2."
Body very long, slender, well compressed, and edges rather convexly
rounded. Greatest depth at thorax, and otherwise trunk of about more
or less equal depth. Tail Jong, slender, compressed and: tapering.
Head and trunk 1? in tail’ mee he : : eRe ech

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct.,

Head small, compressed, attenuated, and swelling into a rather deep
thorax. Jaws long, slender, and with equally convex surfaces above
and below. Snout long, slender, its tip projecting well beyond man-
dible, and sides not steep. Eye a trifle longer than deep, its center fall-
ing about last fourth in space between tip of snout and corner of |
mouth, and its lower margin close to edge of mouth. Maxillary
slender, concealed, and projecting about an eye-diameter beyond
posterior margin of eye. Mouth large, gape long. Jaws narrow and
furnished with rather large and more or less equal teeth, above along
edges at first triserial, or for a space about } length of snout, and then
biserial. Vomerine teeth biserial. Mandibular teeth at first, or about
first fifth of length of mandible, triserial, and then biserial, though
becoming irregular posteriorly. Anterior nostril evidently in a short
fleshy tube near end of snout. Posterior nostril opening in a fold of
upper lip about opposite anterior margin of eye. Interorbital space
rather narrow and convexly elevated.

Gill-opening small and a little low.

Skin naked and apparently smooth, without any scales. A few pores
on snout and head above. Lateral line apparently continuous, superior
along side of trunk.

Vertical fins only developed, low, dorsal and anal continuous evi-
dently around caudal? (damaged), and former inserted about first 7
in space between gill-opening and vent.

Color of dried alcoholic dark uniform brown, lower surface, ineclud-
ing head, lighter. Under a lens upper surface seen covered entirely
with minute dusky dots. Iris brownish. Vertical fins dull brownish.

Length 13% inches.

Type, No. 33,121, A.N.S. P. Victoria.

This species differs from the last chiefly in the biserial vomerine teeth,
triserial teeth in the upper jaw, and more posterior insertion of the
dorsal. From M. breviceps it differs in its triserial upper teeth. Like
Murenichthys nicholse Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., V, No. 3, 1904, p. 142,
Pl. 17, fig. 1, from Lord Howe Island, this species has a sac under the
throat. It differs however in the more anterior insertion of the
dorsal.

(Named for Dr. J. Douglass Ogilby, who has contributed much to
Australian ichthyology.)

EXOC@TIDA:.

Exocetus volitans Linnaus.
One small example agreeing with my Hawaiian material.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 425

ATHERINIDA.

Atherina presbyteroides Richardson.

Head 42; depth about 64?; D. IX-I, 1, 10, 1; A. I, 1, 12,1; P.«1, 10;
scales from gill-opening to base of caudal (guessed according to pockets)
at 45?; about 9? scales in a vertical series up from origin of ventral;
width of head 1{ in its length; pectoral 14; snout 3? in head measured
from tip of upper jaw; eye 24; maxillary 24; interorbital space 34.
Belly apparently not swollen. Snout short, obtuse as seen from above.
Hye large, high, a trifle anterior. Mandible protruding and rami
elevated a little inside mouth. Maxillary reaching a trifle beyond
front margin of eye, without teeth. Teeth in narrow bands in jaws
and a short narrow band across vomer. Interorbital space flat.
Ridge of preopercle nearly forming aright angle. Scales large, cycloid,
narrowly exposed in longitudinal series and loosely adherent. Head
and base of caudal scaly, otherwise fins naked. Spinous dorsal
inserted nearer tip of snout than base of caudal or a short space behind
origin of ventral, and spines all rather slender, flexible and second
longest. Rayed dorsal inserted nearer origin of ventral than base of
caudal or a little behind origin of anal, and first rays longest. Rayed
anal similar to last. Pectoral reaches about 14 to origin of spinous
dorsal. Ventral inserted a little nearer origin of pectoral than that of
anal. Vent about opposite base of last dorsal spine. Color in alcohol
faded brownish generally. A silvery band about 2 or 3 scales distant
from dorsal ridge of back from shoulder to base of caudal, rather
narrow after rayed dorsal and anal and bounded by a narrow leaden
line along its upper margin. Sides of head and iris silvery. Fins
plain pale brown. Length about 2 inches (caudal damaged).

This differs a little from the original account in the possession of an
additional anal ray and the depth of the body being a little less than
the length of the head.

MACRORHAMPHOSID 43.‘
Macrorhamphosus scolopax elevatus (Waite),
A small example agrees with young Italian examples of MW. scolopax.
Depth of body 24 in space between posterior margin of eye and base of
caudal, and dorsal spine about 2? in latter. Eye about 3 in snout.

LIMICULINA subgen. noy.
Type Centriscus humerosus Richardson.

Differs from subgenus Macrorhamphosus Lacépéde in the more

’ Fistularia petimba (Lacépéde) from Fiji.

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF = [Oet:,

posterior vertical fins, so that origin of spinous dorsal is close before

base of last dorsal ray, and in having the beak directed upwards.
(Limicula, an old name for the godwit, with reference to the upturned

beak.) a

Macrorhamphosus humerosus (Richardson).
One example.

SYNGNATHID &.’
CASTELNAUINA subgen. nov.
Type Solenognathus spinosissimus Giinther.

Differs from subgenus Solegnaihus Swainson in having the rings
with small low spines along their edges.

(Named for Count Francis de Castelnau, who studied the fishes’ of
Victoria.)

Solegnathus spinosissimus (Giinther).
Two examples.
Phyllopteryx teniopterus (Lacépide).

Four examples from Portland, Victoria.
Phyllopteryx elongatus Castelnau.

Two small examples appear to agree with Castelnau’s account, and
though the sexes are undetermined the greatest depth of the body is
about half the length of the snout. The spines on the snout are
laterally superior. Cutaneous appendages and end of tail black.
Portland, Victoria.

MACLEAYINA subgen. noy.
Type Hippocampus bleekeri: sp. nov.

Differs from subgenus Hippocampus Rafinesque in the long dorsal
the rays being about 28 to 31, while in the latter they are about 12 to 20.
(Named for Hon. William Macleay, the distinguished Australian
zoologist. )

Hippocampus bleekeri sp. nov. Fig. 4. ,

Head 1% in trunk, measured to gill-opening; depth of trunk 2 in its
length; width of trunk 54; trunk 2} in tail; D. 28; A. 5; P. 15; rings
12 + 48; depth of head, at coronet, 12 in its length; width of head
2%; snout 2; eye 84; base of dorsal 14; interorbital space 1} in eye.

Body elongate, moderately deep, trunk comparatively short and

? Syngnathus semistriatus (Kaup) and Stigmatophora nigra Kaup. Two speci-
mens representing these Australian species are listed from Fiji.

1907.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427
well compressed. Tail very long, slender, quadrangular and tapering
in a long point. “Be

Head moderately large, deep and compressed. Snout long, slender.
of more or less even depth throughout, and its greatest width about

Vig. 4—Hippocampus bleekeri Fowler. (Type.)

equal to greatest distal depth of muzzle. Eye small, high, a trifle
longer than deep, and its center falling slightly behind middle in
length of head. Mouth terminal, small, superior, and with thin jaws
slightly protruding above and below. Nostrils small, close to middle

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

of front rim of orbit. Interorbital space narrow, forming an isosceles
‘triangle, angle formed about 3 an eye-diameter anterior to eye.

Gill-opening about 2 in eye, vertical, and laterally superior on nape
near nuchal keel,

Coronet high, its upper surface slightly concave, with 2 lateral
tubercles, and an elevated prominence springing from ridge in front.
Below latter, on each side of head, a round tubercle. A slight tren-
chant keel at front of interorbital space longitudinally, and each side
of triangle separated from this though gradually springing up into a
high slender bony process above posterior margin of eye. A blunt
postorbital tubercle near eye. Shoulder-girdle with 3 large round
tubercles. A few fine radiating strie on opercle. From each supra-
orbital process a rather long slender cutaneous filament, 1 from anterior
process of coronet and 1 from each posterior process. Body-rings
mostly with concave surfaces, without spines, though ridges rather
minutely asperous and forming slight tubercles on those on trunk
more or less, though none distinctly enlarged at intervals. On tail
ridges are more or less obsolete, except those forming longitudinal
edges.

Fins rather small, with simple rays. Dorsal with long base, begin-
ning on posterior portion of ninth ring, and then extending on to third
caudal ring near its posterior margin. Anal small, short, in first ring
of tail. Pectoral with a moderately broad base, rays rather short.
Vent a little before anal.

Color in alcohol brown, more or less uniform, or darker mottlings
within each square evidently result of preservation. Opercular
region with some round blackish spots. However upper surface of
tail is marked by about a dozen transverse saddles, most distinct on

dorsal surface. Dorsal rather dusky.
Length, measured from tip of coronet to tip of extended tail, 9 inches.

Type, No. 33,122, A.N.S. P. Victoria.

Also another example in poor preservation. It has about 28 dorsal
rays, and has a similar long tail and comparatively moderately deep
trunk. Still smaller examples agree, though 2 at present are whitish
with minute brownish dots, visible only under a lens.

This species is related to Hippocampus abdominalis Lesson, but
differs at once in the longer snout and more contracted depth. Bleeker
has roughly figured the present species as H. abdominalis in Verh.
Kon. Ak. Wetensch., Amsterdam (Visch. Van Diemensl.), I, 1855,
p. 28, Pl., fig. 4, from Tasmania.

(Named for Dr. Pieter van Bleeker, who studied the fishes of Tas-
mania.)

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Hippocampus agnese@ sp. noy. Fig. 5.
Head 2 in trunk, measured to gill-opening; depth of trunk 12 in its

length; width of trunk 34; trunk about 2 in tail; D. 29; A. 3?; P. 17:
rings 12 + 47; depth of head, at coronet, 12 in its length; width of

Fig. 5.—Hippocampus agnese Fowler. (Type.)

head 2$; snout 23; eye 52; base of dorsal 1,1,; interorbital space 12 in
eye. az.
Body long, very deep, trunk very short and deeply compressed.

Abdomen in front forming a deep trenchant keel, undulate as seen in

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [Octes

profile. Tail very long, compressed at first or with its width a triffe
less than its depth, then soon becoming quadrangular, and tapeHitk
rather suddenly into a strong point. pl

Head small, deep and compressed. Snout short; robust, its least:
depth about midway in its length, and its greatest width about 1} in
greatest distal depth of muzzle. Eye small, a trifle longer than deep,
and its center falling a trifle before middle in length of head. Mouth
moderately small, terminal, superior, and with rather thin Jaws
slightly protruding above and below. Nostrils small, together, close
to middle of front rim of eye. Interorbital space narrow, concave,
forming an isosceles triangle, with angle about 3 an eye-diameter
anterior to eye. ;

Gill-opening about 2 of eye, vertical, and laterally superior on nape
near nuchal keel.

Coronet moderately elevated, forming a trenchant keel, which is very
slightly convex in profile and with a slight level space posteriorly at
summit. Ridge of coronet on each side anteriorly with a slight tu-
bercle and posterior edge with a slight tubercle also at each side. Below
former, on each side of head, a large elevated tubercle. A trenchant
and slightly elevated keel at front of interorbital angle, and each side
of triangle separated from this though gradually springing up into a
high broad bony process above posterior margin of eye. A very
obsolete postorbital tubercle near eye. Shoulder-girdle with 3 large
rounded tubercles. Opercle with many fine radiating strie. Head
without any filaments. Body-rings mostly with concave surfaces,
without spines, though ridges slightly asperous and forming slight
tubercles on those on trunk more or less, though none distinctly
enlarged at intervals. On tail ridges become more or less obsolete ,
especially towards tip, though those forming longitudinal edges distinct.

Fins rather small, with simple rays. Dorsal with long base, begin-
ning on middle of tenth ring, though appearing in profile close to its
anterior edge, and then extending on to fourth caudal ring, towards its
posterior margin. Anal small, short, just before ridge of third ring on
tail. Pectoral with a broad base and rays all rather short. Vent a
little before anal.

Color in alcohol faded dull brownish, head and ridges of rings all
pale. Lower side of head with some few brownish spots, all a little
smaller than pupil. Fifth, sixth and seventh, tenth, eleventh and
twelfth of body-rings, and third and fourth, ninth and tenth, thir-
teenth and fourteenth, seventeenth and eighteenth, twentieth, twenty-
first and twenty-second, and most likely beyond on tail, all deeper

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431

brown, than general color.. Dorsal brownish, spotted distinctly mae
dusky, edge of fin apparently not darker than elsewhere.

Length, measured from tip of snout to tip of extended tail, about
7?-inches.

Type, No. 33,123, A. N.S. P. Victoria.

Also another Cs with same data, a trifle smaller but agr eeing in
most all particulars.

This species is related to Hippocampus abdominalis Lesson from New
Zealand, but differs in the much shorter snout and absence of tentacles.

(Named for Mrs. Agnes F. Kenyon who collected the type.)

APOGONIDZ.
Mionorus ramsayi sp. nov. Fig. 6.

Head 24; depth 24; D. VIII, 7, 1; A. Il, 7, 1; P. 1, 12; V. 1, 5; scales
26 in lateral line to base of caudal ee 3 more on latter; 3 scales between
origin of spinous dorsal and lateral line; 3 scales between origin of
second dorsal and lateral line; / scales in a vertical series between
origin of spinous anal and lateral line; width of head 24 in its length;
depth of head at posterior margin of eye 11; mandible 13; third dorsal
spine 14; spine of per ed dorsal 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 21;
second anal spine 2,4;; first br anche anal ray (damaged) 12; pectoral
14; ventral 1; ventral spine 2; snout 44 in head measured from tip
of upper Jaw; eye 3; maxillary 13; interorbital space 34.

Body deep, well compressed, greatest depth at origin of spinous
dorsal, back elevated, edges of body apparently rounded, upper profile
anteriorly more inclined than lower, which is also a little more convex.
Caudal peduncle compressed, rather deep, and its least depth about
1} in its length.

Head large, very deep, well compressed, slightly convergent below,
lower profile a little convex and a trifle more inclined than upper, which
is straight. Snout short, its length 2 in its width, and surface convex.
Hye large, circular, close to upper profile and falling about first third
in head. Mouth large, well inclined, and mandible slightly protruding
in front. Maxillary long, well inclined, slightly curved up, and reach-
ing beyond posterior margin of pupil slightly, though not quite to
posterior margin of eye. Distal expansion of maxillary nearly equals
diameter of pupil. Teeth in bands in jaws, small, short, simple and’
rather even. Small teeth on vomer and palatines. Nostrils together
on skle of snout above. Interorbital space depressed or flattened!
Ridge and margin of preopercle slightly uneven, though not serrated:
and former inclined a little posteriorly. Opercle without spine.

432) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Gil-opening extending forward opposite anterior margin of pupil:
Gillvakers slender, pointed, about equal to diameter of pupil, and
2? + 8? in number. Filaments rather short, apparently a little
shorter? than rakers. Isthmus forms a long narrow slender trenchant
keel.

Seales large, conspicuously etenoid, and in series above lateral line
parallel with its course, and below in horizontal series. Head scaly,

Fig. 6.—Mionorus ramsayi Fowler. (Type.)

about 2 series on cheek (according to pockets), and scales on opercles
large. Between bases of ventrals a series of 2 large scales and its
length a trifle over a third of fin. Base of ventral scaly in axilla, A
few seales on base of caudal, and other fins all naked. Lateral line and
its course concurrent with dorsal profile. ‘Tubes simple, and extend-
ing well over scales.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433

Origin of spinous dorsal about opposite posterior margin of opercle
or much nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, third spine longest,
first shortest, and last much shorter than second. Rayed dorsal with
its origin about midway between posterior margin of eye and base of
caudal, and anterior rays highest. Rayed anal similar, and depressed
fin reaching base of caudal. Second anal ray longer, and origin of
spinous anal a little nearer posterior margin of eye than base of caudal.
Caudal (damaged) probably rounded? Pectoral long, reaching a little
beyond origin of rayed anal or a trifle more than half way to base of
caudal, and upper median rays longest. Ventral inserted a trifle before
origin of pectoral and reaching a little beyond tip of depressed pectoral,
first ray longest. Vent close in front of anal.

Color faded in alcohol largely dull brown, scales everywhere min-
utely and obscurely specked or dotted with slightly darker. Iris slaty.
Fins all pale brown. Spinous dorsal and ventrals blackish, especially
so distally.

Length 1? inches (caudal damaged).

Type, No. 33,124, A.N.S.P. Victoria.

This species resembles Apogonichthys darnleyensis Alleyne and
Macleay, but differs in the absence of minute serree on the edges of the
preopercle, and coloration. From Apogonichthys adspersus Castelnau
it differs in fewer scales and more dorsal spines. From Apogonichthys
longicauda De Vis, from Queensland, it differs in having the second
dorsal spine much longer than the first, proportions of head and
depth and coloration.

(Named for Dr. E. Pierson Ramsay, the well-known Australian
naturalist.)

ENOPLOSID Ai.

Enoplosus armatus (White). ‘‘Old Wife.”’
One example from Sorrento, on the coast of Victoria.

HAMULIDA.
Terapon ouvieri (Bleeker).
_One young.
POMACENTRIDZA.
Tetradrachmum aruanum (Linnus).
One example.
LABRIDZ.

r

Lepidaplois richardsoni sp. noy. Fig. 7. >
Head 34; depth 22; D. XII, 11; A. IIT, 10,1; P. 1, 16; V. I, 5; scales
29

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Oct.,

31 in lateral line to base of caudal and 3 more out on latter; 7 scales
obliquely back from origin of spinous dorsal to lateral line; 6 scales
obliquely back from origin of rayed dorsal to lateral line; 12 scales in a
vertical series between origin of spinous anal and lateral line; width
of head about 2 in its length; depth of head at posterior margin of eye
about 12; snout 3; eye 33; maxillary 24; interorbital space 34; first
dorsal spine 53; twelfth dorsal spine 3; third dorsal ray about 2};
third anal spine nearly 3; fourth anal ray 23; least depth of caudal
peduncle 13; caudal about 12; pectoral (damaged) 12?; ventral
(damaged) about 12?

Body well compressed, comparatively short and deep, with greatest

Vig. 7.—Lepidaplois richardsoni Fowler. (Type.)

depth about midway in entire length of fish, edges convexly rounded,
and profiles similar. Predorsal region converging a little above, but
its edge not trenchant. Caudal peduncle deep, compressed, and its
length about 4 its least depth. ;

Head moderately small, well compressed, and profiles each nearly
straight, or sloping down in front till about midway in depth of head,
so that muzzle is somewhat attenuated. Snout rather conical, its
width at base about 14 in its length. Lye a trifle longer than deep,
high or close to upper profile, and its center falling a trifle anterior in
length of head. Mouth narrow, rather long, and jaws of about equal
length in front. Maxillary long, well concealed above or only its lower

pacett ney gee Seong een

\

a oan

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435

portion rather narrowly exposed, and reaching a trifle beyond front
margin of eye. Teeth in jaws strong, uniserial, conic, and with 4
canines in front of each jaw slightly directed forwards. Of upper
canines all are of about uniform size, though of lower 2 median are a
little smaller than outer, Lips thin and little fleshy. Nostrils close
together near upper front margin of eye, and anterior a trifle larger.
Interorbital space moderately broad, depressed and but slightly ele-
vated convexly. Preorbital moderately broad, its least width about 2
in horizontal diameter of eye. Posterior margin of preopercle nearly
straight and very slightly inclined forward, its edge very finely ser-
rated.

Gill-opening extending forward about opposite middle of eye.

Seales large, cycloid, broadly exposed, and becoming smaller
towards edges of body, on head and bases of fins. On costal region
and middle of side of trunk scales largest. Of head muzzle and inter-
orbital space naked. Preorbital and infraorbital with a number of
short flutines of tubes radiating from lower margin of eye. Scales on
opercle a little larger than elsewhere on head, and those on cheek in 9
series. Along bases of vertical fins scales rather large, and but slightly
reduced on base of caudal. Lateral line continuous, rather high, con-
current with dorsal profile, then dropping down on side of caudal
peduncle till about midway in depth of latter, and continued well out on
base of latter. Tubes slender or rather attenuated, persisting to
posterior edge of scale, and usually simple or only very slightly rami-
fied or arborescent.

Origin of spinous dorsal nearer origin of rayed dorsal than tip of
snout, or a little behind that of pectoral, and anterior spines graduated
up till about midway in length of fin, after which they are more or less
subequal with last longest. Margin of spinous dorsal deeply notched
between tip of each Spine, and membrane forming a slight cutaneous
flap projecting slightly after though close behind tip of each. Rayed
dorsal much shorter than Spinous, insertion of fin about midway
between origin of spinous fin and base of caudal, radii all more or less.
subequally high, except last few which are shorter, and posterior edge
of finrounded. Anal spines graduated up from first which is shortest,
origin of fin a little before that of soft dorsal, and margin notched with
slight flaps like those of spinous dorsal. Rayed anal similar to rayed
dorsal, and inserted very slightly anterior to origin of latter. Caudal
(damaged) apparently truncate, with corners pointed? Pectoral
(damaged) apparently rounded, with upper rays longest. Origin of
ventral about opposite that of pectoral, with spine about 2 in length of

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

fin, and entire length of latter reaching about } to origin of spinous
anal. Vent evidently close in front of latter.

Color of dried skin faded very pale brown generally, back and upper
surface of head scarcely darker. On membrane of spinous dorsal
between first and second rays and extending apparently a little over
second spine a deep brown blotch a little smaller than eye. On
back below bases of posterior dorsal rays and upper surface of caudal
peduncle anteriorly, a blackish-brown blotch, very conspicuous, and
extending horizontally forward to lateral line till about opposite origin
of rayed dorsal. From anterior side of tip of snout to eye, then con-
tinued back from posterior margin of latter a little inferiorly along
upper side of head and fading out on front of back below lateral line,
a deep brown band, its width about equal to half a vertical eye-diam-
eter. From upper surface of tip of snout a band is given off on each
side, including nostrils where a lower ramification extends to eye, and
is continued from upper posterior margin of latter parallel with one
below, fading out on front of back. This band is also nearly as broad
as one below and equally distinct. Rest of upper surface of head with
several still narrower and slightly wavy bands or streaks of same color,
though a little indistinct. From end of maxillary a narrow deep
brown streak extends back over cheek below, passing over angle or
corner of preopercle towards lower base of pectoral. Fins otherwise
than noted all pale uniform brownish. Iris dusky.

Length about 44 inches (caudal damaged).

Type, No. 33,125, A.N.S.P. Victoria.

This species is closely related to Lepidaplois bilunulatus (Lacépéde)
as figured under Cossyphus bilunulatus Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., 1, 1862, p.
160, Pl. 38, fig. 3, from Amboyna. It differs however from Bleeker’s
fish in having about 5 longitudinal dark bands converging on the upper
half of the head, and a much narrower streak extending back from the
maxillary to the corner of the preopercle. There are also no posterior
canines such as Bleeker shows. From Lepidaplois alboteniatus
(Valenciennes) as figured by Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish
Comm., XXIII, pt. 1, 1903 (1905), p. 278, Pl. 24, it differs’in having
broader bands above the inferior orbital one.

(Named for Sir John Richardson, among the most accurate of the
early writers on Australian fishes.)

Coris dorsomacula sp. noy. Fig. 8.

Head about 3%; depth about 33; D. LIX, 12; A. III, 12; P.1, 11; V. I,
5; seales 5 in lateral line to base of caudal and 4 more on latter (with
tubes); 4 seales obliquely back from origin of spinous dorsal to lateral

Ee ae

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 437

line; 4 scales obliquely back from origin of rayed dorsal to lateral line;
17 scales in a vertical series between origin of spinous anal and lateral
line; 7 scales from middle of upper surface of caudal peduncle obliquely
back down to lateral line; 7 scales from middle of lower surface of
caudal peduncle obliquely forward to lateral line; width of head prob-
ably about 2 in its length; depth of head at posterior margin of eye
about 14; snout, measured from tip of upper jaw, 3; eye 4; maxillary 4;
interorbital space about 44; first dorsal spine 44; ninth dorsal spine 22;
fourth dorsal ray nearly 2; third anal spine about 44; first anal ray
about 23; eleventh anal ray 2; least depth of caudal peduncle about
$; pectoral about 12; ventral 12.

Body well compressed, elongate, contour rather fusiform with

similarly convex profiles, greatest depth about midway in its length,

RY) ie
es

Fig. 8.—Coris dorsomacula Fowler. (Type.)

and edges rather narrowly convex, though apparently not trenchant.
Caudal peduncle rather deep, well compressed, and its least depth
about equal to its length.

Head moderately small, compressed, sides apparently flattened, and
upper profile a little more convexly inclined than lower. Muzzle conic,
attenuated. Snout rather long, its surface convex, and its width equal
to its length, inclusive of upper jaw. Mouth horizontal, falling a little
below center in depth of head, and rather small. Teeth conic, uni-
serial, and becoming enlarged anteriorly in jaws, where they form 4
rather large canines both above and below, median 2 of each series a
little larger than others. Anteriorly teeth are-all directed a little for-
wards, especially enlarged canines. Lips apparently rather thin.

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Oct.,

Nostrils superior on side of snout near upper anterior margin of eye,
and posterior much larger than anterior. Interorbital space depressed
_or slightly flattened, only sides a little elevated. Width of preorbital
about 4 of eye. Posterior margin of preopercle inclined very slightly
forward.

Gill-opening moderate.

Scales rather large, thin, disposed in longitudinal series parallel with
lateral line, becoming slightly smaller towards edges of body, on breast,
predorsal region and base of caudal. Head, and all fins, except base
of caudal, naked. Lateral line superior, concurrent with the dorsal
profile of back till below posterior portion of rayed dorsal when it
descends till midway on side of caudal peduncle, and then extending
straight to base of caudal. Tubes simple, large, and on anterior or
elevated portion of lateral line all bent up, though all extending rather
close to margins of scales. On side of caudal peduncle tubes are
horizontal. On preorbital and limb of preopercle are some short
radiating flutings. A series of pores along infraorbital.

Origin of spinous dorsal about midway between tip of upper jaw and
base of first dorsal ray or apparently a trifle before origin of pectoral.
spines slender, firm and graduated up from first which is shortest, and
margin of fin apparently entire. Origin of rayed dorsal a little nearer
posterior margin of eye than base of last dorsal ray, and anterior rays
a little shorter than last, and margin of fin a little convex. Origin of
spinous anal about midway between tip of snout and base of caudal
or about opposite origin of pectoral, spines small, slender, firm and
graduated from first to third, which latter is longest and margin of fin
entire. Rayed anal similar to rayed dorsal, except posterior rays
seem a little longer than anterior. Caudal (damaged) probably with
posterior margin convex? Pectoral moderate, upper rays longest.
Ventral inserted about opposite origin of pectoral, though apparently
not quite reaching vent. Ventral spine slender, about } length of fin.
Vent close in front of anal.

Color when dried in aleohol faded largely dull brownish. A pale or
dull grayish streak extends-from iower preorbital region up to lower
margin of eye, then back from latter towards shoulder, though giving
off a branch towards base of pectoral. From under surface of mandible
at its articulation extends back convexly over cheek, crossing pos-
terior margin of preopercle just above its angle, and finally decurves
over lower portion of opercle. A pale streak along lateral line for
greater part of its course superiorly, and paler or lighter anteriorly.
Trunk with pale and darker vermiculations, especially contrasted on

a

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439

costal region. Rayed vertical fins all with traces of dusky blotches
or spots, though now obscure. A jet-black blotch at bases of last
dorsal rays. Iris brownish.

Length 42 inches (caudal mae

Type, No. 33,126, A. N.S. P. Victoria.

This species is very ce related to Coris venusta Vaillant and
Sauvage from Honolulu, but differs in the jet-black blotch at the bases
of the last two dorsal rays. It approaches most closely the figure of
Hemicoris remidius Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XIX, 1899
(1900), p. 49, fig. 5, also from Honolulu, which is thought identical
with Coris venusta.

(Dorsum, back; macula, spot; with reference to the black spot at the
bases of the last dorsal rays.)

MONACANTHID&A.*
Brachaluteres trossulus (Richardson).
One small example.
Osbeckia scripta (Gmelin).
One young.

DIODONTID&.
Diodon blochii Castelnau.
One example.

OSTRACIID 4!
Aracana aurita (Shaw).
One large example.
Aracana flavigastra (Gray).
Four specimens agreeing with Richardson’s figure.
Aracana ornata (Gray).
Two fine examples.

TETRODONTIDA.
Spheroides richei (Fréminville).
One example with 3 dark or blackish saddles over the back.
Tetrodon nigropunctatus Schneider.
One example of deep chocolate-brown color and fins all with pale
creamy tints. Spines over body of moderate length.

3 Chetodon lunula (Lacépéde) from the Hawaiian Islands.

4 Ostracion concatenatus Bloch, Ostracion lentiginosus Schneider and Ostracion
cornutus Linnzus from “South Sea Islands.”

§ Remora remora (Linnzeus) from New Zealand.

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,.

TRICHONOTIDZ.
LESUEURINA gen. nov.
Type Lesueurella platycephalus sp. nov.

Differs from Hemerocetes Valenciennes in the absence of the spine
at the anterior termination of each maxillary, the insertion of the
dorsal posterior to that of the anal, and the protruding mandible.

(Named for Charles Alexandre Le Sueur, the first to study the fishes
in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.)
Lesueurina platycephala sp. noy. Fig. 9.

Head 44; depth 7; D. 32; A. 37; P. 16; V. I, 5; 42 scales in lateral
line to base of caudal; 5 scales obliquely back from origin of dorsal to
lateral line; 8 scales obliquely up behind from origin of anal to lateral

Fig. 9.—Lesueurina platycephala Fowler. (Type.)

line; width of head 1 in its length; depth of head 2; twenty-ninth dorsal
ray about 3; thirty-third anal ray 2%; pectoral (damaged) about 1;
ventral (damaged) 1]; least depth of caudal peduncle 3}; snout 4% in
head measured from tip of upper jaw; eye 6; maxillary 2¢; interorbital
space 5. :

Body elongate, well compressed, and becoming depressed anteriorly,
so that greatest width which is at posterior margin of preopercle is a
little more than greatest depth of body. Greatest depth of body
towards end of depressed pectoral, and trunk sloping back gradually
from this point to least depth of caudal peduncle with similar straight
profiles. Predorsal region broadly convex. Caudal peduncle well
compressed, deep and short.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 44]

Head broad, depressed, in lateral profile appearing attenuated, and
when viewed above its greatest width at posterior margin of preopercle
or about last third of its length. Anterior profile as seen from above
convex, though rather narrowly constricted. Snout broad, short, its
anterior profile broadly convex as seen from above, and its length 12
in its width at front margins of orbits. Hye small, superior, a little
longer than deep though rounded, and its center falling about first
fourth in space between tip of snout and posterior margin of opercle.
Mouth large, broad, and mandible projecting well beyond tip of upper
jaw in front. As seen below mandible is broadly convex around front
profile, or its width about 14 in its length. Maxillary narrow, reaching
back till opposite posterior margin of eye, and its distal extremity
slender or forming a point below. Rather narrow bands of small
slender pointed teeth in jaws. Similar teeth in two widely separated
short narrow bands or series on each side of vomer in front, each of
these close behind band in jaw. On each side of roof of mouth also a
similar band or series to those on vomer, though a little further from
band around edge of jaw. Roof of mouth otherwise edentulous.
Tongue rather large, broad, depressed, rounded in front and apparently
little free. Nostrils (damaged) apparently similar, close together
directly in front of eye. Interorbital space narrow and flattened.
Top of head posterior to eyes broad, very slightly convex to nearly
flat, and from upper sides rather converging below to branchiostegal
region, though at this point, and across isthmus, rather broadly
depressed. Posterior margin of preopercle entire and convex. Pre-
orbital and infraorbitals rather roughly rugose.

Gill-openings large ,and extending well forward. Gill-rakers not
now evident and filaments also probably dried. Isthmus rather nar-
rowly triangular, and with lower surface forming a short trenchant
keel.

Seales large, distributed over most of head and all of trunk, and on
latter forming longitudinal series parallel with lateral line. Seales on
head rather small, and extending down on cheek and opercle. On
trunk scales on predorsal region and belly are smaller than elsewhere.
Seales all thin, broadly exposed, with entire margins and without
corrugations of any kind. No scales on fins (caudal damaged and
therefore not determined). Lateral line continuous, a little superior
at first or till after tip of pectoral, then midway along side of trunk to.
middle of base of caudal, and composed of long and rather well exposed

tubes. =
Dorsal long, its insertion well behind that of anal or near first third

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF - [Oct.,

in entire length of fish, and first rays graduated up, after which they are
all more or less equal, or only last 1 or 2 graduated down a little shorter.
Anal inserted about last 2 in space between origins of ventral and
dorsal. Caudal (damaged) probably slightly convex? Pectoral
(damaged) reaching a little beyond origin of dorsal, upper median
rays evidently longest, margin of fin rounded and bases of lower rays
extending well forward towards base of ventral. Ventral inserted
at last fourth in length of head, and reaching a trifle beyond origin of
anal. Vent close in front of anal.

Color in aleohol of dry example faded pale brownish more or less
generally. Back a trifle darker in tint than lower surface, and over
upper surface of head and predorsal region especially sprinkled with
small deeper or darker brownish specks or dots. Lower surface of
head and belly at least immaculate. Fins all dull brownish. Iris
pale yellowish-brown.

Length (without damaged caudal) about 3,4; inches.

Type, No. 33,127, A. N.S. P. Victoria.

Only the above example.

(Mach, broad ; z¢¢ad7, head.)

CALLIONYMID&A.
Callionymus papilio Ginther.
Two examples.

URANOSCOPID&.
Kathetostoma leve (Schneider).
A head is most likely this species.

BLENNIIDZ.
Cristiceps australis Valenciennes.
One example.

Blennius victorie sp. noy. Fig. 10.

Head 34; depth about 4; D. XV, 16; A. 1, 19; P. 14; V. 2; width of
head 12 inits length;depth of hedd 14; snout nearly 3; eye 4; maxillary
22; interorbital space 1}; first dorsal spine 24; eighth dorsal ray 2};
first anal ray about 4; eighteenth anal ray 23; least depth of caudal
pedunele 3£; caudal 12; ninth pectoral ray 14; length of ventral 14.

Body elongate, well compressed, so that towards edges of back or
dorsal, and lower surface of trunk posterior to vent or towards anals,
it is decidedly convergent. Anterior upper profile slightly elevated
convexly, so that greatest depth falls at this point. Caudal peduncle

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443

compressed, and its length as measured to base of last dorsal ray 4
its least depth.

Head large, deep, or with greatest depth of entire body falling at
origin of ventral, and upper profile at first very steeply inclined up from
tip of snout till above front of eye, and then slightly inclined to origin
of dorsal. Snout rather broadly convex over surface, so that its
width is a little greater than its length. Eve large, circular, close to
upper profile, and placed about first third in head. Mouth large, low,
with gape reaching about opposite middle of eye. Lips broad, upper
more so thanlower. Teeth uniserial, slender, pointed, close-set, equal,
and each jaw, both above and below posteriorly, with an enlarged
canine slightly recurved posteriorly. Maxillary more or less con-

Fig. 10.—Blennius victoria Fowler. (Type.)

cealed posteriorly. Preorbital moderately broad, its least width
about 13 in eye. Nostrils small, close together near middle of front
rim of eye, and of about equal size. Interorbital space narrow, its
width about 2% in eye, and very slightly concave. Median line of
cranium slightly trenchant, or with a slight keel.

Gill-opening large, lateral, and with membrane as a fold over broad
isthmus, this point about midway in length of head.

Skin naked and apparently smooth. Lateral line of simple tubes,
superior at first or for about first # in length of trunk, then sloping
down till about lower 2? in depth of trunk at that point. About 20
tubes, each opening in a pore, in anterior curved portion of lateral
line, and about 9 tubes continued back in a straizht series anteriorly.

Origin of spinous dorsal nearly midway between origin of pectoral

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

and posterior margin of eye, spines all more or less subequal with
flexible tips, and edge of fin emarginate. Origin of rayed dorsal a
little nearer that of spinous fin than base of last dorsal ray, rays a little
higher than spines, edge entire, and fins continuous with spinous por-
tion. Anal preceded by 2 spines scarcely distinguishable from rays,
second a little longer than first, and origin of latter about opposite
origin of rayed dorsal. Anal rays rather shorter anteriorly or with
longest posteriorly, and margin of fin notched. Caudal with median
rays longest, and fin rounded. Pectoral broad, lower rays with free
tips and median rays longest, and reaching vent. Ventral jugular,
falling about opposite last ? in length of head, with a long slender spine
flexible at tip reaching about 1? to origin of spinous anal. Ventral
rays large, long and thick. Vent close in front of anal.

Color in aleohol rather dark brown generally, lower surface scarcely
paler. About 7 pairs of broad deep brown or dusky vertical bars
from dorsal profile, and somewhat reflected on bases of dorsals. Each
dark bar is really a double vertical series of several blackish spots,
and below lateral line they become obsolete. On side of trunk be-
tween dark vertical bars are very pale small yellowish to grayish spots,
these obscure and rather irregular. In pale areas on lower side of
abdomen several pairs. of broad short dusky vertical bars, inter-
spaces noticeably pale. Above base of anal they are short with
whitish spots or blotches distributed usually alternately to dark
dorsal markings. Fins all faded more or less pale brownish. Iris dull
slaty-brown, pupil brown. ,

Length about 2} inches.

Type, No. 33,128, A.N.S. P. Victoria.

Also 2 other examples with same data. They agree in most char-
acters and have the whitish lateral markings distinct.

This species seems to be related to Blennius tasmanianus Richard-
son, but has more dorsal spines, and has no orbital or nasal tentacles.
B. tasmanianus is also different in color, as it is said to be brownish-
gray dotted with brown and the head and vertical fins blackish.

(Named for Victoria in southeastern Australia.) :

GOBIESOCIDZ:.
Diplocrepis costatus Ogilby.
One example.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445

NOVEMBER 5.
ArtTHUR Erwin Brown, D.Sc., Vice-President, in the Chair.

One hundred and eight persons present.

The death of Charles Mohr, M.D., a member, October 31, 1907, was
announced,

Notes on Minerals—Mr. F. LyNwoop Garrison, exhibiting speci-
mens, remarked that Nos. 1 and 2 were copper ore, composed of
bornite, chalcopyrite in a hard, dense rock, determined microscopically
to be a tuff. These ores occur near the town of San Christobal, in the
island of Santo Domingo, West Indies. There are at this place two
classes of copper deposits, one in veins or mineralized zones carrying
quartz and running in a definite direction through the country rock
(tuff). The other class is made up of segregations of chalcopyrite and
limonite in the tuff, and mostly located near the contact of the tuff
and the Cretaceous limestone. The two localities in which these
different ores occur are about a mile apart. A description of these
deposits with a scientific dissertation thereon was published in the
Mining and Scientific Press of San Francisco, September 7, 1907, page
305.

No. 3. Molybdenite with chalecocite and chalcopyrite, from the
Wallapi Mountains, Mojave Co., Arizona. The association of copper
ores with a relatively large proportion of molybdenite is exceedingly
rare. Molybdenite and copper minerals are sometimes found asso-
ciated together in gneiss, as for example at the Frankford quarries
near Philadelphia, but the combination of the two minerals in sufficient
amount to constitute an ore is, as far as he knew, unique. The country
rock containing these deposits is granite, probably not younger than
the Tertiary period. The district in which they occur is unexplored
in a geological sense, and was visited during July, 1907, by his assistant
engineer, Mr. William F. Ward. He hoped to have the opportunity
at a future time to examine this deposit and prepare a more
elaborate description of it. As a commercial matter it is highly
desirable to separate the molybdenum from the copper minerals, but
as yet all attempts to do this have been unsuccessful. The molyb-
denum itself would bring a high price for use in making special steel,
since it is found to be more efficient for that purpose than tungsten,
chromium or manganese. The practical commercial problem involved
in this proposition is to successfully separate the molybdenum from the
copper minerals, as the presence of one would vitiate the other for use
in the arts. It is to be hoped that at some fttture time this can be
successfully accomplished.

445 [PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

No. 4. Zine blende from Joplin, Missouri, coated with greenockite
(cadmium sulphide) and marcasite (FeS,) and some small crystals of
calcite. ‘These minerals are all associated with and deposited upon the
dark blue flint which is characteristic of the Joplin lead and zine
deposits. This flint is of secondary origin and obtains its blue color
from association with the black muck derived from the coal shales
that once overlaid the ore deposits, but now almost entirely removed
by erosion. The paragenesis of these minerals is well illustrated in
this specimen: first we have the large zinc blende (sphalerite) crystals,
upon them the marcasite and then the greenockite; finally the small,
almost microscopic crystals of calcite, one laid down upon the other
in orderly succession. There is another mineral deposited upon the
flint at the base of the large sphalerite crystals, but as yet he had been
unable to determine its name. It is fibrous, resembling asbestos or
some of the zeolites, and microscopic in size.

Nos. 5 and 6. Two pseudomorphs, one of sphalerite and the other
calamine, after fossils. These minerals were found some seven or
eight years ago in a certain mine of the Joplin district. He believed
them to be quite rare, for he had never seen but one or two others of a
similar kind and they were from the same deposit. The particular
fossil which has been replaced by the zine minerals is a coral, one
of the Zaphrentis.

No. 7. An interesting fossil from the zine deposits near Springfield,
Missouri. It is one of the Brachiopoda (a Spirijer). On its lower edge
is a beautiful nearly perfect dodecahedral erystal of sphalerite, the
association of the two constituting an interesting specimen.

No. 8. An association of pink crystallized dolomite with barite
(BaSO,) and sphalerite. Barite is rather rare in the Joplin district,
but very common in other parts of Missouri, notably in the lead district
of the southeast.

Dr. HENRY SKINNER made a communication on the scientifie results
of a visit to Saskatchewan made by him last summer. (No abstract.)

The following was adopted:

The Academy having heard with profound regret of the death of
Pror. ANGELO Hrriprin on the 17th of last July, desires to put on
record an expression of its sense of the loss which science has thereby
sustained and of its appreciation of the work accomplished by him as a
student, administrator and explorer during the years of his ‘connection
with the society from 1879 until within a few weeks of the termination
of his life.

The Academy considers it a cause of congratulation that much of
the work accomplished by Prof. Heilprin during those years was
materially forwarded by the resources of the library and museum and
by the encouragement of his colleagues. It desires to express to his
relatives its sincere sympathy in the bereavement they have sustained.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447

NOVEMBER 19.
ArtHur Erwin Brown, D.Se., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirty-eight persons present.

The death of Prof. Lucien M. Underwood, a Correspondent, Novem-
ber 16, 1907, was announced.

Dr. BenJAMIN SHARP made a communication on Lobster Fisheries.
(No abstract.)

J. W. Van Wijke, of Groningen; Otto zu Strassen, of Leipzig, and
R. Bowdler Sharpe, of London, were elected Correspondents.

The following were ordered to be printed :

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ANNELID FROM WOODS HOLE.

BY J. PERCY MOORE.

Syllides verrilli n. sp.

Form moderately slender, slightly flattened and wider in the middle
region. Size small, length 2.5-3 mm., maximum width .2—.3 mm.

Prostomium large (fig. 1, a), depressed, slightly wider than long,
broadly elliptical or subquadrate with rounded corners, often slightly
emarginate anteriorly and nearly straight posteriorly. Eyes three
pairs, reddish brown; the first pair minute and situated well in advance
of the others just behind and external to the base of the lateral antenne ;
the second and third pairs much larger, subequal, their diameter about
1 the width of the prostomium, both on posterior half of prostomium;
the middle pair widest apart and separated by about 5 times their
diameter, the posterior pair slightly behind and mediad of them near
the posterior margin of the prostomium.

Fig. 1—Syllides verrilli. a, dorsal view of head with protruded proboscis; b,
ventral view of prostomium and 3 segments, showing palps; c, pygidium
with caudal cirri, all x 83. Fig. b from No. 2402, all others from No. 2401.

Palpi (fig. 1, b) very small, mammilliform, situated on the ventral
face of the prostomium and directed downwards, invisible br nearly so
from above. They consist of swollen bases and short cirriform distal
portions which alone ever appear in dorsal views. Tentacles (fig. 1, a)
all short, stoutly clavate; the middle one arising on a line joining the
anterior borders of the middle pair of eyes, their length equaling or
slightly exceeding the prostomial width, their ends bluntly rounded
and about twice as thick as the base. Lateral tentacles arise close to
anterior border of prostomium, their bases separated by a distance

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

nearly equal to 4 the width of the prostomium, their length slightly
less than the median tentacles and nearly or quite the prostomial
width. When visible from above the ends of the palpi appear imhmedi-
ately beneath these.

Peristomium obsolete or nearly so dorsally, almost completely
coalesced with the prostomium below and projecting but little beyond
it laterally. The mouth far forward, with prominent posterior lip.
Tentacular cirri (figs. 1, a and 6) like the tentacles, from which they
differ only in being supported on very short cirrophores, the dorsal as
long as lateral tentacles, ventral slightly shorter.

Metastomial region very slightly depressed, the segments increasing
in width slightly to the middle. The first seven, as far as the caudal
end of the gizzard, are short and crowded; succeeding ones are longer
and contain the gonads. Pygidium a small ring with rounded posterior
outline, scarcely distinguishable from the preceding segment. It
bears a short unjointed median ventral style and a pair of very long,
slender, unjointed cirri as long as the greatest width of the body
(Goalie) 7

Parapodia (fig. 2, a) strictly uniramal on the first seven metastomial
segments of sexually mature worms and on all segments of immature
worms. They are prominent, their length nearly equaling the width of

\ F)

Fig. 2.—Syllides verrilli. a, pardpodium VIII from behind, x 250; 6, tip of
neuropodial aciculum, 600; c, average neuropodial compound seta from
X, < 600; d, profile and rear views of end of simple neuropodial seta, * 600.
All drawn from No. 2402.

the body, slender, somewhat compressed at the base, the neuropodium
becoming conical distally and ending in a salient dorsal angle, from
which the distal border slopes ventrad, and which is supported by a

single stout aciculum. Anterior and posterior short lips embrace the
30

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

bases of the setee, which are arranged in a broad vertical fan (fig. 2, a).
The first seven pairs of parapodia have no notopodia whatever, the
succeeding ones on sexually mature worms bear notopodial setigerous
sacs on the dorsal face of the base of the neuropodium, but there is no
distinct notopodial elevation or lobe.

On the first three metastomial segments the notocirri are exactly
like the peristomial cirri in both form and size. Succeeding ones
become more slender and tapered, with the tip often abruptly more
slender, and increase in length until they equal the width of the seg-
ments. They also become distinctly jointed or even beaded (fig. 2, a).
In the middle of the body they are as long as the body diameter and
have 7-8 divisions. There is a great difference in this respect in
different specimens, some having the cirri much more strongly monili-
form than others. Sometimes there is a slight but distinct alterna-
tion of longer and shorter cirri, the former being always the more
strongly beaded; but these conditions are not constant. Posteriorly
the cirri become again shorter. Neurocirri (fig. 2, a) are coalesced with
the ventral border of the neuropodia to near the end, where the styles
become free and reach to the ends of the ventral set. They are
sub-conical, usually with irregular constrictions and thickenings and
a more slender blunt terminal piece.

Aciculum single, neuropodial only, rather stout, tapered, straight or
slightly curved, extending obliquely nearly into the dorso-lateral
angle of the neuropodium, beyond which it projects and terminates in
a large, flattened and roughened knob (fig. 2, b). Neuropodial sete
of two kinds, both longer than the parapodium and colorless. The
first (fig. 2, d) is a single and never more, moderately slender, simple
seta arising dorsal to the end of the aciculum of each parapodium,
curved and slightly thickened distally, finely toothed along the convex
side and slightly enlarged and bifid at the end. The second form is
compound (fig. 2, c). These form spreading vertical subacicular tufts
which on the more anterior parapodia contain 20 or more in several
ranks, the number becoming gradually reduced to 10 or 12 on middle
segments and 7 or 8 posteriorly. Shafts more slender than. the simple
set, slightly curved, deeply unequally bifid distally, with a single
small accessory tooth on the side of the larger division. Appendages
delicate, slender, elongated, the longest anterior dorsal ones equalling
the diameter of the parapodium, but diminishing toward the ventral
side posteriorly until they are only 4. aslong. Distally they are divided
into two slender, unequal, slightly curved teeth separated by a narrow
cleft. Apparently the margins are finely fringed, but this appearance
disappears posteriorly.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451

Sexually mature specimens bear, on all parapodia after VIII, a tuft
of extremely delicate capillary sete as long as the width of the body
plus one parapodium. ‘These do not arise from a special notopodial
tubercle, but from a notopodial setigerous area at the base of the dorsal
and posterior face of the neuropodium, and are not even supported by
a notopodial aciculum.

When retracted the proboscis occupies the first 3 segments and the
gizzard the next 5. When extended the proboscis (fig. 1, a) is eylin-
drical or urn-shaped, reaching to or beyond the end of the cephalic
tentacles; the chitinous lining thick, brownish, with a smooth reflected
rim and no tooth. Just behind the rim is a circle of 10 rather promi-
nent, rounded, soft papillee. When the proboscis is protruded the very
large gizzard is drawn forward into somites II to VI inclusive.

Body generally colorless when alive, the intestine grayish drab and
the eyes bright red.

As noted above the sexual forms are simple epitokes, with swimming
setz and gonads beginning at somite IX behind the stomach.

Taken rather rarely at the surface at Woods Hole. Type No. 2402,
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. This is the species
referred to by Verrill as having been taken at Woods Hole along with
S. selosa (Rep. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1882, 1884, p. 664, footnote),
and is perhaps the S. longicirrata Oersted, of Webster and Bendict,
taken by them at Eastport, Me., but is not that species as described
by European authors. From typical species of the genus it differs in
the small size and ventral position of the palps. In this respect it
stands nearest to S. setosa, with which it should probably stand in a
separate subgenus.

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,.

THE LIFE-AREAS OF SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY.

BY WITMER STONE.

As pointed out by Verrill as early as 1866, the eastern United States.
is divisible into four main parallel faunal and floral belts or life-zones—
the Canadian, Alleghanian, Carolinian and Louisianian (or Austro-
riparian). While the general trend of these belts is east and west they
are greatly deflected by the Appalachian mountain chain, so that in
eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey they run more nearly northeast.
and southwest.

The Canadian zone is limited to the higher parts of the mountains
in Pennsylvania, often mere isolated islands, present in New Jersey
only in the northwestern corner of the State—if at all; the Alleghanian
occupies the greater part of Pennsylvania and the northern third of
New Jersey, while the Carolinian is restricted to the southeastern
and southwestern corners of Pennsylvania and central and southern
New Jersey.

This would represent roughly the relative position of the three life-
zones in these States based upon a study of the birds and mammals,
though the exact boundaries are hard to trace, owing in part to the
gradual passage of one fauna into the other, the overlapping of the
ranges of certain species and the constant changes that are being
effected by the destruction of the forests.

These belts may be subdivided into minor areas dependent upon
peculiar climatic, topographic or geologic conditions.

The study of the distribution of the various species of terrestrial
vertebrates is often of little aid in defining these minor life-areas, because
the conditions that produce them are not sufficiently potent to act as
barriers to the ranges of such free-moving forms.

Plants, however, are far more susceptible to these influences and
their great wealth, both of species and individuals, offers an enormous
amount of data to any one engaged in studying the boundaries of
minor life-areas.

Consequently in the study of the life-areas of southern New Jersey,
in which I have been engaged for a number of years, I have paid especial
attention to plants, though I have of course taken advantage of any
other data that were available.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453

While I contemplate a much fuller and more exhaustive treatment
of the subject in the future, it seems desirable to present at once some
of the conclusions to which my studies have led. It would seem that
those portions of eastern Pennsylvania and New J ersey that we have
been accustomed to refer to the Carolinian zone are divisible into
several areas running in a general northeast and southwest line parallel
to the mountains:

I. A hilly or rolling country adjoining the Alleghanian on the west
and north and reaching east and south to the flat bottom of the lower
Delaware Valley and the old Raritan basin.

II. The Delaware Valley—West Jersey region.!

Ill. The Pine Barrens.

IV. The Atlantic Coast strip, including the higher parts of the
coast islands.

V. The Maritime meadows and sea beach.

It is with the three middle divisions that this paper has to deal—the
Pine Barrens, the Delaware Valley and Coast Strip.

The greater part of southern New Jersey is composed of what is
known as the Pine Barren region, covering according to current views
all the country east and south of a line from Long Branch to Bridgeton.

The flora of the Pine Barrens is very uniform with relatively few
species, but generally so different from that of the area to the west
that the passage from one to the other is easily noticeable even from a
moving railway train. Indeed I am not acquainted with any transi-
tion so striking elsewhere in the Middle States. The West Jersey
flora is identical with that of the low grounds on the Pennsylvania side
of the Delaware at Tinicum, Bristol, Tullytown, and doubtless also of
the lower part of Philadelphia when that was in a state of nature.
This same flora extends northeastward across New Jersey above the
Pine Barrens and south of the hilly region to the north. Indeed the
resemblance between the plant life at Tinicum, Delaware CosyeRar,
and from Monmouth Junction to Princeton Junction, N. J ., 1s remark-
able.

The flora of the New Jersey Pine Barrens has long been familiar to
botanists, and the species of the south Atlantic coastal plain which
here find their northern limit have for the most part been listed for

‘Plate XII in Salisbury’s Physical Geography of New Jersey, 1898 (Vol. IV.
Final Rep. of State Geologist), shows a remarkable correspondence with my
floral areas. The area of Pensauken submergence being almost equivalent to
my Delaware Valley and Coast regions, while the elevated Beacon Hill region is
the typical Pine Barrens.

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.,

many years. A feature of the Pine Barren flora, however, quite as
striking as the presence of these southern forms, and one upon which
little stress has been laid, is the absence of very many widely distributed
species.

In Dr. N. L. Britton’s Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey many
common species are given as occurring “throughout the State” which
are entirely absent from the Pine Barrens. Another point of interest
is the fact that the Pine Barren flora does not cover the entire south-
eastern portion of the State. Along the whole seaboard back of the
salt meadows is a strip of varying width supporting a flora essentially
similar to that of West Jersey, and in the Cape May peninsula these
eastern and western strips join together almost to the exclusion of the
true Pine Barren flora, which occurs only in spots or islands south of
the Great Cedar Swamp.

The southern portion of the Cape May peninsula, especially on the
Delaware Bay side, harbors quite a number of plants that are
distinctly more southern than those of the Pine Barrens, and would
seem to constitute a tinge of the Austro-riparian zone, which normally
reaches its northern limit at the Capes of the Chesapeake.

Some of these plants extend up into West Jersey and others up the
eastern coast strip a varying distance, but none of them into the Pine
Barrens.

Opposed to these two southern elements we have three boreal
incursions into the southern New Jersey flora: First, certain bog
species of the Pine Barrens; second, a number of northern species
which occur in West Jersey, especially close to the edge of the Pine
Barrens, and, third, species which occur in the coastal strip and in the
wooded areas that are found here and there on the long narrow islands
that form the true sea beach of eastern New Jersey, frequently separ
ated by five or six miles of salt meadows or bays from the mainland.

While not attempting in the present connection to correlate these
life-areas and boreal and austral incursions with conditions which
may have produced them, I méntion below some of the,more char-
acteristic species which distinguish them.

I. Tue Pine Barrens.

The characteristic trees of this region are in the dry portions Pinus
rigida, Quercus marylandica, Q. nana, Q. minor, Q. prinus, Q. prinoides,
Sassajras sassafras. In moist spots Chamecyparis thyoides, Nyssa
sylvatica, Magnolia virginiana, Acer rubrum, Betula populifolia. Char-
acteristic shrubs are Gaylussacia resinosa, G. frondosa, G dumosa,

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

Vaccinium vascillans, V. corymbosum, Leucothoé racemosa, Xolisma
ligustrina, Kalmia latifolia, K. angustifolia, Azalea viscosa, Clethra
alnifolia, Viburnum nudum and Comptonia peregrina.

While the above are the most conspicuous components of the flora,
they are by no means confined to this area.

The following list includes the peculiar Pine Barren species and
those which occur southward along the Atlantic coastal plane, but
which find their northern limit in the New Jersey Pine Barrens. A
few of them do occur, it is true, on Long Island, in colonies which seem to
constitute northern pine barren islands. A few also occur in such
spots in West Jersey, but in the main these species are absent from
both West Jersey and the eastern coast strip, and in any case may be

regarded as typical Pine Barren species.

Lycopodium carolinianum
Lycopodium alopecuroides
Calamovilja brevipilis
Sporobolus torreyanus
Panicum sphagnicola
Carex walteriana

Cyperus cylindricus
Rynchospora torreyana
Rynchospora gracillenta
Rynchospora oligantha
Rynchospora pallida
Rynchospora knieskernii
Scleria torreyana

Juncus marginatus aristulatus
Juncus cesariensis

Xyris fimbriata

Toficldia racemosa
Abama americana
Xerophyllum aspodeloides
Smilax waltert

Smilax tamnifolia

Smilax laurifolia
Blephariglottis cristata
Lophiola americana

Gyrotheca tinctoria
Arenaria caroliniana
Ascyrum stans
Hypericum densiflorum
Hypericum virgatum ovalijolium
Polygala lutea

Polygala brevijolia
Meibomia stricta

Ttea virginica

Dendrium buxifolium
Pyxidanthera barbulata
Sabbatia lanceolata
Gentiana porphyrio
Lobelia canbyi
Lacinaria graminijolia pilosa
Eupatorium leucolepis
Eupatorium resinosum
Sclerolepis uniflora
Helianthus augustifolius
Aster gracilis

Aster nemoralis
Solidago stricta

Solidago fistulosa
Solidago erecta

The northern element in the Pine Barren flora_consists of the follow-
ing species, which find their southern low ground limits in this region

or a little to the south of it.

Those marked with an asterisk are

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov..

peculiarly Pine Barren species, so far as southern New Jersey is con-
cerned, not occurring in West Jersey or the coast strip.

Schizea pusilla* Blephariglottis blephariglottis
Sporobolus serotinus* Coreimna conradii

Carex livida Utricularia clandestina
Carex folliculata Gaultheria procumbens
Carex trisperma Chamedaphne calyculata
Eriophorum polystachion Arctostaphylos wva-ursi
Juncus pelocarpus Vaccinium atrococcum
Juncus militaris Chrysopsis jalcata

Unijolium canadense

Among birds we find three species which breed regularly in the Pine
Barrens but not in West Jersey, 7.e., Dendroica vigorsti, D. discolor and
Compsothlypis americana usnee. A number of species common in
West Jersey are however absent from the Pines. Among mammals
we have two species peculiar to the Pine Barrens, Evolomys gapperi
rhoadsi and Synaptomys cooperi, both boreal incursions, and several
West Jersey species which are absent, 7.e., Sciurus carolinensis leucotis
and Tamias striatus.

II. Lower Dretaware VaLtury REeGIon AND Coast Srrip.

West Jersey from Trenton southward, west and southwest of the
Pine Barrens, supports a far greater variety of trees than the Pine
Barrens. The most plentiful species, not found in the latter region,
are Pinus virginiana, Juniperus virginiana, Quercus phellos,* Q.
digitata,* Q. platanoides,* Q. coccinea, Castanea dentata, Fagus ameri-
cana, Betula nigra, Ulmus americana, Hicoria alba, H. glabra, H. minima,
Carpinus caroliniana, Liriodendron tulipijera, Platanus occidentalis,
Diospyros virginiana,* Cornus florida, Liquidambar _ styraciflua,*
Prunus serotina and Ilex opaca.*

Those marked with an asterisk are not found on the hilly country
which begins just west of the Delaware, nor north of the low ground
between Trenton and the Raritan.

In this West Jersey district too we meet with many plants common
to the Pine Barrens but which do not extend farther north or west.
Such as

W oodwardia areolata Euphorbia ipecacuane
Woodwardia virginica Gerardia purpurea

Tris prismatica Eupatorium maculatum
Lilium superbum Eupatorium album
Polygala nuttalli Eupatorium rotund ifolium

Rhexia mariana Euthamia caroliniana, ete.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457

There are also a great number of plants common to this region and the
upland and not found in the Pine Barrens. The difference in the flora
of the two regions, as already stated, is due quite as much to the absence
of these plants as to the presence of peculiar southern species.

A few of the commoner members of this group are

Spathyema fotida Viola papilionacea
Arisema triphyllum Viola sagittata
Erythronium. virginicum Asclepias pulchra
Anemone nemorosa Lobelia cardinalis
Ranunculus abortivus Hieracium giganteum
Ranunculus fascicularis Eupatorium purpureum
Ranunculus recurvatus Eupatorium perjoliatum
Thalictrum polygamum Vernonia noveboracensis
Caltha palustris Senecio aureus

Viola cucullata

The narrow Atlantic coast strip has practically the same flora as the
lower Delaware Valley, though many of the trees are absent.

The northern incursions into this flora are as follows, most of them
local and some of them rare:

In West Jersey:

Filix fragilis Vaccinium pennsylvanicum
Actea alba . Rhododendron maximum
Polygonum careyt Tlicioides mucronata

Pyrola secunda Pedicularis lanceolata

Pyrola chlorantha

In Bogs:

Carex fusca Scheuchzeria palustris
Menyanthes trijoliata

On the Coast Strip:

Sevastana odorata Limosella tenuijolia

Triglochin maritima Trientalis americana

Sabbatia angularis Lacinaria spicata
On the Coast Islands:

Geranium robertianum Salmonia stellata

Among southern species which reach the lower Cape May peninsula
and push northward either in West Jersey or along the coast strip may

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov ,

be mentioned the following. Most of these do not range north of New
Jersey; those marked with an asterisk not north of southern Cape
May county. None of them are Pine Barren species.

Chetochloa magna* Quercus michauxii
Brachiaria digitarioides* Blephariglottis peramena
Paspalum qlabratum* Juncus setaceus
Sacciolepis gibba* Kosteletzkya virginica
Sporobolus asper Silene pennsylvanica -
Aristida lonosa Hypericum gymnanthum
Erianthus compactus Hypericum adpressum
Andropogon argyreus Euonymus americanus
Eleocharis ochreata* Gratiola pilosa*
Eleocharis melanocarpa Tecoma radicans*
Rynchospora corniculata macros- Diodia virginiana*
tachya Lobelia puberula
Rynchospora rariflora* Eupatorium celestinum*
Gymnandeniopsis nivea* Willoughbeya scandens
Castanea pumila Senecio tomentosa*

The fact that we have in the West Jersey area a number of birds
and mammals not found in the Pine Barrens has already been
alluded to. We have also certain species which correspond to the
northern and southern elements just spoken of in treating of the
plants. Zamelodia ludoviciana and Empidonax minimus. both breed
occasionally as far south as Camden county, while in Cape May and
southwestern Burlington counties we have the only recorded nesting
of Polioptila cerulea in the State. In lower Cape May we also have
record of the occurrence of Mimus polyglottos, Centurus carolinensis
and Lanius ludovicianus, while Quiscalus major has occurred once on
the coast strip.

The lower part of West Jersey too marks the northern limit of
Oryzomys palustris.

While the land and fluviatile mollusks of such a sandy ceuntry as
southern New Jersey are necessarily not abundant, Dr. H. A. Pilsbry
tells me that such species as occur on the east coast strip are depauper-
ate forms of northern types, while in the southwestern part of Cape
May county he has found Succinea campestris vagans and Bifidaria
hordeacella, southern forms not recorded from elsewhere in New Jersey.
The former is a race of Succinea campestris of Georgia and Florida, while
the latter is not known elsewhere north of the same States.

Among insects, distributions have not, as a rule, been sufficiently

1907. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459

well worked out to warrant their use in defining minor life-areas. In
the Orthoptera, however, Mr. J. A. G. Rehn tells me that certain
species seem to conform quite well to the regions I have defined above.
Orphulella olivacea, Clinocephalus elegans and Chorthippus curtipennis
are found along the coast strip but not in the Pine Barrens, while
Chlealtis conspersa, Paroxya scudderi, Melanoplus impudicus, and M.
stonei are restricted to the latter region.

In West Jersey there are a number of species common to the hilly
region to the north and west and unknown in the Pine Barrens, just
such a condition as we find among the plants.

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.

DECEMBER 38.
ARTHUR ERWIN Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Eighteen persons present.

Mr. William S. Vaux reported his observations made during the past
summer on the glaciers of British Columbia.

DECEMBER 17.
The President, SamuEL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.
Thirty-three persons present.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461

NOTES ON LANCELETS AND LAMPREYS.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

The species listed below are all contained in the collection of The
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

BRANCHIOSTOMIDA.
Branchiostoma lanceolatum (Pallas).
Mediterranean (Dr. H. E. Evarts); Bay of Naples (Dr. Benjamin
Sharp, Dr. H. C. Chapman) ; Italy (Bonaparte Coll., No. 2 :
Branchiostoma caribeum Sundevall.

Off Vieques, Porto Rico (U.S. F. C.).

Branchiostoma californiensis Andrews.

Los Angeles Bay, Cal. (W. N. Lockington).

Epigonichthys leucayanum (Andrews).
Entrance to Castle Harbor, Bermuda Islands (A. G. Gulick).

EPTATRETIDA.
Polistotrema stoutii (Lockington).
Pacific Groove on Monterey Bay, Cal. (Dr. Harold Heath).
Gill-openings 11 on both sides in 2 examples, 12 on both sides in 3,
and 12 on the right side and 3 on the left also in 3.
Polistotrema polytrema (Girard).

Chili (Dr. H. C. Chapman).

Eptatretus burgeri (Girard).
Off Misaki, Japan (D. 8. Jordan and J. O. Snyder).

MYXINIDA.
Myxine glutinosa Linneus.
Lat. 39° 55’ 31” N., Long. 70° 39’ N., and Bar Harbor, Maine (Dr.
H. C. Chapman).
PETROMYZONID2,
OCEANOMYZON gen. nov.
Type Oceanomyzon wilsoni sp. nov.

Supraoral lamina not especially contracted, its 2 converging teeth
well separated and distinct. Infraoral lamina crescentiform and

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

spout-like at middle, with denticles obsolete. Innermost teeth of disk,
or those along each side of orifice, bicuspid, large, and similar to those
on supraoral lamina.

Differs from both Bathymyzon and Petromyzon in the above com-
bination of characters. One species in the open Atlantic, possibly
occurring at some depth.

(Qzeaves, ocean; “0Tw, to suck.)

Oceanomyzon wilsoni sp. nov. Fig. 1.

Head to first gill-opening 6%; depth 13%; width of head at first gill-
opening about 2 in its length; snout 14; width of disk 1,%5; inter-
orbital space 24; height of first dorsal 64; height of second dorsal 3;

Fig. 1.—Oceanomyzon wilsoni Fowler. (Type.)

eye 3 in interorbital space; tail measured from vent to end ‘of caudal
fin (damaged) about 3 in rest of body.

Body well compressed, rather slender, flexible, tapering backwards
from pharynx, with greatest depth a little after last gill-opening. A
median broad obsolete ridge down back from about opposite first gill-
opening to first dorsal. Lower surface of body rounded convexly.
About 72 muscular bands between last gill-opening and vent. Tail

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463

from vent compressed, tapering but little and ending in an abrupt tip
(damaged).

Head rather large, broad, and rather depressed more or less both
above and below. Snout broad, its surface convex, and longer than
broad by about an eye-diameter. Eye rather large, lateral, without
lids, or covered by skin of head, a little longer than deep, and placed in
last fourth of head measured to first gill-opening. Mouth large,
rounded to rather an ellipsoid shape, and its width thus about 14 in
its length. Disk thus formed furnished with a fringe of short fleshy
tentacles, posterior of which are much longest and edges of each all
armed with short fringes. Longest of these posterior flaps about half
of horizontal orbital diameter. Surface of disk studded with rather
numerous teeth, much smaller and more or less imbedded in outer
series. Anterior and on inner sides teeth large and all more or less
arranged in concentric radiating series. Inner enlarged teeth on
each side as 4 bicuspids and a single antero-median biscuspid. Cusps
of all these about similarly developed. Posterior inner dental crescent
with its margin converging to a small narrow median trenchant edge,
where there are 7 small blunt obsolete closely crowded cusp-like
points, so as to appear spout-like. Anterior lingual tooth with a
deep median groove, terminating in an incurved point and with 7
serratures right and 6 left. Posterior lingual teeth consisting of two
LJ-shaped patches of teeth with about a dozen serratures in each.
Nostril with a slightly elevated cutaneous rim and placed midway in
interorbital space opposite front rim of eye. Interorbital space
broadly convex.

Gill-openings 7 on each side of pharynx a trifle inferiorly, and anterior
nearer posterior than tip of snout by about half length of latter. Gill-
openings becoming a trifle larger as they progress posteriorly and
about equally far apart.

Skin smooth, rather soft and thin. No evident mucous pores.

Origin of first dorsal about midway between tip of caudal (evidently
damaged) and first gill-opening, reaching its greatest height about
first 2 in its length and margin rounded. Second dorsal distinct from
first, not connected basally, and inserted a trifle before last fourth in
entire length of body, and its greatest height apparently a little after
vent. Caudal apparently damaged and then healed. After vent a
low thin median cutaneous ridge extending back and apparently
joining lower caudal lobe. Vent with a small papilla.

Color in alcohol plumbeous-brown above, more or less uniform, and
shading off on sides to paler or grayish-white, and lower surface all

464 ; PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

more or less entirely whitish with slight leaden or grayish tints. Lower
surface of tail only narrowly pale. Dorsals and caudal pale brownish.
Disk pale brownish and teeth all dark or wood-brown. Iris pale slaty.

Length 124 inches.

Type No. 375, A.N.S.P. Atlantic Ocean. Dr. T. B. Wilson.

This is the only example I have seen. It is apparently related to
Petromyzon (Bathymyzon) bairdii Gill, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1883, p.
254, but differs, according to the account by Goode and Bean, Ocean.
Ichth., 1895, p. 4, in several characters. In B. bairdii the tips of the
two supraoral teeth are said to be barely perceptible, while in the
present species they are equally as well developed as either of the ad-
jacent bicuspids. In B. bairdii the eye is said to equal a fourth of the
interorbital space, while in the present species it is about a third. These
differences hardly seem due to age, as the type of B. bairdw and the
present species differ in length by only 1} inches. Oceanomyzon will
then appear as an annectant form between the true lampreys, or
Petromyzon, and the bassalian Bathymyzon.

(Named for Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, for many years a generous patron
of the Academy. Among his numerous gifts may be found much
valuable material in the collections of fishes.)

Petromyzon marinus Linnzus.

Italy (Bonaparte Coll.); Boston, Mass. (J. H. Slack); Fannel’s
Branch near Chestertown in Kent Co. (E. G. Vanatta), and Bacon
Hill in Cecil Co., Md. (H. W. Fowler).

Petromyzon marinus unicolor (De Kay).

Cayuga Lake Inlet, N. Y. (S. E. Meek).

Ichthyomyzon concolor (Kirtland).

Two examples without data, and one from the Clinch River in Ten-
nessee (E. D. Cope).
Ichthyomyzon castaneus Girard.

Kiskiminitas River, Pa. (E. D. Cope). I wrongly identified this
example in Am. Nat., 1907, p. 6, as Lampetra wilderi. The species is
therefore now known for the first time in Pennsylvania. ;
Entosphenus tridentatus (Richardson).

Willamette Valley, Ore. (O. B. Johnson).

Lampetra fluviatilis (Linnwus).
Italy (Bonaparte Coll.) ; Europe (Smiths. Inst.).

Lampetra cibaria (Girard).
San Francisco Market, Cal. (W. N. Lockington).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

Lampetra epytera (Abbott). Fig. 2.

Ammocetes epytera Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phila., 1860, p. 327.
No. 354, type. Ohio River. Dr. Hildreth.

Width of head about 24 in its length, measured to first gill-opening;
width of disk 22; interorbital space 3; eye about 2 in interorbital space.
Body well compressed and edges rather convexly rounded, without
distinct keels medianly. Muscular bands along side of body distinct,
of about even width, and about 53 between last gill-opening and vent,
Tail well compressed. Head subeylindrical, soon becoming com-
pressed at pharynx. Snout broadly convex, its width about 1} in its
length. Mouth moderately large, disk-like, rounded and circular.
Edges of disk thus formed rather thick, fleshy, and with a fringe of

4 rr

Big. 2.—Lampetra epytera (Abbott). (Type of Ammocetes epytera Abbott.)

short and rather inconspicuous fleshy flaps. Teeth few, strong and
rather large. If outer teeth occur over surface of disk they are minute,
imbedded more or less, or deciduous, as no traces seem evident now.
Inner teeth well developed on*each side as 3 large cusps, and medianly
above apparently as 2 smaller cusps. Posteriorly teeth form a hard
crescentic keel, apparently entire. Tongue apparently toothless, with
a median groove separating fleshy margin on either side. Inter-
orbital space rather narrowly convex. Skin thin, firm, not very
tough, and without evident mucous pores. Color faded in alcohol
uniform dull brown above and becoming a little paler on under surface.
Fins pale brownish, much paler than belly. Eye dull slaty. Length
4 inches. Type of Ammocetes epytera Abbott.

In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phala., 1901, p. 328, following the previous
31

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec.,

identifications of authors, I was led to erroneously identify this speci-
men with Ammocetes concolor Kirtland, a species with which it
most certainly is not to be identified. It is in fact entirely identical
with Lampetra wilderi Gage, in Jordan and Eyermann, Bull. U.S. Nat.
Mus., No. 47, I, 1896, p. 13. This will necessitate the suppression of
the latter name and thus the small black lamprey now becomes
Lampetra cepytera.

Grosse Isle and Ann Arbor, Mich. (E. D. Cope); Cedar Rapids, Ia.
(S. E. Meek) and Brook River (Charles Aldrichs), Ia.
Lampetra branchiale (Linneus).

Italy (Bonaparte Coll.).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467

STUDIES IN NORTH AMERICAN FULGORIDE.
BY HE. P. VAN DUZBEE.

The following studies on the Fulgoride refer solely to material from
the United States and Canada now in my collection or which has recently
passed through my hands. The most practical and useful work in
this family has been done by Dr. Stal, and even now we must go back
to the synoptical tables published in 1866 in Volume LV of the Hemip-
tera Africana for the determination of new or difficult generic forms.
The key to the subfamilies given below is intended only for the forms
known to inhabit the United States and Canada, and would be of little
use with the complicated Fulgorid faunas of the tropics, especially of
the Old World. Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy has recently’ given us a new
arrangement of these subfamilies that in some respects is probably
more in accord with the biological relationship of these closely related
groups, but my knowledge of the tropical Fulgoride is much too
limited for me to attempt an adjustment of our genera to the groups
there laid down; so for the present I prefer to follow Stal’s classifica-
tion as closely as possible.

This paper is not at all monographic in its character, as I touch only
on genera and groups I have had occasion to study in working out
certain undetermined material in my collection. I have added a few
synoptical tables in the hope that they may assist students in locating
some of the new or little known forms.

Key TO THE SUBFAMILIES OF THE FULGORID®.

Anal area of the wings reticulated, sides of the clypeus carinate,
1, FULGORIDA.
Anal area of the wings rarely reticulated, pes in this case without
= lateral carine, RPT els
(1. Posterior tibie armed with a movable spur, ie ee De.
Posterior tibize without a movable spur, . . Bn oe
Clavus granulated; costa dilated, the costal membrane trans-
versely venose, . > ve ey JOANN
—. Clavus rarely eranulated ; costa in this case > not dilated). >. 3:

bo

' Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Assoc., Unt, Bul. No. 111, p. 91, 1907.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

3. Veins of the clavus not attaining the apex, but united with the

commissural margin before the apex, . 4.

—. Veins of the clavus either continued to the apex or united with the
claval suture before the apex, . 5.

4. Apex of the front without an ocellus; elytra reticulated toward
their apex, . ~ a . 2, DICTYOPREIAR TDA.

—. Apex of the front usually with a third ocellus; ; elytra not reticulated
apically, . tO re OC EXSUIDVAS

5. Elytra ample, held vertical with the costal margin meeting below
the abdomen, closely reticulated over the whole surface; the
costal and apical margins without transverse veins; front con-
tinued over on to the superior aspect of the head without a
transverse carina, . . . 7, ACANALONIIDA.

—. Elytra when broad held more ‘horizontal, not meeting below
nor closely reticulated over the whole surface, and the front
usually distinguished from the vertex by a transverse carina at
the apex of the head, . 6.

6. Head broad, with the eyes nearly or quite as wide as the mesono-
tum; : pronotum without carine or with a median carina only, 7.

—. Head usually much narrower than the mesonotum; if as wide the

pronotum emarginate behind and tricarinate, . 8.
7. Pronotum truncated behind or at most with a shallow rounded
sinus, . : . 6, ISSIDA.
—. Pronotum angulately emarginate behind, ; am) RICANLIDA.
8. Elytra distinctly ampliated within and ov erlapping beyond the
apex of the clavus,_ . . . 4, ACHILIDA.
—. Elytra not ampliated within nor ov verlapping atiapex, 2. vS5 Gee

9, Elytral membrane strongly differentiated from the corium with
numerous simple longitudinal neryures, 3, TROPIDUCHIDA.
—. Elytral venation simple, without a distinet closely veined mem-
brane; pronotum ee short, bees angularly emarginate
behind, Pe ee Dios ae ies lop DERBIDA.

Subfamily FULGORIDA Stal.

This subfamily is largely tropical in its distribution; but four genera
and five species have thus far been reported from our territory. Doubt-
less, however, many of the subtropical forms inhabiting Mexico and the
West Indies extend their range across our southern border and must
eventually be included in our faunal lists. :

Subfamily DICTYOPHARIDA Stal.
This subfamily is better represented in our fauna than the preceding;
the large genus Scolops being almost precinctive. Our genera may be
distinguished as follows:

Elytra as long as the abdomen or longer, . ile
E ly tra much ‘abbrevis ated, not attaining the middle” “of the abdomen, D.

ee

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469

1. Vertex produced and angulated before or frequently forming a

long cephalic process, . A.

—. Vertex transverse, anterior edge feebly arcuated ; elytra in the

short-winged form scarcely exceeding the abdomen, convex;

anterior femora foliaceous, . . . PHYLLOSCELIS Germ.

Vertex triangularly produced, rarely more than twice as long as

its width between the eyes, with a distinct median carina in

our species; pronotum deeply and acutely emarginate behind;

color usually green with long greenish-hyaline elytra,

DicryopHara Germ.

—. Vertex produced in a linear cephalic process, without a distinct

median carina; elytra shorter, opaque; pronotum truncated or

broadly, obtusely emarginate behind, . . > Oh

3. Cephalic process abruptly contracted before the eyes; pronotum

broadly, obtusely emarginate behind, . . 4.

—. Cephalic process not narrowed before the eyes, its sides corrugated ;

pronotum truncated behind, . . : ScOLOPSELLA Ball.

4. Rather stout insects of some shade of pale green or testaceous,

becoming fuscous brown in certain species, but not black,

ScoLops Schaum.

—. Slender black insects with smoky translucent elytra; inhabit

California,. . . Bertonocwarts Uhler.

5. Vertex flat, triangularly produced, as long as broad and attaining
the apex ‘of the head ; pronotum concavely arcuated behind,

OrGERIus Stal.

—. Vertex short, transverse, occupying hardly one-half of the superior

aspect of the head; pronotum very obtusely angularly emargin-

SteoeChinge = |). ere WOXOPHORAcH cen.

Genus DICTYOPHARA Germ.
Dictyophara curviceps Stal I have not yet seen. The three species
known to me may be separated as follows:

to

Vertex fully twice as long as its basal width, median carina extending a
little more than halfway to its apex, the three frontal carinze
almost parallel throughout their length, . microrhina Walk.

—. Vertex scarcely longer than its width at base, its median carina
almost attaining the apex; frontal carine more widely separated
above, forming a spatulate compartment, :; 2.

2. Lateral carine of the front meeting in an acute angle on its base,
concolorous at that point; plates of the female long and slender,
ligulate and curved upward, attaining the apex of the pygofers,

lingula Van D.

—. Lateral carine of the front meeting at the base in an obtuse angle,
together with the marginal carine lined with black around the
apex of the head ; plates of the female short, oblique, and oblong
in form, not attaining the apex of the pygofers, . lorens Stal.

Dictyophara miororhina Walker. ’
In this species the vertex is much longer than in the two other

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

species known to me. It is a little more than twice as long as its basal
width, or judging only by the eye it appears much longer; the three
frontal carine are straight and parallel throughout their length, con-
verging to a point on the subacute base. The plates of the female are
ferruginous, ligulate, but not quite as slender as in lingula, and scarcely
attain the apex of the green superior pieces. The elytra are the
same pale greenish hyaline with green nervures that we find in lingula,
but in some examples they show a distinct brownish tinge toward
their apex; the stigma has three or four areoles. Length 13-14 mm.

I took this species at Woodbine, New Jersey, in August, 1902, and on
Staten Island in August, 1904.

Dictyophara florens Stal.

Vertex a little longer than its basal width; median carina precurrent,
on either side of this is a short lateral carina which is scarcely indicated
in Mexican specimens. Front broad, the margins strongly reflexed
and a little expanded before the eyes and next the clypeus; three
discal carinee very prominent, the lateral almost attaining the clypeal
margin, diverging toward the base where they roundedly converge and
meet in an obtuse angle, and together with the marginal carinwe are
marked with a black line. Carine of the pronotum and mesonotum
distinet, the latter converging and meeting before attaining the pro-
notal margin. Valve of the female short, transverse, oblique within;
plates oblong, rounded at apex, oblique, not attaining the apex of the
pygofers. Sides of the genital segment of the male slightly oblique
at apex, the dorsal angle very obtusely rounded.

I took a good series of this species from a coarse grass at Effingham,
Kansas, in July, 1900. They agree in every respect with Mexican
material in my collection, except that the base of the vertex is dis-
tinctly tricarinate. This would throw the species into another section
in Stal’s synopsis (Rio Jan. Hemip., p. 64), but they certainly are not
distinct.

Dictyophara lingula n. sp.

Closely allied to florens. - Pale green, lighter beneath and tinged with
rufous on the tibia. Vertex a little more produced, carine distinct.
Front somewhat broader than in florens, its sides almost rectilinear,
the three discal carine prominent, slightly diverging to a point before
the anterior angle of the eyes, then deflected and running straight to
the apex where they unite in an acute angle; apically they run straight
to the elypeal suture. Rostrum longer than in florens, distinetly sur-
passing the posterior trochanters. Pro- and mesonotum substantially
as in florens, but the former a little broader and more truncated between

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 471

the eyes; the mesonotal carine more parallel, almost continuous with
those of the pronotum. Elytra a little narrower and more slender,
with a closer venation at apex. Valves of the female longer than
broad, parallel at base within; plates long and strap-shaped, curved
upwards and reaching the apex of the pygofers. Sides of the genital
segment of the male very oblique, extended to a subacute angle
dorsally, the plates long, ovate, obtuse at apex and attaining the tip
of the pygofers.

Described from one female and two male examples taken by me at
Cape May and Anglesea, New Jersey; one male taken at Wildwood,
New Jersey, by Prof. C. W. Johnson; one female from Anglesea,
New Jersey, received from Prof. J. B. Smith; and Mrs. Slosson has
sent me a specimen from Florida. This species is very close to florens,
but the genital characters are very different and the apex of the front
is more acute with concolorous carine.

Genus SCOLOPSELLA Ball.
Scolopsella reticulata Ball.

Dr. E. D. Ball has described both this genus and species in the
Proceedings of the Biological Soc. of Wash., Vol. XVIII, p. 118, 1905.
I have recently received from Prof. J. B. Smith a fine pair of this
interesting insect taken in the Colorado Desert. Dr. Ball’s type
was collected in Arizona by Prof. F. H. Snow. This insect is dark
fuscous varied or tessellated all over with pale fulvous brown. It
has much the appearance of a Dictyophara, but the long cephalic
process is linear or a little spoon-shaped at apex and corrugated along
the sides. I would place the genus in our fauna between Dictyophara
and Scolops.

Genus SCOLOPS Schaum.

Of this peculiar genus sixteen species have been described from our
country, not counting pungens of Germar, which may prove to be
identical with some one of our eastern forms described by our later
entomologists. Of these, thirteen species are now represented in my
collection. For asynoptical arrangement they require a more thorough
study than I am now able to give them.

Genus PHYLLOSCELIS Germ.

This genus is readily distinguished by its short vertex and foliaceous
anterior femora. Two species have been described :

Phylloscelis pallescens Germ.
Described from Pennsylvania, but it is common in New Jersey. The

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

macropterous form has a very simple elytral venation; the longi-
tudinal nervures fork near their base and run straight to the apex,
before which they are connected by one series of transverse veins; in
the center of each areole is a longitudinal carina simulating a super-
numerary nervure.

Phylloscelis atra Germ.

Described from Pennsylvania, and I have taken it in New Jersey
and Kansas. In the macropterous form of this species the radial and
outer ulnar nervures run straight and unforked to near the apex, the
inner ulnar is forked near the apex; thus making three large subapical
and seven or eight very small apical areoles. The elytra are opaque,
impunctate, but minutely shagreened, and want the longitudinal
carine found in pallescens.

Dr. Melichar has described a variety, albovenosa, of this species
that seems always to be found with the typical form. It is piceous,
with pale legs, scutellum and elytral nervures.

Genus ORGERIUS Stal.

The only North American species of this genus, rhyparus Stal, was
described from California. Dr. Ball and I took this species in numbers
at Rifle and Grand Junction, Colorado, in July, 1900. No long-winged
form has yet been recorded.

LOXOPHORA ob. gen.

Related to Orgerius and Phylloscelis. Head much narrower than the
pronotum. Vertex short, transverse, foveate, not attaining the apex
of the head. Front long and parallel, its base returned over on to the
superior aspect of the head, anteriorly with a raised tricarinate linear
median compartment. Clypeus roundingly narrowed to the apex,
distinctly tricarinate. Antenne placed some distance below the
lower angle of the eye. Pronotum short, roundedly produced between
the eyes, hind edge broadly angularly emarginate, carinate on the
middle line; sides with one carina behind the eye; pectoral flap very
large. Mesonotum rather’small, tricarinate. Elytra short; truncated,
reaching the apex of the second tergal segment, with three longi-
tudinal carine, the inner forked before the apex, surface with a few
reticulations. Tergum carinate. Posterior tibise with four spines in
the male.

This genus has the short and broad form of Orgerius and the short
vertex of Phylloscelis. The tricarinate compartment of the front is
narrower and the pronotum is shorter and more emarginate than in

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473

either of those genera. I cannot agree with Melichar in placing
Phylloscelis in the Issida. It is closely allied to Orgerius and Scolops.
In the macropterous examples the claval nervure is united with the
commissural and not continued to the apex as in the /ssida.

Loxophora transversa n. sp.

Form of Orgerius rhyparus Stal. Vertex transverse, about half the
length of the superior aspect of the head, differentiated from the base
of the front by a transverse, slightly angled carina. Linear tricarinate
compartment of the front attaining the apex of the head, not con-
tinued on the reflexed superior base, its lateral carinze diverging at
apex on the basal suture of the clypeus. Pronotum searcely longer
than the vertex, a little wider behind the eyes, distinctly produced
anteriorly between the eyes. Mesonotum short, tricarinate, the
lateral widely divergent, following the hind edge of the pronotum for
half their length and leaving but a small compartment at either lateral
angle. Elytra feebly reticulated between the longitudinal nervures.
Tergum with three broken carine on either side of the median, one
marginal and two intermediate. Length to tip of the abdomen 4mm.,
greatest width 25 mm.

Color testaceous brown, base of the vertex with a transverse black
line; base and sides of the front, pronotum, lateral angles of the mesono-
tum and the lateral disks of the tergal segments ornamented with large
distinct round black punctures. Face and sides of the chest crossed
by a broad creamy white transverse band between two black ones;
the lower of these latter is varied with paler, the upper is deep black and
on the disk of the inferior pronotal flap is intensified and brilliantly
polished ; median compartment of the front above the black transverse
band black with white carine. Anterior edge of the pronotum beneath
the eyes black, the lower edge of the inferior flaps whitish. Disk of
the mesonotum between the lateral carinze creamy white with the apex
black. Elytra piceous brown with a broad subapical creamy white
band. Tergum black at base of the apical segments, disk of the
fourth segment creamy white between the intermediate carine.
Venter varied with dark brown and creamy white. Legs brown,
anterior and intermediate femora twice banded with pale, posterior
tarsi and tibial spines blackish.

Described from one male example kindly sent to me by Prof. H. F.
Wickham and labelled “Ch. Ranch, Utah, July 22.” This strikingly
marked insect is so distinct from any other described species I do not
hesitate to describe both the genus and species from a single specimen.

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Subfamily TROPIDUCHIDA Stal.

Of this subfamily but two species have heretofore been recorded
from our territory: Tangia sponsa Uhler and Monopsis tabida Spin.,
both from Florida, but doubtless others will yet be found along our
southern border. I describe below a third species which has been
masquerading in our collections under a false name.

Genus PELITROPIS n. gen.

Closely allied to Tambinia Stal and differing principally by its wider
head, ecarinate front and different elytral venation. Head with the
eyes as wide as the pronotum or nearly so, laminately flattened. Vertex
produced, flat; base angularly emarginate; sides parallel; margins and
middle line earinate. Front almost horizontal, broad, sides parallel,
base angularly rounded, disk a little depressed, ecarinate. Clypeus a
little convex, ecarinate. Pronotum roundedly produced before,
deeply angularly emarginate behind; tricarinate, the lateral carinze
curved, almost attaining the posterior angles. Mesonotum tricarinate,
the lateral approximate before, the median terminating in a transverse
furrow before the apex. Elytra long and narrow, parallel, with a
very slender costal membrane; radial nervures simple; first ulnar
forked behind the middle, second at the middle; claval nervures united
before the middle of the commissural margin, the resulting nervure
attaining the apex of the clavus; apex of the elytra subangularly
rounded ; inner edge of the membrane almost rectilinear, outer curved:
base of membrane separated from the corium by a subangulated line
of transverse nervures, behind which eight longitudinal nervures run
straight and almost parallel to the apex; these are crossed about half-
way to the apex by a second series of transverse veinlets; a few super-
numerary veinlets may occur on the disk either side of this second line,
and two short longitudinal nervures are interpolated near the inner
angle; apical margin with a very narrow areolate or punctate appendix,
Posterior tibie trispinose.

This genus is very near T'ambinia Stil from Ceylon, and in our fauna
should be placed near Monopsis and Tangidia. :

Pelitropis rotulata n. sp.

Pale green obscurely varied with brown. Vertex as long as broad,
anterior margin obtusely angled, almost parallel with the posterior;
edge carinate all around, median carina distinet, surface depressed with
a few lineations, most conspicuous of which are two on the middle and
two on either side anteriorly, placed at right angles to and touching
the margin. Cheeks before the eyes narrow, pointed, together with

a

1907. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

the pleurze and sides of the pronotum deeper green, marked with black
above under the lateral carine of the vertex and with a short parallel
line below from the anterior angle of the eye. Front almost horizontal,
its disk oblong, depressed ; its length one-third greater than its width;
its sides parallel and its base obtusely angled, the apical angles cut off
in line with the sides of the elypeus. Clypeus an equilateral triangle,
the three sides rectilinear. Ocelli minute, placed next the lower angle
of the eye. Antenn:e placed against the inferior edge of the eye; base
green cylindrical, next joint brown, surmounted by a slender brown
seta. Pronotum of about equal length across its whole width, deeply
acutely emarginate behind; carinz distinet, the lateral meeting the
median before, curved, at first concentric with the ant erior edge, almost
attaining the prominent posterior angles; sides tricarinate behind the
eyes, the inferior carina bounded above by a black line, and there are a
few obscure marks along the disk anteriorly. Tegule small with a
black disk. Mesonotum with some obscure marks on the disk. Elytra
pale greenish pellucid, sparsely dotted with black along the nervures of
the clavus and corium; those along the costa drawn out in oblique
false veinlets; tip of the membrane a little smoky with some of the
transverse veins brownish. Beneath deeper green, the legs paler with
the tips of the tarsal and tibial spines and a mark on the apex of the
femora exteriorly blackish. Length 7 mm.

Described from three examples from Florida. One is a fine fresh
specimen kindly given me by Mrs. Slosson, the other two are old speci-
mens changed to a dull testaceous brown. This species is frequently
determined as Monopsis floride Walker. Mr. Otto Heidemann has
kindly compared this with National Museum material and sends me
the names used here for the genus and species. These were given by
Dr. Uhler, who recognized it as distinet from M onopsis, but who it
seems never published either the genus or species.

Subfamily ACHILIDA stal.
Genus HELICOPTERA A. and §. (1843), (Elidiptera Spin. 1839).

This genus was first described as Blidiptera by Spinola, and I can see
no valid reason for the change made by Amyot and Serville; but as the
more recent name has been almost universally adopted I have thought
best to retain it here. Our species may be distinguished as follows:

Color black, front white or banded with WHILCMERe Re tte. tle
Cialloe mori. Gin aryl, . a 9 2°) Ae be ieee as 1b | Iplels Gep eee tec 2.
1. Vertex about as long as broad ; front white with a black basal band,
opaca Say.

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

—. Vertex twice as long as broad; front white without a basal band,

abdomen red, . a 2. a eee ncoloncia Vanes

2. Front transversely banded, . 3.
—. Front unicolorous, perhaps shading a little darker toward the base,
not banded, .. ab

3. Front brown, base abruptly darker; elytra narrow, "par allel, wider
toward the apex, indistinctly variegated or irrorated ; pronotum
deeply, angularly emarginate behind, . . Slossoni Van D.

—. Front creamy white with a fuscous base and brown clypeus; elytra
expanded, the costal edge quite uniformly rounded; surface
distinctly variegated ; pronotum obtusely emarginate behind,

pallida Say.

4. Vertex as long as broad; pronotum strongly produced, truncated
between the eyes; elytra brown, very obsoletely variegated ;
front unicolorous, pale testaceous brown; venter blackish
fuscous, .. 2. septentrionalis Prov.

—. Vertex distinctly broader than long; pronotum less produced,
rounded before between the eyes; front irrorate, shading to
darker at base; elytra variegated, . . . variegata Van 1Dy

Helicoptera vestita Proy. is evidently a synonym of opaca Say.
Monopsis floride and fusca Walker are placed by Stal in Helicoptera,
but they are unknown to me in nature.

Helicoptera opaca Say.

This large and broad species is black with the elytra more brownish
and opaque, the areoles closely and minutely dotted with pale and with
a pale stigmatal spot; the face is deep black with a broad transverse
band of yellowish white covering the front to the superior line of the
eyes. This pale band is extended more narrowly along the sides of the
pleure. Antenne pale fulvous. This seems to be a rare and local
form. I took one example at Phoenicia, in the Catskills, in August, 1904,
and Mr. John D. Evans, of Trenton, Ontario, has sent me another for
study that he took in County Hastings, Ontario. Mr. Evans’ speci-
men, which is a male, has the pronotum and disk of the vertex
obscurely irrorate with pale. I have seen one or two additional speci-
mens in other collections.

.

Helicoptera colorata n. sp.

Allied to opaca, but smaller and narrower with a strongly produced
vertex. Black, front and vertex white, venter sanguineous. Vertex
long, moderately narrowed toward its rounded apex, its length a little
more than twice its width at base; median line almost obsolete, disk
soiled white, margins strongly reflexed, black. Front long, much
narrowed toward the base, precurrent median carine feeble; reflexed
margins expanded towards the base of the clypeus; white with the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

margins black beyond the apical angle of the eyes; sides of the head to
the lower line of the eyes and the clypeus black; antennal base soiled
yellowish white like the vertex. Pronotum rather obtusely angularly
emarginate behind, strongly produced before, the narrow apex trun-
cated before between the eyes; carine strong, the lateral straight and
almost reaching the hind margin; color black, a little piceous between
the carine, the deflexed sides edged with white below. Mesonotum
black, opaque, the carine distinct at base, becoming obsolete, the
lateral at the middle, the median beyond the middle; metanotum
apparently rufous. Elytra narrow, but little expanded at base,
appendix broad; color black, nervures mostly pale, areoles except along
the costa and on the appendix dotted with pale, mostly in a single row
in each areole; stigma concolorous. Wings deep smoky brown with
fuscous nervures. Sternum black anteriorly, pale posteriorly and
about the coxe; propleure edged with white above. Anterior and
intermediate legs black, posterior brown. Abdomen sanguineous,
perhaps somewhat fuscous aboye; apical pieces paler edged with black.
Sides of the genital segment of the female feebly arcuated, not at all
sinuated. Length 8 mm.; width across the elytra scant 3 mm.
Described from one female example swept by me from bushes on a
wooded hillside at Gowanda, New York, August 7, 1907. This is a beau-
tiful addition to our Fulgorid fauna. Its strongly produced head, white
front, sanguineous abdomen and narrower and blacker elytra, wanting
the stigmatal spots, will at once distinguish this from opaca. The
elongated head seems to ally this species with genus Pseudohelicoptera
Fowler, but by itself does not seem to warrant the establishment of a
separate genus. Fowler’s species probably is not congenerie with this.

Helicoptera pallida Say.

Mrs. Slosson has sent me specimens of this species and septentrionalis
Prov. from the White Mountains that show them to be sufficiently
distinet. Pallida is proportionately broader than any of our other
described species; the vertex is about as long as broad, being longer
than in variegata; the elytra are very pale brown, closely irrorated and
reticulated with pale, these colors being about evenly divided; there
are a few larger brown spots, about two on the disk of the corium and
three toward the apex, the latter somewhat broken by the pale nervures.
The front is pale with its base abruptly, and the clypeus brown. This
pale color is extended along the sides of the pleuree and is bounded
above with black. Abdomen mostly fuscous; metanotum rufous.
Last ventral segment of the female sinuated, subangulated on either

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

side; genital segment quite deeply notched toward its ventral aspect.
Length 9 mm. ; width across the elytra about 4 mm.
Helicoptera septentrionalis Prov.

A little narrower than pallida with the elytra less expanded, the
vertex shorter and the pronotum more deeply angularly emarginate.
Front uniformly pale testaceous brown; pleuree marked as in pallida.
Elytra more uniformly colored, the claval and costal neryures dis-
tinctly alternated; apical field with three brown points and there are
indications of three minute ones along the costal areole; abdomen
blackish, pale at tip. Last ventral sezment of the female feebly
sinuated, rounded on either side, edge of the genital segment truncated,
scarcely if at all sinuated. Length 8 mm., width across the elytra
scant 4mm.

This species is very close to pallida, and without the two for direct
comparison it would be difficult to distinguish satisfactorily between
them. They are sufficiently distinct, however, and I feel sure that I
have rightly identified them here.

Helicoptera slossoni n. sp.

Allied to variegata, but proportionately much narrower and with a
slightly longer vertex.

Vertex about as long as the median line of the pronotum. Front
narrower at base which is rounded, as is the apex of the vertex; its sides
straight in the female, slightly arcuated in the male; its color ferrugin-
ous brown in the female, yellowish in the male, scarcely irrorate,
abruptly darker at base. Produced anterior margin of the pronotum
subtruncated between the eyes; lateral carine almost straight, a little
curved anteriorly; median carinze short, basal; carinee of the mesono-
tum obsolete posteriorly. Vertex, pronotum and mesonotum fuscous
brown, minutely irrorated with pale; deflexed sides of the pronotum
deep black edged with white in the male and ferruginous yellow in the
female; disk of the mesonotum darker with the extreme tip pale.
Elytra fuscous brown quite regularly irrorated with paler, and marked
in the female with a fuscous spot’ on the stigma and several round
points on the disk, arranged three in a row on the costal areole, three
clustered in the apical field and two on the disk of the corium at about
the middle. Wings smoky with fuscous nervures. Lower surface and
legs in the female pale brownish varied with flavous on the sides of the
pleural pieces, the abdomen fuscous, pale on the apex and in places
on the edges of the segments; in the male the lower surface becomes
yellowish, with the pleural pieces edged with black above and the
abdomen more or less fuseous. Sides of the genital segment of the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479

female obliquely truncated, scarcely sinuated. Length 8 mm., width
across the elytra 3 mm.

Described from one pair taken on Mt. Washington by Mrs. Annie
Trumbull Slosson. It affords me pleasure to dedicate this interesting
species to Mrs. Slosson as a slight recognition of her valuable services
to entomology in bringing to light so many new and rare insects.

This species may readily be recognized by its uniformly dark
color, slender form and narrow elytra with the appendix but slightly
developed.

Helicoptera variezata n. sp.

Larger than pallida and opaca; grayish varied with pale fuscous
brown. Vertex shorter than in any other Helicoptera known to me,
about the length of the eye in its greatest superior diameter, regularly
rounded before, disk pale with a longitudinal furrow, edge reflexed,
darker. Front narrow, contracted basally, the sides almost sinuated,
distinctly tricarinate and with the clypeus pale brownish shading to
darker basally and along the carine, more or less distinctly irrorated
with pale; clypeal suture quite strongly angulated. Pronotum shorter
and more deeply emarginate than in pallida, the produced anterior
margin rounded between the eyes, lateral carinee broadly rounded
outwardly, median carina feeble but almost attaining the anterior
margin in one example, upper surface of the pronotum brown or fer-
ruginous brown, closely irrorated with pale, below the carinate edge
deep black, bordered with white. Mesonotum brown or ferruginous,
irrorated with pale, becoming darker before the pale apex and marked
with a darker line without the base of the lateral carine close to the
basal angles. These carinze feeble, especially the median. Elytra
brown varied with gray patches, most conspicuous of which is one
along the base of the inner claval area, about four very irregular and
indefinite ones along the median line of the corium and another adjoining
the blackish apex of the clavus; the dark areas irrorate with pale in
places and the nervures more or less irrorated, those at the apex pale;
about three fuscous points in the costal area and three others approxi-
mate in the apical field. Wings smoky, darker toward their apex, the
nervures fuscous. Beneath testaceous varied with pale brown; disk
of the ventral segments sometimes fuscous. Legs pale brown with the
knees still paler. Sides of the genital segment of the female quite
deeply angularly emarginate. Length 8 to 10 mm.; width across the
elytra about 4 mm.

Described from one female example taken”by Mr. W. Metcalf at
Ottawa, Ontario, and a pair somewhat longer and paler taken by Mrs.

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Slosson at Franconia, New Hampshire. Mrs. Slosson has also sent me
a male taken at Richmond, Virginia, which I believe belongs to this
species. In this the elytra are pale brown, irrorated but scarcely
variegated with gray. This is the species most commonly received
from correspondents, and I have formerly determined it as septentri-
onalis Proy., but a fine series of Helicopteras recently received from Mrs.
Slosson has enabled me to correct this determination.

Genus CATONIA Ubler.

This genus was founded by Dr. Uhler in 1895 (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 61).
It is certainly very close to Plectoderes Spinola, which is still unknown
to me in nature, but it has a somewhat different aspect and undoubtedly
is sufficiently distinct. I would distinguish it from Helicoptera by its
narrower, more elongated form and the much shorter pronotum, which
forms a rounded flap behind the eyes and not a longitudinal compart-
ment as in Helicoptera. Dr. Uhler states that the posterior tibiwe are
unarmed, but this is not strictly true of any of the species known to me.
All, including zntricata, the type species, have a minute spine placed
much nearer the base than in Helicoptera, and in fusca there are two
such spines. In Catonia the basal joint of the antennz is almost
globular, while in all the Helicopteras known to me this joint is much
more elongated. The three species of Helicoptera described by Fowler
in the Biologia evidently belong to this genus.

Catonia cinctifrons Fitch is unknown to me, but our other seven
species may be separated as follows:

Front conspicuously transversely banded, . . . . . . =. 1
Front not distinctly banded, . . . 4.
1. Hind tibie with two small spines, ely tra ‘uniformly fuscous dotted
with pale; inhabits California, . . . . . fusca Van D.

—. Hind tibiz unispinose, : a | Tew gett gle ORS
2. Elytra unicolorous, nervures impunctate, . impunetata Fitch.
—. Elytra variegated, nervures punctate, . 3.
3. Larger, front strongly narrowed basally, this base scarcely banded,

; nava Say.

Smaller, front not greatly narrowed basally, transverse bands

two, conspicuous, . 2. Ss onpietar Viana:

4. Larger, elytral areoles w ith numerous s incomplete transverse vein-
lets, apex of mesonotum with a pair of ocellated black points,

grisea Van D.

—. Smaller, elytra maculated, without reticulating veinlets, . . 5.

Vertex and base of the front broader; elytral areoles almost im-

maculate, with a whitish transverse band indicated across the

apical third of the clavus, . . . . . . pumila Van D.

or

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

—. Vertex and base of the front narrower; elytral areoles more
variegated and minutely dotted with pale in the darker areas;
inhabits the West Indies, : intricata Uhler.

Catonia fusca n. sp.

Form and size of grisea; fuscous brown; elytra unicolorous dotted
with white; front banded, Length 53 mm.

Vertex short, transverse, brown with pale Carine, anterior and
posterior margins parallel, hardly arcuated. Front about as in
impunctata; rather broad and but little narrowed basally, the carine
strong, the marginal well elevated ; whitish tinged with fulvous brown
on the base and toward the apex of the clypeus; crossed by two broad
black bands; margins scarcely dotted toward their base. Antenne
brown with their sete black. Pronotum blackish with pale carine,
the lateral concentric as in all the Species known to me, with about
three branches to the hind margin. Mesonotum fulvous with the three
straight parallel carine and extreme apex pale, the carine margined
with fuscous. Elytra uniformly smoky brown, a little paler toward the
margins, nervures pale toward the apex, areoles dotted with pale.
Abdomen with pale Segmental margins; pleural pieces fuscous varied
with pale. Legs pale brown, becoming a little darker at the knees.

Described from one female specimen collected in San Mateo County,
California, by a Mr. Coleman.

Catonia nava Say.

This is a somewhat larger and darker Species than grisea, with the
front strongly narrowed basally; base brown minutely irrorated with
paler, followed by a white transverse median band and then a blackish
band next the base of the pale clypeus; the marginal carine dotted
with pale. Mesonotum tinged with fulvous with a large blackish
central cloud. The elytra quite strongly variegated and dotted on the
nervures. I have taken this species at Hamburg and Gowanda, New
York, and have seen others from the Eastern States.

Catonia cinctifrons Fitch.

I have not yet seen anything that just answers to the description
given by Fitch, but this seems to be a good species very near to nava
and is perhaps Say’s variety ‘“‘a”’ of that species.

Catonia picta n. sp.
Allied to nava and cinctifrons. Face white with two black bands;
mesonotum rufopiceous ; elytra obscurely banded. Length 54 mm.
Front broad, but slightly narrowed at base; clypeus short, conical, and

with the front tricarinate, the lateral caring marginal, strongly elevated.
32

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Vertex short, broader than long, but feebly advanced before the eyes,
obtusely angled before; margins and middle line earinate. Pronotum
very short, almost linear, tricarinate. Mesonotum much longer than
the pronotum and vertex together, tricarinate, the lateral carine
rectilinear, very slightly diverging posteriorly.

Color testaceous gray; mesonotum and a large costal spot or indis-
tinct transverse band on the basal third of the elytra obscure rufo-
piceous, behind this dark band is a broad indefinite whitish vitta;
nervures mostly dotted, the dots on the costa and commissure larger ;
commissure with four black points, two on either margin of the whitish
band; tip of the scutellum, a chain of points on the pronotum and a
few on the vertex whitish. Beneath pale fulvous. Front deep black
with a broad median transverse band of ivory white; the marginal
carine dotted with white and an indefinite whitish band crosses the
base of the clypeus. Tip of the rostrum and tarsal spines black;
knees discolored.

Described from one example taken at Lakehurst, New Jersey,
August 18, and kindly sent to me for study by Prof. John B. Smith.
This may be the variety “a” of Say’s nava, although that is more
likely to be the cinetifrons of Fitch, but it is a very distinct species.
Its smaller size, strongly marked front, and less maculated elytra,
showing obscure transverse banding, will distinguish it.

Catonia impunctata Fitch.

This species, like cinctifrons, was described by Fitch as a Cixius. It
is a little smaller than nava with the elytra testaceous brown, subhya-
line, almost immaculate, with the nervures touched with white in places,
indicating a transverse band near the middle and on the base of the
apical areoles. Fitch seems to have described the male and included
the female as a variety. The female has the whole basal portion of the
face black, with the black marks on the vertex and pronotum scarcely
indicated. I have taken this species at Phoenicia in the Catskills, and
have received specimens from Pennsylvania and elsewhere in the
Middle States. The Myndus impunctatus of my Buffalo list was
sordidipennis and not the present species.

Catonia grisea n. sp.

Nearest to intricata Uhler, but a little larger and paler; elytra gray
varied with white; front pale feebly maculated; mesonotum brown
with two black points posteriorly. Length6-7mm. |

Front elongated, quite strongly narrowed basally with the sides
almost straight and the carine strong; pale flavous, in the female

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483

obscurely irrorated on the base of the front and clypeus leaving a paler
intermediate band, indicated on the marginal carinee by two brownish
spots. Vertex almost square, feebly angled anteriorly, projecting
about half its length before the eyes, the lateral fove marked with a
dark point. Pronotum shorter than the vertex, rather sharply angled
and marked with a blackish line beneath the eye. Mesonotum pale,
quite strongly maculated with brown in the female, with pale carine
and a black point posteriorly placed in a pale annulus within the
lateral carine. Elytra whitish tinged with smoky especially toward
their tips; the nervures white, the areoles with numerous imperfect
transverse white veinlets; on the costa are a few larger brown spots.
Beneath pale, the abdomen fuscous with the segments edged with pale.

Described from a series of both sexes taken at Niagara Falls, Ham-
burg and Gowanda, New York, and one female taken on basswood at
Ottawa, Ont., by Mr. W. Metcalfe. This is our most abundant northern
species of Catonia. It varies some in the extent of maculation on the
vertex, pronotum and mesonotum, but the pair of ocellated points near
the tip of the scutellum seems to be a persistent character.

Catonia pumila n. sp.

Allied to grisea, but much smaller and wanting the ocellated points
before the apex of the scutellum. Length 4mm.

Vertex longer and narrower than in grisea, projecting for more than
half its length before the eyes, subangularly rounded before. Front
proportionately a little broader and shorter than in grisea; carine dis-
tinct, but the marginal not as strongly elevated as in its ally. Color
yellowish testaceous tinged with fulvous on the vertex and scutellum
and with the carine slightly paler. Pronotum pale obscurely dotted
with brown; front nearly immaculate, the marginal carine obscurely
dotted ; eyes and antennal setze black. Elytra obscure brownish hya-
line becoming fulvous along the costa; a whitish transverse band is
indicated before the apex of the clavus, and the apex of the corium and
some vague areas along the costa are paler; apical nervure margined
within by a fuscous vitta which is broken by the pale veins; all the
nervures more or less distinctly dotted with pale. As in the allied
species the wings are smoky hyaline with strong fuscous nervures.
Anterior and intermediate tibie banded.

Described from one pair taken by me at Milan, Ohio, September 1,
1905, and another male which I took in August, 1904, at J amaica, Long
Island. This latter has the edges of the ventral segments touched with
sanguineous. ‘This is a neat little species recognizable by its small size
and unmarked front.

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec.,

Catonia intricata Uhler.

This is a small species very close to pumila, but the front is more
narrowed basally, pale, closely dotted with brown, and the elytra are
more variegated and minutely dotted with pale, and in some examples
are quite decidedly tinged with rufous toward the costa. Dr. Uhler
described this species from the Island of St. Vincent. I took it in
Jamaica and Prof. Ball has received it from Hayti. So far it has not
been reported from the United States, but it is quite likely to be found
in southern Florida. .

Subfamily CLXTIDA Stal.

This subfamily has a wide distribution in the temperate regions of
the world. Six genera and thirty-five species are now known from this
country. Monorachis Uhler is too insufficiently known to me to be
included in this table. Our other genera may be separated as follows:

Posterior tibie armed with twoorthreespines, . . . . . . LJ.
Posterior tibia unarmed, . pao
1. Base of the head broadly sinuated ; mesonotum tricarinate,
Cizius Latr.
—. Base of the head angulate-emarginate; mesonotum normally 5-
carinate, . . . Oliarus Stal.
2. Wyes sinuated anteriorly : antenna inserted before this sinus,
Bothriocera Burm.
—. Hyes sinuated inferiorly, or entire, antenne inserted below the eyes,

3. Base of the head truncated ; vertex very narrow, its sides parallel
or wider anteriorly; front and clypeus elongated, .@cleus Stal.

—. Base of the head subsinuated ; vertex broader, narrowed anterio ly;
front and clypeus together elliptical, . . . Myndus Stal.

Genus MONORACHIS Uhler.
Monorachis sordulentus Uhler.

Mrs. Slosson has very kindly sent me for study a type specimen of
this species which unfortunately is without ahead. As nearly as I can
judge from the fragment remaining, I believe this is the species after-
ward described by Canon Fowler as Metabrixia aspersa from Mexico and
Vera Cruz. This may sink the genus Metabrivia as a synonym of
Monorachis, although this is by no means certain, as Canon Fowler
says, “This species differs considerably from the rest and may belong
to another genus.” Mrs. Slosson’s specimen seems to be of a short-
winged form.

Genus BOTHRIOCERA Burm.
Bothriocera tinealis Burm.

After a careful study of further material received from Mrs. Slosson

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

and others. I am convinced that the species found throughout the West
Indies and Florida and listed by me as B. Szgnoreti in my paper on
Jamaican Hemiptera is really Adana Westwoodi Stal, which Canon
Fowler places as a synonym of Bothriocera tinealis Burm. He states
that Signoreti may be known by its having the apex of the elytra
broadly blackish, while in ¢znealis it is more or less invaded with
hyaline.

Bothriecera undata Fabr.
Described from the West Indies. Mrs. Slosson has sent me a speci-
men captured by her at Lake Worth, Florida.

Genus OLIARUS Stal.

Of this cosmopolitan genus nine species have been recorded from
North America, of which six are now represented in my collection.
Here we find the vertex longer than in Cizius, almost quadrangular,
with the base angularly emarginate. Generally there are five distinct
carine on the mesonotum. ‘The following artificial key will assist in
placing the species known to me:

Elytra pellucid or nearly so, sometimes banded or mottled with brown,

1.

Elytra deep smoky brown, at least toward the apex, . . . . 4.
1. Elytral nervures distinetly punctate, . 2.
—. Elytra hyaline or a little dusky at apex where the nervures are
then heavy and brown, nervures impunctate or nearly so, . 5.

-2. Front broad, brown with an ivory white area on either. margin
next the base of the clypeus; elytra hyaline with the stigma
and nervures toward their apex brown, . . . aridus Ball.

—. Front unicolorous, the clypeus sometimes a little paler enema ero

Clypeus scarcely paler than the front; elytra less maculated, the

stigma distinctly longer than broad, . . . vicarius Walk.

— Clypeus generally paler - than the front; elytra more maculated or
generally transversely banded, stigma subquadrate,

5-lineatus Say.
4. Elytra deep smoky brown, the slender costa and stigma pale,
cinnamomeus Prov.

—. Elytra smoky at apex beyond the stigma, base usually subhya-

line, size smaller, . . humilis Say.

5. Length 8 mm., elytra entirely pellueid with fuscous neryures,

stiema, and ‘basal lpn, 5°) . . fAyalinus Van D.

— Length 45 mim., elytra nearly hyaline or somewhat infuscated at

apex, without a basal band, . . . . . complectus Ball.

so

The following North American species of Oliarus are still unknown
to me:

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.

O. franciscanus Stal, Frega Eugenes Resa. Ins., p. 273, 1859. Cali-
fornia. Seems to be near aridus Ball.

O. sementinus Ball, Can. Ent., xxxiv, p. 152, 1902. Colorado. A
small robust species.

O. pima Kirk., Haw. Sugar Plant. Assoc., Bul. iv, p. 62,1907. Arizona.

1. Oliarus vicarius Walker.

This species is very close to 5-lineatus Say. I separate it by its
slightly larger size, less strongly maculated elytra, longer and nar-
rower stigma and pellucid wings. The general color is paler, the
rostrum is considerably longer, nearly or quite attaining the hind edge
of the sixth abdominal segment; and the intermediate carine of the
mesonotum become evanescent or join the median carina some dis-
tance from the hind margin of the pronotum. I took an example of
this species at Atlanta, Georgia, in May, 1899, and have seen one pair
taken by Mrs. Slosson at Jacksonville and Ormond, Florida.

2. Oliarus quinquelineatus Say. :

This is our most abundant and widely distributed species. I took a
fine series at Boulder, Colorado, in July, 1903, and have also taken it
about Buffalo, New York, and at Cape May, New Jersey, and Atlanta,
Georgia. Prof. Osborn has sent me specimens from Ohio, and I have
examined material from other localities as far south as Florida.
O. 5-lineatus is proportionately broader and shorter than vicarzus, with
heavier elytral maculations, a blacker and nearly quadrate stigma and a
distinctly broader front. The general color is darker, almost a piceous ~
brown on the head and thorax, and the wings are quite deeply infuscated
toward their apex. The male genitalia are quite distinct from that of
vicarius; the ventral sinus on the genital segment is deeper with the
median tooth pale yellowish and slender, reaching to the line of the
rounded lateral lobes; the plates are narrow and abruptly bent and but
little widened at apex, and the pygofers are expanded and rounded at
apex and considerably longer than the plates, forming a concave dome
beyond their tips. In vicarius the median tooth does not attain the
line of the lateral lobes of the genital segment; the expanded apex of
the plates are broader and ‘more rounded and strongly reflexed, and the
pygofers are narrower, flatter at apex, and but little surpass the tip
of the plates.

3. Oliarus aridus Ball.

A western form of which I have before me only Colorado specimens.
It is of about the size of the preceding species and may be distinguished
by its broader vertex, the somewhat indefinite pale spots on the apex
of the front and the whitish-hyaline elytra with minutely dotted ner-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

vures and slender stigma. The cross veins toward the apex of the
elytra are marked with fuscous, the wings are milky hyaline with
brown nervures and are unclouded, and the intermediate carine of
the mesonotum are obsolete anteriorly in my specimens.

4. Oliarus hyalinus n. sp.

Most closely related to humeralis Fowler. Mesonotum tricarinate;
elytra hyaline, with fuscous nervures, stigma, basal band and com-
missural nervure. Length 8 mm.

Vertex long and narrow, about as in complectus Ball; blackish
fuscous with fulvous carinse and a whitish line either side next the
inner margin of the eye. Front strongly widened below; dark eastane-
ous with pale carin and a pale area on either side next the clypeal
margin. Clypeus blackish fuscous with pale carine. Pronotum very
short, linear, acutely emarginate behind almost to the anterior margin;
soiled yellowish clouded with fuscous at the sides and under the eyes.
Tegule pale clouded on their disks. Mesonotum dark castaneous;
intermediate carine obsolete or very feebly indicated anteriorly.
Elytra long and narrow, clear hyaline with the nervures brown, under
a lens very obscurely and minutely punctate; marginal and transverse
nervures heavier; stigma long and narrow, fuscous, darker inwardly
and bounded by a whitish nervure anteriorly; base marked by a trans-
verse fuscous band across the apex of the scutellum which scarcely
attains the costal margin; claval suture pale; commissural nervure
fuscous, heavier for a space on the middle, then whitish to the apex of
the clavus. Beneath blackish fuseous, paler on the meso- and meta-
pleura and edges of the abdominal segments. Legs brownish testace-
ous, darker on the femora. Ventral sinus of the male genital segment
deep, with a short median tooth; its sides obliquely rounded; plates
long, but little separated at base; expanded apical plate as long as the
slender base, roundedly triangular, inner edges approximate, grooved ;
pygofers just as long as the plates and concentric with them at their
rounded apex.

Described from one male example taken by Mrs. Annie Trumbull
Slosson at Biscayne Bay, Florida. This species is somewhat anom-
alous in genus Oliarus by its narrow pellucid elytra, practically impunc-
tate nervures and tricarinate mesonotum, in all which characters it
agrees most closely with complectus Ball. It has however the short
pronotum, angularly emarginate hind margin of the vertex and frontal
ocellus of Oliarus, in which genus I now place it. It closely resembles
Fowler’s figure of O. humeralis (Biologia, pl. ®, fig. 18), but the basal
band is narrower and the elytra are pellucid, not milky-hyaline, and
the nervures are fuscous. I believe it quite distinct.

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

5. Oliarus complectus Ball.

This small species has much the aspect of @cleus decens Stal, but the
vertex narrows anteriorly not posteriorly as in (cleus, and the hind
edge is angularly emarginate. In complectus the intermediate meso-
notal carinz are almost obsolete in some specimens. I have taken
this species at Effingham, Kansas, Washington, D. C., Niagara Falls and
at other localities about Buffalo. The eastern specimens differ from
those from Kansas in haying the wings quite strongly infuscated
toward their apex, but the genital and other characters seem to be sub-
stantially the same. This is the only species known to me in which
the frontal ocellus is represented only by a sear.

6. Oliarus cinnamomeus Proy.

This is very distinct from any other species known to me. It can
at once be distinguished by its fuscous elytra with the slender costa
and the stigma whitish. Provancher’s type came from Vancouver
Island; Mrs. Slosson has taken it in the White Mountains, and Prof.
W. E. Britton has sent me three examples taken at Colbrooke, Con-
necticut. It seems to be a rare and local northern form.

7. Oliarus humilis Say.
This our most abundant northern species is sufficiently distinet from
any other. It varies considerably in size and depth of coloring.

Genus CIXIUS Latr.

Elytra black or nearly so; commissural margin and the costa slenderly
pale; body black above with a broad pale vitta covering the
vertex and middle line of the pro- and mesonotum,

dorsalis Van D.

Elytra hyaline or slightly enfumed, frequently more or less banded or

maculated with fuscous; nervures with brown punctures, . 1.

1. Vertex distinctly transverse, at most obtusely angled before;
elytra proportionately broader; outer sector of “the corium
forked as near to or nearer the base than is the inner; macula-

tion transverse, . 2.

—. Vertex a little longer than broad, triangular, its apex subacute;
elytra proportionately narrower; outer sector of the corium
forked farther from.the base than is the inner; maculation
longitudinal, . . . cultus Ball.

Vertex broad triangular, obtuse or subacute before, its apex very

nearly attaining ‘the apex of the front and almost bisecting the
transverse compartment at the apex of the head; front black
with the carinz pale; plates and stiles of the male about equal-
ling the pygofers, . . . sligmatus Say.

—. Vertex short, transverse, rounded before; transverse compart-
ment at the apex of the head much less narrowed, divided by a
median carina, . . . . AL? fs Lae aes

i)

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489

3. Larger, 6-7 mm.; clypeus paler than the front; plates and stiles
of the male distinetly shorter than the pygofers, . . . . 4.
—. Smaller, 5 mm.; face entirely black with pale carine; plates and
stiles of the male as long as the pygofers, . colapeum Fitch.
4. Length 7 mm.; clypeus abruptly paler, at base strongly angled;
plates of the male less than half the length of the pygofers;
elytra generally quite strongly maculated, their base more or
less distinctly fuscous, . . . . . . . basalis Van D.
—. Length 6 mm.; clypeus less strongly differentiated; plates more
than half the length of the pygofers; elytra almost immaculate
or with some small broken spots beyond the middle, base not
darkersce.. < -.) Queene et) 2 0) VOY» Cana itch,

Cixius basalis n. sp.

Size and general aspect of Oliarus 5-lineatus. but readily distinguished
by the three mesonotal carinee. Vertex short transverse, arcuated,
its anterior and posterior margins about parallel, its outer angles
rounded, median carina not pronounced; transverse compartment. at
the apex of the head but slightly narrowed at center. Front pro-
portionately longer than in pini, but shorter than in stigmatus; black
with the strong carine fulvous; clypeus abruptly fulvous, its apex and
the tylus blackish, basal margin strongly angled. Pronotum linear
and deeply angled as in the allied species; soiled fulvous-yellow as are
the carine of the vertex and the tegule; mesonotum deep black with
a pale point at the posterior end of each carina. Elytra abruptly
widened near the base, then almost parallel to the stigma; whitish
hyaline, nervures white conspicuously dotted with black, costal
stronger with about 16 larger dots before the stigma, a few of which
are grouped where the transverse band touches the margin; the radial
forked nearer the base than is the second ulnar. In fully marked speci-
mens the base of the elytra are deep fuscous or black to behind the tip
of the scutellum; a broken linear transverse band crosses about half-
way to the stigma and another at the stigma; sometimes there is a
costal spot between these bands, and the transverse nervures at the
base of the apical areoles are heavily brown. Frequently the base is
but slightly obscured and the anterior band and costal spots or all the
markings are wanting or feebly indicated. Beneath black varied
with soiled yellow; legs pale with the femora more or less fuscous.
Abdomen black with the narrow edges of the segments and base of the
genital pieces of the female pale; in the male the plates, inferior surface
of the pygofers at base and a dot at each incisure on the edge of the
abdomen is pale. Plates of the male short, slender at base, abruptly
expanded above in a transverse oblique plate lying against the slightly

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

oblique apical margin of the genital segment; pygofers extending for
more than half their length beyond the plates, estimating from the
ventral notch of the genital segments. Length 7 mm.

Described from twelve examples taken by me at Hamburg and
Gowanda, New York; several taken at Quinze Lake, P. Q., by Mr. W. J.
Palmer, of Buffalo, and one strongly marked female taken at Como,
P. Q., by Mr. R. M. Moore. This our largest Cixizus seems to be dis-
tinectively a northern form. Like the closely allied stigmatus, pini
and colepewm, it varies greatly in the extent of elytral maculation.
These species are very distinct in the characters of the male genitalia,
but it is difficult to so describe them that they may be readily recog-
nized. I feel tolerably certain of my determination of Say’s stigmatus,
but have had to place the two species of Fitch more by size and general
appearance, and these can so stand until more definitely located by
comparison with the types, if they still exist.

Cixius stigmatus Say. 5

In this species and colepeum the male plates are not shorter than the
pygofers. In stigmatus the sides of the genital sezment are short and
rounded, not oblique, the ventral notch broad and shallow, and the
expanded apex of the plates are broad and rounded.

Cixius stigmatus seems to be more widely distributed than our other
species. I have taken it about Buffalo, New York, and have received
others from Rhode Island, and Mr. Palmer has taken it in numbers
along the trail from Temagami, Ontario, to Quinze Lake, Quebec.
Cixius pini Fitch.

In this species as in basalis the male plates are much shorter than the
pygofers, but here they reach somewhat beyond their middle, recon-
ning from the ventral notch of the genital segment. The sides of this
segment are much more oblique than in basalis, and the expanded
apices of the plates are broader and more rounded and compressed
about the pygofers. This species I have taken at Buffalo, Hamburg,
Colden and Lake Placid, New York, and Denver, Colorado.

Cixius colepeum Fitch. : .

I have placed here a small species with more regularly maculated
elytra. At least they are so in the only specimens I have seen, but
doubtless this character is as variable as in the allied species. Here
the sides of the male genital segment are rounded, a little oblique,
with a broad shallow ventral notch. In all our species there is a small
median tooth at the apex of this ventral notch. In colepeum the male
plates are long, slender at base, expanded at apex in suborbicular disks
which just attain the apex of the pygofers. In this species, pini, and

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

stigmatus the elytra are proportionately broader, with the costa more
rounded than in basalis. Ihave taken one male of colepewm at Buffalo
and another at Sunset, Colorado, at an altitude of over 8,000 feet.
Cixius dorsalis n. sp.

Color blackish fuscous, paler beneath; front pleurz and legs testa-
ceous brown, tinged with ferruginous on the clypeus; front clouded
with brown, the carine paler. Dorsal surface almost black with a
broad pale yellow vitta tinged with fulvous covering the whole vertex
the pro- and mesonotum between the lateral carinze and the elytral
commissure, where it becomes narrower and more obscured. Sides of
the mesonotum deep black. Costa very narrowly pale with a pale
spot on the base of the stigma; nervures concolorous, punctured, apical
areoles with a few vague paler spots.

Vertex longer than in our other species, transverse, almost quad-
rangular, widened before by the expanded sides of the front. Pro-
‘notum very short, linear, roundly produced before, the anterior and
posterior margins almost parallel, very feebly angled behind; lateral
carine very oblique, terminating outside of the mesonotal carinz, the
latter straight, but little divergent posteriorly; post-scutellum pale
across the middle. Pale commissural vitta of the elytra occupying
the interior claval areole. Wings smoky hyaline with fuscous nervures.
Length about 6 mm.

Described from one female example taken by Mrs. Annie Trumbull
Slosson at Biscayne Bay, Florida. This species is very distinct from
any other known to me. Its black color with broad yellowish dorsal
vitta will at once distinguish it.

The above six species of Cixiws are all that are known to me to
inhabit North America, but Prof. Smith, in his Catalogue of the Insects
of New Jersey, enumerates albicincta Germ. from that State. I have
seen nothing that could be identified with that species, or have I
learned of its having been found elsewhere in this country.

Genus MYNDUS Stal.
Myndus sordidipennis Stil.

The species I have placed under this name is not uncommon about
moist springy spots in rich woods near Buffalo. All my specimens
differ from Stal’s short and inadequate description in having the
abdomen more or less blackish fuscous. The elytra however agree
exactly and I believe my identification to be correct.

Myndus pictifrons Stal.

This is another allied species with banded front, but it may be

readily separated from sordidipennis by the brown vy tta at the inner

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

apical angle of the elytra. About Buffalo it is less abundant than the
preceding. Mrs. Slosson has taken it in the White Mountains.

Of our other described species I have or have studied Slossoni and
viridis of Ball and radicis of Osborn. Slossoni and impiger Ball have
a brown front almost immaculate; in radicis the front is pale with a
basal fuscous band indicated, while viridis Ball and fulvus Osborn are
almost unicolorous insects. Cixius impunctatus Fitch is a Catonia.

Myndus delicatus n. sp.

Closely allied to sordidipennis, but a little smaller and paler. Vertex
a little narrower anteriorly, the sides almost parallel before the middle;
in sordidipennis these sides converge nearly to their apex; black with a
broad longitudinal line toward the apex pale fulvous. Eyes black
with their inner edges slenderly pale. Front rounded ovate; yellowish
white with a black band across the base and apex; these bands a little
narrower than in the allied species; carinze on the apex of the head
pale, lower down on the front the lateral carinee become blackisk
within. Clypeus soiled white. Pronotum about as wide as in the same
sex of sordidipennis; the hind edge more angularly emarginate and the
humeral angles more rounded; superior disk black with the slender
hind edge and median carina pale; sides pale slightly stained, the
deflected portion black more or less broadly bordered with pale; in
sordidipennis entirely pale in the specimens before me. Patagia
black, fuscous in its ally. Mesonotum black with its side compart-
ments invaded with ferruginous before, the small scutellum pale.
Elytra almost hyaline, slightly smoky at tip; nervures white dotted
with concolorous bristle-bearing pits; stigma whitish. Beneath
whitish, a little suffused with flayous on the venter. Apex of the
genital segment oblique, armed with a minute triangular ventral tooth;
in sordidipennis this ventral tooth is larger with the adjoining margin
quite deeply excavated; stiles undulated at base as in sordidipennis
but distally approximated to their rounded apex. In sordidipennis
most of the lower surface and genital pieces are black. Length 5mm.

Described from two male examples taken at Hot Springs, North
Carolina, by Mrs. Annie Trumbull Slosson. ;

Subfamily ISSIDA.

This subfamily is quite largely represented in our territory. I notice
here one new species taken by Mrs. Slosson in Florida and two western
forms.

Peltonotellus decoratus n. sp.

Closely allied to simplex, but with the elytra and abdomen mostly

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493

piceous black. Characters of the front, vertex, pro- and mesonotum
almost exactly as in simplex; the anterior edge of the pronotum is,
however, more regularly rounded instead of forming an indistinct angle
at the inner corner of the eyes; the mesonotum is shorter with its lateral
posterior margins much less oblique and the pectoral flap of the pro-
notum is narrower and more transverse. Immediately below this
flap projects the inferior end of one of the pleural pieces; in decoratus
its sides are almost at right angles with the emarginated apex which
fits around the base of the intermediate coxee; in stmplex the hind edge
of this piece is oblique and the apex is scarcely sinuated; the next
adjoining piece is almost square in this new species but subtriangular
in simplex.

Color fuscous deepened almost to ferruginous in the male in which
sex the elytra and abdomen are deep piceous black, almost blue-black
on the elytra, with the base of the abdomen and the apex of the genital
segments touched with fulyous. Legs fulvous with the tarsal claws
and the line of fine bristles on the edges of the tibie blackish; the
pustulate border of the front is also slightly infuscated. In the female
the general color is more flayous and this pale color is much more
extended over the abdomen and inner field of the elytra.

In the characters of the male genitalia this species is quite distinct.
The ventral aspect of the genital segment is much shorter with the
valve small and triangular, not short and transverse as in simplex;
the plates (stiles of some authors) are much shorter and more rounded
and do not nearly attain the anal tube. In simplex the plates are
longer and thicker, are narrowed to an incurved pointed apex like the
strong stout claws of some birds, and in my specimens project almost
at right angles to the apex of the segment, and would about reach
the anal tube if depressed.

Described from one male and three female examples taken at
Charlotte Harbor, Florida, by Mrs. Slosson. At first sight this looks
like a mere color variety of simplex, but the different form of the pro-
and mesonotum, pleural pieces and male genitalia as well as its very
distinct coloring will readily separate it. This species and simplex
differ from our three other known species, histrionicus Stal, rugosus
Ball, and bzvittatus Ball, in having a pale clypeus.

Genus HYSTEROPTERUM A. and 8.
Hysteropterum cornutum Melichar.

Dr. Melichar has described this species on p. 147 of his Monograph
of the Issida. His specimens were from California, but I found it
abundant in Utah and in Colorado west of the Continental Divide.

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Two other species of this genus have been described from this country :
auroreum Uhler and punctiferwm Walk., the latter redeseribed by Dr.
Uhler as aciculatum according to Melichar.

Genus THIONIA Stal.

This genus is well represented in Central and South America. Meli-
char enumerates the following from this country:

Thionia simplex Germ. Recorded from Washington, D. C., to Texas.
I have taken it in Ohio.

Thionia elliptica Germ. Recorded from Washington, D. C., to Mis-
souri.

Thionia transversalis Mel. Recorded from “N. Am.”

Thionia bullata Say. Recorded from New York to Georgia. I have
taken it in numbers at Niagara Falls and Gowanda, N. Y., and
Mr. Palmer took it in North Carolina. Melichar places Jssus
conspersus Walker as a synonym.

Thionia ocellata Mel. Recorded from ‘N. Am.”

I add the following:

Thionia producta n sp.

Form of naso Fowler, but smaller and less elongated. Vertex much
longer than broad, almost equally five-sided; the basal portion nearly
square, its sides slightly diverging anteriorly, the apical portion pro-
duced in an angle a little less than a right angle; sides carinate, hind
edge very feebly arcuated, surface flat with a feeble median carina at
apex. Front narrow, much longer than the head, a little narrower
toward the angulated base; apex deeply emarginate for the reception
of the clypeus; the three carinz distinct, acutely converging at base;
clypeus long, strongly convex with a prominent median carina. Pro-
notum shorter than the vertex, strongly advanced and rounded
anteriorly between the eyes, truncated behind, ecarinate, with two
impressed points on the disk. Mesonotum short, not longer than the
pronotum, its sides arcuated. Elytra narrower than in bullata with
the costa more angled and the apex more obtusely angled, not obliquely
truncated as in that species; venation typical of this genus. Wings
deeply cleft. Length 6 mm.

Color dull testaceous, paler on the abdomen. Vertex and pronotum
mostly black with a broad median pale vitta; slender edges of the
pronotum and some marks behind the eyes also paler; front much
invaded with black on the base, sides and apex; clypeus darker, either
side with a few oblique lines; cheeks except at base and apex ivory

1907.] _ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

white; pleural flaps of the pronotum white and pruinose below, above
black with a pale median cloud; hind margin of the eyes pale. Scutel-
lum pale with the median line, basal angles and a short vitta on either
side black. Elytra with the longitudinal nervures and a broad vitta
following the inner margin of the scutellum to behind the middle,
black. Venter marked with black along the middle and sides.

Described from one pair taken at Rifle, Colo., July 26, 1900. This
species and naso of Fowler present a new facies in this genus by their
produced vertex, but in every other respect they are true Thionias and
should doubtless be retained here.

Subfamily ACANALONIDA Stal.

I can see no reason for uniting this subfamily with the /ss7da on one
hand or with the Flatida on the other. Four genera and ten species
have been recorded from our territory, but doubtless many others will
yet be found. :

Genus AMPHISCEPA Germ.
Amphisoepa pumila n. sp.

Form nearly of Hysteropterwm, much smaller than any other described
species; elytra almost semicircular in outline. Vertex very short,
rounded almost from the base to the front with no transverse carina
between the two; anterior and posterior margins parallel. Front
almost quadrate, the lower angles cut off in line with the sides of the
clypeus, the sides below a little expanded and reflexed; base of the
clypeus strongly angled, reaching almost to the line of the antenne.
Pronotum short, broadly rounded before, almost straight behind.
Elytra but little longer than broad, somewhat tumid toward the base,
the costa semicircularly rounded, the whole surface rather closely but
not very distinctly reticulated. Length 4 mm.; of the elytra 3 mm.;
width of the elytra 2} mm.

Color soiled brownish testaceous a little tinged with green, paler
beneath, commissural and apical margins of the elytra faintly dotted
with brownish; tumid basal part of the elytra with a piceous spot.
Spines of posterior tibize tipped with black.

Described from a single example taken by Mrs. Slosson at Biscayne
Bay, Florida.

I have not yet seen Germar’s description of this genus, but evidently
it was founded for his malina, which Stal places as a synonym of Plata
bivittata Say, published the same year. In three places where Stal
mentions this genus he places it in the /ssida and states that the hind
tibize are unispinose, but in this he is certainly mistaken, as pointed out

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [Dec.,

by Melichar. In this genus the head is broader than in Acanalonia, but
the longer scutellum and broad vertical reticulated elytra seem to ally
it most closely with Acanalonia and I follow Melichar in placing it with
that genus. Through a clerical error Melichar has credited this genus
to Say instead of Germar.

Genus ACANALONIA Spinola.
Acanalonia clypeata n. sp.

Allied to virescens Stal but a little smaller with much narrower elytra.
Vertex horizontal, longitudinally a little concave; slightly conical
before, a little more so than in virescens, but with its length distinctly
less than its width between the eyes; passage to the front rounded.
Front broad, much shortened by the encroachment of the broad trun-
cated base of the clypeus, which reaches above the lower line of the
eyes; base tumid, sides well rounded, less angled than in virescens.
Clypeus very large, transversely tumid, polished. Pro- and mesono-
tum about as in virescens, ecarinate. Elytra as long as in virescens
but much narrower, their length twice their greatest width which is at
about the basal fourth, then narrowed and a little sinuated or subparal-
lel to the feebly rounded apex; longitudinal venation strong, reticula-
tions weak and somewhat coarser than in virescens. Wings as long as
the elytra; whitish hyaline or a little infuscated, with prominent ner-
vures. Length 7 mm. to the tip of the closed elytra; width across the
elytra 53 mm. |

Color pale greenish yellow tinged with testaceous on the clypeus;
eyes brown; tarsi tinged with rufous; apical spines of the posterior
tibie and antennal setw black. Elytra pale pea-green becoming
whitish along the base of the costa and with the marginal nervure
about the apex very slenderly brown.

Described from a single male example taken at St. George, Utah,
in July, by Prof. H. F. Wickham. This species is very near to delt-
catula Fowler, but the elytra are still narrower, the vertex is shorter
and not separated from the front by a carina, and there are no dis-
cernible carine on the mesonotum. The large oval and tumid clypeus
and narrow elytra are good characters for distinguishing this species.

Subfamily FLATIDA Stal.
Genus CYARDA Walker.
Cyarda Melichari VanDuzee.
A fine series of Cyardas from Florida received from Mrs. Slosson has
enabled me to correct one other error of determination in my Jamaica
list. The Florida specimens there mentioned under Cyarda were of

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 497

Melichari (punctata Walk. of Melichar), but those from Jamaica were
probably the acuminipennis Spinola. The length given by Spinola is
about 8 mm., which corresponds with my Jamaican material. In this
Jamaican species there is a blackish cloud beneath and behind the
elytral hump, the anterior side of which is piceous; and the elytra are
subfaleate at apex. which is cut off obliquely and a little arcuated ; the
vertex is longer and less deeply sculptured than in Melichari and the
base of the front is piceous brown.

In these Florida specimens of Melichari the apex of the elytra is
narrower, wedge shaped and subacute; the costa is more abruptly
expanded at base and the disk wants the infuseation found in the
other species. Here the base of the front is scarcely if at all darker.
I cannot accept Melichar’s synonymy of Walker’s species he places
under acuminipennis, conformis, and punctata.

Genus FLATOIDES Guer.
Flatoides fusous n. sp.

Form of Flatoides scabrosus Melichar; dull blackish fuscous, disk of
the elytral areoles and all beneath pale yellowish brown. Length
10 mm. ; width across the elytra 44 mm.

Vertex a little more than one-half as long as the width between the
eyes, disk depressed, anterior margin quite regularly rounded. Front
a little longer than broad, narrowed toward the base, sides broadly
reflexed, moderately rounded, basal and clypeal margins parallel,
almost rectilinear ; clypeus long triangular, a little convex, Pronotum
strongly rounded before between the eyes, of equal length across its
whole width, the discal plate formed by the strong curved lateral
caring semicircular with the hind edge rather deeply arcuated. Meso-
notum lozenge shaped, the sides nearly equal, anterior angle rounded,
carine obscure. Elytra about twice longer than broad, costa straight
and parallel with the commissure, apex regularly rounded ; costal mem-
brane twice wider than the costal areole, broader toward the base
where it projects moderately in a rounded lobe; crossed by numerous
transverse veins; all the nervures heavy, those of the disk irregular ;
toward the apex with two transverse lines, the inner indistinct and
irregular; the subbase with a strong blackish tubercle. Plates of the
male genital sezment long triangular, approximate at base within.

Color blackish fuscous covered with a grey mealy tomentum which
obscures the neuration and other characters; indefinite disk of the
vertex and pronotum, marginal nervure and disk of all the areoles of
the elytra and all beneath dull yellowish brown ;-base of the front with
a blackish band which crosses the sides of the face and inferior flap of

33

498 PROCEEDINGS OF ‘THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

the pronotum; basal joint of the antenne brown with a pale tip;
clypeus tinged with ferruginous, darker toward the apex; anterior
and intermediate legs, middle pleural pieces and disk of the ventral
segments clouded with darker brown. Wings smoky with strong
fuscous nervures.

Described from one male and two female examples labelled “Colo-
rado Desert” and received from Prof. J. B. Smith. In this species the
elytra are moderately convex and are held at an angle of about 45
degrees. This species is very close to scabrosus Mel., but the vertex is
shorter, the colors very different and the elytral nervures stronger
and more irregular. These species are not characteristic of this genus
and are intermediate between it and Dascalia.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

NEW CLAUSILIIDE OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE—XI.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The present paper deals chiefly with species of the Ryukyu Islands
and Formosa, and especially with an interesting series of very small
Clausilie related to Zaptyx. This series now comprises some twenty-
nine species, all but one of them discovered by Mr. Hirase and his
assistants. No member of the Zaptychoid group has been recognized
in China. All are insular; and being among the most specialized of
all Clausili in structure, they indicate a greater antiquity for the
Ryukyuan fauna than zoogeographers have generally been disposed
to admit.

Section MEGALOPH.AZDUSA Bttg.
Clausilia martensi concrescens n. subsp.

In this form the spaces between the palatal plice are filled up,
making a straight lunella with slightly uneven edge. Cuticle greenish
yellow. Length 35, diam. 8.5 to 9 mm.

Shishikui, Awa, Shikoku Island. Types No. 90,044, A. N.S. PS,
from No. 1,189 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

Section LUCHUPHA:DUSA Pils.

To the nine species of this section already known two are now to
be added.

Clausilia inclyta n.sp. Pl. XXXII, figs. 1-4.

Shell rather slender, gradually and regularly tapering from the
penultimate whorl to the small apex ; extremely thick and solid ; grayish
white, being denuded of cuticle throughout ; very coarsely sculptured with
strong straight rounded ribs nearly as wide as their intervals, about 24
or 25 in number on the last whorl, and not coarser on its back. Whorls
about 11, moderately convex, the last smaller than the penultimate,
its last half compressed. Aperture small, vertical, piriform; peristome

‘This is the eleventh paper treating exclusively of Japanese Clausiliidse eol-
lected by Mr. Hirase. Seven of them appeared under the title “Additions to
the Japanese Land Snail Fauna,” the rest under various titles. A list of them
is appended to this paper. In all 165 pages, and 31 plates containing 535 figures
drawn by the author, have been published.

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Isabella-tinted, thick, well expanded and slightly reflexed ; the parietal
margin cut into one or several rounded tubercles, the peristome elsewhere
smooth. Superior lamella marginal, subvertical, thick at its end,
thin within and continuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates
past the aperture to the left side. Inferior lamella thick but not in
the least doubled, forming a prominent fold in the mouth, very strongly
spiral within, becoming horizontal and very strong a half whorl inward,
then abruptly diminishing, penetrating as far as the spiral lamella.
Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, penetrating inward as
far as the other lamellz. Principal plica not long, latero-ventral. No
upper palatal plica. Lower palatal plica long, oblique and arcuate, a
very oblique, long lunella rising from it near the middle, and curved
inwards somewhat at the upper end.

Length 26, diam. 6, length of aperture 6.2 mm.

The clausilium (Pl. XXXII, figs. 3, 4) is well curved, the columellar
margin straight, strengthened by a rib which terminates in a straight
finger-like apical process; palatal margin arcuate.

Ogimi, prov. Kunchan, Ryukyu (Okinawa). Types No. 89,890
A. N.S. P., from No. 1,347 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This is more coarsely sculptured than any other known Luchuphe-
dusa, and is further distinguished by the very long lunella, as in C.
tokunoshimana, and the absence of an upper palatal plica, present in
the other species. The clausilium has most resemblance to that of
C. mima.

In quite mature individuals the sculpture is largely worn from the
ventral face of the shell, as shown in the figure.

Clausilia koniyaensis n. sp. Pl. XXXII, figs. 5-8.

Shell fusiform, the penultimate whorl widest, pale straw-yellow, glossy,
closely and evenly striate, the striz usually a little more spaced on the
back of the last whorl. Whorls 94, slightly convex, the last com-
pressed laterally, convex below. Aperture small, piriform, the
peristome white, reflexed and somewhat thickened, the parietal margin
weakly, irregularly crenulated. Superior lamella marginal, con-
tinuous with the spiral lamella, which penetrates past the’ ventral to
the left side. Injerior lamella more or less distinctly double, forming
two contiguous columellar folds; as long inside as the spiral lamella.
Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, but rather weak; as
long inside as the other lamellze. Principal plica lateral, about a half
whorl long. Upper palatal plica rather short and very oblique.
Lower palatal plica long, strong and arcuate, a rather long, oblique
lunella rising from it in the middle.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

Length 14.3-15.3, diam. 4 mm.

The clausilium (Pl. XXXII, figs. 6, 7) is much twisted, tapering
and acuminate distally, with a notch between the thick terminal
point and a smaller point on the palatal side, a short distance from
the apex.

Koniya, Oshima, Osumi, Types No. 94,543, A. N.S. P., from No.
654a of Mr. Hirase’s Collection.

This snail is much like C. mima Pils., also of Oshima, but it is
slightly larger and more strongly rib-striate, the inferior lamella is
usually distinctly double, the subcolumellar lamella is less dilated below
the lower palatal plica, and finally the shape of the clausilium is very
different, as may be seen by comparing the figures here given with
figs. 17, 18 of Plate 22 of these Proceedings for 1901. C. koniyaensis
also resembles C. tokunoshimana, but differs in the shape of the clausi-
lium, the less coarse sculpture, more lateral lunella, ete.

ZAPTYCHOID PHYLUM.

Numerous new species and groups of this phylum were discussed in
the preceding paper of this series, but the modifications of internal
armature and clausilium seem to be interminable, and a number of
peculiar additional forms must now be described. These require an
amplification and various modifications of the key to sections previously
given. The key given below is designed to show the natural relation-
ships of the groups so far as they are now understood.

Key TO THE SECTIONS OF ZaprycHorp CLAUSILI®.

1.—Lunella normally developed, lateral, oblique, above united with

or contiguous to the upper palatal plica, which varies from

- very long to short or even wanting, but when present this

plica projects inward beyond the upper end of the lunella.

Clausilium entire and rounded distally, or rarely mucronate.

a.—Inferior lamella receding, inconspicuous or invisible from in

front, obliquely ascending and straightened within the

back of the last whorl. Remote from the superior lamella.
b.—Shell without sutural plicee, fulerum or parallel lamella.

c.—Clausilium parallel-sided, flattened, rounded at the end.

Section Hremizapryx.

c'.—Clausilium swollen and callous outside near the palatal

margin, either angular or rounded at the end.
Section HETEROZAPTYX.
b'—Shell thin; sutural plicee, fulerum and parallel lamella
developed. Distal end of the clausilium rounded.
Section Zapryx.

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

«.—Inferior lamella ascending in a broad spiral curve within the
last whorl, approaching the superior lamella.
b.—Clausilium strongly tapering to the angular or narrowly
rounded apex, not buttressed externally ; fulerum present ;
sutural plicee weak or wanting, Section STERHOZAPTYX.
—Clausilium tapering to the bluntly angular apex, buttressed
outside by an erect transverse plate; no sutural plice
or fulerum; inferior lamella receding,
Section PARAZAPTYX.
b*.—Clausilium wide distally, the apex rounded ; smooth outside.
Shell thin, sutural plicee developed; inferior lamella
approaching the superior in the aperture as a thin fold.
Section Murazapryx.
I1.—The lunella arises from the middle of a long, arched lower palatal
plica, and curves inward at its upper end; superior lamella
developed or wanting; inferior lamella spirally ascending
within; sutural plicee, fulerum and parallel lamella developed
Clausilium short, deeply notched on the palatal side near the
apex, . . . Seetion OLIGozapryx.
111.—The upper palatal plica i is very long, an extremely short lunella
branching from near its inner end; inferior lamella spirally
ascending within; superior lamella and sutural plice devel-
oped. Clausilium notched on the palatal side near the apex,
Section DicpraTropryx.
TV.—The lunella is merely a continuation obliquely downwards of the
inner end of the upper palatal plica, and its position is ventral
in known species; no sutural or lower palatal plicze or fulcrum;
inferior lamella receding, vertical below, then bent to the
left within the back of the last whorl. Palatal margin of the
clausilium more or less excised below the middle.
a.—Peristome entire, the aperture normally clausilioid; upper
palatal plica and lunella together much shorter than the
principal plica, — . . Section SELENOPTYX.
Peristome w idely interrupted ; ‘shell imperforate, not in the
least rimate; the upper palatal plica with the lunella forms
a very long, slightly bowed fold, subparallel to the principal
plica, but diverging downward towards the inner end,
Section THAUMATOPTYX.

(its

Section HETEROZAPTYX Pils. ‘
Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1905, p. 739, footnote.

Shell like Hemizaptyx; the upper «palatal plica either short (as in
Zaptyx) or very long, approaching the aperture, and sometimes it is
interrupted. The clausilium is deeply excised on the columellar
side at the filament, callous and swollen outside near the palatal margin,
and either acuminate or rounded at the end. Type C. munus (Hetero-
zaplyx, unlike Zaplyx).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

The two species of this group hitherto known were referred to
Hemizaptyx as a second division (Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1904, p. 825);
but the discovery of more species with the same type of clausilium
makes it expedient to recognize the group by name. It is closely
related to Hemizaptyx in shell features, but differs in the peculiar
swell and eallus along the outside of the clausilium near its palatal
border.

The species now known are as follows:

I.—Clausilium rather long, acuminate at the apex, which is a little
hooked backward.
a.—Upper palatal plica interrupted, a short portion being situated
at the top of the lunella and a long one in the back of the
last whorl, visible in the mouth. Formosa, C. diacoptyz.
a'.—Upper palatal plica very long, extending nearly to the lip.
Clausilium unknown. Formosa, . . . C. uraniscoptyzx.
a*,—Upper palatal plica short; shell striate.
b.— Shell dark reddish-brown, glossy, and rather thin, 10 to 11
mm. long, 2 to 2.3 wide, with 74 whorls; sides of the
clausilium strongly reflexed. Tokunoshima,
C. hyperaptyx.
Shell pale chestnut or brownish corneous, rather thin, 11 to
13 mm. long, 2.7 wide, with 9 to 103 whorls; clausilium
distinctly hooked at the apex. Oshima, C. oxrypomatica.
b’.—Shell brown or yellowish-brown, quite solid when adult, 12
to 15 mm. long, 3 to 3.6 wide, with 9 to 10 whorls. Clausi-
lium distinctly hooked at the apex. Oshima, C. munus.
{1.—Clausilium short, very wide distally, where it is broadly rounded
and recurved at the edge. Upper palatal plica very long,
approaching the aperture. Kerama-jima, Ryukyu,
C. longtplicata.

bt

Clausilia hyperaptyx Pils.
Proc. A. N. 8. Phila., 1904, p. 827.

The clausilium (Pl. XXXII, fig. 10), seen from the palatal side, is
here figured, to show the unusual width of the reflexed palatal margin.
The terminal hook is much less developed than in C. oxypomatica
(hyperaptyx, with no fold above).

Clausilia munus Pils.
Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1901, p. 423.

The clausilium is here figured (Pl. XXXII, figs. 11, 12) from the
type specimen. It is conspicuously angular at the apex, which is
decidedly thickened, and in profile view is seen to be hooked back-
ward. The columellar margin is regularly arcuate, bordered by a
thickened rim. The palatal margin is rather_strongly convex in the
middle, and above the middle it is very much thickened outside, as

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

shown in the profile view. In some specimens it has a concavity in
the inner face corresponding to the external callus. The main cur-
vature of the clausilium is not far from the origin of the filament;
elsewhere it is nearly straight in profile view.

In specimens from Ikejijima, Oshima, the external callosity referred
to is weak. In those from Koniya, Oshima, the clausilium is typical.
The shells from this place are more delicate, thinner than the types of
C. munus (munus, a gift).

Clausilia diacoptyx n.sp. Pl. XX XIII, figs. 13-19.

Shell fusiform, the apex rather obtuse, whorls 8 to 9, moderately
convex, the last tapering downwards. Surface glossy, smooth,
faintly striatulate, the last whorl rib-striate for a short distance
behind the outer lip. Pale greenish corneous, somewhat transparent.
Aperture ovate, the lip well reflexed and thick. Superior lamella
marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella, which is high in the
lateral region, and extends inward to a point above the superior lamella.
Inferior lamella deeply receding, straightened and obliquely ascending
within, shorter than the spiral lamella, or equal to it. Subcolumellar
lamella strongly emerging to the lip-edge, a groove with raised margins
on each side of it. Principal plica somewhat more than a half whorl
long, dorsal and lateral, approaching the lip. Upper palatal plica
consisting of two portions, the inner portion short, across the top of
the straight, lateral lunella, the other portion widely separated from
it, dorsal, visible in the mouth, long, and diverging forward a little
from the principal plica.

Length 10, diam. 2.3 mm.

(Oe SiGe ee ee ae

“ “ Mr fae

The clausilium (Pl. XXXII, figs. 15, 16, 17) is rather long with
subparallel margins, the columellar margin abruptly excised above, then
straight, and near the apex strongly curved towards the palatal margin.
The apex is curved toward the palatal margin and then outward in an
acute point, separated from the palatal side by a rather deep excision,
which is scarcely apparent in a fiont view, but is conspicuous in a
profile view from the palatal side. The palatal margin is thick and
slightly arched.

Sammaipo, Taiwan (Formosa). Types No. 89,896, A. N.S. P.,
from No. 1,430 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This species is probably related to C. uraniscoptyx Schm. and Bttg.,
from Bankimtsong, Formosa, but unfortunately the clausilium of
that species has not been described. The present form differs from

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

that described by Schmacker and Boettger by its broadly interrupted
upper palatal plica and the non-ascending last whorl.

Clausilia oxypomatica n. sp. Pl. XX XIII, figs. 20-24.

Shell cylindric-fusiform, attenuated towards the rather acute apex,
pale chestnut or brownish corneous, slightly transparent, the old shells
opaque, very finely but not deeply striate, more coarsely so on the
last half whorl. Whorls 9 to 104, but slightly convex, the last com-
pressed laterally, the base tapering. Aperture rhombic-ovate. Peris-
tome expanded and reflexed, rather narrow and not much thickened
except in old shells; parietal wall free, emarginate above the superior
lamella. The superior lamella is vertical, marginal, thin but rather
high, continuous with the spiral lamella, which is very high in the
lateral position, and penetrates to a point above the superior lamella.
The inferior lamella recedes deeply, is straight and oblique within the
last whorl, and penetrates inward less deeply than the spiral lamella.
The subcolumellar lamella emerges. Principal plica more than a half
whorl long, dorsal and lateral, approaching the aperture. Upper
palatal plica thin but moderately long, with the lunella forming a
T-shaped barrier.

Length 13, diam. 2.7 mm.

He Tala es ee aay (pa

The clausilium (Pl. XXXII, figs. 21, 22, 23) is not much curved, but
is quite concave internally and convex or somewhat baggy externally.
The columellar side is very deeply excised at the filament. The two
sides are about equally arcuate, the apex somewhat acuminate and
projecting, as though a drop were hanging there. There is a rib inside
along the columellar margin, and a more diffuse callus on the outside
along the palatal margin.

Oshima, Osumi. Types No. 89,889, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,336 of
Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This species falls into the second division (II) of my key to Hemi-
zaptyx (Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1904, p. 825). It differs from both the
species of that division (C. hyperaptyx and C. munus) in having the
upper palatal plica somewhat longer, the lunella joining it in the
middle. It is thinner and more slender than C. munus, larger, wider,
paler and less sharply striate than C. hyperaptyx (oxypomaticus, having
a sharp lid or “‘clausilium’’).

At Koniya, Oshima, there is a variety of C. munus more delicate
than the type lot, the shell usually somewhat smaller and more slender.
It is this form which approaches C. oxypomatica.

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Clausilia longiplicata n. sp. Pl. XXXII, figs. 25-29.

Shell cylindric-fusiform, strong, light yellowish brown, subtrans-
parent except when old, when it becomes opaque. Surface very
smooth and glossy, as if varnished, marked with faint growth-lines only.
Whorls 83, moderately convex, the last a little compressed laterally,
pinched into a short low and rounded basal crest. Aperture rhombic-
ovate, the white peristome a little expanded and narrowly reflexed,
thickened in old shells. Superior lamella high and compressed, continu-
ous with the spiral lamella which is also exceptionally high, and con-
tinues inward to a point above the sinulus. Inferior lamella receding,
low but strong and callous within, at first vertically ascending, then
abruptly bent to the left, after which it ascends vertically again,
abruptly becoming low on the ventral side, and much shorter there
than the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella very slender, emerging
to the lip-edge, bounded by grooves. Principal plica dorsal and
lateral, extending nearly to the lip. Upper palatal plica very long,
parallel to the principal plica on the side, but diverging from it on the
back, where it approaches the lip, and is seen conspicuously in the
mouth. Lunella lateral, very oblique, slightly arcuate, tapering
towards the ends, not reaching the upper palatal plica, or but weakly
joining it. There is no lower palatal plica. ‘Sutural plicee and fulerum
are absent.

Length 11, diam. 2.9mm.

SLO eae Eerie
Oe ZIG ier

The clausilium (Pl. X XXIII, figs. 25, 26) is very short, spatulate,
being broad and rounded distally. It is excised near the filament as
usual in Zaptychoid clausiliz ; near the distal end it bulges inward, and
has a corresponding concavity on the outer face. It is somewhat
calloused along the palatal margin.

Kerama-jima, Ryukyu. Types No. 89,892, A. N.S. P., from No.
1,361 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This peculiar snail resembles C. agna in its general form and brilliant
gloss, but differs widely in internal structure. The long upper palatal
plica reminds one of C. dolichoptyx, but that species is in everything
else a true Zaptyx. The long upper palatal plica and short lunella
suggest Diceratoptyz, which, however, differs by the shape of the
inferior lamella, the different clausilium, ete. C. wraniscoptyx of Vor-
mosa differs from longiplicata by its ascending last whorl (longipli-
catus, long-folded, in allusion to the long upper palatal plica).

~I

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 50

Section ZAPTYX Pils.

The following species enlarges our conceptions of Zaptyx by a struc-
ture not before known in the section; the upper palatal plica being
greatly lengthened, as in Heterozaptyx, while in the other known
species of Zaptyx it is comparatively short.

Clausilia dolichoptyx n. sp. Pl. XXXIV, 30-33.

Shell slender, fusiform-turrited, chestnut-brown, rather opaque,
shining; the spire long, tapering and somewhat attenuate, apex obtuse,
whitish. Whorls 94 to 10, convex, very slowly increasing, irregularly
striatulate or marked with growth-wrinkles. Aperture narrowly
piriform, small; the peristome white, continuous, narrowly expanded,
the outer lip a little reflexed. The superior lamella is very small or
subobsolete; the spiral lamella is reduced to a very small, short lamella in the
region of the lunella. ‘The inferior lamella recedes deeply, being hardly
visible in the aperture; in the back it ascends obliquely, is low, rather
thick and straightened, not continuous with a short portion which
lies parallel to the short spiral lamella. There is a fulerum and a
parallel lamella. The subcolumellar lamella is usually quite immersed,
but sometimes emerges. The principal plica is short, about a fourth
of a whorl long, and in a lateral position. The wpper palatal plica is
very long, the lunella joined to it near its inner end; thence it diverges
from the principal plica, running towards the aperture. The lunella
is long and nearly straight. Two short sutural plice stand above
the lunella.

Length 12.5,diam. 3, length of aperture 2.5mm.

oe O Foie 2.0). ieee ie Deni

Clausilium (Pl. XXXIV, figs. 31,32) with the curvature chiefly near
the filament, as usual in Zaptyx; very wide above, tapering distally,
rounded at the apex. It is deeply excised on the columellar side of
the filament, and much dilated on the palatal side.

Heda, Kunchan, Ryukyu. © Types No. 90,020, A. N. S. P., from
No. 1,342 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This species is readily recognized by the very long upper palatal
plica, the small superior lamella very widely separated from the short
spiral lamella, and the number of whorls, which is greater than in the
other species. With the exception of the upper palatal plica, the
structure is not unlike that of C. hirasez, the type of Zaptyzx (dolichoptyz,
long fold).

Clausilia dolichoptyx miora n. subsp. —
Shell smaller than C. dolichoptyx, nearly smooth except the last half

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

whorl, which is sharply and finely striate, whorls 8 to 8}. Superior
Jamella well developed ; subcolumellar lamella emerging.
Length 9.5, diam. 2.3 mm.
a 8.5 “ce 2 ae

Heda, Kunchan. Types No. 90,021, A. N. S. P., from No. 1,343
of Mr. Hirase’s collection.
Clausilia hyperoptyx Pils.

Specimens from Heanza-jima, Kunchan, are smaller than the types,
Sto9mm. long. They have the upper palatal plica rather long.

A series from Sezoko-jima, Kunchan, consists in part of typical
hyperoptyx, in part of densely striate specimens which would be refer-
able to yaeyamensis, from which they differ only in the slightly finer
striation.

The study of these specimens causes me to reduce C. yaeyamensis to a
variety of C. hyperoptyx. It differs only in the striation, and in show-
ing the inferior lamella somewhat more conspicuously as a thin fold,
in an oblique view in the mouth. In hyperoptyx this lamella recedes
more. The superior and spiral lamelle are weakly continuous (hyper-
optyx, fold above).

Section STEREOZAPTYX Pilsbry.

Shell Zaptychoid, with the inferior lamella strongly spiral within,
thick at its base, which recedes more or less; spiral lamella weak and
low; lunella well developed; a nodular fulerum present; sutural plice
weak or absent. Clausilium well curved, wide above, strongly taper-
ing to the angular or narrowly rounded apex, abruptly excised on the
columellar side at the origin of the filament.

This section differs from Parazaptyx and Metazaptyx in the calloused
columellar or inferior lamella, which in both of the others is thin and
high. It further differs from Parazaptyx in lacking a transverse rib
on the clausilium, and from Metazaptyx by the strongly tapering distal
end of the clausilium; that of Metazaptyx being wide distally. In
the species now known the superior and spiral lamelle are not con-
tinuous. : ‘

Clausilia entospira Pils. Pl. XXXII, fig. 9.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1901, p. 645.

A figure is here given to show the internal structure, and especially
the fulerum (f.), which was overlooked when I first described the
species. It has been found only on Tanega-shima. Additional
specimens received agree with the types. It is a rare snail (entospira,
spiral within).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

Clausilia exulans n. sp. Pl. XXXIV, figs. 40, 41, 42.

Shell fusiform, the spire attenuated above, rather thin, glossy,
yellowish or brownish corneous, somewhat transparent except when
old. Whorls 9 to 94, the earlier, attenuated ones quite convex, the
larger later ones less so, the last whorl tapering, laterally flattened,
shortly free in front. Surface weakly striatulate, the last whorl
becoming strongly evenly striate on the back, rounded below. Aper-
ture small, piriform-ovate, the peristome expanded and reflexed, rather
thin. Superior lamella small, short and thin, broadly separated from
the small, low and short spiral lamella. Inferior lamella deeply
receding, appearing as a doubly nodular fold in an oblique view in the
mouth. Inside it is strongly spiral, low, thin, with a callous nodule
below; above it becomes strong and high; not continued parallel to the
spiral lamella, and therefore not nearly so deeply penetrating. The
subcolumellar lamella emerges. There is a nodule-like fulerum.
Principal plica about a half whorl long, extending from the middle of
the dorsal to the middle of the ventral side. Upper palatal plica
small and short. Lunella very strong and high, subventral, slightly
arcuate. There is a small sutural plica.

Length 11.7, diam. 2.25, length of aperture 2.25 mm.

a 10, # 2 mm.
fees tallidice® ARSC) ght ae

Clausilium (Pl. XXXIV, figs. 40, 41) strongly arcuate, deeply and
abruptly excised on the columellar side of the filament; wide above,
strongly tapering to the apex, which though narrow is rounded. The
palatal side is dilated near the filament. The filament is deeply
inserted in the middle of the penultimate whorl.

Nase, Oshima, Osumi. Types No. 89,888, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,335 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This form is closely related to C. entospira of Tanega-shima. It is
a more lengthened, slenderer shell than that, with more whorls; it is
much thinner, and there is a weak upper palatal plica, not present in
the other; finally, the aperture projects farther forward.

Section OLIGOZAPTYX Pilsbry.

Clausilia hedleyi hyperodonta n. subsp.

Similar to C. hedleyi, but it differs in having a superior lamella
distinctly developed. Varying in size from

Length 9.5, diam. 2 mm., to

Oo Ufa ena ar ieamt

Koniya, Oshima. Types No. 90,019, A. N.-S. P., from No. 1,202a

of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec.,

Section SELENOPTYX nov.

Shell with the oblique ventral lunella and the upper palatal plica
united into a continuous crescentic barrier, the convex side of the
crescent inward and upward; otherwise like Hemizaptyx. Clausilium
excised on the columellar side at the filament. Palatal border
reflexed, the lower half more or less excised. Type C. noviluna.

This group is unlike any other in palatal armature, the inner end of
the upper palatal plica passing directly into the oblique lunella, forming
a crescent which may be somewhat angular in the middle. This is
ventrally or latero-ventrally situated, and except in old, opaque shells
is visible through the front of the shell. The inferior lamella is remote
from the superior, not visible in a front view, vertical within, with a
bend to the left in the middle. The clausilium is peculiar.

Clausilia noviluna n.sp. Pl. XXXIV, figs. 34-39.

Shell fusiform, attenuate above. Whorls about 103, the upper ones
convex, the last flattened laterally. Surface glossy, brown, densely
and very finely striate throughout, the striation not coarser on the last
whorl. Aperature rhombic-ovate, the peristome expanded, thick.
The superior lamella is slightly oblique, thin and rather high, marginal,
continuous with the spiral lamella which is very low within the back,
but high ventrally, penetrating past the aperture. The inferior
lamella recedes deeply, is flattened and ascends vertically within the
back, then bends abruptly to the left, and finally ascends again. It
is not continued parallel to the spiral lamella. The subcolumellar
lamella emerges. It is weak throughout. The principal plica is more
than a half whorl long, dorsal and lateral extending nearly to the
aperture. The upper palatal plica is of moderate length, inwardly
continuous with the obliquely descending lunella, which is latero-
ventral in position. There are no accessory lamell or plice.

Length 10.7, diam. 2.8mm.

“ SD my Bee aoe

The clausilium (Pl. XXXIV, figs. 34, 35, 36) is abruptly excised on
the columellar side of the filament. In the middle of the palatal
margin there is a backwardly projecting point or angle of the recurved
margin, below which the edge is notched and irregular.

Iheya-jima, Ryukyu. Types No. 90,046, A. N. 8. P., from No.
1,356 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This curious little snail is related to the following species, having the
same kind of palatal plica and lunella, completely united into a single
curved barrier (noviluna, new moon, in allusion to the narrow, curved
lunella).

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511

Clausilia inversiluna n. sp. Pl. XXXIV, figs. 43, 44.

Shell fusiform, the lower half rather obese, the spire rapidly tapering,
and strongly attenuated above. Whorls 9 to 103, the upper ones
quite convex, the lower less so, last whorl tapering, laterally flattened.
Surface brown, shining, striatulate, the last whorl very finely and
densely striate. Aperture rhombic-ovate, the peristome reflexed,
thick, pale brownish. Superior lamella marginal, subvertical, becom-
ing very low inside, where it is weakly continuous with the spiral
lamella, which becomes high within the ventral side, and penetrates
past the sinulus to the middle of the left side. The inferior lamella
recedes deeply. Within the back it is thick and ascends vertically,
then bends inward, but is not continued on the penultimate whorl parallel
to the spiral lamella. The subcolumellar lamella emerges. The prin-
cipal plica is three-fourths of a whorl long, extending from near the
lip to a point above the sinulus. The upper palatal plica is of mod-
erate length, and inwardly is continuous with the slightly shorter
lunella, which is exactly ventral in position and descends obliquely
inward, to the peristome just above the superior lamella.

Length 11.8, diam. 2.8mm.

ASANO). | SESE a
Lene ot 8 2iGt

The clausilium (Pl. XXXIV, fig. 44) is rather wide above, excised
at the origin of the filament, on the columellar side; it tapers distally
to a narrow, rounded apex, near which it is concave on the palatal side.
Both sides are rolled back.

Kumejima, Ryukyu. Types No. 90,045, A. N. S. P., from No.
1,359 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This is closely related to the preceding species (C. noviluna), but it
differs in being larger, less strongly striate, with the inferior lamella
bent less abruptly within the back; the lunella is situated more deeply,
and the clausilitm is much less specialized, wanting the angular lobe
and notch on the palatal margin, so conspicuous in C. noviluna. The
peristome reminds one of the Formosan C. sheridani (inversiluna,
moon inverted).

Section THAUMATOPTYX nov.

Clausilize with discontinuous peristome, the columellar and parietal
walls covered with an adnate callus, the aperture therefore somewhat
Bulimoid. Inferior lamella receding, vertical below, abruptly bent
inward in the middle. Upper palatal plica and lunella indistinguish-
ably united into one extremely long, arcuate fold, subparallel to the

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

principal plica, but curving down at the inner end. Clausilium Zap-
tychoid, with an angular projection near the middle of the palatal
margin. Type C. bivincta. (Thaumatoptyx, wonderful fold.)

This group is proposed for a marvellously specialized Clausilia. The
shell is not in the least rimate, the columellar and parietal margins of
the peristome being wholly adnate to the whorl, represented by a thin-
edged callus spread upon the whorl. It has some resemblance to
Selenoptyx in the deeply receding closing apparatus, the abruptly bent
inferior lamella within the last whorl, the shape of the combined
upper palatal plica and lunella, and in the form of the clausilium.

Clausilia bivincta n. sp. Pl. XXXIV, figs. 45, 46.

Shell slenderly fusiform, slowly tapering above to the rather large,
obtuse apex; thin, yellowish-corneous, subtransparent. Surface
glossy, faintly striatulate, the last whorl slightly striate behind the
lip. Whorls 8 to 9, the upper ones quite convex, the penultimate whorl
largest, the last whorl tapering, constricted around the middle as though
bound in by two tightly encircling cords. Aperture irregularly piri-
form, the outer and basal lips expanded, narrowly reflexed, not thick-
ened within; outer lip sinuous, being arched forward above the middle,
retracted at sinulus and base. The columellar and parietal lips are
refleced and wholly adnate, appearing only as a whitish callus spreading
upon the last whorl. The superior lamella is very small, thin and
oblique, not attaining the margin, continuous with the spiral lamella,
which is low within the back, but becomes high on the ventral side.
It penetrates past the aperture to the middle of the left side. The
inferior lamella recedes so as to be invisible from in front; within the
back it ascends vertically a short distance, then turns abruptly and
horizontally to the left, and then again ascends in a very wide plate
to its insertion. It does not penetrate parallel to the spiral lamella.
The subcolumellar lamella emerges. The principal plica is one whorl
long, running from near the lip to the middle of the left side. The
upper palatal plica is as long as the principal plica and subparallel to it,
but it diverges somewhat forwardly, where it is visible in the mouth,
and its inner end (apparently representing the lunella) diverges still
more, running obliquely down to the suture, behind the posterior angle
of the aperture. The principal plica and the upper palatal plica are
visible through the shell, and appear like cords causing the constriction
of the last whorl. There are no other palatal plice, but the sub-
columellar jamella runs up on the palatal wall in the position of a
lower palatal plica.

Oo

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51k

Length 9, diam. 1.8mm.
SOs oe

The clausilium is rather wide and somewhat resembles that of
Clausilia noviluna. It is excised at the filament on the columellar
side, and there is a projection or point near the middle of the palatal
margin. It lodges ventrally (bivinctus, twice bound).

Hotawa, Taiwan (Formosa). Types No. 89,894, A. N. 8. P., from
No. 1,405 of Mr. Hirase’s collection.

This minute Clausilia is highly specialized, and is without near
relatives among known forms. It is a rare species, of which only five
were found. The last whorl has the appearance of being bound with
two cords about the middle.

List or Papers Descripinc JAPANESE CLAUSILHDA COLLECTED BY
Mr. Y. Hirase, 1900-1907.

1. Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna—II. Proc. A. N.S. Phila.,
1900, pp. 443-448, Pl. XIV.
2. Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna—III. Proc. A. S. Phila., 1900,

pp. 672-683, Pls. XXIV, XXV (1901).
3. Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna—IV. Proc. A. N.S. Phila.,
1901, pp. 465-485, Pls. XX V—-XXVIIT.
4. Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna—V. Proc. A. N.S. Phila.,
1901, pp. 622-646, Pls. XX XV—-XXXIX (1902).
5. The Land Mollusks of the Loo Choo Islands: Clausiliide. Proc. A. N.S.
Phila., 1901, pp. 409-424, Pls. XXII, XXIII.
6. Catalogue of the Clausiliide of the Japanese Empire. Proc. A. N.S. Phila.,
1901, pp. 647-656 (1902).
Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna—VI. Proc. A. N.S. Phila.,
1902, pp. 360-382, Pls. XVII-XXT.
8. Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna—VII. Proc. A. N.S. Phila.,
1902, pp. 517-533, Pls. XXVIT, XXVIII.
9. Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna—VIII. Proc. A. N.S. Phila.,
1903, pp. 315-319, Pl. XIV.
10. New Clausiliide of the Japanese Empire—X. Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1904,
pp. 809-838, Pls. LII-LVII (1905).
11. New Clausiliide of the Japanese Empire—XI. Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1907,
pp. 479-513, Pl. XX XII-XXXIV (1908).

EXPLANATION oF PLaTEes XXXII, XXXII, XXXIV.

Puate XX XII.—Figs. 1-4.—Clausilia inelyta n. sp.

Figs. 5-8.—Clausilia koniyaensis n. sp.

Fig. 9.—Clausilia entospira Pils., broken to show interior of last whorl; f,

fulcrum. A. N.S., No. 84,898.

Fig. 10.—Clausilia hyperaptyx Pils. Palatal view of the clausilium.

Figs. 11, 12.—Clausilia munus Pils. Clausilium of the type.
PuatTe XXXIII.—Figs. 13-19.—Clausilia diacoptyx n. sp.

Figs. 20—24.—Clausilia oxypomatica n. sp.

Figs. 25-29.—Clausilia longiplicata n. sp. -
PLaTE XXXIV.—Figs. 30-33.—Clausilia dolichoptyx n. sp.

Figs. 34-37.—Clausilia noviluna n. sp.

Figs. 38, 39.—Clausilia noviluna, small form.

Figs. 40-42.—Clausilia erulans n. sp. =

Figs. 43, 44.—Clausilia inversiluna n. sp.

Figs. 45, 46.—Clausilia bivincta n. sp.

34

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dee.,

THE EARLY DEVELOPMENT OF A POLYCLAD, PLANOCERA INQUILINA Wh.
BY FRANK M. SURFACE.

CONTENTS.

Introduction.

Materials and Methods.
Nomenclature.

The Living Eggs.

General Account of the Embryology.
The Unsegmented Egg.

The First Cleavage.

The Second Cleavage.

Segregation of the Ectoblast.

Third Cleavage.

Fourth Cleavage.

Fifth Cleavage.

Formation of the Fourth Quartet.
History of the First Quartet.

The Apical Cells.

Further Divisions of the First Quartet.
History of the Second and Third Quartets. ©
History of the Fourth Quartet.

The Mesoblast.

The Entoblast.

Discussion.

Summary.

Literature List.
Explanation of Plates.
Tables of Cell Lineage.

It gives me great pleasure to express my deep indebtedness to Prof.
E. G. Conklin for his many suggestions and kind encouragement
throughout this and other work. I also wish to acknowledge the
many favors I have received from the University of Pennsylvania by
which this work was made possible. My thanks are also tendered to
the donor of the University of Pennsylvania room at the Marine
Biological Laboratory at Woods Holl during the summer of 1906.

INTRODUCTION.

Our knowledge of the development of the polyclad worms is based
chiefly on the admirable works of Arnold Lang. In his extensive
monograph of this class of the Turbellaria, published in 1884, Lang has
not only summarized the results of all previous investigators, but has
himself added very materially to our knowledge of their embryology.

1907.} NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515

Previous students of polyclad embryology have shown the undoubt-
edly spiral nature of the cleavage up until a late stage of segmentation.
In this respect the development of these platodes corresponds closely
with the cleavage of annelidan and molluscan eggs. Wilson (92) says
(p. 439): “Up to a late stage in the spiral period (twenty-eight cells)
every individual blastomere and every cell division is represented by
a corresponding blastomere and a corresponding cell division in the
embryo of the polyclad and in that of the gasteropod.” The same
practically may be said of the annelid.

This striking resemblance in the early ontogeny of three great groups
of animals should not be without some significance. Yet, according
to the accounts of these earlier investigators, the later history of the
cells in the polyclad embryo differs very greatly from that of the
apparently homologous cells in the annelids and mollusks. The
difference is so marked that Conklin (97) has characterized it as “very
great, perhaps irreconcilable.’ Wilson (92) has summarized this
difference as follows (p. 441): “In the polyclad the first group of
micromeres gives rise to the entire ectoblast, the second and third
groups to the mesoblast, the macromeres to the entoblast. In the
mollusk and annelid, on the other hand, the second and third groups of
micromeres give rise to the ectoblast, like the first set, and the meso-
derm arises subsequently.”

The formation of the ectoderm from the first quartet alone and of the
mesoderm from the whole of the second and third quartets has been a
serious stumbling block to those embryologists who have attempted to
establish cellular homologies. Wilson in a later paper (94) has cited
this case as the climax in the contradictions of comparative embry-
ology. A number of recent writers have expressed a doubt as to the
correctness of Lang’s interpretations. Thus Mead (97) writes (p.
289): “I am not convinced that the cells described by Lang do give
rise to the mesoderm, and I believe it possible that the mesoderm of the
polyclad is formed in the same manner and from exactly the same cell
as in the annelids with unequal cleavage.”

This was the state of affairs until 1898 when Prof. Wilson published
in his paper on ‘Cell Lineage and Ancestral Reminiscences”? some
observations on a Pacific coast species of Leptoplana. Wilson’s
investigations showed that Lang was wrong in certain particulars, but
did not fulfill Mead’s prediction with regard to the mesoblast. Wilson
found that each of the first three quartets of micromeres contributed
to the formation of ectoderm, but also found thatthe mesoderm arose
by inbudding from cells of the second quartet and possibly some from

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec...

.

the third. Wilson’s work was not a detailed study of the develop-
ment, and it leaves the impression that there may be something still
undiscovered in the embryology of these interesting worms. Most of
Wilson’s work and all of Lang’s was on the living egg. Every student
of embryology knows how unsatisfactory this method is for the late
stages of segmentation, unless checked by properly fixed and stained
material.

In view of these facts it has seemed worth while to enter into a more
or less detailed account of the cell lineage of this form and gain, if
possible, data to support or refute the theory of cellular homology.
Besides, such data should throw some light on the phylogeny of this.
class of the Turbellaria.

Lang has given so complete a review of the literature on polyclad
embryology previous to 1884 that it would be mere repetition to go
over that in detail here. The earliest investigators were Girard (1846-
1854), Vailliant (1866-1868) and Keferstein (1868). Of these the work
of Keferstein was by far the best. Three other investigators had
studied polyclad development previous to 1884. The first of these
was Hallez (1878-1879). Hallez recognized but one quartet of micro-
meres. From this the ectoderm arose. The macromeres budded off
four small cells at the oral pole which he believed formed the mesoderm.
He described four other later buds at the oral pole which formed the
wall of the gut. The work of Goette (1878-1882) and Selenka (1881)
followed close on that of Hallez. Goette also observed but one quartet
of micromeres in Stylochus pillidiwm. When the ectoderm had
reached the equator of the egg two to four small cells were formed at
the oral pole (lower endoderm). Later the large macromeres budded
large cells towards the aboral pole. These cells formed the upper
endoderm. From the upper and lower endoderm the wall of the
alimentary canal was formed, while the large macromeres became
food yolk. Goette found no mesoderm.

Selenka (1881) determined that two quartets were given off. Ac-
cording to him the first formed ectoderm and the second the mesoderm.
Four small cells were formed at the oral pole (lower endoderm of
Goette), from which he believed the entire wall of the alimentary canal
was formed. He found no upper endoderm.

Lang (1884) found that three quartets of micromeres were formed.
As already stated he believed the first formed the ectoderm, the second
and third the mesoderm. From the large macromeres four small cells
were formed at the oral pole (lower endoderm). Then each of the large
macromeres (fourth quartet) budded towards the aboral pole an upper

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

endoderm cell, as Goette had found. He derived the alimentary canal
from the upper and lower endoderm cells, while the macromeres (middle
endoderm) broke up into food yolk and were absorbed by the other
cells. All of the last four writers found that the posterior macromere
behaved differently from the other three in that it divided with its
nuclear spindle lying horizontally, thus giving rise to five macromeres
(fourth quartet).

MATERIAL AND MrtTHops.

The following paper is based upon the study of a species of polyclad,
Planocera inquilina, described by Prof. Wheeler in 1894. The material
was obtained at the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole,
Massachusetts, during the months of July and August of 1906.

Planocera inquilina is peculiar among polyclads in that it leads an
‘apparently parasitic life. These worms are found in the branchial
chamber of the large whelk, Sycotypus canaliculatus Gill. As Wheeler
suggests, it seems probable that they live on the excretory or waste
products of this gasteropod. No evidences that they feed on the
tissues of the host have been found. The adult worms were obtained
in considerable abundance, averaging about three worms for every
whelk opened. The adult polyclads were transferred to dishes of sea
water, in which the water was changed by means of asystem of balanced
syphons. These syphons served to keep the water free from sand and
dirt, and also prevented the overflow of the water and the escape of the
worms. The animals usually laid eggs soon after being brought into
the laboratory. As described by Wheeler, the eggs are laid in spiral,
gelatinous capsules containing anywhere from 100 to 2,000 eggs each.
Each egg is surrounded by a separate egg membrane and the whole is
imbedded in the capsule material. In many cases two eggs are
deposited in a single egg membrane, both of which develop normally.
This is the usual way in which polyclad eggs are deposited. The tough
capsule is difficult to penetrate with fixing and staining reagents.
This fact no doubt is one of the chief reasons why so few embryologists
haye worked on polyclad development. The eggs of Planocera
inguilina seem more favorable in this respect, and with care it is possible
to get very good preparations. The egg capsules were deposited
against the sides of the dishes, and it was necessary to cut them away
with a scalpel.

Wheeler (94) did not succeed in getting the eggs of this species to
develop under laboratory conditions. On the contrary I experienced
no difficulty of this kind. Stages from the maturation to the free

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

swimming, Miiller’s larve were obtained without difficulty. I do not
know wherein my methods differed from Wheeler’s. He suggested
that the water in the laboratory was too warm. However I made no
attempt to keep it cool, and in some cases the sun shone directly on the
dishes without apparently affecting the eggs. The adult animals
however would live for only a few days. After the first day they
became very sluggish and their bodies began to break up in a manner
similar to that described by Wheeler.

Although I studied the question a good deal, I have never been able
to ascertain where the eggs of this polyclad are laid under natural
conditions. The animals were laying throughout the entire summer
from June to September, yet I have never found a single capsule except
when deposited in my dishes. I have repeatedly searched the interior
of the branchial chamber of the whelks in which adult worms were
found, but to no avail. I have also examined carefully the shells of
these gasteropods, both inside and out, but no evidence of egg capsules
was found. I found that the worms always laid soon after being
removed from the whelk to the dishes of sea water, and it is possible
that this is the normal stimulus to egg deposition. If such is the case
the adult animals must deposit their eggs on stones or other smooth
objects on the bottom. In such a case both adult and young would
have to run the risk of again finding a Sycotypus and entering its
branchial chamber. The risk seems to be considerable, and the number
of eggs deposited by an individual is perhaps hardly sufficient to
warrant such an hypothesis.

The early divisions up to the forty-eight- or fifty-cell stage were
followed and figured in the living egg. The eggs are rather opaque
and it is difficult to be certain concerning many of the divisions. This
whole portion of the cell lineage was later gone over in the stained
preparations and the previous observations on the living material
were verified or corrected.

Eggs were fixed in various solutions, among which were sublimate
acetic both aqueous and in 95 per cent. alcohol, Gilson’s mureuro-
nitric, picro-sulphuric, picro-acetie, Perenney’s fluid and Flemming’s
solution. Of these the sublimate-acetie mixtures and Gilson’s fluid
proved most valuable. For staining whole mounts Conklin’s (02)
picro-hematoxlyn was used. Slightly stronger hematoxlyn than
recommended by Conklin was found better for these particular eggs.
The eggs were then cleared in xylol and mounted in balsam. It was
impossible on account of their small size to remove the eggs from the
capsules, but it was found that they cleared better if the capsules were
torn into small pieces.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519

In studying the cell lineage the chief difficulty experienced was in
not being able to rotate the eggs under the cover glass. The eggs are
not orientated in any definite direction within the capsules, and it was
necessary to pick out for study those eggs which were favorably
oriented. Besides it is particularly difficult to determine the lineage
of certain cells if one is able to view them from one side only. The
fact that the eggs could not be rotated accounts for some of the draw-
ings being from a somewhat oblique view.

The results obtained from studying the whole mounts were checked
as far as possible by the use of serial sections. It was found necessary
to bleach the Flemming material with peroxide of hydrogen before
sectioning. A number of stains were used for the sections, but Dela-
field’s heematoxlyn, either in toto or on the slide, proved most useful.
A combination of thionin and acid fuchsin also gave good results.
There is too much yolk in these eggs to use Haidenhain’s iron-alum-
hematoxlyn to advantage.

NOMENCLATURE.

The system of nomenclature followed in the cell lineage of this paper
is that used by Chabry (87), Wilson (92) and Conklin (97), with slight
modifications. This system is the same as has been used by Child
(1900), Treadwell (1901), Casteel (1904), Nelson (1904), and many
others. For the sake of convenience the chief points are repeated here.
Each of the four quadrants of the egg is denoted by one of the first
four letters of the alphabet. The left quadrant is A, the anterior B,
the right C, and the posterior D. The four macromeres form the basal
quartet; the first group of four micromeres to be separated from these
is the first quartet, and soon. A micromere is denoted by a lower case
letter, while the capital letters are reserved for the corresponding
macromeres. The number of the quartet to which a micromere
belongs is indicated by a coefficient, while the cell generation is shown
by the exponent. Of the two cells of any division of a micromere
(except 4d), the one lying nearer the animal pole is regarded as the
stem cell and receives the smaller exponent. Thus 2a’, a cell of the
second quartet in the A quadrant, will divide into 2a** and 2a*?. 2a*+
lies nearer the animal pole than 2a!?. 2a’ will divide into 2a" and
2a'1?. In the case of the divisions of the mesentoblast, 4d, the lower
cell is regarded as the stem cell and receives the smaller exponent
(Conklin, 97). :

A division is to the right, dexiotropic, if the upper cell lies to the
right of the lower when viewed by an imaginary observer situated at

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

the animal pole and facing the cell in question. If the upper cell is to
the left of the lower the division is leeotropie (Lillie, 95). If the spindle
is horizontal, 7.e., the cleavage meridional, the cell to the right receives
the smaller exponent.

Following Child (1900), the macromeres receive the coefficient of the
quartet to which they last contributed. Thus 34 gave rise at its last
division to 3a. Further details of the system will become evident by
reference to the tables of cell lineage and to the figures.

THe Livine Ecc.

The living egg of Planocera inquilina consists of a uniformly dense
mass of granules which vary only slightly in size. Between these
granules is a light colored fluid substance. When the one-celled egg
is strongly centrifuged for some time the yolk granules are compacted
to one side and a cap of the light colored fluid, in which are only a few
granules, lies at the opposite side. This cap of fluid occupies perhaps
one-fourth or a little less of the entire egg. When the egg is crushed
under a cover glass and examined with an immersion lens, minute
bodies (microsomes?) are found in the fluid portion. These small
bodies exhibit a constant “brownian’”’ movement. When the egg is
entire, however, no motion of any kind ean be discerned.

The eggs of this species of Polyclad appear perfectly uniform through-
out. Selenka, Goette and Lang have found that in many polyclad
eggs there is a darker inner portion and a lighter outer layer to the
eggs. I could make out no such differentiation in these eggs. Lang
did not find this separation of substance in Discocelis tigrina.

Considerable time was spent during the summer attempting to
experiment on these eggs. But in all cases where the conditions were
varied from the normal the egg died in a short time and no results were
obtained.

All the early cleavages as well as the maturation divisions oceur at
intervals of about one hour. The whole development proceeds rather
more rapidly than in most polyelads. At the end of the second day
or at the beginning of the third the embryo is completely covered by
the small ectodermal cells. Cilia soon begin to form on these and by
the third day the embryo begins to slowly rotate within the capsule.
During the next day or two the cilia become better developed and the
embryo rotates faster and faster. The rotation takes place first in one
direction and then after a short pause in another. Occasionally they
cease moving for some time. The eye spots appear about the fourth
day. During the fourth and fifth days a number of homogeneous

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521

volk spherules can be seen inside the embryo. By the end of the
fifth day the ciliated processes characteristic of the Miller’s larvee begin
to appear and the embryo exhibits frequent contractions of its body.
On the sixth day the larvee begin to burst through the egg membranes
and to swim about as typical Miiller’s larve. I did not succeed in
keeping these larvee more than two or three days, during which time
they seemed to undergo but little change.

GENERAL ACCOUNT OF THE EMBRYOLOGY.

Following the example of many writers on embryology, it seems that
the later detailed account can be made briefer and more readily
understood if it is prefaced by a brief general sketch of the develop-
ment. The segmentation of the egg is total and slightly unequal.
From the first two divisions four cells result, of which one, the posterior,
is slightly the largest. Three quartets of micromeres are then given
off in alternating dexiotropic and lotropic directions. The large cells
of the basal quartet then bud off at their lower, vezatative pole four
very small cells, which are to be regarded as the macromeres. The
large upper cells of this division form the fourth quartet. The large
posterior cell of this quartet, 4d, behaves very differently in its future
divisions from the other three. We may designate this cell as the
“mesentoblast,’”’ following Conklin’s nomenclature. At the stage
with forty-four cells this mesentoblast buds into the interior of the
egg a large cell, 4d’. Both of the mesentoblast cells then divide. In
these divisions the nuclear spindles lie horizontally. From the lower
pair of cells the greater part of the alimentary canal is derived. The
upper pair probably contribute a small amount to the alimentary
canal, while the larger portion goes to form the mesoderm of the body.

In the later development the chief axis of the egg, 7.e., the axis from
the animal to the vegetative pole, becomes bent, so that the animal
pole comes to lie at the anterior end of the embryo.

From the first quartet arises the ectoderm, covering the anterior
and dorsal portions of the body. From cells of this quartet four
strings of cells bud into the interior of the embryo and form the gang-
lion. The eyes arise in ectodermal cells of this quartet. The second
quartet gives rise to the larger portion of the ectoderm on the ventral
and posterior regions of the body. From cells of this quartet is formed
most of the ectodermal pharynx. A portion of the second quartet is
budded into the embryo and forms mesoderm. From this source
arises probably only that mesoderm found around the blastopore and
which is later concerned in the structures of the pharynx.

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

The third quartet consists of small cells from which apparently
only ectoderm is derived. The individual divisions of these cells have
not been traced very far, but there is every reason to believe that they
form ectoderm only.

The history of the fourth quartet is peculiar. As already stated,
the posterior cell 4d is the mesentoblast, from which the alimentary
canal and a portion of the mesoderm arises. The other three cells of
the fourth quartet, 4a, 4b and 4c, do not divide as long as their history
can be traced. They, however, break up into a large number of
homogeneous yolk spheres which are absorbed by the endoderm cells.
The large nuclei of these three cells can be traced until the alimentary
canal is partly formed.

The nuclei of the small macromeres show evidences of degeneration.
These do not divide as long as they can be followed. ‘They are carried
into the embryo by the pharyngeal invagination of ectoderm, and it
seems probable that they degenerate without giving rise to any morpho-
logical structure.

Tur UNSEGMENTED Eac.

The unsegmented egg of Planocera inquilina is nearly spherical im
shape and measures about one-tenth of a millimeter in diameter. In
many cases, however, the eggs are pressed out of their normal shape
by crowding within the capsule. The eggs when laid possess a large
germinal vesicle which lies slightly to one side of the centre (fig. 1).
This statement is not remarkable in itself, were it not for the fact that
the eggs in the uterus of the adult possess a well-developed spindle
with equatorial plate, centrosomes, ete. Apparently this spindle
never goes farther than the equatorial plate stage and then degenerates
so that the egg when deposited possesses a germinal vesicle. This
phenomenon was first observed in certain polyclad eggs by Selenka
(81d), and later Wheeler (94) has recorded it for this species. Gardiner
(99) has studied this phenomenon in Polycherus candatus and concludes
that the uterine spindle is due to abnormal conditions of the adult. I
have not attempted to study this phenomenon in detail, but a casual
survey shows that in animals which were fixed as soon as possible after
removal from the whelk this uterine spindle was well developed.
Since other animals from these same lots laid eggs which developed
normally, one must conelude that if it is not a normal phenomenon it
at least does not interfere with the later development. Selenka (81d)
suggests that this spindle is of use in bringing the yolk granules to
the centre of the egg, but, as Wheeler has noted, such could hardly be

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523

the case here, since the distribution of the yolk granules is uniform
throughout the egg.

Wheeler (94) has stated. that the impregnation is probably what
Whitman (91) has called “hypodermic.’”’ I have several times
observed animals apparently in copulation. In this act the two
animals remain in contact for some time and move about together.
Most frequently the ventral sides of the animals were in contact.
Fertilization is necessarily internal, although the means by which the
sperm reach the eggs is not known.

Two maturation divisions occur after the egg is deposited. The
first occurs about one hour after deposition and the second about one
hour later. At each of these divisions the egg goes through some of the
most remarkable contortions (fig. 2). The egg becomes very irregular,
and processes occur from all sides. ‘These processes consist of the more
fluid substance and contain few yolk granules. In many cases parts
of the egg are cut off entirely. In one case observed, the egg was
actually cut into two, so that I first mistook it for a two-cell stage, but
later these parts fused and it then underwent normal development. In
some cases minute pieces seem to be cut off which do not fuse with the
egg, for some time at least, but continue to float about between it and
the egg membrane.

The movement of the egg substance is very slow. It takes about
twenty minutes for an egg to pass through such a contortion and
regain its normal sphericalshape. The phenomenon is the same at each
of the two maturation divisions. Similar phenomena have been
observed by Hallez (79), Goette (82) and Selenka (81) in other polyclad
eggs. Such amceboid movements are also quite common in the eggs
of other animals, especially annelids.

Tue Frrast CLEAVAGE.

About one hour after the second maturation division the first cleay-
age furrow makes its appearance. The spindle for the first cleavage
lies near the centre of the egg. The first two blastomeres are not of
equal size, although the difference is slight (fig. 4). In order to make
certain that there is a recognizable difference, I have made a number
of camera drawings both of living and stained eggs. In all cases where
it was not evident that the egg was pressed out of shape in its membrane
the difference in size 1s quite easily recognized.

According to Lang (84) this difference in size of the first two blasto-
meres is very constant in polyclads. Lang says (p. 330): “Ich habe
diese allerdings wenig auffallende Verschiedenheit in der Grdésse

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

der zwei ersten Blastomeren, die Selenka bei Thysanozoon und Eury-
lepta constatirte, nicht nur bei Discocelis tigrina, sondern auch bei
allen Pseudoceriden und Eurylepta nachweisen kénnen. Ich glaube,
dass sie auch bei allen Leptoplaniden existirt, obschon sie hier schwer
nachweisbar ist.”’

Since the polar bodies do not remain attached to the animal pole, I
have been unable to ascertain whether there is a rotation of the spheres,
indicating that the first cleavage is spiral, as Conklin (97) has shown
for Crepidula. With the separation of the two cells their outlines
become more or less irregular. Especially along their line of contact
delicate protoplasmic processes extend outward. This is very much
less marked than in the case of the maturation divisions, but there
seems little doubt but that it is due to the same internal causes, what-
ever those may be. The same phenomenon may also be observed in
several of the next succeeding cleavages, 7.e., at the four- or even
eight-cell stage. But with each successive cleavage. the processes are
smaller and more delicate and the phenomenon less marked.

Tue Second CLEAVAGE—Two To Four CELLtLs.

A little less than an hour after the first two cells have separated a
furrow appears in each. These furrows often appear simultaneously,
but in many cases one cell begins to divide in advance of the other.
Lang finds that in Discocelis this is always the larger. “ Die Theilung
erfolgt aber nicht ganz gleichzeitig, die gréssere Furchungskugel theilt
sich vielmehr etwas frither als die kleinere.” In Planocera this suc-
cession is not so marked as in Discocelis. In many cases the two
spindles are in the same phase at the same time.

The cells resulting from this second cleavage are much more unequal
in size than those of the first division. Each of the two cells buds off
a smaller cell in a leotropic direction (Pl. XX-XV, figs. 5 and 6). As
Lang has found in Discocelis, the two spindles of this division cross at
an angle. Viewed from the side these spindles form an X (fig. 5). It
thus happens that the two smaller-cells lie at a higher level than the
two larger. The former tend to meet in a point at the animal pole
(fig. 6). Before the next division they move downwards a short
distance, so that a portion of the first furrow is visible between them
and forms a short polar furrow. Viewed from the vegetative pole the
two larger blastomeres always meet in a line the so-called vegetative
polar furrow (‘‘ Brechungslinie,’’ Rauber (82), or “‘Querfurche,”’ Rabl
(79)). As in the ease of all dextral mollusks and in annelids, this polar
furrow turns to the right when viewed in the plane of the first cleavage.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525

The two smaller blastomeres, A and C, are approximately equal in
size (fig. 6), while of the remaining two, one is significantly larger than
the other. The larger of these, 7.e., the largest of the four cells, is the
one denoted by D, and lies on the posterior side of the egg. The next
largest cell, B, is anterior, while the two smaller cells, A and C, are
lateral in position. It thus happens that the larger of the two blasto-
meres in the two-cell stage gives rise to the posterior and right blasto-
meres, D and C, while the smaller forms the anterior and left blasto-
meres, B and A. Thus the first cleavage separates the posterior and
right sides from the anterior and left.

TuirD CLEAVAGE—IlouR To Eraur CELLs.

The third cleavage is strongly dexiotropic. The resulting cells, la,
1b, 1c and 1d, come to lie, when completely separated, in the furrows
between the macromeres (fig. 8). They retain this position only until
after the next cleavage. As has been found in the case of other spirally
cleaving eggs, the resulting position of the blastomeres here is not due
to surface tension alone. The spindles from the moment of the break-
ing of the nuclear membranes indicate clearly the direction the cleavage
is to take (comp. fig. 12). It is thus a phenomenon inherent in the cell
structure, although surface tension no doubt plays a part in giving the
blastomeres their final position.

The divisions of the four blastomeres do not usually take place
synchronously. Lang gives the following rhythm for Discocelis. The
largest cell (D) divides first, next the anterior large cell (6), and after
these have divided the lateral cells A and C divide at about the same
time. In Planocera inquilina as a greneral rule the same rhythm holds
true, although there are often exceptions toit. The spindles are usually
present in all four of the cells at the same time, but those of the two
larger cells are nearly always more advanced. The fact that in the
great majority of cases this rhythm holds true is exceedingly interesting.
Lang (84) was the first to point out that there was such a constant
rhythm in the divisions of embryonic cells. Lang found that not only
did this succession hold good for divisions of the blastomeres where
there is an actual difference in size, but also that the descendants of
these cells divided in the same order (see quotation p. 526).

Since that time many other observers have found a more or less
similar and constant rhythm in various animals, e.g., Lillie (95) in
Umo, Jennings (96) in Asplanchna, Child (00) in Arenicola, and Nelson
(04) in Dinophilus. In Unio, Arenicola and Dinophilus the order is
D, C, A, B; in Asplanchna it is D, C, B, A; while in Discocelis and

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Planocera it is D, B (A, C), the latter two cells dividing at about the
same time. It is evident that this is correlated with the larger size of
certain blastomeres. It is thus in contradiction to Balfour’s (80) law,
that a greater amount of yolk retards the rapidity of cleavage. Kofoid
(94) has suggested that this difference in rapidity of cleavage is due to
the greater absolute amount of protoplasm in the larger cells.

In general this rhythm can be recognized for six or seven cleavages
in Planocera, although, as stated, there are often exceptions to it.

The cells of the first quartet are only slightly smaller than the cells
of the basal quartet (fig. 8). The inequality, while sufficient to be
easily recognized, is not so great in this species as in Discocelis and
most other polyclads. Girard (54) has described the cleavage of
Planocera elliptica as total and equal. In all others so far as known it
is unequal. All the cells of the first quartet are approximately equal
in size (fig. 8), notwithstanding the inequality of the cells from which
they arose. Of these cells in Discocelis Lang says (p. 331): “ Anschein-
end sind die vier Ur-Ectodermzellen [first quartet] gleich gross; es ist
aber sehr leicht méglich, dass sie in Wirklichkeit ahnliche Gréssen-
unterschiede zeigen, wie die vier grossen Blastomeren . . . . weil sie
bei ihren weiteren Theilungen ganz genau demselben Rhythmus folgen,
wie die vier grossen Blastomeren.”’

FourtH CLEAVAGE—EIGHT TO SIXTEEN CELLS.

The next cleavage is initiated by the division of the largest of the
macromeres, 1D. This division is followed very closely by the cleavage
of 1B (Pl. XXXVI, fig.9). Before the daughter cells 2d and 2b have
been completely separated spindles appear in the two lateral cells 14
and1C. The formation of this second quartet takes place in a leotropic
direction (fig. 9). By the separation of these cells, the cells of the
first quartet are pushed towards the left, thus in the opposite direction
from which they were given off. While the macromeres are dividing
the first quartet begins to divide, also in a lexotropic direction (fig. 9).
These cells divide very nearly-synchronously, but in very nearly all cases
the spindle of the posterior cell 1d is further advanced than that of the
others (fig. 9). The result of this division of the first quartet is eight
cells very nearly equal in size (fig. 10). When the divisions are
completed the upper or apical cells have rotated almost 45 degrees to
the left, so that they now occupy a position very nearly over their
respective macromeres (comp. fig. 12). They would no doubt occupy
such a position were it not for the inequality of the macromeres, which

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 527

becomes more marked with the separation of each quartet. The
distal cells of this division, viz., 1a’, 1b?, 1c? and 1d?, correspond in their
method and time of origin to the “Trochoblasts” of annelids (Wilson,
92) or the “Turret cells” of mollusks (Conklin, 97). Their future
divisions correspond more closely perhaps to the trochoblasts. Since,
however, no structure directly homologous with the prototroch is
recognizable in the polyclad larve, we cannot say that these cells are
homologous with those of annelids.

The cells of the second quartet are slightly smaller than the original
cells of the first quartet.

Firra CLEAVAGE—SIXTEEN TO THIRTY-TWO CELLS.

In the next cleavage each of the sixteen cells divides so that the
ideal thirty-two-cell stage is realized. Again the cells of the posterior
quadrant D divide slightly in advance of the others. The first cell to
divide is the large macromere 2D, which sends off in a dexiotropic
direction a small cell 3d; 3b of the anterior quadrant is next separated
off. The other two cells of the third quartet may not come off until
after the cells of the first and second quartets have divided (fig. 14).

The cells 2d and 2b begin to divide shortly after the furrows for 3d
and 3b are formed. ‘The divisions of the second quartet are nearly
meridional, but, as Pl. XX XVII, figs. 16 and 19 show, the right cell is
slightly higher than the left, so that the division is dexiotropic. The
lower distal cells, 2a?—2d?, are the larger (fig. 16). Before this division
has proceeded far the apical or stem cells of the first quartet divide in
a dexiotropic manner (fig. 12). The distal cells, la'*-ld'?, are some-
what smaller than the remaining apical cells (fig. 13). The former
le in the angles between the latter, and the cells 1a’-1d? are pushed out
until they lie opposite the ends of the apical cells. By this time the
other two cells of the third quartet, 3a and 3c, have usually been
constricted off (fig. 14). Next the remaining cells of the first quartet,
1a*-ld® (trochoblasts), divide in a dexiotropic manner. In this case
the lower distal cells, 1a?-*-1d??, are somewhat smaller than their stem
cells (fig. 13).

At this stage the cells of the third quartet, 3a—3d, are the smallest
cells present. The formation of this third quartet in polyclad eggs
was first observed by Lang, the older workers having overlooked it.
Lang calls this quartet the primitive mesoderm of the second order.

The thirty-two cells are distributed as follows:

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec...

First quartet; =: cee, We er See ee eee See keelicn

Secondiquartet; fvikek =. heat een ete

Third quartet; ycpeew. <n 1c) Ao eee eee ee

Basal quartet, wi: = 9 Slated pee ae See dee
32

From the above it is noticeable that the celis of the first quartet
show a tendency towards rapid division. In a number of mollusks,
e.g., Neritina (Blochman, 81), Unio (Lillie, 95), Crepidula (Conklin, 97)
and Fiona (Casteel, 04), the first quartet has divided only once before
the third quartet is formed. In Umbrella (Heymens, 93) and Urosal-
pinx (Conklin, 91) the first quartet does not divide at all until after the
third is formed. On the other hand, in the polyclads so far studied
(Lang, 84), in Neries (Wilson, 92), Limax (Kofoid, 94), and in
Dinophilus (Nelson, 04), the first quartet divides twice before or at the
time the third is forming. As Conklin(97) has pointed out, this indicates
the general rate of development of the upper hemisphere. In Plano-
cera this is exceedingly rapid as its further history will show.

FORMATION OF THE FourTH QuaRTET—TurIRtTyY-tTwo TO Forry CELis-

After the thirty-two-cell stage the divisions become more or less
irregular; certain cells divide several times before others divide at all.
After the completion of the thirty-two-cell stage the next cells to:
divide are the large basal quartet cells, 3D and 36. The nuclei of these
cells have moved from the upper to the lower edge of cells, and when
the spindle forms it reaches from the centre of the cell downward to its
lower margin (figs. 15 and 16). These spindles are very nearly radial
in position. Concerning them in Discocelis Lang says (p. 335): “Nur
sehr schwach ist die Abschniirung in der Richtung einer rechts gewun-
denen Spirale (wenn wir das Ei so orientiren, dass der orale Pol unten,
der aborale oben liegt, und der Beobachter in der Achse des Eies steht)
angedeutet.” By comparing figs. 20 (Pl. XXXVII), 25 and 26 (PI.
XXXVIII) and 30 (Pl. XX XTX), it will be seen that the small macro-
meres show a twisting towards the left as seen from below, thus showing
that the fourth quartet arose by dexiotropic cleavage. As may be
seen from the spindles in fig. 15, the turning of the spindle itself is very
slight indeed.

As figs. 20, 25, 26 and 30 show, these lower cells are very small com-
pared to the cells from which they arose. Wilson (98) has designated
these small cells the macromeres, and the large cells from which they
arose the fourth quartet. As will become evident later on, I have

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529

additional evidence which points to this as the true interpretation.
Although the name “macromere”’ is evidently a misnomer in this
case, it nevertheless seems well to retain the name for these small
cells. Wilson (98, p. 21) calls attention to the fact that these macro-
meres ‘“‘are relatively not very much smaller than in some of the
mollusks,” for example Planorbis (Rabl, 80). Judging from the
figures, however, the relative size of the cells varies considerably in
different species of polyelads. In Planocera inquilina these cells are
relatively very small as compared to the fourth quartet.

Hallez (79) first interpreted these small cells at the oral pole (macro-
meres) as mesoderm. Selenka in his earlier work called them pharyn-
geal cells, and in his later papers primitive endoderm cells. Goette
(82) and Lang (84) designate them as lower endoderm, and believe that
they give rise to part of the alimentary canal. These four cells form
one of the chief landmarks up until a very late stage of Segmentation.
At a time when the ectoderm is well established in a layer, and just
before it begins to invaginate at the lower pole to form the pharynx,
one can still make out these four cells. Up until this time they have
not divided. Their later history is exceedingly difficult to follow. I
am inclined to the view that these cells do not take part in the forma-
tion of any structures in the embryo of Planocera, but that they degen-
erate and that their substance is absorbed by the endoderm cells. The
reasons for this view are, first, that they cannot be traced to any organ,
and, secondly, that the nuclei of these cells from the time of their
formation until the last trace that can be found of them show increasing
evidence of degeneration. Soon after these cells are formed it can be
Seen that the chromatin is massed on one side of the nucleus in a dark
staining mass (figs. 17’ and 20, Pl. XXXVI, and fig. 25, Pl, XXXVI,
ete.). It is this marked evidence of degenerating nuclei that enables
one to follow these cells even until the ectoderm has reached this pole
of the egg. In the other nuclei of the egg the chromatin is more or less
evenly distributed in granules often along distinct linin threads. We
thus have the remarkable and unique phenomena of the “macromeres”
degenerating without giving rise to any part of the embryo. Evidently
the function of the macromeres in this case has been taken over by the
cells of the fourth quartet. These latter cells, as the figures show, are
by far the largest cells in the embryo and contain the great bulk of the
food yolk. In fact three of these cells, 4a, 4b and 4c, probably function
entirely as the bearers of yolk, and if they do take part in the formation
of the alimentary canal it is only a minor part. The history of the

other member of the fourth quartet, 4d, is of especial interest and will
35

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

be dealt with later. From the fact that this cell gives rise to both
endoderm and mesoderm we may call it the “‘Mesentoblast” (Conklin,
97).

History oF THE First Quarter—AricaL CELLS.

After the first two macromeres, 4B and 4D, are formed and before
the other two cells, 3A and 3C, have divided, spindles appear in the
four stem cells of the first quartet, la’*-1d'4. The division of these
cells takes place in a very marked leotropic direction. The results of
this division are four very small cells, 1a*!~-1d'+, lying at the proximal
end of the spindle or just over the animal pole, and four much larger
distal cells, la'+*-1d'1*, As fig. 18, Pl. XX XVII, shows, the leotropic
direction of the spindle is so marked that the cell la'*4 comes to lie in
front of 1d‘? and 16'!+ in front of 1a'+? and so on, so that there is a
rotation of 45 degrees.

These small cells at the animal pole have been observed by Selenka
and Lang in polyclads, and designated by Selenka as the apical or crown
cells (Scheitelzellen). Selenka described these cells as arising from the
stem cells of the first quartet, 7.e., la’*-1d'", as Ihave done. Lang,
on the other hand, says that they arise from the cells which alternate
with these stem cells, @.e., aes, be,, ce, and de, of his system, or la‘,
1b!?, 1c! and 1d'? of our system. He states that these cells la‘*-1d'?
send in processes between the stem cells, and from the ends of these
processes the small apical cells arise. Lang describes this process in
considerable detail, and while it is possible he is right for Discocelis
tigrina, 1 think it is very unlikely.

Lang’s observations were all made on the living eggs and not checked
with stained material. I first observed these divisions in the living
egg of Planocera and came to the same conclusion as Lang, viz., that
the apical cells came from the cells la’?-1d'*. It was only later when
I studied the preserved material of this stage that it became unmis-
takably evident that it was the stem cells 1a‘:'-1d'“ that were dividing
(fig. 18). The appearance in the living egg is very deceptive owing
to the great angle through which the spindles turn and to the small size
of the resulting apical cells.

These apical cells consist of a well-formed, normal-sized nucleus and
a very small amount of cytoplasmic material. In the stained eggs it
is only seldom that one can see anything at all of the cell boundaries.
Consequently in most of the drawings only the nuclei of these cells are
represented.

In their method and time of origin and in their relative size these

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531

cells correspond closely with the “apical rosette” of annelids. In
Dinophilus (Nelson, 04) these cells arise by exactly the same division
as in Planocera. In Nereis (Wilson, 92) they arise one division earlier,
t.e., by the division of la*-1d'. In many mollusks, cells of this same
lineage 1a'1*-1d'*t are not formed until much later in the develop-
ment, e.g., in Crepidula at the eighty-eight-cell stage, in Fiona at the
sixty-four-cell stage, etc. The formation of these small apical cells in
the polyclad embryo is an interesting and significant phenomenon,
marking in another detail the close resemblance between the early
cleavage of these platodes and that of annelids and mollusks. The
fate of the apical rosette in the majority of annelids is the formation of
an apical sense organ with an apical tuft of cilia. In Capitella (Hisig,
98) and Dinophilus (Nelson, 04) the apical plate does not bear a tuft
of cilia. Conklin (97) finds that these cells form an apical sense plate
in the Crepidula veliger, without, however, bearing a bunch of large
cilia.

As to the ultimate fate of these cells in Planocera, I must again
disagree with the previous students of polyclad embryology. Both
Selenka (81) and Lang (84) state that these cells sink down and are
finally covered over by the other ectoderm cells. Thus Lang (p. 337)
says: “Ihre Abschniirung geschieht nicht ganz gegen den aboralen Pol
zu, sondern etwas nach innen, gegen die Furchungshohle, so dass sie,
wie auch Selenka bemerkt, den Boden einer napfartigen Vertiefung
am aboralen Pol bilden..... Da spater in der Nahe der Stelle, an
der sich die Scheitelzellen gebildet haben, in besonderen Zellen des
Ectoderms die Augen entstehen, so wire es méglich, dass aus ihnen
Theile des Nervensystems, vielleicht der sensorielle Theile des Gehirns
(oberes Schlundganglion?) entsténden.’”’ Again, I believe the decep-
tive conditions of the living egg have led both Selenka and Lang
astray. It is true that by reason of the small size of these apical cells
the surrounding cells somewhat overtower them and form a ‘‘bowl-like
depression” (Pl. XX XVII, fig. 21). However I do not find, as Lang
states, that by the further division of the first quartet cells the apical
cells are covered over and so sink beneath the surface of the ectoderm.
In focusing on an egg from the animal pole in stages shown in Pl.
XXXVIII, figs. 22, 23 and 24, the first nuclei to come into view are
those of the apical cells. Furthermore these cells tend to move out
from the animal pole and remain on the surface (figs. 24, 29, 31). In
the later stages of segmentation they cannot be definitely distinguished
from other cells of the same size which come to lie near them. The
further division of the ectoderm cells in this region do not show any

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,.

indications of covering over these cells. I believe that these apical
cells form a part of the ectodermal covering of this region of the
embryo. And furthermore I believe that these are the first of a
series of divisions occurring from now on in all the ectodermal cells, by
which a small epithelial cell is cut off towards the exterior and a larger
cell remains somewhat deeper down. It is by this kind of divisions
that nearly all of the later ectodermal layer is formed. These divisions
will be discussed farther on in this paper.

Whether these apical cells form a definite sense organ or not I am
unable to say. It is in this region, as Lang points out, that the eyes
arise and that later the tentacles of the adult appear. However, the
exact fate of these cells is mere speculation, since I have found it
impossible to distinguish them in the late segmentation.

FurtHer History or First QUARTET.

We have so far followed the divisions of the first quartet until it is
composed of twenty cells, and to the time when there are forty cells in
the embryo. The last cells to be formed were the small apical cells,
lat4_]d'14_ Very soon after this the cells 1a’?-1d'? divide in a
dexiotropic manner into two almost equal cells. The lower cells,
ja!?_ld!?\ appear slightly smaller than the upper cells (figs. 21, 22).
Next, and sometimes coincident with the last division, spindles appear
in the large cells 1a*?-1d'"*._ These divide in a dexiotropic direction
into two very unequal cells (figs. 22, 23). The upper cells, la‘*?—
1d'+?-1, are much the smaller and lie on the surface of the egg between
the cells 1la’1:**_1d!4 (fig. 24). While this division is occurring the
cells 1a?'-1d?! are dividing in a leotropie direction (figs. 22, 23).
Shortly after these divisions are completed the cells 1a**—1d?? divide
dexiotropically (fig. 24). In this case the lower cells, la???-1d???,
form very small cells which lie on the surface of the egg (figs. 24, 27).

At this time there are thirty-six cells in the first quartet and about
sixty-six cells in the entire embryo. This fact indicates clearly the
very rapid development of the upper hemisphere. In Crepidula at
the sixty-eight-cell stage there are only sixteen cells in the first quartet.
In Fiona at a similar stage there are twenty cells in this quartet. In
Nereis at the fifty-eight-cell stage there are thirty-two cells in the
first quartet, and a similar number in Dinophilus at the sixty-five-cell
stage.

Soon after the last division the cells la‘*??—1d'**? divide again in
a slightly dexiotropie direction (fig. 28). This time the distal cells,
lat}?2.2_]qt1222 are the smaller and lie opposite the cells from which

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533

they have been derived (Pl. XX XIX, figs. 29, 31). At this time there
are three circles of four small cells each, lying on the surface of the egg
and arranged around the animal pole (figs. 29, 31). These twelve cells
have been derived by three successive divisions of the large stem cells
of the first quartet, la**-1d'*. The inner circle consists of the small
apical cells already described. The middle circle consists of the cells
la'+?1_{d'1?1, which were derived next and are the largest of these
twelve cells. The outer circle was derived at the last division described.
At the next division of these stem cells four more small cells are cut off
to the exterior.

At the same time that the last division described is occurring, the
cells la'?*-1d'*' divide in a leotropie direction (fig. 28) into nearly
equal moieties. With the completion of the above divisions there are
forty-four cells in the first quartet, eleven in each quadrant. After a
short resting period the cells lat*??-1-1d'1??4, which have been so
actively dividing, prepare to divideagain. ‘This time they bud into the
interior of the egg four comparatively large cells, Lat-1-?:?-1-2-]q112.21.2,
the primitive ganglion cells. The outer smaller cells of this division,
- att? 211] q't22-1-1, form the fourth circle of small cells about the
animal pole. ‘This is as far as I have been able to follow accurately the
divisions of these cells, and it is possible that the cells here designated
primitive ganglion cells may still bud one or two generations of ecto-
derm cells to the exterior. The four cells which are to form the gang-
lion diyide repeatedly. Their individual divisions have not been
traced, but four strings of cells can be distinguished for some time, each
of which is the result of the subdivision of one of these primitive
ganglion cells. These ganglion cells lie at first just above the meso-
derm cells, 4d?" and 4d?**!, and it is extremely difficult to differentiate
the later divisions of these cells.

In the divisions of this first quartet we have had a number of ex-
amples of the process already alluded to, in which a very small cell is
budded to the exterior of the egg and partially covers the larger, deeper
lying moiety. Other examples of this same phenomenon will be
described in the history of the second quartet. The four sets of four
small cells each which, beginning with the apical cells, are budded off
in rapid succession from the large stem cells of the first quartet ,lat—
1d‘, are among the more striking examples of this phenomenon. These
sixteen cells (and possibly more) very nearly cover the aboral surface
of the egg, and by their further divisions the ectoderm of this region is
formed. Other cells of this first quartet show the same process more
or less strikingly. For instance, by the divisions of 1a??-1d?? a very

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.,

small cell is cut off at the lower edge (figs. 24, 27). The same is true of
the divisions of 1la?-1d?. On the other hand the cells la‘**-1d'?
do not show such an unequal division. These latter cells have been
traced accurately through only three or four divisions, but the resulting
cells are all more or less equal in size and apparently will enter directly
into the formation of the ectoderm. This latter process, 7.e., the equal
division of the ectoderm cells, is much more in accord with what has
been found in annelids and mollusks than is the former.

History OF THE SECOND AND THIRD QUARTETS.

Just after the formation of the apical cells, and at about the time the
large cells 3A and 3C are dividing, the larger cells of the second quartet,
2a?-2d?, divide in a nearly vertical direction (fig. 17). In many cases
the spindles show a slight dexiotropice turn. Since the resulting distal
cells 2a?--2d? come to lie in the furrows between the large cells of the
fourth quartet, they are somewhat shifted in position to accommodate
themselves to the inequalities of these large cells. —

It thus happens that after the cells are separated some may be to the
right of the upper cell and others to their left. The division is always
nearly radial, but is still to be considered as belonging to the series of
spiral divisions.

With this we have traced the divisions of the second quartet until
there are twelve cells present, three in each quadrant and all on the
surface of the egg.

Just after the mesentoblast cell has divided for the first time the cells
2a'_2d' divide almost vertically but in a slightly leotropie direction.
The lower or distal cells, 2a':*-2d'*, are very much smaller than the
upper ones (fig. 21). The former lie on the surface of the latter. This
is another example of the cutting off of a small cell to the exterior.
At about this time, sometimes before and sometimes afterwards, the
small cells 2a?*-2d?, lying in the furrows between the four primary
cells of the fourth quartet, divide. The direction of the nuclear spindle
is nearly vertical (figs. 26,27). The two cells seem nearly equal in size.
The lower cells, 2a?-?-?-2d?, reach almost to the upper edges of the
macromeres (figs. 26, 30). The descendants of these cells are the first
to reach the lower pole of the egg, and form without a doubt a consider-
able portion of the ectodermal pharynx.

Shortly after these two divisions the large cells of the second quartet,
2a?_2d?!, divide in a dexiotropic manner, the two cells varying only
slightly in size (figs. 25, 27). At this time there are twenty-four cells
in the second quartet, six in each quadrant, and about seventy-eight

ee

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535

cells in the entire embryo. So far all the cells of this quartet lie on the
surface of the egg. At the next division in this quartet however the
cells 2a1-1-2d'1 cut off a small cell to the exterior and the major portion
of the larger cell pushes inwards (figs. 30, 32), so that they become
almost covered by the surrounding cells. Unfortunately I have not
been able to follow the further divisions of these cells with certainty.
At a later stage one finds one or two more small cells lying over these
larger, deeper lying ones. For this reason I am led to suspect that these
cells bud off one or two more ectoderm cells. The major portions of
these four cells remain on the interior of the egg and form a portion of
the mesoderm. Since these cells when first budded in are well towards
the lower (oral) side of the egg, it is very probable that they form a
portion of the mesoderm around the blastopore. In later stages (Pl.
XL, figs. 36-39) a considerable amount of mesoderm is found in this
region. This later supplies the muscles and other mesodermal
structures connected with the pharynx. The other mesoderm cells
found just beneath the ectoderm in these stages are derived from the
divisions of 4d, as will be described shortly.

This account of the second quartet agrees closely in its main features
with that of Wilson (98) for Leptoplana. Wilson, however, believed
that these second quartet cells, on the interior, multiplied rapidly and
formed the entire mesoderm of the body. The development of the
remainder of the mesoderm will be dealt with farther on, and it need
only be pointed out here that this account confirms Wilson’s with
regard to ectoderm arising from the second quartet. In contradiction
to Lang (84), who believes that the whole of the second and third
quartets formed mesoderm, we find here only a relatively small portion
of the second quartet budding to the interior. By far the greater bulk
of this quartet is ectodermal.

With regard to the third quartet, this is in all probability entirely
ectodermal. The cells of this quartet when first formed are relatively
very small. These cells divide in a nearly radial direction (slightly
dexiotropic) at about the seventy-four-cell stage (fig. 26). Further
divisions of this quartet have not been traced accurately. At later
stages, however, one or both of these cells in each quadrant have
divided and all their progeny remain on the surface. There is no
indication that any of these cells pass to the interior. Their small
size and epithelial character indicate that they are purely ectodermal.

History or THE FourtH QuarTET—THE MEsoBLast.

Shortly after the apical cells are formed and the cells 2a?-2d? have

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

divided once, giving a stage with forty-four cells, the mesentoblast
cell, 4d, divides, with the nuclear spindle lying in a vertical direction.
By this division a single large cell is budded into the interior of the
embryo and occupies most of the previous segmentation cavity (text
fig. 1 and Pl. NNXVII, fig. 19). The spindle for this division is

Fig. 1.—Optical section of an egg viewed from the right side. Shows the meso-
blast cell, 4d?, just after it has been budded into the segmentation cavity
(ef fig: 19} Pls Tim):

directed upwards and lies exactly in the future median longitudinal
plane of the embryo. So far as one can observe it is inclined neither
to the right nor the left, and the resulting cell 4d? comes to lie directly
over 4d! (figs. 20, 25). This is thus the first division which shows a
strict deviation from the spiral type. The cell 4d? on the interior of
the egg is about three-fourths the size of the outer cell 4d'. Very
soon after its formation 4d? divides by a horizontal division into two
approximately equal moieties (figs. 24, 25 and 26). This division is
strictly bilateral, the future median plane of the embryo passing
between these two cells (figs. 25 and 26). Just as this division is
completed the cell 4d' divides parallel to the last division (fig. 26). The
two cells resulting from this division are also equal in size (fig. 30).

Of these three divisions of 4d only one, the last, has been previously
observed. Hallez, Selenka, Goette, Lang and Wilson have all found
that this posterior cell divides in a horizontal direction into two more
or less equal portions. ‘This peculiar division of 4d, so similar to that
of annelids and mollusks, led Mead (97) to predict that it gave rise to
the mesoderm. No one, however, has hitherto shown that it budded
cells into the interior of the egg.

We have so far traced the divisions of 4d until there are four cells.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537
Two of these, 4d‘ and 4d‘, are the larger and lie on the surface of the
egg. These two cells are purely entoblastic and hence we may leave
their future history for the present. The other two cells, 4d?‘ and 4d?7,
lie entirely concealed (figs. 26-31) and are still probably mesentoblasts.
Soon after these cells are formed they again divide. This time both
spindles point towards the midline of the embryo and the division is
very unequal (fig. 31). Two very small cells, 4d?! and 4d??1, are
thus budded into the interior of the embryo and lie very near its centre.
‘The nuclei of these cells are very small and stain very intensely. Their
position is constant, always lying Just posterior to the very large
nucleus of 4b, which has been crowded towards the centre of the egg.
Since these small cells do not divide again for a very long time they
form an excellent landmark in the later stages. In fact these two
minute cells lying near the centre of the embryo can be followed until
just before the pharyngeal invagination. Fig. 36,eshows two small cells
lying just above the large mass of endoderm cells. From their position
and character I believe these are the cells 4d?" and 4d. At this
time, which is immediately preceding the ectodermal invagination
from the oral pole, the mesoderm cells have migrated to the sides of
the embryo and lie just beneath the ectoderm. The whole centre of
the egg is occupied by the homogeneous yolk spheres, in which the
somewhat shrunken nucleus of 4b can be seen. Lying Just below this
nucleus are these two small cells, which I believe take part in the forma-
tion of the alimentary canal. From their first appearance, the char-
acter of their nuclei (small, dense and intensely staining) indicates that
their fate may be different from the other descendants of 4d*. They
are formed and remain in exactly the path later traversed by the
alimentary canal, while the other descendants of 4d? move towards the
periphery of the egg.

The much larger cells, 4d?** and 4d???, from which these small
endoderm cells arose, are now entirely mesoblastic. After a short
resting period they again divide, giving rise to two rather small cells,
4d?4? and 4d??? lying above and somewhat posterior to the small
entoblasts, 4d?"! and 4d??+ (fig. 34). The nuclei of these small meso-
blasts are larger and more normal in appearance than those of the pre-
viously described entoblasts (4d?** and 4d??*),. Not long after this
the larger cells, 4d??? and 4d??*, again divide. The spindles for this
division are shown in optical section in fig. 34. Pl. XL, fig. 35, repre-
sents an optical section of an egg somewhat older than the preceding
one. In this figure we are looking down nearly upon the vegetative
pole of the egg. The position of the large shrunken nuclei of 4a, 4b,

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

and 4c are shown in dotted outline. Just posterior to the nucleus of
4b lie the two small cells 4d?** and 4d??* with the darker staining
nuclei. Just posterior to these cells are the slightly larger cells 4d?1-?*
and 4d??+ mentioned above. Finally, extending dorsally and anter-
iorly from each of these are two cells which represent the results of the
division just mentioned and for which the spindles are shown in figure
34. The resemblance to the so-called “‘mesoblast bands”’ of annelids
and mollusks is, I think, evident. In many cases, however, the
“band” formation is not so marked as in this egg, which was chosen
for drawing on account of its regularity. In many cases the meso-

mac
Fig. 2.—Schematic optical section of an egg viewed from the posterior side. To
show the relation of the ectoderm, mesoderm and endoderm. Mes. 1, Meso-
derm derived from 4d?. Mes. 2, Mesoderm derived from second quartet
cells. End., Endoderm from 4d'. e, Entoblasts from 4d*. p.g.c., Primitive
ganglion cells.

blast cells do not form such evident bands. Instead the nuclear
spindles in the cells 4d?1?? and 4d??? lie at varying angles. This is
shown by the direction of the spindles in these cells in fig’ 34. The
result tends to be a cluster of cells rather than symmetrical bands.
The lineage of these cells becomes too involved to trace further with
any accuracy. They lie well towards the dorsal side of the egg, and
become more or less confused with the cells which are now budding
in from the first quartet to form the ganglion. Nevertheless a fairly
definite group of cells can be found in this region during several of the
succeeding stages. I have attempted to represent something of the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539

relation of these cells in the diagramatic optical section (text fig. 2).
Text fig. 3 represents an actual optical section of a somewhat later
stage. Here the large nuclei of 4a, 4b, and 4c are again shown, while
lying just above them is a group of mesoderm cells derived from the
division of 4d?. The mesoderm now consist of a large number of cells.
From this time on these begin to spread out and gradually form a
layer of cells lying Just beneath the ectoderm.

While I have not been able to follow the exact lineage of these cells,
I think there is no doubt that the greater portion of the mesoderm of
the body arises from the posterior mesoblasts, while as stated before
only the mesodermal structures in the region of the pharynx arise
from cells of the second quartet.

mes 1

Fig. 3..—Optical section of an egg viewed from the posterior side. end, Group
of endoderm cells derived from 4d'. Below these are the degenerating
nuclei of the four macromeres. Near the middle of the egg are the three
large nuclei of 4a, 4b and 4c. Above these are shown the nuclei (stipled)
of a few of the mesoderm cells derived from 4d?, mes.1. Toward the vegeta-
tive pole are mesoderm cells derived from the second quartet, mes. 2.

Text fig. 3 shows a number of cells lying further towards the vegeta-
tive pole than the derivatives of 4d? have yet reached. These cells
undoubtedly arise from the further proliferation of the second quartet
cells, 2a'-!:?_2d!4?, which, as we have shown (p. 535), were budded into
the interior of the embryo (cf. fig. 32). These second quartet cells,
2a'-12_2d'12, when first formed lie considerably "below the equator of
the egg. With the overgrowth of the ectoderm they are carried

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dee.,

further down to the region of the blastopore. Thus the large group of
mesoderm cells found later around the pharynx arise, in large part at
least, from the second quartet cells. It is, however, quite possible that
some of the derivatives of 4d? later wander into this region also.

We have now followed the history of the mesoderm from its origin
until it forms a layer of cells about the embryo just beneath the ecto-
derm. We may leave the discussion and comparison with other forms
until after we have traced the history of the endoderm.

THe ENTOBLAST.

The alimentary canal of the polyclads has been derived in various
ways by different investigators. Vaillant (68) and Keferstein (68)
observed that at the time the embryo began to rotate within its mem-
branes there was a mass of roundish fat-like spheres on the interior.
Hallez (78 and 79) observed drops of an egg-white-like substance on
the inside of the embryo, surrounded by a one-cell layer of the alimen-
tary canal. The cellular elements of the canal he derived rather doubt-
fully from the four small cells at the oral pole (macromeres). Selenka
(Sle) came to a similar conclusion, 7.e., that the entire canal arose from
the four small “ primitive endoderm cells” (macromeres). These were
carried into the embryo by the pharyngeal invagination and rapidly
spread over the large yolk cells (fourth quartet). According to this
investigator these yolk cells break up without nuclear division into a
large number of yolk spherules and serve as food for the developing
endoderm. They give rise to no morphological structure of the embryo.
Selenka (81) says that as soon as ‘‘die Nahrungsdotterzellen in ein
Dutzend oder mehr ungleich grosse kernlose Kugeln zerfallen sind,
beginnen die vier Ur-Entodermzellen (macromeres) ihre Theilung und
Wanderung. Zunachst strecken sie sich in die Lange, entsenden
Ausliufer und breiten sich auf den benachbarten Dotterkugeln aus.”

Goette (82) in Stylochus pillidium finds, as already mentioned, upper
endoderm cells. From these and from the middle endoderm cells
(fourth quartet) small cells are separated, which at first contain some
of the fat-like yolk. This soon disappears in these cells and they
come to form a definite layer of endoderm. ‘The small lower endoderm °
cells (macromeres) also take part in forming this layer. Large drops
of the homogeneous -yolk substance separate from the large middle
endoderm cells and are gradually absorbed by the cells of the canal.

Lang (84) in Discocelis, it will be remembered, also finds an upper
endoderm as well as a lower and a middle layer. Like Selenka, he no
longer finds any nucleus in the large cells (fourth quartet) after the

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541
upper and lower endoderm have separated off. With regard to the
middle endoderm cells he says, p. 356: ‘Die in ihnen enthaltenen
groben Dotterkérner scheinen miteinander zu verschmelzen so dass
die in Frage stehenden Zellen das Aussehen von beinahe homogenen,
stark lichtbrechender lettkugeln bekamen. Ich habe in diesen
Kugeln bei ihrem zerfall nie Amphiaster sich bilden sehen, obschon
ich aufmerksam danach gesucht habe.”

The breaking up of these yok cells is very irregular. The wall of the
alimentary canal, according to Lang, is formed by the cells of the
upper and lower endoderm. These increase by division and extend
over the yolk spheres. I'inally they unite to form a definite layer in
which the cell boundaries cannot be distinguished. The endoderm cells
have a more or less amoeboid character and send out protoplasmic
processes over the numerous yolk spheres. According to him the
middle endoderm (fourth quartet) contains only yolk granules and
does not take part directly in the formation of any organ.

Throughout all these accounts one or two phenomena are constant,
e.g., the yolk breaks up into a large number of spherules which are later
absorbed by the endoderm cells. With regard to the development
of the canal itself there is some variation. In all the accounts at least
a portion of the canal is derived from the lower endoderm (macro-
meres). In some cases (Stylochus and Discocelis) upper endoderm
cells are formed from the large yolk cells.

The account which I have to offer of the development of the ali-
mentary canal in Planocera inquilina differs from any of the above in
several particulars. At the time when the mesoblasts, 4d?!? and
4d??? are preparing to divide, the two large entoblasts, 4d!4 and 4d!2,
are dividing (fig. 33). By this division two large cells, 4d'!? and 4d!?-,
are budded into the interior of the embryo. Soon after this these cells
divide again. At a considerably later stage the two cells 4d'+ and
4d‘? which remained on the surface after the last division, divide
again, budding two more large cells into the lower part of the embryo.
At this time or shortly afterwards the ectoderm has covered this
region, and all six cells and their descendants originally derived from
the two primitive entoblasts, 4d'* and 4d'?, are on the interior of
the egg.

Text fig. 5 shows in optical section an egg of a considerably later
stage, in which a number of cells are lying just above the vegetative
pole. These cells, of which there are several more in the egg, all came
from the primitive entoblasts, 4d'* and 4d'’, “By examining a large
number of eggs it is found that these cells are in very active division

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

and soon a large group of cells is found in this region (ef. fig. 36). A
careful study of the eggs themselves leaves no doubt but that they all
arise from the primitive entoblasts. Pl. XX XIX, fig. 33, shows the
spindles for the first division of these cells. I have repeatedly found
eggs showing the second and later divisions of these cells, but in every
case it has been found impossible to make an intelligible drawing of the
egg. The fact that these eggs cannot be rotated under the cover glass
has added greatly to the labor of finding eggs suitable for study or
drawing. In this case it has effectually blocked all attempts to por-
tray a certain stage. The material itself, however, leaves no doubt
that the divisions take place as described. I have attempted to
embody the essential facts of these divisions in the schematic text
fig. 2.

During all this time the very large nuclei of the three anterior cells
of the fourth quartet, 4a, 4b and 4c, can still be found (fig. 34). Pre-
vious to this time there has been some shifting of the relative positions
of the fourth quartet cells. At the time the mesentoblast cell is budded
into the interior (fig. 19) all the four cells of this quartet lie in nearly
the same plane. The two lateral cells, 4a and 4c, are perhaps slightly
higher than the others. When 4d! divides bilaterally these two cells
overlap 4a and 4c. With the further development of the mesento-
blast on the interior of the egg and the ectoblast on the outside, the
large cell 4b is pressed upwards. A narrow process from this cell runs
along the centre of the egg, and in this, reaching almost from one side
of the process to the other, lies the enormous nucleus of 4b (figs. 32 and
34). The nuclei of 4a and 4c are also pressed up along the sides, but
not so high as that of 4b. These three cells are closely crowded
together, and while their boundaries remain distinct for some time
(fig. 32) they tend to become obliterated.

In the meantime an interesting process has been going on within
these cells. As has been noted by all previous students, the yolk
granules tend to fuse together, thus forming homogeneous fat-like
drops. As Selenka and Lang have noted, this breaking up of the yolk
is not accompanied by nuclear division. The process is more or less
irregular, but one or two regular features can usually be recognized.
The first one of these spherules to be formed is from the anterior and
ventral portion of the cell 4b. At first the centre of these spheres is
composed of granules, while around its periphery the granules dissolve
into a fluid substance. Soon afterwards smaller spheres appear in this
cell and in 4a and 4c. No nuclear division is concerned in this process,
for the undivided large nuclei of all three of these cells can be followed

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543

to a much later period. In or near the centre of many of these yolk
spheres a diffusely staining substance ean be found when the egg is well
stained and cleared. This is not a nucleus, for it has no regular
boundaries and often several such bodies are seen in a single yolk
spherule. They do not stain deeply, but appear as a sort of cloudy
material. These bodies may be merely the small portions of cyto-
plasm remaining in these large cells or, what seems more likely to me,
they may be of the nature of nuclearsap. If they were of a cytoplasmic
nature there is no reason why they should not show in earlier stages.
Instead they became evident only after the yolk begins to break up
into spherules. In many respects they resemble the archiplasmic
material often found around a nucleus just after the nuclear mem-

th,
Fig. 4.—Transverse section of an embryo, showing the ciliated lumen of the
alimentary canal. The endoderm cells are spreading over the yolk spheres.
end., endoderm; mes., mesoderm; ph., pharynx; y., yolk.

brane has broken. Further, the large nuclei, which are at first spherical,
in the late stages become irregular in shape or even very much shrunken
(fig. 35). That these yolk granules should be broken up through the
action of enzymes coming from the nucleus is not at variance with the
modern views of nuclear activity.

In such a case it seems probable that this material would become
aggregated at those places where the most rapid dissolving action is
going on. This offers an explanation for the relatively enormous size
of the nuclei of these three cells. These nuclei do not show evidences
of degeneration; instead the chromatin granules can be seen scattered
through the nucleus, often along distinct linin threads.

After the ectoderm has covered the lower hemisphere of the egg it

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec.,

begins to invaginate in the region of the four small macromeres. The
ectoderm pushes in and forms a small tube, which later becomes the
pharynx. Previous to this invagination the endoderm cells derived
from the divisions of 4d'* and 4d‘? have formed a solid mass of cells:
in the lower part of the embryo (fig. 36). Soon after the invagination
starts, the beginning of a lumen in the endoderm cells is apparent by the
separation of the cells (fig. 37). This lumen rapidly becomes large and
ciliated throughout (Pl. XL, figs. 38, 39, text fig. 4). The canal is at
first bent towards the posterior side of the larva (fig. 38), but with its
further development and enlargement it pushes forward under the
ganglion (fig. 39). Distinct cell boundaries can seldom be made out
in the endodermal portions of the canal. The inner borders of these
cells surround the large yolk spherules. In many cases amceboid cells
can be seen spread out on the surface of these yolk spheres. In the
oldest larvee which I was able to obtain (fig. 39) the canal showed no
indications of the lateral branches which become evident in the adult
worm. In these larve some of the reduced yolk spheres are still
present.

From the account I have given it will be seen that practically all
of the alimentary canal is derived from the two primary entoblasts,
4d‘" and 4d'?. Certainly the larger portion of the canal has such an
origin. ‘There are three other possible sources of a portion of the canal,
although no one of these forms any considerable amount of it. One
is that the pair of small cells, 4d?" and 4d? derived from the further
division of the mesentoblast, may form a small portion of the endoderm.
The chief reason for suspecting this, is that these cells are formed and
remain exactly in the path of the future canal. The second possibility
is that the three anterior cells of the fourth quartet, 4a, 4b, and 4d, may
contribute a small amount to the canal at a late period. I believe,
however, that such is not the case. The shrunken nuclei of these
three cells, which can be seen at the time the canal is forming (fig. 36),
indicate that these cells degenerate without dividing further. That
the shrunken condition of these nuclei is not a preparation for karyo-
kinetic division is, I believe, fully established by the fact that these
nuclei remain in this shrunken condition for a very long time. Their
ability to take up the stain gradually becomes less and less, and the last
that can be seen of them (fig. 36) shows a faint, very irregularly out-
lined nucleus, not at all resembling one about to divide by mitosis.

The third possibility in this connection is that the four small macro-
meres may, instead of degenerating, contribute a portion to the
endoderm. The degenerating character of the nuclei of these cells and

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545

the very small amount of cytoplasm seems to me to preclude such a
fate in Planocera. I cannot find or at least cannot recognize these
cells after the ectoderm has overgrown the lower pole of the egg, and so
Iam unable to follow their later history. Text fig. 3 gives an accurate
representation of the condition of the nuclei of these cells at that stage,
which is about as late as I am able to follow them. These nuclei have
shown this same condensed condition of the chromatin almost from
the time of their formation (cf. figs. 17, 19, 20, 25, 26, 27). These
cells are probably carried in with the invaginating pharynx and then
absorbed by the endoderm. I have sometimes found what I thought
were remains of these cells, but of this I cannot be certain.

Discussion.

We may now return to a comparison of the observations of previous
students with regard to the fourth quartet, and especially 4d, in other
polyclad eggs. As has been already noted (p. 536) the peculiar bilateral
division of the posterior cell, 4d, has been known since the work of
Hallez (79). Hallez believed that this posterior cell divided without
an amphiaster, and regarded the product as not equivalent to the other
four cells, but in the nature of cellsap. Goette (82) states that insome
cases the cells 4a and 4c of our nomenclature also divide, so that there
are seven Cells, on the surface of the embryo, formed from this quartet.
This happenedjonly in some of the eggs of Stylochus (Stylochopis)
pillidium. In other eggs of the same species only the posterior cell
divided. In such cases Goette found that this cell often divided twice,
forming four cells, all on the surface of the egg.

Lang (84) finds that in Discocelis all the cells of this fourth quartet
divide at about the same time, but in different directions. The pos-
terior cell divides horizontally as described, while each of the other
three cells buds into the interior of the egg a cell which he calls upper
endoderm. Lang says (p. 337): “Es treten in ihnen [fourth quartet of
our system] Richtungsspindeln auf, und zwar wieder in der oft ange-
filhrten Reihenfolge. Die Richtungsspindel der gréssten Stammzelle
des Entoderms {4a] verlingert sich excentrisch in der peripherischen
Verlangerung der Ebene, welche man sich durch diese Stammzelle und
die Hauptachse des Kies gelegt denken kann, und welche der Mediane-
bene entspricht.” ... . (P. 338): ‘“Unmittelbar befor sich die grésste
Entodermstammzelle [4d] in ihre zwei seitlichen Halften getheilt hat,
zeigen sich auch in den drei Uebrigen, Richtungsspindeln, die aber eine
ganz andere Direction haben. Sie liegen niimlich parallel zur Haup-
tachse, d. h. sie zeigen eine dorsoventrale Richtung. Die drei

36

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

erwihnten Stammzellen ziehen sich in der That gegen den aboralen
Pol zu aus, und schniiren schliesslich je eine kleine Zelle ab, welche
unter die Mesodermzellen [second and third quartets] zu liegen kommt.”
These three cells Lang calls the upper endoderm, while the five cells
below he designates as the ‘‘mittler Entoderm.’”’ Goette (82) (p. 9)
also states that six or seven cells are budded into the interior of the
embryo of Stylochus as upper endoderm, but does not give further
information as to their exact origin.

In Planocera inquilina, on the other hand, the three anterior cells of
the fourth quartet, viz., 4a, 4b, and 4c, do not divide at this time nor
for a long time afterwards, if ever. The very large nuclei of these three
cells can be traced up until just before the formation of the alimentary
canal (fig. 36), and at this time they have not divided. The nuclei of
these cells, especially 4b, become exceedingly large (fig. 32) and form
excellent landmarks in the later stages.

Wilson (98) finds and figures the bilateral division of 4d. He states
that the division of this cell into equal halves is an exception to the
rule, and that in about 90 per cent. of the eggs of Leptoplana the division
is markedly unequal (cf. his fig. 6, D, H and J’). Wilson did not follow
the future division of these cells. He says (p. 22): “As regards the
fate of these cells, the inequality of 4d‘ and 4d? [4d'' and 4d‘] (often
very marked) is itself indirect evidence that they do not give rise to
symmetrical mesoblast bands as in the higher types, and I find no
evidence that either of them gives rise to mesoblast cells. Both seem to
have the same fate as the other entoblast cells, with which they exactly
agree in deutoplasmic structure, and enter into the formation of the
archenteron, as Lang has shown in the case of Discocelis.”’

It is peculiar that Lang should have observed cells budding into the
interior of the egg from three cells of the fourth quartet and not from
its other member, while I find that it is only this latter cell which
divides towards the interior, or in fact the only cell of this quartet that
divides at all. Lang gives figures of the spindles in the three anterior
cells of the fourth quartet in Discocelis and also a detailed description
of these divisions. Although this work was done on living eggs, it
does not seem probable that so careful an observer would be mistaken
in the facts. We must conclude, then, that the three upper endoderm
cells of Discocelis are in fact endoderm, and that this species differs
from Planocera in the division of the three anterior cells of the fourth
quartet. We would not be surprised to find such a coenogenetic
difference in different species of polyclads. Discoca@lis perhaps shows
a more primitive condition in this respect, in that cells which are to

1907. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547

form part of the alimentary canal arise early from these three cells of
the fourth quartet. In Planocera apparently most of the protoplasmic
material has been separated from the cells 4a, 4b, and 4c in the previous
divisions, and they now contain little more than a mass of yolk granules.

Lang, no doubt, overlooked the internal budding of the posterior cell,
4d, if such occurs in Discocelis. This internal division of 4d in Plano-
cera is very evident and striking. In other particulars the cleavage of
Planocera inquilina is so similar to that of other polyclads that it is
difficult to believe that this species differs so fundamentally in respect
to 4d. As stated before, practically all the previous work on polyclad
embryology has been done on the living eggs alone. Such a division
as the internal budding of 4d might easily be overlooked in the living
opaque eggs. On this basis we might well conclude that in all prob-
ability such a division was overlooked by Lang and his predecessors.

Wilson, however, who undoubtedly was on the lookout for just
such a division, did not find it in Leptoplana. Wilson says that
he does not attempt to “describe the cleavage of Leptoplana in
detail, but only indicate its leading features.” I cannot but
believe that in this statement is contained the reason why Wilson
did not find mesoderm arising from 4d. A process so evident and
significant as these divisions of 4d in Planocera can scarcely be con-
ceived of as a coenogenetic character of one or even a few species of
polyclads. In annelids and mollusks the bilateral division of 4d and the
origin of mesoderm bands from these cells is without exception in the
numerous species so far studied. Both Wilson and myself have now
shown that the ectoderm of polyclads is segregated in the first three
quartets of micromeres, and that the second quartet gives rise to some
mesoderm. This process, so exactly paralleled in mollusks and annelids,
can now scarcely be doubted as constant in its main features for all
polyclads. Whether such a uniformity in the origin of the mesoderm
from 4d will be found to hold throughout these Turbellaria can only be
proven by further investigations on other species. I believe that
certainly the weight of evidence is in favor of this uniformity.

The resemblance in the behavior of 4d in the polyclads to the homo-
logous cell in annelids and mollusks becomes only more striking as we
consider the details of its divisions. It is true that in annelids and
mollusks 4d divides into two bilateral halves before it buds cells into
the interior, while in Planocera 4d first buds a single cell into the seg-
mentation cavity and then each of the two divides bilaterally (figs.
19, 25,26). In either case exactly the same result is reached, and the
delay of the bilateral cleavage for one-cell generation can certainly be
very easily accounted for as a coenogenetic modification.

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Conklin (97) was the first to point out that in the gasteropod Crepi-
dulas the cell 4d gave rise to both endoderm and mesoderm. In Crepi-
dula four approximately equal cells are at first formed from 4d. The
two lower and external are pure entoblasts. Each of the two upper
cells later gives off another entoblastic cell before they give rise to the
mesoblast bands. Since that time numerous observers have found that
in both annelids and mollusks the cell 4d is mesentoblastic. Wilson
(98), in the paper so often referred to above, shows that a reinvestigation
of Nereis proves that a number of small entoblast cells are budded off
from the two halves of 4d before these form the mesodermal bands.
He also shows that a series of stages may be found in different annelids
and mollusks, ranging from a single pair of minute “ vestigial” entoblast
cells in Aricia and Spio to Nereis where from six to ten small cells are
budded off, and to the condition in Crepidula where more than half the
bulk of 4d forms endoderm. Around these and other facts Wilson has
elaborated a beautiful theory of ancestral reminiscence. To this series,
agreeing very closely with Crepidula, we may add the polyelad Plano-
cera inquilina. Here, as in Crepidula, the two lower superficial cells
derived from 4d are purely entoblastic and, as has been shown, give rise
to very nearly all of the alimentary canal. Two more small cells, 4d?"
and 4d??-1, derived from the two upper cells of 4d, are probably added to
the endoderm, while the remainder forms mesoderm. This close, almost
astonishing, agreement of Planocera with annelids and mollusks
cannot be without some significance. As Wilson (98) (p. 13) says:
“Tf we accept Lang’s view, which is supported by a large amount of
evidence, that the platodes are not very far removed from the ancestral
prototype of annelids and mollusks, we should expect to find in the
polyclad a mode of cleavage to which that of the higher forms can in its
main features be reduced.”

Before Wilson’s work this resemblance between polyclads and higher
forms had seemed to be “only in the form of cleavage and not, so to
speak, in its substance.” I believe that now this difficulty has been
entirely removed, and the polyclad cleavage not only conforms to the
higher types in its “main features” but, as we have seen, ii many of
its details. These facts here set forth cannot but lend additional
weight to the view already expressed on comparative anatomical
grounds that the polyclads represent an offshoot from the same
ancestral branch which later gave rise to the annelids and mollusks.
On the other hand, it is a remarkable and interesting fact that phyla
which must have separated from the common stock and from each
other long ages ago still show such remarkable resemblances in their

——— oe

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549

early ontogenies. Yet I think this is the only interpretation we can
put upon the facts. With our present knowledge of ‘“ Entwickelungs-
mechanik”’ we cannot interpet these resemblances as due to external,
mechanical conditions. Why the ectoblast should be segregated in
three and only three quartets in polyclads, annelids, mollusks and, as
Biglow (02) has shown, in some crustaceze, and why in these same
groups mesoderm should arise from the posterior or left posterior cell
of the fourth quartet and from no other of this quartet, are questions
which do not readily lend themselves to a mechanical explanation
under our present theories. We must for the present at least regard
these resemblances as facts of heredity and hence of phylogentic value.

The origin of the alimentary canal in Planocera is unique among
animals, so far as lam aware. he whole of the alimentary canal arises
jrom a portion of the posterior cell of the fourth quartet, while the other
three cells of this quartet and all four of the macromeres are used as food
or degenerate and give rise to no morphological structure. Not one of
the last seven cells mentioned ever divides after its formation at the thirty-
two-cell stage. Surprising and unique as this phenomenon may be, it
does not necessarily invalidate our present conception of the develop-
ment of germ layers or their organs. Since the establishment of cell-
lineage work it has become well known that many embryonic cells are
formed in early stages which are destined never to divide again, nor to
take any further part in the organization of the embryo. Compare
for example the “turret”’ cells of certain mollusks as Crepidula (Conklin,
97). As has been pointed out, it is well known that in many annelids
and mollusks the cell 4d gives rise to a portion of the alimentary canal.
In these animals however the other three cells of this quartet as well
as the macromeres take part in the formation of the digestive tract.
Indeed these latter cells furnish the major portion of the alimentary
tissue. With these facts in mind, we must regard the condition of the
macromeres and the three anterior cells of the fourth quartet in Plano-
cera as reminiscent of a time when all eight of these cells took part in
the formation of the alimentary tract. Thus the embryology shows
that this worm is specialized in this respect and must long ago have
left the track which led on to annelids and mollusks.

This peculiar development of the alimentary canal in the polyclads
offers the suggestion that it may be a step toward the development of
such forms as the acoelous rhabdocoeles, in which the alimentary canal
is altogether absent. But the embryology of these as well as other
turbellaria present such great variations fromthe type found in the
polyclads that it is useless to speculate along this line.

550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec.,

SUMMARY.

The cleavage of the eggs of Planocera inquilina Wh. until a late stage
(forty-four cells) is strictly spiral in the dextral sequence.

Three quartets of ectomeres are given off in alternating dexiotropic
and lxotropic directions. At the next division a fourth quartet is
formed, the cells of which are of very large size and contain most of
the yolk. The ‘‘macromeres”’ are very minute cells which remain at
the vegetative pole until the closure of the blastopore. ‘The marked
degenerative character of their nuclei and the small amount of cyto-
plasm indicate that they degenerate without giving rise to any struc-
ture (p. 529).

At the stage with forty cells there are formed at the animal pole
four small ‘‘apical” cells, which in their method and time of origin
correspond closely to the cells of the same name in annelids and
mollusks (p. 530).

At the forty-four-cell stage the posterior cell of the fourth quartet,
4d, buds a single large cell into the interior of the embryo. Both of
these cells, 4d' and 4d?, next divide bilaterally (p. 536).

Of these four cells the two upper and inner give rise to a portion of
the mesoderm and possibly a small part of the endoderm (p. 537). The
lower pair of cells, lying on the surface of the embryo, give rise to prac-
tically all of the endodermal part of the alimentary canal (p. 541).
Thus the history of this cell, 4d, shows a remarkable resemblance to
its homologue in mollusks and annelids.

The three anterior cells of the fourth quartet, 4a, 4b and 4c, seem to
function only as the bearers of food yolk and apparently give rise to
no morphological structure. The very large nuclei of these cells can
be followed until the beginning of the pharyngeal invagination. The
yolk in these cells breaks up into spherules, probably through the
action of enzymes from the large nuclei. ‘This liquified yolk is later
absorbed by the endoderm cells (p. 542).

A large portion of the ectoderm is formed by the successive budding
or delimination of small cells from larger, deeper lying ones {p. 533).

A portion of the mesoderm, chiefly that part lying around the
pharynx, is derived from cells of the second quartet, and thus corres-
ponds with the “secondary”? mesoblast or “larval’’ mesenchyme of
annelids and mollusks (p. 535).

In the spiral cleavage, the segregation of the ectoblast in three
quartets, the formation of a large part of the mesoderm from 4d, the
formation of the apical cells, and in many other details the development

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551

of these platodes corresponds to that of annelids and mollusks. These
facts must tend to confirm the view that in their early history these
platodes were closely related to the two last mentioned phyla.

On the other hand, in the development of the entire alimentary
canal from a portion of the mesentoblast, 4d, and in the consequent
degeneration of the ‘‘macromeres” and of the remaining cells of the
fourth quartet, this polyclad is unique. This peculiar development of
the alimentary tract shows that the cleavage of the polyclads, while
closely resembling that of other groups, is not a generalized type.

unre Rosey jae
mm?)
| * ———— *; |
} D |) Pt
r sem at } | | {st —-| DT
—} ——- |——_ am wT | 3
u2PT | | Hae
| | i | ’
a] j jst | | J vf
; i crerV TE oe a)
: ) 4 . \: fen on- rer? 1 | | | uy |
biraca § / | |
eae hey | | | |
i onsite jae Sale
SATIVUM D = cea CW RGR ea
jen ——— ] J rer? T an?t Le Ee pe A
- tree? T ra | jan ee WOT
sila
aye. wordy) J yn? 1 |
ay : a9 eet as ia ade Falta icant: Meee le ee ce -
‘5 4 + OOL L6 £6 48 | Bk Px 99 19 6¢ Gh | tr | «(OF c8 | 8% 9L 8

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ay

ae | | =a
| | | w a
| 216 7 ey'| ee ae ) @
|? 196 | |
|
| | ae eee | eee ae ees nea
112.76) calls | —-
| 11296 ; ’ LAN aeal 26
| Se) {| J 98 |
|
| | 9% 2
WUOPOSAN| ) 21,92, | | ees Fe i = J 196 |
is ee = 196
| J 1196 t@
:
| | ze 91 |
———————— - —_ — ———————o| |
12291 ely == |
| arwa! al va
uz@l | |
| i oe |e =|) at
| aera Z : mal } a9
| arava e
consees ceenn2t | nah
oArButtd) ) crez2h 2 bene al zarrlT
| -—— reer 2T | -——_ |____ \eeeereee|
| mize) | | | ren ZT +n mil J nA
| jwordy | J 2
a = = -- scl Ga —| as =
4 | + 0OT 16 £6 18 | 8h $l 99 19 €¢ cy | FP OF (ae 86 91 8

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

B)
monsues

OAT BUILT
a

aan L
ne T
| zeetr? T
A 5
aera eer L
eet
16 66 18

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

l | l
Fret | |
—= (K) | | |
e300? aacaPF a
oF
= 130% |
ioe” ree cere) |
ona ao? |
1ss1ePP satcPP io P uy Gr) at |
() (LW) PY
(W) ail /P PP =| — hae
isPF —$—— ) | (it) |
(a) (a) | SS
aiPP itd
(a) (a) (a) (eae
13tPF arPP a '
= (q) (q) ‘ |
suPP « uPP ie a ions Oe y ees © J ps /
(a) Vs ——
tPF a2aPG at
ae \=
Tas ee — <a 2
te fe 15DG DG
ucPG ine
a1PG fd
ULIO POS], i DG a
UPS |
sa0PL
Dr \=
ted e ——_— —— I
wr PT le
wsPT |
at PO
3 r at
a wiPT | :
1120 retPT rat
sues waauPT
-50B3 ———— |
oan = ae ja ~
“BUILT (or wuPl "a0 \s ees Warr
wordy) ) wT
4 | 4 |+ 001 L6 &6 18 BL FL 99 19 €¢ cy FP OF G& 86 91 8

556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec..

LITERATURE.

Biegrow, M. A. 1902. The Early Development of Lepas. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zoo. Harvard College, XL, No. 2.

BuocHMaNnn, F. 1883. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Entwickelungs der Gas-
teropoden. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., XX XVIII.

CasteeL, C. D. 1904. The Cell Lineage and Early Development of Fiona
Marine, a Nudibranchiate Mollusk. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904.

Conkuin, E. G. 1891. Note on the Embryology of Crepidula fornicata and
Urosalpinx cinera. John Hop. Univ. Circ., 4 No. 88.

—— 1892. The Cleavage of the Ovum of Crepidula fornicata. Zool. Anz., XV.

—— 1897. The Embryology of Crepidula. Journ. Morph., XIII.

—— 1902. Karyokinesis and Cytokinesis in the Maturation, Fertilization and
Cleavage of Crepidula and other Gasteropods. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 2d Series, XII, 1.

—— 1905. The Organization and Cell Lineage of the Ascidian Egg. Journ.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., XIII, pt. 1.

Cuitp, C. M. 1900. The Early Development of Arenicola and Sternapis.
Arch. Entw. Mech., IV.

Ersic, Hueo. 1898. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Capitelliden. Mitth.
Zool. Stat. Neap., XIII.

Francorte, R. 1898. Recherches sur la Mat. la Fecond. et la segm. chez des
Polyclads. Arch. de Zool. Exp. et Gen., 3° ser., VI.

GarpinerR, E. G. 1895. The Early Development of Polychoerus caudatus
Mark. Journ. Morph., XI.

—— 1898. The Growth of the Ovum, Formation of the Polar Bodies and the
Fertilization in Polychoerus caudatus. Journ. Morph., XV.

Grrarp, CHARLES. 1846-7. Sur l’embryogénie des Planaires. Bull. de la
Société des Sci. Nat. de Neuchétel, II.

—— 1848. On the Development of Planocera elliptica. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., U1.

—— 1854. Researches upon Nemerteans and Planarians. I. Embryological
Development of Planocera elliptica. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., 11.

GorTrE, ALEXANDER. 1878. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Seeplanarian.
Zool. Anz., I.

—— 1881. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Wiirmer. Zool. Anz., 1.

—— 1882. Abhandlungen zur Entw. der Thiere—1: Untersuchungen zur
Entw. der Wiirmer. Leipsig, 8°.

Grarr, L. V. 1892. Pelagische Polycladen. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., 55.

Hauiez, Paun. 1878. a. Contributions a l’histoire des Turbellariés, 1 note
sur la développement. Bull. Scient. du Départ. du Nord, 2™* sér., 1° annee,
pp. 193-195.

—— 1878. b. Considérations au sujet de la segmentation des ceufs. Ibidem,
pp. 227-229.

—— 1878. c. Contributions al’histoire des Turbellariés. Jbidem, pp. 250-260.

—— 1878. d. Considerations sur la determination des plans de segm. dans
Vemb. du Leptoplana tremellaria. Ibidem, pp. 264-266.

-— 1879. Contributions a l’histoire nat. des Turbellariés. Lille; also in
Trovaux de I’ Instit. Zool. de Lille et de la Stat. marit. de Wimereux, Fas. II.

Hearn, Harotp. 1899. The Development of Ischnochiton. Zool. Jahrb.,
Abth. f. Anat. u. Ontog., XIT.

Heymons, Ricwarp. 1893. Zur Entwick. von Umbrella medit. Lam. Zeit.
}. Wiss. Zool., 56.

Homes, 8. J. 1897. Secondary Mesoblast in the Mollusca. Science, N.S., VI.

—— 1900. The Early Development of Planorbis. Journ. Morph., XVI.

Jenninas, H.S. 1895. The Early Development of cectenttnte Herricki
DeGuerne. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Coll., XXX.

KeEFPRSTEIN, WELH. 1868. Beitriige zur Anat. u. Entw. einiges Seeplanarian
von St. Malo. Abhand. d. Kénigl. Gesell. der Wiss. zu Gottingen, XIV.

Kororp, C. A. 1894. On Same Laws of Cleavage in Limax. Proc. Am. Acad.
Arts and Sci., N. S., XXI.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5a7

KXkorscHet, E., and Herper, K. 1893. Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Entw.
der Wirbellossen Thiere. Sp. Theile, Jena.
Lane, ARNoLD. 1884. Die Polycladen, des Golfes von Neapel. Fauna. u.
Flora d. Golfes v. Neap., XI.
Litiig, F. R. 1895. The Embryology of the Unionidee. Journ. Morph., X.
Meap, A.D. 1897. The Early Development of Marine Annelids. Journ.
Morph., X11.
Meyer, EK. 1887. Studien uben den Korperbau der Anneliden. Mith. Zool.
Stat. Neap., VII.
1890. Die Abstammung der Anneliden. Biol. Cent., Bd. X.
Neuson, J. N. 1904. The Early Development of Dinophilus. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., October, 1904.
PEREYASLAWYEW, Mute. S. 1885. Sur le développement des Turbellariés.
Zool. Anz., VIII. =
Repracnorr, W. 1885. Nachtrag zu Pereyaslawyew's Devel. des Turbel.
Zool. Anz., VIII.
SELENKA, Emm. 1881. a. Die Keimblitter der Planarien. Sitzwngsber. der
Physik-Medic. Soc. zu Erlanger, No. 14. Trans. in Bull. Sci. Dépt. du Nord.
——_ 1881. 6. Tur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Seeplanarien. Biol. Cent.,
Base:
1881. c. Zool. Studien—II: Zur Entw. der Seeplanarien. Ein Beitrag
zur Keimbliatterlehre und Descendenz Theorie. Leipsig.
1881. d. Ueber eine eigen thimliche Art der Kernmetamorphose. Biol.
Cent., Bd. 1.
Surrace, F.M. 1907. Note on the Origin of the Mesoderm of the Polyclad
Planocera inquilina Wh. Science, N.S., Vol. XXV, p. 732.
Torrey, J.C. 1902. The Early Development of the Mesoblast in Thalassema.
Anat. Anz., XXI.
—— _ 1903. The Early Embryology of Thalassema Mellita (Conn). Ann. N.
Y. Acad. Sci., XIV.
TREDWELL, A. L. 1901. The Cytogeny of Podarke obscura Ver. Journ.
Morph., XVII.
VAILLANT, Lnon. 1866. Sur le développement du Polycelis levigatus, Quatref.
L’Institute, I Sect., Tome XXXIV.
—— 1868. Remarques sur la développement d’une Planariée dendrocéle de
Quatref. Mem. del’ Acad. des Sci. et Lettres de Montpellier, T. VII.
VAN BENEDEN, Epovarp. 1870. Reserches sur la composition et la Significa-
tion de l’ceuf. Mémoires, couromés et mem. des Savants étranger publiés par
UV Acad. Royal. de Belgique, Tome 34, Bruxelles.
WHEELER, W.M 1894. Planocera inquilina, a Polyclad inhabiting the
Branchial Chamber of Sycotypus canaliculatus Gill. Journ. Morph., IX,
Wurman, C.O. 1878. The Embryology of Clepsine. Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sci., XVIII.
—— _ 1891. Spermatophores as a means of Hypodermic Impregnation. Journ.
Morph., IV.
Witson, E. B. 1892. The Cell Lineage of Nereis. Journ. Morph., VI.
1894. The Embryological Criterion of Homology. Woods Holl Biol.
Lect., 1894.
—— 1898. Considerations on Cell Lineage and Ancestral Reminiscences.
Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., XI.
—— 1899. Cell Lineage and Ancestral Reminiscences. Woods Holl Biol.
Lect., 1899.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTEs XXXV-—XL.

All figures of fixed and stained eggs, except fig. 35, were drawn with Zeiss
Camera lucida at table level under Leitz obj. 7; oc. 2. Figures of living eggs
(viz., figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 and 11) were drawn as above, but with Leitz obj.7;
oc. 2. Fig. 35 was drawn with B and bh. obj. 7y; oc. 1. All drawings have
been reduced one-third.

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

REFERENCE LETTERS.

e., entoblasts 4d?! and 4d?-?1, n.4b., nucleus of the cell 4b.
end., endoderm. ph., pharynx.

ey., eye. r., rhabdites.

g., ganglion. y., yolk,

mes., mesoderm.

Pirate XXXV.—Fig. 1.—Living egg before first maturation division, showing

large germinal vesicle.

Fig. 2.—Living egg during the second maturation division, showing amceboid
processes.

Fig. 3.—Living egg after second maturation division.

Fig. ES ee egg during the first division. The cell C—D is slightly larger
than A-B.

Fig. 5.—Stained egg in the second division. From left side, showing the

te cree ne of the spindles.

Fig. 6.—Living egg in the four-cell stage, from the animal pole.

Fig. 7.—Formation of the first quartet. From right side, showing dexio-
tropic cleavage.

Fig. 8.—Living egg in the eight-cell stage. From animal pole.

Pirate XXXVI.—Fig. 9.—Leotropic division of the preceding eight cells. The
spindles in the D quadrant show an advance over the others. From
the animal pole.
Fig. 10.—Living egg with sixteen cells. From the animal pole. .
Fig. 11.—Same as fig. 10, but from vegetative pole.
Fig. 12.—Dexiotropic divisions of cells 1a'-1d' and of 2a-2d. From animal
pole. .
Fig. 13.—Thirty-two cells. Dexiotropie divisions of la?'-1d*". From
animal pole.
Fig. 14.—Thirty-two cells, showing dexiotropic formation of 3a and 3c.
Vegetative pole. |
Fig. 15.—Thirty-two cells from vegetative pole, showing spindles for forma-
tion of 4b and 4d.

Puate XXXVII.—Fig. 16.—Same as Fig. 15, from right side. ’

Fig. 17.—Thirty-six cells from near vegetative pole. Spindle in 2c?, 2a?
and 2d? have divided.

Fig. 18.—Thirty-nine cells. From animal pole, showing leotropic forma-
tion of apical cells.

Fig. 19.—Forty-five cells, from the right posterior side. Shows the first
division of the mesentoblast 4d. 2d! also dividing.

Fig. 20.—Forty-seven cells. From vegetative pole.

Fig. 21.—About the same stage as fig. 20, drawn from the right side, shows
the unequal division of 2c! and 2b'. Also spindles in Ic?" and 1b?".
la!*-1d'? have divided dexiotropically (see fig. 22).

Pirate XXXVIII.—Fig. 22.—Slightly older egg than fig. 21, drawn from left
upper side. Shows division of 1a‘!-*-1d':!? and of 1b'?. la‘? and 1b!
have divided previously. Also shows leotropic division of la?—1d?,

Fig. 23.—Still older egg, sees | the same division as fig. 22, but more
advanced. From animal pole.

Fig. 24.—Egg from animal pole, showing preceding divisions Sonttal and
dexiotropic division of 1d?*?. Also the bilateral division of 4d’,

Fig. 25.—Similar stage from vegetative pole. Shows spindle for bilateral
eee of 4d?. Also leotropic division of 2a?"'—-2d?". 3d preparing to

vide.

Fig. 26.—Shows division of 4d? completed and spindle in 4d'. Also shows
division of 2d? and 2b?, of 3d and 3b, and of 2a”.

Fig. 27.—Similar stage from the left side. Shows division of 2a?" 4d' and
2b??: also of lat-?-,

PLATE XXXIX, —Fig. 28.—Egg from animal pole, showing divisions of 1a‘-!-?;7—
1d'1:?-2: also of 1a!" and 1c!-?-

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559

Fig. 29.—Similar view of slightly older egg, showing preceding divisions

completed and the resulting small superficial cells Lat'?-?-?—-1d¥-¥:?:2-?,

Fig. 30.—Egg from near the vegetative pole, showing division of 4d* com-
pleted and budding in of the cells 2b'*,and 2d**.

Fig. 31.—Egg from animal pole at slightly later stage than fig. 29. Shows
divisions of 4d?! and 4d?. The resulting small cells 4d**t and 4d?
are probably entoblasts.

Fig. 32—Optical section from animal pole, showing the cells 2a‘’—2d'1
budding mesoderm to the interior. Also shows the large nuclei of 4b,
4a and 4c.

Fig. 33.—Later stage, showing the internal divisions of the entoblasts 4d*
and 4d. Not all the cells on the interior of the egg are shown.

Pirate XL.—Fig. 34—Optical section of egg from the posterior side. The

entoblasts 4d!! and 4d! have divided once and possibly twice. The
two small entoblasts 4d?! and 4d??1 are shown with dark nuclei.
Above these are the two small mesoblasts, while the larger mesoblasts
4d2-1-2-2 and 4d?222 are again dividing. Above these are a number of
cells from the first quartet which later form the ganglion. The large
nuclei of 4a, 4b and 4c are shown in dotted outlines.

Fig. 35.—Optical section of an egg viewed from near the vegetative pole.
The derivatives of 4d? are stippled. The division of 4d?**' and 4d°??
indicated in fig. 34 are now completed and the beginning of the meso-
dermal bands is evident. In many eggs the divisions are not so regular
as shown here. Instead the mesoderm tends to form clusters of cells
rather than bands.

Fig. 36.—Optical section of a much later stage. From the left side. The
mass of endoderm derived from 4d! lies just above the future pharynx.
The mesoderm cells have passed to the periphery and the centre of the
egg is filled with the homogeneous yolk spheres (y), in which the shrunken
nucleus of 4b can be seen (n.4b.). The two small cells marked (e) are
probably the entoblast 4d?!! and 4d?:?-7.

Fig. 37.—Optical section of an older embryo. From the posterior side.
Shows ectodermal pharynx and beginning of lumen in the endoderm.

Fig. 38.—Actual longitudinal section of a still older embryo, showing the
backward turn of the alimentary canal in this stage.

Fig. 39.—Longitudinal section of a Muller’s larva. Nearly all the yolk
spheres have disappeared by this time and the alimentary canal is
greatly enlarged but still unbranched.

560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

OBSERVATIONS MADE IN 1907 ON GLACIERS IN ALBERTA AND
BRITISH COLUMBIA

BY GEORGE, JR., AND WILLIAM S. VAUX.

But few vital changes are to be noted from year to year in the
glaciers of these regions, and yet a careful observation of what is
taking place may in time throw some additional light on the problems
of glacier action which as yet remain unsolved. ‘This can be our only
apology for again presenting to the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia the results of the work done on the several glaciers in
Alberta and British Columbia in August, 1907, which is a continuation
of that first begun on the Illecillewaet Glacier twenty years ago.

As a preliminary it may be stated that the winter and early spring
of 1907 were cold and backward. Immense banks of snow collected in
the valleys and even covered the glacier tongues till the spring was
fully opened ; snow fell much later than usual at normal elevations, and
much larger banks were noted on the mountainsides than for many
years. Rain and a deficiency of sunlight retarded melting, so that
much more snow remained in the fall, both in the valleys and the
higher slopes, and it is probable that many snowbanks had not peta)
disappeared before the winter falls set in.

ILLECILLEWAET GLACIER.
GuacieR Hovsr, British Cotumsta,

Recession.—With the above conditions in mind, it is interesting to
note that on August 12, 1907, the tongue of ice of the Illecillewaet
Glacier was 382 feet above the marked rock “C,” which has been the
datum point since August 17, 1898, or a recession of fifty-five feet since
July 24, 1906. The above measurement was made from the datum
rock to the ice along a line parallel with the axis of the glacier.

Measurements made to the nearest ice farther to the east of this line,
which was established several years ago, would doubtless show a much
smaller recession, but it would seem that in fairness the measurement
points should be kept as nearly as possible in the same straight line
from year to year. It, however, appears to be a fact that the tongue
or point of greatest extension of this glacier lies many feet to the east
of the position of ten years ago.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561

Test Picture—The annual test picture was taken from Rock W, on
August 19, 1907, and shows a continued shrinkage on both sides and
in depth of the tongue. This last feature is particularly marked when
walking over the slopes of ice on a line with the test plates. When the
location for these was selected it was largely on account of the even
slope and uncrevassed surfaces. Now great crevasses are found, but
particularly on the left side, and the slope in places approximates 35
degrees, whereas ten years ago it was but 22 degrees. A careful study
of the rock at the sides of the ice stream and the probable form of the
bed on which the glacier flows would indicate that the tongue has now
almost reached the upper edge of the nearly flat bed moraine which has
been gradually uncovered for at least twenty years, and should reces-
sion continue the ice edge will begin to mount over ledges of bed rock
which have been worn and polished for ages beneath the glacier mass.

Flow of the Glacier above the Tongue.—The six steel plates laid out
on July 12, 1906, were located again on August 12, 1907, after a period
of exactly thirteen months or 396 d ays. After a good deal of difficulty
they were all found, but it was not possible to triangulate the position
of No. 6 on the extreme left of the glacier, which had taken a position
on a blade of ice between two very deep crevasses, and so far below the
general level of the glacier that a tower forty feet high would have been
required to bring the stadia within the field of view of the transit.

The following table gives the total motion of the five plates during the
interval of thirteen months, and the average daily motion computed
from this total. In the last column has been repeated the observed
daily motion of these plates laid out on July 12, 1906, and located
again twelve days later.

Motion of 1906 Plates on Surjace of Illecillewaet Glacier, July 12, 1906,
to August 12, 1907.

Total motion 396- | Average daily mo- | Average daily mo-
Number a day interval tion 396-day in-| tion twelve-day
c. (inches). terval (inches). | ries Gachen):
1 960 2.45 Plate lost.

2 1,056 2.67 7.00

3 2,136 5.39 11.33

4 2,664 6.73 9.75

5 2,436 6.15 10.25

6 8.85

‘Compare “Observations made in 1906,” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Decer-
ber, 1906, pp. 573, 574.
37

562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (Dec.,

ASULKAN GLACIER.
Guacter Housn, British CoLuMBIA.

Changes in Tongue.—The same record of breaking down and reces-
sion must be made of this glacier, and indeed the changes noted are
more marked than for several years. The right side is melting rapidly,
with the result that the stream of ice is becoming narrower. On the
left side there is not so much change, owing to the mantle of moraine
which retards melting. There is much less ice at the tongue than last
year and recession is marked. The general surface of the ice is rougher
and there are many crevasses at the line of plates where last year even
slopes were found. The large rock marked in 1899 was found to rest in
its original position, though heaped all around with fresh moraine.
The distance from this rock on August 15, 1907, to the thin tongue of
ice was found to be 54 feet 6 inches, showing that amount of recession
since last year.”

The Flow oj Glacier above Tongue-—On August 15, 1907, the position
of the plates laid out on July 13, 1906, was determined, giving the
motion of the ice for a period of about thirteen months or 398 days. The
results are given in the following table, to which have been added the
data obtained in 1906 of the rate of summer motion of the same plates,
covering a ten-day interval.

Motion of 1906 Plates on Surface of Asulkan Glacier, July 13, 1906, to
August 15, 1907.

Total motion 398- | Average daily mo- | Average daily mo-

ue of day interval tion 398-day in-| tion ten-day in-
ate. (inches). terval (inches). terval summer of
1906 (inches).

7 Lost. —= 2.40

8 449 1.13 3.90

9 Lost. =— 5.50

10 1,147 2.88 6.70

il | 1/231 3.10 6.70

12 1,245 3.13 6.30

Bowlder. : a 8.90

|
|
{
|
|
|
1]
|

VicTorRIA GLACIER.
Lake Lovuisr, ALBERTA, CANADA.

This glacier was visited on August 8, 1907, during a long period of

2 Compare “Observations made in 1906,” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Decem-
ber, 1906, p. 575.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563

storm. The changes, though not marked, are all in the line of shrinkage
and recession. The tongue, still buried in moraine, is not different from
previous years, but the steep slopes of ice on the left side are gradually
retreating and depositing masses of bowlders on the ground moraine
below. The large angular blocks which fell from the ice in 1899 are
now 126 feet from the edge of ice, which indicates a further retreat of
fifty-two feet since July 30, 1906. The large boulder on the ice surface
has moved many feet down with the ice, but owing to the bad weather
and dense fog which obscured the line points it was not possible to
determine the changes with any accuracy.

Youo GLACIER.
Youo VALLEY, Frevp, British CoLumsBra.
? d

This glacier was visited on August 19, 1907. It has receded very
appreciably the past year, particularly on the left side, where many
acres of roches moutonné have been left bare or covered with masses
of moraine. Some of these are glaciated and graved most beautifully,
and many small spherical quartzite pebbles about the size of marbles
and quite as true were found in pockets where they had been deposited.

The right side of the glacier does not appear to have changed so
greatly, probably owing to the form of glacier bed and the increased
pressure of ice on this side.

As with other examples in this region, the point of greatest extension
of the glacier is a very long blade-like tongue extending in one of the
trough-like grooves parallel with the axis of the glacier. Measuring
from the bed rock marked on August 17, 1901, to this ice the distance
was found to be 147 feet 4 inches, or a recession of 70 feet for
the year. If, however, the line is taken in the same direction as
previous years the distance was 423 feet, or 346.3 feet recession.
This is the greatest change which has been noted in any glacier in this
region since observations were recorded.

As a conclusion it may be noted that the yearly average flow of the
ice streams continues about as in previous years, but the recession of
the tongues, shrinkage and breaking down is increasingly marked. The
Asulkan Glacier, which for several years was stationary or slightly ad-
vancing, has this year showed marked retreat and shrinkage, and the
same is the case with the Victoria Glacier. Preceded by a cold and
stormy winter and a summer with low average of sunshine and low
temperature, these conditions point to an interesting series of changes
which may ultimately throw some light on the relation between
weather conditions and glacier change.

564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,.

¢

The following reports were ordered to be printed :
REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

Fifteen meetings of the Academy were held during the past year,
with an average attendance of thirty-seven. Communications, many
of which were illustrated by lantern slides, were made by Messrs.
George, Jr., and William S. Vaux, H. A. Pilsbry, H. E. Wetherill, Henry
Leffman, Howard W. DuBois, E. G. Conklin, S. G. Dixon, A. E. Brown,
P. P. Calvert, Henry Skinner, J. W. Harshberger, Joseph Willcox,
Burnett Smith, Witmer Stone, I’. L. Garrison and Benjamin Sharp.

Forty papers have been presented for publication by the following
authors: Clarence B. Moore, 4; H. A. Pilsbry, 4; Henry W. Fowler, 3;
James A. G. Rehn, 3; Thomas H. Montgomery, 2; J. Perey Moore, 2;
Burnett Smith, 2; R. W. Shufeldt, 2; H. E. Wetherill, 1; H. A. Pilsbry
and James H. Ferris, 1; C. P. Gillette, 1; George, Jr., and William §.
Vaux, 1; James A. Nelson, 1; Theodore Gill, 1; Harold Heath, 1; Arthur
M. Edwards, 1; J. Chester Bradley, 1; Howard Crawley, 1; E. G.
Vanatta, 1; J. A. G. Rehn and M. Hebard, 1; Helen Dean King, 1; H.
E. Enders, 1; E. G. Conklin, 1; Clayton F. Palmer, 1; W. H. Dall, 1;
and Witmer Stone, 1. Four of these have been accepted for publica-
tion in the JouRNAL, twenty-nine for the PRocEEDINGs; six have been
returned to the authors, and one is still held under advisement.

One hundred and ninety pages of the Procrreprnes for 1906, with
fourteen plates and two maps, and four hundred and sixteen pages
and thirty plates, constituting Part 3 of Vol. 58 and Parts 1 and 2 of
Vol. 59, have been published and distributed. The four papers by Mr.
Moore form the third number of Vol. XIII of the Journat, one hun-
dred and forty-three beautifully illustrated pages, for which we are
indebted to the author who defrays the entire cost of publication.

The Entomological Section has published four hundred ‘and fifty-
eight pages of the ENromo.tocicaL News, with seventeen plates, and
two hundred and ninety-seven pages, with four plates, of the TRANns-
ACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL Society (Entomological
Section of the Academy). Of the Manuva or ConcHo.Locy two hun-
dred and twenty-six pages and thirty-seven plates have been issued.

Six members and four correspondents have been elected. The
deaths of eight members and three correspondents have been announced.

KEV |

7
|
ND CCE
? ‘U

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565

Eight resignations of membership have been received as follows:
Judson Daland, W. P. Stokes, George M. Woodward, Marian G. Nimlet,
Lightner Witmer, L. H. Carpenter, R. D. Barclay, and Henry Emer-
son Wetherill.

Although the improved design for the Hayden-Memorial Medal was
accepted in 1906, as stated in my last annual report, the engraved
dies were not received from the Gorham Company until last April.
The medal, the work of John Flanagan, of New York, was then cast
by Messrs. Krider & Co., of Philadelphia, and has met with general
approval, the portrait and the emblematic reverse being regarded as
improvements on the design of the token formerly awarded. The
Academy has been forced by a variety of circumstances to defer the
actual presentation of the medal to Dr. Wolcott until the first meeting
of January, when a reception will be tendered the distinguished
_ recipient.

The President was authorized to appoint representatives to the
Centenary Celebration of the Geological Society of London, and to the
observance of the two hundredth anniversary of the birthday of
Linnzus by the New York Academy of Sciences.

Epwarp J. Nouan,
Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

The Corresponding Secretary regrets the necessity of recording the
death during the past year of the following named correspondents:
Mr. Frederick C. Stearns, Sir Joseph Fayrer, Prof. Edmund von
Mojsisovies, and Prof. Lucien M. Underwood. There were elected Mr.
P. Chalmers Mitchell, of the Zoological Society of London; Prof. J. W.
van Wijhe, of the University of Groningen; Prof. Otto zur Strassen, of
the University of Leipzig, and Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, of the British
Museum.

Notices announcing the deaths of five scientific men of prominence
were received and suitably acknowledged on behalf of the Academy.
Upon the receipt of official invitations delegates representing the
Academy were appointed by the President as follows: To the Tri-
centennial Anniversary of the birth of Ulisus Aldrovandi, Prof. Gio-
vanni Capellini, a correspondent; to the Seventh International Zoo-
logical Congress, Prof. E. G. Conklin, Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, Dr,

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

Benjamin Sharp, Mr. Witmer Stone and Dr. J. Percy Moore; to the
Centenary Anniversary of the founding of the Geological Society of
London, Sir Archibald Geikie, a correspondent; and to the exercises in
New York commemorating the two hundredth anniversary of the birth
of Linnzeus, Mr. Witmer Stone. Invitations to participate were received ©
for the dedication exercises of the Carnegie Institute in Pittsburg,
the eightieth anniversary of the Imperial Geographical Society of
Russia, the Fourth International Fishery Congress, the Prehistoric
Congress of France, the Delegation for the Choice of an International
Auxiliary Language, the Fiftieth Anniversary of the founding of the
Parsony Medical and Physical Society, and a memorial meeting to the
late Samuel Pierpont Langley. Suitable letters or addresses were in
each case forwarded.

A noteworthy event of late summer was the meeting in this country
of the Seventh International Zoological Congress. Upon the invita-
tion of a committee representing many of the scientific and educational
institutions of Philadelphia, and which held its meetings at this
Academy, a large delegation from the Congress, including upwards of
seventy foreign members, visited this city on September 2 and 3.
Among the visitors were many distinguished zoologists, including two
correspondents of the Academy, Dr. Raphael Blanchard, of Paris, and
Prof. A. A. W. Hubrecht, of Utrecht. The programme of entertain-
ment was very successfully carried out, both at the Academy and the
other institutions that were visited, and was very enjoyable to visitors
and hosts alike.

An increased number of letters requesting information on subjects
of scientific interest were received and answered.

Statistics of the correspondence follow:

COMMUNICATIONS RECEIVED.

Acknowledging receipt of the a se publichtfons;, (oo “ees ce a
Transmitting publications, . . eh Ce eee fake, ik: 72
Requesting exchanges or the adnplat of el iiencies,.” <, .\s 6a Se ee 2
nvitations tolearned gatherings, . .- . . . . . +. +. « .- 9
Notices of death of scientificmen, . . . «. . - « « « « «= -» 5
Circulars relating to the administration of scientificinstitutions,ete., . . 11
Biographies of correspondents, "95> Ss) wr ma ere te 6
Photographs of ‘correspondents; 7 2 2 a 05a ee 5
Miscéllancous letters,;.) .. .° & ..° GARE) 3 is) oe eel Tae eee 117

Total received, . . : . ° + e ° ° e . : - . 389

1907.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF

PHILADELPHIA.

CoMMUNICATIONS FORWARDED.

Acknowledging gifts to the Library,
Acknowledging gifts to the Museum,

Acknowledging photographs and spose we
Requesting the supply ef deficiencies in journals,
Correspondents’ diplomas and notices of election, .
Letters of sympathy or congratulation and addresses,

Miscellaneous letters,

Copies of annual reports sent to doenennondents:

Circular letters,

Total forwarded,

Respectfully submitted,

J. Percy Moore,

Corresponding Secretary.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

Additions to the Library have been received during the year as

follows:

Pamphlets and parts of periodicals,
Volumes,

Maps,

Photographs,

Total,

5,790

941
157
21

They were received from the following sources:

He VenwWalliamsonyHund.......:...<.-2. 2,406
Societies, Museums, ete..

United States Department of

PA orGUIL teasers cree te -cs-sce-ce-seszesked
United States Department of the

1b aH ETE (0) ore ccr en ARE PoP 0
General Appropriation...
BAL UN ON ener ses ne cea te us Re
James Aitken Meigs Fund..............

WWalBonig btn Gies.s. .S.c5--2..cccceoee reer 29
Pennsylvania State Department
OT OA OT GUMGUIT Grose ca-cts-0s-eneee eee 25

Geological Survey Department,
(Wamadare serene i: .csstsceaeee eee 23
United States Department of
Commerce and Labor...............0:

Ministére des Travaux Publics,

Comité Géologique Russe..............

| Imperial Geological Survey, Japan

United States Treasury Depart-

Ministerio de Colonizacion y Agri-

(Cowliniobets),. |BXo biniaeho pens eneeeet mee sace
United States War Department....
Department of Mines, Victoria......

Department of the Interior,
(Gam aid ates eee ea wasinecswwactaneoss
Department of the Interior,
PATON OSs ereveee aeeenieseececeaveset- ee

Geological’Survey of India.............
Ministerio de Fomento, Peru.........

- Trustees of British Museum...........

6,909

aoe

(04)

568
Department of Agriculture in

United States Bureau of Fisheries
International Bureau American
Republies ascent eee erate
Department of Agriculture, Ja-
neat S (er ace te Peete pce ret net SO.
Cape of Good Hope, Department
of Agricultiinesssrwsterysesete se
Commission Géologique de Fin-

Department van Landbouw, Java
Western Australia Geological Sur-

Facultad de Agronomia y Veteri-
MATIA, Wa) Pl Ata cen vececsctecesetsoreass
Maryland Geological Survey..........
Observatoire Centrale Nicholas.....
United States Public Health and
Marine Hospital Service.............
Dr: PhomashBiddlesssceec cere
Publication Committee Academy
Connecticut Geological and Na-
tural History Survey..................
Wisconsin Geological and Natural
PLISGOLY SUL VEY srcscccsccrortacgsreveorese
Commission de la Belgiea...............
Bureau of American Ethnology...
Biuroului Geologicu, Roumania....
Geological Commission, Cape of
Good: Hopes. caiceecsateaemeraeenites
Geological Survey of New Jersey.
Agricultural College Survey of
North Dakota

Department of Fisheries, New

Sowth? Walesicc.aavicnsitenteste
Pennsylvania Department of

PISheribsscsnarsy cere :
Instituto Geologico de Mexico.......
Illinois Bureau of Labor Statistics
Trustees of the Indian Museum.....

tb

to hw be

to

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Missouri Bureau of Geology and

Dr: HAY Pilsbrysascensecrcasteree
Commissioners of Fisheries and

Game, Massachusetts....
Dr. E. J. Nolan at
New Zealand Geological Survey....
Library of Congress.............::s0000-+
Board of Agriculture and Fores-

Gry; Va wWal-ts.acestassokieaysteeos ere
South African Government............

| Department of Marine and Fish-

eres: Canada). acacschitsccnt mares
Arthur Drangheld 24 caseerreters

| Bentham Trustees, Kew Gardens.
| New Zealand Government.............
| Iowa Geological Survey

Witmer Stones nose. ose
Kommission zur Wissenschaft-
liche Untersuchungen der
Deutschen See in Kiel................
Francis R. Abbot
Department of Mines,
SCOMMA.c cau sttl-camtersctrrcaneneeete

Geological Survey of Natal and
Drihilansd |:.ccc sissies: cee

| Secretaria de Agricultura, Cuba....

Geological Survey of Alabama.......
Louisiana Geological Survey
East Indian Government...............
Ministerio de Agricultura, Buenos

Department of Geology and
Natural Resources, Indiana......
Dr. Henry SKinneF....1......+-c000ss0cea00s

[Dec.,

re Be nNN Wh

Ree eee

They were distributed to the several departments of the Library as

follows:

Journals
Agriculture..
Geology
Botany.

5,132
455
330
230

Geography......--..c2..s+00++
General Natural History.
Voyages and Travels...
Entomology ........

138
121
78
77

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569

Ornitholopyerc etree ere es Dom |i bbOprapliysesee on re oer - ve 15
Anatomy and Physiology...... SO Mile Chemis bye ccvaee.c enacseesteentenesctcees-ossee 14
Mitra al opiyneneconeacereeente ... 3 | Physical Science...... coe Ul
Helminthology.. RerOOm ein eral Opiynews te: kacteeesaretreet ae 9
Concholopya..:...naiame ee 32 | Mathematics....... 6
Techy olopy..\.:c1c ste Aa Elerpetol opine: siesne neces soaveeos ‘ 5
Medicine......... levees Dom UD Classifed:...x ccs. s leer hen: orev 25
Anthropology 21

Two thousand and twenty volumes have been bound during the
year, making a notable improvement, especially in the department of
journals and periodicals. The shelf list in this department has been
completed and will be of use, not only in taking stock, but in any
rearrangement of the volumes which may be hereafter necessary.
The general card catalogue has of course been kept up to date. In
connection with the preparation of work for the binders constant
effort is made to secure supplies of deficiencies, in many cases with
gratifying success.

The necessity for more room becomes every day more urgent. The
growth of certain departments has heretofore been provided for by
encroachment on the studyrooms. This has been so manifestly to the
inconvenience of those occupying the rooms that some of these books
have been removed to shelving placed above the cases. These shelves
have to be reached by ladders, and the arrangement is only tolerable as
a temporary relief from crowding. It is believed that ample pro-
vision for at least storing accessions will be provided in the proposed
new building, a large part of which will be designed for the erection of
tiers of stacks.

The proofs of the Union List of periodicals in the libraries of Phila-
delphia have been read, and the work will be issued early in March
under the auspices of the Free Library. It will be of the first import-
ance in coéperative work.

It is gratifying to know that the present arrangement of the Library
was warmly commended by the members of the International Congress
of Zoologists, who were entertained here last September.

The Librarian read a paper on the use of books on Natural History
at the Conference of the American Library Association, held at Ashe-
ville in May. The paper has been published in the first volume of the
Bulletin of the Association.

Acknowledgment is again gladly made of indebtedness to the
Assistant Librarian, Wiliam J. Fox, for efficient service both in ake
Library and the Publication Office.

Epwarp J. Nouan,
Inbrarian.

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF {Dec.,

REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

The collections in the care of the Curators remain in an excellent
condition and progress has been made in their study and classification.

In June an appropriation of $150,000 was made to the Academy by
the State of Pennsylvania, for the erection of a new fireproof Library
and Auditorium. Plans for this new building, to be erected south of
the present Museum, and for the remodeling of the old Library building
for Museum purposes, have been adopted and work will begin early in
the coming year.

The rearrangement of the collections in the old Museum building,
which was closed to the public while the new roof was being constructed,
has been practically completed, but until the new exhibition cases now
under construction are installed, it is thought best to keep the building
closed. ;

In rearranging the collections, the fossil Vertebrates and the Lea
collection of Kocene fossils occupy the main floor. The first gallery,
where birds were formerly displayed, now contains the collections of
fossil Invertebrates arranged in geological sequence. The exhibit of
recent mollusks is to remain on the second gallery.

A temporary partition shuts off the east end of the main floor, forming
a room for the arrangement of the rapidly increasing study collection
of mollusks.

One hundred white pine cabinets were purchased during the year
for the accommodation of this collection. In addition 720 eubie feet of
exhibition cases, uniform with those previously purchased, have been
ordered, and a number of moth-proof metal cases for the entomological
and ornithological study collections.

Mr. Clarence B. Moore has made additional explorations among the
Indian mounds of the Southern States, and added valuable specimens
to his collection.

Dr. Skinner, at the instance of the Canadian Government, accom-
panied Dr. Fletcher on a trip through Saskatchewan during the
summer, and made extensive entomological collections for the Academy.
Mr. Rehn, through the liberality of Mr. Morgan Hebard, was enabled
to accompany him on a trip through New Mexico, Arizona and Cali-
fornia, collecting Orthoptera and reptiles. All of the latter and half
of the Orthoptera became the property of the Academy.

Numerous local trips to various parts of Pennsylvania and New
Jersey by other members of the Museum staff have added largely to
the herbarium and the collections of fishes reptiles and mollusks.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571

Among the more important accessions to the Museum during the
year may be mentioned a series of earthenware vessels from Colombia;
a series from the Wollaston collection of Moilusea from Madeira, the
Canaries, Cape Verdes and St. Helena; a collection of Brazilian birds
presented by Mrs. Thomas Gummey; a number of valuable mammals
presented by the Zoological Society of Philadelphia, and a series of
Cirripedes from the United States National Museum.

In addition to the services rendered by the Museum staff, the
Curators are indebted to Mr. S. 8. Van Pelt for the care and enlarge-
ment of the local herbarium, and to Dr. P. P. Calvert, Messrs. E. T.
Cresson, Jr., and H. W. Wenzel for aid in the entomological department.

Details of the work in several departments are appended. In
addition Dr. J. P. Moore has continued the study and arrangement of
the helminthological collections, and Mr. H. W. Fowler of the fishes,
while Miss H. N. Wardle has devoted considerable time to the care of
the archeological department.

The collections have been consulted by many visiting specialists and
specimens have been loaned to Dr. I’. W. True, H. W. Henshaw, E. W.
Nelson, H. C. Oberholser, Dr. W. H. Dall, Dr. James P. Smith, Miss
Mary J. Rathbun, Robert T. Young, Dr. G. A. Boulenger, Dr. Burnett
Smith, W. H. Osgood, M. W. Lyon, Dr. C. H. Gilbert, and Dr. C. H.
Eigenmann.

SAMUEL G. Drxon,
Executive Curator.

REPORT OF THE SPECIAL CURATOR OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MoOLLUSCA.

During the year the collection of mollusks which was stored in 1906
has been returned to the second gallery and in part rearranged. All of
the fresh-water shells have been placed in dust-proof cases on the
main floor of the Museum, where space has been partitioned off for
the temporary accommodation of such part of the collection as is not
exhibited.

Large accessions have been made to the collections. Among the
more extensive series are 250 trays of Florida shells collected by C. B.
Moore; 100 lots from Victoria, Australia, from Mrs. A. F. Keynon; a
series of Mexican shells from A. A. Hinkley, and a series of 1,320 trays
from the Quadras collection of Philippine land shells. A series from
the Lowe-Wollaston collection from the Atlantic Islands, Madeira,
Canaries, St. Helena, etc., was purchased. if

The Special Curator has been occupied chiefly with the preparation
of the ManuAL or Concnoxoey, the volume for the year dealing with

572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

the family Oleacinide. Studies have also been made of the snails
collected in Arizona in 1906, an account of which will shortly be ready
for publication.
Mr. E. G Vanatta has given careful and efficient assistance in the
work of the department.
H. A. Pinssry,
Special Curator.

REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS.

Tue BIoLoGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL SECTION.

Nine stated and several informal meetings have been held during the
year with the usual attendance.

The following communications were made:

On Filaria sanguinis hominis, by Dr. T. S. Stewart.

On Amphigyra alabaminensis, and on an apparatus for showing
polarized light, by Mr. I. J. Keeley.

On motion of diatoms, by Mr. T. Chalkley Palmer.

A paper “On Consciousness of Micro-Organisms,” by Mr. John G.
Rothermel, was presented to a large audience by request in the Library
Hall.

Dr. Sylvester J. Deehan, by invitation, read a paper “On the House
Fly and Its Relation to Publie Health.”

Shorter communications on various subjects were made by Messrs.
J. A. Shulze, William B. Davis, Silas L. Schumo, Hugo Bilgram, Dr.
J.C. Morris and C. 8. Boyer.

The semi-centennial anniversary of the founding of the Section will
occur on March 30, 1908. Of the twenty-seven original members but
few are now living; it is hoped, however, that the occasion may be the
means of some commemoration of the work of the Section.

The following officers were elected for the year 1908:

Director, . J. Cheston Morris; M.D.
Vice-Director, ; . TT. Chalkley Palmer.
Recorder, . . Charles S. Boyer.
Corresponding Secretary, . Silas L. Schumo.
Treasurer, . ‘ . Thomas 8. Stewart, M.D.
Conservator, . f l. J. Keeley.

CHARLEs 8. Boyrr,
Recorder.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573

MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

The Section has this season continued its meetings and excursions
with renewed vigor and success.

There have been nine meetings, with an average attendance of ten.
Communications were made by Mr. Lynwood F. Garrison on gold in
pegmatite and related rocks, and on metallic sulphides in volcanic tufts ;
by Mr. E. T. Wherry on luminescent minerals, and on his summer
observations in northern New Jersey; by Mr. T. Chalkley Palmer on
the geography and geology of the region around Richmond, Va.; by
B. 5. Lyman on a trip to the Philippines, and on a new rock-section
grinding machine; by Dr. Florence Bascom on some Mexican volca-
noes; by Dr. William J. Sinclair on the geology of the Yosemite Valley.
There were a number of shorter communications, besides active discus-
sions.

There were nine field excursions, with an average attendance of
over twenty-eight. The parties examined: (1) The structure of
Plymouth Valley, between Camp Hill and Chestnut Hill, Montgomery
County; (2) The crystalline rocks and their minerals near Media,
Delaware County; (3) The structure of Plymouth Valley, between
Fort Washington and Glenside, Montgomery County; (4) The crys-
talline rocks and their minerals between Swarthmore and Lansdowne,
Delaware County; (5) The Cambrian and Precambrian rocks between
Edge Hill and Paper Mills, Montgomery County; (6) The New Red
rocks in the Perkiomen Valley, Montgomery County; (7) The erystal-
line rocks between Chester and Morgan Station, Delaware county; (8)
The New Red and Cambrian conglomerates between Yardley and Falls-
ington, Bucks County; (9) The crystalline rocks and their minerals
between Bethayres and Bustleton, Montgomery and Philadelphia
Counties. The excursions are occasionally enlivened by interesting
and instructive discussions of the phenomena observed.

The membership of the Section has increased by two associates, at
least one of whom will doubtless next month become a member.
Another associate has already this year become a member.

The following officers of the Section have been elected for the year
1908:

Director, : : : j ; Benjamin Smith Lyman.
Vice-Director, . : : f : George Vaux, Jr.
Recorder and Secretary, . : : Edgar T. Wherry.
Treasurer, : ‘ : : : Miss Emma Walter.
Conservator, Frank J. Keeley.

Respectfully submitted by order of the Section,
BENJAMIN SmitTH LyMan, Director.

ot
=I
eS

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

The regular monthly meetings have been held, except during the
months of July and August. Valuable communications by the
members have been permanently recorded in the Proceedings of the
Section and published in the Entomological News. The average
attendance was twelve persons, not including visitors. Hight tin cases
containing two hundred Schmitt boxes have been purchased to accom-
modate the growth of the collection and any new arrangement found
necessary. Over 11,000 specimens have been added to the cabinet
during the year. The most noteworthy additions have been 2,083
insects of all orders from Paramaribo, Surinam; 3,424 Hymenoptera,
presented by Mr. Henry L. Viereck; 700 Orthoptera from Florida and
2,500 from the Southwestern United States, captured by Mr. J. A. G.
Rehn and Mr. Morgan Hebard; two specimens of the very rare butter-
fly, Argynnis astarte, from Mt. Athabasca, were presented by Mrs.
Charles Schiffer. ;

The Conservator of the Section spent five weeks collecting for the
Academy in the Canadian provinces of Manitoba, Saskatchewan and
Alberta, and brought home a large amount of material. Quite a
number of the species collected were new to our cabinets, and it is
not unlikely that new species will be found when time permits the
proper study of this collection. A large part of the additions came
unmounted, and a considerable portion of the Conservator’s time was
occupied in preparing it for the cabinet. The usual and necessary
work for the care and preservation of the collections has been done,
and new and better methods of technie have made this work very much
more satisfactory. The Entomological News, the journal published
under the direction of the Section, has been continued and Volume
XVIII completed with 458 pages and 17 plates. Two hundred and
ninety-eight pages and 4 plates of the J’ransactions of the American
Entomological Society have been published. The Conservator wishes
to acknowledge valuable assistance in the care and arrangement of
special collections from Dr. Philip’P. Calvert, Mr. J. A. G. Rehn and
Mr. E. T. Cresson, Jr.

Director, : : ‘ . Philip Laurent.
Vice-Director, . ; : ; . *H. W. Wenzel.
Treasurer, : P , : . . T. Cresson.
Conservator, . 5 : ; . Henry Skinner, M.D.

Secretary, , : P - . J.H. Ridings.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575

Recorder, ; : : 3 . Henry Skinner, M.D.
Publication Committee, —. : . .T. Cresson,
J. H. Ridings.

Respectfully submitted,
HENRY SKINNER,
Conservator.

THE BoTanicaL SECTION.

During the past year the work of placing the sheets in species
covers has been completed for about three-fourths of the herbarium;
pressure of other work and lack of assistance have delayed progress
for the time being; it is hoped, however, that the arrangement may be
completed during the coming year.

Early in the year six new metal cases were received and have been
placed in the north gallery room for the accommodation of the ferns
and fern allies with the mosses and lichens, the change of arrangement
being required by the rapid growth of the local herbarium.

Additions to the collections amount to about 5,500 sheets. Of these,
exchanges have been received from the New York Botanical Gardens
of 174, principally from the Bahamas, and the University of Pennsyl-
vania, 147 from Bermuda. Gifts have been received from the St. Louis
Botanical Gardens, 565 numbers of Lindheimer’s Texan plants, and
about 750 from the following individuals: Edwin B. Bartram, Stew-
ardson Brown, Joseph Crawford, Mrs. Thomas P. Hill, Bayard Long,
C. F. Saunders, Benjamin H. Smith, Edward G. Vanatta, Samuel S.
Van Pelt and Charles S. Williamson.

The Academy’s expedition to Arizona and New Mexico under Dr.
Pilsbry added 238 sheets, and the following have been added by
purchase: By the Academy, a small collection of Surinam plants, and
by the Botanical Section, 425 sheets of the Pere Duss herbarium from
Martinique and Guadeloupe; from A. A. Heller, 470 sheets of Cali-
fornia plants, and from C. G. Pringle, 300 Mexican plants.

An increasing interest has been manifested during the year in the
meetings of the Philadelphia Botanical Club, its members having
added 2,500 sheets to the local herbarium. Acknowledgment is here
made of the efficient work rendered by its Curator, Mr. Samuel S.
Van Pelt. =

576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

At the annual meeting of the Section, held December 5, the following
were elected as officers for the ensuing year:

Director, : : : ; . Benjamin H. Smith.
Vice-Director, 3 : E . Joseph Crawford.
Recorder, : : : : . Charles S. Williamson.
Treasurer and Conservator, : . Stewardson Brown.

Respectfully submitted,

STEwaRpson Brown,
Conservator.

THE ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION.

During the past year the remainder of the mounted collection of
birds, comprising the ostriches and their allies and the song birds, have
been arranged on the new Ornithological floor in cases provided for
them, and the work of relabelling the Picarie, Passeres, ete., has been
begun.

The greater part of the Conservator’s time, apart from general
museum work, has been devoted to a thorough revision of the study
series of bird skins. Before installing the extensive Tristram collection
it was found necessary to reidentify the old material and bring the
nomenclature up to date. At the same time all species represented
in the collection have been checked up in Sharpe’s Hand List of Birds,
so that it is possible to ascertain at a glance the Academy’s desiderata.
This work has been completed from the Parrots to the Song Birds,
this portion of the collection occupying eighty of the standard metal
cases.

Mr. J. A. G. Rehn has spent about six months’ time in relabelling
the Tristram collection, amplifying the tags from the manuscript
catalogue, and has completed about one half of this material. He
has also relaxed many of the old unmounted specimens and greatly
improved their appearance.

Numerous accessions have been received during the year, among
which may be mentioned a collection of Brazilian birds from Mrs.
Thomas Gummey, a raven’s nest and other specimens for the Delaware
Valley Club collection.

A special mahogany and plate glass case was finished early in the
year for the display of the Great Auk and the Labrador Ducks, and

twelve additional metal cases have been purchased for the study
collection.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577

The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club and Pennsylvania Audubon
Society have held their meetings at the Academy during the year, and
many visiting ornithologists have made use of the collections.

WITMER STONE,
Conservator.

’ The annual election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the
Committee on Accounts to serve during 1908 was held with the follow-
ing result:

PRESIDENT, : 3 . Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.
Vicr-PRESIDENTsS, : Arthur Erwin Brown, Se.D.
E. G. Conklin, Ph.D.
RECORDING SECRETARY, . ; Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY, : J. Perey Moore, Ph.D.
TREASURER, . : : ‘ George Vaux, Jr.
LIBRARIAN, ; ‘ ; : Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
CURATORS, : ; ; : Arthur Erwin Brown, Se.D.

Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D.

William 8. Vaux, Jr.
COUNCILLORS TO SERVE THREE YEARS, Thomas H. Fenton, M.D.,

John Cadwalader,

Edwin 8. Dixon,

Henry Skinner, M.D.
CoMMITTEER ON ACCOUNTS, . . Charles Morris,

Samuel N. Rhoads,

Dr. C. Newlin Peirce,

John G. Rothermel,

Howard Crawley, Ph.D.

COUNCIL FOR 1908.

Hx-officio.—Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D.,
Arthur E. Brown, Se.D., Edward J. Nolan, M.D., J. Perey Moore, Ph.D.,
George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D., William S. Vaux, Jr.

To serve Three Years.—Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., John Cadwalader,
Edwin S. Dixon, Henry Skinner, M.D, ~

To serve Two Years.—Dr. C. Newlin Peirce, Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D.,
Thomas Biddle, M.D., and Frederick Prime.

38

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

To serve One Year.—Charles B. Penrose, M.D., Charles Morris,
Benjamin Sharp, M.D., and Henry Tucker, M.D.

Curator oF Motuusca, . : Henry A. Pilsbry, Se.D.
AssIsTANT LIBRARIAN, : : William J. Fox.
ASSISTANTS TO CURATORS, . ‘ Witmer Stone,

Henry Skinner, M.D.,
Stewardson Brown,

J. Perey Moore, Ph.D.,
Edward G. Vanatta,
Henry W. Fowler,

J. A. G. Rehn;

H. Newell Wardle.

TAXIDERMIST, . Z . : David McCadden.
Jessup Fund Students, 3 : H. Newell Wardle,
James A. G. Rehn.

Janitors . ; : ; 5 Charles Clappier,
Daniel Heckler,
James Tague,
Jacob Aebley.

‘ELECTIONS DURING 1907.
MEMBERS.

January 15.—Edwin J. Simpson, Mary W. James.

March 19.—C. C. Bedoes.

April 16.—Richard H. Harte, M.D.

October 15.—Dr. F. Creighton Wellman, Edgar T. Wherry.

CORRESPONDENTS,

Apru_29.—P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.R.S., of London.
November 19.—Otto zur Strassen of Leipzig, J. W van Wijhe of
Groningen, R. Bowdler Sharpe of London.

or
J
co

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

ADDITIONS TO MUSEUM.

MAMMALS,

CHRISTOPHER GALLEGHER. Skull of Balenoptera, Cape May, N. J.

S. H. Hamitron. Mink, Putorius vison, and Georgia Bat, Pipistrellus, Warren
County, N. J.

Morean Hesarp. Three Bats, Arizona and New Mexico.

J.W. Houtman. Jumping Mouse, Zapus hudsonius, West Creek, Ocean County,
N.J.

Davi McCappEN. Six embryos of the Gray Fox, Urocyon cinereo-argenteus.

JosepH E. Sapp. Franklin’s Spermophile, Citellus franklinii, Tuckerton, N. J.

Lewis SHEPPARD. Skull of Opossum.

R. W.SHuretpt. Skeleton of Vulpes macrotis. ~ ~

H. L. Viereck. Jumping Mouse, Zapus hudsonius, Devon, Pa.

GrorRGE WILKINSON. Skull and teeth of horse.

ZooLoGicaL Society OF PHILADELPHIA. Prepared for mounting: White-handed
Gibbon, Hylobates lar (with skull); European Wild-cat, Felis catus (with skull);
South American Tapir, Tapirus terrestris (with skull); Beisa Antelope, Oryz beisa.

Prepared as skins with shulls: Gray’s Paradoxure, Paradoxurus grayi; Doreas
Gazelle, Gazella dorcas; Texan Deer-mouse, Peromyscus sp., Seymour, Tex,

Prepared as skins with skeletons: Brazilian Ocelot, Felis pardalis chibigouazou;
Dorcas Goat, Capra dorcas.

Prepared as skin without skull: Crab-eating Raccoon, Procyon cancrivorus.

Prepared as skeleton: Red River-hog, Pomatocherus porcus.

Prepared as an alcoholic specimen: Pygmy Marmoset, Hapale pygmea.

Birps.

HERMANN BeEur (for Delaware Valley Ornithological Club Collection). Nest
of Raven, Corvus corax principalis, Garrett County, Md.

J.G. Dittry. Horned Owl, Bubo virginianus, Pennsylvania.

Tuomas Eakins. Bald Eagle (Halietus leucocephalus) for skeleton, New Jersey.

Mrs. THomAs GuMMEY. Collection of mounted birds, Brazil.

H.W. Hanp. Gannett, Sula bassana, Cape May, N. J.

J. W. Hotman. Bald Eagle, Haliwtus leucocephalus, West Creek, Ocean
County, N. J.

Mary Vaux. Ruffed Grouse, Bonasa umbellus, Bryn Mawr, Pa.

ZooLogicaL Society oF PHILADELPHIA. White-crested Guan, egg of Guira,
White Gerfalcon.

Purcuasev. Seven Wild Pigeons, Ectopistes migratoria, seven Sandhill Cranes,
Grus mexicana, five exotic birds.

REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS.

H. W. Fowrer. Collection of reptiles and amphibians, Holmesburg, Phila-
delphia.

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

H. W. Fow er, B. W. Grirrira and T. D. Ker. Collection of reptiles and
amphibians, Tullytown, Bucks County, Pa.

H. W. Fowxier and A. H. Grosu, Collection of amphibians, Bacon Hill, Md.

H.W. Hanp. Scaphiopus holbrooki, Cape May, N. J.

Morean Heparp. Fifty-four reptiles and amphibians, collected in Arizona and

New Mexico by Hebard and Rehn.
’ J.W.Houman. Two Pine Snakes, Pituophys melanoleucus, West Creek, Ocean
County, N. J.; Red Salamander, Spelerpes ruber, West Creek, Ocean County, N. J.

Miss N. Hotman. Sceloporus undulatus, West Creek, Ocean County, N. J.

T. D. Kem and W. Sronz. Collection of reptiles and amphibians, Garrett
County, Md.

Davin McCappEn. Rana pipiens, Ocean City, N. J.

CLARENCE B. Moore (collected by H. A. Pilsbry). Two Anolis, Florida Keys.

T. CoaLkiy Patmer. Typhlops lumbricalis, West Indies.

JosppH Parker. King Snake, Ophibolus getulus, West Creek, Ocean County,
N. J.

J. A. G. Rean. Hog-nosed Snake, Heterodon platyrhinus, and Green Snake,
Ophiodryas estivus, West Creek, Ocean County, N. J.

G. S. Ropinson, M. D. Spelerpes ruber, Holmesburg, Philadelphia.

E.G. Vanarra. Several amphibians, Chestertown, Md.

GrorGce B. Woop. Several reptiles, West Palm Beach, Fla.

ZooLoGIcaL Society OF PHILADELPHIA. Skeleton of giant tortoise, Galapagos ;
Boa imperator.

FIsHEs.

W.J.Eprimya. Two skins of Salmo fontinalis.

Erre Fish Co. Collection of fishes from Lake Erie.

W. J. Fox. Phycis regius and Ammodytes, Sea Isle City, N. J.; skull of cod-
fish, Sea Isle City, N. J.
, H.W. Fowter. Collection of fishes, Chester and Monocacy Creeks, Pa.

H. W. Fow er, C. J. Hunr and T. D. Keim. Collection of fishes, Rancocas
Creek, N. J.

H. W. Fowier and H. W. Hann. Collection of fishes, Cape May, N. J.

H. W. Fowter and R. F. Minter. Collection of fishes from Port Richmond,
Philadelphia.

H. W. Fowrrer and A. H. Grosu. Collection of fishes, Bacon Hill, Cecil
County, Md.

H. W. Fowrer and T. D. Kem. Collections of fishes from Pensauken and
Neshaminy Creeks, Pa.

H. W. Fow er and F. W. Pennevu. Collection of fishes, Wawa, Pa.

H. W. Fow er and Dr. C. C. Abnorr. Collection of fishes, Trenton, N. J.

H. W. Fow er, B. W. Grirrira and T, D. Keim. Collection of fishes, Tully-
town, Bucks County, Pa.

H. W. Hanp. Specimen of Lophius, Cape May, N. J.

P. H. Hartman. Collection of fishes, Erie, Pa.

T. D. Kem. Several fishes, Garrett County, Md.

Aanes F, Kenyon. Collection of dried fishes, Melbourne, Australia.

Davin McCappen. Sand Eel, Rissola marginata and Ammodytes, Ocean City,
N. J.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581

CLARENCE B. Moore (collected by H. A. Pilsbry). Sea Catfish, Florida Keys.

U.S. Fis Commission, Lumpinus longirostris and Icelinus burcharni, cotypes.

E.G. Vanatra: Collection of fishes, Chestertown, Md.

Georce B. Woop. Collections of fishes, West Palm Beach, Florida, and
Cristine, Me.

INSEcTs.

F. Austin. Mole-cricket, New Jersey.

W. BEuTENMULLER. Sixteen specimens, United States.

C. R. Breperman. Three Heterocera, Arizona.

H. Birp. Three Heterocera, United States.

C. R. Borrner. Fourteen Coleoptera, Pennsylvania.

P. Brorury. Thirty-seven Orthoptera, Costa Rica.

C.S. Brappock. Eighteen Rhopalocera, Siam.

W.E. Brirron. Five Diptera, United States.

Stewarpson Brown. Two hundred and ninety-three specimens, British
America.

L. Bruner. Jodacris costaricensis, Costa Rica.

T. D. A. Cockerety. Xyela lutei picta (type), New Mexico; Holocaspis ari-
zonica (type), Arizona.

N.Crippie. Forty-four specimens, Manitoba.

E. Darcxr. Two Odonata, New Jersey.

Mrs. J.S.Durnam. Six Orthoptera, Cuba.

G. M. Greene. Ten Coleoptera; eighty-eight Orthoptera; seventy-six
Hymenoptera, United States.

C.T. Greene. Fourteen Diptera, Pennsylvania.

F. Harmpacu. Six Heterocera, New Jersey. .

M. Hesarp and J. A.G. Ren. Seven hundred Orthoptera, Florida.

C. W. Jounson. Forty-three Diptera, United States.

F. M. Jones. Six specimens insect architecture; seven Heterocera, South
Carolina.

H. Karper. Sixteen Orthoptera;: one Hemiptera, Arizona.

Bayarp Lone. Various small lots of Orthoptera, United States.

Kx. Mayo. Two thousand four hundred and twenty-one specimens, Surinam
(purchased).

Mrs. CHARLES SCHAEFFER. Two Argynnis astarte, British America.

Henry SKINNER. Seven Lepidoptera, New Mexico; sixty-five Odonata,
Saskatchewan; twenty-four Coleoptera, Canada; seventy-four Rhopalocera,
Canada; one Syntomedia bejana (type), Arizona; two Chrysophanus arethusa
(cotypes).

A.J. Snyper. Fifty-six specimens, Idaho (purchased).

W. Stonr. Two Heterocera, Pennsylvania; fifty Diptera; sixty Hemiptera;
thirty Coleoptera, Maryland.

E.S. Tucker. Fifteen Diptera, Colorado.

H. L. Vinreck. Twenty specimens, United States; six bees, Europe; three
thousand four hundred and twenty-four Hymenoptera; Perdita novanglie (type).

University Museum, Oxrorp, ENGLAND. Thirty-five Orthoptera, Borneo
(exchange). =

UNIVERSITY OF KANsAs Seventy-five Orthoptera, Arizona and Texas.

582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.

H. W. Wenzext. Two Coleoptera, Arizona; two Aphodius, Georgia; fourteen
Coleoptera, United States.

W.G.Wrieur. One hundred and forty-three Coleoptera, California.

P.R. Youna. One mole-cricket, New Jersey.

Recent Moiuusca.

Jacos AgBLy. Saxicava arctica, taken from a sponge.

Joun A. ALLEN. Twenty-four trays of shells from Ohio and Maine.

Rey. E. H. Asumun. Fluminicola minutissima Pils., Price Valley, Idaho.

JosHua Batty, Jr. Six sets of American land shells.

Cart F. Baker. Eighty-five species of mollusca from Cuba and Nicaragua.

F.H.Baxer. Thirty species of marine shells from Australia and New Zealand.

FLORENCE BALENTINE. Ancylus borealis Morse, from Orono, Maine.

OweEN Bryant. Melampus cojfea, Mangrove Bay, Andros, Bahamas.

P. P. Catvert. Seven species of Mexican land and freshwater shells.

Cuartes F, CavenauaH. Twenty-two species of Philippine Islands marine
shells.

Dr. H. C. Cuapman. Nineteen species of marine mollusca from Maine and
ltaly. :

Grorce H. Crave. Twelve species of American land shells.

T. D. A. CockereLy. Two land shells from Colorado.

C. H. Conner. Six species of freshwater and marine shells from Pennsylvania
and New Jersey.

Mrs. A. V.B.Crums. Forty-eight species of shells from Burma.

Dr. Witt1aM H. Dati. Buccinwm percrassum Dall from Bering Island.

L. E. Danrets. Five freshwater shells from Indiana.

H. Grace Eaton. Four species of land shells from New Mexico and California.

J. H. Ferriss and Dr. H. A. Pirspry. One hundred and forty-seven trays of
land shells from Western States.

H. W. Fowter, T. D. Ker and Dr. C.C. Ansorr. Twelve trays of Pennsyl-
vania and New Jersey land shells.

Wiu1aM J. Fox. Littorina irrorata and Nassa trivittata from Sea Isle City, N. J.

M. GrasHaM. Eighty-seven trays of land shells from Madeira.

Haroitp Heats. Ommastrephes californica from Monterey, California.

M.Heparp and J.A.G.Rennx, Fourspeciesof fresh water shells from California.

J. B. Henprrson, Jr. Twenty-four trays of shells from the Southern States.

J.B. Henverson, Jr., and Dr. H.C. Coarman. Polygyra albolabris Say Bald
Porcupine Island, Frenchman’s Bay, Maine.

Junius Henperson. Nine species of Colorado land shells.

Dr, H.M. Hitter. Eight species of Cuban marine shells. n

A. A. H1nkLey. Seventy-two trays of Mexican shells.

Y. Hrrase. Three species of Japanese marine mollusea.

Mrs. ANNA G, Huppert. Fourteen marine shells.

Henry JACKSON, Jr. Fulgur canaliculata Say.

Howarp Jones. Two species of bivalves from Atlantic City, N. J.

Mrs. Acnes F. Kenyon (in exchange). One hundred and four species of
marine shells from Australia.

Paiie Laurent. Limax maximus I,., Mt. Airy, Philadelphia, Pa.

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583

Bayarp Lona. Five marine shells from Bailey’s Island, Maine.

N.W. Lermonp. Two land shells from Maine.

O.S. Lewis. Polygyrat. juxtidens Pils., Dorchester Mt., Morton, Va.

Miss Mayo. Four species of land shells from Dutch Guiana.

CLARENCE B. Moorr. Two hundred and sixty-one trays of shells from Florida.

F. W. PENNELL. Agriolimaz agrestis L., from Wawa, Delaware County, Pa.

H. A. Pitssry. Thirty-three species of shells.

J.A.G. Rexn. Quadrula trapezoides Lea, Pearl River, Jackson, Miss.

S.N. Ruoaps. Eleven species of shells from England and Panay Island.

StomaNn Rous. Forty species of marine mollusca from South Africa.

Sttas L. Scuumo. Six species of marine shells from Hammerfest, Norway.

BurNeEtT?T SmitH. Six freshwater shells from Skaneateles, N. Y.

H. H. Smrrx (purchased). Three hundred and sixteen trays of freshwater
shells from Georgia and Alabama.

Sowerby and Futton (purchased). Twenty-two East Indian shells.

F. Srearns. One hundred and eleven marine shells from Honolulu, Hawaiian
Islands.

Witmer Stone. Twenty-two land shells from Maryland and Pennsylvania.

L.H.Srrene. Eight marine shells from Panama.

D. THaanum. Thirty-five land shells from the Hawaiian Islands.

T. Van Hyntna. Polygyra monodon Rack., near Des Moines, Iowa.

S.S. Van Perr. Three marine shells from Cape May County, N. J.

J.C. Verco. Three sets of Glycimeris sordidus Tate, South Australia.

Bryant WALKER. Five land and freshwater shells from the United States.

Warp’s NaTuRAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT. Conus sp.

W.F.Wess. Wight land shells from the East Indies.

W.H. Wesster. Five New Zealand marine shells.

J. Wittcox. Two land shells from Italy.

Gror@E B. Woop. One Octopus from West Palm Beach, Fla. ~

JAMES ZETECK. Opeas mauritianum Pfi. from a greenhouse in Garfield Park,
Chicago, Ill.

CRUSTACEA.

C.H. Conner. One jar of crabs from off Angelsea, N. J.

H. W. Fow.rr, T. D. Kem, G. W. Grirritu, O. H. Brown and H. W.’ Woop.
Hight jars of Crustacea from the Middle Atlantic States.

S.H. Hamizton. Two sets of Crustacea from Santiago Province, Cuba.

A. A. Hinxitry. Two Crustacea from Tampico, Mexico.

Mrs. Aanes I’. Kenyon. Eight crabs from Victoria, Australia.

CuaRENCE B. Moore. Ten jars of Crustacea from the Florida Keys.

F.W. Penneiu. Cambarus bartoni from Wawa, Delaware County, Pa.

Unirep Srates Nationat Museum. Sixty-eight jars of barnacles.

GrorcGe B. Woop. Two crabs from West Palm Beach, Fla.

Worms.

H. W. Fowtrer. Two specimens Mermes.
Mr. Harvey. Tenia and Oxryurus from porcupine=
Mrs. Acnes F. Kenyon. TF ourteen bottles of Polycheta.

584» ‘ ° PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [Dec.,

J. P. Moore. Forty-eight bottles of Polychaeta, one Nectonema agile, ninety-
five of Syllide.

H. A. Pinsspry. One earthworm.

PAYMASTER SPEAR. Specimens of Pololo worms.

H.L. Viereck. Three bottles of Oligocheta, one Nematode.

OrHER INVERTEBRATES.

Jacos Ansty. A set of ulus from Philadelphia, Pa.

F.H. Baker. Waldheimia flavescens from Western Port, Victoria, Australia.

H. W. Fow er, T. D. Keim and H. W. Hanp. Seven jars of invertebrates
from Delaware and New Jersey.

Georce HarrMan. One jar of Caudina from Palermo, Cape May County,
Nod:

Mrs. AcNnes F. Kenyon. Seven marine invertebrates from Victoria, Australia.

CiareNcE B. Moore. Three jars of invertebrates from the Florida Keys.

H. A. Pitspry. Three jars of invertebrates from the Strait of Magellan.

Wirmer Stone. Julus from Jennings, Md.

Grorce B. Woop. Starfish and anemone from Castine, Maine.

Fossitt INVERTEBRATES.

T. D. A. CockpRELL. Seven fossils from New Mexico.

Dr. 8. G. Dixon. Fossil Brachiopoda from Dundafiboro, Pa.

Dr. Witt1AM Drayton, Jr. Two fossils from the Cascade Range, British
Columbia.

D. K. GreGer (in exchange). Twenty-four fossils from Missouri.

Burnett SmitH. Twenty-two Devonian fossils from Skaneateles, N. Y.

Mrs. Saran Cray MACFARLANE. Several specimens of fossils.

Percy C. Maperra. Fossil plant in coal slate, Pottsville, Pa.

PLANTS.

Epwwy B. BarrraM. Collection of Vermont plants.

Srpwarpson Brown, Bayarp Lone and Samugi 8. VAN Petr. Collection of
plants from Newton and other New Jersey localities and from the Delaware
Peninsula in Delaware and Virginia.

GeorGE M, Green. Faciated specimen of Rudbeckia hirta.

Mrs. H. RicHarps Harris. Colluna vulgaris, Erica tetrolix and Erica cinerea
from Nantucket.

Mrs. Tomas R. Hitt. Double spathed specimen of Arisema triphyllum.

Miss K. Mayo. Collection of Surinam plants. Purchased.

New York BoranicaL GarpEns. Collection of West Indian plants.
Exchange.

PHILADELPHIA BoranicaL Cius. Through various members, 2,500 iocal
plants.

W.A. Poyser. Polypodium jalcatum and Polypodium Scouleri.

C. F. Saunpers. Collection of plants from Mojave Desert.

Mrs. CHARLES SCHAEFFER. Collection of plants from Saskatchewan region of
Alberta.

1907.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA: 585
: UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. Collection of Bermuda plants. Exchange.

Westrown Boarpine ScuHoou. Collection of plants from Cherokee, Kan.
Exchange.

Cuarutes 8. WitiraAMson. Collection of plants from Pennsylvania and New
Jersey.

Mrs. Wricur. Collection of California sea weeds.

Boranicat Section. Plants purchased: Heller’s California collections for
1907; Pringle’s Mexican collections for 1905 and 1906.

MINERALS AND Rocks.

J.P. Lasow. Copper ore, Frisco, Beaver County, Utah.
Miss Frances M. Lampert. Small collection of minerals.
S. H. Haminton. Several rock specimens, Cuba.
_Wrtrram 8. Vaux Cotiecrion. Sixty-four specimens purchased.

ARCH OLOGY.

CLARENCE B. Moore. Numerous specimens for the Clarence B. Moore
Collection from Indian mounds of Florida and the Gulf Coast.

PurcHasEeD. Two hundred and forty-three specimens of Colombian
earthenware.

586

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

(Dec.,

INDEX TO SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND REFERRED TO
IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1907.

Species described as new are indicated by heavy-jaced; synonyms by
italic numerals.

Abama americana.............ccs0e0e--2
Acanalonia..............

clypeata.... . 496
delicatula. 496
virescens... . 496
Acanalonida..... 495
Acanaloniid.. . 468
Acanthops..... . 159
sinuata... . 159
Acer rubrum. 454
Achetars.jcccescse 272
abbreviata... 220
assimilis........ 895

brasiliensis...

Achurium acridodes.. 69
Achurum............:-... 31
acridode: efit
sumrichras 31
ACMiaroes reat 321
Acontista.......... 153
DimAculatac.,,:.cst. ketene es 153
Acridid@............... 30, 69, 76, 165, 284
Acridins.) G4 bee pete oat ar ect 166
Acridium cruentatum.. 175
COCHIN. sviciescvecessres 179
nigro-conspersum. 179
Ommnicolor :.:..0.2--.5s 176
vitticeps... 181
Acrocara... : 33
maculipenne 33
ACryGuitiee oc seenstecotacctuey Loo
Acrydium acuminatum................0... 167
flavolineatum.,............0.:00000- kgs

Actéa alba..............
Adana westwoodi...
Adimantus..............
vitticeps
£losoma clber:
tenebrarum...........
£oloplus.... pS Oe AT eS
FEschna constricta.ssccsssssssscecesscsssseee, 227
Ageneotettix
australis......

|) A greece. oa ce.eac erse esessarentnnfenssersecbsee 392

maculata... . 392

| Aleamenes... 169, 170
cristatlis.;,.cai ee
granulatu

Alewas..oe5saer
brachypteru
gracilis.......
lineatus..
vitticollis

Alphestes....

UAV eo ep res eR Pee

Amarcium pellucidum..

A AUT Ar pages sc anenessnawseconse ;
olivacea. 376
SPUN oy onc venscasse sen easninnae aN 376

Asay corypha floridana. 301, 302

Oblongafolia icone 301, 802
TORT ss secon ast evccctreatontenaretea eee 302

Amblyscapheus............ 167
glaucipes............... 167
lineatus...... 167

Amblytropidia.
chapadensis .
ferruginosa...

occidentalis.. 286

TOD USES sccsesresere 166
Ammoccetes epytera

CONCOlON :=:.01.0=+6 466

Amphiscepa.. - 495

malina... 495

umila... 495

ANP MTCOTDIB..:.scsccascensesencnsn 33
COLOTAAUS...........:.c000s0000 34
ornatus... 33

Amphitrite... 8s

Amphoroides poly desmi.. 224

Amul anidcsaisssnvcrcsnccrvees . 398

Anaxipha exigua. 318

Anconia integra......... ah

Andropogon argyreus.........0ccccee 458

Anemone NEMOTOSA...........cc0scee cease

Anisolabis egy im bingeata

maritima

| Bertramia ..

1907.) NATURAL SCIENCES
Anisomorpha buprestoides.............. 284
ferruginea vee 284
Anisoptera..... . 389
Annelida................ 134
Anniceris derrugineus 185
Anthias anthias... . 267
bupthalmus............ : 267
Apogonichthys adspersus.. a
darnleyensis..
longicauda....
Apogonidee.........
Apotettix rugosus...
minutus............ : 2
Aptenopedes aptera.. awerone
sphenarioides... ...299, 300
Apterygida.............. .25, 151
linearis.......... ..20, 151
Aracana aurita.. 439
flavigastra. .. 489
QUoataencere ees ‘ . 439 |
Arctostaphylos uva-ursi... 456
Arenaria caroliniana.... 5

Arenicola................-.
Aretha... ee
brevicauda. ee

constricta...
consuetipes..
gracilipes.......
phalangium....
sellata.........-
Arisema triphy llum..
Aristida lonosa..........
Arnilia coccineipes....
PAT Dice sesecesereotess: ;
aberrans........
(CPDEEE eer
granulata............
pseudonietana....
xanthoptera......
Asclepias pulchra....
Ascyrum stans........
Asplanchia...............
Aster gracilis..............
nemoralis.......
Ateloplus notatus..... ye
Atherina presbyteroides...
PNT a ecb 0 Deer Recs Oeeeeoeseecore
TNGIN Nea an ee ee
clayi
petrosa.....
p. tuomeyi..
rarispina.
sayana.....
tuomeyi
Atlanticus gibbosu
Atrachelacris.....
unicolor...
Aulocara........
fEMOTAtUI .o.eecccceccccssseeses

OF PHILADELPHIA,

Aulocara rufum.... 35, 72
Azalea, viscosa... .. 455
Bacteriine..... 161
Bactromantis <a, 29

A J <2 peered reer Crete 29

declivis..
oreutti

Barite............
Bathymyzon.
bairdii........ Seceradevses) 4O4
Belocephalus subapterus.................. 303
Belonocharis............ ae 469
Beringius.... stew ea
frielei..... vi 243, 244
polynematicus..........:..cscsce0-s0s0 243
S CHAN ATICUS reece ne 244
ULC COMM arrecartescos tos meee od Becacdacs 244

bufonis...
Betula nigra..
populifolia....

Bifidaria hordeacella.............000........
Blatta brasiliensis........... een 5105)
hyalina......... 153
orientalis... 75
Blattella Bearer cc tecrecceannad cn 26
adspersicollistcscicsccccrsscs, 20
dilatata eee : 26
Blattide 25, 75, 152, 282
Blennius tasmanianus...................... 444
Blephariglottis cristata................ we 455
blephariglottis........ Pe er oe 456
| PST AT OSM aes centres ee eeeeee ne 458
elBlenniticss): 0s eee 442
Blennius victorie........... pee cue 442
Bodianus: :;.. cece 252
MUGtA CUS. coe. ee
Boépedon....
fuseum.
nubilum..
Bornite. ct... ci cocn nee ee ee
Bothmiocera.............-.... Shencre ako 484
signoreti. .. 485
tin eallis!.....-cs<-¢ toaster es 484, 485
und atelier eee 485
| Brachaluteres trossulus . 4389

Brachiaria digitarioides...

Brachystola......... 46
intermedia... 46
Branchiostoma californiensis... 461
lanceolatum................. 461
Branchiostomide.... . 461
Brunneria.......... . 154
brasiliensis pst)
subaptera.. 1 155)

|) Buceinum... css 321
Carinatam.............. eee 244
glacisley. «eee 244

Buecinum incly tum. 244
lischkeanum..... .. 245
middendorff..... veut DAD |
rOdR MOCO NVEO Me neers on ra rece se 246 |

m. var. schrenkii . 246

scutulatum.......

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

| Ceroys...........

undatum....
unicum.......
verkriizeni..
viridum...
Burorcsy. eae 273, 278, 340
lentiginoOSus!s..::-:--.cs0-1s2se: 273, 278
Bythinia................ ... 340
Calamovilfa brevipilis 2 455 |
Callanthiasimuberte...-..cne ee 267 |
SOF Eve d npbbslOsm-omeen sea eas yoscetoo 267 |
Callidulus..... . 265
Calli on yin ss servcesescsasessecses trees ... 442
Callionymus papilio . 442
Calthapalustris........ es
CamptonOtusice: :ecersceeecc-cstsssncvenreasurers
BARES orecesnnacectorscs seen eae ee
australis......
carolinensis...
seudderi......
Capitella es. .ccrteten.
Capnobotes fuliginosus............ 64
Carex folliculata..............2..... Mah tae 456
PUIG Gyn cnvactnveosers cacccss op terepssecevies 457
lividas.2ceam vnunet es 456
trisperma... :
walteriana PAE
Carpinus caroliniana........................ 456
Castanea. déntatani<.....i.cclscseutcne. 456
pumila.......... 4!

Castelnauinsg

Catonia........... , 483,
cinctifrons.............. ‘
FUR CSiccces sevitoneiees ee eS 480, 481
G@TISGR i rccbsserrvavtecs 480, 481, 482, 483
impunctata........ .AS0, 482
intricata..... ASO, 481, 484
TIDUS ccssesederetnne sven
picta... aes? : F;
paqht eet) (Bear coer meet te 480, 4838, 485
Catulus analis............. ; 419
Centriscus humerosus....... 425
Centrogeniin@............. : d . 250
Centrogenys vaigiensis................. 250
Centropomus rupestris... . 150
Centropristes.............-« Sumer . 150
Centropristin®.......--...2...000- . 262
Centropristis philadelphicus 263
BULLALIS ss vsavecas Wace é 263
subligarius............. 265, 265
Centurus carolinensis... . 458
Cephaloccema............ 165
burmeisteri...... 166
costulata.......... 165, 166
Cephalopholis argus........ 252
aurantius indelebilis.. 252

| Cepolis....

| Ceratiscus..

Cephalopholis fulvus.................. Mens
f. ouatalibi........ .
miniatus..
rogaa.

Ceraia...
cornutoides.
tibialis.....

Cerithiide.

Cerithium.....
adansonii.
aluco .....
clava...,.
ebeninum....
echinatum...

nodulosum..
obeliscus..

coronatus.
Ceuthophilus henshawi..
lamellipes............
pacificus......
paucispinosus
salebrosus...
Cheetochloa magna...
Cheetodon lunula......
Cheetopteride.....
Cheetopterus...
Chalcocite.......
Chalcopyrite...
Chamecyparis thyoides,
Chamzedaphne c ehpaaeaee
Cheilobranchidze...
Cheilobranchus rufus.
Chermes.............0+++
abietis...
coloradensi:

cooleyi.....

coweni ..

montanus

pinicortici

sibericus..

SIMU Fa sisacasee :

Chimera monstrosa................. 1
m. var. australis. 421
OBIDYi-....ecseseeseans 421

Qiimiteri dees: paravcn recap errunce ie 419

Chionaspis pinifolie................ ae

Chleealtis conspersa........c.00. 459

Ghlorugse. sain . 191
vittatus... ~ 192

Chondropoma cetera

Chordodes cameranonis......... ah 272
USOT ca sacatead cer con bscvens RCS 272
ee SRS | 972
morgani....... 271, 272
occidentalis 272

1907.]
Chordodes puerilis.............ccccc0ccee.- 271
Chorthippus curtipennis.

Chortophaga viridifasciata

(@bromacris’...2<.1...0 eee 174
miles.. 174
stolli... 174

Chromium. 445

Chrysopa....... 20

Chrysoperca.... 250

Chrysopsis falcata. ... 456

Cistid ae esereciseneee ee 468, 484

Gigs. 482, 485, 488, 490, 491 |
albicincta. 491
basallis....... ..489, 489, 490, 491
Colzepiund ee se eee 489, 490
cultusHe. .. 488
Mp WA CtA GUS: 10-.-steess eee 492
[elation 489, 490
stigmatus . 488-491

Clhusiiaquagnaccs 20.250.) ee 506
PUVA CL Reenter eei as. oie n.cs eee 512
diacoptyx.. 503, 504

ENitOSpIare ven ee 508, 509
ERA ATS... cis ace 509
ed eya......ccccs.ss.05 509
h. hyperodonta . 609 |
RITES OU Sena 25053 cake eR mets 507
hyperaptyx 503, 505, 508
Dn Gly Gales co <<< <ce <a 499
inversiluna..... fess II
KONTVACNSIS|....-....0.0eee 500, 501
longiplicata...... wees s.08, 505, 506
martensi concrescens................ 499
iSAUHEOYD sods ee RE ERS ...500, 501
munus..... ae -..502-505
noviluna.... 510, 511, 513
ORV POUMAMM CR: oy.) x. ies eee 503, 505
SMMETIG arte ee tn, .c; cee 511
tokunoshimana... 500, 501
uraniscoptyx.. 03, 504, 506
VAC VAMIONSIS acs. .cs: sess ssn eee 508
Clava: ae 363-369
hencul eae tes o 0 -cicncce eee 365
maculata. 365
ULI US sesso 2g ons ck oS oes ee 365
PHU TEREY IES So ee ey ee 365
téssellata. ........:........ 366
(Claniiighiee eet -.csc:c.coccc ee 366
Clethra alnifolia.................... 455
Clinocephalus elegans 288, 289, 459
Pulao. 5... eee 287, 288
Ginhutnam in seo sees «-.cosa0issc eee 162
Clypeotettix schochii.......0.0..00.000... 69
C@oeloptern sister cs .cc:s:3..5 eee 167
SCUMINALA:.....---.<</ate eee 168
GColpolop aces. t:.....:.00 eee 170
Composthlypis americana usnex... 456
Comptonia peregrina.............cc..000.. 455
Conall ceca. s...t cee 47

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Conalezea huachucana.................... 48,73
Mme elitanise meee ee tee 47,48
neomexicana... 7, 48, 50

Congcephalingss mr eg ee ee 389

Conocephaloides.. 389

brachypterusses ste. 391
exaltatus...... 390
hawaiiensis.. 389
ichneumoneus. . 389
maculosus........ 390
MARIN OSUStase ence eee 390
pichinche..... 389, 390
pustulatus. .. 390
rugosicollis.... . 391
saturatus... .. 390

Conocephalus.... 89, 392
Chil eva irc]: Paneer oe 2 SOR AEE 303
brachypterus... 391
crepitans.......... 304
HIS GOS EELS GUS ces ee ee 64
hemipterus....... 389, 392
ichneumoneus.. 389
TESTS C5 (i we Ue Beale 890
HOVIPAD CS rete ects Gkhs euch 392
lyristes.... 304
maculosus 890
melanorhinus . B04
mexicanus.. 304
rugosicollis. 391
Plchinichico eee eee. heat 389
US UU aire ue e er ae 890
remotus...... 389
TODUSLUS eee Ren ns 304
PECUSUS er ometree eee eee tie 303
saltator.... 393
SAbUra buses seecee sees cecvess ene 890
strictoidéssce =e te 393

Conoz08. =... en 38
acunimata......... ..08, 39
behrensi............. «08, 00
carinata... 88, 73
mrelleollay..2.ic eee en 45
sulcifrons. ..38, 39

| Copiphora.... ... 889
porellitctccr cee 389
IR@optop ber yx. .-sc.f.tev coe 155
ATPCMIN Biers -ses-s ee OD LO)
clanaztanae-se. oe ee 155
crenaticollis. 155
Fear Wee ere ener 155

Cordillacris affini 69
cinerea......... 69
CREDUI ATA: eee cen 69
occipitalis peccesete i 69
[OrbaeVi tes ae sues eee ececcocet : 6

Corema conradii..... 456

Coris dorsomacula. 436
venusta........ 439

Cornus florida................ 456

Cossyphus bilunulatus. -s. 436

Creobotrine......... bas ee 159

590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,
Crepidula..............528, 531, 532, 548, pet | Dictyophara curviceps............00.5 469
Adliirical 22.2... aoe er 1 |} Alorenserceesaeees ... 469-471
convexa.. : 351 lingula.... 469, 470
fornicata.:/sn2..ceee 321 | Microrhina-s cso 469
plana, 321, 25-333, 335-337, | Dictyopharida................ 468
344-355 | Dictyophorus guttatus. 291
Well OK sec. 55 sites eeecssaszparcxereveaeaes 531 | Dinophilide
Cristiceps australis. 442 | Dinophilus, 82-143, 525, 528, 531, 532
Crossorhinus............ 419 apatris, 89, 90, ‘92, 93, 99, 102, 109,
Cyards: see 496 113, 114, 116, 120, 127, 130, 131
A@CUMINUPCNNIS s+. sceaesnceeee seen seers 497 borealis
COnLORMIS Steere cyte a 497 caudatus
melichari... 496, 497 conklini
PUN CEAGE oro ceerersestee eeenoreeees 497 gardineri .
Cycloptilum.. 316 gigas, 89-91, 93, 102, 109, 110, 112,
Gynthiasee seuss 199 120, 129-131
Cyperus cylindricus... 455 gyrociliatus, 89, 90, 92,93, 100, 110,
Cyrtophyilus.............. 280 113, 114, 120, 122, 127, 130, 132
(Lea) floridensis.... 302 metameroides....88, 92, 93, 121, 130
perspicillatus...... 302 | pygmeus... 92, 94
Dalbaltn c:teshcsees cosets: 252 rostratus...... 94
Dactylotum variegatum.. 56 spherocephalus ss eus tonsa somepeemeeeee 94
Dascaliat:* Sy see . 498 | teniatus, 91, 92, 102, 109, 110, 112,
Dasyatide.....’ . 419 | 115, 121, 122, 126, 129-132, 134
Dasyatis..... . 419 | vorticoides, 87, 88, 91, 92, 94-97,
Dasyscelus.... . 388 102, 110, 112, 115, 120, 129-132,
atrifrons.... .. 388 | 135
demigratus... . 388 | Diodia virginiana....................... . 458
normalis.... 388 Diodon blochii..... .. 439
Delphacid anc teascer.-ce-e 467 | Diodontide............. .. 439
Dendrium buxifolium... 455 | Diogmites winthemi... ... 294
Dendroica discolor........ 456 | Diospyros virginiana... .. 456
VIOFSIi..........-.- 456 Diplectrum formosum.. 263
Dentalium.. 51, 352 | TACUALCS Se ccsecececesnestecs 2
Derbidanintit stu: cree 468 | Diplocrepis costatus..
Derotmema delicatulum. .. %2 | Diponthus...................
Diapheromerarncnaq-ees recs 30, 283 paraguayensis
STIZONENSIB ssc tees eee 30,76 | Discodrilide...
calcarata isc 30,76 Discoceelis, 524-5: 26, 528, 540, 541, 545,
femorata... 76 546
Dicentrarchus?)..ccssect traces 250 CH PIN csscseaccenctsvectvase DEO) 524, 530
DiceratoptyX.....cccscrecsrecsscres ponent 506 | Dissosteira carolina...
Dichopetala brevicauda............. 56% Dolomitenn..csccoses-ccssdreamneeonanct: 446
brevihastata... 5G) Dryimesuescse cecal eer
levis on See 56 dormani..........
DichromoOrphiayes- ceseeeese tees eters 167 | Duleide............
australlis.......... 1674 Wales pincnces
WALIGUA venvan corns 287 auriga.......
Dichroplus.............. 187 aurigera.....
arrogans... . 187 malo........ ee oe
bergii........... 187, 188 MArZinAtuB...o5.cadea- sneer Oe
cinctipes... ae 188 mato........ . 264
CEMA tees ieina ere 187 teeniurus.... .. 264
dubius 188 | Dulide.............. 150, 264
exilis..... 5 L875) Dnltigices trae : . 264
lemniscatus.. 187 1) Biota toder ui cc cssiccstecsenstorsreote gets 316
paraguayensis.... AST || ‘Hlseochlord 252 saesecsssvctucesntetteooerneets 174
patruelis..... 187 viridicata...... Anite 174
punctulatus 188 | Eleocharis melanocarpa... 458
robustus. 187 GCHrentAi.F i antieuak 458
Dietyophara.. 469,471 | Eleutheractis coriaceus.... 269

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES

. 475
65

Elidiptera..
Ellipes minuta..
Empidonax minimus
Enchytreidie
Encoptolophus.............
Costalis......00.....
subgracilis......
texensis..........
Eneoptera
surinamen
Eneopterin
SEM OWL OSTA GO rere ea -n-ssccse neva
Enoplosus armatus...........
Entosphenus tridentatus........
Eotettix signatus..

palustris... a
Epigonichthys leuc: ayanum.
Epilampra.............. Ro:
iw brasiliensis......

Epilamprine.......
Epinephelinze
Epinephelus.. 252,

afer... : :

brachysoma...

chalinius...

chloropterus... <

fuscoguttatus.....

lightfooti........ ott

ordinatus.. 254, 255
ro" ruber.. . 261
Eptatretide.. aia ok . 461
Eptatretus burgeri.... . 461
Eremopedes unic color. 64, 74
Hrianthus compactus... . 458
Eriophorum polystachion 456
Eritettix........ ; 33

abortivus 33

variabilis....... 33
Erythronium virginicum. . 457
Bid wlusi ee 264, 265

subligarius.......... 265
Euglandina...... : 193
SBh eri CLlee ees, fees 110, 134
Euonymus americanus........ . 458
Eupatorium album... 456

ecelestinum, . 458

leucolepis..... . 455 |

maculatum.. 456

perfoliatum. . 457

purpureum.. . 457

resinosum.. Bh . 455

rotundifolium.... 456
Eupedetes carinatus..... 33

navicula 33

tricarinatus...... : 33 |
Euphorbia i ipecacuan: 2. 456
Euplectrotettix.... 167

ferrugineus........... 167
Eurycotis floridana............... 282
Euthamia caroliniana.. 456
EKutryxalis......... 166

| Fenestra...

| Gempylus...

OF PHILADELPHIA. ool
Hutryalisieracilisn..s.c.ukc-s-ssseesae 166
Kvotomys gapperi rhoads 456
IHESO CORLISS teen ccccncesardes 24

Exoccetus volitan
Fagus americana...
Baleiculans.ny.ccss<-
hebardi.
Fasciolaria....
bohlsii......... eens
EGU By Can DASC Oss eee ee eee
decussatus..
ventricosus.
EaeSetDpions
Pilix fragilis...

Fistularia petimba.......
Flata bivittata......
Flatida...
Flatoides...

v:467, 495,

Forficulide...
Fulgorida..
Fulgoride...........
JANG) Rte eo war sces c=

Fusus bifrons...
Garrupa nigrita... mated eaten
Gaultheria procumbens... cet
Gaylussacia dumosa...
frondosa
resinosa.

Geniorhyne shus
wschne...

Gentiana porphyrio..... ; 455
Geranium robertianum.. 457
Gerardia purpura... ; 456
Glyptelasma.. oe 412, 415
subearinatum.... 412, 416
Gobiesocidee........ 444
Gordiacea........ eee 710)
Gordius alascens ...2270, 272
aquaticus.......... 271
a. robustus.......... 271
densarzolatus.... 272
Meas sess 271
longareolatus... . 272
platycephalus:.-...-.c-0ea 272
DOD US GUS! .s2-e-c2--.062 eee otk
VAL Ota tet yee 271, 272
v. difficilis.. 5 Ap
VIOLA CEUS sccce.cs21seaers 272
| Grammadera.............. : » BYU
albida... 377, 378
clara...... 377, 378
es bettie: 2s eo ene . 378
forcipata.. Soe : 380
pellweielai-in.c-.-.. 378, 380
TOSCAerecsescse . 378

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Homotoicha...

Grammadera rostrata............0... 378, 381
Gratiosa pices peste Ze ep ears 458
Greenockite... .. 446
Gregarina e2210225. |
achets-abbreviatie, 220, 221, 2225
295
siibaal op ERT ccc teerrccpancececoreena 225, zee
ASL cy essen Seenseae ees ee 221
locuste-caroline.. 225, 226
melanopli syste. seen. 223
Gryllacrincen er rac: .. 393
Gryllacris carolinensis...................... 393
Gryllidee :
Grylline........
Gryllotalpine..
Gryllusieeesc ce
abbreviatus.
SOR US ck ecc center ee 65, 66, 81
ANQENUUMUS eos -coka vere ee 395
armatus.... b5, 74, 81
assimilis.......... 80, 395
conocephalus . Sera) 389
ANGEP EN ss. wsc cesses 66
locustse-caroling®...........:..c...0++0 225
NI GT As Aces ceseancen ct iascee on taee eee 377
obliquum........... ne :. 192
pennsylvanicus. 66
personatus......... 5, 80
punctulatus fr .. 188
UD EDR een t epee en eee 317
rufipes...
seaber...
serratus
(Bulla) serratus
surinamensis
violaceum

Gymnandeniopsis nivea...
Gymnoscirtetes pusillus..

Gyrotheca tinctoria........... ,
Hadrotetitnx. ccc, c:.,ees nmi
trifascratiis..c ste. ev cre alee 45
Heemullidset 3S ote 433
FeO til 82 rx wiayntevesccveaes Ri cesttaenn 396-407
Haliotis........... Pe a ot ie IS
Cracherodils: (sri tecstnsneees 396, 399
glabra............ “i ..8398, 400
TULESCENG,...,.0:5.002-- 396, 405, 406
tuberculata..... 398, 400, 405, 406
Hapithus agitator...
brevipennis......... ae as

i esate
Harmonia picta..
Harpocheta..

Helianthus angustifolius...
Heliastus.........

aridus....

benjamini.....
Helicoptera...

colorata...
opaca..

175, 476, 480
.. 476,476

475-477

[Dec.,

Helicoptera pallida .................. 476-479
septentrionalis ........... 476-478, 480
AIOSSOTG: i, 3a ee 476, 478
variegata.. .. 476-478, 479
WESTIE, ces qcnsaccansesanvs-npereroPereseenonees 476

Hemeroccetes... - 440

Hemicoris remidius........:c+sss0-+s+00+« . 439

Hemizaptyx..

Hermellidie

Hesperotettix festivus. 33. "
floridensis... «- 295
WATTS sss acvacepsiveass tarts toiareee eer reeee 73

Heteronemia.

| Heterozaptyx

| Hicoria alba..

glabra.....

minima..
Hieracium giganteum............0......... 457
FER PPISCUB!:sfeacseuterer=ts 36
corallipes... 36
pardalinus. 37
zapotecus.. Oe
HP POCAMPUs: shec-5.c-caree-snenteee gree 426
abdominalisie.s.. ers 428, 431
BONES alse arene 429
bleekeri.. 426, 426
1a Pog he ihr Eee enc sn: 125
Histriobdella (Histriodrilus 104,110

Homceogamia apacha
CYTATGB, ict oyedesievicaansnatscvgusverer oe
infuseata..

f uscopune' tata...
INANLON a seavevcaesy rare cape

Hormilia abbreviata................
BADACHGs. eirccayisncsdncdascan tee 5)
GlERATIBS.....-1; VrasyeptentccePlan tegen pe

Hyalopteryx..6.. 28055 4:.0-.sctabeeene aan
Jamellipes......:.-0-carts.sivarnssien Pe
rufipennis... ee oso GE
specularis............ in Suara e

Hydrolagus.............. rect Ne re
colliei. aris wees 431
waitei.... eerie tt

Hypericum adpressum... sehkayy = ere one
densifolium............. Pir 455
eymnanthumM«......sstccs.ccserceaveres 458
virgatum ovalifolium............... 455

3 | Hyperophora............... Re ee.
SAN Pustipennis A ..ac-snccaweveseate 373
brasiliensis....... efalaepneche fies 371

COP VILOPIMB:;atsces.oveeesssee ee a
gracilis........... ns a. 873
AION reese vordece See 373
PUN OK... cos. vonteverveyrasss cashes SeMeeTE Se 375

Hyperphrona......... syortequesl ctor aaa
Seme Re ct Sak 382
DINOvte. trac tines Wedicnve 382
Biongte, ccinti neue ee 382

Hypoplee trus unicolor chlorurus.... 263

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES

Hypoplectrus unicolor crocotus..... 262
Ebysteropterumn..........:cscrescessessn 493, 495
aciculatum.... . 494
auroreum... «.. 494
cornutum.., . 493

punctiferum............
Ichthyomyzon castaneus

concolor... 464
Mex OPA CAccc... cesses . 456
Tlicioides mucronata.. 457
Tilly onassa.......6.....-0-:- 351
Tai PIS SL Cases cnc -. oc cacncenesceeeoneeeeees 456
HS chin oP teree cca: nc seecreese ..20, 152

IBRASTITENSIS eee eereccts ere we 152

couloniana........ » 25

Jolmsonts3..:~- wee eee . 282

pennsylvanica...... 20

pede) ener ne Bret enerreees es eons 25

unicolor.. 25

vilis 152
TSONYSE..e ess 167

paraguayensis. 167
Hsopliye.ee.. lees me eyAd)

borellit. ccs 370, 371

brasiliensis............. LO

aM At. ..c..:.0- 370
Tssida....... 468, 473, 492, 495
Tssus conspersus............. ‘
TI NE¥E) tae 00 eee eR
Jodacris......... PN ie

ferruginea...............

(2)nebulosa......

RUILERY Sea eRe es ssn c-cevudnace ons eeteoee

Juncus cxesariensis..

marginatus aristulatus 455
MONTHS Ss 352s .cnc wc. e cent 456
pelocarpus. BA Seer recs: 456
Ot CEUS ee, crs ssnces La 458
Juniperus virginiana................ 456
Kalmia angustifolia... 455
fatitolianas.-2. ; 455
Kathetostoma lieve. 442
Kosteletzkya virginica... : 458

Kuhlia

m. boninensis
LOSS ase aes

rupestris.
Kuhliide

melancholica........
Labracopsis japonicus............
TL OTT Regis ce co cet ccd oe eRe EERE
japonicus...
labrax.
Labride
Labrus guaza.... nex
Lacinaria spicata..... eck
graminifolia pilosa

39

OF PHILADELPHIA. 59S
Wactishtios rive es steers 72
TWsIMATU COPS sssesestycseese ds estecaevscus eete ree 389
PT CL OSUOSI ie. earner aes cee 389
Lampetra sepytera 465
| branchiale...... 466
cibaria...... 464
1OAWN pen NUNS) oyster eeerennereeeree seen: 464
wilderi... 464, 466
Lagis koreni........ 114, 116
Lanius ludovicianus..........scs.ss......--- 458
Wateolalorsixee.ssecsee eset cerca ce = 249
Latirus....... wie 245
He Mevo te Ghee crores oresieoncetst se oe Se 188:
1 LEIA Ofc eps perce: cen etree Cee 189
hastatus.... aloe
| punctipes. . 188.
viridis....... 188
sanguineus.. 189
GEMS OUD ys car ever tescectcsseoe terrors 265
MRIS SCT One aac senesventacsscaepse cen rsnerere 408.
| Lepidaplois albotzeniatus.. 436
bilunulatus............... 436
richardsoni.. . 483
Leprus.............. 37
elephas...... 37
@LAMIGLP CMMI Sere sceseccccessceesannastee 37
| Leptoplana...:.............. 515, 535, 546, 547
| Leptotheca (Chloromyxum) ’ohl-
LeneKc gt ler Remeron eer 278
Leptysma.......... 179, 281
filiformis...... 179, 180
marginicollis.. 179, 292
QOscumaeen =. 179, 180
Wee CCT OL Bice orsaspeves eceaseszacesesstecteossee: 247
alpina.... 247
| arctica.. 247
argentea... S247
CERES AEE epee Asean eee rReeenioe eee eee 247
penlaricdenia see eee es. 248;
densiflora... . 248
| didymocarpa. .. 248
douglasi....... . 248:
engelmanni. 248:
fendleri.... 248
globosa. 247
gracilis... 247
grandiflora... 248
| lepidata....... 248
lindheimeri. 248
ludoviciana. 247
PAV OMIU RM Bivetieervetacctcastesssacestaecaess 247
TUT HAGE UP Sae ethi ory ceria espace 248
occidentalis. 248
purpurea..... 248:
recurvata. 247
schaffneri... 248
stenophila (humilis)... 248
s. (procera) .......... 248
Lesuerella platycephalus... 44D
Wesueninsees soso... 41D
Leucothoé racemosa................::.000++ 455

THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.,

409, re

Megalasma carinodentatum,

PACES cccecee tere eee
graciliu ;
PETAL US Peeuen: cpenes nent 414, 415
minus...... 409-415
TE CHUIMc.eh Siaeeoehsictieaere ee 416
SUTMADUIN: oe renwracceene cero 410-415
SHBUDSP s) MONS: vrccrasterevecestveres 409
| Megaloph:zedusa...... 499

Bod 7 PROCEEDINGS OF
Ti POCALIMUS)....0 center meee eee 376
Liguus........... “a 193
Ligocatinus olivaceus. 376
Lifium superbum.. 456
A Dyhoutsbe ve percreaercen 528
Limicula.. 426
Limiculina.. 425
ima ease 328
Limosella tenuifolia. 457
Liopropomine....... 250
Liphoplus...... Se LG
krugii........ 316
Liquidambar styx 456
Liriodendron tulipifera.................... 156
Lirometopum 389
Litaneutria... 26
minor..... 75
skinner. 26
Lobelia canby 455 |
cardinalis. 457
puberula...... 458
Locusta conocephalus 392
maxillosa..... 390
punctata.. 392
Locustine........ 291
Lopadorhynehus 113
Lophiola americana.............0...-0.. 455
Loxophora. 469, 472
PENS. CLShits.v <n epee Ze
Luchuphiedusa.. 499, 500
Lumbriculidee....... . 126
Lycopodium alopecuroides.... 455
(ethno) Abavecwoubbeseerereeera acre reo . 455
Macleayina........... v. 426
Macneillia obscura.............0000.000 286,
Macrorhamphoside.... 425
Macrorhamphosus... 425
« humerosus..... .. 426
’ SCOLOPA: seco. stvaccecateietreamnes neyyaee 425
“hg) elevatuaicgeecssteterneroressy 425
Miceiona papillicorni
TOBEDS oteateremoee :
Magnolia virginiana.................... .. 454
Mal danidse:itrescc-aycaccievedvaceetear ease
MalOsiistsscsteststeorees sees
Manganese...............
Manomera.. :
GENUCS CONE: siiiss ceereasteccaaora rn CO
Mantide... ..26, 67, 75, 153, 282 |
Mantine... 3 i rela}
Mantis argentina... . 166
crenaticollis... 156 |
fuscifolia. é . 159
gayi......... ..155, 156 |

AINUALA aeranne very

Marcasite........ 446
MIRGO Lar inisncoe cite ree. VH58)
Megalasma........... AOS-416
annandalei. ave ELS
bellum.. 109-415
carinatum $13, 416

159, 159. |

Meibomia stricta.

Melani opliasie ee svceete cts cros #eveeee Pensa 51
ATUCLUS eee een eee Ee 51
atlani 78
brownii 73
COKPULEN GUS: Sa Aevnssscnecteeaeene oes 55
Aeletor-cccporetere re os
GesultomuUsirs....-c-0-taanvirewe apes ok
differentialis ees:
HavidUsStrs sester ese ease 74,77
POMIOLALUS srs: s-csnnceccue-sereteoweeineres 225
femur-rubrum. 55, 295
flavidus...... 54
Herb ai@ers.cavercssaxtessescceeeennseneae? 77
hiv fla vescens.:.s..ccsvctesereat 77
labbasyo)abt\ysit amnenreer chs 1 so 51
UMP UGL GUS eyes ecssscaesh esstaseent eee 459
inops. 295
keeleri 296-298
Jevieirvaiiaiens.cossa st ctntsattaveterterseuemne 51
pictus. 77
propinquus ... 295
puer.......... : rsh
regalis 55
sanguinet 55
sonore. 51
stonei... 459
TOOMBS ses emis 55

Menyanthes trifoliata. 457

Mermiria.. 5 sel
alacris.. , 286
Diwitbaibeuecsessetretecneceq stent 31
intertexte . 286

neomexicana
texana.......
vigilans
Mesochloa......
Mestobregma.
gracilipes
rubipenne..
Metabrixia.....
aspersa
Metazaptyx...
Microcentrum...
lanceolatum.

laurifolium

retinerve....... 64
Mimus polyglottos 458
Miogryllus lineatus... 74
Mionorus ramsayi. 431
Mogoplistes slossoni.. 315

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 595
Molybdenite....... ese: Odontoxiphidium apterum.............. 314
Monacanthidee...... | Cicanthus argentinus... 66
Monopsis... | californicus..... 74,81
floridie.. nigricornis... 66.
fusca... nee | * niveus.. 66
Cab IG ches. eee quadripunctatus.... Ree 318
Monorhachis rehni....... ok eaten eas te 74
sordulentus. (MGB cleus: tone 484, 488
Morone... CECENS ener erndes oer eee 488
americana.. (Gildiod insets en emcee sees 167, 289
interrupta..... Oley hides aie ncc race deroer tare sceet 165
Moronine........... saci fasciatus..... 165
Miunatia\australlig.c si. nra-iiestesse: HHO) |) BNO] Steere saeco zee Go)
punctata.... ‘ seccenrconce) AGE (UIE WAWISESS Herrerenorteace : 484, 485, 487
Murzenichthys breviceps.... .. 423, 424 | aridus.. Ss ; 485, 486
devisi... complectus..... 485, 487, 488
nichols@............ scence cinnamomeus.... A485, 488
OGD Yi cates ee eee franciscanus......... ... 486
IY Ra bageneoeeW Ui Keto rere eocrcr emacacrcrcnaex cose humeralis.......... .. 487
asper....... HMMS citesesesces ss cdsccwes scares? 485, 488
vertagus..... hyalinus................ 485, 487
Musonia...... é NOLIN aera ee aS ee 486
Mycteroperca acutirostris................ 261 5-lineatus............. 485, 486, 489
QesuO Careers Beery ait na eee | SEMEMUIMUS sensi eee CO
venosa apus vicarius...... 485, 486
Myndus...... esiseaeoe Oligocheeta......... 125, 132
delicatus. Eera MOMMMO SITS UNS eet ces sees ees ee tee 112
fulvus. Boas 2 | Oligozaptyx...... 02, 509
impunctatus.............. “ESA |) (OW eat Noy iii soetrecy coer eeeeeeee coerce coe 185
pictifrons.... Pere ea ecioco welt MUG OU OSAecetesn ces severnseroteseerserecera ts 185
radicis... eee , . 492 SIGMAIULP Cater ccesenexevs stuns sence 185
slossoni... Beer erence, Ay) || (OSaaban len qa\el os tieene ere eee eee 168
sordidipennis. 482, 491, 492 | ELINALIM stare ey coe Rene 168
SUIT US! secscrere--e- aces: 492 | servillei........... 168
Myliobatis.. 419 | Virens........ Ses ee LGS
Miyridee:.:........ Per eons S74. || (Oya verka keane ae eee ese eee 34
Myriodon.......... cet eet 2150) ESHACEAewewsew. ee 34
Myriodontine.. ee 250 | Ophyrotrocha.......... 128, 134
Myxine glutinosa 461 | Opsomala filiformis.. SO
Myxinide............. 461 Orchelimum delicatum... 309, 311
Myzostomide ............ 110 | IRON OBORDEO Dep ere, ase niaconcysaasopcoeen cee
Naidomorpha.. 126 glaberrimum :
INERCE Beer ane, 351 gladiator.............
Nemobius ambitiosus .. 317 militare..............
fasciatus............. 316 | molossum..
neomexieanus 65 nitidum...
SOCLUS.......... 316 volantum...
Neotettix bolteri.. 280i MOL @eNIUS weem cere eee te 469, 1172, 473
femoratus... 28: Tel MOE WAU \ a cerecy cers ceoneewsceen cae ETI Bs
Nereis........... ‘ Orphula eesenrestes
Nerilla. DAS ANA aretec rete
Neritina... e: 321, 340, 528 | Orphulella.......
Nomotettix cristatus.. 284 compta
Nyctibora... 152 gracilis...
crassicor 152 graminea
omissa....... 152 olivacea..
vestita.. 152 pelidna....
Nyctiborine............. sauce 2 pratorum 287
Nyssa sylvatica... 454 PUNCIATAR ccc... 167
Oceanomyzon. 461, 464 (@rpolitlimieieee secs merearors, settee reah sees 166
TinlllS(ORa Vie core seeserese ee 461, 462 ch ella Aer tees.naeeeh 166

596 PROCEEDINGS OF

Oryzomys palustris.......-..---....-..: 458
Osbeckia scripta.. . 439

CO eeev (eee eres 192
violacea.. 192
a 168
bimac ulata. a. 168
Ostraciide......... . 439
concatenatus 439
cornutus.... .. 439
lentiginosus.. .. 439 |
Oxya ornatissima.. SO, 181
Oxybleptellaint.-...ehenemerces 180
SAG Lb GAS ssscnsswcresxcusssauseran eteetae 180
Oxyopss2n ois eee 159
Oxyopsis. 59, 159
lobeter= ss. eee 159
media.. 159
ODtUSR cae re ee 159
rubicunda 159
Panchlora....... 153
hyalina... 153
viridis. 153
Panchlorine......... 153
Panicum sphagnico w 455
Parabacillus... 30
coloradus.. Ee 30
palmerifncccoatan ese 30
Paracentropristis hepatus.. ... 266
Paradichroplus borellii.................... 191
Paragordius varius................... Dil ote
Paralabracine............ 249
Paralabrax clathratus..............0... 263
maculo-fasciatus... 263
NeDwUliferk. cv sccasethe feats tee aere 263
Waralepby Ma vcnrac sheers 162
fosteri.. 164
Paraleuas . 185
bohlsii. 185
fOSECKI EZ. coeetnee tee 185
Paramusonia. 158
Lividie.coec 158
Paranthias furcifer.............. 267
Parascopas..............: 191
ODESUS cee edteactemc nce 191
Paratettixcom cen 30
mexicanus. 31
toltecus...... 30, 69
t. extensus........ 31
Paratropes..........::.:2.: cee . 153
elegans) aicsc ee 153
vestita...... Ne Lae
Parazaptyx.. 502, 508
Parmophorus.................... 402
Paroxya atlantica..... 298
floridiana.... 298
scudderi...... . 459
Paspalum glabratum......... .. 458
Patella.......... , a2
calyptra . 366
Pedicularis lanceolata 457
Pelotropis. 474

THE ACADEMY OF

| Perea areolata...

| Percichthys melanops...

Pelotropis rotulata...............6.....:..:
Peltonotellus bivittatus
decoratus
histrionicus...

elongata..

summana var. fuscoguttata..... 257
‘Percalabrax: 3. .cchaese mses 249
japonicus... ... 249
Percichthyinee......... . 249

Lig (14 Rote et Peat, ore eee 249
Periplaneta americana.. 282
australasiz........... 282
EUG RGA. -corcosecneeeronceeres 282
Petrometopon cruentatum, 252
ec. coronatum............. . 202
PetromyZOD.....::.0:h.s0.0-- 462, 464
(Bathymyzon) bairdii. . 464
MATING ccesevstees ee ees 464
m. unicolor... 464
Petromyzonide.... 461
Pezotettix bergii.. 188
Phaneropterinze.... . 370
Pharopterygine ve . 267
Pharopteryx corallicola........00000-. 268
Phasma coronata.............. 161,162
FARCIA TIN ic csessssttene.s aires 165
hopii..... 165
Phasmidx 29, 76, 161, : 283
Pheetaliotes nebrascensis......00... 56
volucris... 5 56
Phoraspis elegans. ail 153
Pho tina fics. ec-scvrs satel ete at eae ee 156
brevis... 156
WLC aa js ovisesavvs sckcstacaes SOC Tee 156
Phrynotettix... 46
magnus 46
robustus..... 46
TAUVAVENBISS <cdscc0y <edpacessccraserons 46
Phyllodromia borealis....... : . 2h
Biryllop vera csacni-.cscsueesvveens . 382
BUTCHER), j.3:5..s0cettne ee eoeee 382
cassinefolia.... . 382
Janiceolatars cites: scchogeenten 388
SPINULOSA. wiscsnectstess 382
Phyllopteryx ag gtk racine AG
teeniopterus.............. . 426
Phylloscelis........... 469, 471-473
albovenosa. . 472
yng: ener aobton 472
pallescen.......6...0-ceee AVL, 472
Dg hcl Weert acces . 328
Piaropus crassipes.. ; 301
Pica... 366
Picea engelmanni.... 8

1907.]

Picea partyananecseeee Piraerratsetesees 5
Picus 366
Pinus edul 17
murrayana 16
palustris 281
rigida...... 454
scopulorum 16
sylvestris... 20
virginiana... 456
Planaria caudata. 94
Planocera, 145, 524, 526, 528, 531, 545,
547-549

elliptica . 526
graffi... 146
hawaiiens , 14S
inquilina. 514-559
Plamorb1siecescss--ce 328, 528
Platanus occidenta 456
Plectoderes............. nee 480
Pleetropoma chloropterum............... 258
COCO UA sacs. -cressuere-s->s .. 262
Pleurodonte... 193
Pleurotomaria 404
Peecilasma...... 413
gracile..... 414
Polioptila coerulea... 458
Polistotrema polytrem: 461

SOU ULI ecs0¢scresceseenses-
Polycheta

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

597
Pseudophylline... 388
Pseudosermiyle.........4....-seeseener-eeres 29

tridens....
truncata
Pseudotsuga mucronata.
Pseudovertagus......
Psinidia fenestrali

BSO] CESSA Me eccses catecu scent cascerteseesensesntneve
buddiana. :
maculipennis
texana.......

LBS Af] OVUCL AUT] AN fs eecearonce se renach fe-cact reece

UT pUramter rte we sehr ce scees eres ess 321
Pevenci casters 2aO

_ alabaster........... 246

Py one elus surinamensis..............-- 282

Pyrazus Sale pare ines scl vuasseauescncte 365, 366, 368
IGT GUL eHimeee teteterercseietcnteneoae= 365

Pyr: zomorphinze Eon 168

Pyrola chlorantha.................. 450
FSOW IANS cece sece y conoce Mee coo 457

Bey aeeseecere .194, 208-219

Ganbaseaite ec cesereecners 210, 214, 215
condita........ 194, au 211, 215, 216
decussata......210, 211, 214-216, 218
dussumieri, 210, ‘211, 215, 216, 218
210, 211, 215, 216
Torco 210, 214, 215

312

Polycherus caudatus.........:.............. 522 Pp sis, 194, 210, 214-216
Polydor see 197 p apyratia... 194, 209-214, 216-218
SLO GUI Steir enteey renee ee 197, 199 p.¢ aloosahatchiensis.........210, 212
COlOMMa re ence eee nek ec: 199, 19% pilsbryi... 210, 218, 214-218
Polygala brevifolia...............::...--:- 455 p- duplinensis ws. - 210, 213, 214
PM UUTC Steers oe caboe eee LOD. reticulata... 210, 211, 215, 216
MOND itieall ijeeeeeeeeee- eee eee . 456 GOSHEN Abels ccsereenetuessness 210, 211, 216
Polygonum ¢areyi........0....0.... _ 457 | Pyxidanthera barbulata.. . 455
IRoliy Seyiraitesscrseeek aan 193 Quercus coccinea.. .. 456
Rolymordes ee. 110 | digitata........... : .. 456
Polyprion americanum.. 251 marylandic . 454
Polyprionim se cee-esseree- te 250 michauxii. . 458
Pomacentridze 433 minor..... . 454
Praticolella. 193 nana... . 454
Prionacris... 176 TG LLOS eee ieacennes pecans saerees asses 456
compressa Bes een cten eae 176 platanoide 456
erosa. 176 prinus.... 454
IP BKO} NOES reco edie eceneereeaeeee nue. ZOE prinoid “a 454
Wrionolophai....ccccc.-crenc++-< 169,170 | Quisealus major............ : 458
brevipennis 9 | Radinotatum pose wacsvnti SSt8)
SOUT AUB eee ne eee eoccc es eee Rana... : Aes y
Prionospio heterobranchia.............. 195 Ranunculus abortive us
tenuis.. 197, 203 fascicularis.........
Procolpia.... . 169 recurvatus..............
emargina 169 | Remora remora.........-...
minor...... 169 | Rhexia mariana............ Mee ‘
Proscopine. eee ellGpm | ubinoclavise...... eee ees Sas SOO
Protodrilus... 100, 110, 134 | Rhododendron maximum................ 457
Prunus Serotlnas...cneperneee ener: ASG) Rhomales Stollicccc.c.--ccersesesepenee> Le
Pseudohelicopter eeely) Rhypticus maculatus............... 269
Pseudomopine.... ne ey MBER CHIT CL Ap eereats rue eaenen scene nonce 468
Pseudophasmine...... 165 | Roccus chrysops.........--.. 249

598 PROCEEDINGS OF
Roccus lineatus.. 3 s..c0-je sect
Rotatona:cs ate ee 133-135 |
Rynchospora corniculata macros-
tachya 458
gracillenta . 455
knieskerni .. 455
Oliganthsea se ey teeeea koe 455 |
pallida. (cites, cenemeans .. 455
rariflora... 458
torreyana........ 455
Rypticus bistrispinis.. 269
coriaceus........... . 269

saponaceus..... P
Sabal palmetto.. 280
Sabbatia angularis...................0-...4 457

lanceolata... deg OO
Saccocirrus... 110, 112

Sacciolepis gibba.... ey
Salmonia stellata.........00...... Ee cee
Sassafras sassafras...
Sealpellum

album......

balanoides..
POWLONO WIN, ce.scoce-- csc sese cans senese
intermedium...............
japonicum..........00.05.. :
}. metapleurum.......0........0..--.- 360
laccadivicum........... 360
NIPPOV ENS so. rove wi secoscee ccpsher 360
weltnerianum.....................-. 861
Seah seceresee erate 377
(let. Vhif OS: rena sarreee ete 377
nigra....
Vigorsii.
Scapteriscus........... iS ¢
CATNELAIN ater cereenoonees eaten 395
Scheuchzeria palustris. 457
Schistocerca... 186
alufaced: 22) eee 2D
GIETI CAM Ge secs ee cae eases nsey DE
Gamiriifien ye... aseaticaute cman LOS
Ala volascrabaefitcsisnccesee ners 186
EN QHEVEt Vy etary Serena ech ea cess 186
ODSCULA........0000+++0+ 293
rubiginosa.... 292, 293
ghoshonbs-s.,.ekiceteae 47,77
VAGA........ 47,73, 77
WETMUIBER ccccctes assotcnteeteonitenentecnize 47
Schizea pusilla... 456
Scirtetica picta........ Seer st
Sciurus carolinensis leucotis............. 456
Scleria torreyana.. . 455
Sclerolepis umiffora:,,..)Aqenees 455
Scolops......... 468, 469, 471, 473
pungens.. shins, RL
Scolopsella. 469, 471
reticulata .. 471
Scopas... . 191
obesus. 191, 191
Scotussa. 191

THE ACADEMY OF

| Scotussa impudica.............2-..6s.- 191
rubripes........ 191
| Seuddera cuneata.. . 301
| curvicauda.. . 301
| furcifera ena ce eee 63
| laticauda.. ..300, 301
DOOKU CAN. ini. cise dren csbeniraecenseel 63, 74
PEXENSISS cc -s crests ee 300
| soeydionhinid se coerce cececcrtrseycapeeees 419
Scylionhimuss cs: eres 419
Scyllina............

CONSPCISAL.. tessa
patrie.......
Varipes...

Selenoptyx.......

Senecio aureus
tomentosa....... TR eR eee

SerenoaSerratullac....cin...acczcdecernushaa

| Serpulidee...................

Serranellus cabrilla..

Serranide.. we
Serranin se... tis. cions creer 252,
SEL ANIUS 2.0 oy castaator eset acer 202,
alexandrinus
GermOchirus,.n-- specs cone sata
(Epinephelus) dictyophorus....
flavolimbatus
PUA BAe ert cervoretnage
@. MentzZelii............22:.0-+..1e 200, 2
heniochus....
horridus.......
labriformis
lanceolatus...........
maculatus
maculosus
megachir
merra....
morio....
nigritus. af
TLV CAUSE wteoctssanttaenarstess
pheostigmzus.... oe
PUGET E ogee cates cas nue dars
sexfasciatus
striatus...
Sevastana odorata...
Silene pennsylvanica
Siphonaria.... Bi et
Smilax laurifolia..........
tamnifolia..
WOE CEA conc gzecntonye
Solengnathus.......... .
spinosissimus....
Solidago erecta...
fistulosa..
stricta...
Spathyema feetida...
Sphalerite...

1907.] NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Spharagemon VE DUA neces vetearecterteersueys ce :
Joyo) Ti eee admirabilis.
COUBTC so:J..-cs eee eee 8 fuscovittata...
c. wyomingianum..........0........ 290 NCW CG CONC Als. tcc csectssacseceenantess fesse
Spheroides richet.......... : SS ro) CUTS Le hee ron eA eerste
STEIN ateeeesceerpeee re ; (Ram biniae.-....s--
Spionides cirratus. Tamias striatus.
dahon) Oy WEN Ee Peer ence eeceeeree tres Tangia sponsa...
JAPONICUS ee creee eee | Tangidia.........
“Sy ay U Crea eccherense pense : 446 | Tecoma radicans....0 0.00000
Spongiphora................... 25 | Telescopium....
apicidentata.............. .... 25 | Telmatettix aztecus...
Sporobolus aspet....... 458 | Temnopteryx virginica.
serotinus....... 456 | Terapon cuvieri
torreyanus. 455) || Terebrai......-...-.<--.. : Shee
Stagmomantis...... DRM PTG LAYS sae tescerct cote: cc vslome eeenees sos 3
androgyna...... .. 67 | Tetradrachmum aruanum...... 433
carolina.......... 29,282 | Tetrodon nigropunctatus anes Let)
gracilipes...............- GZ | Mletrod ont dso tes ce. ce cen ctenss cesses 439
heterogamia........... .. 67 | Tettigidea....... 165
limbatan..ccecc...0000..-28 29, OftoNao) Naiterallignece cere ec eee ate: 285
montana.. 67 multicostata. 165
venusta............-.. 67 SPU CATA. siese esc eeatesceesepese aesores Sees 285
Staurorhectus.. 167 | Tettigonide............... 56, 74, 78, 300, 370
glaucipes.. 167 | Thalictrum polygamum... 457
longicorni . 167 | Thamnatoptyx... 502, 50, 512
Steleoxiphus.... .. 162 | Therapon theraps... ere 264
catastates 162,168 | Thespis cubensis....... 158
Stenacris....... 180, 281 158
chlorizans.... ... 291 a 2893
coccineipes..... feesipersc OO eos:
erneod aie californicus............. 64 494
GCWLAUUIS= React ee coats Pe (5 i050 MM CLIT UL Gal Sense tsoot er esatexeusere. sueecuncsuee 494
Stenopola ay L807} 495
bohlsii Pra OM Wann OCellaibalewccccct vain tre. cctet anc 02 494
dorsalis. Hee SOD POLOC UCHR ere ne reese tac . £94
Stenophora.. 220, 221 prmplexesci cece 494
erratica. 221 transversalis.............. 494
julipusilli. 221 | Tofieldia racemos f
Stephanophora... vier, 220 | Tomonotus.....
locustze-caroling ..229, 226 aztecus....
pachyderma.................. . 226 ferruginosus..
Stereolepis gigas................... 250 | Toxopterus....
Stereozaptyx... 502, 508 miniatus. oF ;
SSLCTMOS DIS spt sarees cat -cstseaccd leans castes 122 | Trapidonotus devas SPE:
Stigmatophora nigre . 426 | Trepidulus....
Stylochus.-.....:..:.:-- 541, 546 gracilipes..
pillidium.... 516,540 melleolus
s (Stylochopis) pillidium.... 545 | Trichonotide :
Succinea campestris............ 458 | Trientalis americama............0.0.0.00...
_¢. vagans.... 458 | Triglochin maritima.........0.......
Sycotypus.......... Trimerotropis alliciens.
canaliculatus. bruneri..........
Ryllic core eters cere unsere ater CLUDIINA aes tnceee
Syilidesiverrtlline se cvececsnseeccesa es CY ADCS obtener es ;
Syllodes longicirrata.. cyaneipennis
S@tosals casas yr eeance es : fascicula....
Symmetropleura modesta... fe haticinctaesstres eee ee
Synaptomys Cooper... 456 Jaitifas@tata.sc.ss ene
yu on athidse. ste. eere ce cee tesco: 426 Ta a¥eKgaVB ACG boven cncecsy -cosee-eacee
Syngnathus semistriatus.......... . 426 melanopteras....ccc.c..-

600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dee.

Trimerotropis pistrinaria................ 42
WOLGECAA et tito eee 42
vinculata.. 45,77

Dirt aeivies-teccunstereie 1 G02

?

Wiolacucullatas.:e.: cn. 457
papilionacea an AST
BALA perce oso

Voluta muricina.

Trochus gibberosus.. .... 398 petrosa...... 229, 230
Tropiduchida ......... 468, 474 spinosa.. 229, 230
FDO PIN GUS) cee seccts cota seem eee 170 | Volutilithes...... 229, 230
discoideus poe YA) petrosus.... . 194
guarani..... 170 precursor... 230
leevipes...... 173 | Volutopsius hirasei... 243
lineatus..... 174 SOP ULANIS <p ecnaegencaetactanecnstcesreeeaners 243,
obsoletus.. 170 | Vortex capitata.... 92
regularis... 173 | Willoughbeya scandens. 458
SMruscallis:sercesareee 166 | Woodwardia areolata... 456
LeVICOKMiSi.. cheer te eee 166 virginica............. 456
ODSCUNUS twice eter sete eae 180 | Xerophyllum aspodeloide ws 455
Trygonoptera testacea SKA PRELM MOURN se verirencesss ems ae we 392
Tubificide.............0..- amplipennis.......... 392
Turbellaria Xiphicera emarginata. flo
Vurpiliate ete tee ee 385 WATTOACH bacasiicc. oaths saap eee 174
linearis...... 385 | Xiphidion............ 389, 392
mexicana..... 385 fasciatum....... 64, 313
paraguayensis................. 385 nigropleurum..... . 313
WO rise rretectiaradd ne Seva Peo aa 244 | Xiphidium longipes.. we O92
Ulmus americana... 456 SAlCALON vets w+. 893
Wrabrellater cscs : strictoides eee >)
Unifolium canadense.. Xiphiola........... 186
JOAO:. se savers eaenes borellii...... 186
Uranoscopide.. cyanoptera...... 186
Urosal pine sec.-ccccssasve 321, 325, 851,528 | Xolisma ligustrina 455
Utricularia clandestina...... %e 456 | Xyris fimbriata.. 455
Vaccinium atrococcum. .... se 406: |) Wereinias snc 26
COMVMDOSNI ee eee we 455 BOWTATIG. ..50.se.iess see 26
pennsylvanicum........................ 457 | Zamelodia ludoviciana ae
VaSCIIAMNS,.....c:-.-.00 Fon act aver ADD" HPA PHY CUES sasassvescaos the naitines ween ena 446
Varicella........... 193 | Zaptyx.... 499, 501, 502, 506, a
Viatied covccsvcseetant tele c ica eer sees 69 Zoniopoda. pares
parzensis... 68 cruentata.
townsendi.... 68, 69 emarginata..
Vatine.............. ee A tee 159 | exilipes.....
Vermestenaceate 130 | iheringi.....
Vernonia noveboracensis........... 457 OmMmMicolor..c.y,<25eshaaee:
Vertacs.. een Bieter 366, 368 STING. 0,0. hiss eay Pee 175
Viburnum nudum................ce 455 tarsata........... 174, 175,175
Wilemmar esac : seapnce fear 1S Gi") Zi BOC BE OM lasers anges avadtoncsshna tiene me
SQNCO=C CULAEE eases cssnevacscoaecstrery 186 UP OLD seen ctssadnssinedpbneceey se roeeen Me
rugulosa........ ary ee eee ee O53] trachystictum.......seco.scs-ssacestaces 1s1

a

1907.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

601

GENERAL INDEX.

1907.

Additions to Museum, 579.

Annual Elections, 577.

Annual Reports, 564.

Biological and Microscopical Section,
report of, 572.

Botanical Section, report of, 575.

Boyer, Charles 5. Report of Biological
and Microscopical Section, 572.

Bradley, J. Chester. The ‘Hymenop-
terous Family Evaniide, 193.

Brown, A. E., D.Se. On the theory of
mutation (no abstract), 144.

Brown, Stewardson. Report of Bo-
tanical Section, 575.

Calvert, Philip P., Ph.D. On a trip to
Mexico (no abstract), 144.

Cassatt, Alexander J., announcement of
death of, 23.

Coles, Edw ‘ard, announcement of death
of, ai

Committees, Standing, 1.

Conklin, Edwin G., Ph.D.
ology ‘of Fulgur: A Study of the Influ-
ence of Yolk on Development (Plates
XXIITIEXXVIII), 23, 350, 417.

Corresponding Secretary, report of, 565,

Council 1908, 577.

Crawley, Howard. The Polyeystid
Gregarines of the United States
(Third Contribution) (Plate XVII1),
220.

Curators, report of, 570.

Dall, William Healey. On the Syno-
nymic History of the Genera Clava
Martyn, and Cerithium Bruguiére,
363, 417.

Dixon, Samuel G.,
Curators, 570.
DuBois, Howard W. Hydraulic Min-
ingin British Columbia (no abstract),

23:

M.D Report of

Elections during 1907, 577.

Entomological Section, report of, 574.

Fayrer, Joseph, M.D., announcement
of death of, 418.

Fowler, Henry W. Notes on Serrani-
de, 249, 417. A Collection of
Fishes from Victoria, Australia, 417,

Embry- |

| Gillette, C. P.

419. Notes on Lancelets and Lam-
preys, 461.

Garrison, F.
Minerals, 445.

General Index, 601.

Gill, Theodore. Note on the Genus
Kublia, 144, 150.

Chermes of Colorado
Conifers (Plates I-X1J), 3.

Gillingham, Joseph E., announcement
of death of, 418.

Harshberger, John W., Ph.D. On the
scientific application of Ecology (no
abstract), 149.

Heath, Harold. A New Turbellarian
from Hawaii (Plate XIV), 145.

Heilprin, Angelo, announcement of
death of, 418. Minute, 446.

Index to Genera, 586.

Jeanes, Anna T., announcement of
death of, 418.

King, Helen Dean. Bertramia bufonis,
a new Sporozoan Parasite of Bufo
lentiginosus (Plate X XII), 273, 417.

Leffman, Henry, M.D. On diamonds
and diamond mining in Southern
Africa (no abstract), 2. Life in
other worlds (no abstract), 418.

Librarian, report of, 567.

Lyman, Benjamin Smith. Report of
“Miner. alogical and Geological Section,
573.

Mineralogical and Geological Section,
report of, 573.

Montgomery, Thomas H., Jr. The
Distribution of the North American
Gordiacea, with description of a
new species, 270.

Moore, Clarence B
visited, 417. Crystal River re-
visited, 417. Mounds of the Lower
Chattahoochee and Lower Flint
Rivers, 417. Notes on the Ten
Thousand Islands, Florida, 417 (see
JouRNAL, XIII, 3).

Moore, J. Perey, Ph.D. Description of
New Species _ of Spioniform Annelids
(Plates XV,*7 XVI), 193, 195. De-

Lynwood. Notes on

Moundsville re-

602

scription of a New Species of Anne-
lid from Woods Hole, 448. Report
of Corresponding Secretary, 565.

Nelson, James A., Ph.D. ‘he Mor-
phology of Dinophilus Conklini n. sp.
(Plates XII, XIII), 23, 82.

Nolan, Edward J., M.D. Report of
Recording Secretary, 564. Report of
Librarian, 567.

Officers, Councillors and Members of
the Committee on Finance, 577.

Ornithological Section, report of, 576.

Palmer, Clayton F. The Anatomy of

Californian Haliotide (Plate XXX), |

396, 417.

Pilsbry, H. A., D.Sc. Origin of the

Tropical Forms of the Land Mollus- |

can Fauna of Southern Florida, 193.
New and Little-known Whelks from
Northern Japan and the Kuril
Islands (Plates XIX and XX),
243. Notes on Some Pacifie Cirri-
pedes (Plate XXIX), 360, 417.
Notes on Cirripede Genus Megalasma
(Plate XXXI), 408, 417. New
Clausiliidz of the Japanese Empire—
XI (Plates XXXII, XX XIII,
XXXIV), 499. Report on Depart-
ment of Mollusea, 571.

Recording Secretary, report of the, 564.

Rehn, James A. G.
tera from Southern Arizona, with
deseriptions of new species, 23, 24.
Non-Saltatorial and Aecridoid Or-

thoptera from Sapucay, Paraguay, |

151. Orthoptera of the Families Tet-
tigonidse and Gryllidie from Sapucay,
Paraguay, 370, 417.

Rehn, James A.G.,and Morgan Hebard.

Orthoptera from Northern Florida, |

279, 417.

Report of Biological and Microscopical
Section, 572.

Report of Botanical Section, 575.

Report of Corresponding Secretary,
565.

Report of Curators, 570.

Notes on Orthop- |

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

| Surface, Frank M.

[Dec.

Report of Entomological Section, 574.

Report of Librarian, 567.

Report of Mineralogical and Geological
Section, 573.

Report of Ornithological Section, 576.

Report of Recording Secretary, 564.

Reports of Sections, 572.

Sections, reports of, 572.

Sharp, Benjamin, M.D. Lobster fish-
eries (no abstract), 447.

Shyrock, William k., announcement of
death of, 1938.

Skinner, Henry, M.D. Life history of
insects (no abstract), 149. <A visit
to Saskatchewan (no abstract), 446.
Report of Entomological Section,
574,

Smith, Burnett. A Contribution to
the Morphology of Pyrula (Plate
XVID, 193, 208. Note on the
Value of the Gastropod Apex as a
Means of Classification, 194. A
new Species of Athieta, and a Note
on the Morphology of Athieta
petrosa, 229.

Standing Committees, 1.

Stearns, Frederick I., announcement
of death of, 144.

Stone, Witmer. The Life-Areas of
Southern New Jersey, 452. Report
of Ornithological Section, 576.

The Early Devel-
opment of a Polyclad, Planocera
inquilina Wh. (Plates XX XV-XL),
514.

Underwood, Lucien M., announcement
of death of, 447.

Vanatta, E. G. Notes on the Leaf-
hairs of Lesquerella (Plate XXI),
247, 417.

Van Duzee, E. P. Studies of North
American Fulgoridw, 467.

Vaux, George, Jr., and William 8S.
Observations made in 1907 on
Glaciers in Alberta and _ British
Columbia, 560.

Eee SSCS)

‘SHNYMAHO NO

O00dd

avov

VIIHd “IOS “LVN

“LOGI

LVW1d

ci

ol LE GESta NES)

O

‘SHNYAHD N¢

‘Il ALVId

PROC. ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA. 1907 PLATE III

GILLETTE ON CHERMES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE IV.

GILLETTE ON CHERMBES.

SHNGHHD NO AMAT

LO6+ ‘WTIHd ‘IOS ‘LYN ‘CWOvV ‘OOUd

‘A FLV Id

i
7 yi "

PLATE VI.

GILLETTH ON CHERMBES,

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907.

PLATE VII,

GILLETTE ON CHERMES.

PROC

ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907.

PLATE VITIt.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE IX.

GILLETTE ON CHERMES.

PROG. ACAD, NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE X.

GILLETTE ON CHERMES.

t

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XI,

GILLETTE ON CHERMBES,

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907.

pr.com.
1

NELSON ON

PLATE XII.

11

ct

{HILUS CONKLINI.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907.

NELSON

PLATE XIII.

v.lm.2.

UG Mer

CONKLINI.

PROC. ACAD, NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XIV.

PLANOCERA HAWAIIENSIS HEATH.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1907. PLATE XV.

Wa

MOORE. NEVV SPIONIFORMIA.

t
ie |
ff a
py

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XVI.

MOORE. NEW SPIONIFORMIA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907 PLATE XVII.

INTE ey
Ss

BURNETT SMITH ON PYRULA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XVIIT.

) 6

CRAWLEY ON GREGARINES

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XX.

PILSBRY. JAPANESE VWHELKS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XxI.

NZ |,
@
Uj
Aes 26

VANATTA. LEAF HAIRS OF LESQUERELLA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907 PLATE XXII.

KING. BERTRAMIA BUFONIS

PROG. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907 PLATE XXIlIl

CONKLIN. EMBRYOLOGY OF FULGUR.

i
fi

i @ aan aa

PROG. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907 PLATE XXIV.

BascOacky= BIA",
Ke]

ERE

11

CONKLIN. EMBRYOLOGY OF FULGUR.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XXV-

CONKLIN. EMBRYOLOGY OF FULGUR.

ey

vy! ri

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XXVI.

° eee
a% S)
2% 00

2
Coo &

CONKLIN. EMBRYOLOGY OF FULGUR.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE! XX VII.

CONKLIN. EMBRYOLOGY OF FULGUR.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XXVIII.

ER if Pa
exsmuansstt®

33

CONKLIN. EMBRYOLOGY OF FULGUR.

iy
j H mu ole
ff

ra Danas th

or if. bh ; ‘ s af , i i 4 uw | ’ A a

PLATE XXIX.

SCI. PHILA. 1907.

PROC. ACAD. NAT.

=

SEES

eS

Pilsbry del.

PACIFIC CIRRIPEDES.

PILSBRY.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1907. PLATE XXX.

CEP del.

PALMER ON HALIOTID4=

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA 1907. PLATE XXXI.

PILSBRY ON THE CIRRIPEDE GENUS MEGALASMA

tir

ui

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XXXII.

[\

f
|

f Be
© 10 - 12

PILSBRY. JAPANESE CLAUSILIIDAS.

ee

; mi Mi

PROC. ACAD, NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907 PLATE XXXIIL.

Rm, _
j ron |
~ \ |
es ee ey,
rN : —
\ = >
NG

W27 ons

PILSBRY. JAPANESE CLAUSILIIDAS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XXXIV.

PILSBRY. JAPANESE CLAUSILIIDAS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XXXV.

SURFACE. DEVELOPMENT OF PLANOCERA INQUILINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XXXVI.

SURFACE. DEVELOPMENT OF PLANOCERA INQUILINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XXXVII.

SURFACE. DEVELOPMENT OF PLANOCERA INQUILINA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCl. PHILA. 1907. PLATE XXXVIII.

SURFACE. DEVELOPMENT OF PLANOCERA INQUILINA.

XXXIX.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1907.

DEVELOPMENT OF PLANOCERA INQUILINA.

SURFACE.

PLATE XL.

PROC ACAD. NAT SCI. PHILA 1907

SURFACE DEVELOPMENT OF PLANOCERA INQUILINA.

ae
yas

at Me
re 7

Aeademy of Natural Sciences

of Philadelphia
Proceedings

Biological
& Medical
Senals

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

STORAGE